Skip to main content

Full text of "A system of Christian doctrine"

See other formats


I    ! 


Digitized  by  tine  Internet  Arciiive 

in  2010  with  funding  from 

University  of  Toronto 


http://www.archive.org/details/systemofchristia04dorn 


CLARK'S 


rOEEIGN 


THEOLOGICAL    LIBRARY. 


NEW   SERIES. 
VOL.  X. 


Qatncr's  Sgstem  of  (Cfirtstian  Qactrfne. 
YOL.  lY. 


EDINBUEGH: 

T.    &    T.    CLARK,    38    GEORGE    STREET. 

1885. 


PRINTED    EV  MORRISON   AND  GIBB, 
FOR 

T.    &   T.  CLARK,    EDINBURGH. 

LONDON HAMILTON,    ADAMS,    AND   CO. 

DUBLIN,         ....  GEORGE   HERBERT. 

NEW   YORK,  .  .  SCRIBNER  AND   WELFORD. 


NOV  1  3  1967 


ry  cF  TO^^"^y 


A   SYSTEM 


OF 


CHRISTIAN    DOCTRINE. 


BY 

DR.    I.    A.    CORNER, 

OBERCONSISTORIALRATH  AKD  PROFESSOR  OF  THEOLOGY,  BERLIN. 


TKANSLATED   BY 

REV.    ALFRED    CAVE,    B.A., 

PRINCIPAL  AND  PROFESSOR  OF  THEOLOGY,   HACKNEY  COLLEGE,   LONDON; 

AND 

REV.    J.    S.    BANKS. 

PROFESSOR  OF  THEOLOGY,   WESLEYAN  COLLEGE,   LEEDS. 


VOL.      IV. 

TRANSLATED  BY  PROFESSOR  BANKS 


EDINBURGH: 
T.     &    T.     CLARK,    38     GEORGE    STREET. 

1885. 


[Ihis  Translation  is  Coiyrighi,  hy  arravrjemmi  with  the  Author.] 


CONTENTS. 


PART    II— Continued. 
FIRST  MAIN  DIVISION— Continued. 

B.  — Ecclesiastical  Development. 

SECT. 

114.  Permanent  and  Variable  Elements,    . 

115.  History  of  the  Doctrine  to  the  Reformation, 

116.  Evangelical  Doctrine, 

117.  Subjectivist  Theories  of  Atonement  to  1800, 

118.  Reaction  from  Subjectivist  Theories, 


PAGE 

1 


20 
38 
47 


C. — Dogmatic  Investigation, 
First  Article. 

119.  Need  of  Atonement,  and  God's  Eternal  Purpose  of  Atonement,         .         79 

Second  Article :  The  Idea  of  Substitution  and  Satisfaction  in  general. 

120.  Substitution,  ........         89 

121.  Satisfaction,    ........         99 

Third  Article :  Substitutionary  Satisfaction  of  Jesus  Christ. 

122.  Subjective  Aspect,      .......       107 

1226.  Objective  Aspect,        .  .  .  .  .  .  .116 

123.  Transition  to  Third  Division  :  Christ's  Post-Existence  or  Exaltation,       125 

THIRD   DIVISION. 

EXALTATION  OF  CHRIST. 

124.  First  Point:  The  Descent  into  Hades,  .  .  .  .127 

125.  Second  Point :  The  Resurrection  of  Christ,   ,  .        '.  .132 

126.  Third  Point :  The  Ascension  and  Session  at  the  Ri!;'ht  Hand  of 

the  Father,  .......       138 

V 


VI 


CONTENTS. 


SECOND  SUBDIVISION  (see  vol.  iii.  p.  392). 

SECT. 

127.  The  Transfiguring  of  the  Earthly  into  the  Heavenly  Office, 

128.  Transition  to  the  Doctrine  of  the  Church, 


PAGE 

142 
154 


SECOND  MAIN"  DIVISION. 

THE  CHURCH,  OR  THE  KINGDOM  OF  THE  HOLY  SPIRIT. 

129.  The  Work  of  the  Holy  Spirit  in  general,       .  .  .  .159 


FIRST  DIVISION. 

THE  OEIGIX  OF  THE  CHUECH  THROUGH  FAITH  AND  REGENEEATION. 

130.  Relation  of  the  Holy  Spirit  in  the  Work   of  Grace  to   Human 

Activity,     .... 
Biblical  Doctrine, 

Ecclesiastical  Development  of  Doctrine, 
Dogmatic  Investigation, 

131.  First  Point :  Repentance  or  Change  of  Mind, 

132.  Second  Point :  Regeneration,  or  the  Faith  that  appropriates  Justifi 

cation,        ....... 

Biblical  Doctrine,       .  .  .  .  . 

Ecclesiastical  Doctrine, 
1326.  Dogmatic  Doctrine  of  Faith  and  Justification, 

133.  Third  Point  :  Sanctification, 


164 
165 
168 
177 

187 

192 

194 
198 
209 
233 


SECOND  DIVISION. 

THE  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 


FIRST  SUBDIVISION. 

ESSENTIAL  AND  UNCHANGEABLE  BASES,  OR  CHARACTERISTICS 
OF  THE  CHURCH. 

134.  Summary. — Distinction  between  the  Continuation  of  Christ's  Official 

Activity  through  the  Organ  of  the  Church  and  the  Rtflecting  ci 
the  same,    ........ 

First  Point  :  Continuation  and  Reflecting  of  Christ's 
Prophetic  Office. 

135.  A. — Continuation  of  same,  or  the  Doctrine  of  God's  Word,  . 


243 


247 


CONTENTS.  Vll 

SECT.  PAGE 

136.  B. — Reflecting  of  same,  or  the  Ministry  of  the  Word,            .  .       263 

137.  Transition  to  Second  Point :  Relation  of  "Word  and  Sacrament,  .       270 


Second  Point. 
A. — Continuation  ofClirisfs  Priestly  Activity. — Baptism. 

138.  Biblical  Doctrine,       .......  277 

1 39.  Ecclesiastical  Forming  of  Doctrine,   .....  280 

140.  Dogmatic  Exposition  of  the  Doctrine  of  Baptism  in  general,  .  285 

141.  Infant  Baptism,  .......  293 

B. — The  Church  as  a  Reflection  of  Christ's  Priestly  Love. 

142.  The  Confirming  Church, 302 

Third  Point. 

A. — The  Continuation  of  CJirist's  Kingly  Office  through  the  Organ 
of  the  Church,  or  the  Holy  Supper. 

143.  Biblical  Doctrine,       .......       307 

144.  Ecclesiastical  Development  of  Doctrine,        ....       314 

145.  Dogmatic  Exposition,  ......       322 

B. — The  Reflecting  of  Christ's  Kingly  Office  through  the  Church, 
or  the  Power  of  the  Keys. 

146.  Biblical  Doctrine. — Ecclesiastical  Doctrine,  ....       334 
1 466.  Dogmatic  Investigation,        ......       338 

SECOND  SUBDIVISION. 

THE  CHURCH  ORGANIZING  ITSELF  IN  AND  OUT  OF  THE  WORLD. 


147.  Organization  in  reference  to  Christ's  continuing  Activity,    . 
1476.  Organization  in  reference  to  the  Reflection  of  Christ's  Activity, 

148.  Invisibility  and  Visibility  of  the  Church, 

Biblical  Doctrine,       ...... 

Ecclesiastical  Doctrine,  ..... 

149.  Dogmatic  Investigation,         .  .  .  .  • 


340 
340 
345 
345 
347 
357 


THIRD  SUBDIVISION. 
150.  The  Militant  Church,  ......       367 


Vlil  CONTENTS. 


THIKD  DIVISION. 

THE  DOCTRINE  OF  THE  LAST  THINGS,  OR  OF  THE  CONSUMMATION  OF  THE 
CHURCH  AND  THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD. 

SECT.  PACE 

151.  Summary. — Characteristics  of  Christian  Esehatology,  .  .       373 

First  Point. 

152.  Christ's  Second  Advent,  with  its  Preparation  in  the  History  of  the 

World,       ........       383 

Second  Point. 

153.  Intermediate  State  of  Departed  Souls  and  Resurrection,        ,  .       401 

Third  Point. 

154.  The  Last  Judgment,  and  End  of  the  "World,  .  .  .       415 

155.  Eternal  Blessedness  and  Consummation  of  the  World,  .  .       428 


PART     I  l—(Continned.) 


FIRST  MAIN  mNmO^—iContinued) 

THE    DOCTRINE    OF    GERIST -(Continued,) 


B. — Dcvelo'pment  of  the  Ecclesiastical  Doctrine. 

§  114. 

On  one  hand,  the  ecclesiastical  doctrine  of  the  Eeconciliation  ^ 
of  mankind  with  God  through  Christ  has  in  all  ages 
remained  immoveably  the  same,  namely,  in  respect  of 
the  consciousness  of  the  Christian  Church  that  the  com- 
munion between  God  and  mankind,  disturbed  by  sin, 
has  been  restored  through  the  mediatorial  Person  of 
Christ,  who,  as  the  liepresentative  of  the  personal  unity 
of  God  and  man,  accomplishes  His  work  through  His 
substitutionary  love  without  violating  the  divine  justice^ 
nay,  in  harmony  therewith.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
development  of  this  dogma  contains  a  variable  element 
through  its  dependence  on  the  current  development  of 
Christology,  Ponerology,  and  in  the  last  resort  of  the 
Doctrine  of  God. 

LiTERATUKE. — Cotta's   Treatise  in   his   edit,  of  J.  Gerhard, 

'  [Becondliatimi  and  atonement  represent  the  .same  word  in  the  original, 
Versohnung.  Atonement  is  used  wherever  English  idiom  permits.  At  tlie 
same  time,  the  substantial  equivalence  of  the  two  terms  must  constantly  ho 
borne  in  mind  in  the  following  discus.sions.] 

DouNKi;. — CiniisT.  Docx.  iv.  A 


2  THE  DOCTEIXE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

Loci  Hi.  t.  iv.  Ziegler,  Hist,  dogmatis  de  redemtione,  ed. 
Velthusen,  1791.  Biilir,  die  Lehre  vom  Tode  Jesu  in  den  drei 
ersten  Jahrh.,  1832.  Eaur,  die  Lehre  von  der  Versohnung  in 
Hirer  geschichtlichen  Entwickelung ,  1838.  Cf.  Tholuck's  Liter. 
Anzciger,  1839,  No.  79.  Nitzsch,  DogmengescJiiclite,  p.  370  ff. 
Ititschl,  die  clir.  Ljchre  von  der  Rcchtf.  u.  Versohnung,  i.  1870. 
Hasse,  Anselm  v.  Canterl.,  2  vols.  1849,  1852.  Other  discus- 
sions of  the  Anselraic  theory  by  Bornemann,  Franck,  Sib- 
macher,  Ziinen  (Ansclmi  et  Calvini  i^lacita  de  hominum  per 
Christum  apeccato  redemptione,  1852).  Aemil.  Hohne,  Ansehni 
Cant.  philoso2Jhia — ejusdem  de  satisfactione  doctrina  dijudiccdur, 
1867.  As  to  Luther's  doctrine  of  Atonement,  cf  the  works  of 
J.  Kostlin,  1863,  and  Th.  Harnack,  1862,  on  Luther's  Theology, 
also  Held,  De  opere  Jesu  Christi  sahdari,  1860,  and  Clir.  H. 
Weisse,  Martinus  Lidherus  quid  de  consilio  mortis  et  resur- 
rectionis  Jesu  Christi  scnserit,  1846.  Socinus,  Prcclectiones 
Theol. ;  Christ,  religionis  hrevissima  Lnstitutio,  Bihlioth.  Fr. 
Polon.  i..  Cat.  Racov.  qu.  377.  Hugo  Grotius,  Defensio  Fidei 
Cath.  de  satisfactione  Christi,  1617.  As  to  C.  Vorstius,  cf. 
Baur"s  theol.  Jahrhilcher,  1856.  Against  the  Socinians,  L. 
Hiitter's  Loci  Comm.  xxii.  Fr.  Turretin,  De  Satisfactione.  J. 
G-.  Tollner,  Ueher  den  thdtigen  Gehorsam  Christi,  1768.  F.  A. 
Philippi,  der  thdtige  Gehorsam  Christi,  ein  Beitrag  zur  Recht- 
fertigungslehre,  1841.  Thomasius,  De  Ohedientia  Christi  activa, 
1846.  Von  Hofmanu,  Schrifthewcis,  ed.  2,  1857-59,  i.  577. 
Against  his  doctrine  arose :  Philippi,  Herr  v.  Hofmann, 
gegenuhcr  der  luth.  Versohnungs-  und  Rechtfertigungslehre, 
1856.  Thomasius,  das  Bchenntniss  der  hdh.  ICirche  von  der 
Versdhining  und  die  VersohnuMgslehre  Chr.  v.  Hofmanns,  mit 
einem  Nachwort  von  Harnack,  1857 ;  cf  also  Thomasius,  Lehre 
von  Christi  Person  und  Werk,  iii.  1,  pp.  157-315,  ed.  2,  1862. 
Ebrard,  die  Lehre  von  der  stellvertretenden  Genii gthuung  in  der 
H.  Schr.  begrilndet — mit  besonderer  Rilcksicht  auf  v.  Hofmanns 
Versohnungslehre,  1857.  Weizsacker,  Jahrhucher  f.  deidsehe 
Theol.  1858,  p.  154  ff.  Gess,  Jahrhucher  f.  d.  Theol.  1859, 
p.  467  ff.  Von  Hofmann,  Schidzschriftcn  fiXr  eine  neue  Weise, 
alte  Wahrheit  zu  lehrcn,  4  Stucke,  1856-59.  Sartorius,  Lehre 
von  Christi  Person  und  Werk,  ed.  7,  1860.  Schoberlein, 
Grundlehren  des  Heils,  etc.,  1848.  The  same.  Art.  "  Versohnung  " 
in  Herzog's  theol.  Real.-Encycl.,  and  his  work.  Die  Geheimnisse 
des  Glaubens.  Ivahnis,  Luth.  Dogm.  iii.  371.  A.  Schweizer, 
Centraldogm.  ii. ;  Reform.  Dogm.  ii.  331,  377,  388,  ii.  164  ff. 
Schenkel,  i.  650.  Edw.  Park,  The  Atonement ;  Discourses  and 
Treatises  of  Edwards,  Smalley,  Maxcy,  Emmons,  etc.,  1860. 
(Collection  of  the  more  important  advocates  of  the  older  New 
England  theology.) 


DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  ECCLESIA.STICAL  DOCTRINE.  3 

1.  The  variable  element  in  the  dogma  does  not  consist  in 
the  Church  ever  having  doubted  whether  we  owe  to  Christ 
alone  the  restoration  of  divine  communion  and  redemption, 
and  whether  His  work  is  all-sufficient  and  complete.  From 
the  first  it  was  with  His  name  that  Christendom  connected 
the  forgiveness  of  sins — that  blessuig  which  must  appear  and 
does  appear  to  every  one,  who  knows  aught  of  himself  and 
God,  the  first  and  njost  urgent  requisite  in  order  to  the  attain- 
ment of  divine  communion ;  for  the  good  man  is  conscious 
that  atonement  for  his  sin,  not  a  positively  holy  and  virtuous 
walk,  is  the  fundamental  and  most  sacred  problem.  This  reli- 
gious is  again  the  first  moral  problem  >  without  the  solution  of 
which  man's  entire  existence  M^ould  be  destitute  of  foundation 
and  assured  worth,  because  an  existence  without  God.  In 
Christ,  then,  was  beheld  the  God-given,  personalized,  universal 
principle  of  Eedemption.  But  it  was  only  by  degrees  that 
reflection  advanced  from  the  experienced  fact  of  redemption 
through  Christ  to  the  work  of  demonstrating  the  necessity  of 
this  special  form  of  redemption,  or  from  the  that  to  the  why 
and  how.  And  to  this  question  belonged  again  the  dogmatic 
knowledge  of — 1.  The  Person  adapted  to  be  the  Mediator; 
2.  That  which  makes  salvation  necessary ;  3.  The  Character 
of  God,  in  order  that  the  Eedemption  or  Eeconciliation  may 
harmonize  with  His  nature.  Certainly  many,  abstaining  from 
closer  dogmatic  investigation,  prefer  to  stop  at  the  totality  of 
Christ's  Person.  In  it  they  behold  the  realized,  personal 
reconciliation  between  God  and  mankind,  between  heaven  and 
earth.  In  this  mystical  doctrine  Christ's  essential  Person 
and  His  vitality  or  manifestation  are  not  distinguished  from 
each  other  in  thought ;  by  His  very  existence  the  Person 
sanctifies  the  race,  rendering  it  acceptable  to-  God.  But  if 
atonement  is  viewed  as  accomplished  in  Christ's  mere  exist- 
ence or  birth,  then  the  ethical  meaning  and  ethical  form  of 
Christ's  work,  as  well  as  sin  and  what  Christ  did  and  suffered 
for  sin,  remain  obscure  and  in  the  background.  Ileal  possi- 
bility is  still  not  actuality.  To  regard  all  humanity  as 
reconciled  and  sanctified  as  matter  of  course,  because  the 
Incarnation  took  place  in  a  certain  spot  of  humanity,  leads  to 
physical  and  false  sacramental  theories  of  redemption.  The 
Church  was  therefore  compelled,  not  merely  in  the  interest  of 


4  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

Gnosis,  but  also  in  order  to  secure  its  faith  against  falsifica- 
tion, to  advance  from  tlie  general,  from  tlie  totality  of  the 
principle,  to  the  special,  because  to  stop  at  the  principle 
would  be  to  falsify  the  principle  itself.  But  to  do  this  was 
to  initiate  movement  in  reference  to  the  dogma. 

2.  But  despite  all  the  variability  exhibited  by  the  history 
of  the  dogma  in  the  Church,  it  is  not  without  an  identical 
and  fixed  element.  This  was  the  case  not  merely  because 
man's  need  of  redemption  in  presence  of  a  holy  God  was 
always  acknowledged,  and  both  the  mission  and  work  of 
Christ — the  Sinless  One — among  sinners  were  always  re- 
garded as  a  gift  of  God's  paternal  love,  but  also  because  the 
way  in  which  Christ  carried  out  His  mission  to  mankind, 
under  every  aspect  in  which  it  is  viewed,  bears  a  twofold 
character.  It  bears,  on  one  side,  the  character  of  substitu- 
tionary love,  which  makes  our  misery  its  own,  in  order  that 
we  may  make  what  belongs  to  it  ours.  And  again,  while 
justice  is  very  unequally  treated  as  regards  clearness  and  em- 
phasis, the  presupposition  remains,  that  Christ  accomplished 
redemption,  not  in  opposition  to  but  in  unison  with  the  divine 
justice,  in  unison  not  merely  "^vith  legislative  justice,  but  also 
with  the  justice  that  denounces  punishment  against  sin.  He 
represents  neither  Love  without  Justice,  nor  Justice  without 
Love. 

3.  As  relates,  then,  to  the  dogmatic  development  of  this 
doctrine  or  the  variable  side  of  the  dogma,  it  will  be  helpful 
both  to  the  understanding  of  its  history  and  to  its  thetic  con- 
struction, if  we  consider  preliminarily  to  what  extent  the 
shaping  of  the  doctrine  of  Atonement  depends  on  these  three 
dogmas — Christology,  Ponerology,  Theology. 

First.  The  more  completely  both  sides  in  the  Person  of 
Christ  are  defined, — the  divine  and  the  human, — and  the 
more  correctly  their  relations  are  apprehended,  the  greater 
must  be  the  importance  attributed  to  the  work  of  Christ. 
For  nothing  but  the  divine  side  in  this  Person  gives  us  that 
sharp  contrast  between  His  suffering  and  His  dignity  which 
suggests  a  mysterious  depth  in  His  love  and  a  divine  import 
in  His  sufferings.  On  the  other  side,  nothing  but  His 
humanity  secures  the  reality  of  the  historical  revelation  in 
llim  and  the  verity  of  His  suffering  and  acts,  wiiile  nothing 


DF.VELOPMEST  OF  THE  ECCLESIASTICAL  DOCIRISE.  5 

but  His  uniqueness  seenres  *«.  P°f' ^'"'^,  "^.^'^  CMsLn 
substitate   for   «s.      Hence  it  is  ckar    that   the   Ch  i  tmn 
doctrine  of  Atonement  depends  on  the  rejection  of  Eb  oms. 
and  Docetism.      But  even  after  both  sides  were  acknowledged 
complete  y  m  toi  (as  was  done  at  Chalcedon)  the  imity  ot 
tirPerson  might  be  so  conceived  that  the  ,to«.  side  pre- 
;  nJerlted  in  "a  one-sided  way.     The  consequence  of  this  was 
that    the    hutuanity    became    a    mere   selfless   organ  of   the 
Divinity      But  in  this  case  tire  humanity  contributes  nothing 
essential  towards  procuring  the  forgiveness  of  sms     Eather  is 
he  atonement  then  only  revealed  through  Christ  in  the  sen 
thit  it  is  .xU-biM  in  Him  or  by  Him.-whether  the  meamng 
be  that  God  is  essentially  and  eternally  propitiated  for  sn,  or 
that  we  are  told  how  we  are  to  make  atonement  to  God,— 
th  s  exhibition  taking  place  tlirough  Hb  teaching,  or   syin- 
bolically  through  His  sacrificial  death.     But  the  humanity  of 
Christ  then  retains  a  merely  accidental  import        n  orfer  to 
the  enlightenment  of  men  on  this  subject,  or  to  tl-  oftee 
teacher    no    divine    Incarnation    was    necessary.       But    the 
doctrin;  of  Atonement  is  no  less  affected  by  a  false  pre- 
ponderance  ot  the   ;«»«  Mc  in  Christ's   Person,  such  as 
prevailed  after  1750  ;  for  then  Christ  is  little  more  in  wha 
He   did  and  suffered  than  a  martyr  for  truth   and  pattein 
of  morality.     A  principal   part  of  the  truth,  it  is  said    for 
which  Christ  died,  is  that  God  forgives  sm  m  v"tte  of  H^ 
love,  and  is  essentially  and  eternally  f°P"'"»"=^  J"' ;'' P'"" 
vided  only  it  comes  to  an  end  in  the  future.      Thus  the  two 
Ixtremes  are  again  at  one  in  the  doctrine,  that  recoiicihation 
was  not  first  ;rocnred  through  Christ's  historical  Person,  but 
•  that  God,  instead  of  standing  in  essential  opposition  to  evil  in 
virtue  of  His  holy  Justice,  is  eternally  reconciled  with  the 
world's  sinful  reality  on  account  of  the  possibility  of  good  still 
dwellin..  in  it.    The  aim  of  the  Reformation,  as  shown  before, 
is  to  secure  both  to  tire  divine  and  human  sides  m  Clmsts 
I'erson  their  full  rights,  thus  rendering  possible  a  satisfactoiy 
doctrine  of  Christ's  atoning  work. 

No  less,  secmdhj,  must  the  idea  of  Atonement  be  diffe  u. 
according  to  the  condition  of  Ponerology,  «.  according  as  that 
from  which  deliverance  is  necessary  is  found  mainly  in  some- 
thin"  o^iafm,  inp/i-ysimi  ill,  perhaps  as  a  pumsliment  (wlietUer 


6  THE  DOCTEIXE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

the  ill  be  9dvaT0<;,  or  the  bondage  of  sin,  or  the  mastery  of 
Satan) ;  or  according  as  this  is  discovered  mainly  in  something 
subjective,  whether  in  the  consciousness  of  discord,  or  in  ungodly 
volition,  in  evil  acts  or  states ;  or,  finally,  according  as  the 
olijective  and  subjective  are  united,  as  was  done  at  the  Eefor- 
mation.  The  onesided  objective  theory  of  Atonement  places  the 
process  altogether  outside  man ;  it  is,  e.g.,  a  process  merely 
between  God  or  Christ  and  Satan.  Just  so,  when  death  or 
the  guilt  merely  of  another — Adam's — is  regarded  as  the 
enemy,  the  process  of  its  conquest  or  abolition  may  take  place 
in  a  purely  objective  way,  without  man  being  compelled  to 
take  an  essential  part  therein.  Conversely,  when  that  which 
has  to  be  vanquished  is  found  simply  in  subjective  moral 
character,  the  process  of  reconciliation  is  placed  solely  in  man, 
as  is  done  by  the  purely  subjective  theories,  and  nothing  is 
left  for  Christ  to  do  and  merit.  The  Eeformation,  on  the 
contrary,  goes  back  from  what  is  external,  from  physical  ill 
and  objective  punishment  to  the  cid'pa,  which  is  no  mere 
debitum  inherited  from  another's  guilt,  and  finds  the  ground  of 
the  objective  punishment  in  guilt.  The  physical  ill  is  punish- 
ment through  its  connection  with  sin  and  through  the  divine 
justice.  Punishment  and  sin,  the  objective  and  subjective 
sides,  while  different,  are  also  connected  by  the  intermediate 
idea  of  guilt}  which  is  the  main  idea  in  relation  to  the 
doctrine  of  Atonement,  and  that  not  as  mere  debitum  ex 
aliena  cidpa  contractum. 

Thirdly.  Both  the  purely  objective  and  the  purely  sub- 
jective theories  of  Atonement  may  assume  different  forms 
according  to  the  concept  formed  of  God,  with  whom  tlie 
reconciliation  is  necessary  (although,  as  already  said,  every 
Christian  theory  of  Atonement  at  least  includes  justice  in  a 
negative  aspect  and  love  in  a  positive).  Still,  the  concept 
formed  of  man  and  sin  on  one  side  and  of  Christology  on 
the  other,  depends  in  the  last  resort  on  the  definition  of  the 
doctrine  of  God.  Now,  as  we  know,  God  may  be  conceived 
either  in  a  merely  physical  way,  or  in  an  aesthetic  way  as  the 
Principle  of  Harmony,  or  in  a  logical  way  as  supreme  Truth 
and  supreme  Knowledge  and  Wisdom,  or  in  a  juridical  way  as 
Justice,  or  in  a  moral  {i.e.  in  the  sense  that  His  sole  concern 
^  Form,  Cone.  799.  818.     Apolor/ia,  I. 


DEVELOrMENT  OF  THE  ECCLESIASTICAL  DOCTIIINE.  7 

is  for  amendment  and  obedience  to  His  law),  or  in  a  religious, 
as  Love.  These  views  determine  at  the  same  time  the  Pone- 
rology  and  Christology,  and  therefore  the  doctrine  of  Atone- 
ment ;  and  we  are  justified  in  hoping  to  be  able  under  this 
division  to  include  a  survey  of  all  the  more  important  theories 
of  Atonement  possible.  The  theory  of  Atonement  may  there- 
fore take  either  a  physical,  or  aesthetic,  or  logical,  or  juridical, 
or  moral,  or  one-sided  religious  form,  according  as  it  is  deter- 
mined, either  really  or  in  pretence,  by  a  doctrine  of  God ;  and 
all  this  both  on  the  one-sided  objective  and  subjective  mode  of 
considering  the  question.  At  the  same  time,  such  a  review 
will  suggest  important  dogmatic  hints  towards  a  suitable  con- 
struction of  the  doctrine.  The  idea  of  God,  rightly  conceived, 
is  adapted  to  guard  against  the  one-sided  objective  and  subjec- 
tive theories  of  Atonement,  requiring  as  it  does  the  union  of 
the  objective  and  subjective  elements ;  for  in  God  lies  the 
reason  that  He  willed  men  to  be  not  impersonal  instruments, 
nor  deistically  independent,  but  images  of  Himself.  For  this 
very  reason,  by  the  divine  will  they  are  on  the  one  hand 
capable  of  personal  culpability,  and  on  the  other  destined  to 
blessedness  in  divine  communion,  but  without  violence  to 
justice  or  indifference  to  wrong.  And  thus  the  main  question 
is :  Hov/,  despite  sin  and  guilt,  which  in  virtue  of  the  divine 
justice  expose  men  to  punishment  and  separate  them  from 
God,^  a  combined  revelation  of  divine  justice  and  love  may 
take  place  in  the  world,  as  they  are  eternally  combined  in 
God,  whereas  through  sin  and  guilt  the  two  seem  necessarily 
at  variance  in  the  world.  Since,  further,  all  possible  aberra- 
tions in  the  doctrine  of  Atonement — the  objective  and  the 
subjective — correspond  to  a  true  element  in  the  idea  of  God 
and  of  man  made  in  God's  image,  the  true  Christian  theory 
of  Atonement  must  combine  the  elements  of  truth  scattered 
in  those  theories.  It  will  include,  therefore,  the  abolition  of 
physical  ill,  the  restoration  of  harmony,  the  return  to  wisdom, 
to  true  self- consciousness  and  moral  amendment,  but  all  in 
due  moral  order.  In  the  same  way,  it  can  neither  obscure 
justice  by  love,  nor  love  by  justice,  but  will  reveal  both  in 
their  divine  harmony. 

1  §§  87-89. 


8  THE  DOCTIIINE  OF  ATOJS'EMENT. 

1 .  History  of  the  Doctrine  iip  to  the  Period  of  the  Reformation. 

§  115. 

The  ancient  Church  -  teachers,  in  proceeding  to  lay  down 
the  rudiments  of  a  dogmatic  theory,  as  well  as  the 
Middle  Ages,  predominantly  favour  objective  theories  of 
Atonement ;  whereas  the  period  of  the  Eeformation 
began  to  blend  the  subjective  with  the  objective  side. 

1.  Although  the  fact  of  deliverance  through  Christ's  self- 
sacrificing  love  was  always  certain  to  the  Christian  conscious- 
ness, the  common  Christian  faith  did  not  include  as  matter 
of  course  an  immediate  certainty  of  the  mode  in  which  He 
brought  about  salvation,  and  therefore  did  not  include  an 
immediate  certainty  of  a  definite  theory  of  Atonement,  or  of 
the  necessity  of  the  mode  realized  historically.  Nevertheless, 
one  thing  may  be  said :  the  idea  of  suhstitittion  is  common  to 
all  the  Fathers.  Thus  Irenaeus  says :  "  Christ  must  needs 
become  what  we  are,  that  we  may  become  what  He  is ;  what 
He  did  and  suffered  held  good,  therefore,  for  us.  Longam 
hominum  cxpositionem  in  se  ipso  reeapitidavit."  ^  Athanasius 
teaches :  "  Men  were  created  for  eternal  life,  but  fell  a  prey 
to  death  as  a  punishment  for  their  sin.  Thus  the  Logos,  the 
avrot,wri,  became  mortal,  in  order  as  a  vicarious  sacrifice  to 
vanquish  death  through  suffering  death,"  ^  We  may  say  that 
the  idea  of  the  substitution  of  Christ  forms  the  common  germ- 
point  or  ground-thought  in  all  attempts  at  dogmatic  theories, 
however  different,  whether  the  chief  idea  is  sacrifice,  or  Christ 
is  described  as  a  means  of  exchange  or  a  ransom-price  to  God 
or  to  Satan,  or  whether,  finally,  the  matter  is  presented  more 
after  the  Pauline  manner,  in  an  abstract  way  apart  from 
figure.  But,  as  concerns  the  mode  in  which  the  work  of 
redemption  is  carried  out,  the  Church  in  all  ages  is  united  on 

1  Adv.  Hareses,  v.  23.  2,  iii.  17,  1.  18,  7.     Cf.  too,  Ep.  ad  Diognet.  c.  9. 

^  De  Incarnatione,  c.  6-10,  c.  Ar.  ii.  68.  Similarly  Eusebius  of  Csesarea, 
Hilary,  Ambrose,  Augustine,  Leo  the  Great,  Cyril  of  Alexandria,  c.  Nest.  iii.  2. 
John  of  Damascus,  de  Fide  orthod.  iii.  27.  Cf.  Nitzsch,  Dogmengesch.  p. 
370  ff. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  DOCTKINE  TO  THE  KEFORMATION.  9 

two  points :  that  redemption  must  not  be  effected  by  sheer 
might  or  in  the  way  of  violence,  but  in  the  way  of  suffering 
and  dying  love;  and,  indeed,  the  necessity  of  mortal  suffering  is 
always  brought  in  some  way,  directly  or  indirectly,  into  con- 
nection with  the  divine  justice.  Especially  for  the  sake  of  the 
latter  point,  or  in  order  to  prove  that  the  relation  of  Atone- 
ment to  the  divine  justice,  which  is  so  often  placed  in  the 
background  in  modern  days,  formed  an  essential  part  of  the 
faith  of  Christendom  in  all  ages,  and  was  by  no  means  foisted 
into  theology  by  Anselm  (as  may  seem  to  be  the  case,  when 
the  history  of  the  doctrine  is  dated  only  from  him  and  Abe- 
lard),  we  will  review  the  beginnings  of  the  different  theories 
before  Anselm,  which  certainly  for  the  most  part  leave  room 
in  their  breadth  for  various  dogmatic  interpretations  of  a 
higher  and  lower  kind.  Here  come  specially  into  view  the 
ideas  of  sacrifice,  of  ransoming  from  Satan  and  of  ransom  to 
God,  or  satisfaction  to  His  justice. 

Almost  all  without  distinction  call  Christ  a  Sacrifice}  Cer- 
tainly this  common  word,  however  well-grounded  its  liturgical 
position,  expresses  of  itself  no  definite  theory.  Were  Christ 
compared  with  the  peace-offering,  were  He  simply  well-pleas- 
ing to  God  (6a /MT)  euwSt'a?)  because  of  His  love  for  God  and 
for  sinners,  the  relation  of  His  Person  to  the  removal  of 
sin  and  procurement  of  forgiveness  would  become  secondary. 
The  same  would  be  the  case  were  He  only  called  a  Sacrifice 
on  the  ground  that  He  presented  Himself  in  His  purity  to 
God,  giving  us  a  pattern  of  surrender  to  God  and  self-con- 
secration, or,  finally,  on  the  ground  that  by  the  sacrifice  of 
His  death  He  was  the  cause,  so  to  speak,  of  the  world's 
repentance,  on  account  of  which  God  then  forgives  sin.  And, 
in  fact,  all  these  conceptions  are  found  in  the  Fathers.^  But 
they  by  no  means  stop  there,  but  at  the  same  time  consider 
Christ's  sufferings  in  relation  to  our  sins,  not  merely  in  so  far 
as  His  spontaneous  surrender  to  death  is  said  to  be  a  pattern 

^  Cf.  e.g.  the  passages  in  Hase,  ut  supra,  p.  236  f. 

*  The  first  class,  which  leaves  out  of  sight  Christ's  mortal  sufferings,  occnrs 
most  of  all  in  that  mystic  theory,  according  to  which  in  Christ  a  humanity  well- 
pleasing  in  God's  sight  is  presented  to  God,  who  accepts  this  gift  and  beholds  nn 
in  Him.  So  Irenseus,  Justin,  who  regards  Christ  as  the  Paschal  Lamb,  Dial.  c. 
Tryph.  c.  iii.  Cf.  Seraisch,  -/ustin  d.  M.  1810,  pp.  '113-118.  Origen,  cont. 
Cels.  iii.  28,  and  others. 


10  THE  DOCTPJXE  OF  ATOXE.ME^'T. 

of  self-cousecration  to  God/  etc.,  but  also  in  such  a  way  that 
Christ  is  viewed  as  a  sacrifice  for  the  general  good,  or  as  an 
expiatory  sacrifice  for  sin.  So  by  Origen,  Athanasius,  Hilary, 
Augustine,  and  John  of  Damascus.*  It  is  true  the  question 
still  remains :  Is  He  an  expiatory  sacrifice  merely  as  a  symbol 
of  forgiveness  to  us,  given  by  God  as  a  pledge  of  His  love, 
which  love  is  no  mere  fictitious  creation,^  or  did  Christ  bring 
about  some  real  and  objective  result,  which  without  Him 
had  not  existed  ?  But  still,  despite  ambiguity  of  figurative 
phraseology,  it  remains  certain  that  wherever  Christ  is  regarded 
as  an  expiatory  sacrifice,  a  relation  between  His  suffering  love 
and  ^lymQ  justice  is  supposed. 

The  expiatory  sacrifice  forms  a  transition  to  the  second 
figure,  that  of  Ransoming.  For  if  Christ's  death  is  an  ex- 
piatory sacrifice,  this  at  once  suggests  that  we  are  bought  at 
great  cost,  that  He  is  the  means  by  which  we  are  purchased 
for  Christ's  kingdom,  or  the  ransom  by  which  we  are  delivered 
from  ruin.  But  to  the  figure  of  purchase  or  ransom  a 
series  of  various  theories  might  attach  themselves,  always, 
however,  implying  that  a  grave  hindrance  to  the  salvation 
of  mankind  could  only  be  removed  at  the  price  of  Christ's 
death  or  blood.  The  ruin  from  which  deliverance  is  necessary 
might  then  be  found  either  in  the  power  of  Satan  over  man- 
kind, or  in  death,  or  in  the  guilt  inherited  from  Adam,  or  in 
sin  and  personal  guilt,  or,  finally,  in  God's  just  displeasure. 
All  these  various  phases,  again,  are  closely  interconnected. 
For  it  is  only  sin  and  guilt,  personal  or  inherited,  which  justly 
incurs  God's  displeasure.  Further,  it  is  only  through  God's 
just  displeasure  that  Saltan  possesses  power  over  men,  w^hile 
this  power  again  is  displayed  in  death,  which  is  inflicted  by 
Satan,  as  well  as  in  the  dominion  of  sin.  But  this  connection 
was  by  no  means  clearly  perceived  at  once.  The  conscious- 
ness of  penal  desert  gave  the  impulse  first  of  all  to  seek  and 
find  in  Christ  deliverance  from  a  2}enal  state.  The  predominant 
view  up  to  the  Middle  Ages  of  the  evils  from  which  redemption 

*  And  according  to  Clement  of  Rome,  ad  Cor,  i.  7. 

*  Origen,  cont.  Cels.  i.  31,  vii.  17,  in  Num.  Horn.  xxiv.  1,  ad  Rom.  t.  iii. 
7.  8  ;  Athanasius,  ed.  Col.  1686,  i.  73,  426,  366-69 ;  Augustine,  cont.  Faust. 
Man.  xiv.  2.  3,  de  Trin.  xiii.  14  ;  John  of  Damascus,  de  Fide  Orth.  iii.  27. 

*  Thus  Gregory  of  Naz.  Or.  42,  says :  "  God  accepted  the  ransom  by  way  of 

aiKrycfj-ia,. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  DOCTRINE  TO  THE  REFORMATION.  11 

is  necessary  was  merely  objective,  and  the  view  taken  of  the 
nature  of  redemption  harmonized  tlierewith.  The  hostile 
power  which  threatened  man's  welfare,  and  from  which  Christ 
rescued  us  at  the  cost  of  suffering  and  death,  was  predomi- 
nantly conceived  as  a  power  external  to  man ;  and  since 
mankind  was  viewed  as  subject  to  the  dominion  of  Satan  and 
death  through  Satan  in  virtue  of  the  guilt  inherited  from  Adam, 
it  was  natural  that  the  power  of  Satan,  who  is  the  ruler  of 
death,  should  be  regarded  as  the  central-point  of  the  ruin  from 
which  deliverance  is  necessary,  and  that  Christ  should  be  pri- 
marily regarded  in  His  suffering  and  death  as  engaged  in  conflict 
with  Satan, — ideas  favoured  by  passages  in  the  New  Testament. 
2.  The  most  elaborate  theories  adhered  for  a  long  time  to  this 
line.  The  doctrine  of  the  vanquishing  of  Satan  by  Christ  was 
advanced  by  Church-teachers  with  a  variety  of  application, 
only  that  the  conviction  always  recurs  therein,  that  redemp- 
tion or  atonement  could  not  be  effected  by  means  of  violence, 
or  in  the  way  of  mere  caprice  or  power,  but  in  that  of 
justice}  Men  were  subject  to  Satan's  dominion  by  God's 
righteous  judgment,^  and  ought  'not  to  be  wrested  from  him 
by  violence,  or  in  such  a  way  as  to  give  him  cause  to  complain 
of  violence  done  to  his  rights.  On  the  ground  of  these  as- 
sumptions, the  victory  over  the  devil  was  achieved,  according 
lo  some,  by  legal  means.  After  the  manner  of  justitia  com- 
mutativa,  the  person  of  Christ,  on  which  Satan  worked  his 
pleasure,  is  the  ransom-price,  for  the  sake  of  which  the  devil 
had  to  release  men.  Christ's  sol^l  was  offered  in  the  way  of 
exchange  to  the  devil,  and  for  its  sake  he  was  to  set  men  free  ; 
for  that  soul  was  the  noblest  possession,  by  reason  of  its 
perfection  surpassing  the  whole  of  mankind  in  value.  The 
devil  agreed  to  the  exchange.  But  he  was  unable  to  retain 
this  pure  soul,  it  was  torture  to  his  hand,  and  thus  Christ 
became  the  conqueror  of  the  devil  and  death.^     On   Satan's 

'  According  to  Irenseus,  man  must  not  be  redeemed  from  deatli  and  perfected  fiia. 
or  by  caprice.  According  to  Augustine,  Christ  must  overcome  Satan  lege  justUiae, 
not  violenter.     In  the  same  way  speaks  Gregory  of  Nyssa,  Or.  Cat.  c.  15-27. 

'^  E.g.  according  to  Augustine,  Diabolus  jure  cequissimo  omnem  prolem  primi 
hominis  vindicabat.  Iniquum  eniin  erat,  ut  ei  quern  ceperat  non  dominareiur. 
Cf.  de  Trin.  xiii.  c.  12. 

*  So  Origen,  Comm.  in  Matth.  xvi,  §  8,  Exhort,  ad  Mart.  12.  Similarly 
Theodoret  and  AuL^istine. 


12  THE  DOCTEIXE  OF  AT0^;EMEXT. 

part,  accordingly,  there  was  self-deception.  As  tlie  deception 
was  intended  by  God,  this  view  led  to  the  formal  theory  of  a 
deception  of  Satan  by  God.^  This  application,  although 
starting  from  the  idea  of  justice,  makes  the  di\dne  majesty  and 
power,  not  justice,  finally  decide  the  victory  of  Christ ;  and 
the  deceptive  craft,  although  represented  as  military  strategy, 
fails  to  harmonize  with  the  divine  holiness.  Although  the 
ransom  to  Satan  is  never,  of  course,  represented  as  a  sacrifice 
to  him,  he  is  still,  with  a  touch  of  Manichseism,  viewed  as  a 
sovereign  Power,  co-equal  with  God,  a  Power  with  which  God 
treats,  or  which  He  outwits  and  thus  strips  of  its  rights. 
Better,  therefore,  are  the  theories  which  place  the  deliverance 
from  Satan's  power  and  right  on  such  a  basis,  that  Satan  is 
put  in  the  wrong,  and  a  just  conflict  with  him  ensues. 
Gregory  of  Nazianzum  and  John  of  Damascus  expressly  reject 
the  notion  of  a  ransom  to  Satan.^  They  say :  Christ  was 
slain  by  Satan,  and  Satan  was  deceived  as  to  Christ's  divinity 
by  His  birth  of  a  virgin  and  humble  condition,  so  that  he  did 
not  know  Him ;  but  Satan  thus  sinned  against  the  Holy  One ; 
for  God  had  only  conceded  to  him  power  over  sinners.  As  a 
punishment,  he  lost  his  right  in  mankind  by  sentence  of  God's 
just  law.  It  is  true  that  even  thus  a  dualistic  element  re- 
mained, the  reason  of  which  perhaps  lies  in  the  following 
considerations.  The  Christian  consciousness,  in  seeking  to 
regard  Christ  as  a  Substitute  for  guilty  humanity,  does  not 
venture  directly  to  subject  Christ  to  the  divine  justice  and 
punishment,  and  make  Him  without  further  ado  the  object  of 
the  displeasure  of  the  just  God.  For  this  reason  Satan  is 
interposed,  God's  punitive  justice  is  placed  in  Satan,  nay,  in 
mythological  phraseology  is  hypostatized  as  it  were  in  him, 
of  course  on  the  basis  of  God's  cosmical  government.     On  one 

'  According  to  Gregory  of  Nyssa,  the  divine  \Yisdom  led  the  devil  to  the 
exchange  mentioned.  In  his  view,  the  divine  Incarnation  is  an  artifice  of  the 
wisdom  of  divine  love,  since  it  seemed  to  render  accessible  to  the  devil  the 
essentially  inaccessible,  Or.  Cat.  I.e.  Gregory  the  Great  describes  Christ's  flesh 
as  the  bait  held  before  the  Leviathan  by  the  divine  stratagem  of  the  Incarnation,  • 
in  order  that  he  might  try  to  swallow  the  hook  of  Christ's  divinity,  and  thus 
come  to  shame.  Similarly,  according  to  Origen,  the  cross  is  the  net,  according 
to  Peter  Lombard,  the  muscipula  in  which  Satan  was  caught.  In  like  manner 
Augustine,  Ep.  130,  134,  263.     Ct.  Philippi,  iv.  2,  p.  65. 

2  Gregory  of  Naz.   Or.  42  ;  John  of  Damascus,  iii.  27.     Many  Fathers  who 
include  Satan,  regard  Christ  again  as  an  expiatory  offering  to  God, 


HISTOriY  OF  THE  DOCTRINE  TO  THE  REFORMATION.  13 

side  it  seemed  necessary  to  assume  punitive  justice  as  an 
active  factor  in  the  redemptive  process  ;  on  the  other  side,  were 
Christ  directly  subjected  to  it,  there  was  danger  of  a  conflict 
both  with  God's  love  and  with  the  dignity  of  the  Son  of  His 
love.  But  when  punitive  justice  was  placed  in  Satan,  outside 
God,  it  was  made  to  appear  as  if  justice  were  not  an  objective 
determination  of  the  divine  essence,  as  if  God  might  be  recon- 
ciled with  sinners  without  further  ado,  provided  Satan's  right 
and  power  were  out  of  the  way,  whereas  this  right  can  still 
only  flow  every  moment  from  God. 

Moreover,  the  theories  which,  without  attributing  importance 
to  Satan,  go  back  to  the  Adamic  debitum  as  a  debt  contracted 
by  Adam  and  to  be  paid  by  his  posterity,  or  to  death  as  the 
just  punishment  of  God,  from  which  redemption  is  necessary, 
do  so  in  such  a  way  as  to  imply  that  it  would  be  well  with 
the  world  and  everything  would  be  in  harmony,  provided 
these  hostile  powers,  standing  outside  the  personality,  were 
out  of  the  way.  For  this  reason  opposition  to  these  theories 
was  never  quite  suppressed,  and  traces  were  not  wanting  of  a 
representation  more  in  harmony  with  facts ;  e.g.,  according  to 
Gregory  of  Nazianzus,  the  devil  cannot  be  the  recipient  of  a 
ransom,  but  the  Father  received  it.  According  to  John  of 
Damascus,  Christ  presents  Himself  as  a  sacrifice  and  ransom 
to  the  Father,  whom  we  have  offended — not  to  the  usurper 
was  the  blood  of  the  lawful  Lord  offered,^  recourse  being 
thus  had  again  to  the  idea  of  an  expiatory  sacrifice  under  the 
figure  of  a  ransom  to  God.  Nay,  long  before  Anselm  there 
was  mention  in  a  non-figurative,  abstract  way  of  a  satisfaction 
offered  by  Christ  to  God.  So  by  Ambrose,  Cyril  of  Alex- 
andria, Hilary,  Augustine,  John  of  Damascus.^ 

The  exposition  given  above  shows,  indeed,  how  the  Patristic 
doctrine  applied  all  the  divine  attributes  in  regular  order  to 
Christ's  work  of  atonement, — Love  and  Mercy,  Power,  Vera- 

^  Cf.  Nitzsch,  ut  supra,  p.  374  fF. 

*  According  to  Origen,  Christ  rendered  the  necessary  propitiatio.  Ambrose, 
de  Fuga,  7  :  "Christ  died,  ut  satisfieret  judicata ;"  Gregory  of  Nazianzus  and 
John  of  Damascus,  ut  supra;  Cyril  of  Alex.  c.  Nest.  iii.  2:  "Only  the  Logos, 
because  avra^io;  Tut  oXu\,  could  die  for  all,  and  thus  take  away  the  punishment 
of  our  disobedience  ; "  according  to  Eusebius  of  Crosarea  also,  Christ  vicariously 
assumed  our  penal  suffering — death  ;  His  death  is  equivalent  to  the  infliction  of 
the  punishment  on  all.     Cf.  Nitzsch,  p.  373  (f. 


14  THE  DOCTEINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

city  and  Immutability  (both  in  reference  to  the  threatening 
of  sin  with  death  and  to  the  promise  of  salvation),  further,  the 
Divine  Wisdom,  and  finaDy,  Justice.  But  still  it  is,  above  all, 
the  latter  upon  which,  although  so  inadequately,  the  necessity 
of  the  saving  process  through  Christ's  death  is  made  to 
depend ;  and,  moreover,  Justice  is  regarded  not  as  the  divine 
consistency  in  manifesting  His  Love,  but  as  that  which  acts 
as  a  bar  to  the  communication  of  His  love  until  a  way  is 
found  in  which  the  divine  love  is  able  to  realize  its  thoughts 
of  salvation  without  violence  to  justice.  The  defectiveness  of 
the  theories  before  Anselm  consists,  therefore,  in  the  following 
points.  It  is  wrong  to  find  that  which  renders  redemption 
necessary  in  something  merely  external  to  man.  It  is  wrong 
so  to  distribute  the  several  parts  as  to  make  Satan  represent 
the  energy  of  justice,  and  God  with  Christ  the  pure  forgiving 
love,  which  only  evinces  its  justice  in  refusing  to  infringe  on 
Satan's  right.  It  is  wrong,  finally,  to  make  the  process  of 
reconciliation  only  issue,  as  it  were,  from  God.  On  the 
contrary,  we  must  have  the  courage  to  bring  God's  justice  and 
Christ  into  mutual  relation. 

3.  But  the  idea  of  justice  first  receives  independent  and 
systematic  notice  in  the  juridical  theories,  of  which  that  of 
Anselm  is  by  far  the  most  profound.^  Anselm  endeavours  to 
demonstrate  the  necessity  both  of  atonement  by  Christ,  and  of 
divine  incarnation  in  order  to  atonement.  He  starts  from  the 
lionor  Dei  as  an  inviolable  good.  God's  honour  is  the  preva- 
lence of  justitia  in  the  world ;  by  obedience  to  God's  will  the 
creature  pays  the  honour  due  to  God.  God's  care  for  His 
honour  is  not  egoistic,  justice  being  the  universal  law  inviol- 
able even  to  the  divine  volition.  It  would  be  inconceivable, 
as  well  as  unworthy  of  God,  that  He  should  will  anything 
opposed  to  justice.  In  this  way  God's  power  and  plenary 
authority  are  placed  beneath,  not  above,  His  justice.  In  His 
character  of  justice  He  must  require  righteousness  or  obedience 
to  His  righteous  w^ill  from  rational  beings.  This  is  the  solus 
et  totus  honor  which  they  can  ofifer  to  God.  Hunc  honor  em 
dehitum  qui  Deo  non  reddit,  aufert  Deo  quod  suum  est  Deumque 
eohonorat,  et  hoc  est  feccare.  Sin  is  a  contumelia  Deo  illata. 
To  it  God  cannot  and  ought  not  to  be  indifferent.      He  must 

^  Anselm  Cautuar.  Cur  Deus  homo  ? 


HISTORY  OF  THE  DOCTRINE  TO  THE  REFORMATION.  15 

demand  satisfaction  for  it ;  and  this  requires  phis  redderc  quam 
ahlatum  erat,  in  order  to  efface  the  wrong  to  His  honour  and 
atone  for  the  injuria.  Baumgarten-Crusius  here  strikingly 
calls  attention  to  the  Old  German  expiation  or  penance,  and 
to  that  conception  of  sin  as  an  outrage  to  honour  which  was 
in  keeping  with  the  chivalrous  spirit  of  the  age.  Notwith- 
standing, the  divine  honour  is  not  regarded  as  a  mere  private 
good,  so  that  God  might,  like  a  private  person,  in  virtue  of 
His  free  plenary  authority,  renounce  claim  to  satisfaction  or 
not.  On  the  contrary,  it  would  be  against  God's  honour 
to  forgive  sin  ivithout  satisfaction ;  for  otherwise  evil  would  be 
freer  than  good.  In  the  absence  of  satisfaction,  poena  mast 
follow.  Now,  man  cannot  render  satisfaction  for  the  past ;  for 
what  he  has  and  can  do  he  owes  as  a  rational  creature  to  God. 
Punishment,  therefore,  would  be  necessary ;  and  how  grievous 
this  must  be  is  evident  from  the  consideration  that  the 
violated  good — the  honour  of  God — is  of  greater  value  than 
the  whole  world,  and,  therefore  the  violation  of  this  honour 
is  of  infinite  import.  But,  on  the  other  hand,  the  infliction 
of  the  punishment  must  entail  destruction  on  the  world. 
This  would  be  the  destruction  of  the  fair  world-order,  the 
overthrow  of  the  fair  world-plan,  which  willed  along  with 
the  angels  the  perfection  and  happiness  of  the  race  of  human 
beings.^  Thus,  in  order  to  render  punishment  unnecessary, 
God  must  give  to  humanity  the  means  of  rendering  the  satis- 
faction which  it  cannot  render  out  of  its  own  resources. 
Humanity  must  render  it.  It  cannot  do  so  as  mere  humanity, 
but  it  can  as  divine  humanity  (GottmenschJieit).  Now,  Christ 
is. the  God-man.  He  can  render  it,  because  He  is  the  eternal 
Son  as  well  as  man,  His  person  and  His  work  thus  possessing 
infinite  value.  As  man,  indeed,  His  active  obedience  is  due 
to  God ;  and  by  it,  therefore,  He  cannot  acquire  merit  capable 
of  transference  to  us.  But  it  is  otherwise  with  His  spontan- 
eous suffering,  which  was  not  matter  of  obligation.  Accord- 
ing to  Anselm,  this  suffering  is  not  pc.yial  suffering  in  virtue 
of  the  jus  talionis ;  but  Christ  creates  mcriium  by  His  love, 
which  yields  not  even  to  death.  This  is  a  good  plus  amalile 
than  sin  is  hateful.      Not  merely,  therefore,  does  God  regard 

^  The  race  of  human  beings  is  not  merely  de.sigiied  to  Jiupply  the  place  ot"  the 
fallen  angels.     It  has  also  to  Anselm  a  worth  of  its  own. 


16  THE  DOCTEINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

tins  suffering  as  an  action,  a  plus  reddere  quam  ablatum  erat, 
and  thus  an  adequate  satisfaction ;  ^  but  Christ's  suffering 
begets  an  overplus  of  meritum,  a  reward  being  conferred  on 
Him.  This  reward  He  cannot  receive  on  His  own  account, 
for  He  is  already  in  possession  of  divine  majesty.  But  in 
His  love  for  us  He  counts  it  a  reward  to  Himself  to  be 
permitted  to  impart  the  reward  due  to  Himself  to  those  who 
follow  His  word  and  example,  and  whom  He  calls  His  kins- 
men. His  satisfaction  holds  good  objectively  for  all ;  His 
reward  secures  the  happiness  of  believers.  The  fact  of  Christ's 
work  not  merely  being  a  legal  satisfaction,  but  being  also 
regarded  by  God  as  transferable  merit,  involves  a  convenientia, 
although  not  a  strict  legal  arrangement. 

It  deserves  unceasing  acknowledgment  that  Anselm  employs 
the  idea  of  justice  not  merely  in  the  disguised  and  impure 
form  peculiar  to  the  theories  which  refer  to  Satan,  nor  simply 
in  the  manner  of  mere  civil  law,  which  requires  the  payment 
of  the  debt  contracted  by  Adam  after  the  fashion,  as  it  were, 
of  a  money  debt.  In  the  place  of  mere  debitum  appears  in 
Anselm  the  c?f/j:>a,  possessing  infinite  significance  ;  and  in  place 
of  the  payment  of  a  debt  and  the  defeat  of  Satan,  the  satis- 
faction, which  God  must  require  in  virtue  of  His  nature,  of  the 
justice  which  is  not  subject  to  His  will.  The  satisfaction  is 
brought  into  direct  relation  to  God  and  to  His  justice ;  Christ, 
who  renders  the  satisfaction,  stands  directly  face  to  face  with 
justice.  Although  Anselm  at  the  same  time  treats  sin  as 
injury,  which  according  to  Old  German  law  requires  along 
with  an  equivalent  for  the  insult  or  damage  a  tribute  of 
honour,  stiU  he  does  not  regard  it  as  a  mere  private  matter, 
but  as  an  absolutely  culpable  offence,  directed  against  the 
absolutely  good  order  in  heaven  and  on  earth,  and  thus  against 
the  honour  of  God.  In  law,  injury  forms  a  sort  of  inter- 
mediate sphere  between  civil  and  criminal  law.  And  since, 
according  to  Anselm,  God  cannot  in  His  plenary  authority 
dispose  at  pleasure  of  the  gravity  belonging  to  the  injuria  to 
His  honour,  as  a  private  man  may  decide  what  importance  he 
will  attribute  to  an  attack  upon  his  honour,  his  theory  leans 
to  a  conception  of  sin  allied  with  criminal  justice.      But,  as 

1  He  regards  the  divine  justice  as  God's  maintenance  of  Himself  in  His  moral 
glorj',  similar  to  the  nse  in  the  0.  T.  of  the  idea  of  1133. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  DOCTRINE  TO  THE  REFORMATION.  17 

relates  to  satisf actio,  in  excluding  therefrom  Christ's  active 
obedience,  Anselm  has  indeed  properly  nothing  but  a  satis- 
passio,  while  attributing  to  the  spontaneous  (according  to  him, 
non-obligatory)  suffering  (in  harmony  with  the  mode  of  view 
met  with  elsewhere  in  mediaeval  theology)  the  character  of  a 
good  worJc,  meritorious,  because  non-oUigatory.  Instead  of  the 
rendering  of  the  obedience  or  good  works  due  from  men, 
appears  a  spontaneous,  non  -  obligatory,  supererogatory  suf- 
fering on  the  part  of  Christ ;  instead  of  the  idem,  He  thereby 
rendered  a  tantundem,  the  divine  estimation  assigning  to  the 
sufferings  the  value  of  positive  good  acts.  This  confounding 
of  the  worth  of  suffering  with  positive  acts  plainly  implies 
something  of  an  arbitrary  nature,  and  to  a  certain  extent 
reintroduces  the  notion  of  private  right.  Moreover,  the  idea, 
appropriate  to  Eoman  Catholicism,  that  there  are  actions  at 
once  good  and  non-obligatory,  and  that  such  actions  acquire 
merit ;  and  further,  the  opinion  that  sufferings,  because  involv- 
ing renunciation,  are  in  themselves  pleasing  to  God,  and  to  be 
set  on  a  par  with  good  actions,  are  both  faulty.  Add  to  this, 
that  Anselm,  because  viewing  Christ's  humanity  as  impersonal, 
cannot  properly  say  that  humanity  has  satisfied  God  in  the 
way  justice  requires.  Besides,  scarcely  any  but  physical  suf- 
ferings come  into  view  in  this  theory.  For,  had  he  regarded 
the  spiritual  sufferings,  which  are  the  consequence  of  Christ's 
high-priestly  love  for  men,  he  could  not  have  said  of  these  that 
they  were  not  obligatory  on  Christ,  i.e.  not  included  in  His 
oftice.  Had  Anselm  seen  that  what  is  spontaneous  and  what 
is  done  in  virtue  of  office — the  officially  obligatory — are  not 
mutually  exclusive,  he  might  have  conceded  importance  also 
to  Christ's  active  obedience  in  relation  to  the  work  of  redemp- 
tion. Nay,  the  way  in  which  He  bore  His  sufferings  must  have 
its  ground  in  His  positive  moral  power.  Supposing,  finally, 
that  sin  demands  an  infinite  satisfaction  on  account  of  the 
infinite  wrong  to  God,  sin  might  indeed  be  covered  by  Christ's 
spontaneous  suffering,  so  far  as  it  possesses  infinite  value,  and 
therefore  by  the  suffering  merit  of  Christ,  but  without  overplus 
or  reward  for  Christ  capable  of  being  transferred  to  us.^ 

^  An  altogether  similar  theory  of  reconciliation  was  advanced  by  Nicholas  of 
Methone  iu  the  Greek  Church  about  the  same  time.  Cf.  Ullmann,  "die 
Dogmatik  in  der  griech.  Kirche,  sc.  xii.,  '  Stud.  u.  Krit.  1833, 

DoRNER.— Christ.  Doct.  iv.  B 


18  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

Scholasticism,  after  Anselm,  only  partially  preserved  his 
thoughts.  The  reference  to  Satan  indeed,  still  maintained  by 
Peter  Lombard,  is  more  and  more  generally  given  up,  and 
Thomas  Aquinas  holds  fast  the  satisfaction  (satisf actio).  The 
spontaneous,  non-obligatory  humiliation  and  sufferings  assumed 
by  Christ  as  Head,  are  said,  by  reason  of  the  love  for  us  which 
they  reveal,  to  be  an  acceptable  sacrifice  to  God,  a  meritorious 
ground,  for  the  sake  of  which  He  forgives  us,  so  that  they  may 
be  called  a  ransom  jMicl  to  God,  But  the  satisfaction  of  Christ 
was  on  this  theory  as  little  necessary  as  the  Incarnation.  It 
is  true  the  satisfaction  by  Christ's  sufferings  was  fitting  (modus 
conveniens) ;  for  as  the  suffering  of  the  God-man  corresponds 
with  the  gravity  of  the  guilt,  so  it  corresponds  also  with  the 
divine  mercy  and  justice.  But  this  modus  was  not  neces- 
sary in  itself.  Although  simple,  imnmtable  Being,  considered 
as  knowing  and  willing,  forms  the  basis  of  Thomas  Aquinas' 
concept  of  God ;  although,  further,  the  world,  to  which 
that  knowledge  and  consciousness  refer,  is  conceived  as  in 
deterministic  dependence  on  God, — still  no  special  place  is 
left  by  Aquinas  in  God's  eternal  essence  for  the  justice  of  God 
in  particular.  Justice,  as  a  special  determination  of  God's 
essence,  is  not  in  keeping  with  his  view  of  the  abstract 
identity  of  God  with  Himself.  On  the  contrary,  God's 
absolute  plenitude  of  authority  now  gains  most  essential 
influence.  But  in  this  case  God  might  just  as  well  accept 
{accc2)tare)  a  mere  finite  worth  as  satisfaction  as  that  infinite 
worth  which  dwells  in  Christ,  and  which  transcends  the 
amount  required  by  justice.^  But  He  chooses  the  modus 
convcnientior,  that  of  satisfaction  by  suffering.  Duns  Scotus 
differs  still  more  widely  from  Anselm.^  The  necessity  of 
atonement  by  Christ  is  to  him  altogether  immaterial,  because 
to  him  God  in  His  innermost  essence  is  nothing  but  free 
plenary  authority.  In  addition,  he  not  merely  denies  the 
infinity  of  the  wrong  done  to  God  by  sin  on  account  of  the 
finitude   of  man,  but  also   asserts  the  fiuitude  of  the   merit 

^  Cf.  the  Art.  "Thomas  v.  Aq."  by  Landerer  in  Herzog's  Realencyc.  vol.  xvi. 
5  ;  Ritschl,  "  Studien  iiber  Genugthuung  u.  Verdienst,"  Jahrb.  f.  deutsche 
T/iCol.  1860,  4.  In  his  view,  Christ's  work  becomes  efficacious  by  awakening 
love  ;  but  love  is  awakened  by  Christ's  love  for  this  very  reason,  that  what  it 
does  and  suffers  is  a  ransom  to  God. 

-  Respecting  Duns  Scotus,  cf.  the  Art.  by  A.  Dorner  in  Herzog,  ed.  2. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  DOCTRINE  TO  THE  REFORMATION.  19 

of  Christ,  which  he  derives  wholly  from  Christ's  strongly- 
emphasized  humanity.  Thus  the  argument  for  the  necessity 
of  a  satisfaction  by  the  God-man,  deduced  from  the  idea  of 
God  as  well  as  from  the  nature  of  evil,  is  entirely  given  up. 
In  place  of  this  necessity  he  puts  the  merihtm,  the  value  of 
which  is  determined  by  God's  free  plenary  authority;  That 
authority  permits  an  acccptatio  of  the  merit  of  Christ  to  avail 
for  the  circle  of  believei*s.  Thus,  as  relates  to  the  demon- 
stration of  the  necessity  of  Christ's  work,  Thomas  Aquinas  and 
Duns  Scotus  fall  behind  Anselm,  while  not  denying  the  fitness 
{conveiiientia)  of  the  divinely-appointed  economy  of  salvation, 
and  endeavouring  to-  give  more  scope  than  Anselm  to  the 
manifestation  of  God's  spontaneous  love.  Thus  is  their  theory, 
although  unelaborated',  a  transition  to  the  one  which  recurs  to 
the  wisdom  of  divine  love  and  freedom. 

Observation. — The  theory  of  Abelard  cannot  be  regarded  as 
worked  out  with  precision,  nor  has  it  exercised  any  influence 
worth  mentioning  on  the  subsequent  development  of  the 
dogma.  On  the  one  side,  he  seems  to  diverge  from  the  usual 
path  of  Church-teaching,  and  to  look  for  reconciliation  to 
righteousness  of  life,  to  the  love  implanted  in  us  by  God 
through  Christ.  The  love  of  God,  displayed  in  Christ's 
Incarnation,  suffering,  and  death^.  awakens  responsive  love  in 
us,  by  which  we  are  justified  and  saved.  On  the  other  side, 
in  allusion  to  Gal.  iii.  13,  he  emphasizes  the  expiation  of 
the  divine  justice  hy  Christ,  who  on  the  cross  became  a  curse 
for  us  (cf.  Renter,  Gcschichte  der  Aufkldrung  im  Mittelalter, 
i.  320) ;  an  aspect  which  Eitschl,  who  has  selected  Abelard 
as  a  testis  veritatis,  ought  not  to  have  passed  by  in  silence. 
.But  Abelard  cannot  claim  the  high  scientific  importance  in 
relation  to  the  present  dogma  which  Eitschl  attributes  to 
him.  For  how  he  combines  both  conceptions  —  the  more 
moral  and  the  juridical — is  not  apparent,  because  he  says 
nothing  expressly  on  the  point.  It  is  conceivable  that  he 
held  both  without  reconciling  them,  and  without  conscious- 
ness of  any  contradiction.  But  it  is  also  possible  that 
Abelard  did  not  intend  to  advance  the  former  theory,  which 
is  the  more  modern  in  tone,  and  specially  commended  by 
Eitschl,  in  opposition  to  the  uther  one,  which  recurs  to  the 
expiation  of  the  divine  justice,,  but  still  presupposes  the 
latter.  In  favour  of  this  is  the  fact  that  he  would  have  our 
imperfect  righteousness  supplemented  by  Christ's  intercession, 
which  accompanies  the   life  of  believers,  and  by  Christ's 


20  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

righteousness,  after  the  manner  of  the  mystic  theory,  which 
sees  in  Christ's  objective  righteousness  our  expiatory  sub- 
stitute. But  further,  when  he  specially  finds  in  Christ's 
sufferings  and  death  a  manifestation  of  God's  love  powerful 
enough  to  kindle  responsive  love  in  us,  the  question  is 
reasonable,  how  far  a  manifestation  of  love  ought  to  be  found 
in  Christ's  sufferings  and  death  if  no  expiatory  and  sub- 
stitutionary meaning  belongs  to  them  (a  question  doubly 
warranted  in  relation  to  Eitschl's  own  theory,  since  he 
neither  favours  the  mystic  view  nor  regards  an  expiation  as 
necessary).  Thus  Abelard's  moral  theory  only  seems  to  gain 
intrinsic  strength  and  consistency  on  the  supposition  that  he 
has  not  framed  it  in  opposition  to  the  expiation  offered  to 
justice,  but  presupposes  the  latter.  In  this  way,  certainly, 
the  form  of  Abelard's  theory  becomes  essentially  different 
from  Eitschl's  account  of  it,  since  it  is  then  similar  to  the 
views  held  by  many  Church-teachers  before  him,  who  ascribe 
to  Christ's  sufferings  and  death,  along  with  the  expiation 
of  justice,  the  awakening  of  responsive  love. 


2.   The  Evangelical  Doctrine  of  Atonement. 

§  116. 

In  this  dogma  also  the  Eeformation  proves  itself  to  be  the 
conclusion  of  an  old  and  the  beginning  of  a  new  age. 
Its  advances  in  Ponerology  and  Christology  contributed 
to  this  result,  but  especially  the  Evangelical  principle  of 
faith,  which  strove  to  realize  to  itself  in  Christ's  work 
the  objective  foundation  of  the  peace  of  conscience  it  had 
gained.  That  from  which  deliverance  is  necessary  is  no 
longer  considered  as  something  merely  external  to  man  and 
objective,  as  the  dominion  of  Satan  and  the  power  of  death, 
or  as  an  alien  inheritance,  but  as  personal  guilt  which 
subjects  to  desert  of  punishment.^  On  this  account  it 
is  not  merely  freedom  from  punishment  or  moral  amend- 
ment, but  above  all  the  abolition  of  guilt  and  the  pacifying 
of  divine  justice,  which  is  recognised  as  the  first  requisite 
to  man's  redemption,  in  order  that  filial  relationship  to 
God  and  righteousness  of  life  may  be  added  to  the  state 

1  Cf.  above,  §  75, 


TilE  EVANGELICAL  DOCTKINE.  21 

of  peace  with  God.  To  tins  end  the  Evangelical 
doctrine  bases  the  work  of  salvation  on  both  sides  of 
Christ's  Person  in  their  unity/  while  Christ  Himself  is 
brought  into  direct  relation  with  divine  justice,  which 
He  perfectly  and  vicariously  satisfies  by  means  of  His 
righteousness  in  active  and  passive  obedience.  Thus,  in 
the  objective  reconciliation  of  God  by  Christ  the  basis 
is  laid  in  respect  of  God  for  the  application  of  His  grace 
to  us,  while  in  respect  of  man  the  possibility  is  opened 
of  elevation  from  consciousness  of  guilt  and  punishment 
into  peace  of  conscience  and  filial  relationship  to  God, 
or  into  consciousness  of  justification  through  faith. 

Literature. — The  Evang.  Symbols  :  Conf.  Aug.  iii.  iv.  xv. ; 
Apol.  92 ;  Form.  Cone.  684,  696,  894 ;  Hdcldl.  Cat.  Qu.  38  ff. ; 
Conf.  Helv.  c.  11 ;  Dordr.  Syn.  pp.  213-218,  ed.  Augusti ;  Colloq. 
Zips.  400;  Form.  Consens.  Helv.  450;  Gallic,  xvii.;  Scot.  ix. ; 
Cat.  Genev.  526  ;  Wcstmonast.  (in  Niemeyer's  appendix  to  the 
Reform.  Symlols,  1840)  c.  8,  p.  12  ff. 

Observation. — The  notion  that  the  Eeformation  doctrine  is 
simply  a  repetition  of  that  of  Anselm,  is  as  erroneous  as  it  is 
common.  It  is  true  that  the  former  holds  by  the  necessity 
of  that  mode  of  reconciliation  which  was  realized  historically, 
as  firmly  as  Anselm ;  but  in  place  of  God's  injured  honour, 
which  demands  satisfaction, — a  view  still  retaining  somewhat 
of  the  spirit  of  civil  law, — the  Evangelical  doctrine,  and 
especially  Calvin  and  Melanchthon,  put  punitive  justice, 
with  which  Christ  is  placed  as  Atoner  in  direct  relation, 
which  Anselm  had  not  done.  Eor  Anselm  said :  Either 
punishment  or  the  substitution  of  satisfaction  for  punish- 
ment. But  the  Evangelical  doctrine  finds  the  satisfaction  in 
the  pacifying  of  the  jvistice  which  demands  punishment  from 
man.  According  to  the  Evangelical  Church,  the  satisfaction 
consists  not  primarily  in  the  offering  of  good  works  as  a 
tribute  of  honour,  nor,  as  in  the  case  of  Anselm,  in  the 
innocent  sufferings  endured  by  Christ,  not  at  the  hands  of 
God  and  His  justice,  but  simply  at  the  hands  of  men,  those 
sufferings  being  merely  treated  by  God  as  good  works,  which 
are  of  benefit  to  us ;  but  according  to  Evangelical  doctrine, 
Christ  enters  into  direct  relation  with  the  just  punishment 
due  to  us.  Moreover,  whereas  Anselm  leaves  out  of  sight 
1  cf.  §  n. 


22  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

Christ's  active  obedience,  because  as  man  Jesus  was  bound 
to  render  it,  the  Evangelical  doctrine  brings  Christ's  active 
obedience  into  direct  relation  with  the  work  of  atonement 
and  with  divine  justice.  The  active  obedience  is  necessary, 
like  the  passive,  to  the  pacifying  of  divine  justice.  Instead 
of  the  civil  or  political  conception  of  justice,  we  have  here 
the  absolute  view  and  a  correspondent  theory  of  punishment 
to  place  in  contrast  w4th  the  violation  of  an  infinite  good — 
the  divine  will — by  the  doing  of  wrong  and  the  omission  of 
obligatory  good. — As  concerns  Litthcr  in  particular,  in  him 
the  old  theories,  as  Weisse,  v.  Hofmann,  and  Held  rightly 
remark,  revive  and  enter  upon  a  new  course.  It  is  thus  with 
the  reconciliation  of  heaven  and  earth  through  the  Incarna- 
tion, or  through  the  meritorious  life  by  which  Christ  presents 
Himself  in  His  proved  righteousness  as  a  perfect  sacrifice 
to  God;  and  again  with  the  theory  of  the  vanquishing  of 
Satan  and  death.  But  this  is  not  all,  for  he  also  takes  God's 
justice  into  account,  as  Thomasius  proves  in  detail.^  Again, 
he  treats  Satan  in  a  different  way  from  that  in  which  all  the 
old  theories  treat  him,  bringing  him  into  close  connection 
with  the  law.  Through  Satan's  temptation,  the  law  provokes 
the  sinner  to  rebellion  and  disbelief  of  God.  Through  sin, 
the  law  became  Satan's  handle  to  effect  man's  destruction. 
Xow  Christ's  triumph  ov-er  Satan  is  complete,  because  He 
raises  above  the  sole  authority  of  the  law,  above  the  legal 
standpoint.  But  since,  in  Luther's  view,  tlie  law  in  its 
commands  and  ordinances,  its  threats  and  penalties,  is  of 
divine  origin,  and  has  its  roots  in  the  divine  justice,  his 
teaching  rightly  takes  the  ground,  that  Christ  led  beyond 
the  legal  stage  by  satisfying  the  law  in  every  respect,  and 
therewith  triumphed  over  Satan,  death,  the  world,  and  sin. 
But  certainly  it  was  Melanchthon  who  worked  out  the  relation 
of  atonement  to  the  divine  justice,  and  in  this  Calvin  is 
essentially  one  with  him. 

1.  The  Evangelical  princijile — the  experience  of  Jastifica- 
Hon  through  faith  in  Christ — necessarily  reacted  on  the 
doctrine  of  Atonement ;  and  here,  indeed,  the  fruitfulness  of 
the  advance  made  by  the  Eeformation  in  Ponerology  specially 
shows  itself.  For  Justification  is  the  disburdening  of  the 
personality  from  guilt  at  the  tribunal  of  God's  punitive  justice, 
and  therefore  from  punishment ;  but  this  in  such  a  way  that 

^  Cf.  Kostlin,  Luther  s  Theol.  ii.  404  ff.  ;  Harnack,  ut  supra,  i.  557  f.  ;  cf. 
"  The  New  Year's  Sermon  "  in  Luther's  Kirchenpcst'dle  ;  Hanspostllle,  Erlaug.  eiL 
iii.  137,  305  ;  Thomasius,  id  supra,  260  ;  Philippi,  iv.  2,  p.  114  ff. 


THE  EVANGELICAL  DOCTRINE.  23 

the  believer  has  the  consciousness  that  divine  justice  itself  has 
heen  satisfied  hy  Christ ;  that  no  exception  has  been  made  at 
the  cost  of  justice ;  that  his  is  not  simply  the  experience  of 
divine  long-suffering,  including  neither  definitive  forgiveness 
Qor  satisfaction  made  to  justice.  On  the  contrary,  the 
believer  knows  that,  despite  his  own  unrighteousness,  harmony 
with  the  law  and  with  justice  has  been  restored  by  Christ. 
In  this  knowledge  is  rooted  his  assured  peace  of  conscience, 
his  elevation  above  those  doubts  as  to  the  Christian  economy 
of  salvation  which  conscience  would  always  suggest,  in  case 
forgiveness  came  to  the  sinner  in  the  way,  so  to  speak,  of  a 
partial  act  of  exception,  through  a  breach  with  justice  and 
violation  of  the  eternal  law.  But  by  this  means,  since  it  is 
only  faith  in  Christ  which  knows  itself  justified,  Christ's  acts 
and  sufferings  enter  into  direct  relation  with  the  penal  law 
and  with  our  guilt  which  has  to  be  blotted  out,  Christ  being 
thus  the  Atoner,  to  whom  the  consciousness  of  justification 
attaches  itself.  The  Eeformers  and  Evangelical  Confessions 
state  the  matter  thus :  Christ's  sufferings  are  penal  sufferings, 
to  which  He  submitted,^  not  an  opus  supererogatorium,  but 
having  relation  to  our  liability  to  punishment.  He  bore  the 
maledictio,  the  jus  legis  contra  nos.  God's  law  is  absolutely 
immutable,  and  therefore  brooks  no  exception.  Lex  divina  est 
immota,  ergo  legi  saiisfieri  debet ;  ohligat  vel  ad  ohedientiam, 
ml  ad  pos7iam.  Peccato,  malo  infinito,  dehetur  poena  infinita, 
ahjectio,  mors  o&terna.  Funiendo  Bens  justitice  suce  satisfacit, 
nan  remittit  peccata  ex  levitate,  vel  futilitate.  For  this  reason 
has  God  provided  a  means  of  reconciliation,  temperamentum, 
cepulatio  justitiw  et  misericordice.  In  ijoena  quae  debet  esse 
placaiio,  oportet  punienti  tribui  laudem  justitice.  As  innocens, 
Christ  does  this.'^  Thus  is  the  jus  legis  observed,  and  indeed 
satisfied  on  our  behalf;  for  Christ  has  satisfied  the  claim  of 
the  law  or  satisfied  justice,  in  order  that  the  law  may  not 
condemn  us.^  As  He  has  spontaneously,  so  He  has  innocently 
suffered  for  men  (or  at  least  for  the  elect,  see  below),  and 
thereby  averted  punishment,  because  He  has  caused  guilt  not 

1  Apologia,  92,  93. 

2  Cf.  Melanchthon,  Corp.  Re/,  xxiii.  338,  549,  xxi.  1042,  1077. 

3  Conf.  Aug.  iii.  iv.  ;  Aj)ol.  92,  195  ;  Form.  Cone.  606,  57  ;  Heidelh.  Cat. 
38  f.     Without  this  imputation  even  sins  of  omission  could  not  be  forgiven. 


24  THE  DOCTEIXE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

to  be  imputed  to  us.  ISTay,  in  order  that  we  may  not  merely 
escape  punishment  and  the  imputation  of  guilt,  but  that  God 
may  regard  us  as  righteous  and  hoi}''  in  Christ,  and  so  His 
^vhole  paternal  grace  may  become  ours,  Christ's  own  righteous- 
ness— as  well  that  of  His  active  as  of  His  passive  obedience 
— is  imputed  to  us.^  Only  a  portion  of  the  Evangelical 
Theologians  (among  the  Eeformed  Piscator,  among  the 
Lutherans  Karg,  among  moderns  Tollner)  have  declined  to 
include  Christ's  active  obedience.  Even  the  Reformed 
Theology  on  the  whole  holds  by  this  view,  which  is  again 
linked  to  the  doctrine  held  in  the  ancient  Church  of  the  merit 
of  Christ's  life.  Schweizer,  Schneckenburger,  Schenkel  go  so 
far  as  to  assert  that  the  chief  stress  of  the  Eeformed  Theology 
rests  on  Christ's  active  obedience.^  But  in  doing  so,  they 
confound  Christ's  active  obedience  with  the  communication 
of  new  life,  and  forget  how  decisively  Calvin,  Wolleb, 
Maresius,  and  others  emphasize  the  expiation  of  just  punish- 
ment rendered  by  Christ. 

2.  The  fruit  or  henejit  of  Christ's  Atonement  is,  above  all, 
found  in  this,  that  God  j^^ttcatus  est,  homo  cxpiatus.  This 
implies  a  change  brought  about  in  God's  relation  to  sinful 
humanity  through  Christ's  historic  work.  The  change  relates 
to  the  remission  in  the  heart  of  God,  rendered  possible  and 
actual  by  Christ.  Above  aU,  Christ  procures  the  forgiveness 
of  sins,  i.e.  the  cancelliug  of  guilt.  This  is  opposed  to  the 
eudiBmonistic,  servile  view,  which  puts  the  chief  stress  on 
freedom  from  physical  ill,  from  punishment,  not  on  the  just 
claims  of  the  law  being  satisfied  and  the  conscience  relieved 
from  the  burden  of  guilt.  In  opposition  to  this  view  the 
Apology  says  :  Remissio  posnce  frustra  quceritur,  nisi  cor  antea 
quccsiverit  rcwissionem  'peccatomm.  Moreover,  the  Evangelical 
doctrine  is  opposed  to  the  notion  that  sanctification,  the 
oljliteration  of  sin,  is  first  in  importance,  and  that  forgiveness 
of  sins  takes  place  on  its  account,  although  of  course  for- 
giveness is,  with  Augustine,  referred  to  grace  (as  justitia 
infusa,  or  inJuerens,  habitualis).      Still,  the  benefit  of  Christ's 

1  Form.  Cone.  684,  696. 

^  Schweizer,  Glauhl.  d.  Ref.  Kir.  ii.  399  f.,  and  die  chr.  Glaubensl.  nach  prot. 
Grundsatzen,  ii.  171  f. ;  Schneckenburger,  Vergleichende  Darstelhinrj  d.  Itith.  u. 
re/.  Lehre,  i.  124. 


THE  EVANGELICAL  DOCTRINE.  25 

merit  is  not  exhausted  in  the  negative  blessing — the  removal 
of  guilt,  remission  of  punishment,  and  abolition  of  the  con- 
sciousness of  guilt  and  punishment.  On  the  contrary,  Christ's 
purpose  is  also  to  impart  to  those  whom  He  represents  the 
divine  favour,  which  brings  us  salvation  and  sheds  peace 
abroad  in  the  heart  of  believers, — a  result  completing  the 
revelation  of  the  reconciliation  of  God  effected  by  Christ. 
Thus  Christ's  entire  obedience  secures  for  us,  that  for  Christ's 
sake  God  does  not  merely  not  impute  our  sins  to  us,  but  also 
regards  us  as  righteous  and  holy  in  virtue  of  Christ's  whole 
righteousness — the  ohcdientia  adiva  also — being  imputed  to 
us.  Again,  the  extent  to  which  the  atonement  by  Christ 
refers  is  of  importance  in  deciding  its  value.  Christ's  entire 
obedience  is  viewed  as  of  infinite  value,  sufficient  to  cancel 
infinite  guilt  and  punishment,  and  to  present  every  believer 
holy  and  righteous  before  God.  According  to  both  Evangelical 
Confessions,  therefore,  this  value  is  all-embracing,  i.e.  refers  to 
all  sins, — original  and  actual, — sins  not  merely  before  but 
also  after  baptism,^  whereas  the  Catholic  Church  limits  the 
efficacy  of  the  atonement  to  original  sin  and  sins  before 
baptism.  As  relates  to  persoois,  the  Lutheran  Church  ascribes 
universal  value  to  Christ's  atonement  more  definitely  than  the 
Preformed.  But  even  the  Reformed  theologians  teach  that 
Christ's  merit,  because  infinite,  would  be  sufficient  for  all  in 
itself,  only  the  application  of  this  universal  power  is  rendered 
particular  by  the  twofold  decretuni.  Along  with  this  idea  the 
doctrine  occurs  in  the  Form.  Consensus  Helv.  (which  was  not 
adopted  as  a  Symbol),  that  it  was  neither  the  will  of  God  nor 
of-  Christ  that  Christ  should  taste  death  for  all,  but  only  for 
the  elect.  But,  in  order  to  atone  even  for  these,  a  jpiacuhirn 
of  infinite  value,  sufficient  in  itself  for  all,  was  necessary  on 
account  of  the  infinity  of  guilt.  Both  Confessions  teach  that 
neither  human  penance  nor  good  works  can  supplement  the 
merit  of  Christ  and  the  value  of  that  merit. '^  Christ's  atone- 
ment possesses  this  value  through  the  character  of  His  person. 
He  is  Mediator  between  God  and  men,  because  of  His  standing 
in   the  most  intimate  relation  to  both  through  the  Unio  in 

'  P.  II.  Conf.  Aug.  iii.  de  Missa,  p.  25,  §  21  II'. 

2  Conf.  Aug.  xv.  §  3,  p.  13  ;  Apol.  193,  51  ;  A.  S.  305  ;   Cat.  JJeidelb.  cd. 
Niemeyer,  pp.  431,  443,  qu.  60  ff. 


26  THE  DOCTEINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

Him.  The  Form.  Cone,  says :  The  divinity  and  humanity 
must  not  here  be  separated,  else  the  work  loses  its  value.  On 
this  account  Stancarus  was  condemned,  because  he  wished  to 
regard  only  the  human  side  as  mediatorial,  and  for  this  reason 
to  ascribe  finite  value  to  Christ's  obedience,  enhancing  it  by 
means  of  acceptilatio.  On  the  other  hand,  Andr.  Osiander  was 
condemned,  because  he  treated  redemption  as  secondary,  and 
regarded  justification  as  effected  only  by  the  divine  nature  of 
Christ  dwelling  in  us,  while  severing  it  from  the  atonement, 
which  to  him  was  something  external  and  subordinate,  "  the 
payment  of  our  debts  1500  years  ago."  The  doctrine  of  the 
Church  seeks  to  secure  the  historic  truth  and  reality  of  Christ's 
entire  obedience  by  His  humanity,  and  its  infinite  value  by 
His  divinity ;  and  in  tliis  way  the  Christological  advance 
made  in  the  age  of  the  Eeformation  in  respect  of  a  more 
living  conception  of  the  unity  of  Christ's  person,  has  its 
influence  on  the  dogma  now  under  consideration, 

3.  From  what  has  been  said,  it  is  clear  how  definitely  the 
Evangelical  Church  advances  beyond  mere  convenientia,  or 
adaptation  in  Christ's  work,  to  the  necessity  of  this  mode,  and 
how  by  the  consciousness  of  God's  immutable  justice  it  avoids 
everything  arbitrary  or  capricious,  even  where  arbitrariness 
shelters  itself  behind  God's  free  plenary  authority.  On  the 
other  hand,  it  firmly  lays  down  the  ethical  idea  of  God.  And 
it  is  worthy  of  note  that  here  the  Eeformed  theology  does 
not,  as  in  the  doctrine  of  the  decretum  Electionis  and  Reproha- 
tionis,  go  back  to  God's  supreme  authority,  but  to  the  divine 
justice,  which  it  reckons  a  part  of  God's  essence,  and  there- 
fore does  not  subordinate  to  God's  supremum  arhitrium.  But 
from  this  it  also  follows  that  Christ's  atoning  action  procured 
a  blessing  of  a  moral  nature  most  precious  to  God  Himself,  a 
blessing  which  did  not  previously  exist  even  for  God,  and 
that  consequently  a  change  was  made  by  Christ's  work,  in 
accordance  with  the  decretum,  not  merely  in  the  relation  of 
men  to  God,  but  in  the  relation  of  God  to  men.  Thus  has 
the  Evangelical  Church,  in  asserting  the  necessity  of  Satis- 
faction, afforded  proof  that,  advancing  beyond  the  mere  legal 
stage,  and  for  this  reason  visited  with  the  reproach  of 
Antinomianism,  it  pays  greater  honour  to  the  inflexible  honour 
of  God's  law  than  those  theories  which  assign  to  that  law  the 


THE  EVANGELICAL  DOCTKIXE.  27 

precarious  position  of  a  positivity  which  might  he  other  than 
it  is,  and  which  thercj'ore  do  not  regard  atonement  by  Christ 
as  the  essential  mode  of  salvation.  When  the  Formula  of 
Concord  says :  Gratia  Dei,  Meritum  Christi,  Fides  belong  to 
Justificatio,  this  triad  shows  how,  according  to  Evangelical 
teaching,  the  process  of  Atonement,  starting  from  the  depths 
of  the  Divine  Essence,  proceeds  onward  to  the  historic 
Mediator,  until  it  reaches  its  goal  in  fides,  with  its  joyous 
assurance  of  the  divine  forgiveness.  The  decisive  factor  is 
the  terminus  medius,  Christus  ^jc?*  quern  Deus  'placatur ;  but 
still  the  process  is  not  concluded  with  the  objective  trans- 
action through  Christ  outside  us.  It  first  comes  to  rest  in 
fides,  because  by  faith  the  peace,  which  exists  through  Christ 
in  God's  heart,  is  received  into  our  heart.  Mere  objective 
atonement,  on  the  other  hand,  however  important  and  funda- 
mental, would  avail  us  nothing. 

4.  The  advance  made  in  the  Evangelical  doctrine  of  Atone- 
ment, and  continued  by  the  theology  of  the  Church,  cor- 
responds to  the  advance  made  by  the  Eeformation  in 
Ponerology,  Christology,  and  Theology.  But  the  defects  also, 
which,  as  formerly  indicated,^  were  not  overcome  in  these 
doctrines,  exercised  their  influence,  giving  rise  to  a  number 
of  points  needing  explanation  or  more  satisfactory  verification. 
We  shall  consider  these  defects,  as  they  appear  in  part  in  the 
Symbols  and  oM  Evangelical  theologians  of  both  Confessions, 
following  as  closely  as  possible  the  defects,  previously  discussed 
and  still  remaining,  in  Ponerology,  Christology,  and  the  doctrine 
of  God. 

•  First.  We  saw  previously  that  the  old  Evangelical  theology 
made  too  little  distinction  in  the  doctrine  of  sin  between 
generic  and  personal  sin,  especially  that  of  definitive  unbelief, 
which  is  inevitably  followed  by  damnation.  The  consequence 
of  this  on  the  present  dogma  is,  that  the  statement :  Christ 
died  for  all  the  sins  of  the  world,  as  to  form  gives  the  im- 
pression that  His  atoning  work  avails  even  for  the  sin  of 
definitive  rejection  of  Christ,^  which  neither  was  nor  could  be 
the  meaning.     On   the  other  hand,  it  gives   the  impression 

1  §  75,  6  ;  §  96.     Cf.  §§  94.  95. 

^  Certainly  Quenstcdt  docs  not  seem  to  shrink  eveu  from  this.  P.  ii.  p.  163. 
ell  iii.  324. 


28  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

that  Christ,  in  order  to  make  satisfaction  for  sin  at  all,  must 
endure  the  punishments  of  hell  for  us,  those  punishments 
being  due  by  divine  justice  to  all  sin,  not  merely  to  that  of 
definitive  unbelief  This  defect  in  dogmatic  precision  acquires 
greater  importance  from  the  fact  that  the  idea  of  jyunishment 
was  not  investigated  with  sufficient  thoroughness.  The  usual 
supposition  was,  that  the  satisfaction  of  divine  justice  con- 
sisted in  the  same  amount  of  suffering  befalling  Christ  which 
would  have  befallen  those  destined  to  obtain  forgiveness,  on 
which  view  the  amount  of  Christ's  sufferings  would  neces- 
sarily have  been  greater  if  the  number  of  sinners  had  been 
greater,  and  smaller  if  smaller.  When  this  quantitative 
conception  of  sin  and  of  Christ's  sufferings  is  carried  farther, 
those  sufferings  appear  as  a  numerical  amount,  which  Christ 
was  bound  to  discharge  for  all  without  distinction,  in  order  to 
create  for  them  the  possibility  of  deliverance,  since  those  for 
whom  He  did  not  pay  the  amount  would  be  those  excluded 
a  priori  from  election.  A  further  consequence  would  be,  that 
if  the  numerical  sum  due  had  been  paid  on  behalf  of  those 
remaining  in  unbelief,  punishment  for  their  sins,  which  had 
been  expiated,  could  no  longer  be  demanded  of  them,  because 
Christ  had  made  satisfaction  for  them,  and  a  double  satisfac- 
tion would  be  unjust.  But  even  if  the  sin,  to  which  Christ's 
atoning  work  could  not  refer,  were  separated  from  that 
capable  of  forgiveness,  and  it  were  said  that  Christ  had  only 
to  do  with  the  latter,  the  old  theology  is  still  inclined  to 
maintain  that  it  was  necessary  for  Christ  to  endure  the  pains 
of  hell,  because  the  infinite  significance  of  sin  demands  infinite 
punishment.^  But  in  opposition  to  this  view  the  question  was 
early  asked,  Whether  the  comparatively  brief  duration  of  Christ's 
sufferings  could  come  into  comparison  with  the  punishments 

*  The  Reformed  theologians  in  part  teach  that  on  the  cross  Christ  suffered  the 
pangs  of  hell.  The  Lutheran  Confessions,  while  not  excluding  this  view  (Frank, 
d.  Theologie  der  Concordienformel,  ii.  32,  1861),  do  not  teach  it,  as  is  often 
done  by  theologians  on  both  sides.  But  the  impotence  of  rebellion  and  despair 
form  a  part  of  those  pangs,  and  these  cannot  be  thought  of  in  Christ  without 
dissolving  the  Unio.  It  is  true,  the  Lutheran  Confessions  speak  of  the  eternal 
death  to  which  we  should  be  exposed  apart  from  Christ's  suffering  for  us.  But 
it  is  not  said  that  Christ  endured  this  eternal  death.  For  this  reason,  modems 
like  Kahnis  (iii.  397),  Frank  {Syst.  d.  chr.  Wahrheit,  ii.  181  ff.),  and  Gens, 
reject  this  Theologoumenon  of  the  old  Protestant  theologians.  It  is  otherwise 
with  Philippi,  iv.  2.  136. 


THE  EVANGELICAL  DOCTRINE,  29 

of  hell,  and  as  relates,  for  example,  to  those  dying  before 
maturity,  whether  original  sin  alone  could  be  an  adccquata 
causa  damnationis  to  the  punishments  of  hell  ?  The  disposi- 
tion to  externalize  the  idea  of  punishment,  in  order  to  seek  a 
quantum  of  suffering  in  Christ  answering  to  the  amount  of 
sin,  followed  naturally  from  the  assumption,  that  the  satisfy- 
ing of  divine  justice  by  Christ's  suffering  for  men's  sins  rests 
on  the  jiLS  talionis  of  the  compensation-theory,  which  was 
confounded  with  the  absolute  theory  of  punishment  formerly 
discussed ;  ^  and  then  the  question  was  asked,  What  sufferings 
of  Christ  in  particular  make  expiation  for  definite,  particular 
kinds  of  sin  ?  But  therewith  it  is  overlooked  that  suffering 
as  suffering  is  no  good  in  God's  sight,  and  divine  justice  is 
not  revenge  ;  the  only  good  is  the  revelation  of  justice.  Such 
a  treatment  of  the  matter  is  repugnant  to  the  Evangelical  view 
of  sin,  that  view  being  averse  to  such  piecemeal  division,  and 
rather  drawing  attention  away  from  the  endless  diversity  of 
sin's  manifestations  to  its  single  source.  Thus  the  revelation 
of  the  divine  justice  demanded  is  not  to  be  of  a  kind  implying 
punishments  as  various  as  the  manifestations  of  sin.  Nor  can 
it  be  shown  that  retributive  punishments,  various  in  kind  and 
corresponding  to  all  human  sins,  were  borne  by  Christ. 
Generally  speaking,  this  tendency  to  a  quantitative  equivalent 
in  Christ's  sufferings  for  human  sins  must  lead  to  undue,  one- 
sided stress  being  laid  on  Christ's  physical  sufferings,  whereas 
the  suffering  of  His  soul  alone  exceeded  the  delight  and  joy 
felt  by  any  sinner  in  sin.  On  the  supposition  of  the  sum  of 
general  guilt  and  punishment  on  the  part  of  the  world  having 
to  be  cancelled  or  paid  by  a  mathematically  equal  quantum  of 
suffering  on  Christ's  part,  we  should  have  before  us  in  the 
cross  a  sum  in  arithmetic  instead  of  a  wondrous  mystery  of 
love.  From  the  quantitative  we  must  advance  to  the  in- 
trinsic view  of  the  matter,  to  an  intensive  estimate  of  the 
work  of  Christ.  Further,  were  Christ's  work  considered  in 
the  light  of  a  calculation  and  counter-calculation,  Christ  being 
made  the  payer  of  a  money  debt,  this  evil  consequence  would 
follow,  that  Christians  might  demand  remission  of  punishment 
and  justification  from  God  as  their  strict  right ;  and  if  the 
satisfaction  vvere  of  this  nature,  gracious  forgiveness  would  bo 

'  §  24,  6  ;  32,  4.     Cf.  §  83. 


30  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

out  of  the  question.  But,  on  the  contrary,  Christians  are 
conscious  that  not  merely  Christ's  mission,  but  also  the 
imputation  of  His  righteousness,  is  not  indeed  an  act  of 
arbitrary  favour,  but  of  grace,  so  that  they  would  of  necessity 
look  on  it  as  impious  to  ask  forgiveness  as  a  legal  due  from 
God,  on  the  ground  that  God,  after  the  debt  has  been  paid  by 
Christ,  cannot  again  require  its  payment  from  the  debtors. 
Instead  of  this,  the  Christian  consciousness  only  requires  that 
forgiveness  clash  not  with  divine  justice,  Christ  having 
satisfied  that  justice.  Evil  with  its  culpability,  like  Christ's 
merit,  must  be  conceived  dynamically  or  intensively.  Christ's 
merit  is  not  to  be  measured  by  weight  and  number,  because 
it  is  a  potency  intensively  infinite,  equal  to  the  guilt  incurred 
by  the  violation  and  rejection  of  an  infinite  good.  But  Christ's 
sufferings  owe  their  intensive  import  to  the  fact  that  they  are 
not  merely  physical,  but  spiritual  sufferings,  sufferings  of  His 
divine-human  person.  By  God's  j'ust  ordinance  sin  draws 
upon  itself  His  wrath  and  displeasure — that  intensive  power 
{Grosse).  As  the  divine  displeasure  is  the  source,  so  it  is  the 
innermost  core  of  punishment,  the  sting  in  every  other  punish- 
ment. Wherever  a  sinner,  though  the  subject  of  outward  ill, 
regards  it  not  as  a  sign  of  the  divine  displeasure,  he  is  still 
superficially  blind  to  his  penal  state.  On  the  contrary,  although 
the  ills,  which  were  punishments,  still  continue,  if  that  in- 
tensive element  in  punishment — the  divine  displeasure — no 
longer  rules,  but  the  enjoyment  of  tlie  peace  and  favour  of 
God,  then  that  which  was  punishment  is  no  longer  punish- 
ment, but  the  remaining  ills  are,  as  it  were,  swallowed  up  by 
the  sense  of  infinite  good,  of  the  divine  favour,  which  trans- 
forms even  ill  into  a  proof  of  love.  Thus  under  every  aspect 
we  are  directed  from  the  mere  quantitative,  arithmetical  view 
of  sin  and  guilt,  of  the  divine  grace  and  divine  punishment, 
as  well  as  of  Christ's  merit,  to  a  higher  mode  of  view,  from  an 
extensive  to  an  intensive  power  {G-rosse).  But  that  which  is 
intrinsically  infinite  in  worth  or  demerit  refuses  to  be  measured 
by  weight  and  number. 

Observation. — Another  common  defect  in  the  Church  theo- 
logians, is  in  making  the  satisfaction  contained  in  Christ's 
sufferings  the  chief  matter  to  such  an  extent,  that  they  regard 
the  mere  execution  of  punishment   as   identical  with  the 


THE  EVANGELICAL  DOCTRINE.  31 

restoration  of  divine  grace.  But  that  the  mere  objective 
execution  of  punishment,  even  when  tending  to  the  benefit 
of  the  sinner,  could  not  suffice,  is  easily  apparent.  Even  in 
tlie  State,  when  a  criminal  has  expiated  his  punishment,  he 
is  not  on  this  account  so  restored  to  citizenship  and  confi- 
dence that  all  is  forgotten,  and  honour  and  cordial  confidence 
are  completely  regained  by  him ;  for  he  might  submit  to  the 
punishment  reluctantly.  Restitutio  in  integrum,  the  return 
of  full  confidence,  is  only  possible  when  the  sufferer  acknow- 
ledges the  justice  of  the  punishment,  thus  doing  honour  to 
justice.  Then  only  is  atonement  made  to  justice.  For  these 
reasons,  in  the  case  of  Christ  an  objective  execution  of 
punishment  is  by  no  means  sufficient ;  i.e.  it  is  not  sufficient 
for  the  ills  and  sufferings,  even  the  death,  ordained  as  a 
punishment  to  men,  to  be  inflicted  on  and  endured  by  Christ 
for  men's  good.  In  order  to  the  restoration  of  God's  spon- 
taneous communion  with  sinners,  and  to  the  fresh  bestowal 
of  His  favour,  besides  suffering,  this  is  necessary,  that  Christ, 
in  the  suffering  coming  to  Him  as  Mediator  through  the 
injustice  of  men,  lionour  and  acknowledge  God's  justice  in 
His  judicial  displeasure  at  sin,  and  submit  to  the  feeling  of 
that  just  displeasure ;  and  this  is  a  new  and  broader  act,  in- 
cluding not  merely  willingness  to  endure  outward  suflerings, 
but  to  descend  for  the  sake  of  a  sinful  world  to  the  feeling 
of  just  subjection  to  punishment. 

Second.  As  relates  to  Christology,  a  firm,  intimate  connec- 
tion must  certainly  be  maintained  between  Christ's  physical 
sufferings  and  those  of  His  soul,  the  conscious  sense  of  life 
and  suffering  on  its  physical  side  having  its  roots  in  the  -^v-^tj 
of  Jesus.  But  however  important,  according  to  the  N.  T., 
those  physical  sufferings  of  Christ,  by  which  He  entered  into 
most  real  fellowship  with  sinners,  the  reasons  just  advanced 
show  that  His  spiritual  sufferings  should  receive  more  con- 
sideration than  is  commonly  the  case.^  Sin,  as  the  infringe- 
ment of  an  infinite  good,  and  guilt,  are  only  comprehensible 
in  relation  to  the  soul ;  only  the  soul  can  have  the  sense  of 
God's  just  displeasure.  But  the  reality  of  Christ's  human 
soul  must  also  influence  the  doctrine  of  atonement,  inasmuch 
as  the  really  human  will  is  most  important  in  relation  to  His 

1  Matt.  xxvi.  36  ff.,  xxvii.  46.  Cf.  Isa.  liii.  7,  8,  11  ;  John  xii.  27;  Mark 
X.  .39  ;  Luke  xii.  50.  It  is  especially  the  Catholic  theologians  who  are  disposed 
to  dwell  unduly  on  the  physical  sufferings  and  the  sense  of  them.  Cf.  Cotta's 
Dissert,  on  Gerhard's  Loci  Th,  t.  iv.  75. 


32  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

obedience,  in  order  both  that  His  suffering  may  be  voluntary, 
and  that  He  may  do  honour  to  the  divine  justice,  feel  the 
divine  displeasure,  and  confess  its  justice.  But  we  pointed 
out  as  a  leading  defect  in  the  old  Lutheran  Christology,  that 
it  confounded  the  States  of  Humiliation  and  Exaltation  by  the 
Communicatio  idiomatum,  supposed  to  be  absolute  from  the 
beginning,  and  inconsistent  with  the  admitted  reality  of  the 
humanity/  This  has  critical  consequences  for  the  present 
dogma.  For,  according  to  this  Christological  theory,  Christ 
was  necessarily  after  the  Unio,  even  as  man,  in  possession, 
not  to  say  exercise,  of  every  divine  prerogative,  and  in 
undisturbed  divine  blessedness.  But  this  would  be  incomsis- 
tent  with  the  reality  of  His  suffering.  And  if  Christ's 
humanity,  as  this  theory  must  properly  assume,  even  before 
the  Exaltation  entered  into  fellowship  with  the  Godhead,  then 
the  Godhead  is  so  preponderant  in  Him,  especially  if  Christ's 
humanity  is  supposed  to  be  impersonal,  that  only  God  the 
Son,  or  the  Logos,  as  it  were,  stands  over  against  God  the 
Father,  and  therefore  God  over  against  God,  or  over  against 
Himself.  But  if  in  this  work  it  is  God  who  at  once  pays 
and  receives,  and  therefore  pays  to  Himself,  atonement  is  in 
danger  of  becoming  a  mere  internal  calculation  of  God,  and 
the  liistory  of  atonement  a  mere  epideictic  or  symbolic  trans- 
action, a  sign  of  that  which  God  possessed  eternally  in  Him- 
self even  apart  from  Christ.  Then  would  Christ  by  His 
historical  work  jprocure  nothing  new,  nothing  which  did  not 
really  exist  for  God  before.  Lutheran  theology,  it  is  true,  did 
not  intend  this.  On  the  contrary,  even  the  old  Kryptists 
endeavour  here  most  of  aU  to  treat  Christ's  humiliation  as 
real,  and  regard  Christ  not  as  God  merely,  but  as  true  man.^ 
But  this  proves  that,  where  those  Christological  propositions 
ought  to  have  evinced  their  truth,  they  had  to  be  given  up  as 
unpractical  and  useless,  and  that,  on  the  other  hand,  where  a 
practical  application  of  the  doctrine  of  Christ's  Person  was  in 
question,  recourse  was  had  to  the  propositions  of  another 
Christology,  lying  in  the  line  of  the  one  sketched  by  us.     But 

1  See  §§  94,  95. 

*  According  to  Luther's  postulate  :  Here  must  Christ  be  regarded  as  man 
pure  and  simple  (Walch,  xiii.  547,  xii.  1677-85.  My  Geschkhte  der  Christol. 
ii.  555),  a  view  which  certainly  goes  too  far,  becaus^^  it  would  dissolve  the  Unio. 


THE  EVANGELICAL  DOCTRINK  33 

the  Reformed  doctrine  also  was  not  free  from  the  danger  of 
Docetism  in  the  form  of  apprehending  Christ's  historical  work, 
nor  does  it  adequately  secure  the  procurement  of  an  infinite 
blessing  by  Christ's  historic  work.  For  if  the  divine  Prcedes- 
tination  and  Election  alone,  and  therefore  God's  will,  are  viewed 
as  the  ultimate,  all-conditioning  and  decisive  cause  both  of 
Christ's  work  and  of  faith,  while  Christ's  work  and  man's 
faith  are  not  viewed,  in  accordance  with  the  demand  of  the 
divine  essence,  as  conditioning  the  attainment  of  God's  counsel 
of  salvation  to  historical  realization,  then  again  the  history 
and  work  of  Christ  are  in  danger  of  being  viewed  in  a  mere 
docetic  light,  whereas  the  strict  Eeformed  doctrine  of  God's 
justice  and  of  Christ  as  the  causa  meritoria  salutis  repudiates 
everything  docetic. 

There  must  be  added,  in  the  third  place,  the  defect,  for- 
merly indicated  in  the  Doctrine  of  God  held  by  the  old  Church 
theologians,  namely,  the  false  conception  of  God's  immutability 
and  elevation  above  the  world.  In  order  to  exclude  temporal 
change  from  God's  knowledge  and  volition,  that  doctrine 
would  make  God's  relation  to  the  world  eternally  the  same, 
and  assign  all  change  to  the  world.  But  the  consequence  of 
this  must  be,  that  neither  could  evil  produce  an  alteration 
in  God's  relation  and  disposition  towards  the  world,  nor 
for  this  very  reason  would  the  atonement  of  Christ  influence 
the  way  in  which  He  is  disposed  towards  men.  But  if 
Christ's  atonement  does  not  remove  real  divine  displeasure, 
and  again  render  possible  a  favourable  disposition  on  God's 
part,  His  atoning  work  cannot  be  understood  in  its  entire 
earnestness  and  depth.  Then  no  place  remains  for  objective 
discord  between  God  and  the  sinful  world,  nor  for  the  removal 
of  such  discord.  The  only  question  could  be  of  a  discord  on  the 
part  of  men  with  God,  and  of  a  change  in  their  attitude  to  God. 

5.  Again,  the  greatest  importance  belongs  to  the  question 
respecting  the  TransferaUcness  of  our  guilt  to  Christ,  and  of 
Christ's  righteousness  to  us, — a  point  upon  which  the  opposition 
to  the  Evangelical  doctrine  of  atonement,  especially  on  the 
part  of  the  Socinians,  first  of  all  and  early  fastened.  Against 
the  transferableness  of  our  guilt  to  Christ  is  the  consideration, 
that  it  seems  to  run  out  into  caprice,  and  only  to  be  possible 
at  the  cost  of  the  immutable  law,  because  the  guilty  one  is 

DouNEK. — Chuist.  Doer.  iv.  C 


34  THE  DOCTEINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

exempted  from  punitive  justice,  while  the  innocent  one  is 
punished.  The  earnest  emphasizing  of  justice  seems  thus  to 
pass  into  crying  injustice.  Justice — that  guardian  of  distinc- 
tions, and  therefore  of  the  rights  of  the  personality — seems 
necessarily  regarded  as  mutable,  whereas  it  is  part  of  God's 
essence.  Now,  as  regards,  first  of  all,  the  transference  of  our 
guilt  and  penalty  to  Christ,  the  Symbols  certainly  remind  us, 
as  an  argument  in  favour  of  its  possibility,  of  Christ's  position 
as  the  KCipaXt],  a  position  forming  the  ground  of  a  substitution. 
But  the  way  in  which  this  substitution  is  to  be  conceived 
was  not  settled  more  precisely.  Many  theologians  speak  as 
if  it  implied  a  sort  of  commiitatio  2ycrsonarum,  and  as  if  in 
consequence  of  this  Christ  were  directly  subject  to  God's 
wrath,  an  object  of  the  divine  displeasure  and  punishment, 
whereas  others  opposed  both  notions.  And  as  concerns  the 
transferableness  of  Christ's  righteousness  to  us,  the  commutatio 
personarum  seemed  to  be  avoided  by  the  person  of  Christ 
being  distinguished  from  His  work  or  merits,  and  an  attempt 
being  made  to  show  that  there  is  objectively  in  Christ  some- 
thing over  and  above,  which  is  available  for  transference  to 
us.  This  the  Form.  Cone,  seeks  to  establish  in  the  following 
manner.^  As  Son  of  God,  Christ  was  not  personally  subject 
to  the  law,  but  Lord  of  the  law,  even  as  to  His  humanity,  in 
virtue  of  the  communicatio  idiomatum.  Since,  nevertheless, 
by  an  obedience  well-pleasing  to  God  He  submitted  to  the 
law,  merit  was  the  consequence,  which  He  needed  not  for 
Himself,  and  which  was  therefore  available  for  others.  This 
theory,  reminding  us  of  Anselm,  cannot  be  approved  even  in 
its  confirmatory  aspect  (in  which  aspect  it  is  put  forward),  to 
say  nothing  of  its  intrinsic  merits."^  It  has  much  in  common 
with  the  Ilomish  doctrine  of  supererogatory  good  works  avail- 

1  684,  15  ;  697,  58. 

2  "When  Philippi,  I.e.  (as  also  iv.  2,  pp.  146  ff.,  134),  and  also  Harless  {Zeitschr. 
f.  Prot.  1839,  No.  7),  defend  these  propositions  of  the  Form.  Cone,  whereas 
Frank  gives  them  np  {die  Theol.  der  Concordienforynel,  ii.  38,  1861),  and  when 
Harless  reminds  us  that  Christ's  appearance  in  the  world,  as  well  as  His  servant- 
form,  was  not  His  duty  but  voluntarj',  it  is  overlooked  that  what  is  voluntary 
is  not  therefore  arbitrary  {I.e.  must  not  be  handed  over  to  caprice),  but  may 
be  official  duty,  and  what  is  done  officially  and  therefore  as  matter  of  duty 
is  not  unfree  or  necessitated  ;  and  it  is  overlooked  that  the  law  or  the  IvroXn 
is  the  efflux  of  the  divine  essence,  and  not  a  matter  of  mere  free  plenary 
authority.     It  is  true  that  men  have  no  right  to  demand  the  Incarnation  or 


THE  E\x\NGELICAL  DOCTRINE.  35 

aWe  for  others.  The  law — that  eflfliix  of  God's  holy  essence 
— is  here  directly  made  no  part  of  the  essence  of  God  (and 
therefore  of  Christ's  also,  as  the  Son),  but  is  treated  as  the 
efflux  merely  of  supreme  authority,  and  therefore  derived 
from  the  physical  category  of  power.  But  Christ  is  not  cxUx, 
but  €vvofio<;.  He  is  certainly  free  even  as  man,  but  free  in 
gladly  and  spontaneously  realizing  the  will  of  the  Father,  the 
ethically  good  and  necessary.  It  would  be  contrary  both  to 
His  Deity  and  humanity,  were  He  able  to  deal  with  the  law 
by  arbitrary  will.  What  He  did  in  obedience  to  the  law  or 
the  evTokrj  of  the  Father  is  an  official,  and  certainly  unique, 
fulfilment  of  the  law  of  love  binding  on  all  men.  In  this 
fulfilment,  therefore,  and  not  in  anything  material,  not  in  any 
work  or  merit  divorced  from  His  person,  must  the  grounds  of 
the  legitimacy  and  force  of  His  substitution  be  sought.  For 
the  rest,  in  order  to  secure  the  benefits  of  this  substitution 
and  intercession  of  Christ  to  us,  the  Confessions  rightly  refer 
to  the  correlate  of  Christ's  love — faith  in  man.  His  merit 
avails  iov  fides,  inasmuch  as  faith  respicit  in  personam  Christi, 
quatenus  ille  pro  nobis  Icgi  scse  suhjecit,  pcccata  nostra  pertulit} 
The  transference  of  the  merit  of  Christ  to  ns  is  mediated  on 
His  side  by  His  intercession  with  the  Father,  on  our  side  by 
that  believing  surrender  to  Him  which  loses  itself  in  Him. 

sacrifice  of  Christ.  But  this  does  not  abolish  the  official  character  of  Christ's 
free  action.  Philippi  supposes  {ut  supra,  pp.  23-42),  that  were  Christ  under 
obligation  to  holy  action,  and  were  only  His  holy  death  vicarious,  this  would  be 
equivalent  to  saying  that  by  His  active  obedience  He  procured  eternal  life  for 
Himself  and  by  His  passive  obedience  for  us.  Here,  withal,  a  false  idea  of 
substitution  betrays  itself,  as  if  the  same  love,  which  by  action  and  suffering 
manifests  the  vicarious  spirit,  could  not  at  the  same  time  be  the  means  of 
attesting  and  glorifying  one's  own  person.  The  converse  of  such  a  view  would 
be,  that  what  has  really  vicarious  force  would  exclude  the  personal  ethical 
conduct  of  him  for  whom  the  substitution  avails,  and  therefore  would  be  without 
productive  power.  When  he  says  further,  that,  were  Christ  under  obligation. 
He  would  not  be  One  Person,  since  the  Logos  cannot  be  under  obligation,  but 
is  Lord  of  the  law,  apart  from  the  error  of  supposing  that  there  may  be  caprice 
in  God  in  relation  to  the  law,  the  counter-question  is  necessary,  whether  the 
humanity  of  Christ  can  be  real,  if  He  is  as  little  under  obligation  as  man  as  He 
is  as  Logos,  whether  Docetism  or  Monophysitisni  would  not  be  the  conse- 
quence? It  is  certainly  unbecoming  to  assert  obligation  of  God,  since  He  is 
Himself  the  ethically  necessary.  But  the  ethical  necessity,  according  to  which 
God  acts,  even  as  the  Incarnate  Son,  coheres  very  well  with  the  official  action, 
in  which  the  ethically  necessary  expresses  itself  fur  men. 
^  Form.  Cone.  C84,  13  ;  697,  58. 


36  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  ATONEMEXT. 

The  consequence  is,  that  our  injuditia  is  not  imputed  to  us,  Tjut 
His  juditia.  Thus,  in  laying  hold  of  Christ  we  lay  hold  of  our 
righteousness.^  But  this  teaching  rather  indicates  the  factum 
of  the  transference  and  the  way  thereto,  than  shows  how  the 
transferableness  harmonizes  with  personal  responsibility. 

6.  That  Christ's  merit  did  not  consist,  as  Anselm  supposed, 
merely  in  passive,  but  also  in  active  obcdAcacc,  was  distinctly 
acknowledged  by  the  Evangelical  doctrine.^  But  the  right 
way  of  combining  and  applying  the  two  was  not  as  readily 
found,  while  the  wrong  one  gave  rise  to  early  attacks  on  the 
whole  doctrine.  The  supposition,  certainly,  that  personal 
obedience  is  no  longer  due  from  us,  because  Christ's  vicarious 
righteousness  dispenses  with  it,  was  utterly  rejected  on  Evan- 
gelical soil,  obviously  as  it  seemed  to  be  suggested  when  the  idea 
of  substitution  was  not  rightly  laid  down.  But  the  demon- 
stration of  the  obedientia  actixa  was  vacillating  from  the  first. 
Some  said :  We  not  merely  need  the  cancelling  of  past  guilt 
in  order  to  please  God,  but,  if  the  law  is  to  be  satisfied,  we 
must  also  appear  righteous  and  holy  before  God,  so  that  even 
our  past  may  no  longer  disturb  the  world's  harmony,  but 
appear  in  God's  sight  as  normal  and  as  positive  obedience. 
Christ's  sufiering,  then,  cancels  the  guilt  of  disobedience ;  His 
obedientia  activa,  on  the  other  hand,  presents  us  holy  before 
God.  But  this  division  of  the  One  complete  obedience  is 
insufficient.  For  if  the  obedientia  Christi  activa  by  itself  has 
the  effect  of  presenting  us  holy  and  obedient  before  God  even 
in  reference  to  our  past,  liability  to  punishment  is  thereby 
excluded,  and  Christ's  vicarious  suffering  is  needless  as  penal 
suffering.  Conversely,  if  His  passive  obedience  has  atoned 
for  all  guilt,  substitution  through  the  obedientia  activa  seems 
superfluous,  for  then  even  the  guilt  of  omitted  good  is  can- 
celled, so  that  the  non-existence  of  righteousness  no  longer 
forms  a  punishable  gap.  Quenstedt  refers  the  obedientia 
passiva  to  the  _2'CB?ia,  the  activa  to  the  culpa f  But  when  the 
culpa  is  cancelled,  the  penalty  is  no  longer  penalty ;  and  the 

»  Form.  Cone.  584,  5  ;  696,  55  f. ;  685,  15. 

2  Form.  Cone.  685.  686.  696.  The  obedientia  activa  resulted  from  the  fact 
that  Christ  sine  p^ccato  'peccati  jyana.m  i-v.biit,  Apol.  118. 

'  Cf.  Thomasius,  De  otn-d.  Christi  activa,  ©u  the  historical  development. 
Quenstedt,  I.e.  sec.  ii.  qu.  3. 


THE  EVANGELICAL  DOCTRINE.  37 

abrogation  of  the  penalty  is  impossible,  unless  the  guilt  is 
first  abrogated.  Just  as  little  is  it  admissible  to  refer  tlie 
obcdientia  passiva  to  our  sinful  past,  the  aciiva  to  our  im- 
perfect present  and  future,  which  are  covered  by  it.  For 
Christ's  obcdientia  passiva  cannot  be  referred  merely  to  the 
sinful  past  before  faith,  the  subsequent  operation  of  pre- 
Christian  sin  in  the  believer  still  needing  Christ's  atoning 
efhcacy.  Further,  the  ohedientia  Christi  passiva  would  not 
really  be  atoning  in  character  unless  it  were  also  an  act  of 
active  obedience — both  an  act  of  love  and  an  act  done  in 
acknowledgment  of  the  divine  justice.  It  thus  appears  that 
it  is  wrong  to  cut  in  two  the  one  complete  merit  of  Christ, 
seeing  that  Christ's  obedience  under  both  aspects  must 
always  co-operate.  The  relation  of  the  ohedientia  passiva  and 
activa  to  each  other  cannot  be  such  as  to  allow  the  supposition 
that  either  of  the  two  without  the  other  effected  a  special 
part  of  the  expiation  or  covered  a  special  defect.  But  as 
they  did  not  exist  apart  in  time,  and  doing  and  suffering 
were  always  combined  in  Christ's  Person,  so,  although  rela- 
tively oppOi^ed,  they  must  be  treated  dogmatically  on  the 
basis  of  their  interdependence  and  mutual  interpenetration. 
Mere  physical  sufferings  would  have  no  atoning  import ;  but, 
as  the  sufferings  are  sufferings  of  the  soul,  they  necessarily 
imply  action,  because  love.  Thus,  His  ohedientia  jj^^ssiva. 
because  a  free  volition  to  suffer  in  the  interest  of  justice,  is 
also  an  action,  and  His  action  included  the  will  to  satisfy 
God  by  suffering  borne  in  virtue  of  office. 

,  Observation. — When  ScJileiermacher  apprehends  the  ohedi- 
entia activa,  so  far  as  it  is  vicarious  in  nature,  as  a  communi- 
cation of  life  and  the  principle  of  sanctifi cation,  we  are  led 
at  once  into  an  altogether  different  sphere  (see  above,  p.  24). 
For  the  whole  old  Evangelical  theology  places  the  obcdientia 
activa  and  passiva  in  relation  with  the  justification  of  the 
sinner  before  God,  but  not  with  sanctification.  It  would  be 
more  in  keeping  with  the  spirit  of  the  Evangelical  doctrine 
to  regard  the  ohedientia  Christi  activa  as  the  ground  on  which 
man  obtains  not  merely  remission  of  guilt  and  punishment, 
but  also  a  new  bestowal  of  the  divine  favour,  and  tlms,  for 
the  first  time,  full  justification.  So  Philippi,  who  remarks, 
however,  that  even  this  may  be  derived  from  Christ's  penal 
suffering,  so  far  as  it  is  an  act  of  obedience. 


38  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

3.  Suhjedivistic  Theories  of  Atonement. 

§  117. 

The  transition  to  theories  of  atonement  of  a  one-sided  sub- 
jective kind  was  made  by  Socinianism  and  Arniinianism. 
In  these  systems,  justice  and  law,  like  punishment,  have 
no  necessary  importance  in  themselves,  but  only  in  rela- 
tion to  the  consciousness  of  man,  whose  welfare  is  to 
Arminianism  the  highest  end.  The  eudcemonism  of  the 
popular  philosophy  denies  punishment  altogether,  as 
it  denies  the  absolute  worth  of  the  moral.  And 
the  subjective  theories  of  Kant,  Fichte,  Jacobi,  while 
teaching  a  self-redemption  on  the  part  of  man  in  the 
way  of  volition,  knowledge,  feeling,  do  not  rise  above  the 
self-forgiveness  of  sin  and  guilt — the  pseudo-Protestant 
counterpart  of  Eomish  Indulgence. 

1.  Hugo  Grotius,  with  whom  the  Arminians  are  here 
essentially  in  sympathy,^  does  not  wish  indeed  quite  to  give 
up  the  idea  of  divine  justice  and  punishment ;  but,  according 
to  him,  both  these  have  no  inner  necessity  of  an  absolute  kind 
(as  little  as  the  divine  law),  but  only  a  relative  one,  namely, 
in  reference  to  the  wellbeing  of  men,  which  is  the  supreme 
end.  The  world,  as  now  constituted,  can  only  be  made  happy 
by  obedience  to  God's  will  and  to  the  law  given  by  Him. 
That  regard  for  the  welfare  of  the  creature,  which  is  decisive 
for  God,  is  also  the  reason  of  the  penal  sanction  with  which 
God's  positive  law  was  invested  in  relation  to  sin.  But  the 
same  regard  also  forbids  the  simple  forgiveness  of  sin ;  for 
such  relaxation  of  the  law  would  beget  recklessness  and  corrupt 
the  world,  although  in  the  abstract  God  7night  bestow  free 
forgiveness,  as,  too,  in  the  abstract  no  necessity  having  its 
ground  in  God  compelled  the  giving  of  this  particular  law. 
But  since  the  original  purpose  of  the  law,  to  secure  the  welfare 

1  Defensio  Fidei  Cath.  de  Satlffactione  CJirMi  adv.  F.  Socinum  de  J.  Chr. 
Serv.  1617.  In  opposition  to  him,  J.  Crell,  Bcsp.  ad  Ubr.  Grotii  de  Satis/., 
Bill.  Fr.  Pol  iv.  1623. 


SUBJECTIVE  THEORIES.  39 

of  mankind  through  fulfilment  of  the  law,  was  frustrated  by 
sin,  another  economy  recommended  itself.  In  order  still  to 
maintain  this  ultimate  purpose,  which  would  of  necessity  be 
injured  by  the  infliction  of  punishment  on  mankind,  God's 
administrative  wisdom  hit  upon  a  scheme,  which  does  honour 
to  the  law  and  its  penal  sanction  without  involving  the 
sinner's  ruin.^  The  expedient  used  is,  to  set  forth  Christ  as  a 
penal  example  with  a  view  to  terrify,  and  as  a  sign  of  God's 
abhorrence  of  sin,  notwithstanding  His  forgiveness  of  it. 
Christ  is  the  Head ;  like  a  king  He  answers  for  His  people, 
presenting  to  God  in  symbolic  penal  suffering  the  acknowledg- 
ment that  grace  ought  not  to  be  extended  to  the  presumptuous. 
But  after  this  act  of  Christ  men  may  think  of  God  as  for- 
giving upon  condition  of  amendment ;  what  their  virtue  lacks, 
grace  supplies  in  the  case  of  the  upright.  Here,  therefore,  we 
have  indeed  a  divine  arrangement,  but  its  sole  purpose  is  to 
beget  in  the  subjective  consciousness  of  men  the  idea  that 
Christ  satisfied  the  divine  justice  —  even  penal  justice  — 
for  us ;  whereas,  according  to  Grotius,  the  truth  is  that 
justice  threatened  with  punishment,  not  for  its  own  sake, 
but  solely  on  account  of  man's  weKare.  Thus,  justice  takes 
here  but  a  precarious,  subordinate  position,  the  highest  position 
being  due  to  the  divine  wisdom,  into  which  justice  resolves 
itself.  The  latter  is  supposed  to  be  directed  solely  to  the 
welfare  of  men,  even  amendment  or  obedience  being  simply  a 
means  of  happiness.  This  theory  involves  a  strong  eudse- 
monistic  spirit,  making  God  a  means  to  the  good  of  the 
individual  subject;  for  both  the  divine  justice  and  the  law — 
the  divine  action  in  general — have  here  no  absolute  signi- 
ficance, no  worth  in  themselves,  but  only  outside  themselves, 
in  relation  to  the  wellbeing  of  men.  Absolute  plenary 
a^dlwrity  is  regarded  as  the  innermost  thing  in  God ;  and  this 
authority  settles  by  its  heneplacitum — according  to  the  teaching 
of  Duns  Scotus  and  some  of  the  defenders  of  absolute  pre- 
destinationism — what  the  law  shall  be  and  whether  punish- 
ment shall  follow,  while  at  the  same  time  acting  according  to 
the  rule  of  wisdom,  of  harmony  with  the  welfare  of  the  world 

^  Leibnitz  also  views  justice  as  a  species  of  wisdom.  Administrative  wisdom 
is  also  the  basis  of  the  "Governmental  theory"  widely  current  iu  the  theology 
of  New  England. 


40  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

(convenicniia).  This  no  doubt  implies  a  certain  goodness, 
which  aims  at  the  eudeemonism  of  the  creature,  but  not  holy 
love  blended  with  justice ;  for  otherwise  the  morally  good 
could  not  be  kept  in  the  position  of  a  mere  means  in  order  to 
wellbeing. 

2.  Even  before  Hugo  Gh'otius,  the  Socinians  had  relaxed 
the  ideas  of  law  and  justice — in  the  same  way  as  Duns  Scotus 
— by  regarding  them  both,  not  as  necessarily  grounded  in 
God's  essence,  but  merely  as  necessary  in  relation  to  men, 
whereas  in  the  abstract  God  might  have  given  another  law. 
For  this  reason,  the  conflict  waged  by  Grotius  with  the  So- 
cinians of  necessity  remained  without  result.  The  Socinians, 
however,  attacked  both  the  ecclesiastical  doctrine  and  Armini- 
anism  with  keen  weapons.^  Forgiveness  and  satisfaction,  they 
said,  are  mutually  exclusive  ideas.  Where  the  satisfaction  is 
complete  no  debt  is  left  to  pay,  and  there  is  nothing  to  forgive. 
Conversely,  where  a  real  forgiveness  obtains,  no  place  is  left 
for  demanding  a  satisfaction,  for  this  would  be  to  demand 
what  has  been  already  settled  by  gift.  No  forgiveness  is 
possible  on  the  theory  of  the  ecclesiastical  doctrine,  but  merely 
a  commutation  between  our  punishment  and  the  suffering  or 
acts  of  Christ.  This  objection  rests  upon  an  external  con- 
ception of  the  guilt  to  be  cancelled,  which  very  conception  is 
again  described  by  Socinianism  as  inadequate,  when  it  teaches 
that  money-penalties  may  be  paid  by  another  than  the  debtor ; 
but  (and  thereby  it  passes  to  a  more  weighty  objection)  the 
essentially  ijersonal  'penalty  of  eternal  death  cannot  be  trans- 
ferred from  the  guilty  party  to  another,  and  least  of  all  to  an 
innocent  one.  Moreover,  it  is  said,  the  idea  of  Head  avails 
nothing,  because  Christ  has  only  been  Head  since  His  resur- 
rection. He  therefore  did  not  suffer  as  Head,  but  was  Himself 
bound  to  fulfil  the  law.  Hence  there  is  no  real  merit  capable 
of  transference  to  others.  Satisfaction  on  the  part  of  Christ 
by  means  of  His  ohedientia  activa  is  impossible,  because  a 
virtuous  life  is  the  duty  of  every  individual.  This,  it  is 
alleged,  is  indirectly  acknowledged  by  the  fact  of  the  Church 
doctrine  requiring  an  impiitatio  meriti  Christi  to  fides;  for, 
were  the  satisfaction  by  Christ  complete  in  itself,  its  efficacy 

'  Cf.   Fock,   Der  Sociniamsvius,   1847,  ii.   610  ff.      Cat.  Racov.  qii.  61  fi'., 
379  ff. 


SUBJECTIVE  THEORIES.  41 

could  no  longer  depend  on  the  individual's  faith.  But  even 
Christ's  suffering  and  death,  it  was  said,  were  insufficient  for  a 
satisfaction  ;  for  Christ  did  not  taste  eternal  death  and  was  but 
an  individual,  whereas,  according  to  the  ecclesiastical  doctrine, 
eternal  death  had  to  be  endured  by  each  individual.  We  see 
that  these  objections  fasten  on  defects  and  unsolved  difficulties 
in  the  working  out  of  the  ecclesiastical  doctrine,  the  idea  of 
substitution  especially  being  exposed  to  various  misinterpreta- 
tions. Against  the  doctrine  of  Christ  as  a  penal  example,  the 
Socinians  object  that  Christ  would  then  be  unjustly  made  a 
mere  means.^  Adopted  by  Rationalism  in  the  18th  century, 
the  Socinian  objections  were  scarcely  carried  much  farther. 
The  theory  of  the  Socinians  themselves  is  to  the  following  eflect. 
It  would  be  a  contradiction  to  the  divine  omnipotence  or  free- 
dom for  God  to  be  unable  to  forgive  freely,  without  demanding 
penalty  or  expiation.  In  order  to  forgiveness,  God  merely 
requires  amendment  and  sanctification  in  man.  No  change  in 
God's  relation  to  men  is  necessary,  but  merely  a  moral  change 
in  man.  Those  in  the  way  of  self-amendment  God  can  freely 
forgive.  But  Christ  contributes  to  that  amendment  by  His 
example  and  His  obedience  unto  death,  His  death  sealing  His 
doctrine,  the  doctrine  of  forgiveness  among  others.  And  the 
objective  sealing  of  His  doctrine  lies  in  the  Resurrection  and 
Exaltation  of  Christ.  Socinianism  transforms  religion  into 
morality,  and  fails  to  transcend  the  legal  stage. 

3.  The  Eudcemonism  of  the  pre-Kantian  popular  philosophy, 
after  lurking  in  the  Arminian  system,  goes  still  farther  in 
dissolving  the  ideas  of  punishment  and  penal  justice,  and  in 
subordinating  even  the  moral  law  to  physical  categories  of 
power,  caprice,  or  pleasure.  According  to  Steinhart,  God  is 
merely  to  be  conceived  as  absolute  goodness,  which  overlooks 
the  mistakes  of  its  children.  The  God  of  the  Old  Testament  is 
cruel,  bloodthirsty,  vengeful.  God's  justice  is  rather  merely 
wise,  symmetrical  goodness.  At  the  same  time,  men  are 
certainly  supposed  to  be  permanently  undeveloped,  scarcely 
responsible  beings.  Loftier  and  Eberhard  deny  the  remissible- 
ness  of  punishments,  because,  according  to  them,  the  only 
possible  punishments  are  benefits,  salutary  chastisements,  not 

'  Notwithstanding,  ToUner,  Doderlein,  and  Eeinhard  adopt  this  idea.     Cf. 
Philippi,  iv.  2,  p.  181. 


42  THE  DOCTRI^'E  OF  ATONEMENT. 

real  punishments.  Thus  remission  of  punishment  is  super- 
fluous, nay,  impossible.  To  this  must  be  added  the  exaggerated 
representations  of  the  natural  excellence  of  man.  In  this  case 
there  can  be  no  question  of  criminality  as  a  violation  of  absolute 
good ;  all  that  is  injured  by  evil  is  our  own  happiness,  which 
even  now  is  inconsistent  with  evil.  But  the  issue  of  this 
presumption  in  the  subject  of  making  his  happiness  the  end 
of  the  world  and  the  world-order,  and  God  a  means  in  order 
thereto,  is  that  man  is  robbed  of  all  share  in  absolute  worth, 
and  degraded  into  a  mere  finite  being  with  ends  of  mere  finite 
wellbeing.  The  Eudaemonists  may  serve  to  teach  us,  that  we 
can  only  give  up  the  idea  of  punishment  by  abolishing  the 
absolute  worth  of  good  in  itself,  and  the  absoluteness  of  our 
destiny.  Christ's  death  under  its  sacrificial  aspect  appears 
to  these  Eudsemonists  an  impossible  horror,  or  on  Christ's  side 
idealistic  fanaticism.  It  is  spoken  of  indeed  in  the  Xew 
Testament,  but  only  by  accommodation  to  notions  of  the 
age — what  notions  forsooth  it  is  hard  to  say,  seeing  that  the 
cross  of  Christ  was  to  the  Jews  a  stumbling-block,  to  the 
Gentiles  foolishness. 

4.  The  Suhjcctive  Tluories  of  Atonement  from  Kant  omcard 
relate  to  Will,  or  Knowledge,  or  Feeling. 

First,  Theories  of  the  Will.  Kant  successfully  opposed 
Eudffimonism,  and  consigned  it  to  the  contempt  it  deserved. 
Not  happiness,  but  morality  is  the  good  of  absolute  worth 
and  the  ultimate  end.  Hence  the  punitive  justice  which 
guards  the  absolute  right  of  the  moral  element  is  well- 
founded  ;  a  proportion  between  moral  worth  and  wellbeing 
is  a  demand  of  the  practical  reason.  From  these  premisses 
some  Kantians  {e.g.  Flatt  the  Elder  ^)  deduced  the  following 
conclusions : — Forgiveness  of  sin  is  an  impossibility,  nor  is  it 
necessary  in  order  to  amendment, — a  view  which  Flatt  strove 
to  vindicate  by  Scripture.  Punishment  must  necessarily 
follow ;  the  opposite  supposition  would  be  moral  laxity,  and 
would  involve  morality  in  self-contradictions.  Nevertheless, 
moral  effort  must  be  honestly  carried  on  in  reliance  upon 
divine  help,  even  without  hope  of  remission  of  punishment. 
But  to  require  such  effort  is  to  require  the  impossible ;  for 

^  C.  Christ.  Flatt,  Philosoplmch-exegetlsche  Untersuchungen  iiher  die  Lehre 
von  der  Versohnung  des  Menschen  mit  Gott,  1797,  98. 


SUBJECTIVE  THEOIUES.  43 

liow  can  confidence  and  love  blend  with  consciousness  of 
punishment  and  fear,  especially  when  no  mere  external 
punishment  is  in  question,  but  also  self-condemnation  and  the 
sense  of  condemnation  before  God  ?  Others,  like  SusJdiul, 
insist  that  execution  of  the  punishment  may  have  injurious 
moral  effects,  and  in  this  case  remission  is  possible ;  God  may 
communicate  the  reality  of  forgiveness  by  revelation.  But 
Ticftrunk  assumes  an  a  priori  cognizable  practical  necessity 
for  the  remission  of  punishment,  at  least  of  the  heaviest, 
sharpest  punishment.  According  to  him,  no  true  amendment 
is  possible  without  inner  joyousness  and  cheerfulness  in  moral 
effort,  in  order  to  which  the  assurance  of  reception  into  the 
divine  favour  is  necessary ;  for  what  is  required  is  no  mere 
legal  obedience,  but  love  for  the  law,  while  love  for  an 
absolutely  implacable  law  is  impossible.^  The  inference  from 
this  seems  to  be  that  remission  of  punishment,  forgiveness, 
must  take  place  before  real  amendment,  in  order  for  the  latter 
to  be  possible^  But  the  moral  standpoint  must  not  be  untrue 
to  itself  in  working  out  its  theory ;  the  command  and  the 
penalty  proceed  from  one  and  the  same  moral  law.  Were 
God  without  further  ado  to  regard  with  complacency  the  man 
who  stands  morally  condemned  before  Him,  He  must  of 
necessity  be  indifferent  to  the  distinction  of  good  and  evil. 
It  thus  becomes  necessary  to  acknowledge  that  the  commands 
of  the  moral  law  which  aim  at  realization  and  its  penalties, 
do  not  contradict,  but  agree  with  each  other,  and  that  there- 
fore the  infliction  of  punishment  is  reconcilable  with  such 
realization.  Kant^  sought  to  escape  this  difficulty  in  the 
following  way.  He  knows  nothing  of  divine  displeasure,  or 
of  discord  in  man  with  God,  in  the  strict  sense,  but  only  of 
discord  in  man  with  himself.  As  legislation  is  to  him  only 
self-legislation,  so  chastisement  is  only  self-chastisement,  inner 
unhappiness.  External  punishments  would  be  tolerable,  and 
no  injury  to  goodness;  but  self-condemnation  and  self- 
contempt  would  of  course  disturb  inner  progress  in  goodness, 

^  Siiskind  in  Flatt's  Magaz.  St.  i.  1796.  Tieftmnk,  Censur  des  prot.  Lehr- 
ber/r.  vols.  ii.  iii.     Cf.  Flatt,  ut  supra,  i.  127  ff.,  143  tF. 

^  Religion  within  the  Limits  of  mere  Reason,  Pt.  2,  1793,  vol.  x.  cd.  by 
Eosenkranz.  Respecting  the  personified  idea  of  the  good  principle,  p.  69. 
llespecting  guilt  and  punishnieut,  p.  83  ii. 


44  THE  DOCTllINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

and  paralyze  cheerfulness  and  moral  energy.  There  is 
especially  radical  moral  evil  within  iis,  which  is  a  constant 
source  of  such  discord.  This  discord  to  him  is  no  mere 
subjecti\^e  notion,  but  rests  on  an  objective  basis.  The  guilt 
of  sin  exposes  to  punishment  (and  on  account  of  radical  evil 
such  guilt  pertains  to  every  one).  Even  the  reformed  man, 
who  after  his  change  of  heart  contracts  no  fresh  guilt,  cannot 
regard  this  change  for  the  better  as  paying  the  old  debt. 
Any  overplus  in  a  life  well-conducted  subsequently  is  out  of 
the  question.  From  this  antinomy,  according  to  which  punish- 
ment is  morally  necessary  and  yet  morally  injurious,  Kant 
seeks  the  following  way  of  escape.  Despite  all  this,  he  con- 
tinues, man  may  carry  within  himself  a  better  element, — 
better  will,  good  disposition, — which  may  still  of  course  be  far 
removed  from  completeness  of  moral  strength.  It  answers  to 
the  idea  of  humanity  well-pleasing  in  God's  sight,  called  by 
the  Church  "the  Son  of  God."  Although  now  every  one  is 
only  in  a  course  of  endless  approximation  to  the  goal,  we 
may  still  conceive  to  ourselves  that  "  One  who  knows  the 
heart  by  pure  intellectual  intuition  judges  our  ceaseless 
progress,  on  account  of  the  supersensuous  pure  disposition 
from  which  it  springs,  to  be  virtually  a  completed  whole."  * 
In  his  new  disposition,  man  is  morally  a  different  man  from 
what  he  is  empirically.  He  has  received  into  himself  the 
disposition  of  true  humanity,  which  may  be  called  "the  Son 
of  God."  Or,  personifying  this  idea,  we  may  say :  As  a 
Substitute  this  Son  of  God  bears  the  guilt  of  sin  for  him  and 
for  all  who  virtually  believe  in  Him,  as  Redeemer  satisfies 
supreme  justice  by  suffering  and  death,  and  as  Advocate 
secures  to  them  the  hope  of  being  able  to  appear  just  before 
their  Judge.  The  suffering,  of  necessity  progressively  assumed 
in  life  by  the  new  man  in  dying  to  the  old  man,  is  represented 
by  the  Church  as  a  death  assumed  by  the  Eepresentative  of 
humanity  once  for  all.^  In  any  case,  whoever  has  adopted 
the  volition  of  the  good  as  the  supreme  principle  of  his  will, 
is  warranted  in  regarding  himself  as  born  again  and  just 
before  God.  Thus  we  are  reconciled  through  the  idea  of 
man,  or  of  God-pleasing  humanity,  of "  the  Son  of  God," 
which  renders  us  well-pleasing  to  God,  so  far  as  we  are  one 
1  Ui  supra,  pp.  87,  88.  ^  p.  gg  f. 


SUBJECTIVE  THEORIES.  45 

with  it  in  the  good  ground  of  our  disposition.  There  is  here, 
therefore,  a  representation  of  our  actuality  by  our  idea,  a  sort 
of  substitution,  without  which  it  is  impossible  for  us  rightly 
to  know  ourselves  reconciled  and  free  from  unhappiness.  In 
addition,  the  new  man,  to  whom  as  such  no  punishment  is 
due,  has  still  to  suffer  for  the  sins  of  the  old  man.  He  really 
bears  these  sufferings,  which  may  be  called  vicarious  sufferings 
on  the  part  of  the  new  moral  personality  for  the  physical, 
sinful  personality,  and  which  again  help  to  free  the  conscious- 
ness from  guilt  and  the  sense  of  penal  desert. 

This  Kantian  theory  is  exceedingly  instructive.  It  con- 
fesses that  the  unhappiness  and  condemnation  of  conscience, 
so  injurious  to  moral  progress,  must  be  abolished,  if  it  is  ever 
to  be  better  with  us ;  further,  that  in  order  thereto,  our 
actuality  must  be  left  out  of  sight,  and  replaced  by  a  substitute 
better  than  itself;  and  that  God  must  look  upon  us  through 
our  idea,  instead  of  judging  us  according  to  our  works.  This 
implies  that  the  mere  legal  standpoint  must  give  place  and  be 
transcended  in  order  that  the  law  may  be  fulfilled.  More- 
over, Kant's  principles  imply  that  if  this  idea  is  mere  law 
and  in  no  sense  reality,  it  cannot  be  a  substitute  for  our 
empirical  reality.  But  to  what  reality  does  he  appeal  ?  To 
our  good  disposition.  But  therewith  he  suddenly  assumes,  as 
much  against  expectation  as  without  warrant,  a  realization  of 
the  idea  of  the  perfect  man  in  ourselves,  without  our  being 
able  to  see  how  this  is  to  be  arrived  at,  if  radical  evil  has 
poisoned  the  inmost  ground  and  highest  principles,  and  if  the 
actuality,  in  which  disposition  constantly  shows  its  impotence 
and  vacillates  between  good  and  evil,  needs  atonement,  and  no 
immediate  certainty  of  moral  progress,  such  as  is  necessary  in 
order  to  hopefulness  in  a  better  moral  walk,  exists  before  the 
end,  and  therefore  no  right  to  comfort  oneself  with  the  idea  of 
substitution  through  the  ideal  man.  He  therefore  confounds 
what  is  to  be  a  substitute  with  what  needs  substitution,  the 
idea  of  man  with  its  realization,  the  ideal  righteousness  which 
man  ought  to  have  with  its  reality,  and  instead  of  solving  the 
problem,  assumes  its  solution.  Thus,  precisely  at  the  point 
where  he  deviates  from  Christiamty  and  wishes  to  evade 
Christ's  substitution,  he  falls  away  from  liimself  and  evades 
his  own  principles.     How  can  the  resolve  on  a  better  life 


46  THE  DOCTPJNE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

guarantee  or  represent  the  reality  of  goodness,  seeing  that  it 
is  merely  a  desire  after  goodness,  not  goodness  itself,  as  Kant 
himself  acknowledges  in  holding  only  the  possibility  of  an 
endless  approximation  to  moral  perfection  ?  Such  approxi- 
mation is  a  wretched  comfort,  seeing  that,  while  it  affirms  a 
constant  growth,  it  affirms  also  a  never-ending  distance  from 
the  goal.  Before,  therefore,  it  is  satisfactorily  proved  that  our 
ideal  really  exists  in  some  form  for  God,  and  is  put  to  our 
account  in  God's  esteem,  according  to  Kant  himself  (and 
therein  he  is  right)  there  can  be  no  claim  to  a  consciousness 
of  Eeconciliation. 

Ohservation. — It  deserves  notice,  that  in  liis  Criticism  of  tlie 
Faculty  of  Judgment  (p.  329  f.,  ed.  by  Eosenkranz),  Kant 
describes  the  moral  community,  not  individuals  per  se,  as  the 
aim  of  the  world,  and  at  still  greater  length  in  Religion 
vAthin,  etc.  (p.  114  K).  But  whereas  Kant  teaches  self- 
redemption  through  the  moral  voKtion  of  the  subject  in  the 
moral  community,  many  with  more  external  proclivities 
expect  a  harmonious  existence,  free  from  all  trouble  and 
discord,  as  the  result  of  the  best  State,  or  of  the  best  con- 
stituted society,  or  of  the  rule  of  man  over  nature.  On  this 
view  the  religious  and  moral  needs  of  the  personality  and 
conscience  come  under  consideration  at  best  indirectly. 

In  the  second  place,  others  seek  Eeconciliation  in  the  way 
of  Knowledge  or  Intelligence.  Eight  knowledge  brings  every- 
thing into  order  and  harmony,  because  it  has  power  to 
determine  the  will ;  instruction,  culture,  brings  the  world 
redemption  from  every  ill.  Or,  according  to  the  scheme  of 
absolute  Idealism :  The  possessor  of  knowledge  comprehends 
his  true  Ego ;  the  Ego  is  free  and  pure,  and  in  comparison 
with  it  everything  empirical  is  mere  semblance,  even  sin. 
Evil  is  a  mere  nonentity,  or  at  least  the  non-being  of  good, 
lethargy,  or  defect.  But,  alas  !  the  true  Ego  is  no  actuality, 
but  bare  possibility.  But  in  the  moral  sphere  the  very  first 
requisite  is  a  better  actuality,  for  in  the  actuality  sin  and 
guilt  do  not  remain  bare  possibilities. 

Finally,  some  of  the  Eomanticists  seek  Eeconciliation  in 
Feeling,  in  part  in  connection  with  Kantian  criticism.^  The 
Eomanticists  proper  seek  the  reconciling  harmony  in  the 
1  So  Flies,  H.  Schmid,  de  "Wette,  together  with  F.  H.  Jacobu 


BEACTION  AGAINST  SUBJECTIVE  THEORIES.  47 

.•esthetic,  in  Art  and  artistic  enjoyment,  especially  Music. 
With  more  show  of  refinement,  the  literati  of  the  Weltsehmerz 
(World-Agony)  find  Eeconciliation  in  a  blending  of  pleasure 
and  pain,  chiefly  in  a  proud  sorrow  for  the  low,  poor,  pitiful 
world,  to  which  they  feel  themselves  far  superior.  They  seek 
their  pleasure  in  the  self-complacent  suffering  of  an  utterly 
empty  self-consciousness,  in  which  there  is  as  little  of  divine 
sorrow  as  of  divine  joy.  For  the  pleasure  is  here  nothing  but 
vapid  superiority  or  irony  over  the  joys  and  sorrows  of  men, 
a  negative,  blighting  pleasure  without  even  the  power  to  make 
itself  the  object  of  irony.  An  offshoot  of  this  school  is  the 
modern  Pessimism  of  a  Schopenhatier  and  a  von  Hartmann, 
who,  at  least  in  theory,  treat  the  misery  in  the  world  with 
seriousness,  and  to  whom  nonentity  is  the  only  object  of  hope.^ 
Far  higher  stands  the  school  of  JacoU.  According  to  it, 
Eeconciliation  consists  in  elevating  the  subject  into  the  ideal, 
Jivine  sphere,  through  the  inner  consciousness  of  God  and  of 
the  ideal,  noble  Ego.  The  Ego,  it  is  true,  is  not  free  from  the 
dualism  of  idea  and  reality,  and  fails  to  rise  above  alternation 
betw^een  the  sense  of  happiness  and  unhappiness  on  account 
of  unabolished  dissonances,  not  merely  in  the  moral,  but  also 
in  the  intellectual  life.  Erom  the  historic  Christ  and  His 
work  the  school  of  Jacobi  and  Eries  is  able  to  derive  little 
more  than  a  symbolic  meaning.^ 


4.  Eeadion  against  Siibjedivistic  Theories  of  Atonement 
(From  1800  to  the  present  time.) 

§  118. 

After  one-sided  subjectivity  had  again  inclined  to  acknow- 
ledge the  necessity  of  attaining  unity,  not  merely  with 
self  but  also  with  God,  the  theories  of  Atonement  current 

'  His  latest  writings  in  part  approximate  more  to  the  Hegelian  theory  of 
reconciliation.     Cf.  A.  Corner,  Stud.  u.  Krit.  1881,  1. 

-'  According  to  de  Wette,  Christ's  death  is  the  symbol  of  divine  reconciliation, 
and  shows  God's  earnestness  in  forgiving.  Striudlin  and  Tieftrunk  also  speak 
of  a  symbolic  meaning  in  Christ's  death. 


48  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

in  the  ancient  Church  revived,  only  that  now  the 
Eeformation-principle  of  penitent  faith  so  far  asserted 
itself,  as,  along  with  the  objective  provision  gained  in 
Christ,  to  make  the  requisite  room  for  the  subjective 
side  of  the  atoning  process.  But  so  long  as  evil  of  a 
physical  or  logical  nature,  or  sin,  is  regarded  as  the  only 
thing  which  has  to  be  overcome,  and  not  guilt  in  relation 
to  the  divine  justice,  so  long  is  the  development  in  the 
Reformation  -  doctrine  required  by  Christian  faith  and 
Holy  Scripture  impossible  (§§  113-116). 

1.  Were  the  question  at  issue  merely  man's  reconciliation 
with  himself,  or  with  his  surroundings,  instead  of  with  God, 
atonement  would  not  be  a  religious  question  at  all.  Subjec- 
tive Idealism  in  various  ways  denies  the  need  of  objective 
communion  with  God,  at  most  with  the  partial  exception  of 
Jacobi,  who  after  all  rather  recognises  the  need  for  man  to 
become  conscious  of  God,  than  the  need  for  enjoying  those  acts 
of  God  which  are  the  basis  of  communion.  The  reaction  from 
subjective  Idealism  to  desire  after  real  objectivity,  which,  on 
the  whole,  characterized  the  beginning  of  the  present  century, 
again  caused  God  to  be  recognised  as  true  Being  and  the 
supreme  Good,  the  consequence  of  which  for  the  present 
dogma  was,  that  an  atonement  of  a  merely  subjective  nature 
was  seen  to  be  inadequate,  the  chief  stress  being  laid  upon 
the  restoration  of  unity  with  God,  on  which  everything  else 
must  depend.  Thus  Schelling  and  Hcgcl  form  a  turning-point 
to  a  spiritual  tendency  more  favourable  to  the  present  dogma. 
But  certainly  this  change  was  only  a  preliminary  condition; 
the  cause  was  not  yet  won. 

The  Pantheistic  systems  of  modern  days  speak  (it  is  true, 
on  the  surface  only)  of  a  sort  of  reconciliation  in  the  process 
of  the  divine  life.  That  life  steps  forth  from  its  eternal 
unity  and  self-identity  into  its  antithesis,  into  other-being 
(Anderssein),  in  order  to  the  creation  of  the  world,  which  is 
Nature  and  Spirit ;  but  the  third  stage  is  its  return  from  the 
antithesis  into  itself  through  the  Spirit,  which  apprehends 
itself  in  its  other-being  and  again  coalesces  with  itself.  Since 
these  systems  directly  postulated  God  as  the  essence  or  the 


REACTION  AGAINST  SUBJECTIVE  THEORIES.  49 

reality  of  man,  they  made  this  process  permanent  in  the  divine 
life  even  as  to  its  subjective  side,  and  proceeded  to  investigate 
how  the  consciousness  of  reconciliation  may  be  reached  in  us.^ 
It  is  then  affirmed :  In  himself  man  is  one  with  God,  being 
divine  by  his  essence,  only  he  knows  it  not  at  first ;  his  con- 
sciousness is  at  variance  with  his  essence,  and  thus  he  is 
estranged  from  himself.  But  when  he  reaches  the  knowledge 
of  his  essential  unity  with  God,  the  variance  is  done  away, 
reconciliation  becomes  his,  he  knows  God  as  his  Father,  and 
himself  as  God's  son.  The  position  belonging  to  Christ  is, 
that  He  is  the  first  self-conscious  man,  free  and  certain  of  His 
divine  essence.  And  this  consciousness  of  God's  Fatherhood 
and  man's  sonship  is  the  good  news  which  He  proclaims.'^ 
According  to  this  view,  Christ  has  kindled  the  consciousness 
of  reconciliation  in  mankind  by  teaching  that  God  is  eternally 
reconciled.  Thus,  no  procuring  of  reconciliation  by  Christ  is 
necessary.  The  unity  of  God  and  man  is  here  thought  as 
substantial,  indestructible :  all  that  is  necessary  to  reconcilia- 
tion is  to  know  it.  But  seeing  that  the  mere  appeal  to  the 
substantial  unity  with  God  ignores  ethical  and  religious 
requirements  as  well  as  the  consciousness  of  sin,  such  a  theory 
can  give  no  peace  to  the  consciousness  of  sin  and  guilt,  when 
once  awakened,  but  only  stifle  the  need  for  the  true  atone- 
ment. Simply  to  refer  us  from  the  evil  actuality  to  the 
essence,  which  in  the  best  case  is  mere  possibility,  such  as 
can  never  satisfy  God's  holy  law,  implies  indifference  to  the 
distinction  of  good  and  evil.  Further,  this  theory  depends  for 
reconciliation  on  a  mere  change  in  the  consciousness,  not  in 
the  being  of  the  entire  personality  in  a  moral  and  religious 
respect.^ 

^  Hegel,  Rellg.  Pldlos.  ii.  191,  218.  God  is  a  process ;  He  (1)  exists  in  His 
eternity  in  and  for  Himself ;  (2)  He  passes  over  into  His  other  being  in  order  to 
the  creation  of  the  world,  which  is  Nature  and  Spirit.  To  the  diremption  (3) 
the  return  into  itself — the  reconciliation — ^joins  on.  The  Spirit  distinguishes 
itself  from  itself,  and  again  coalesces  with  itself.  This  theory  claims  to  be  at 
once  a  doctrine  of  the  Trinity,  a  Cosmogony,  a  Ponerogony,  and  a  Soteriology. 
The  process  is  part  of  the  divine  life.  The  philosopher  knows  and  passes 
through  the  process. 

*  So,  for  example,  Marheinecke,  Grundhhrm  d.  chr.  Dorima,  1827,  p.  227  ff. ; 
Biedermann,  ut  supra,  pp.  675-688  ;  Baur,  Gnosis,  1835,  p.  700  if. 

^  Biedermann  would  make  this  process  ethical  and  religious,  not  merely 
intellectual  (cf.  §  866) ;  but  since  he  treats  the  human  side  not  as  receptive 
Dor.NER. — Christ.  Doct.  iv,  D 


50  THE  DOCTEINE  OF  ATONE.MEXT. 

2.  The  majority  of  modern  writers  lay  stress  on  the 
necessity  of  siu  being  overcome,  and  seek  to  establish  the 
importance  of  Christ's  intervention  therein.  But  they  do  this 
in  very  diifferent  ways.  Some^  think  of  sin  as  an  objective 
power,  hypostatized  in  the  "  flesh."  This  power  Christ  was 
obliged  to  assume  with  human  nature,  in  order,  by  the 
sacrifice  of  the  sinful  flesh,  to  give  a  new  birth  to  human 
nature,  to  render  that  nature  sinless  through  His  Person,  and 
present  it  pure  and  holy.  According  to  Menken,  human 
nature  is  corrupted,  physically  and  psychically,  by  the  for- 
bidden fruit  of  the  poisonous  tree.  This  poison  is  the 
principle  of  sin,  inhering  in  us  without  fault  of  ours.  Christ 
has  again  removed  it  from  human  nature  by  His  death,  which 
became  a  second  birth  of  the  human  flesh,  after  Christ  had 
resisted  all  Satan's  temptations  to  acquiesce  in  the  propensity 
to  evil.  Whoever  receives  Christ  in  faith,  receives  the 
principle  of  cleansing  and  sanctification.  Thus  Christ's  death 
benefits  us  in  virtue  of  His  mystical  community  of  life  with 
us  (through  faith).  But  on  this  theory  Christ  had  first  of  all 
to  die  in  order  to  His  own  cleansing  from  sin  and  His  own 
sanctification,^  while  the  fruit  of  His  sanctification  by  His 
death  would  be,  that  He  also  became  to  us  the  principle 
of  sanctification  mediated  by  an  act  of  death,  and  thus  the 
principle  of  atonement.  But  the  idea  of  sin  obtaining  here 
is  a  physical  one,  as  if  sin  would  die  through  physical  death, 
as  if  the  flesh  were  essentially  sin ;  and  this  view  leads  to  a 
physical  theory  of  redemption,  as  if  a  holy  corporeity,  instead 
of  the  Pueuma  imparted  to  the  conscious  volitional  person, 
were  able  to  cleanse  and  sanctify  us.  Guilt  and  penalty  are 
here  ignored  to  such  an  extent  that  it  is  accepted  as  self- 
evident,  that  to  one  who  is  sanctified  in  principle  God  is  able 

of  (iiviue  communication,  but  as  immediately  divine,  he  is  again  led  to  a  theory 
of  self-redemption.  And  in  this  process  the  intellectual  element — the  vanquish- 
ing of  the  stage  of  presentation  by  the  concept  or  the  tme  consciousness — plays 
again  the  chief  part.     See  below. 

'  So  Menken,  Kud.  Stier,  Ed.  Irving,  Stroh  :  God  the  Father,  Son,  mid  Holy 
Ghost,  pp.  48-51.  In  reference  to  the  Pauline  doctrine,  Holsten  reaches  from 
the  exegetical  side  a  similar  result. 

2  Stroh,  ut  supra,  p.  51  :  Christ's  death  on  the  cross  is  a  destruction  of  sin 
to  its  roots  and  in  its  seat,  therefore  not  a  suffering  of  the  penalty  of  sin,  not  a 
payment  of  the  debt  of  sin,  not  the  death  of  a  sinner  or  of  a  suffering,  dying 
Just  One,  who  stands  by  imputation  in  the  sinner's  place. 


EEACTION  AGAINST  SUBJECTIVE  THEORIES.  51 

and  williug  to  give  reconciliation  and  justification ;  and  that 
real  sanctificatiou  may  exist  before  sin  is  forgiven.  The  case 
would  not  be  different  if,  as  others  wish,  we  were  to  go  back 
to  those  theories  (§  115)  which  discover  the  evil  needing  to 
be  removed  by  atonement  in  the  power  of  Satan.^  The  first 
thing  requisite  cannot  be  the  overthrow  of  Satan  as  an 
external  power,  but  the  undoi^ig  of  the  bond  by  which  men 
are  connected  with  Satan ;  and  that  is  guilt.  Christ's  atoning 
purpose  must  refer  to  this  guilt  directly,  not  merely  indirectly, 
or  in  the  sense  that  Christ  subjected  Himself  to  the  just 
penalty  of  guilt  incurred  by  the  guilt  of  men,  i.e.  to  death, 
over  which  Satan  had  acquired  power  in  virtue  of  the  divine 
ordinance  (Heb.  ii.  14).  Even  were  Satan  annihilated,  or  his 
right  to  inflict  death  on  sinful  humanity  abolished,  yet  if  sin 
remains  uuexpiated  there  can  be  no  atonement ;  God  could  not 
for  Christ's  sake  regard  the  humanity,  which  He  patiently  bore 
with,  as  reconciled.  For  God's  relation  to  every  man  is 
direct ;  the  relation  of  His  justice  to  sin  and  guilt  is  direct, 
and  not  merely  through  Satan.  The  divine  work  of  atone- 
ment is  able  so  to  undo  the  bond,  knit  by  guilt  between  us 
and  God's  penal  justice,  that  this  very  bond  is  transformed 
into  a  bond  of  communion  in  love. 

3.  Sclileiermachcr  struck  out  a  new  path  in  respect  to 
the  present  doctrine  also.  His  fundamental  conception  has 
become  the  most  influential  in  modern  times,  although  it 
almost  entirely  ignores  the  divine  justice  in  relation  to  the 
work  of  atonement,  and  in  consequence  of  his  Doctrine  of  God 
strictly  excludes  all  influence  upon  God  !^  Since  the  con- 
sciousness of  God  grew  in  Christ  into  God's  perfect  being, 
not  merely  is  there  in  Him  personal  holiness,  and  therefore 
untroubled  blessedness,  but  He  has  also  the  power  and  the 
vocation  to  draw  men  into  the  communion  of  His  holiness 

^  To  this  view  Frank  (like  v.  Hofmann,  see  below,  p.  54)  approximates 
{Syst.  d.  chr.  Wahrhelt,  ii.  153,  and  Tlieol.  der  Concordienformcl,  ii.  45),  when, 
according  to  him,  the  chief  stress  in  the  work  of  atonement  falls  on  Satan  being 
stripped  of  his  jiower.  "  The  only  way,"  Frank  says  in  the  latter  passage,  "  in 
which  the  jienalty  of  the  sin  of  the  world  could  be  laid  on  a  sinless  man  is  by 
the  tyranny  of  Satan  being  laid  on  him,  that  tyranny  inchulhig  all  the  woo 
and  all  the  sutl'ering  of  the  world."  Fhilippi  justly  censures  this  view, 
iv.  2,  136  f. 

^  JMi-  Chrisll.  Gluube,  §§  100-104.  ii.  pp.  94  If.,  102  If.,  128-  148. 


52  THE  DOCTrJNE  OF  ATOXEMEXT. 

and  blessedness,  and  by  this  means  to  redeem  and  reconcile 
them.  Xor  is  this  done  in  a  magiccd  way  by  a  purely 
objective  transaction.  On  the  contrary,  faith  is  necessary  iu 
order  to  our  partaking  of  His  holiness  and  blessedness.  And 
just  as  little  is  it  a  satisfactory  course  to  reduce  Christ's 
redeeming  work  to  the  prophetic  office,  to  His  teaching  and 
example.  This  he  calls  the  empirical  heresy,  corresponding 
to  the  Ebionite  conception  of  the  person  of  Christ,  because  it 
is  forced  to  lay  the  chief  stress  on  self-redemption.  How 
then  does  Schleiermacher,  after  excluding  these  errors,  conceive 
of  Christ's  atoning  office  itself  ?  The  way,  first  of  all,  in 
which  he  presents  Christ's  high-priestly  communion  with  men, 
is  most  excellent  and  suggestive.  If  Christ  really  desired  to 
participate  in  the  life  of  men,  the  sufferings,  ordained  to 
every  member  of  a  sinful  race  as  afflictions,  must  necessarily 
light  upon  Him.^  Nay,  the  deeper  He  saw  into  the  nature  of 
sin,  and  the  more  earnestly  He  contended  against  it,  the  more 
must  the  power  of  evil  have  pressed  upon  Him  ;  and  thus  He 
suffered  through  the  sin  of  men  not  merely  in  His  last  days, 
but  during  His  whole  life.  But  it  was  in  His  last  days  that 
the  depth  of  suffering  disclosed  itseK  to  Him,  when  the  two 
representatives  of  the  world's  sin — the  heathen  and  Jewish — 
turned,  and,  as  it  were,  conspired  against  Him.  But  it  was 
not  so  much  His  personal  suffering,  due  to  the  sin  of  the 
world,  which  He  felt  so  keenly.  This  suffering  is  only 
imderstood  aright  when  it  is  recognised  as  His  act ;  and 
here  Schleiermacher  gives  a  place  to  Christ's  active  obedi- 
ence. For  His  suffering  proper  consisted  in  this,  that  His 
outer  suffering,  caused  by  sinners,  presented  to  Him  as  iu 
a  mirror  tlie  depth  and  extent  of  sin,  and  stirred  His 
synvpatliy  in  the  most  powerful  way.  This  sympathy,  spring- 
ing from  the  energy  of  His  love,  leads  Him  into  unhappy 
communion  with  us  in  order  to  transform  it  into  a  holy  and 
blessed  communion.  This  symixdhy  constitutes  Christ's 
proper  high-priestly  action  in  distinction  from  His  prophetic 
and  kingly  office.  It  has  the  power  of  drawing  us  into  the 
communion  of  Christ's  holiness  and  blessedness,  after  He,  by 
His  sympathy,  had  let  Himself  be  drawn  into  communion  with 
us.     The  Teacher  and  Prophet  remains  outside  the  scholar  as 

'  r.  136  f. 


KEACTION  AGAINST  SUBJECTIVE  THEORIES.  53 

his  example  ;  but  Christ,  as  High  Piiest,  draws  us  into  His 
communion  by  His  sympathy  with  us, — that  sympathy  by 
which  He  feels  our  sin  and  its  wretchedness,  while  allowing 
its  power  to  burst  on  Himself.  This  high-priestly  love  of 
His,  endowed  with  such  power  of  attraction,  is  matter  of 
delight  to  God ;  and  since  God  now  beholds  us  in  this  union 
with  Christ,  which  is  established  by  faith  on  our  part,  Christ's 
person  renders  us  objects  of  the  divine  delight,  and  presents 
us  pure  before  God.  God  has  determined  to  let  all  salvation 
flow  to  us  through  Christ's  mediation,  and  looks  upon  us 
in  Christ,  who  is  therefore  our  substitute.  According  to 
Schleiermaclier,  the  kingly  otBce  also  is  distinct  from  the 
high-priestly  one.  From  it  proceed  our  personal  sanctification 
and  the  founding  of  the  community. 

But  although,  according  to  Schleiermaclier,  participation  in 
Christ's  blessedness  is  objectively  conditioned  by  participation 
in  Christ's  holiness,  still,  according  to  him,  we  have  not  the 
consciousness  of  atonement  through  hioioing  ourselves  to  be 
already  holy,  even  in  a  merely  initial  sense ;  for,  should  the 
consciousness  of  our  reconciliation  merely  result  from  the 
consciousness  of  our  holiness,  which  is  always  imperfect,  the 
former  must  always  remain  imperfect  and  vacillating.  On 
the  contrary,  the  atonement  and  the  consciousness  of  it  have 
their  security  in  the  fact  of  Christ  standing  in  communion  with 
us,  and  our  standing  in  communion  with  Him.^  For  Christ's 
sake,  faith  is  warranted  in  treating  present  sin  as  non-existent 
and  future,  completed  sanctification  as  already  present. 
According  to  this  view,  Christ's  high-priestly  sympathy,  which 
finds  its  most  perfect  expression  in  His  suffering,  is  the  climax 
of  His  redeeming  work,  by  which  we  are  freed  from  punish- 
ment and  the  sense  of  it ;  for  that  sympathy  has  the  power  of 
drawing  us  into  His  fellowship.  Only  in  the  fellowship  of  His 
sufferings  can  His  blessedness  be  felt,  because  the  consciousness 
of  how  God  was  in  Him,  and  therefore  of  His  holiness  and 
blessedness,  chiefly  arises  in  us  from  absorption  of  the  spirit 
in  His  sufferings ;  and  by  this  very  means  the  communication 
of  holiness  and  blessedness  to  us  may  become  fact. 

Unquestionably,  the  view  here  given  of  Christ's  high- 
priestly  office  is  spiritual  and   forceful,  compared  not  merely 

i  P.  133. 


54  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

with  the  Eationalism,  but  with  the  Supernaturalism  of  those 
days.  By  the  Biblical  doctrine  of  Christ's  sympathy  and 
living  communion  with  us,  He  seeks  to  impart  movement  to 
that  which  had  become  rigid  in  the  Christian  dogma.  Nitzsch 
developed  this  still  farther  in  representing  Christ's  suffering 
and  death  as  the  principle  of  repentance  to  the  world,  as 
judgment  upon  sin,  which  is  forced  to  reveal  its  innermost 
essence  by  killing  the  Holy  One,  who,  however,  by  the  purity 
of  His  person,  stands  security  to  God  for  this,  that  those 
receiving  forgiveness  of  sins  through  communion  with  Christ 
shall  also  become  partakers  of  His  holiness.  The  defects  of 
Schleiermacher's  theory  are  in  the  closest  connection  with  his 
Doctrine  of  God,  While  Omnipotence  preponderates  over 
justice  in  God,  no  adequate  place  remains  either  for  guilt  or 
punitive  justice. 

The  reason  given  by  Schleiermacher  for  prefixing  Christ's 
redeeming  to  His  atoning  work,  is,  that  otherwise  the  first 
regard  would  be  paid  not  to  evil  as  such,  but  to  evil  so  far  as 
it  is  a  source  of  suffering,  and  that  deliverance  from  sufferinjj 
would  be  sought  first.  But  the  desire  for  atonement  is  not 
eudffimonistic.  It  is  desire  for  deliverance  from  guilt ;  and 
this  is  something  eminently  moral.  Further,  according  to 
Christl.  Glmtbe,  ii.  107,  those  conceptions  of  the  atoning 
work,  which  make  the  communication  of  Christ's  blessedness 
independent  of  reception  into  living  communion  with  Him, 
are  magical  in  character.  But  magical  it  cannot  be,  if  Christ 
as  Atoner  enters  into  communion  with  us  by  anticipation, 
without  our  returning  the  communion  at  once.  On  the 
contrary,  it  would  be  magical  if  we  enjoyed  communion  with 
Christ  before  guilt  was  blotted  out.  For  the  sake  of  Christ's 
communion  with  us,  God  is  able  to  look  on  us  with  com- 
placency, just  as  Christ's  high-priestly  function  has  a  value 
for  God  in  itself,  and  not  merel}'  through  our  faith. 

Hofinanns  theory  is  partially  akin  to  Schleiermacher's.^  He 
calls  the  ecclesiastical  theory  an  artificial  mystery,  Christ  is 
an  Atoner  to  him,  because  of  His  having  proved  Himself 
I'ighteous  despite  the  uttermost  that  sin  and  Satan  could  do 
against  Him.  By  this  self-attestation  Christ  vanquished  Satan, 
and  established  a  relation  no  longer  dominated  by  the  sin  of 

'  Schr'iftbeweis,  i.     SchnlzsvJi.rifliii. 


EEACTION  AGAINST  SUBJECTIVE  THEORIES.  55 

Adam,  but  by  the  rigliteousness  of  the  Son,  i.e.  a  state  of  life 
holy  and  well-pleasing  to  God.  This  holy  righteousness, 
which  was  also  passive  obedience,  does  not  effect  expiation  as 
penal  suffering,  but  because  He  fulfilled  the  demand  of  the 
divine  law, — holiness, — thus  rendering  a  service  well-pleasing 
to  God,  and  making  reparation  for  sin.  So  far  as  by  faith  in 
Him  we  receive  into  ourselves  the  same  principle  of  holiness 
which  He  exhibited  in  His  attestation  of  Himself  as  righteous, 
we  have  the  right  to  regard  ourselves  as  well-pleasing  to  God 
and  reconciled.  Therefore  we  have  atonement  by  at  least 
initial  sanctification.  That  Christ's  personal  self-attestation 
exhibits  Him  as  righteous  and  holy  is  true,  but  this  belongs 
to  His  prophetic  office ;  but  thereby  nothing  is  affirmed  in 
relation  to  the  high-priestly  office.  Thus  von  Hofmann  is 
behind  Schleiermacher.  He  does  not  once  take  into  account 
Christ's  high-priestly  sympathy.  The  only  point  he  has  in 
common  with  Schleiermacher  is  the  mystical  union  with 
Christ  through  faith,  and  that  he  makes  Christ  a  substitute 
in  God's  view  in  relation  to  our  holiness.  But  to  him 
Christ's  substitution  is  in  no  sense  an  act  of  Christ,  or  a 
means  impelling  us  to  convert  Christ  for  us  into  Christ 
in  us. 

The  controversy  which  arose  against  him  ^  was  of  no 
essential  benefit  to  theology,  because  his  opponents  almost 
entirely  maintained  the  ecclesiastical  doctrine  without  remov- 
ing the  difficulties  which  it  left.  They  especially  omit  a 
searching  examination  of  the  ideas :  Justice,  Punishment, 
Expiation.  Philippi  and  Thomasius  place  justice  and  love, 
even  in  God  Himself,  in  opposition  instead  of  in  distinction, 
thus  losing  a  supreme  unity.  Philippi  frankly  connects  there- 
with the  other  proposition,  that  the  divine  attributes  are  not 
objectively  distinguished,  but  merely  in  relation  to  our  finite 
thought.^  He  would  also  have  Christ's  sufferings  regarded  as 
penal  sufferings  in  the  strictest  sense,  vicarious  in  nature  it 
is  true,  but  in  such  a  sense  that  we  have  a  right  to  demand 
foi'giveness  for  their  sake.  He  comes  very  near  to  placing 
Christ's  sufferings  under  the  jus  talionis  (see  below),  and  to 

1  On  the  part  of  Philippi,  Thomasius,  Havnack,  and  others.     See  Literature 
ibove. 
*  Philippi,  iv.  2,  p.  44.     See  above,  vol.  i.  p.  191. 


o6  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

simply  identifying  Christ's  person  with  those  to  "be  punished.^ 
Others,  like  Schoberlein,  start  from  love  as  the  supreme  unity, 
but  because  in  that  unity  they  fail  to  distinguish  between 
self-affirmation  and  self-communication,  they  gain  no  secure 
position  for  justice. 

4.  Two  Jurists  have  given  closer  attention  to  these  ideas, 
Goschel  and  Stahl?  Goschel's  leading  thought  is  :  Justice 
and  Love  in  no  sense  form  an  antithesis.  Punishment  is  an 
outflow  of  paternal  love,  certainly  a  necessary  counterstroke 
to  law-opposing  volition,  in  order  to  effect  its  conversion. 
But  even  in  the  act  of  punishing,  the  judge  cannot  be  with- 
out love  to  the  offender ;  he  cannot  but  sympathetically  feel 
his  guilt  and  sin.  The  more  pure  and  unreserved  such 
sympathy  is,  the  greater  its  power  to  subdue  and  amend  the 
heart  of  the  sinner,  and  by  this  very  means  to  render  the 
fullest  satisfaction  to  justice.  The  fact  of  the  judge  bearing 
the  punishment  in  poignant  sympathy  constitutes  a  satisfac- 
tion to  the  righteous  government  of  the  world.  Christ  had 
this  sympathy  in  the  purest  and  profoundest  degree  ;  we  are 
reconciled  when,  following  in  His  steps,  we  feel  His  sorrow 
by  penitent  faith.  These  are  the  sufferings  left  by  Christ 
(Col.  i.  24)  to  believers  as  a  remnant,  which  they  bear.  His 
feeling  of  our  punishment  must  pass  over  to  us.  Forgiveness 
is  not  the  abolishing,  but  the  perfecting  of  punishment ;  for 
real  penal  suffering — such  as  satisfies  God — carries  forgive- 
ness in  itself,  because  it  is  the  expiatory  feeling  of  the  justice 
of  the  punishment,  without  which  no  forgiveness  is  possible. 
But  here  it  is  the  consciousness  of  guilt  which  is  conceived 
to  be  the  punishment  of  men,  this  consciousness  being  identical 
with  dying  to  sin,  and  therefore  with  initial  sanctification. 

1  IV.  2,  pp.  38,  41.  According  to  p.  28  ff.,  sin  is  the  attempt  absolutely  to 
annihilate  God  the  Infinite  One  Himself — Deicidhtm.  It  is  consequently  an 
infinite  offence,  which  can  only  be  absolutely  expiated  by  the  same  infinite  penal 
suffering  of  absolute  death  with  which  the  Infinite  One  is  Himself  threatened. 
Thomasius,  who  accepts  a  vicarious,  expiatory,  penal  suffering,  is  censured  by 
Philippi  (p.  234)  because  he  merely  regards  a  passive  obedience  as  necessary  to 
atonement,  without  including  active  obedience.  Kespecting  Sartorius,  Gess, 
Weber,  cf.  Philippi,  p.  238  ff. 

-  Goschel,  Zerstreute  Blatter  aus  den  Hand-  und  Ilulfsacten  eines  Jurkten, 
1832,  Th.  i.  pp.  468-494  :  Das  Strafrecht  und  die  christl.  Lehre  von  der 
Satisfaction.  Stahl,  Fundamente  einer  christl.  Fhilosophie,  1846,  Abschn.  ii. 
cap.  6  :  Die  Gertchtiijkeit  und  die  Strafe.     Cap.  7  :  die  Siihne, 


REACTION  AGAINST  SUBJECTIVE  THEORIES.  0  7 

And  Christ  is  here  represented  as  Judge,  which  contradicts 
the  N.  T./  although  the  Judge  is  at  the  same  time  credited 
with  sympathy.  But,  according  to  Goschel,  Christ's  suffering 
is  merely  the  principle  of  repentance. 

Stahl's  view  is  different.  While  rightly  refusing  to  separate 
justice  and  love  in  God,  he  desires  the  two  to  be  separately 
revealed  in  the  world  in  opposition  to  sin.  The  function  of 
justice,  he  says,  is  by  guarding  the  divinely-established  moral 
government  of  the  world,  and  by  retribution  to  maintain  the 
validity  of  that  government,  and  therewith  God's  glory  or 
supremacy.  Now  the  sinner  is  a  rebel,  virtually  denying 
God's  supremacy.  In  opposition  to  this,  God  must  reveal 
Himself  as  the  Lord,  and  this  is  done  by  using  His  Omni- 
potence, which  reveals  to  the  sinner  such  power  as  nullifies 
his  physical  strength,  and  thus  reveals  his  nothingness.  This 
retributive  justice  restores  the  glory  of  the  moral  government 
of  the  world,  but  only  by  physical  means,  by  force  and  ex- 
ternally, not  by  transforming  the  law-opposing  volition.  But 
the  justice  of  the  world's  moral  government,  he  continues, 
may  also  be  satisfied  by  internal  means,  the  glory  of  God  may 
be  restored  by  expiation.  The  first  form  of  satisfaction — 
punishment — can  certainly  only  be  undertaken  \)j  the  guilty 
one.  But  expiation  may  be  undertaken  by  an  innocent 
person,  in  order  by  this  means  to  bring  the  sinner  to  repent- 
ance and  inner  acknowledgment  of  the  glory  of  God  and  His 
moral  government.  Now  Christ's  suffering  was  not  penal 
suffering,  but  an  expiation  to  the  world's  government,  an 
expiation  which  can  be  offered  best  by  an  innocent  person. 
It  was  an  expiatory  suffering  of  love  undertaken  for  our  good. 
This  theory  has  much  in  common  with  that  of  Anselra,  as 
Philippi  rightly  perceives.  On  one  hand,  punishment  for  the 
past  is  supposed  to  be  necessary,  and  the  blotting  out  of  past 
guilt  to  be  demanded  by  the  law,  like  repentance  and  acknow- 
ledgment of  the  majesty  of  the  law  for  the  future.  On  the 
other  hand,  expiation  is  not  placed  in  relation  to  punitive 
justice,  but  the  atoning  element  is  supposed  to  lie  in  the  new 
acknowledgment  of  the  moral  government  of  the  world  for 

^  John  iii.  17,  xii.  47.  The  Redeemer  has  not  come  primarily  for  judgment. 
The  Judge  would  only  here  come  into  question,  if  merely  the  divine  side  in 
Christ's  person  came  under  consideration  in  reference  to  atonement. 


58  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

the  future,  and  expiation  is  supposed   to  be  substituted  for 
punishment. 

Akin  to  Goschel's  are  the  ideas  advanced  by  Dr.  W.  Simon 
of  England,^  Atonement  is  not  to  be  conceived  as  self- 
redemption,  but  exclusively  as  God's  work  in  us,  for  in  2  Cor. 
V.  18  it  is  said :  "  God  reconciled  the  world  to  Himself" 
It  is  with  this  reconciliation  as  with  command.  When  from 
a  feeling  of  inward  helplessness  we  ask  God  for  help,  He 
gives  strength  for  the  fulfihuent  of  His  command.  Thus  He 
Himself  gives  that  which  He  requires.  Through  us  He 
fulfils  that  which  is  our  duty  towards  Him,  thus  taking  our 
place.  But  there  is  a  command  of  God  not  merely  to  do,  but 
also  to  suffer,  for  it  is  normal  and  God's  will  that  we  suffer 
for  sin  (punishment).  But  we  could  not  bear  the  sufferings, 
which  are  just  according  to  divine  appointment.  Now,  as 
God's  Spirit  works  vicariously  in  us  in  order  to  satisfy  God's 
command,  so  is  it  also  with  suffering.  God  can  suffer  in  us, 
bear  the  punishment  which  we  cannot  bear.  All  help  to  a 
sufferer,  especially  to  one  whose  sufferings  are  moral,  is  only 
possible  through  co-suffering.  If  we  are  acquainted  with  a 
co-suffering  and  yet  strong  heart,  able  to  show  us  how  to 
suffer,  then  the  disposition  and  courage  are  awakened  in  us 
to  suffer  in  a  way  well-pleasing  to  God.  This  we  have  in 
God,  and  thus  God  is  security  for  the  right  method  of 
suffering.  While  we  can  suffer  for  one  another,  we  can  only 
bear  outward  sufferings  for  others,  not  the  inner  burden.  On 
the  other  hand,  it  is  God's  prerogative  to  relieve  us  of  spiritual 
burdens  also.  Nevertheless  it  is  a  moral  law,  even  for  God, 
that  He  can  only  help  sinners  at  the  price  of  atonement,  that 
He  suffer  with  us,  that  He  take  on  Him  our  burden,  share 
our  anxiety  and  sorrow ;  but  since  He  is  God,  He  is  able  also 
to  turn  them  to  our  good  (Eom.  viii.  25).  He  can  bear  our 
punishment,  regard  and  impute  it  as  ours,  nay.  He  effects 
that  we  bear  it  in  Him.  He  is  bound  by  Himself,  by  the 
ethical  necessity  in  Him,  to  characterize  spiritual  pain  as 
righteous  pain.  Forgiveness,  which  abolishes  the  exacting 
or  condemning  law,  would  be  frivolous,  nay,  no  forgiveness. 
Dr.  Simon  would  make  not  merely  the  man  Jesus  suffer,  but 
also  the  Logos.  How  this  is  possible  without  objectionable 
'  In  the  treatise,  "Atonement  and  Prayer,"  Expositor,  Nov.  1877. 


REACTION  AGAINST  SUBJECTIVE  THEORIES.  59 

antliropopathism,  he  does  not  inquire  more  closely,  while  not 
allowing  any  loss  to  the  Godhead  through  the  origination 
of  Christ's  Person,  or  any  confounding  of  His  Ego  with  man.^ 
Co-suffering,  so  far  as  it  is  a  demonstration  of  the  strength  of 
love,  cannot  be  described  as  unworthy  of  God, — a  view  which 
Frank  rightly  developes."^  On  the  other  hand,  another  objec- 
tion lies  near  at  hand.  This  theory  gives  us  only  a  suffering 
of  God  in  us  in  order  to  expiation,  but  not  the  necessity  of  a 
divine-human  suffering.  The  historic  Christ  brings  us  here 
merely  the  knowledge  of  God's  co-suffering  and  yet  strong 
heart. 

Bushnell,  in  saying :  We  can  only  forgive  and  forget 
entirely  when  we  have  also  done  good  to  an  enemy, 
transgresses  the  limits  of  the  admissible  in  reference  to 
divine  suffering.  It  is  said  to  be  thus  with  God.  Only 
after  He  has  suffered  for  us  is  there  full  forgiveness  in  His 
heart,  is  His  heart,  so  to  speak,  free. — To  say  that  only  the 
divine  beneficence  perfectly  reconciles  God  with  us  (not 
merely  shows  Him  to  be  perfectly  reconciled),  is  an  inner 
contradiction ;  for  a  love  that  does  good  to  an  enemy  is  more 
than  pardon,  and  must  therefore  certainly  have  been  already 
forgiving  love.  Without  doubt,  beneficence  towards  foes  acts 
like' coals  of  fire  on  the  head,  and  is  more  adapted  than 
anything  else  to  change  the  disposition  of  a  foe  and  incline 
him  to  acknowledge  his  fault,  and  therefore  (to  apply  the 
matter  to  the  present  dogma)  to  reconcile  man  with  God. 
But  this  refers  to  the  ethical  sphere,  belonging  to  the  appli- 
cation or  use  of  prevenient  love  for  our  sanctification ;  and 
therewith  no  explanation  is  given,  how  God  can  both  forgive 
and  do  good  to  sinners  without  prejudice  to  the  divine  penal 
justice.  This  is  certain, — and  therewith  we  return  to  the 
theory  of  Goschel  and  Simon, — that  God  regards  sin  with 
abhorrence,  and  cannot  forgive  it  offhand ;  nay,  that  He  ought 
not  to  allow  His  love  to  prevail,  unless  it  acknowledge  the 
justice   of  the  punishment,    and  therefore  affirm   sorrow  for 

^  This  line  of  thought  recalls  the  words  of  Sartorius  {die  heilige  Liehe,  i. 
Abschn.  iii.  cap.  2)  :  "  God  can  only  forgive  sin  by  forgiving  nothing  to  Himself, 
by  Himself  hearing  what  lie  forgives,  and  Himself  performing  what  He  com- 
mands, as  is  done  by  Jesus  in  His  servant-form,  who  by  fuldlling  the  law 
makes  possible  the  forgiveness  of  its  unfulfilmont." 

■'  Syst.  d.  chr.   Wahr.  ii.  §  35. 


GO  THE  DOCTPJXE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

sin  to  be  just,  and  participate  therein.  But  here,  if  any- 
where, Christ's  humanity  is  to  be  taken  into  account.  For 
if  His  entrance  into  our  unhappy  condition  is  left  out  of 
sight,  the  chief  matter  in  the  process  of  atonement  was  a 
transaction  within  the  divine  nature.  But  in  this  case  the 
whole  would  wear  a  Docetic  look ;  for,  since  God  even  as 
Logos  is  true  God,  it  follows  that  God  would  then  demand 
homage  to  His  justice  alongside  or  in  His  love  from  Himself 
alone,  and  would  therefore  receive  satisfaction  from  Himself 
simply.  But  this  would  render  Christ's  humanity  useless  or 
needless  in  order  to  atonement.  That  humanity  would  then 
at  most  help  to  exhibit  the  inner,  super-historical  process  of 
atonement  in  God  Himself,  while  contributing  nothing  to  the 
realization  of  atonement.  This  would  be  opposed  to  the 
mediatorship  of  the  God-man. 

Ritschl  also  occupied  himself  at  length,  though  in  quite 
a  different  way,  with  the  idea  of  justice.  To  state  and 
examine  his  theory  on  this  point  is  of  as  great  importance 
for  understanding  as  for  criticizing  his  doctrine  of  atonement. 
In  this  criticism  tlie  thetic  exposition  given  previously 
(vol.  i.  §  24)  must  be  brought  to  bear. 

According  to  Eitschl,  God  is  to  be  conceived  absolutely 
and  exclusively  as  love,  the  one  concern  of  which  is  to 
realize  the  divine  world-plan  {i.e.  the  kingdom  of  God),  which 
consists  in  the  freedom  of  men,  i.e.  in  their  dominion  over 
nature,  and  in  the  mutual  improvement  of  the  members 
of  that  kingdom.  The  justice  of  God  is  simply  the  con- 
sistency with  which  God's  love  provides  for  the  welfare  of 
members  of  the  kingdom.  Of  retributive,  especially  punitive 
justice,  there  ought  to  be  no  mention  in  the  moral  and 
religious  sphere.  The  sense  in  which  theology  usually 
employs  the  word  justice  only  has  its  place  in  public  or 
civil  right,^  and  is  alien  and  inapplicable  to  the  moral  and 
religious  sphere ;  a  position  which  Eitschl  tries  to  prove  by 
a  series  of  reasons,^  which  can  by  no  means  be  regarded  as 
relevant,  and  in  great  measure  refute  Pdtschl  himself.  With 
tlie  Socinians,  he  censures  the  ordinary  doctrine,  that  justice 
and  the  necessity  of  punishment  are  grounded  in  GocVa 
tssence.     If  justice  belonged   to   the  essence   of  God,   God's 

1  Cf.  ut  supra,  iii.  211  tf.  *  jji.  211-225. 


REACTION  AGAINST  SUBJECTIVE  THEORIES.  61 

will,  he  says,  would  be  subject  to  this  justice  as  to  a  physical 
necessity.  But,  on  the  contrary,  everything  must  be  under 
the  divine  will,  even  as  character  itself  is  only  shown  in 
permanent  volition  and  action.^  Eitschl  does  not  see  that 
for  the  same  reason,  if  it  held  good,  there  ought  to  be  no 
mention  of  the  divine  love,  in  which  he  yet  would  discover 
God's  essence ;  and  he  overlooks  the  fact,  that  a  free  will 
not  determined  by  the  ethical  essence  of  God  would  be 
simple  caprice,  and  therefore  unethical  in  nature,  a  mere 
physical  force.  In  relation  to  God  and  God's  kingdom, — the 
moral  sphere, — he  continues,  only  the  moral  law  comes  into 
account,  not  legal  right  (das  Recht).  For  legal  right  refers 
merely  to  the  outward  order,  the  system  of  actions,  which 
subserve  the  ends  of  a  particular  State ;  it  is  nothing  but  a 
human,  civil  arrangement  for  finite  ends.  On  the  other 
hand,  the  moral  law  or  the  divine  will  refers  to  inward  dis- 
position, and  is  comprised  in  the  demand  for  love,  but  not 
as  a  legal  injunction.  It  refers  to  the  system  of  dispositions, 
aims,  and  actions,  which  follow  of  necessity  from  the  all- 
comprising  end  of  the  kingdom  of  God,  and  from  the  sub- 
jective motive  of  universal  love  of  man.  In  view,  therefore, 
of  this  opposition  between  the  moral  law  and  public  right, 
it  is  a  contradiction  to  conceive  the  moral  law  in  the  form 
of  public  right. 

It  would  certainly  be  a  mistake  to  regard  love  as  that 
which  the  State  has  to  create  by  the  means  at  its  command, 
of  which  force  is  a  part ;  or  so  to  lay  it  down  as  a  prin- 
ciple of  State-action,  that  the  State,  instead  of  employing 
its  own  means  which  operate  after  the  fashion  of  physical 
necessity,  should  leave  everything  to  the  freedom  of  love  in 
individuals.  It  must  work  with  the  instruments  of  retri- 
butive justice,  to  which  reward  and  punishment  belong. 
But,  nevertheless,  it  would  be  a  great  mistake  to  affirm  on 
this  account  that  the  State,  Right,  and  Justice  have  nothing 
to  do  with  the  moral  sphere.  Eight  and  Justice  are  them- 
selves moral  ideas,  in  no  sense  of  mere  finite,  transient 
significance ;  as  negative  pre-conditions,  they  themselves 
belong  to  the  complete  notion  of  the  moral.  -  If  the  State 
would  be  corrupted  in  its  essence  by  identifying  legal  right 

1  Cf.  ui.  213  f. 


62  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

with  love,  still  more  would  the  moral  sphere  be  shattered  to 
its  foundation  by  severing  right  and  justice  from  the  moral 
sphere.  A  love  that  did  not  embody  justice  would  result  in 
the  distinction  of  good  and  evil  being  made  a  matter  of 
indifference,  and  become  weak,  blind  goodness ;  and  whilst  it 
fancied  itself  moving  in  divine  heights  above  everything 
natural  and  finite,  it  would  fall  back  to  the  eudsemonistic 
and  therefore  physical  stage.  The  principles  of  Eitschl 
would  result  in  emptying  human,  civil  right  of  moral  import, 
and  in  leaving  it  without  basis.  Certainly  the  ideas  of 
right  and  j  ustice  stand  in  need  of  supplement ;  they  do  not 
represent  the  all  of  morality.  But  still  the  State  has  no 
such  ignoble  origin,  that  its  sole  concern  is  about  finite 
interests.  In  administering  justice,  it  represents  on  its  part 
a  divine  idea.  The  hard,  narrow  framework  of  the  State, 
representing  what  is  compulsory  and  morally  necessary  for 
the  commonwealth,  is  the  indispensable  guard  as  well  as 
school  of  moral  freedom.  For  the  rest,  the  State  does  not 
embrace  the  entire  sphere  of  justice,  but  merely  the  public 
sphere  of  human  society  ;  so  that,  supposing  it  demonstrable 
that  civil  right  has  nothing  to  do  with  morality,  it  could 
not  be  concluded  from  this  that  morality  has  nothing  to  do 
with  right  and  justice  in  general.  And  yet  Eitsclil  permits 
himself  to  draw  this  false  inference,  in  supposing  that  an 
idea  of  justice,  involving  r&ward  and  imnishnent,  has  no  place 
in  the  moral  sphere,  the  kingdom  of  God,  but  merely  in  the 
State.  The  special  reasons  he  gives  for  this  conclusion  are 
the  following.  If  we  may  speak  of  punishment  in  the  moral 
sphere,  reward  may  be  spoken  of  witli  no  less  right.  But 
the  bestowal  of  eternal  life  cannot  be  treated  as  a  "  return- 
ing "  (rewarding)  of  the  observance  of  the  moral  law. 
Moreover,  the  consequence  of  admitting  the  notion  of  reward 
into  the  kingdom  of  God  or  the  moral  sphere  would  be  that 
the  law  of  love  would  be  fulfilled  for  the  sake  of  reward, 
instead  of  from  love,  which  asks  for  no  reward.-^  There 
would  then  necessarily  be  a  possibility  of  speaking  of  a  legal 
claim,  and  Pharisaic  mercenary  virtue  would  be  justifiable. 
But  if  for  such  reasons  the  idea  of  reward  in  the  moral 
sphere  is  objectionable,  the  corresponding  idea  of  punishment 
1  iii.  rr-  214-219. 


REACTION  AGAINST  SUBJECTIVE  THEORIES.  63 

must  be  given  up.  In  addition,  experience  shows  that  the 
idea  of  punitive  justice  involves  contradictions ;  for  just 
men  suffer,  unjust  flourish.  Finally,  no  outward  evil  can 
be  named  which  ought  to  be  described  as  punishment ;  for 
all  may  be  regarded  as  good,  e.g.  as  chastisement,  and  can 
only  become  punishment  (namely,  to  the  sense  of  the  sub- 
ject concerned)  through  the  consciousness  of  guilt — a  sub- 
jective power,  whereas  in  itself  or  objectively  nothing  is 
punishment. 

It  is  correct  to  say  that  love  neither  ought  to  desire  nor 
does  desire  reward ;  but  it  would  be  a  mistake  to  deny  that, 
in  the  same  degree  in  which  the  desire  is  wanting,  it  is  the 
more  worthy  of  and  actually  partaker  in  reward.  The 
demand  for  reward  would  not  merely  offend  against  humility 
and  gratitude,  which  are  conscious  of  owing  everything  to 
God,  but  would  also  betray  an  egoistic,  eudaemonistic  spirit, 
which  has  its  reward  below,  a  disposition  to  which  goodness 
would  not  itself  be  the  highest  thing  and  its  own  end,  but  a 
mere  means  to  something  else  in  reality  of  a  subordinate 
kind.  But  certain  as  it  is  that  love,  as  the  sphere  of 
the  positively  good,  is  higher  than  the  sphere  of  mere 
legal  right,  still  retributive  justice  is  in  no  sense  incompatible 
therewith.  Although  the  virtuous  man  ought  not  to  aim 
at  reward, — for  the  essential  test  of  pure  virtue,  such  as 
alone  renders  worthy  of  reward,  is  precisely  that  we  give 
from  love,  not  expecting  to  receive  again, — still  reward, 
inward  or  even  outward,  follows  virtue  as  certainly  and 
necessarily  as  the  shadow  the  body,  provided  only  that  virtue 
is  first  present,  i.e.  provided  the  reward  is  not  sought  or 
made  the  end  to  which  love  is  the  means.^  This  follows 
from  the  harmonious,  creative  co-ordination  of  the  moral  and 
the  physical,  a  co-ordination  which  stamps  the  ethically  good 
as  the  supreme  reality  possessed  of  power  to  unite  everything 
in  harmony  with  itself.  It  is  a  sort  of  ethical  Docetism 
(Spiritualism)  for  any  one  so  completely  to  sever  nature  from 
the  spiritual  and  moral  sphere  as  to  undertake  to  be  in- 
different to  everything  physical.^     And  not  merely  has  retri- 

1  Matt.  vi.  33. 

-  Ritschl  not  merely  makes  the  relation  of  God's  retributive  justice  to  nature 
as  loose  as  possible,  but  denies  such  a  relation,  aud  tries  to  frame  his  doctrine 


64  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

biitiou  in  its  rewarding  aspect  its  necessary  place  in  God's 
government  of  the  world,  thus  proving  the  co-ordination  of 
everything  natural  with  the  moral,  and  the  use  of  that 
co-ordination  as  a  means  in  order  to  the  moral ;  but  we  also 
should  act  immorally,  if  in  our  intercourse  with  men  we  did 
not  return  (of  course  we  do  not  repay)  love,  and  in  general 
refused  to  be  guided  by  the  law  of  justice.  But  certainly 
the  more  important  point  for  us  here  is  to  maintain  the 
right  and  reality  of  a  punitive  justice  in  God.  The  objection, 
that  experience  presents  to  view  the  opposite  of  such  justice, 
has  been  already  treated  above  (§  88,  3.  4),  and,  moreover,  is 
refuted  by  the  other  objection  of  Ritschl,  "  that  all  external 
evils  may  be  regarded  as  chastisements,"  for  this  implies  that 
no  good  man  has  to  complain  of  wrong  in  God.  But  although 
to  Christians  external  evils  are  no  longer  punishment  (which 
is  to  be  proved  later  on),  it  does  not  follow  from  this  that 
they  were  not  so  originally,  or  that  these  evils  would  have 
had  a  place  among  mankind  if  sin,  which  makes  punishment 
and    chastisement   necessary,    did  not   prevail    among  them 

of  God  in  general  on  this  basis.  According  to  him,  it  is  indifferent  to  Theology 
whether  God  is  thought  as  Creator  (consequently  as  Almighty),  Theology 
having  to  do  only  with  the  causa  finalis,  not  the  causa  efficiens ;  inquiry  as  to 
the  cause  of  the  world,  and  in  the  same  way  knowledge  of  the  world,  is 
indifferent  to  it.  The  sense  of  absolute  dependence  on  God  as  the  causa 
efficiens  is  rejected  by  him  as  the  independent  basis  of  religion.  Faith  in  God 
is  supposed  to  be  first  derived  from  the  consciousness  of  moral  freedom,  and 
thus  to  be  a  merely  secondary  thing,  i.e.  to  indicate  a  source  of  help,  where- 
with we  are  able  to  preserve  the  consciousness  of  being  worth  more  than  the 
whole  world,  as  well  as  a  courageous  heart  for  the  discharge  of  our  calling  (see 
above,  §  98,  3).  It  is  scarcel)'  necessary  to  call  attention  to  the  contradictions 
in  which  he  herebv  involves  himself.  Nevertheless,  the  only  security  given 
him  by  the  conception  of  God  for  that  harmony  between  nature  and  the  moi-al 
in  which  it  is  morally  necessary  to  believe,  is  that  God  is  the  one  sole 
{emheitliche)  causality  {causa  efficiens)  of  the  world.  "Whereas,  further,  he  treats 
nature  so  churlishly  ;  almost  the  only  definition  he  is  able  to  give  of  freedom, 
and  therefore  of  the  morality  of  the  Christian,  where  he  endeavours  to  describe 
it,  is  as  dominion  over  the  world.  And  the  only  position  of  religion  in  his 
esteem  is  that  of  a  means  in  order  to  such  freedom.  That  it  is  also,  and 
indeed  primarily,  an  end  in  itself,  is  a  view  which  he  does  not  reach.  In  his 
contention  against  the  punitive  justice,  which  employs  even  nature  as  a  means 
for  its  own  purposes,  Ritschl  proceeds  as  if  we  had  not  one  world,  in  which 
even  the  natural  is  subordinate  to  the  supreme  law  which  holds  together  the 
natural  and  spiritual,  but  as  if  we  had  two  worlds  independent  of  each  other, 
which  would  be  flatly  to  deny  that  the  ethical  is  the  supreme  power  in  the 
world,  the  principle  determinative  of  worth  and  fate. 


EEA.CTION  AGAINST  SUBJECTIVE  THEORIES.  65 

When  the  divine  reason,  clothed  with  omnipotence,  has 
created  morally  free  beings,  the  right  of  punitive  justice 
cannot  be  refused  to  it  without  exposing  the  moral  world  to 
the  danger  of  falling  a  prey  to  chaos.  The  very  prerogative 
of  God  as  the  "  World-ruler,"  unless  omnipotence  be  wanting 
to  Him,  is  not  to  treat  evil  and  good,  guilt  and  innocence, 
with  love  unalterably  the  same,  and  by  this  means  to  throw 
doubt  on  the  distinction  between  good  and  evil  themselves.^ 

On  these  premisses  it  may  be  surmised  by  anticipation  that 
Bitschl  is  unable  to  lay  down  a  special  theory  respecting  the 
divine  work  of  atonement.  Eather,  the  gist  of  his  great  work 
is  the  doctrine,  that  no  Expiation  or  Satisfaction  is  necessary, 
because  there  is  no  punitive  justice  in  God,  just  as  in  experi- 
ence there  is  said  to  be  no  punishment  (except  in  the  State). 
Nay,  the  question  suggests  itself,  whether  in  his  eyes  even  the 
ideas  of  guilt  and  penal  desert  do  not  resolve  themselves  into 
mere  subjective  representations  (Vorstellung),  and  whether, 
above  all,  he  does  not  deny  even  moral  freedom  of  will;  for 
certainly  his  contention  against  a  punitive  justice  would  only 
be  conclusively  demonstrated  on  the  supposition  that  there 
is  no  capacity  in  man  to  contract  moral  guilt.  As  matter  of 
fact,  Eitschl  has  been  so  understood.  Let  us  then  test  his 
doctrine  on  this  point  in  order. 

While  he  calls  the  problem  of  moral  freedom  a  crucial 
question  in  theology  (iii.  251),  he  does  not  venture  to  give, 
but  avoids  giving,  a  straight  answer  of  his  own  in  respect  to 
it.      Eather,  he  again  evades  it  by  turning  aside  to  real  or 

^  Schweizer  expresses  himself  far  more  to  the  point  {Chr.  Glaubenslehre, 
ii.  1,87) :  To  us  the  moral  attribute  stands  without  any  doubt  above  the  natural ; 
next,  the  fatherly  attribute  above  the  universal  moral ;  and  therewith  the 
sphere  of  love,  grace,  and  fatherly  wisdom  above  holy  goodness,  justice,  and  the 
wisdom  of  universal  Ruler  ;  only  the  higher  revelation  of  God  cannot  contradict 
the  loiver.  The  kindly  attributes  of  the  Father  are  an  enhancement  of  the 
moral  attributes  of  the  Ruler  (i.e.  the  latter  are  tiot  set  aside,  not  dissolved,  but 
fulfilled  in  the  Father),  and  especially  is  this  true  of  wise  justice,  which  is  ever 
united  with  kindly  disposition,  because  it  becomes  an  element  absorbed  and 
involved  in  the  fatherly  love,  which  takes  the  form  of  grace  towards  sinful 
children.  (But  to  show  grace  is  to  affirm,  not  to  deny,  guilt  and  penal  desert.) 
He  rightly  censures  (p.  184)  the  opinion  of  the  Socinians,  tliat  Goil  can  forgive 
apart  from  all  condition  and  expiation.  Certainly  his  doctrine  of  absolute 
■predestination  prevents  his  conceding  to  Christ's  historical  work  a  real  causality 
in  reference  to  the  reconciliation  of  God,  and  impels  him  to  accept  forced  inter- 
pretations by  Calvin,  Maresius,  etc.,  see  pp.  173  f.,  177  f. 

Duuxmi. — Christ.  Doer.  iv.  E 


66  THE  DOCTKINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

theological  freedom  so  called.  That  he  denies  moral  freedom 
and  objective  guilt  seems  confirmed  by  the  fact,  that  he  would 
have  all  sin  proveable  by  experience  regarded  as  sin  flowing 
from  the  ignorance  with  which  human  development  universally 
begins,  and  that  he  speaks  much  indeed  of  consciousness  of 
guilt,  but  not  of  objective,  actual  guilt  occurring  in  experience  ; 
that,  on  the  contrary  (iii.  43,  67),  he  only  concedes  validity 
to  the  idea  of  guilt  in  so  far  as  sin  is  associated  with 
consciousness  of  guilt.  Nay,  because  empirical  human  sin 
is  sin  in  ignorance,  it  is  said  not  to  need  expiation.  But, 
on  the  other  hand,  he  would  still  regard  the  will  as  partici- 
pating in  moral  evil,  even  if  only  in  consequence  of  human 
ignorance  (pp.  40,  44).  He  even  says  that  the  definite 
rejection  of  Christianity,  were  it  to  occur  (which,  however, 
cannot  be  established  by  experience),  would  be  real  guilt  of  a 
gravity  not  admitting  of  expiation  (pp.  332-338).  Certainly, 
expressions  of  the  latter  kind  do  not  confirm  beyond  doubt 
the  supposition  of  actual  moral  freedom ;  for  even  if  volition 
is  present  in  sins  of  ignorance,  it  is  not  on  this  account  free 
volition.  Further,  the  supposition  of  an  actually  occurring 
definite  rejection  of  Christianity,  which  becomes  the  object  of 
divine  wrath  and  punitive  judgment,  would  involve  him  in 
difficulties  and  self-contradictious,  for  a  capacity  would  thereby 
be  conceded  to  man  of  incurring  punishment  and  guilt  in  the 
most  real  objective  sense,  and  of  offering  resistance  to  God. 
But  when  such  a  capacity  of  incurring  guilt  (which,  however, 
Eitschl  cannot  wish  to  be  described  as  merely  the  gift  of 
Christianity)  is  once  conceded  to  man,  the  right  is  entirely 
lost  to  ignore  this  capacity  in  pre-Christian  days,  and  to  say : 
Man  can  indeed  freely  incur  the  highest,  inexpiable  guilt,  but 
not  slighter  guilt,  such  as  is  pardonable  though  still  requiring 
atonement.  Further,  were  the  necessity  of  a  punitive  justice 
in  God  (although  at  first,  and  until  the  final  sin  is  present,  of 
"  quiescent "  justice)  seriously  acknowledged  in  relation  to  the 
sin  of  definitive  unbelief,  it  would  be  no  less  an  illogical 
course  to  say :  God's  retributive  justice  can  indeed  punish 
the  highest  guilt  with  eternal  death,  but  cannot  visit  any 
other  guilt,  at  least  with  milder  punishment.  Considering, 
further,  that  his  entire  investigation  respecting  atonement  is 
built  upon  the  contention  against  a  punitive  justice  in  God 


EEACTION  AGAINST  SUBJECTIVE  THEORIES.  G7 

and  its  supposed  incompatibility  with  His  fatherly  love,  it  is 
strange  that  no  clear,  connected  doctrine  respecting  punish- 
ment, God's  punitive  justice,  moral  freedom,  and  guilt  is  to  be 
found  in  Eitschl.  Nor  is  this  improved  by  the  summary 
words:  "The  Christian  view  of  the  world  'judges'  sin,  whicli 
is  universally  diffused  both  in  act  and  inclination,  to  be  the 
antithesis  of  God's  kingdom,  without  necessitating  cause  either 
in  God's  government  of  the  world  or  man's  gift  of  freedom ;" 
for  the  remark  is  only  too  obvious,  that  these  words  recall  the 
circumstance  that  Eitschl  also  goes  back  to  a  twofold  judg- 
ment in  respect  of  the  Person  of  Christ.  The  scientific,  historic 
judgment  regards  Him  as  mere  man,  the  religious  "judges" 
Him  to  be  the  Son  of  God,  and  ascribes  divinity  to  Him.  The 
same  dualism  between  the  religious  and  the  intellectual  or 
scientific  mode  of  view  seems  also  to  be  the  last  word  that 
Eitschl  has  to  say  respecting  the  ideas  of  freedom,  guilt,  penal 
desert,  and  God's  retributive  justice.  That  word  is  no  doubt 
again  capable  of  a  twofold  interpretation.  His  indefinitely 
ordered  language  may  either  signify :  The  mode  of  considera- 
tion belonging  to  the  Christian  religion  presupposes  indeed  a 
true,  actual  guilt,  but  in  truth  and  according  to  the  divine  con- 
sideration there  is  no  such  guilt.  But  in  this  way  the 
Christian  mode  of  consideration  would  be  convicted  of  an 
essential  error.  For  this  reason  it  is  probably  more  correct  to 
reckon  him  among  the  maintainers,  in  these  days  not  rare,  of 
two-faced  opposite  truths,  both  equally  justified  from  their 
respective  standpoints, — the  religious  and  the  scientific, — but 
both  just  as  certainly  to  be  renounced  from  the  other  stand- 
point, so  that,  finally,  nothing  would  be  left  but  a  sceptical 
agnosticism,  a  renunciation  of  objective  truth. 

Thus  the  question  still  remains :  Is  not  the  very  idea  of 
si7i  itself  drawn  into  the  vortex  of  such  uncertainty,  of  such 
opposite  streams,  and  thereby  all  need  of  even  mere  subjective 
reconciliation  of  man  cut  off'  by  anticipation?  This  consequence, 
indeed,  is  ascribed  to  Eitschl's  doctrine,  but  the  objection  is 
without  justification.  Even  supposing  retributive  justice  to  be 
denied,  the  giving  of  the  law  or  the  divine  will,  which  wills  a 
kingdom  of  the  good,  is  not  thereby  directly  abolished, 
although  shaken.  Further,  even  were  not  merely  the  idea  of 
divine   punishment,   but   still   more    that   of  objective   guilt, 


68  THE  DOCTEINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

denied,  sin,  i.e.  moral  imperfection,  might  still  be  spoken  of, 
if  only  a  definite  moral  aim,  which  he  has  not  yet  reached  in 
the  beginning  of  his  existence,  remains  prescribed  to  man.  If 
this  duty  occurs  to  his  consciousness  before  his  discharge  of  it, 
and  if  he  compares  what  he  is  with  what  he  ought  to  be,  he 
will  see  himself  to  be  in  antagonism  to  that  good  aim ;  and 
this  all  the  more  if,  while  still  at  a  lower  stage,  he  perceives 
how  his  desires  seek  something  else  than  that  aim,  and  there- 
fore are  relatively  averse  to  it.  No  doubt,  the  idea  of  sin  and 
guilt  cannot  escape  deterioration,  nay,  corruption,  if  moral 
freedom  is  not  definitely  taken  into  account  and  emphasized. 
For  the  rest,  what  Eitschl  retains  of  all  these  ideas  he  applies 
to  his  statements  respecting  the  doctrine  of  atonement  as 
follows. 

Humanity,  it  is  true,  only  stands  in  God's  presence  as  still 
imperfect.  Its  perfection  is  the  fixed  goal  towards  which  He 
is  leading  it.  Nor  is  God  on  His  side  ahenated  from  humanity, 
or  far  from  it.  As  already  said,  there  is  no  punitive  justice  or 
penal  desert  in  man,  and  in  so  far  no  objective  guilt  which 
could  expose  to  punishment  before  Christianity  came.  Eather, 
all  sin  is  mere  sin  of  ignorance,  which  rather  challenges  helpful, 
saving  love  than  punishment.  There  is  no  removing  of  God  to 
a  distance,  which  would  be  a  withdrawal  of  His  fellowship  on 
God's  part,  an  anger  of  God  with  sinners.  It  would  there- 
fore be  an  error  to  suppose  the  necessity  of  an  expiation  or 
satisfaction. 

But,  on  the  other  hand,  he  continues,  we  all — individuals 
and  the  entire  race — stand  in  antagonism  to  God  through  the 
initial  non-fulfilment  of  the  law  or  of  the  divine  wdll.  We 
are  destined  for  divine  communion,  and  so  long  as  we  fail  to 
find  this,  and,  on  the  contrary,  remain  for  our  part  at  a  dis- 
tance from  God,  we  miss  our  destination.  The  consciousness 
that  man  is  not  what  he  should  be,  is  reflected  in  rehgious 
contemplation  as  guilt.  But  this  notion  of  guilt  or  subjective 
"  consciousness  of  guilt "  fills  man  with  discontent  to  such  a 
degree  that  he  feels  as  if  in  a  ]3cncd  state,  and  imagines  God  to 
be  far  off,  nay,  his  enemy,  from  which  springs  again  a  mistrust 
of  God  which  renders  man  worse.^  By  this  means  he  falls 
into  a  misery  and  dread,  which  makes  him  shrink  from  God 

'  iii.  44,  49. 


REACTION  AGAINST  SUBJECTIVE  THEORIES.  69 

and  keeps  his  soul  at  a  distance  from  God,  whereas  the  con- 
sciousness of  fellowship  with  God  is  the  indispensable  means 
to  enable  him  to  apply  himself  to  his  moral  work  with  courage 
and  inner  security.  This  condition  of  distance  from  God 
cannot  be  described  as  mere  misfortune,  for  there  is  human 
(although  unfree)  volition  (see  above)  in  those  very  things  to 
which  the  consciousness  of  guilt  refers.  Nor  is  that  condition 
divine  punishment ;  for  in  virtue  of  His  immutability  God 
ever  remains  in  paternal,  loving  communion  with  man,  and 
never  withdraws  to  a  distance  from  him.  But  the  "conscious- 
ness of  guilt "  is  the  expression  of  a  defect  in  religious 
communion  with  God,  and  is  the  primary  manifestation  of 
punishment  or  of  the  abatement  of  the  "  religious  "  privilege 
of  communion  with  God,  i.e.  consciousness  of  guilt  is  associated 
with  distance  from  God ;  and  then  from  this  consciousness 
follows  the  consciousness  of  penal  desert  and  the  notion  of 
punishment.  For,  generally  speaking,  only  those  evils  possess 
the  character  of  divine  punishment  which  every  one  imputes 
to  himself  as  punishment  through  his  consciousness  of  guilt.^ 

How,  then,  would  Eitschl  conceive  of  redemption  or  atone- 
ment, which  certainly  even  on  his  view  seems  necessary  to 
human  consciousness  ?  It  must  be  confessed  that  he  does 
not  require  first  the  fulfilment  of  the  divine  law,  and  does 
not  seek  to  derive  the  consciousness  of  divine  communion  or 
of  the  divine  fatherly  love  from  the  at  least  initial  realization 
of  the  law.  He  sees  that,  as  the  Evangelical  Church  teaches, 
distance  from  God,  dread  of  God  as  Judge,  must  be  first 
transformed  into  consciousness  of  communion  with  God,  be- 
cause this,  as  already  said,  is  the  indispensable  means  to 
enable  man  to  apply  himself  with  success  to  his  moral  work.'^ 

^  iii.  339.  So  far  as  the  consciousness  of  guilt  is  supposed  to  be  forced  on  us 
by  the  constitution  of  our  nature,  it  has  for  Kitschl  a  certain  objective — more 
precisely,  psychological— background.  On  the  other  hand,  the  opinion  that 
distance  from  God  is  at  once  guilt  and  punishment,  in  this  indefiniteness  which 
confounds  the  two,  is  a  part  of  the  error  criticized  above  (§  88.  1),  that  evil,  the 
contraction  of  guilt,  is  itself  also  punishment. 

^  He  expresses  this  thus  ;  "Justification  is  a  synthetic,  not  an  analytic  judg- 
ment" (iii.  68  ff.);  but  does  not  mean  this  in  the  sense  that  justification  is  a 
fruit  of  Christ's  atonement  or  a  divine  act,  but  to  him  it  is  the  consciousness  of 
one  who  belongs  to  the  Church  of  God's  eternal,  and  therefore  anticipatory,  love, 
which  with  unchangeable  iidelity  condticts  the  Church  to  its  consummation  ; 
and  atonement  is  the  reconciled  subjective  consciousness  given  in  Justification. 


70  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  ATOKEMEMT. 

Of  course  the  question  at  issue,  according  to  Eitschl,  is  not 
merely  that  God  hold  fellowship  with  humanity,  for  this  is 
true  even  under  the  dominion  of  sin,  since  God  is  unchange- 
able love  even  in  presence  of  sin,  hoM^ever  much  His  image  is 
obscured  by  the  consciousness  of  guilt  as  if  He  were  hostile  to 
man.  The  question  at  issue  must  be,  that  man  also  on  his 
part  quit  his  distance  from  God  and  acquire  trust  in  God's 
fatherly  love,  which  is  eternally  the  same.  How,  then,  is  this 
reached  ?  N'ot  by  seeking  an  expiation  or  satisfaction.  This, 
according  to  Eitschl,  would  only  be  a  new  error,  a  confirmation 
of  the  first  one,  which  paints  God  as  displeased  with  us,  and 
through  our  consciousness  of  guilt  awakens  in  us  the  feeling  of 
unhappiness,  penal  desert,  and  the  notion  of  God's  punitive 
justice.  Christianity  proceeds  differently,  and  by  this  means 
liecomes  the  redeeming  religion.  It  reveals  God  as  Father 
instead  of  as  Lawgiver  and  Judge,  as  unchangeable  Love, 
which  knows  nothing  of  anger  and  punishment,  since,  on  the 
contrary,  as  Euler  of  the  world,  God,  with  unmoved  security 
and  "necessary  sequence,"  realizes  the  world-aim  consisting  in 
the  founding  of  the  kingdom  of  God,  nay,  in  eternal  fashion 
(in  vision  suh  sjjccie  ccternitatis)  sees  the  imperfect  beginnings 
covered  by  the  consummation.  This  revelation  is  given  through 
Christ.  Christ  lived  in  constant  communion  with  God,  prov- 
ing this  in  all  He  did  and  suffered ;  this  is  the  meaning  of  the 
conception  of  His  divine  Sonship  and  divinity.^  He  was  always 
conscious  of  God's  fatherly  love  (which,  moreover,  is  said  to 
be  a  truth  of  reason),  and  made  it  known  by  His  teaching, 
besides  in  His  walk  and  whole  personal  manifestation  setting 
the  divine  patience  and  love  before  our  eyes"  (thus  accelerat- 
ing the  process  of  knowledge  among  mankind).  But  Christ's 
love  may  also  be  regarded  as  a  proof  of  the  love  of  God.  It 
is  love  on  God's  part,  that  He  brought  this  man  into  existence, 
who  reveals  God  to  us  as  fatherly  love,  and  thus  scatters  those 
gloomy  errors  of  an  angry  God  and  a  punitive  justice.  As 
concerns  Christ's  suffering  and  death,  indeed,  Eitschl  gets  so 
far  as  to  affirm  that  Christ  attested  therein  His  undisturbed 
communion  with  God.  But  how  the  fact  of  Christ's  being 
given  over  to  such  sufferings  is  supposed  to  be  a  proof 
of  the  Father's  love,  this  he  is  unable  to  show.  At  most, 
1  iii.  396  f.     See  above,  vol.  iii.  §  98.  3.  ^  iii.  395,  472  f.,  490. 


REA.CTION  AGAINST  SUBJECTIVE  THEORIES.  7l 

Christ  is  liere  a  martyr  for  the  truth  of  His  doctrine. 
Abelard's  position  in  this  respect  was  better,  because  he  saw 
in  Christ  not  only  a  teacher  or  pattern,  but  also  an  expiatory 
sacrifice  (see  above,  p.  19).  In  addition  to  the  teaching  and 
pattern,  through  which  Christ  worked,  there  remains  for 
Eitschl  the  founding  of  a  Church,  whose  members  carry  in 
themselves  the  consciousness  of  God's  nniversal  love  every- 
where the  same  and  unchangeable,  and  therefore  not  the 
consciousness  that  God  forgives  and  frees  from  guilt  and 
punishment  for  Christ's  sake,  but  that  God  knows  nothing  of 
anger  and  punishment,  that  therefore  the  dread  of  punish- 
ment, nay,  the  idea  of  being  worthy  of  punishment  in  God's 
eyes,  and  therefore  the  consciousness  of  an  objective  guilt 
in  virtue  of  the  supreme,  decisive  judgment  of  God,  rests  upon 
an  error  which  Christianity  dispels.  For,  according  to  Eitschl, 
punishment  only  could  and  ought  to  emerge,  supposing  some 
one  definitely  rejected  this  doctrine  of  God's  unpunishing 
fatherly  love,  a  thing  not  occurring  in  experience.  The 
founding  of  the  Church  or  kingdom  of  God  is  the  proper 
divine  act  which  God  had  in  view  from  the  beginning ;  and 
every  one  who  is  reckoned  in  the  Church,  by  his  connection 
with  it  has  security  for  the  love  of  God  applying  also  to  him, 
and  therewith  deliverance  from  those  erroneous  notions  of 
God's  retributive,  and  especially  punitive  justice,  which  inter- 
fere with  divine  communion.  But  whoever,  Eitschl  believes, 
has  this  communion  with  God,  of  which  the  Church  is  the 
pledge,  in  the  background  of  his  consciousness,  may  give  him- 
self with  comfort  and  success  to  the  regular  exercise  of  his 
love  in  the  kingdom  of  God,  and  in  this  calling  may  even 
attain  such  perfection  as  carries  with  it  the  sul)jective  cer- 
tainty of  reconciliation  (iii.  573-588).  For  the  personal 
assurance  of  salvation  through  the  Holy  Spirit,  with  which  his 
teaching  ends  or  culminates,  Eitschl  would  therefore  substitute 
the  fact  of  belonging  to  the  Christian  Church  as  a  faithful 
member ;  and  hence  by  this  Catholicizing  doctrine  which 
relegates  us  to  some  human  authority  he  combats  not  only 
Pietism,  but  also  the  Eeformation  in  its  central  point,  alleging 
that  "  the  testimony  of  the  Holy  Spirit  is  a  piece  of  mediaeval 
piety,"  whereas  the  very  characteristic  of  media3val  piety  is  the 
denial  of  a  divine  assurance  of  salvation  in  the  heart  of  the 


72  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

Christian.  If  the  certainty  of  God's  love  towards  us  is  sup- 
posed to  be  based  upon  nothing  else  than,  on  one  side,  the 
successful  prosecution  of  our  moral  life-calHng  in  harmony 
with  God's  will  (i.e.  on  our  sanctification),  and,  on  the  other 
side,  upon  our  connection  with  the  Church  of  God,  it  is  hard 
to  say  which  of  these  two  foundations  is  the  weakest.  A 
certainty  of  reconciliation,  resting  on  such  foundations,  is  in 
keeping  with  mediaeval,  but  not  with  Evangelical,  piety. 

Accordingly,  it  is  certain  that  Eitschl  does  not  retain  a 
theory  of  atonement  in  the  proper  sense,  but  with  all  decisive- 
ness assigns  the  Christian  doctrine  of  punitive  justice  in  God, 
and  the  necessity  of  an  expiation,  to  a  subordinate,  erring 
religious  standpoint.  Hciring  ^  is  therefore  right  in  desiring  a 
more  comprehensive  appreciation  of  the  divine  justice,  and  in 
endeavouring  to  assure  to  the  idea  of  expiation  its  right  as  an 
independent  correlate  of  justification.  The  point  in  question, 
he  says,  is  not  merely  the  cancelling  of  the  subjective  con- 
sciousness of  guilt  or  amendment  for  the  future,  but  also  the 
cancelhng  of  the  divine  claim,  which  demands  the  penitent 
acknowledgment  of  the  inviolableness  of  God's  law  and 
infinite  abhorrence  of  its  violation.  To  him  the  divine  for- 
giveness is  not  already  self-evidently  involved  in  God's  love. 
On  the  contrary,  it  follows  from  that  very  love  itself,  that 
God  only  forgives  upon  condition  of  an  infinite  feeling  of 
contrition  and  abhorrence  of  evil.  But  man  cannot  render 
this  of  himself,  not  even  the  believer,  and  consequently  cannot 
reckon  upon  forgiveness.  On  the  other  hand,  Christ  has 
rendered  both ;  He  supplements  our  consciousness  of  guilt 
before  God  (Weizsacker  ^).  He  is  not  merely  the  Eevealer 
of  God,  but  also  our  priestly  Eepresentative  with  God,  who 
permits  Him  to  bear  this  character,  because  He  furnishes 
security  that  all  who  believe  in  Him  will  also  realize  the 
normal  relation  to  God.  What  thus,  according  to  Hiiring,  is 
supposed  to  be  the  condition  of  pardon,  is  plainly  an  act 
belonging  to  sanctification.    But  in  his  opinion  the  complacency 

1  Hfiring,  das  Bleibende  in  dem  Glauhen  an  Christus,  1880,  a  work  showing 
an  uncommon  talent  for  theology,  but  too  dependent  on  Ritschl ;  e.g.  he  approves 
even  the  subjectivistic  doctrine  of  Ritschl,  that  there  is  no  punishment  where 
there  is  no  consciousness  of  guilt. 

^  Jalirh.  /.  deutsche  Theol.  iii.  183  if.,  according  to  his  excellent  historical 
review. 


REACTION  AGAINST  SUBJECTIVE  THEORIES.  73 

of  God  rests  not  directly  upon  the  human  act  or  faith,  but 
upon  Christ — the  security  of  our  normal  relation  to  God. 
According  to  Hiiring,  God  can  and  does  freely  forgive,  in  so 
far  as  our  future  sanctification  is  secured.  The  expiation 
to  be  demanded  is  in  his  view,  therefore,  a  satisfaction  to 
the  divine  holiness,  not  to  justice,  and  does  not  refer  to  our 
desert  and  remission  of  punishment.  He  says  indeed  :  Christ 
knows  and  experiences  perfectly,  and  with  the  keenest 
poignancy,  the  entire  guilt  and  power  of  sin  in  which 
humanity  lay ;  but  near  as  he  comes  to  the  truth,  even  here 
the  reference  to  God's  displeasure  and  punitive  justice, 
in  the  proper  sense,  is  wanting,  for  guilt  has  to  him  the 
meaning  of  obligation  to  render  repentance  and  abhorrence 
of  evil,  but  not  of  obligation  to  suffer  punishment,  which 
is  something  different  from  repentance  and  abhorrence  of 
sin. 

Observation. — Eitschl's  theory  is  in  sympathy  with  Kant, 
first,  by  the  position  which  he  assigns  to  religion  in  relation 
to  morality.  For  Eitschl  treats  it  as  little  more  than  a 
means  in  order  to  the  latter,  scarcely  'leaving  to  fellowship 
with  God  the  position  of  an  end  in  itself.  He  is  also  akin 
to  Kant  in  this,  that  he  endeavours  to  obtain  the  certainty 
of  God  from  a  moral  idea  exclusively.  Like  Kant,  he  would 
allow  scientific  validity  to  the  causa  finalis  only,  and  thinks 
that  the  causa  efficicns,  together  with  God's  creative  activity, 
might  be  excluded  from  theology,  by  which  means  it  certainly 
becomes  more  than  doubtful  whether  he  is  able  to  suppose 
God  the  active  and  efficient  cause  of  a  new  creation  like 
Christianity,  or,  in  general,  to  assign  God  any  other  position 
in  reference  to  salvation  than  that  assigned  to  God  by 
•Aristotle,  namely,  that  of  the  attractive  ideal,  i.e.  the  deistic 
position.  On  the  other  hand,  Kant  excels  him  in  his  high 
regard  for  the  idea  of  justice,  as  well  as  for  the  idea  of  the 
individual  personality  and  its  certainty.  It  forms  a  point  of 
superiority  to  Kant,  that  Eitschl  has  transcended  the  stand- 
point of  rigid  legal  right  by  the  doctrine  of  the  divine  love, 
as  well  as  that  he  would  make  forgiveness  and  reconciliation 
(more  precisely,  the  consciousness  that  God  is  reconciled) 
precede  holiness  even  in  its  rudiments.  But  neither  Chris- 
tianity nor  the  Church  teaches  an  inert  lax  love,  incapable  of 
anger,  such  as  would  strip  the  divine  forgiveni3SS  of  value, 
and  make  the  need  of  expiation  an  error.  The  unsophis- 
ticated conscience  is  unable  to  recognise  itself  in  such  a 


74  THE  DOCTEIXE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

doctrine,  and  therefore  in  this  way,  instead  of  reconciliation, 
the  inner  unrest  is  perpetuated. 

Whereas,  finally,  Kant,  while  speaking  of  a  twofold  treat- 
ment of  the  Christian  tenets, — a  rational  or  scientific  and  a 
symbolic,  which  accommodates  itself  to  a  lower  standpoint, 
—decidedly  finds  truth  in  the  former  only,  Eitschl,  on  the 
other  hand,  if  we  have  rightly  apprehended  him,  keeps  in  the 
suspense  of  a  Dualism,  which  ventures  to  take  neither  of  the 
two  alternatives  in  full  earnest,  nor  even  attempts  rationally 
to  combine  the  truth  in  the  two  standpoints,  the  religious 
and  the  scientific. 

Lipsius  also,  by  the  unsolved  contradiction  between  the 
religious  and  scientific  modes  of  consideration,  remains 
entangled  in  a  similar  Dualism  to  Eitschl,  a  Dualism  leading 
to  the  standpoint  of  a  two-faced  truth.  He  is  unwilling  to 
sacrifice  the  fonuer  to  the  latter ;  but,  separated  too  much 
from  thoughts  in  which  science  and  religion  should  find  their 
unity,^  the  religious  mode  is  too  impotent  to  be  able  to  restore 
harmony  in  the  nature  of  man. 

Although  in  Bicdermann  also  the  thoroughgoing  antithesis 
between  "  conception  and  idea  "  may  seem  to  threaten  us  with 
a  similar  Dualism,  he  is  still  in  advance  of  Lipsius  in  a 
formal  respect,  because  he  does  not  co-ordinate  conception  and 

^  Cf.  my  treatise  on  the  Dogmatik  of  Lipsius,  Jahrh.  f.  deutsche  Theol.  1877, 
xxii.  177  fF.  On  one  side  he  adopts  literally  in  his  investigation  (§§  589-655) 
the  thoughts  of  Biedermann  (§  581),  that  the  fundamental  mistake  of  the  Church 
doctrine  is  the  identification  of  the  eternal  principle  of  Christianity  with  the 
person  of  Jesus  Christ ;  on  the  other  side,  however,  he  would  suppose  not  merely 
a  casual  and  transient,  but  intrinsic  and  abiding,  relation  between  the  two 
(§  624).  According  to  him,  principle  and  person  have  an  "  inseparableness,  a 
unity  as  matter  of  fact,"  in  relation  to  the  immediate  religious  "conception" 
of  believers.  From  Ritschl  he  takes  in  addition  (§  621)  the  importance  of 
Christ  as  a  religious  founder,  the  founder  of  the  Christian  Church.  God's 
purpose  of  atonement  is  not  efficacious  apart  from  His  revelation  in  Christ  as 
the  objective  basis  of  the  Christian  community.  For  the  Clu-istian  Church  the 
historic  Christ  (§§  620,  621)  has  typical,  nay,  creative  religious  significance,  and 
Lipsius  hopes  by  including  the  founding  of  the  Church  to  advance  beyond  the 
merely  "ideal  Christ "  (§  62-1),  for  a  merely  ideal  Chi'ist  would  also  be  an  ideal 
founder  of  the  kingdom  of  God, — a  view  which,  in  presence  of  such  an  historic 
phenomenon  as  the  kingdom  of  God,  already  realized  in  the  Christian  Church, 
gives  an  utterly  impracticable  idea  (p.  545).  But  this  is  only  relevant  on 
the  supposition  that  the  Christ  who  has  founded  the  Christian  Church  is  not 
a  mere  man,  a  teacher  and  pattern  of  divine  sonship,  over  whom  the  Christian 
principle  hovers,  i.  e.  on  the  supposition  that  this  principle  has  become  identified 
with  the  historic  Christ  not  merely  in  religious  "  conception,"  but  actually. 


KEACTIOX  AGAINST  SUBJECTIVE  THEOiaES.  75 

idea,  but  views  them  as  different  stages,  of  which  the  latter 
only  is  supposed  to  contain  irrefragable  truth.  But  certainly 
he  also  fails  to  reach  the  Christian  doctrine  of  atonement, 
because,  firstly,  he  considers  sin  and  discord  as  a  necessary 
transition  on  man's  part  in  the  religious  process,  and  the 
natural  universally  as  evil;  nevertheless,  secondly,  he  holds 
in  every  man  not  merely  capacity  of  redemption,  but  an 
immanent  potentiality  of  reconciliation,  consisting  in  his 
essential  unity  with  God  ;  and  because,  thirdly,  while  regarding 
the  actualization  of  this  (divine-human)  potentiality  as  a  new 
element  necessary  to  the  perfecting  of  man  (an  element  which 
must  also  be  regarded  as  a  work  of  God,  or  as  grace  ;  in  brief, 
as  the  Christian  principle  of  God's  fatherly  love,  to  which  the 
divine  sonship  or  sonship  of  man  corresponds),  he  repudiates 
most  expressly  the  identification  of  the  Christian  principle 
with  the  person  of  Jesus  Christ,  because  in  the  latter  the 
Christian  principle  merely  found  its  historically  primitive 
realization,  which  is  now  the  spring  of  the  efficacy  of  this 
principle  in  history.^ 

If  we  cast  a  glance  back  at  the  different  theories  of  atone- 
ment of  an  objective  and  subjective  kind,  it  appears  that  in 
their  entirety  they  correspond  to  the  various  possible  theories 
of  the  world,  which  depend  in  the  last  resort  on  the  idea  of 
God,  as  we  found  to  be  true  also  in  Ponerology  and  Christology. 
Atonement  also  may  be  apprehended  from  the  viewpoint  of 
divine  love  in  a  one-sided  physical,  or  sesthetical,  or  logical,  or 
abstractly  juridical,  or  moral,  or,  finally,  in  a  one-sided  religious 
way.  As  a  rule,  over  against  the  one-sided  objective  theory  of 
atonement  of  the  one  kind  belonging  to  antiquity,  there  stands 
a'  more  subjective  theory  of  the  same  kind  belonging  to 
modern  days ;  so  that,  upon  the  whole,  we  see  the  cycle  of 
the  leading  possibilities  of  an  objective  and  subjective  kind 
exhausted  in  this  review.^ 

1  Biedermann,  ut  supra,  pp.  527-553.  675 ff.  689.  691  :  "The  statement  of 
the  historical  gospel  respecting  Jesus  Christ  is  the  fundamental  vehicle  of  all 
Christian  preaching  of  salvation."  On  the  premisses  mentioned,  Biedermann 
cannot  even  maintain  the  typical  perfection  and  sinlessness  of  Christ.  But  if 
Christ  has  Himself  to  be  redeemed,  He  can  only,  in  a  very  improper  sense,  be 
called  Redeemer ;  God  only  is  Redeemer,  Christ  being  merely  the  precursor  in 
the  consciousness  of  redemption. 

'  In  the  same  teacher  are  oiten  found  rudiments  of  several  theories,  of  which. 


76  THE  DOCTKINE  OF  ATO^'EME^■T, 

The  j)'hysical  and  aesthetic  theories  of  atonement  of  an 
objective  kind  find  atonement  in  the  vanquishing  of  an 
objective  foe  of  man,  who  is  an  evil  to  man — the  devil  or 
death.  The  vanquishing  of  the  foe  takes  place  here  through 
the  divine  miglit  and  intelligence  superior  to  death  and  Satan. 
If  the  evil,  from  which  deliverance  is  necessary,  is  regarded 
as  inherited  debt  transmitted  by  physical  means,  it  is  the 
riches  of  Christ  that  pays  for  us.  The  physical  theories  of  a 
subjective  kind  find  the  evil,  from  which  redemption  is  neces- 
sary, in  inner  discord,  in  the  disturbance  of  wellbeing,  and 
seek  the  restoration  of  the  feeling  of  harmony  in  Eudcemonism, 
or  by  aesthetic  means. 

Whereas  the  theory  of  the  divine  polity  makes  the  Eudce- 
monism or  wellbeing  of  the  world  the  highest  end,  to  which 
the  ethical  serves  as  a  means  (the  Mediator  out  of  love 
assuming  the  death,  which  is  supposed  to  be  the  symbol  of 
the  reality  both  of  divine  justice  and  divine  love),  other 
theories  of  this  species  address  themselves  to  plaus  for  the 
improvement  of  the  world,  in  order  to  overcome  evils  and 
disturbances  in  the  harmony  of  the  world.  But  here  only  a 
precarious  position  is  left  to  the  Mediator. 

The  objective  theory  of  atonement  through  hnovdedge  is  the 
supposition,  that,  men  being  disquieted  by  the  fear  of  divine 
punishment  and  by  consciousness  of  guilt,  God,  eternally 
reconciled  in  Himself,  has  communicated  to  them  through 
divine  revelation  the  knowledge  of  His  forgiveness,  or  rather 
of  His  being  eternally  propitiated  for  sin.  The  subjective  form 
of  this  theory  is  self-redemption  by  true  self-consciousness 
and  the  knowledge  of  God,  who  is  in  essential,  indestructible 
Tmity  with  man,  or  knowledge  of  the  natural,  essential  nobility 
of  man. 

The  one-sided  juridical  theory  of  the  objective  form  is  the 
civil-law  theory  of  Augustine,  according  to  which  Christ  pays 
the  debitum  contracted  by  us  (in  Adam),  as  well  as  the  theory 
of  Satisfaction  for  our  injuria  in  Anselm  ;  the  subjective  form  of 
the  same  is  Satisfaction  by  the  complete  suffering  of  the 
merited  penalties  due  to  the  old  man,  on  the  part  of  the  new 
man,  according  to  Kant  and  the  stricter  Kantians. 

usiially,  none  are  worked  out  consistently.     The  elements  of  justice  and  love, 
especially,  are  seldom  altogether  wanting.     See  above,  p.  6. 


KE ACTION  AGAINST  SUBJECTIVE  THEORIES.  77 

The  moral  theory  finds  its  atonement  in  the  sanctification 
of  man.  Its  objective  form  makes  sanctification  to  be  effected 
through  grace,  and  through  sanctification,  if  it  exists  in  prin- 
ciple at  least,  atonement.  Its  suljective  counterpart  is  the 
doctrine,  that  atonement  is  brought  about  through  earnestness 
of  resolve  to  live  a  better  life,  by  which  a  new  man  is  con- 
stituted in  principle,  who,  as  well-pleasing  to  God,  represents 
to  the  true  (even  the  divine)  point  of  view  the  still  imperfect 
empirical  man.  An  attempt  is  even  made  to  turn  to  account 
the  historic  mediatorship  by  those  who  say :  Atonement,  it 
is  true,  is  the  fruit  of  our  amendment  or  sanctification; 
but  the  latter  is  brought  about  for  the  benefit  of  those 
who  amend  by  Christ's  example,  and  in  virtue  of  the 
doctrine,  confirmed  by  His  authority,  of  God's  readiness  to 
forgive  sins. 

The  one-sided  emphasizing  of  a  divine  love  a-part  from  justice 
is  essentially  Antinomian  in  nature,  and  in  aU  its  possible 
forms,  however  lofty  they  seem,  sinks  back  to  an  unethical 
and,  in  so  far,  essentially  physical  ground.  Of  the  same  class 
on  the  objective  side  are  not  merely  all  magical  theories 
(whether  after  the  manner  of  a  Marcion,  or  whether  counten- 
ance is  given  to  an  absorptive  idea  of  the  substitution  of  Christ 
as  the  personal  atonement  through  His  mere  existence),  but 
in  general  all,  which  represent  the  divine  love  as  active 
indeed,  but  because  destitute  of  an  inner  law  of  justice,  as 
benevolent  caprice.  The  subjective  form  of  the  theory  of 
atonement,  which  rests  in  a  one-sided  way  on  the  divine  love, 
assumes  again  various  forms.  From  the  viewpoint  of  will  it 
may  be  said,  as  in  the  moral  theory,  that  both  moral  defec- 
tiveness and  guilt  are  cancelled  and  covered  in  the  eye  of 
God's  love,  provided  only  a  better  will  is  present.  On  the 
side  of  knoioledge  it  may  be  asserted :  The  need  of  an  expia- 
tion arises  for  the  human  consciousness  from  erroneous  con- 
ceptions of  a  justice  in  God  that  demands,  and  a  guilt 
that  needs,  expiation ;  whereas  God's  eternally  unchanging, 
unchiding,  fatherly  love  dispels  these  erroneous  conceptions, 
because  it  invites  us  to  make  the  divine  mode  of  view  ours, 
and  to  enjoy  reconciliation  in  the  consciousness  of  that 
divine  love  which  freely,  without  condition  and  expiation, 
with  a  confidence  in  the  realization  of  the  world-aim  tliat 


i  y  THE  DOCTKINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

never  wavers,  joyously  sees  temporal  imperfection  (at  least  in 
faithful  members  of  the  kingdom)  covered  by  viewing  it  stib 
specie  ceternitatis.  Finally,  on  the  side  of  feeling,  it  may  be 
desired  to  find  the  atonement  in  elevation  to  the  ideal  feeling 
of  God.  But  a  Dualism  remains  in  all  these  three  forms, 
because  morally  satisfactory  means  for  bridging  over  the 
distance  between  the  empirical  condition  and  the  ideal  world 
are  wanting.  This  Dualism  is  the  reason  why  all  theories 
whatsoever  of  this  latter  kind  must  perforce  halt,  if  not  at  a 
two-faced,  contradictory  truth,  still  at  an  unreconciled,  two- 
faced  mode  of  view — an  ideal  and  an  empirical.  The  solution 
of  the  problem  cannot,  therefore,  lie  in  all  these  theories, 
which,  however,  by  the  uncertainty  and  the  profound  discord 
in  which  they  plunge  the  spirit  which  has  attained  the 
summit  of  the  pre-Christian  consciousness,  convert  the  neces- 
sity of  a  solution,  such  as  Christianity  promises,  into  the 
most  urgent  need,  in  order  that  the  spirit  may  be  delivered 
from  its  conscious  or  unconscious  discord. 


C. — Dogmatic  Investigation. 

Literature.— Cf.  §  114,  p.  1  f.  Schleiermacher,  Dcr  christl. 
Glauhe,  §§  104.  105.  Nitzsch's  System,  ed.  6,  Marheinecke, 
Die  Grundlehren  der  chr.  Dogm.  als  Wissenschaft,  1827  ;  and  his 
Syst.  d.  Dogm.  1847,  p.  360.  Lange,  Positive  Dogmatik,  1851, 
§  76  f.  pp.  813-908.  Martensen,  Die  chr.  Dogm.  §§  156-169, 
pp.  280-293  (Eng.  Trans.,  T.  &  T.  Clark).  Goschel  and  Stahl, 
see  above,  p.  56.  Sartorius,  Die  heilige  Liehe,  2  Abth.  1855. 
Gess,  Die  Nothwendigkeit  des  Silhnens  Christi,  Jahrb.  f.  d. 
Theol.  vol.  iii.  p.  713  ff.  Ihid.,  Weizsacker,  Der  Streit  uber  die 
Versohnungslehre,  p.  154  ff.  Weber,  Voni  Zorne  Gottes,  1862 
(with  Introduction  by  Delitzsch).  Delitzsch,  Comm.  zum  Heh- 
rderhrief,  Anhang,  1857.  Philippi,  Kirchl.  Gkmhenslehre,  iv.  2  ; 
Die  Lehre  von  Christi  Werk,  1863,  pp.  24-345.  V.  Hofmann, 
Schrifthevjeis,  1857  ff.,  i.  577.  Thomasius,  Lehre  von  Christi 
Person  und  Werk,  iii.  l,p.  15  ff.  Dietzsch,  ./Irfam  und  Christus, 
Bonn  1871.  Al.  Schweizer,  Christi.  Glauhenslehre,  i.  537,  ed.  1, 
ii.  164  ff.  Hase,  Pvang.  Dogm.  1826,  ed.  3,  1842.  Schenkel, 
i.  650  ff.  Lipsius,  Lehrhuch  der  evang.-prot.  Dogm.  1876,  see 
above.  Biedermann,  Dogm.  §  815  ff.  Kitschl,  nt  supra,  iii. 
Kahnis,  Syst.  d.  luth.  Dogm.  iii.  371  ff.  1868.  Fr.  Eeiff,  Die 
christi.  Glaitbenslchrc  als  Grimdlagc  dcr  christi.  Weltanschauung, 


DOGMATIC  INVESTIGATION.  79 

2  vols.  ed.  2,  1876,  ii.  214  ff.  §  85  ff.,  p.  229,  §§  88-98.  F.  Fr. 
Bula,  Die  Vcrsohnung  des  Menschen  mit  Gott  durch  Christum 
oder  die  Genugthuung ,  Basel  1874.  G.  Kreibig,  Die  Ver- 
sohnungslehre  auf  Grund  des  christlichen  Betvusstseins,  1878. 
Fr.  Frank,  SijsL  der  christl.  Wahrheit,  ii.  1880,  §  35,  p.  153  ff. 

Foreign  Works. — E.  de  Pressens^,  le  dogme  de  la  Redemp- 
tion, 1867.  Maurice,  The  Doctrine  of  Sacrifice  (both  in  opposi- 
tion to  the  notion  of  equivalence).  Jowett,  Comm.  on  the 
Epistles  of  St.  Paul,  1855.  MacDonnell,  Tlie  Doctrine  of  the 
Atonement  (against  Maurice  and  Jowett).  The  English  and 
American  theology  of  the  last  decennia  has  busied  itself  much 
with  this  dogma.  Dr.  Park's  work,  The  Atonement,  Boston 
1860, — a  collection  of  treatises  by  Edwards,  Smalley,  Maxcy, 
Emmons,  Griffin,  Burge,  Weeks,  with  an  introductory  treatise, — 
gives  a  review  of  the  history  of  New  England  theology  on  the 
subject.  His  own  view  on  pp.  x.  xi.  The  doctrine  of  atonement 
has  been  treated,  further,  by  Magee,  J.  Gilbert,  The  Christian 
Atonement,  1836  (in  opposition  to  Wright's  Antisatisfactionist); 
Horace  Bushnell,  Monsell  {The  Religion  of  Redemption,  London 
1867,  pp.  51-153),  Hodge,  father  and  son.  G.  W.  Samson, 
The  Atonement,  viewed  as  assumed  Divine  Responsilility,  1878. 
(Substitution  is  said  to  rest  on  these  grounds :  as  Creator, 
Preserver,  Ruler  of  a  world  of  free  beings,  God  has  assumed  a 
responsibility ;  by  the  redemption  in  Christ  He  is  answerable 
for  its  past  sins  and  future  sanctification,  whereby  He  Himself 
submits  to  the  law  which  He  gave,  p.  37  ff.)  John  Miley, 
The  Atonement  and  Christ,  1879.   (Fresbg.  Review,  1880,  April.) 


FIRST  ARTICLE  :    THE  NEED  OF  ATONEMENT,  AND  GOD'S  ETERNAL 
PURPOSE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

§119. 

The  divine  justice  demands  expiation,  and  without  it 
humanity,  unable  to  make  it  out  of  its  own  resources, 
is  exposed  to  God's  retributive  displeasure,  or  to  punish- 
ment, which  does  not  better  but  clouds  the  higher  con- 
sciousness, and  fills  with  dread  of  destruction  and  death. 
The  sin  and  guilt  of  the  world,  which  call  forth  retri- 
butive justice,  stand  therefore  as  a  barrier  in  the  way 
of  God's  loving  purpose,  which   created   the    woild   for 


80  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

perfection  in  holiness  and  blessedness.  But  as  Justice 
and  Love  exist  eternally  in  God  in  harmonious  inter- 
penetration,  so  God  wills  the  world  to  be  the  scene  of 
the  combined  revelation  of  the  two  so  long  and  so  far  as 
the  world  is  still  capable  of  redemption.  This  is  His 
eternal  purpose  of  atonement,  i.e.  His  purpose  to  give 
humanity  the  possibility  of  atonement.  This  possibility 
is  implanted  in  humanity  by  the  divine  incarnation  in 
Christ. 

1.  A  frequent,  but  not  on  this  account  less  objectionable, 
theory  is  this,  that  we  only  need  to  be  reconciled  with  God,  but 
no  need  exists  for  God  to  be  reconciled  with  us,  or,  what  is 
the  same,  no  need  exists  of  an  expiation  for  us.  Against 
the  conceivableness  of  God  wishing  to  be  reconciled,  or  being 
reconciled,  it  is  urged  that  this  would  assume  a  change  in  God. 
For  He  would  cease  to  be  angry  and  begin  to  be  propitious ; 
as  reconciled  He  would  therefore  become  what  He  was  not 
before,  and  this  would  conflict  with  His  immutability,  nay, 
imply  an  influence  upon  Him  from  without,  so  that  it  would 
not  even  be  He  who  changes  Himself,  but  He  would  be 
changed, — a  view  unworthy  of  God.  In  order,  therefore,  to 
preserve  God's  immutability,  the  change  which  the  idea  of 
atonement  certainly  implies  must  be  placed  entirely  on  the 
side  of  the  world  or  in  man,  either  in  his  consciousness  or 
will.  Man,  therefore,  is  reconciled  by  being  delivered  from 
the  thought  of  anger  in  God,  or  by  His  will  being  changed 
for  the  better.  On  the  other  hand,  it  is  out  of  the  question 
to  say  that  God  must  first  be  reconciled  with  man,  in  order 
that  man  may  enjoy  reconciliation,  for  God  is  raised  above 
the  possibility  of  being  variously  affected  by  the  distinction 
of  good  and  evil.  But  we  have  previously^  proved  that 
God's  immutability  cannot  be  of  a  lifeless,  deistic  kind,  and 
that  the  distinctions  in  the  world  and  its  history  are  not 
indifferent  to  God,  and  therefore  valueless  in  themselves,  that 
rather  God  is,  above  all,  immutable  in  ethical  vitality.  But 
for  tliis  very  reason  His  relation  is  not  the  same  towards  evil 
and  good,  nor  can  His  disposition,  whether  of  favour  or 
1  Vol.  i.  p.  244  ff. 


DOGMATIC  INVESTIGATION.  81 

displeasure,  towards  the  ethical  mutability  of  men  be  always 
tlie  same/  And  indeed  the  supposition  that  God,  in  harmony 
with  His  ethical  immutability,  accompanies  the  history  of 
men  with  His  sympathy,  which  modifies  itself,  moment  by 
moment,  according  to  the  actual  character  of  men,  implies  no 
passive  dependence  of  God  on  the  world ;  but  it  is  His  own 
essence,  abiding  eternally  the  same,  and  His  own  volition,  by 
which  He  allows  Himself  to  be  determined  to  modify  His 
sympathy  with  the  world. 

2.  But  it  must  now,  further,  be  definitely  laid  down,  that 
a  reconciliation  of  God,  and  not  merely  of  men  with  God,  is 
necessary,  whether  the  matter  be  considered  in  reference  to 
man  or  to  the  idea  of  God. 

Sin  and  guilt  have  interrupted  the  loving  communion 
which  God  desires  to  have  with  the  creature,  and  it  lies  not 
in  man's  power  to  renew  this  communion  of  God  with  him. 
To  this  a  prevenient  act  of  God  is  necessary.  The  only 
source  of  misery  is  not,  that  man  is  at  variance  or  enmity 
with  God,  and  does  not  accept  or  respond  to  God's  ever 
unchanging  love.  Even  the  desire  for  amendment  could  not 
truly  exist  in  one  who  did  not,  above  all,  affirm  his  guilt 
and  desert  of  punishment,  and  acknowledge  the  necessity  to 
concede  its  rights  to  the  divine  justice  demanding  punishment 
or  expiation.  His  conscience  condemns  the  sinner,  so  that 
by  his  own  means  he  cannot  have  peace  in  himself  and  with 
God.  Nor  is  the  love  of  God,  although  unchangeable  in  itself, 
necessarily  unvarying  in  its  exercise,  somewhat  as  a  physical 
force  is  always  unvarying  in  its  operation.  This  leads  to 
the  second  point :  The  idea  of  God  requires  a  reconciliation  of 
God  in  order  to  the  restoration  of  communion  with  Him. 

Against  this  it  might  be  objected :  Even  granting  a  change 
in  the  relation  of  God  to  be  necessary  in  order  to  reconciliation, 
no  special  arrangement,  such  as  Christianity  teaches,  is  needed 
in  order  thereto.  For  there  is  nothing  to  prevent  God  restoring 
His  relation  to  the  world  to  harmony,  if  it  has  been  disturbed 
by  sin,  and  forgiving  without  satisfaction  and  expiation,  in 
virtue  of  His  absolute  freedom,  without  further  ado.     And  in 

*  Martensen,  p.  282  (Eng.  ed.  p.  204) :  That  it  is  not  merely  man,  but  God 
Himself,  who  is  to  be  reconciled,  contradicts  only  a  dead,  not  a  living  idea  of 
God's  unchangeableness.     Cf.  too,  Rothe,  Ethik,  ii.  §  567,  p.  305. 
Dormer. — Cmusr.  Doct.  iv.  f 


82  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

point  of  fact,  various  reasons  are  alleged  in  favour  of  a  so-called 
free  divine  forgiveness.  It  would  be  a  denial  {e.g.  according  to 
Duns  Scotus  and  Socinus)  of  Omnipotence,  of  God's  free  plenary 
authority,  and  therefore  an  inadmissible  limit  to  God's  action, 
if  He  could  not  forgive  off-hand.  On  the  contrary,  it  is  said, 
the  love  which  seeks  not  its  own  and  seeks  not  its  own  honour, 
must  be  inclined  to  such  a  free  forgiveness  of  sin ;  and  Christ 
Himself  seems  to  acknowledge  this  to  be  the  mode  of  conduct 
befitting  God,  in  so  frequently  requiring  placability  and  readiness 
to  forgive  from  man,  in  accordance  with  God's  example  and  on 
the  ground  of  the  divine  forgiveness.  This  is  even  required 
by  the  policy  of  the  divine  government  (so  Grotius  and  the 
Arminians  continue),  because  unforgiven  sin  preys  upon  itself, 
while  forgiveness  restores  moral  courage,  and  pardon,  like  an 
amnesty  at  times  in  the  political  sphere,  ministers  to  the 
common  good  and  preserves  the  commonweal  from  growing 
disorganization.  To  these  reasons  the  following  answer  may 
be  given.  In  God  there  is  no  Omnipotence  severed  from  His 
ethical  essence,  just  as  little  as  there  is  in  Him  caprice  or  the 
physical  necessity  to  will  what  He  is  able  to  do  by  free  power. 
Eather,  His  holy  essence  is  in  God  the  living  law  for  the 
exercise  of  His  power.  Unconditional  forgiveness  of  private 
injuries,  where  no  judicial  function  is  in  question,  may  be 
required  of  the  love  by  virtue  of  which  man  seeks  not 
his  own.  But  as  the  guardian  of  universal,  public  moral 
order,  even  government  cannot  forgive  violations  of  the  law 
off-hand  or  treat  them  with  indifference  and  impunity, — this 
would  be  the  dissolution  and  subversion  of  moral  order.  Civil 
amnesty  is  only  permissible  by  way  of  exception,  where  it  may 
be  supposed  that  crimes  in  themselves  punishable  are  sub- 
stantially caused  by  corrupt  states  of  the  commonweal,  which 
are  characterized  by  a  common  guilt,  and  by  life  in  parties, 
which  have  all  something  to  forgive  to  each  other.  Moreover, 
acts  of  grace,  whatever  the  motives  from  which  they  spring, 
are  no  denial  of  culpability,  and  therefore  of  the  right  of 
punitive  justice,  but  a  ratification  of  it.  Besides,  God  cannot 
regard  evil  as  mere  private  injury,  seeing  that  good  also,  cannot 
be  a  mere  private  matter  to  Him.  For  good  is  the  rationally 
necessary  in  itself,  the  alone  absolutely  precious  thing,  which 
cannot  be  sacrificed  to  finite  good,  to  regard  for  supposed  claims 


DOGMATIC  INVESTIGATION.  83 

of  the  wellbeinj:?  of  individuals  or  the  public  welfare,  without 
subverting  all  right  order  in  the  world.  Without  ethical 
worth  and  ethical  distinction,  only  physical  beings  would  be 
Avilled  by  God.  There  can  therefore  be  no  policy  even  of 
divine  government  which  would  prefer  the  physical  wellbeing  of 
the  creature  to  what  is  ethical,  and  to  the  condition  required  by 
the  ethical.  An  apparently  exuberant,  profuse  love  of  such  a 
kind,  since  it  would  outsoar  itself,  and  in  ecstasy,  so  to  speak, 
emancipate  itself  from  the  fundamental  laws  of  the  world, 
from  sacred  justice,  would  directly  fall  back  to  the  mere 
physical  level  of  finite  eudsemonism,  while  losing  and  e.x.tin- 
guishing  the  character  of  the  infinitely  precious.  Despite  their 
mutual  relative  independence,  the  natural  and  the  moral  are  so 
co-ordinated  in  creation  (not  arbitrarily,  but  in  virtue  of  God's 
ethical  essence,  which  is  the  power  above  even  Omnipotence 
and  its  works),  that  true  and  enduring  physical  wellbeing  at 
the  cost  of  the  ethical  and  its  claim  to  dominion  is  impossible. 
On  the  contrary,  suffering  is  the  physically  and  ethically 
necessary  consequence,  the  fruit  and  wages  of  sin.  For  these 
reasons  the  policy  of  divine  government  cannot  leave  evil 
unnoticed,  first,  because  universal  impunity  would  be  a  charter 
to  sin,  a  giving  the  reins  to  moral  licence,  and  therefore 
assuredly  opposed  to  the  common  weal ;  and  also  because  such 
impunity  would  contradict  the  innate  law  even  of  the  physical 
world,  and  therefore  contradict  wise  policy.^  To  this  must  be 
added,  that  God's  holy  essence  cannot  look  otherwise  than  with 
disfavour  and  holy  displeasure  at  sinners  as  such,  and  at  the 
evil  pi'esent  in  them  and  done  by  them.  In  Himself  He 
cqmiot  be  eternally  reconciled  to  evil ;  in  Him  is  neither  moral 
indifference  noi  caprice.  Even  in  the  world  the  energy 
of  God's  holy  and  righteous  essence  remains  unchangeable."^ 
The  satisfaction  of  justice  is  the  negative  pre-condition  of  the 
revelation  of  love  as  self-connnunication.  God  must  therefore 
perforce  make  the  maintenance  of  His  ethical  glory  and 
unchangeableness,  the  satisfaction  of  His  justice  which  is 
necessarily  angry  and  displeased  with  sin,  the  indispensable 

*  The  truth  of  this  is  shown  by  the  fact  that,  even  where  gniU  is  forgiven,  tho 
evils  originally  springing  from  God's  punitive  justice  may  contiiuie,  although  no 
longer  as  punishments,  and  yet  cannot  deny  their  connection  with  sin. 

-  §§  24.  25.  87.  88. 


84  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  ATOXEMErT. 

condition  of  His  loving  fellowship  and  favour.  For  this  very 
reason,  the  conscientious  man  could  have  no  confidence  in  a  re- 
conciliation that  warped  the  rights  of  justice,  and  was  indifferent, 
although  not  to  evil  generally,  yet  to  guilt  actually  contracted.^ 
Thus  the  unsophisticated  conscience,  like  the  true  conscious- 
ness of  God,  knows  that  the  divine  displeasure  is  no  mere 
subjective  conception,  but  objective  truth ;  else  the  subject 
would  only  need  to  divest  himself  of  this  conception  in  order 
to  enjoy  impunity.  But,  on  the  contrary,  the  divine  displeasure 
rests  objectively  on  sinners,  whether  they  are  at  once  conscious 
of  this  or  not ;  and  it  has  its  consequences.  It  is  the  source 
of  all  evils  to  men.  When  displeasure  emerges,  the  state  of 
peace  between  God  and  man  is  abolished,  loving  communication 
limited  or  interrupted.  And  from  this  withdrawal  of  favour 
and  grace  follows  also  diminution  of  life.  Since  all  life  has 
its  abiding  source  in  God,  according  to  the  profound  view  of  the 
Old  Testament,  this  diminution  of  life  is  in  principle  a  dying ; 
and  the  extremest  issue — actual  death  in  the  spiritual  and 
physical  sense — must  have  followed,  if  sin  had  maintained  its 
unchecked  progress  and  uninterrupted  increase.  In  fact,  the 
revelation  of  retributive  justice  was  already  in  course  of 
development  before  Christ.'^ 

'  Even  "Weizsacker  (lit  supra,  p.  183  f.)  rightly  says  :  A  more  independent  and 
natural  meaning  mnst  be  assigned  to  the  idea  of  expiation  than  is  usually  done 
at  jiresent.  Biblical  teaching  is  too  decisively  in  favour  of  this  view,  as  well  as 
the  whole  of  the  older  theologj'  and  the  moral  experience  of  the  sense  of  guilt, 
which  seems  to  him  too  powerful,  to  permit  him  to  believe  that  that  idea  is 
satisfied  by  any  manifestation  of  grace  or  of  divine-human  love.  "  I  believe," 
he  continues,  "that  Christ's  sufierings  should  be  considered  under  this  point  of 
view,  that  He  therewith  actually  did  something  in  our  place,  that  He  suffered 
what  we  ought  to  sufier  and  could  not,  and  thereby  remove  this  indebtedness 
from  us.  Pure  moral  feeling,  when  it  awakens,  is  always  in  its  guilt  conscious 
that  its  penitence  ought  to  be  an  infinite  sorrow,  and  that  penitence  is  a  gnawing 
worm  for  the  very  reason  that  it  never  reaches  this  point.  But  in  his  penitence 
the  Christian  participates  in  the  infinite  sorrow  of  Christ." 

-  Eom.  i.  18.  Cf.  with  the  above  the  excellent  exposition  of  Martensen, 
Christl.  Etliih,  spec.  Theil,  Abth.  i.  p.  155  if.,  in  the  section  :  "  Imputation  and 
Guilt  ;  Punitive  Justice,"  p.  156  [Eng.  Trans,  pp.  130-132]  :  The  idea  of  guilt 
implies  that  sin  is  the  product  of  man's  will,  and  that  the  man  who  by  sin  has 
made  a  rent  in  God's  holy  world-order,  is  thereby  liable  to  au  expiatory  punish- 
ment, of  which  not  amendment,  but  primarily  retribution  must  be  regarded  as 
the  aim,  that  right  may  remain  right.  P.  157 :  What  is  imputed  to  a  man  is  not 
merely  the  particular  action,  but  the  entire  moral  condition  in  which  he  is  found. 
For  it  is  by  his  own  will  that  eveiy  one  makes  himself  what  he  is.     Even  that 


DOGMATIC  LWESTIGATION.  85 

3.  Accordingly,  the  question  of  sin  and  guilt  is  so  serious 
a  thing,  that  it  occasions  a  change  even  in  God's  disposition 
towards  man.  For  this  reason,  reconciliation  apart  from  satis- 
faction of  the  divine  justice  is  out  of  the  question.  Uncon- 
ditional forgiveness,  as  shown,  is  inadmissible.  To  renew  the 
disturbed  communion  of  God  with  man,  as  said  before,  lies  not 
in  man's  power ;  and  yet  the  discord  of  man  with  God  is  so 
opposed  to  His  true  nature  and  destiny,  that,  unless  it  is 
removed,  disorganization  and  ruin  must  be  the  consequence. 
The  condition  on  which  reconciliation  and  restoration  of 
communion  would  alone  be  possible  even  to  God,  is  in  general 
expiation. 

But  the  rendering  of  expiation  to  God  is  utterly  out  of  our 
power.  There  can  be  no  overplus  of  merit ;  consequently  no 
release  from  the  bondage  of  guilt  already  contracted,  besides 
what  we  normally  owe,  can  be  found.  Man  is  bound  to  do 
all  the  good  that  he  can  do.  There  can  therefore  be  no 
question  of  making  good  what  has  been  neglected ;  the  only 
result  would  be  a  new  instance  of  neglect.  Just  as  little 
could  the  resolve  to  amend  be  a  sufficient  expiation.  The 
resolve  is  no  security  for  amendment.  It  merely  furnishes 
the  possibility  of  future  obedience  to  the  divine  will.  But 
such  possibility  does  not,  as  an  adequate  equivalent,  correspond 
to  that  violation  of  the  divine  will  which  has  not  remained 
possibility,  but  become  actuality.  Moreover,  indubitable 
universal  experience  shows  that  even  those  earnestly  desirous 
of  amendment  are  obliged  ever  to  confess  to  manifold  defects. 
Just  as  little,  finally,  is  the  satisfaction,  which  our  action 
cannot  furnish,  to  be  found  in  our  suffering,  or  in  our  willing- 
ness to  bear  as  just  punishment  the  divine  displeasure  with 
all  the  effects  that  may  flow  from  it,  For  even  the  full 
knowledge  of  the  gravity  and  extent  of  sin,  the  feeling  of 
God's  just  displeasure,  aud  the  will  to  bear  these,  presuppose 

which  we  call  fate  has  an  aspect  under  which  it  belongs  entirely  to  personal 
imputation — so  far  asthemanhashiraself  appropriated  and  voluntarily  continues  ' 
transmitted  evil.  On  p.  158  ff.  he  strikingly  explains,  that  not  merely  conscious, 
voluntary  transgression  is  sin,  as  held  by  the  Jesuits,  but  that  even  sin  of 
ignorance  so  called  is  imputable  and  punishable  (however  it  may  furnish  a 
ground  of  palliation),  Luke  xxiii.  34,  cf.  Luke  xii.  47  f.  For4he  binding  nature 
of  the  law  depends  not  upon  an  accidental  knowledge  of  the  same,  but  it  is  the 
law  of  my  being,  by  which  every  estimate  of  worth  must  proceed. 


86  THE  DOCTPJXE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

a  measure  of  moral  strength  such  as  would  only  be  possible, 
in  realized  communion  with  God,  and  is  not  found  in  a  state 
of  unreconciled  estrangement  from  God.  How  could  the 
natural  man,  Avhose  better  resolves  even  are  enfeebled  by 
discord  within,  be  in  a  position  fully  to  acknowledge  his  own 
imworthiness  in  presence  of  the  divine  holiness,  and  in 
thought,  feeling,  and  will  to  do  honour  to  the  divine  justice, 
not  merely  in  acknowledging  the  holiness  of  the  law  and  the 
duty  of  obedience  for  the  future,  but  in  the  sense  of  guilt 
and  contrition,  and  in  the  righteous  disposition  which  bears 
as  just  even  the  divine  displeasure  with  its  effects  ?  To  do 
all  this  by  way  of  expiation,  remains  to  us  an  impossibility. 
As  certainly,  therefore,  as  the  possibility  of  true  reconciliation 
both  of  God  with  man  and  of  man  with  God  is  inconceivable 
without  expiation,  so  certainly  this  expiation  cannot  be 
rendered  by  sinful  man.  All  theories  of  self-redemption  are 
false,  morally  lax  and  inadecjuate  to  the  need  of  the  conscience, 
whether  their  tendency  be  to  expel  the  consciousness  of  sin 
and  guilt,  and  of  a  Deity  angry  with  sin,  as  gloomy  and 
essentially  futile  conceptions,  or  whether  they  require  us  to 
seek  rest  and  peace  in  resolves  on  a  better  life,  or  in  resigna- 
tion and  willingness  to  suffer,  or  even  to  ascribe  meritorious, 
expiatory  force  to  repentance  and  the  unhappy  sense  of 
punishment.  It  thus  remains  certain  that  the  capacity  of 
redemption  still  existing  in  humanity  has  for  its  converse 
the  incapacity  itself  to  furnish  the  potency  of  reconcilia- 
tion. What  it  still  has  is  merely  the  possibility  of  becoming 
reconciled. 

4.  God's  Purpose  of  Eeconciliatiox. — Where  human 
strength  and  wisdom  come  to  an  end,  there  is  the  divine 
beginning.  God's  creative  wisdom,  anima,ted  by  the  impulse 
of  love  both  for  the  world,  for  whose  sake  goodness  is  meant 
to  exist,  and  for  (joodness,  for  whose  sake  the  world  is  meant 
to  exist,  not  merely  requires  expiation,  such  as  is  due  to  its 
holiness  and  justice,  but  also  by  the  eternal  counsel  of  its 
mercy  gives  humanity  the  possibility  of  reconciliation  by 
sending  His  Son ;  and  the  antinomy — insoluble  without  grace, 
— to  the  effect  that  humanity  cannot  live  without  reconcilia- 
tion, and  therefore  without  satisfaction  to  the  divine  justice, 
and  yet  cannot  be  the  originator  of  its  own  reconciliation,  is 


DOGMATIC  INVESTIGATION.  87 

solved  by  the  miracle  of  divine  love  in  such  a  way,  that 
humanity  is  enabled  to  present  the  atonement  by  a  God- 
given  potency.  In  these  powers  of  atonement  belonging  to 
humanity,  and  reckoned  among  its  possessions,  humanity  finds 
a  substitute  for  its  impotence  to  make  atonement.  Thus 
God's  eternal  purpose  of  atonement  proves  itself  just  and  yet 
rich  in  love,  and  restores  the  combined  revelation  of  the 
two  attributes  disjoined  by  sin,  nay,  perfects  the  world  in 
this  way,  that  the  world  gains  the  possibility,  not  indeed 
immediately,  but  through  the  divinely-given  Mediator,  of 
reconciling  God,  and  on  the  ground  of  this  of  becoming  holy 
and  happy. 

It  must,  of  course,  be  impossible  to  an  abstract  idea  of  the 
simplicity  of  God,  such  as  obtains  with  many  inconsistencies 
in  the  old  Theology,  but  especially  in  Schleiermacher,  to  regard 
Justice  and  Love  as  objectively  different  definitions  of  God, 
the  revelation  of  which  may  be  divergent  by  reason  of  the 
character  of  the  world.  On  this  point  enough  was  said  pre- 
viously.^ But  eve  a  those  who  do  not  assign  a  merely  sub- 
jective import  to  the  attributes  go  astray  when,  in  order  to 
combine  the  divine  attributes  into  unity,  they  regard  objec- 
tively conceived  love  not  merely  as  the  highest,  but  as  the 
exclusive  definition  of  the  divine  essence,  and  therefore  in 
various  methods  consider  justice  as  a  mere  form  or  kind  of 
love,  even  though  at  the  same  time  zeal  or  hatred  to  its 
opposite  is  ascribed  to  love,  this  hatred  being  identified  with 
justice.  The  correct  element  in  this  view  is,  that  even  justice 
is  love  for  goodness,  zeal  for  its  honour,  maintenance  of  the 
divine  honour  or  self-love ;  but  still  it  is  not  love  for  persons, 
for  sinners,  in  the  form  of  communicative  benevolence.  Eather 
is  justice  in  its  punitive  aspect  the  assertion  of  the  dignity  of 
the  holy  and  good  which  God  Himself  is,  even  in  opposition 
and  antagonism  to  man  whose  desire  is  wellbeing.  On  the  other 
hand,  to  conceive  of  punishment  as  mere  communicative  love, 
would  in  the  best  case  lead  back  to  the  theory  of  amendment."^ 
But,  on  the  other  side.  Love  and  Justice  are  indeed  not  seldom 
distinguished,  but  are  so  conceived  that  they  no  longer  blend 
harmoniously  in  the  unity  of  the  divine  idea.  This  is  the 
case  when  they  are  viewed  as  mutually  limiting"  or  tempering 

^  §  19.  •'  §§  24.  32.  vol.  i.  pp.  300,  456. 


88  THE  DOCTPJXE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

each  other.  At  the  basis  of  this  theory  lies  the  opinion,  that 
in  God's  essence  they  form  two  different  wills,  each  of  which 
lays  claim  to  sole  authority,  and  is  therefore  involuntarily 
restrained  by  the  other.  It  might  therewith  be  supposed  that 
this  opposition  remains  mere  possibility  so  long  as  sin  does  not 
actually  exist,  but  with  sin  the  two  come  into  conflict  with  each 
other.  Thus,  were  the  revelation  of  divine  Justice  contrary 
to  the  will  of  Love,  and  the  revelation  of  Love  contrary  to  the 
will  of  Justice,  both,  instead  of  carrying  their  measure  within 
themselves,  would  be  limited  by  each  other,  since  a  third 
power — the  ingenuity  of  wisdom — would  temper  both,  and 
restore  peace  among  the  divine  attributes.  The  Christian 
doctrine  permits  no  such,  even  merely  possible,  inner  conflict. 
For  us  such  conflict  is  entirely  excluded,  because,  while  firmly 
maintaining  the  objective  distinctiveness  of  both,  we  had  to 
regard  them  as  so  constituted  that  an  inner  mutual  relation 
and  indissoluble  interconnection  are  again  cognizable  in  them. 
This  is  rendered  specially  obvious  by  the  consideration  that 
God  is  not  merely  the  Father  of  His  children,  but  also  the 
Ruler  of  the  world,  who  maintains  unhurt  the  world's  moral 
aim.  In  God  is  no  unjust  Love,  no  Love  even  merely  detached, 
emancipated  from  Justice.  His  Love  carries  the  law  of  justice 
Avithin  itself,  it  keeps  in  view  and  honours  the  distinction 
between  good  and  evil,  because  it  loves  and  wills  the  holy 
as  such.  Even  in  communication  God  is  holy  self-love,  i.e. 
He  loves  and  wills  the  good  which  He  is  Himself,  guarding 
it  from  violation.  Thus  His  love  with  its  tendency  to 
communicate  cannot  come  into  conflict  with  justice,  but 
throughout  wills  only  what  is  in  harmony  therewith.  Further, 
Justice  as  the  guardian  of  distinctions,  maintains  the  distinc- 
tion between  physical  good,  which  would  be  communication 
without  moral  self-affirmation,  and  holy  or  ethical  love,  and 
in  so  far  is  also  a  safeguard  against  the  self-exhaustion  of 
self-communicating  love.  Accordingly,  they  are  both  essential 
factors  of  "  holy  Love."  That  holy  Love  is  secured  by  their 
distinctiveness  and  mutual  inner  relationship.  In  it  they  are 
united,  and  it  is  the  supreme  governing  principle  of  the 
divine  attributes  in  general,  and  of  their  revelation.  There- 
with also  an  answer  is  given  to  the  question :  How  can  God 
be  conceived  as  demanding  expiation,  and  therefore  angry,  if 


DOGMATIC  INVESTIGATION.  89 

still  lie  is  and  must  be  the  One  who  bestows  on  hmnanity 
the  possibility  of  expiation  ?  Neither  is  there  in  God  a  love 
capable  of  being  indiscriminately  communicative,  and  of 
dispensing  with  expiation  for  guilt,  nor  can  Justice  prevent 
Love  creating  the  possibility  of  expiation;  for  the  aim  of  the 
world,  of  which  expiation  is  the  means,  is  itself  also  a  revela- 
tion of  Justice. 


SECOND  ARTICLE  :    THE  IDEA  OF  SUBSTITUTION  AND   SATISFACTION 

IN  GENERAL. 

Substitution. 
§  120. 

Atonement  is  only  possible  through  the  fact  that  there  are 
substitutionary  forces  at  work  for  the  good  of  humanity, 
and  receptiveness  in  humanity  for  those  forces.  As  the 
second  Adam,  or  Eepresentative  of  humanity  before  God, 
Christ  is  the  Substitute  for  humanity  outside  Him,  so 
far  as  humanity  is  defective  in  religious  personality. 

Literature. — Of.  Gess,  ut  supra.    Bersier,  la  Solidarite,  1870, 
pp.  68,  70  ff.,  83.     Monsell,  The  Religion  of  Redemption. 

1.  There  are  substitutionary  Forces,  and  a  Eeceptive- 
NESS  FOR  THEM  IN  HUMANITY, — As  Concerns  the  first  proposi- 
tion, the  preceding  century,  with  its  predominantly  subjective 
tendency,  the  influence  of  which  we  still  feel,  maintained  the 
most  unfriendly  attitude  to  the  idea  of  substitution ;  and  the 
subjective  moralism,  which  severs  the  personal  from  the  generic 
consciousness,  and  views  communities  simply  as  products  of 
the  individual  will  of  the  subjects,  has  given  sufficient  evidence 
of  its  power  in  the  idea  of  the  Church  and  of  the  State  current 
in  these  days  (to  say  nothing  of  marriage).^  But  certainly  on 
the  other  side  a  false  idea  of  substitution,  and  one  hostile  to 
personality,  is  possible,  which  we  might  call  magical.  The 
Church,  for  example,  may  be  conceived  as  a  corpus  mi/sticicm 
of  such  a  kind,  that  the  independence  which  every  person 
^  Cf.  Rousseau,  Coidrdt  social. 


90  THE  DOCTPJNE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

should  gain  in  Clirist,  and  the  personal  participation  of  man 
in  his  moral  and  religious  edification,  are  abridged  thereby. 
After  what  has  been  established  above/  we  must  maintain 
that  neither  the  personal  nor  the  generic  consciousness  is 
rio-htly  conceived  if  one  excludes  the  other,  because  each  can 
only  obtain  its  true  form  in  connection  with  the  other.  The 
individual  and  the  universal  do  not  exclude,  but  include  each 
other.  AVhoever  wishes  to  sever  himself  from  the  genus  is  in 
a  false  state. 

2.  Let  us  then  survey  the  circle  in  which  Substitution 
obtains.  First,  Substitution  has  an  extensive  application  in 
the  material  and  outwardly  legal  sphere.  It  is  so  in  virtue 
of  justitia  comviutativa  in  barter  and  commerce,  where  one 
class  of  goods  passes  and  is  exchanged  for  another.  One 
also  may  pay  debts  for,  i.e.  instead  of  another,  nay,  even  a 
m.ou&y-iKnalty  may  possibly  be  settled  vicariously.  In  legal 
affairs  also,  substitution  obtains  in  the  widest  extent.  ISTo 
wonder  that  the  ecclesiastical  doctrine  fondly  attached  itself 
to  the  figure  of  a  vicarious  payment  of  debt,  which  must 
retain  its  place  as  a  figure,  e.g.  in  catechetical  instruction, 
provided  that  the  intensive  moral  and  religious  character  of 
the  debt,  wliich  is  a  violation  of  an  infinite  good,  is  not  obscured 
thereby,  nor  the  relation  of  man  to  God  transformed  into  one 
of  co-ordinate  compact.  But  further,  there  is  substitution 
in  the  sphere  of  the  living.  Even  organic  nature  supplies 
analogies  of  this.  A  noble  branch  is  grafted  on  a  wild  stock, 
and  takes  the  place  of  the  branch  removed,  not  merely  with 
the  result  of  the  partially  alien  branch  becoming  native  to  the 
stock,  but  also  with  the  result  of  this  substitution  ennobling 
the  entire  tree  and  changing  its  sap.  And  conversely,  by 
enorafting  in  a  noble  stock  a  wild  branch  may  be  ennobled.^ 
The  case  is  similar  in  animal  life.  When  one  organ  suffers,  not 
seldom  another,  having  capacity  for  such  a  purpose,  assumes  the 
functions  belonging  to  the  first ;  and  this  is  one  condition  of 
the  power  of  the  organism  for  self-preservation.  Thus,  one  sense 
may  become  a  substitute  for  another,  e.g.  hearing  or  taste  for 
sight  in  the  blind,  or  the  eye  for  the  ear  in  the  deaf,  and  even 
in  the  case  of  those  with  all  their  senses,  the  written  for  the 
spoken  word.  But  especially,  before  the  development  of  the 
'  §§  82.  83.  ^  Cf.  Rom.  xi.  17. 


DOGMATIC  INVESTIGATION.  91 

particular  organs  in  an  organism,  the  function  assigned  to  them 
is  not  necessarily  passive,  but  the  whole  assumes,  so  to  speak, 
the  place  of  the  particular  organ  or  part,  not  in  order  that  its 
germ  niaj'-  be  atrophied  or  dispensed  with,  but  that  what  is 
lacking  may  be  developed  by  means  of  real,  i.e.  productive,  not 
absorbing,  substitution.  Thus  the  child,  before  it  sees  the 
light  of  the  world,  lives  as  yet  no  independent  life,  either 
physically  or  psychically ;  but  the  life  vicariously  lived  by 
the  mother  for  the  child  developes  it  to  independence  and 
maturity.  As  in  the  vegetable  and  animal,  so  in  the  spiritual 
sphere.  Here  also  all  culture  is  conditioned  by  substitution  ; 
and  not  merely  in  relation  to  culture,  it  is  also  the  neces- 
sary postulate  of  moral  independence  and  freedom.  What  the 
child  receives  from  its  parents  is  not  of  necessity  merely  such 
instruction  as  it  understands  as  fully  as  they  do ;  and  in 
reference  to  morality,  not  merely  ought  that  to  be  expected 
from  the  child  of  which  it  sees  the  grounds,  and  which  it 
produces  of  its  own  strength,  and  therefore  imposes  on  itself. 
On  the  contrary,  its  productive  power  in  reference  to  know- 
ledge and  volition  must  first  be  educated  by  the  objective 
reason  of  its  parents,  whose  maxims,  deposited  in  the  mind 
of  the  child  and  accepted  on  trust  by  it,  train  it  to  inde- 
pendence. Thus  the  reason  of  the  parents  lives  a  vicarious 
life  in  the  child  until  it  is  ripe  for  independence.  This  is 
the  benefit  of  authority  in  its  place.^  And  if,  in  order  not  to 
interfere  with  the  child's  freedom,  it  were  left  without  the 
benefit  of  this  spiritual  authority  operating  vicariously,  i.e.  if 
each  generation  were  left  to  make  a  purely  new  beginning,  the 
gain  of  such  a  course  would  accrue  not  to  personality  and 
ii^eedom,  but  directly  to  the  spirit  of  wild-growing  nature  and 
caprice  hostile  to  them.  The  reason,  clothing  itself  in  the 
Ibrm  of  vicarious  authority  (for  which  in  its  ripe  state  it  has 
the  power),  is  the  true  seed  of  freedom.  The  true  divine 
contents  of  reason,  although  not  produced  or  spontaneously 
appropriated  by  the  child,  stand  in  secret,  friendly  elective 
affinity  with  the  yet  undeveloped  reason  of  the  child.  Conse- 
quently, those  contents,  deposited  in  the  region  of  the  receptive 
generic  attitude,  of  the  memoria,  of  good  habit  and  obedience, 
in  a  word,  in  that  yet  impersonal  intermediate  region  belonging 
1  Vol.  i.  §  6,  p.  79  If. 


92  THE  DOCTEIXE  OF  ATONEMENT, 

to  the  generic  life,  which  may  be  called  the  ante-chamber  of 
personality,  possess  force  to  summon  forth  the  true  personality, 
and  conduct  it  to  freedom  through  the  life  of  the  individual 
spirit  in  knowledge,  volition,  and  feeling  being  seized  by  and 
filled  with  the  spirit  of  the  rational  and  universal.  No  one 
will  say  that  anything  unethical  is  involved  in  free  personality 
being  thus  developed  by  the  operation  of  the  vicarious  reason. 
On  the  contrary,  it  is  an  admirable,  divinely-instituted  arrange- 
ment, characterizing  us  as  an  inter- connected  race,  that  in  all 
points — physical,  legal,  intellectual,  moral,  and  religious— r-we 
must  have  guardians,  tutors,  and  advocates,  until  the  time 
determined  beforehand  by  the  Father;^  and  that  the  moral 
form  peculiar  to  a  certain  epoch  of  life  is  this,  that  the  youth- 
ful reason,  instead  of  being  self-willed,  render  itself  dependent 
and  behave  obediently  to  the  objective  reason  co-ordinated 
with  it,  so  far  as  that  reason  has  still  a  divine  and  human 
right  to  live  a  vicarious  life  in  it.  This  is  nothing  but  the 
right  childlike  attitude,  the  postulate  of  true,  free  personality. 
But  as  the  childlike  disposition  involves  both  the  possibility 
of  going  back  to  the  true  generic  nature  and  the  capacity  of 
allowing  its  powers  to  operate  upon  itself,  so  conversely  in  the 
vigorous,  personalized  reason,  and  especially  in  love,  there  is 
not  merely  the  capacity,  but  the  inner  desire  and  necessity,  to 
descend  to  the  position  of  an  instrument,  in  order  to  open  the 
needy,  subjective  reason  to  itself,  to  enter  into  it,  and  in 
sympathy  communicate  itself  to  it.  This  is  the  happiness  of 
ethical  personality,  and  also  the  test  of  its  ripeness,  that  it  is 
able  to  transform  itself  into  a  seed-corn,  so  to  speak,  for  the 
good  of  the  developing  reason,  i.e.  into  a  form  in  which  all 
egoistic,  absorptive  substitution  is  excluded,  and  self- surrender- 
ing self-forgetfulness  desires  to  retain  but  one  thing — the 
power  of  being  an  instrument  for  the  victory  of  the  good,  for 
the  powers  of  the  universal.^ 

Thus  in  its  very  highest  stage  personality  has  the  power, 
most  certainly  of  all,  of  becoming  through  substitution  a  seed 
of  freedom. 

3.  But,  of  course,  receptiveness  for  substitutionary  forces 
within  humanity  differs  at  different  stages  of  life.  Whereas 
the  first  period  of  human  existence  is  absorbed  in  the  generic 
1  Gal.  iv.  2.  ^  Cf.  John  xii.  24. 


DOGMATIC  INVESTIGATION".  93 

connection,  in  the  second  a  distinction  of  the  subjectivity  from 
the  generic  life  emerges,  which  in  the  case  of  sinful  develop- 
ment may  lead  to  variance,  severance,  and  repulsion.  On  the 
other  hand,  at  the  last  stage  that  existence  coalesces  anew, 
and  in  a  higher  manner,  with  the  generic  consciousness.  Now, 
the  right  of  substitution  is  disputed  not  in  reference  to  the 
first  stage,  but  in  reference  to  the  second,  where  the  subject 
desires  to  be  self-concentrated  and  self-enclosed.  There  a 
jealousy  for  freedom  on  the  part  of  the  subject  may  even  oppose 
itself  to  God,  until  the  subject  recognises  his  need  of  God, 
and  sees  that  determination  by  divine  powers,  representa- 
tion of  our  empirical  life  by  a  divine  life,  harmonizes  well  with 
freedom,  since  freedom  may  be  determined  to  let  itself  be 
determined  by  God,  and  since  God's  aim  is,  that  His  powers, 
operating  at  first  vicariously  as  an  impulse  from  without, 
should  become  natural  to  the  subject ;  for  God  is  a  lover  of 
freedom. 

But  at  the  stage  of  subjectivity  it  seems  to  be  otherwise 
with  receptiveness  for  a  vicarious  life  of  the  genus.  The 
genus  operates  on  the  subject  in  the  form  of  particular  indi- 
viduals. Were,  then,  these  individuals  to  live  a  vicarious  life 
in  us,  the  only  possible  result  seems  to  be  the  injury  or 
destruction  of  our  individuality.  This  is  even  the  case  in 
an  abnormal  course,  where  the  stronger  individuality  seeks  to 
make  the  others  at  most  selfless  copies  of  itself.  But  this  is 
not  necessary.  For  example,  in  the  case  of  parents,  what  is 
one-sided  and  abnormal  in  their  individuality  need  not  be  the 
element  operating  vicariously  in  the  life  of  the  children, 
instead  of  what  is  rational  and  universal  in  their  individuality. 
Moreover,  Christ  is  no  abnormal  or  one-sided  individuality. 
He  is  the  centre  and  reality  of  our  genus.^  Consequently,  His 
personality  cannot  absorb  our  individual  peculiarity  and 
freedom ;  but  if  we  have  natural  receptiveness  for  God,  we 
have  in  a  special  degree  receptiveness  for  Him  in  whom  both 
true  humanity  and  the  absolute  revelation  of  God  are  given. 
Since,  therefore,  the  receptiveness  is  directed  to  Him,  both  the 
receptiveness  for  the  genus  with  its  substitutionary  forces  and 
the  receptiveness  for  God  find  their  satisfaction  in  Him. 
licceptivencss    for  the    genus    and    its    substitutionaiy  forces, 

» §  103,  5. 


94  THE  DOCTEINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

directing  itself  to  Christ,  is  in  an  eminent  sense  well-pleasing 
to  God,  because  it  is  also  receptiveness  for  God.  This  is  the 
meaning  of  tdicving  in  Him,  the  only  way  in  which  an  evil 
subjective  life-tendency  can  be  plunged,  so  to  speak,  into  the 
sacred  depths  of  vital  powers  possessed  of  creative  force,  into 
the  love  of  One  who,  belonging  to  the  human  genus  and  con- 
centrating its  powers  in  Himself,  is  mighty  to  save  us  and  to 
originate  a  new  life  in  us.  But  what  has  hitherto  been 
advanced  is  less  doubted;  substitution  and  receptiveness  thereto 
are  conceded  in  the  sense,  that  in  place  of  the  old  man  the 
holy  principle  that  was  in  Christ  must  be  imparted  to  us,  in 
order  that  His  life  may  take  the  place  of  the  old  man.  But 
all  this  has  reference  merely  to  the  life  of  sanctification,  not 
of  reconciliation.  And  thus  the  main  question  is  left :  Is  not 
the  operation  of  substitution  excluded  where  the  matter  in 
question  is  the  guilt  of  the  subject  ?  It  seems  as  if  every  one 
must  answer  himself  for  his  free  acts,  and  there  were  no  room 
therefore  for  substitution. 

The  answer  to  this  has  been  prepared  for  in  what  precedes, 
on  the  subjective  side  by  the  doctrine  of  sin  and  guilt,  on  the 
objective  by  the  doctrine  of  the  divine  penal  justice.^  It 
must  be  frankly  confessed,  that  a  substitutionary  work  of 
Christ  is  not  possible  for  every  possible  sin  and  guilt,  namely, 
not  for  the  sin  of  rejecting  Him,  for  the  finale  rcimdium  salutis, 
and  therefore  not  for  the  sin,  which  cannot  be  regarded  at  all 
as  the  effect  of  generic  sin,  because,  on  the  contrary,  it  is 
purely  personal  in  kind.  Guilt  exclusively,  and  in  the  full 
sense  personal,  God  cannot  do  otherwise  than  visit  on  the 
sinner  himself.  It  has  no  interest  in  the  words  :  "  They  know 
not  what  they  do."  ^  The  sin  of  definitive  unbelief  is  the  sin 
incapable  of  forgiveness.  It  is  the  sin  against  the  Holy  Ghost, 
and  carries  witli  it  a  character  indelehilis  of  evil,  because  it 
rejects  the  good  itself  or  as  such.  The  person  has  therefore 
surrendered  himself  without  reserve  to  the  evil  principle.  On 
the  other  hand,  all  other  sin  and  guilt,  however  great  and 
penal  it  may  otherwise  be,  is  not  personal  in  the  full  sense ; 
it  does  not  impart  this  character  inclelcbilis ;  the  general  state 
has  an  ambiguity  in  it  which  does  not  exclude  hope.'^  To  it, 
therefore,  the  divine  justice  stands  in  a  different  attitude,  and 

^  §§  82.  8-3.  vol.  i.  §§  21.  25.  p.  297  f.         ^  Luke  xxiii,  34.         «  §  83,  2  C. 


DOGMATIC  INVESTIGATION.  95 

not  merely  is  long-suffering  compatible  therewith,  but  also  the 
admission  of  substitutionary  powers.  Before  Christ,  sin  and 
guilt  were  not  yet  consummated,  although  present  in  different 
degrees ;  then  a  provisory  state  yet  existed,  because  the  good 
itself  was  not  rejected  in  its  clearest  revelation,  and  hence  the 
capacity  of  redemption  was  not  yet  extinguished.  Thus  it  was 
possible  for  God  before  Christ's  days  to  regard  all  the  sin  and 
guilt  of  humanity  as  the  common  sin  and  guilt  of  the  race, 
and  the  punishment  due  to  it  as  common  punishment,  for 
which  a  corresponding  expiation  must  be  required. 

Despite  the  different  degrees  of  guilt,  which  the  subjects 
may  contract  at  the  second  stage,  to  the  divine  eye  humanity 
is  like  one  homogeneous  sinful  life  in  common.  The  whole 
of  humanity  is  treated  by  God  in  conformity  with  this  view, 
and  so  are  individuals.  No  doubt  an  essential  distinction 
here  presents  itself  between  the  divine  procedure  and  human 
justice,  although  even  the  latter  has  to  administer  the  divine 
objective  idea  of  right  as  far  as  it  is  able.  Human  judicial 
administration  is  unable  to  see  deeper  into  the  heart,  so  as 
to  estimate  the  degree  of  energy  in  the  law-opposing  will.  It 
does  not  comprehend  the  entire  state  of  man,  nor  to  what 
extent  outward  influences  were  decisive  in  the  acts  of  sin.  It 
must  consequently  limit  itself  strictly  to  the  visible  outward 
act  of  the  legal  personality,  although  it  also  makes  a  distinc- 
tion between  dohis  and  culpa,  thereby  acknowledging  that 
knowledge  of  the  entire  inner  worth  of  the  person  is  necessary 
to  a  just  judgment.  Human  justice,  accordingly,  stops  for 
the  most  part  at  the  act  of  the  individual  person  and  at  the 
judgment  of  the  act,  in  order  not  to  strike  the  innocent  and 
let  the  guilty  go  free.  For  it,  therefore,  a  final  principle  must 
be,  that  every  one  has  to  answer  for  his  oivn  guilt ;  guilt  can 
in  no  wise  be  imputed  vicariously  to  an  innocent  person. 
And  were  the  divine  action  necessarily  analogous  to  the  pro- 
cedure pertaining  to  human  justice  even  in  reference  to  the 
second  stage,  there  could  then  be  no  question  of  a  divinely- 
given  substitution.  But  the  fact  of  human  judicial  admini- 
stration having  to  limit  itself  altogether  to  those  particular  evil 
acts  of  the  subjective  evil  will,  which  appear  on  the  surface, 
is  not  its  perfection,  but  its  imperfection  and  limit ;  and  it 
knows  well  that  its  function  is  not  to  pronounce  the  definitive 


96  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

jiidnment  on  a  man,  but  merely  to  regulate  and  judge  the 
provisory  state  according  to  the  idea  of  ju-=^tice  and  its  best 
knowledge.  The  imperfection  of  human  justice,  which  is  no 
searcher  of  hearts,  is  based  on  the  fact  that  the  particular  act 
is  not  the  person,  but  only  one  of  the  manifestations  of  the 
subject,  whereas  the  punishment  falls  on  the  entire  person, 
which  yet  did  not  necessarily  participate  in  the  act,  even  as 
it  is  not  exhausted  in  the  particular  act.  Those  equally 
punished  may  be  very  unequal  in  their  entire  moral  worth  or 
demerit.  The  entire  worth  of  the  person,  which  is  essential 
to  an  absolutely  just  judgment,  may  elude  the  eye  of  the 
human  judge,  because  he  knows  not  how  much  of  the  fault  is 
due  in  the  particular  case  to  education,  evil  example,  etc.,  and 
how  much  to  the  law-resisting  will.  But  God's  administra- 
tion of  justice  nmst  regard  the  entire  man,  his  total  worth  or 
demerit.  The^rs^  consequence  of  tliis  is  a  far  stricter  and  more 
deeply  penetrating  judgment  of  God  on  the  evil  in  the  world, 
to  wit,  the  view  that,  on  account  of  the  universality  of  sin  and 
its  power,  a  common  guilt  exists,  and  that  even  judges,  nay, 
the  society  that  demands  the  execution  of  law  and  justice,  are 
implicated  in  the  common  guilt,  which  in  God's  sight  is  not 
appearance,  but  reality.  The  consequence  of  this  from  the 
divine  standpoint  is  a  universal  KaruKptfia  extending  to  the 
whole  of  humanity,  a  condemnatory  judgment  on  their  state.^ 
In  presence  of  this  condemnation  all  stand  in  absolute  need 
of  redemption  and  atonement,  and  the  distinctions  of  greater 
or  less  personal  guilt  in  the  subjects  make  no  difference 
therein,  because  no  one  can  acquit  himself  of  joint  responsi- 
bility for  the  common  sin.  Consequently,  before  the  divine 
judgment-seat,  antecedently  to  the  rejection  of  Christ,  all 
sinners  are  equal  in  so  far  as  this,  that  the  difference  in  the 
degree  of  their  guilt  is  not  finally  decisive,  but  to  the  divine 
view  vanishes  again  in  essential  equality  as  to  the  universal 
need  of  atonement  and  redemption.  First,  because  all  are 
infected  by  the  sin  of  the  race,  which  does  not  remain  inopera- 
tive, and  are  laden  with  the  common  guilt,  which  neither  in  its 
origin  nor  growth  springs  from  God,  but  from  the  subjective 
freedom  and  guilt,  in  which  we  are  implicated  as  members  of 
one  family  and  by  our  own  act ;  secondly,  because  all  sins 
1  Horn,  iii,  19,  v.  18  ff. 


DOGMATIC  INVESTIGATION".  97 

prior  to  Christ  may  spring  from  the  common  evil  root— evil 
bias,  and  may  thus  be  regarded  as  specific  continuations 
of  the  generic  sin.  But  the  same  fact  which  aggravates  the 
depth  of  sinfulness  and  the  extent  of  guilt,  both  in  the  eyes  of 
God,  who  looks  not  merely  at  the  particular  outward  acts,  but 
at  their  deeper  source  and  the  general  state  of  man,  and  in 
the  eyes  of  the  truly  penitent  man,  the  same  fact  which 
makes  sin  and  guilt  appear  in  their  true  light,  and  is  the 
cause  of  a  KaraKpi^a  upon  all,^  causes  a  ray  of  hope  to  shine 
forth.  For,  on  the  other  side,  all  sins  prior  to  Christ,  as  formerly 
shown,^  have  also  the  character  of  essential  equality  in  this, 
that  so  long  as  Christ  has  not  been  rejected,  the  capacity  of 
redemption  still  continues.  Eeceptiveness  for  the  substitu- 
tionary forces  of  the  genus  belongs  indeed  to  the  age  of  child- 
hood as  by  nature.  But  even  a  higher  stage  of  life  may 
return  to  the  childlike  nature,  namely,  by  moral  means.  On 
this  ground  Christ  requires  us  to  be  converted  and  become 
as  children.^  Where  a  man  has  not  become  a  personality 
hardened  in  evil,*  there  withdrawal  of  the  evil,  subjective  ten- 
dency of  life  is  still  possible.  There,  accordingly,  substitution 
still  has  its  place  and  fruit  for  those  who  maintain  a  generic 
attitude,  or  an  attitude  of  childlike  trust  to  the  forces  of 
atonement,  supposing  such  to  exist  in  humanity.  We  affirm, 
therefore :  Substitution  still  has  its  place  where  and  in  so  far 
as  evil  is  either  the  result  of  the  inherited  evil  bias  of  the 
race,  or  may  be  still  included  under  the  common  guilt  in 
which  we  are  all  implicated,  where,  therefore,  the  subject  has 
not  yet  incurred  the  guilt,  which  can  no  longer  be  reckoned 
at  all  part  of  the  generic  guilt,  because  it  is  purely  personal 
in'  kind,  derivable  neither  from  a  corrupt  nature  nor  from 
temptation  by  the  common  spirit  of  evil,  but  altogether  from 
free  decision.  In  all  cases  outside  that  species  of  guilt, 
the  sin  of  the  subject  may  spring  just  as  well  from  the  cor- 
rupt generic  life  as  from  his  subjectivity,  and  may  therefore 
be  reckoned  part  of  the   common  sin  and  guilt  of  the  genus. 

1  Horn.  V.  16,  18.  2  §  83 

^  Matt,  xviii.  1-6  ;  John  iii.  5.  He  describes  conversion  and  becoiuiug  a  child 
agnin  as  possible  even  to  tlie  full-grown,  and  therefore  a  spiritual  return  from 
the  abnorniity  of  the  second  stage  to  the  better  receptiveness  of  the  first. 

*  Matt.  -xii.  31  if. 

DoUNEr.— CilUIST    DOCT.   IV.  Q 


98  THE  DOCTEINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

But  then  the  same  generic  side,  peculiar  to  every  one,  which 
was  the  occasion  of  his  sinfuhiess,  and  which  made  him  part 
of  an  organism,  in  which  he  could  not  without  falsehood 
exempt  himself  from  the  common  guilt,  is  also  the  medium 
by  which  redemption  and  atonement  are  still  possible, — pro- 
vided that  substitutionary  saving  forces  are  not  lacking  to  the 
genus.  Thus  man's  capacity  for  redemption  is  now  defined 
as  receptiveness  for  the  substitutionary  forces  of  atone- 
ment. But  just  so  we  saw  above  ^  that  the  eternal  unity  of 
Justice  and  Love  in  God  in  presence  of  man's  capacity  for 
redemption  is  more  precisely  defined  as  the  divine  purpose 
of  atonement,  and  the  latter  as  the  supplying  of  the  possibility 
for  humanity  to  make  satisfaction  to  God  through  substitu- 
tionary forces  in  it.  The  possibility  of  salvation  is  restored 
by  this,  that  humanity  in  some  way  carries  within  itself  a 
saving,  personal  force  of  universal  significance  side  by  side 
with  its  common  sin  and  guilt,  whose  effect  is  a  common 
punishment.  This  saving  force  is  able  to  answer  for  the 
whole,  because  God  Himself  lives  in  it,  as  conversely  every 
individual  has  receptiveness  for  it.  And  this  power  to  make 
satisfaction  in  the  name  of  the  genus  to  God's  punitive  justice, 
which  has  reference  to  the  genus,  is  conferred  on  the  genus  by 
the  Son  whom  God's  love  vouchsafes  to  it.  He  through  the 
act  of  divine  Incarnation  has  divine  power  to  answer  for 
humanity,  while  He  also  became  a  true  scion  of  humanity  as 
the  Son  of  Man,  having  universal  relation  to  humanity.  The 
fact  that  humanity  in  Him  transformed  this  possibility  of 
substitution  into  reality,  thus  not  merely  rendering  the  divine 
forgiveness  possible,  but  actually  reconciling  God  with  the 
world, — this  is  the  meaning  of  His  office,  which  represents  at 
once  His  ability  and  His  right,  i.e.  His  e^ovaia.  The  means 
by  which  He  discharges  His  office  is,  that  He  is  able  to  effect 
and  does  effect  the  substitution,  which  is  the  law  of  His  life 
as  the  Centre  and  Eepresentative  of  humanity. 

But,  before  considering  this,  we  have  to  inquire  what  the 
task  of  His  substitution  was,  or  wherein  the  Satisfaction, 
wiiich  it  is  essential  to  make,  consists. 

1  §  119,  4. 


DOGMATIC  INVESTIGATION.  99 

Satisfaction. 

§  121. 

The  Satisfaction  which  is  requisite  in  order  that  God  may 
be  reconciled  with  the  sinful  world,  and  His  communion 
with  it  restored,  consists  in  expiation  to  be  made  to  God. 
This  expiation  consists  not  primarily  in  righteousness  of 
life,  but  in  voluntary  subjection  to  that  law  of  the  divine 
justice  which  imposes  just  sufferings  on  sin  and  guilt, 
the  centre  of  which  is  the  divine  displeasure. 

1.  It  is  true  that,  so  long  as  the  capacity  for  redemption 
is  not  altogether  extinguished,  there  is  no  necessity  in  God  to 
require  such  satisfaction  to  His  justice  by  punishment  as 
would  leave  no  place  for  the  revelation  of  His  love  and  mercy.^ 
There  is  no  justice  in  God  to  which  the  preservation  of  the 
possibility  of  perfecting  the  world,  and  therefore  of  realizing 
the  end  of  the  world,  is  a  matter  of  indifference.  Such  justice 
would  be  at  variance  with  God's  thoughts  in  creation,  and 
with  His  love.  On  the  contrary,  God  is  long-suffering,  so 
long  as  the  possibility  of  salvation  is  not  yet  excluded.  But, 
of  course,  the  divine  long-suffering  does  not  abolish  the  discord 
and  dissonance  engendered  by  sin  between  God  and  the  world, 
and  that  on  both  sides.  The  time  of  long-suffering,  as  we 
know,  merely  denotes  an  incomplete  state,  which  must  be 
carried  on  to  the  point  of  crisis.  But  the  remedial  crisis 
cannot  be  initiated  by  violating  the  divine  justice,  or  ignoring 
its  rights.  A  manifestation  of  the  divine  favour  and  grace, 
such  as  maintains  the  divine  goal  of  the  world,  cannot  take 
place  immediately  in  an  unreconciled  world,  in  a  world 
standing  in  unappeased  conflict  with  God's  justice.  Unless 
the  divine  justice  is  to  prove  untrue  to  itself,  it  must  require 
the  rendering  of  a  sufficient  expiation.^  But  the  question  now 
is,  wherein  must  the  satisfaction  or  expiation  consist,  in  order 
to  be  sufficient  ? 

2.  Simple  as  the  common  answer  sounds :  "  The  amend- 
ment of  the  sinner  is  the  best  satisfaction,"  still  it  cannot 
content  us.^     Not  merely  on  the  grounds  previously  laid  down, 

^89.  *§119.  ^Ibid. 


100  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

according  to  which  the  power  of  faultless  virtue  is  wanting  to 
us  by  nature,  and  there  can  be  no  question  of  a  superfluity 
of  good,  by  which  we  might  cover  our  sinful  past  (on  the 
contrary,  our  old  guilt  is  increased  by  new^  faults  of  omission 
or  commission^),  but  even  if  a  germ  of  virtue  at  least  were 
implanted  in  us  by  divine  providence   from  without,  or  by 
God's  Spirit  from  within,  the  goal  of  atonement  would  not  be 
reached  thereby,  nor  the  requisite  satisfaction  to  God  eJBfected. 
For  even  if  it  be  said  that  revelation  awakens  confidence  and 
hope  to  begin  a  new  and  better  life,  by  giving  the  assurance 
that  divine  forgiveness  will  be  imparted  to  a  pure  moral  life  in 
the  future,  still  good  conduct  in  the  future  is  not  on  this  account 
an  expiation  for  the  past,  to  say  nothing  of  the  defectiveness 
of  the  moral  life,  which,  by  the  testimony  of  experience,  never 
ceases  in  this  life, — a  defectiveness  which  itself  ever  needs 
forgiveness,  instead  of  having  power   to  expiate  past  guilt. 
Were  it   said :   Still   a  better  beginning  may    be    made    in 
2)rinciple,  and  although  the  new  good  principle  has  still  to 
develope   itself  in   time,  yet   God,  who   stands   above   time, 
embraces  in  His  view  the  consummation  with  the  beginning, 
and  sees  the  empirical  moral  life  covered  by  the  former, — or  to 
speak  with  Kant :  The  idea  of  humanity  well-pleasing  to  God, 
with  which  man  becomes  one  in  the  resolve  upon  a  better 
life,   is   to   the   divine  view    a   substitute    for   the   defective 
actuality  of  man,^ — there  is  no  doubt  in  this  a  presentiment 
of  the  trutli,  that  substitution,  through  a  perfection  above  us, 
is  necessary  in  order  that  God  may  by  anticipation  behold  us 
as  righteous,  so  far  as  we  stand  in  real  contact  with  such 
perfection.     But  a  better  beginning  in  order  to  moral  unity 
is    no    security    for    future    sanctification,    since    the    better 
principle  does  not  progress  after  the  fashion  of  a  physical 
necessity ;    so   that,   even    then,   both   moral   perfection    and 
forgiveness   must    remain    immeasurably    uncertain,   w^hereas 
peace  of  heart  and  renewed  fellowship  with  God  form  the 
condition  for  attaining  a  harmonious  moral  life,  while  again 
having  the  reconciliation  of  God  with  man  and  His  forgiveness 
as   their    postulate.      Further,   the   idea   of    humanity    well- 
pleasing  to  God,  as  a  mere  idea  remote  from  actuality,  would 
exercise  no  essential  influence  on  man's  moral  transformation. 
'  §  119.  -  lidigion  innerhalb  der  Grenzen,  etc.     See  abore,  p.  44. 


DOGMATIC  INVESTIGATION-.  101 

But  the  chief  point  is  and  remains,  that  the  cancelling  of  the 
guilt  of  the  past  and  present  is  of  prime  necessity,  if  we  are 
to  attain  rest  of  conscience  and  peace  with  God,  i.e.  to  know 
God  reconciled  with  us.  The  effect  of  unatoned  guilt  is  to 
diminish  the  moral  strength.  It  can  only  be  better  with  man 
when  God's  wonder-working  power  transforms  forgiven  sin 
and  guilt  itself  into  an  impulse  to  moral  enthusiasm  by  this 
very  means,  that  liability  to  punishment  is  acknowledged  as 
true  and  real,  while  none  the  less  a  divinely-given  true,  real, 
and  effectual  satisfaction  is  obtained  through  the  Mediator, 
whom  the  gospel  announces  as  the  purport  of  its  glad  tidings. 
3.  Again,  the  expiatory  satisfaction,  which  we  cannot  make 
of  ourselves,  or  the  atonement,  cannot  be  accomplished  by 
the  divinely-given  Mediator  as  Prophet.  First,  not  by  mere 
teaching.  For,  since  the  purport  of  this  teaching  could  not  be 
a  paternal  goodness  that  is  neither  holy  nor  just,  it  must,  in 
any  case,  propose  a  pure  moral  ideal  that  addresses  its  elevating 
demands  to  us,  and  would  therefore  result  in  accusation 
rather  than  atonement.  But  were  it  said  :  "  The  God-pleasing, 
and  therefore  expiating  and  satisfying  nature  of  Christ's 
mediatorship  lies  in  His  personal,  typical  manifestation,  so 
far  as  the  contemplation  of  it  originates  a  new  life  in  us," 
this  would  presuppose  that  a  stimulating  of  our  moral 
strength  suffices  for  our  reconciliation,  whereas  what  is  needed 
is  not  merely  and  primarily  amendment  for  the  future,  but, 
as  shown,  the  purifying  of  our  present  from  the  guilt  of  our 
past.  Nor,  for  the  same  reason,  can  the  Kingly  power  of  the 
Mediator,  which  imparts  strength  in  order  to  sanctification, 
by  itself  alone  do  what  is  requisite.  The  Priestly  intervention 
"of  the  Mediator  with  the  Father  is  necessary  for  us  and  our 
guilt.  Can  we,  then,  say  with  some  distinguished  teachers, 
that  He  is  the  medium  of  God's  forgiving  grace,  by  becoming 
the  princi]pU  of  repentance  to  the  loorld,  inasmuch  as  in  His 
suffering  innocently  at  the  hands  of  the  world,  the  sin  of  the 
world  has  revealed  itself  in  its  horror-striking  criminality  ? 
But,  in  this  case,  the  properly  atoning  element  would  be  the 
act  of  our  repentance.  As  certainly  as  the  latter  ever  remains 
imperfect,  so  certainly  also  would  atonement  ever  remain 
defective,  nay,  mere  possibility.  Nor  would  the  case  be 
essentially  changed  if  Christ  came  into  view  as  supplementing 


102  THE  DOCTEINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

our  imperfect  abhorrence  of  evil  and  defective  repentance 
(see  above,  p.  72).  Even  then  the  Mediator  would  be  merely 
the  principle  of  sanctification,  which  still,  as  often  remarked, 
needs  atonement  as  its  presupposition.  On  these  terms  we 
could  never  rejoice  in  atonement  as  accomplished  and  availing 
for  us. 

Nor,  for  the  same  reason,  can  it  suffice  to  find  the  atonement 
in  this,  that  through  all  sufferings  and  assaults  the  Mediator 
stands  approved  before  God  in  purity  and  fidelity,  both  re- 
presenting pure  humanity  before  God,  and  becoming  also  the 
efficient  beginning  of  a  new  humanity,  so  that  His  existence 
forms  a  security  to  God  that  He  may  forgive  without  danger 
of  thereby  multiplying  sin.  For  even  this  would  lead  back 
to  the  position,  that  God  forgives  for  the  sake  of  the  possibly 
future  sanctification,  which  yet  remains  insecure  and  uncertain 
on  account  of  moral  freedom.  Forgiveness,  consequently, 
must  of  necessity  remain  in  uncertainty.  The  proved  fidelity 
of  the  Mediator  in  His  calling  can  only  come  into  considera- 
tion here,  provided  His  calling  is  not  merely  His  own  personal 
sanctification  and  fidelity,  but  provided  that  calling  brings 
Him  into  the  closest,  and  only  by  this  means  mediatorial, 
fellowship  of  doing  and  suffering  with  the  race. 

The  Mediator  must  be  able,  by  force  of  vicarious  love,  to 
regard  and  treat  our  sin  and  guilt  as  affecting  Him.  Not 
indeed  in  the  sense  that  He  knows  and  feels  it  as  His 
personal  guilt,  for  this  would  either  be  contrary  to  truth,  or, 
instead  of  being  Mediator,  He  would  be  one  of  those  needing 
redemption.  Just  as  little,  certainly,  can  He  wish  to  stand  to 
our  sin  and  guilt  in  the  relation  of  Judge.  But  His  satisfac- 
tion, in  order  to  be  expiatory,  must  have  a  definite  reference 
to  our  sin,  guilt,  and  penal  desert.  The  question  is,  wherein 
this  reference  consists,  in  order  that  it  may  be  able  to  make 
expiation  for  us  ? 

In  the  first  place,  it  must  be  conceded  that  the  guilt  cannot 
be  treated  on  the  footing  of  civil  law  like  a  dcbitum  which 
Christ  pays  for  the  believer  (either  to  Satan  or  God),  not 
because  too  much  importance  would  thereby  be  attributed  to 
the  work  of  Christ  or  to  sin,  but  too  little,  and  because  too 
mean  an  idea  of  both,  as  well  as  of  God's  justice,  would  in  this 
case  be  held. 


DOGMATIC  INVESTIGATION.  103 

The  tlieory  of  injuria  also,  and  of  a  tribute  of  homar/e  to 
be  paid  to  God,  is  insufficient,  inasmuch  as  it  proceeds  on  the 
supposition  that  nothing  is  in  question  but  a  private  matter, 
a  personal  pacifying  of  God,  to  say  nothing  of  the  universal 
necessity  of  justice  as  an  essential  aspect  of  the  ethical 
generally.^ 

Moreover,  just  as  little  can  compensation  in  accordance  with 
the  jus  talionis,  which  runs :  "  Eye  for  eye,  tooth  for  tooth," 
be  put  in  the  place  of  the  absolute  theory  of  punishment  so 
called,  which  was  established  in  the  Doctrine  of  God.''^  This 
most  rudimentary,  nay,  most  barbarous  form  of  administering 
justice,  was  transcended  even  by  Anselm  in  his  supposition, 
certainly  in  an  unsatisfactory  way,  of  a  divine  exchange  by 
way  of  satisfaction,  this  exchange  raising  Christ's  voluntary 
sufferings,  which  were  not  due  from  Him,  to  the  dignity  of  a 
good  work  that  makes  satisfaction  to  God.  Instead  of  identity 
between  the  punishment  and  the  ruin  incurred,  the  only 
requisite  is,  that  the  imperial  rights  of  the  divine  justice  be 
not  infringed.  The  divine  justice  has  no  pleasure  in  the  suf- 
fering of  the  creature  as  such,  it  is  no  thirst  for  revenge ;  suffer- 
ing is  no  end  in  itself  to  God,  but  justice  ;  and  nothing  is  sought 
primarily  by  divine  punishment  but  the  good  of  the  satisfaction 
of  justice.  In  the  previous  historico-critical  investigation, 
we  have  already  alluded  to  the  untenableness  of  this  com- 
pensation-theory. On  the  one  hand,  in  reference  to  Christ's 
high-priesthood,  it  asserts  too  much  of  His  suffering  in  seeking 
to  point  out  a  distinct  suffering  of  Christ  by  way  of  penal 
compensation  for  every  kind  of  evil  human  acts.  He  did  not 
endure  all  possible,  especially  physical,  sufferings  which  men 
have  inflicted  on  one  another,  and  thus  endure  compensatory 
punishment  corresponding  to  the  different  sins  of  men. 
Especially  was  it  impossible  for  Him  to  endure  the  actual 
torments  of  hell,  for  eternity  is  part  of  the  punishment  of  hell, 
and  the  misery  of  despair  because  of  its  unalterableness. 
Further,  eternal  damnation  is  no  part  of  the  common  punish- 

^  The  counterpart  to  this  is  the  truth  in  the  so-called  Govei-nmental  theory, 
which  goes  back  to  the  moral  government  of  the  world.  Only  the  moral  govern- 
ment of  the  world  must  be  conceived  as  the  divine  government,  and  be  grounded 
in  God's  essence,  which  as  the  primary  ethical  is  also  the  universal  ethical 
principle,  which  must  assert  itself  and  guard  its  own  honour. 

'^  Vol.  i.  p.  300  f. 


104  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  ATONExMENT. 

ment,  because  before  tlie  preaching  of  the  gospel  God 
does  not  visit  sins  with  damnation,  while  for  the  sin  of 
definitive  unbelief  Christ  could  not  intend  to  intervene 
with  a  view  to  atonement.  Speaking  generally,  no  individual 
person  would  be  able  in  a  limited  measure  of  time  to  ex- 
perience all  possible  outward  sufferings  by  way  of  expiatory 
compensation. 

But,  on  the  other  hand — and  this  is  still  more  important — 
this  theory  affirms  too  little  of  Christ's  suffering.  In  placing 
the  physical  sufferings  as  the  chief  matter  in  the  centre  of  view, 
whereas  others  have  endured  similar  physical  sufferings,  it 
pays  too  little  regard  to  Christ's  spiritual  sufferings,  which 
alone  were  incomparably  severe.  Further,  the  application  of 
the  jus  talionis  or  of  compensation  would  give  encouragement 
to  a  piecemeal  way  of  considering  sin,  guilt,  and  punishment, 
as  well  as  the  sufferings  of  Christ.  Moreover,  this  mode  of 
consideration  would  involve  the  danger  that  forgiveness  might 
be  asserted  by  man  as  a  legal  claim,  after  the  penalty  had 
been  paid  for  him  in  the  way  of  compensation  (see  above, 
p.  29),  so  that  the  atonement  would  conclude  with  the 
objective  fact  of  the  payment  of  the  debt,  instead  of  proving 
the  fruitful  commencement  of  a  subjective  process.  But  in 
this  way  Christ's  work  of  atonement  would  not  set  in  motion 
a  moral  and  religious  process,  but  introduce  a  mechanical, 
lifeless,  essentially  negative  settlement.  Moreover,  mere  com- 
pensation would  by  no  means  give  what  is  requisite  to  the 
cancelling  of  guilt  and  punishment.  A  criminal  who  has  paid 
the  penalty  to  the  State,  is  not  thereby  restored  to  the  full 
integrity  of  his  personal  honour.  Public  confidence  remains 
still  withheld.  Even  in  respect  of  the  Mediator,  it  is  not 
merely  requisite  that  He  submit  to  suffering,  as  if  some 
expiatory  power  lay  in  this  material  element.  The  special 
requisite  must  refer  to  the  righteous  disposition  in  which  He 
bears  the  suffering.  That  suffering  must  be  related  to  God's 
just  displeasure  with  its  effects.  It  must  be  assumed  with  a 
righteous  disposition  and  an  absolute,  voluntary  surrender  to 
suffering,  which  prefers  even  to  sacrifice  life  rather  than  leave 
the  guilt  of  humanity  on  the  one  hand,  and  the  divine  justice 
on  the  other,  without  expiation.  The  sacrifice  of  life  has  its 
significance  as  a  palpable  proof  of  unreserved  surrender  both 


DOGMATIC  INVESTIGATION.  105 

to  the  humanity  wliich  has  to  be  reconciled,  and  to  God's 
inviolable,  sacred  justice.  This  surrender  has  as  its  conse- 
quence the  restoration  of  communion  on  God's  part.  On  the 
other  hand,  an  external  atonement  for  guilt  by  a  correspon- 
dent, external,  substitutionary  penal  suffering  would  not  imply 
a  new  and  positive  relation  of  God  to  mankind  in  communion 
and  life,  or  the  converse.  The  measurement  of  the  sufferings 
pertaining  to  the  Mediator  by  the  quantum  of  debts  and 
merited  penalties,  and  therefore  the  application  of  the  cate- 
gory of  quantum  to  establish  the  idea  of  satisfaction  or  ex- 
piation, is  for  these  reasons  unsatisfactory.  An  arithmetical 
calculation  and  counter-calculation  are  inadequate  to  the 
matter  here  treated  of  (see  above,  p.  29).  Instead  of  the 
external,  extensive  mode  of  consideration,  the  internal  inten- 
sive mode  must  be  applied,  both  in  reference  to  guilt  and 
punisliment,  and  to  Christ's  merit.  Christ's  merit  is  not 
measurable  by  weight  and  number,  because  it  is  of  infinite 
worth,  and  a  potency  intensively  infinite  by  reason  of  the 
high  dignity  of  the  divine -human  Person  —  the  Head  of 
humanity,  and  by  reason  of  the  depth  of  His  spontaneous 
descent  into  our  condition,  and  the  purity  of  His  life  and  pas- 
sion. Conversely,  the  common  sin  and  guilt  have  their  gravity 
in  this,  that  they  are  directed  against  an  infinite  good,  although 
not  with  the  energy  of  a  will  absolutely  opposed  to  law,  and 
therefore  not  with  absolute  depravity;  for  otherwise  even  the 
capacity  of  redemption  would  be  gone.  Just  so  we  have  a 
right,  nay,  are  under  an  inner  necessity,  to  advance  in  refer- 
ence to  punisliment  also  from  the  external  quantitative  to  the 
intensive  mode  of  consideration.  We  have  seen  that  the  pith 
and  centre  of  the  divine  punishment,  as  well  as  the  source  of  all 
further  penal  evils,  is  the  divine  displeasure  hanging  over  the 
sinner  as  such.  Were  that  displeasure  the  last  word,  it  would 
beget  in  the  man  conscious  of  it  a  misery  with  which  no 
external  suffering,  measurable  by  quantity,  would  bear  com- 
parison ;  for  the  true  feeling  of  this  displeasure  is  the  feeling 
of  impending  perdition,  of  exclusion  from  the  source  of  sal- 
vation and  life,  the  feeling  of  abandonment  by  God.  When 
really  awakened,  it  is  the  real  and  terrible  feeling  of  death, 
with  which  nothing  else  can  be  compared. 

Of  what  nature,  then,  must  the  satisfaction  or  expiation  be, 


106  THE  DOCTPvIXE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

in  order  to  effect  a  reconciliation  down  to  the  depths  of  the 
conscience,  and  restore  living,  unfettered,  paternal  communion  ? 
The  Mediator  wiU  not  merely  know  the  sin  of  the  world  in 
its  culpability,  and  wdth  an  incorruptible  sense  of  truth  con- 
demn it  as  a  dishonouring  of  God,  but  in  virtue  of  substitu- 
tionary love  will  feel  with  intensest  pain  the  guilt  of  the 
world  as  affecting  Him,  In  loving  sympathy  for  us  He  will 
feel  and  bear  the  ^;e7iaZ  desert  of  sin,  in  a  word,  feel  and  hear 
its  curse  that  lies  v/pon  us,  and  the  justice  of  the  divine  displeasure 
with  us.  To  this  displeasure  He  wiU  give  the  honour  due  to 
it  in  everything  which  it  does  and  will  do,  in  order  by  what 
he  does  and  suffers  to  vindicate  its  eternal  truth  and  sacred 
majesty. 

Wherever  the  divine  displeasure  is  not  merely  known,  but 
its  earnestness  and  justice  are  also  sincerely  acknowledged, 
accompanied  with  a  sense  of  misery  and  the  feeling  that  this 
displeasure  is  the  just  source  of  all  other  possible  evils  ;  wher- 
ever, finally,  unconditional  and  willing  submission  to  the  divine 
judgment  is  found,  there  God's  just  displeasure  is  propitiated, 
there  God  may  forgive  and  again  impart  His  favour  to  man ; 
for  therewith  the  inviolable  holiness  of  the  divine  justice  is 
again  established  in  its  rights  among  men,  and  the  unreserved 
submission  to  its  judgment  in  thought,  feeling,  and  will  is'  an 
expiatory  satisfaction  to  it.  But  all  this  is  impossible  to 
humanity  before  Christ.  Even  supposing  it  to  have  at  least 
an  imperfect  knowledge  of  the  divine  displeasure,  it  is  still 
without  the  power  to  submit  to  this  judgment  with  the  full 
sense  of  culpability.  Instead  of  doing  this,  it  flees  from  an 
angry  God  as  from  a  gloomy,  hostile,  unjust  power,  either  by 
diminishing  its  guilt  by  thoughts  of  self-righteousness,  or  by 
despondency  and  despair  when  the  accusation  of  conscience 
waxes  loud,  and  therefore  by  disbelieving  the  divine  love, 
which  in  its  character  of  holiness  requires  unreserved  self- 
surrender  and  submission  to  justice. 

But  what  is  impossible  to  man  is  achieved  by  the  divine- 
human  Mediator,  because  He  sympathizingly  takes  our  place, 
and  by  His  person  and  work  represents  to  God  the  expiatory 
power  of  humanity. 

Observation. — Having  considered,  on  the  one  hand,  the  idea 

of  substitution  and  its  sphere  in  general,  and  investigated 


DOGMATIC  INVESTIGATION.  107 

next  what  is  requisite  for  an  expiation  in  order  to  divine 
justice  being  pacified  and  satisfaction  made  in  respect  of  the 
sin  and  guilt  of  humanity,  we  come  now  to  the 


THIED  ARTICLE  :    THE  SUBSTITUTIONARY  SATISFACTION  OF 
JESUS  CHRIST. 

1.  Subjective  Aspect. 

§  122a. 

Christ  makes  God's  eternal  purpose  of  atonement  (§  119)  His 
own  in  suffering  obedience,  in  order  to  give  effect  to  that 
purpose  in  the  world,  and  therewith  to  the  divine  inter- 
blending  of  Justice  and  Love.  The  means  by  which 
Christ  carries  out  this  His  subjective  purpose  of  atone- 
ment is,  that  His  divine  love  or  substitutionary  dispo- 
sition transfers  itself  into  the  place  of  humanity,  in  order 
with  absolute  surrender  and  acquiescence  in  suffering  to 
bear  in  His  own  sense  of  suffering  the  divine  displeasure 
against  the  sin  and  guilt  of  humanity,  in  order  to  manifest 
His  saving  love  even  in  face  of  God's  punitive  justice. 

1.  We  stand  here  before  the  sacred  shrine  of  humanity — 
the  Atonement.  Hence  it  behoves  us  in  a  quite  special  sense 
to  bear  in  mind,  that  here  are  depths  which  no  thoughts  and 
words  of  man  can  exhaust,  depths  of  holy  sorrow  in  the 
Eedeemer,  and  also  treasures  of  divine  blessing  and  peace, 
which,  springing  from  the  cross,  continually  move  and  animate 
the  heart  of  Christendom.  Every  epoch  of  the  Church  has 
had  glimpses  of  or  beheld  rays  or  aspects  of  these  depths  and 
this  wealth ;  and  glowing  discourse  and  hymnology,  as  well  as 
contemplation  and  theology,  have  from  the  Church's  beginning, 
with  the  understanding  of  the  heart,  lost  themselves  in  the  rela- 
tions which  here  crowd  and  intertwine  together.  But  our  age 
has  above  others  the  gift  for  apprehending  the  natural  connec- 
tion of  what  otherwise  lies  dispersed  or  apparently  in  hostile 
relations,  and  for  uniting  in  one  image  those  elements  of  truth 


108  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

which  have  so  far  developed  themselves.  Having  considered 
God's  eternal  purpose  of  atonement,  and  next  the  idea  of  Sub- 
stitution and  of  the  requisite  Satisfaction  in  general,  the  possi- 
bility of  substitutionary  forces  and  their  need,  principally  in 
reference  to  the  divine  displeasure  against  the  common  sin  and 
guilt  of  the  race,  the  effect  of  which  is  common  punishment, 
we  proceed  now  to  Christ's  historical  work  of  Atonement. 
Here,  above  all,  the  uniqueness  of  His  personality  comes  into 
consideration,  in  which  the  possibility  is  given  of  that  per- 
sonality sacrificing  itself  for  the  race  in  the  unique  way  which 
the  race  needs. 

Everywhere,  it  is  true,  the  innermost  heart  of  love  must 
be  defined  to  be  the  substitutionary  disposition  and  the  desire 
to  transfer  itself  by  sympathy  and  communicativeness  into 
the  place  of  another,  to  identify  another  as  an  end  with 
itself,  in  order  to  make  itself  a  means  for  his  sake.  In 
accordance  with  this  we  see  substitutionary  forces  in  different 
spheres,  in  the  case  of  parents,  teachers,  husbands  and  wives, 
kinsmen,  fellow-countrymen.  But  Christ's  substitutionary 
disposition  must  be  determined  by  the  uniqueness  of  His 
person,  thus  distinguishing  itself  from  all  others.  True,  the 
equality  with  us,  without  which  that  disposition  would  be  im- 
possible, exists  completely  in  Him.  He  is  true  man,  belong- 
ing integrally  to  our  genus.  But,  in  addition,  by  the  indwelling 
of  the  Logos  or  God  as  the  Son,  He  has  absolutely  universal 
significance.^  In  Him  dwells  the  perfect  knowledge,^  which 
comprehends  both  the  depths  of  the  divine  holiness  and 
justice,  and  also  the  common  sin  and  guilt  of  humanity,  and 
its  just  penal  subjection  to  the  divine  displeasure.  This 
universal  knowledge  in  Him  is  based  on  His  perfect  holiness 
and  absolute  unity  with  God,  which  stood  its  ground  in  the 
fiercest  attacks  of  the  powers  of  darkness  in  His  conflict  of 
soul  in  Gethsemane  and  in  the  dark  hours  on  Golgotha. 
But  His  undisturbed  unity  with  God  was  also  the  source  of 
PTis    love  for    humanity.       This   love,    as   universal  as  that 

^  Cf.  Rothe's  Nachgelassene  Pred.  vol.  ii.   p.    137.     Jalirh.  f.  deut.  T/ieol. 

58,  p.  754,  770  f.     Marheinecke,  iJogrm.  p.  369  ff.     Martensen,  p.  285  ff. 

"  Martensen  says  aptly,  p.  277 :  Although  Christ's  knowledge  is  not  all- 
knowledge,  it  is  nevertheless  perfect  knowledge.  This  antithesis  between  the 
nnlimited  and  limited  in  His  knowledge  is  only  solved  by  the  idea  of  central 
knowledge. 


DOGMATIC  INVESTIGATION.  109 

knowledge,  with  absolute  purity  and  strength  embraces  entire 
humanity  and  every  burden  lying  on  it.  He  is  to  humanity 
like  a  central  conscience,  the  heart,  so  to  speak,  in  its  organism, 
the  scnsorium  commune  for  all  its  suffering,  especially  for 
its  spiritual  wretchedness.  Although  an  individual.  He  still 
suffered  and  lived  what  He  was,  suffered  and  lived  as  an 
individual  in  the  spirit  of  the  Whole  and  for  the  Whole. 
Throngli  His  calling,  which  was  not  arbitrarily  assumed,  but 
involved  in  the  uniqueness  of  His  Person,  He  has  not  merely 
'a  relation  to  a  particular  circle  of  life,  but  within  humanity 
is  that  member  who  has  a  primary  relation  to  all,  as  all 
have  to  Him.  But  this  relation  points,  above  all,  to  the 
centre  of  all  true,  human  life — divine  communion.  Thus 
His  sympathy,  which  is  not  merely  natural,  but  moral,  was 
able  to  penetrate  to  the  inmost  depths  of  human  need  and 
suffering,  embracing  all  persons  and  their  needs.  Let  us  see, 
then,  how  this  substitutionary  position  of  Christ  is  carried 
out  in  reality. 

Observation. — The  old  controversy,  whether  the  active  or 
merely  the  passive  obedience  of  Christ  is  to  be  included  in 
His  high-priestly  office,  is  not  settled  by  our  saying,  with 
J.  Gerhard  :  omnis  Actio  Christi  fuit  passiva  et  omnis  Fassio 
fuit  activa.  In  reference  to  the  atonement  of  sin  and  guilt, — 
sins  of  commission  and  omission, — Christ's  suffering  comes 
first  into  consideration  as  a  special  act  indispensable  to 
expiation,  although,  in  order  to  making  satisfaction,  it  must 
be  grounded  in  the  strength  of  the  positive,  holy  disposition 
that  enters  into  God's  wilL^ 

2.  Love  seeks  not  its  own ;  the  stronger  it  is,  the  greater 
its  impulse  to  make  another's  case,  especially  another's 
burden,  its  own.  To  a  mother's  love  the  child's  suffering  is 
more  painful  than  its  own  would  be ;  she  would  gladly  bear 
the  pain  for  her  child.  Now  in  Christ  such  love  lived  in 
unique  fashion,  stronger  than  death.  In  contrast  with  Him, 
all  humanity  stood  laden  with  guilt.  He  consciously  dis- 
tinguishes  Himself  from   the   world  of  sinners,    but  not    in 

1  Similarly  Frank,  System  d.  chr.  Wahrh.  ii.  §  35.  The  same  lies  at  the 
basis  of  Auselm's  theory.  But  it  is  very  well  consistent  -therewith,  that 
Christ's  active  obedience  also,  apart  from  Christ's  sullering,  is  of  the  highest 
importance,  chiefly  as  security  for  the  sanctification  of  believers. 


110  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

order  to  exalt  Himself  in  the  act  of  jiidgment  and  condemna- 
tion above  it,  but  in  order  in  love  to  identify  Himself  with 
it  in  its  need  of  Him.  His  love  shrinks  not  from  the 
seemingly  impossible ;  He  Himself  desires,  at  the  cost  of 
participating  in  the  unhappiness  of  the  race,  to  sacrifice  Him- 
self for  it,  and,  infinitely  more  than  this.  Himself  to  feel  the 
divine  displeasure  and  the  unhappiness  answering  to  it. 
Christ  bears  this  feeling  of  unhappiness,  not  in  order  to 
spare  mankind  the  sense  of  God's  just  displeasure  in  general, 
but  in  order  to  deprive  the  penitent  sorrow,  which  cannot 
and  ought  not  to  be  spared,  of  the  character  of  hopelessness 
and  despair  as  well  as  of  imaginary  meritoriousness,  and  to 
impart  to  it  an  evangelical  instead  of  a  legal  character, 
because,  instead  of  shrinking  from  God,  that  sorrow  has  to 
take  its  stand  on  the  ground  of  atonement  already  accom- 
plished. Many  expositors  have  taken  offence  at  the  question, 
how  Paul  could  wish  ^  to  be  an  dvddefia  for  his  brethren  after 
the  flesh ;  and  yet  this  is  a  mere  spark  of  the  spirit  of  that 
substitutionary  love  which  springs  from  the  altar  of  the 
cross,  from  the  fire  of  love  which  kindled  holy  flames  in 
the  martyrs.^ 

But  the  following  objection  is  made  to  the  Evangelical^ 
doctrine :  It  is  not  satisfied  with  Christ's  substitutionary 
disposition.  His  sympathy  with  us,  but  places  Him  in  relation 
to  the  divine  penal  justice  (opy^).  But  this,  it  is  alleged, 
is  something  abrupt,  and  implies  a  super-historical,  purely 
mysterious  transaction, — a  compact  between  Christ  and 
the  Father,  which  is  neither  mediated  historically  nor  con- 
firmed exegetically.  The  pragmatic,  historical  mediation  of 
Christ's  passion  and  death,  and  its  necessity,  is  clearly 
apparent,  but  it  has  no  direct  relation  to  God's  punitive 
justice  and  atonement.  The  ecclesiastical  doctrine  w^ould 
imply  an  artificial  enigma  or  mystery  in  arraigning  Christ 
before  the  throne  of  the  Father  in  order  to  let  Him — the 
Son  of  His  love — be  judged  and  punished  by  the  Father, 
whereas  the  Gospels  tell  us  indeed  of  Christ's  suffering 
through  sinners,  but  not  of  a  God-reconciling  suffering  for 
sinners.  To  all  this  it  must  be  answered :  Certainly,  as 
already  seen,  the  Son  could  not  be  the  personal  object  of  the 

1  Eom.  ix.  1  ff.  2  Col.  i.  24.     Cf.  Luke  xii.  49  :  Gal.  iii.  13, 


DOGMATIC  INVESTIGATION.  Ill 

Father's  wrath  or  displeasure.  He  was  and  remained  well- 
pleasing  to  God  even  in  His  act  of  substitution,  nay,  on 
account  of  it.  Moreover,  in  His  unselfish  surrender,  no  giving 
np  of  His  moral  personality  is  to  be  seen,  no  confounding  of 
His  person  with  that  of  men,  for  even  His  feeling  could 
contain  nothing  untrue.  The  substitution  for  us  can  be  no 
commutatio  pcrsonarum.  He  does  not  Himself  become  the 
sinful  personality.  But  as  concerns  the  Scripture  statements, 
it  is  undeniable  that  Christ  attributed  to  His  passion  and 
*  death  a  divine  necessity,  a  connection  with  the  forgiveness 
of  sin.^  In  the  next  place,  it  is  certainly  necessary  to  place 
the  pragmatic  or  historical  necessity  of  His  passion  and 
death  in  more  intimate  connection  than  is  commonly  done 
with  its  divine  necessity  in  order  to  atonement,"'^  to  exhibit 
the  transition  from  His  outer  and  inner  sufferings  through 
men  to  His  sufferings  for  them,  and,  finally,  to  recognise  how 
the  holy  relation  to  humanity  coincides  in  His  heart  with 
His  living  relation  to  the  holy,  just,  and  loving  God,  and  how 
His  relation  to  God  is  more  closely  defined  by  His  sympatliy 
with  men.  But  it  is  also  possible  to  show  all  this  approxi- 
mately. In  any  case,  this  task  is  incumbent  on  Theology. 
Let  us  then  attempt  to  reconcile  these  claims,  and  that  in 
such  a  way  as  to  exclude  everything  magical  and  abrupt. 

3.  Christ's  atoning  passion  is  not  something  arbitrary  and 
abrupt,  which  came  upon  Him  by  surprise,  and  placed  Him,  in 
opposition  to  the  Father  and  His  judgment,  altogether  outside 
and  apart  from  the  action  of  historical  causes.  He  came  into 
these  sufferings  on  the  one  hand  by  historical  necessity,  on  the 
other  by  divine  necessity,  combining  both  in  His  historical, 
divinely-given  calling.  His  passion  was  an  official  act,  to 
which  He  gave  a  relation  to  divine  justice  not  arbitrarily,  but 
of  necessity,  by  recognising  in  that  which  befell  Him  a 
connection  with  God's  punitive  justice  or  displeasure  with 
humanity,  while  presenting  an  expiation  to  God  by  the  manner 
in  which  He  bore  His  sufferings. 

Even  by  the  Incarnation  Jesus  entered  in  a  general  sense 
into  the  fellowship  of  physical  and  social  evils,  which  inflicted 

1  John  iii.  14  ff.,  vi.  51,  xvii.  19  ;  Mark  x.  45  ;  Matt.  xx.  28,  xxvi.  28  ;  Luke 
xii   50,  cf.  xxii.  20. 
*  Kreibig's  discussions  on  this  point  are  good  (pp.  207-248). 


112  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

sufferings  on  Him  which  He  willingly  endured.  He  became 
poor  for  our  sakes,  and  took  a  servant's  form,  whilst  He 
might  have  possessed  glory.^  He  did  not  so  regard  these 
sufferings  of  humanity,  in  which  He  took  part,  as  if  they 
included  the  real  evil  from  which  humanity  needed  first  to 
be  delivered.  His  gaze  is  directed  above  all  to  the  sin  and 
guilt,  which  are  the  greatest  of  evils.  He  sees  in  the  entire 
sum  of  the  world's  suffering  its  connection  with  the  sin 
which  by  divine  appointment  brings  in  its  train  evils  and 
punishment  upon  sinners.  Whoever  commits  sin  is  the 
servant  of  sin.  Thus  He  sees  in  these  evils  a  revelation 
already  of  the  divine  justice,  effects  of  the  divine  displeasure ; 
and,  entering  without  guilt  into  the  fellowship  of  sinners, 
with  willing  and  loving  mind  He  allows  this  common  punish- 
ment to  trouble  and  smite  Him.  Out  of  the  heavy  sufferings 
and  afflictions  besetting  Him,  the  outer  and  inner  degeneracy 
of  the  people  without  a  shepherd,  out  of  the  power  of  death 
among  mankind,  the  consciousness  grew  upon  Him  that 
humanity  is  in  a  state  of  bondage,  that  harmful  powers 
hold  sway  over  it,^  in  a  word,  that  it  is  in  a  state  of 
inmishment  from  which  it  needs  to  be  redeemed.  But 
although  His  sympathy  with  humanity  and  His  suffering 
through  fellowship  with  sinners  ran  through  His  whole  life, 
still  His  atoning  passion  was  not  spread  uniformly  over  His 
whole  life.  Eather,  through  the  pragmatic,  historical  de- 
velopment of  His  life  it  came  to  pass,  that  at  the  close  of 
His  life  He  came  into  such  relation  with  the  sin  of  the 
world  as  became  to  Him  the  point  of  transition  to  a  high- 
priestly  suffering  in  the  stricter  sense,  a  suffering  for  the  sin 
of  the  world.  That  participation  in  the  common  evil  or- 
dained by  God  to  sin  was  for  Him  the  condition  of  entrance 
into  our  fellowship.  His  love  and  patience  are  therein 
revealed.  But  it  was  a  new  thing,  that  at  the  close  of  His 
life  the  sin  of  the  Gentile  and  Jewish  world  conspired 
ao-ainst  Him,  consigning  Him  to  a  transgressor's  shameful 
death,  a  new  thing  that  by  His  manifestation  sin  was  com- 
pelled to  disclose  its  innermost  nature — falsehood  and  hate, 
murderous  spite  against  the  Just  One,  whilst  He  repaid  this 
hate  with  the  power  of  propitiatory  love.  By  His  word  and 
1  2  Cor.  viii.  9  ;  Heb.  xii.  2.  ^  John  xi.  33-38,  xiv.  30. 


DOGMATIC  INVESTIGATION.  113 

His  holy,  pure  manifestation  He  bore  witness  to  the  sin  of 
the  world,  He  discovered  to  it  the  falsehood  in  which  it  seeks 
to  hide  itself,  in  order  as  the  Physician  to  heal  its  sickness. 
But  the  world  sought  to  get  rid  of  the  Physician  in  order  to 
assert  itself.  Because  He  was  pure  amid  the  impure,  and 
had  no  part  in  sin,  therefore  the  world  grew  more  and  more 
averse  and  hostile  to  Him,  and  treated  His  existence  as  a 
personal  accusation,  against  which  it  fortified  itself  by 
arrogance  leagued  with  falsehood.  For  no  one  could  Ions 
remain  indifferent  in  presence  of  such  a  manifestation. 
Whoever  refused  to  be  for  Him,  must  of  necessity  be  against 
Him.  The  necessary  consequence  of  His  manifestation  was 
to  initiate  a  crisis  for  those  with  whom  He  came  into  con- 
tact. The  catastrophe  which  the  crisis  must  also  bring  upon 
Him  He  early  foresaw,  and  prepared  His  disciples  for  the 
X)ersecution  and  hatred  of  the  world,^  neither  promising  them 
easy  victory  nor  glory.  In  the  same  way,  too,  the  thought  of 
the  divine  Judgments  hanging  over  the  nation,  especially  in 
the  last  days,  filled  His  consciousness.^  In  the  blindness 
with  which  His  foes  turned  against  the  health-brindns 
Physician  He  sees  a  consequence  of  their  sin,  which  shut 
itself  up  in  self-contentment  and  pride  against  Him.  He 
foresees  that,  if  the  nation  refuses  to  awake  and  be  warned, 
a  terrible  judgment  awaits  Jerusalem,  and  weeps  over  the 
city,  for  which  He  is  distressed  even  on  the  way  to  Golgotha, 
Nor  could  He  be  other  than  conscious  of  the  condemnation 
it  incurred  by  the  fact  that,  instead  of  letting  itself  be  saved, 
it  raised  its  presumptuous  hand  against  its  Eedeemer.  The 
sin  that  rejected  Him  must  continue  ever  to  bring  forth 
new  sins  till  the  fatal  point  is  reached.^  But  He  had  first  of 
all  to  pass  through  the  catastrophe,  which  was  to  befall  Him, 
in  His  inner  consciousness.  For  this  end  He  won  by  hard 
struggles  the  high-priestly  attitude  of  soul  in  the  spiritual 
conflict  in  Gethsemane.'*  He  must  also  learn  in  actual  ex- 
perience how  humanity  strove  to  fling  Him  away  from  it, 
and  on  its  part  in  sinful  blindness  to  sever  every  bond  of 
fellowship  with  Him.  For,  however  conflicting  and  divided 
the    world  of  sinners  otherwise  is,  here  Herod  and  Pilate — 

1  Matt.  V.  10-12,  X.  16.  «  Matt,  xxiii.-xxv.  ;  Luke  xxiii.  31. 

3  Matt,  xxiii.  35.  *  Matt.  xxvi.  36  tf. 

DoiiNER.— CUIIIST.  DOCT.  IV.  II 


114  THE  DOCTPJXE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

the  Gentile  and  Jewish  worlds — united  to  persecute  Him 
who  stood  in  contrast  with  them — alone  and  forsaken  in  His 
holiness.  The  sin  of  the  Gentile  and  Jewish  worlds — and 
therefore  the  sin  of  the  world — here  revealed  itself  in  its 
fundamental  forms,  confronting  Him  in  tj^ical  shape.  How 
does  He  behave  in  its  presence  ?  All  the  sufferings  in- 
flicted on  Him  personally — physical  and  spiritual — stir  in 
Him  no  thought  of  retaliation/  no  movement  of  desire  for 
God's  power  and  judgment  to  interfere  and  revenge  Him 
by  punishing  the  evil-doers.  On  the  contrary,  although  what 
He  suffers  at  the  hands  of  men  brings  home  to  Him  the 
depth  and  extent  of  the  sin  and  guilt  of  the  world,  which 
He  views  in  connection  with  the  Prince  of  the  world.  He  is 
far  from  yielding  to  bitterness,  or  wishing  to  assume  the 
attitude  of  Judge  towards  sinners.  He  regards  them  as 
exposed  to  the  divine  condemnation,  and  even  their  rebellious 
hatred  against  Him  who  is  conscious  of  being  their  king,  is 
to  Him,  in  virtue  of  the  purity  of  His  love,  a  challenge  to 
His  sympathy,  a  motive  to  redouble  the  ties  of  fellowship 
on  His  part  and  to  constitute  Himself  their  intercessor.^ 
"  Father,  forgive  them,  for  they  know  not  what  they  do  ! " 
In  such  deep  compassion  and  sympathy  He  feels  their  sin 
and  guilt  more  than  His  own  suffering.  Nay,  sorrow  for 
them,  this  sympathy  not  merely  with  their  wretchedness,  but 
their  guilt  and  penal  desert,  is  through  His  self-forgetting 
devotion  His  deepest  suffering,  the  heart  of  that  suffering. 
He  knows  their  wretchedness  better  than  they.  He  knows 
what  they  know  not  in  their  conduct,  that  they  stand  under 
God's  displeasure  and  condemnation^  for  hating  and  reproach- 
ing Him.  He  enters  into  this  condemnation  of  theirs  in  feeling, 
sorrowfully  acknowledging  it  to  be  just  in  His  deepest  soul, 
and  so  far  therefore  subjecting  Himself  to  the  divine  con- 
demnation, which  He  recognises.*     Whilst  His  body  and  soul 

1  1  Pet.  ii.  23  ;  Heb.  xii.  3.  ^  Luke  xxiii.  28,  34.  ^  L^^e  xxii.  53. 

*  When  we  speak,  with  the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews,  of  His  sympathy  (ffuf^crd- 
6iia),  the  meaning  cannot  be,  that  He  merely  felt  the  same  sori'ow  which  men 
felt.  On  the  contrary,  the  world  had  no  presentiment  of  His  sorrow,  which 
was  a  sorrow  for  the  sin  and  (juilt  of  the  world  and  God's  just  displeasure,  so 
that  in  this  respect  He  does  not  properly  suffer  loith  men,  but  only  sutlers  in 
order  of  course  to  awaken  iu  them  a  corresponding  sorrow,  Luke  xxiii.  33.  But 
still  in  His  at  first  solitary  suffering  He  is  the  sympathizing  High  Priest. 


DOGMATIC  INVESTIGATION.  115 

suffer  at  the  hands  of  sinners,  His  love  to  them  remains 
stedfast,  and  by  the  very  medium  of  the  sufferings  which 
they  inflict  on  Him,  transfers  itself  into  their  unhappy  con- 
dition, over  which  God's  displeasure  hangs,  and  into  the 
sense  of  the  same,  in  order  by  suffering  and  intercession  to 
avert  the  ruin  of  that  condition.  And  thus  His  sufferings, 
which  are  at  the  same  time  an  inner  act  of  love,  brought 
Him  of  course  into  relation  to  the  divine  Justice. 

4.  Let  us  by  way  of  epitome  consider  this  point  somewhat 
more  closely.  Christ  is  the  first  and  only  man  who  comprehended 
the  sin  and  guilt  of  humanity  in  its  intensive,  infinite  signifi- 
cance ;  for  as  the  Head  of  humanity  He  is  its  consciousness. 
He  knows  Himself  to  be  sinless,  but  also  to  be  entrusted  with 
the  mission  to  become  the  Eedeemer  of  the  world.  All  this 
He  comprehends,  not  merely  in  thought  and  judgment,  but 
also  with  His  heart.  It  cannot  but  seem  to  Him  impious 
and  impossible  to  wish  to  restore  God's  loving  relationship  to 
men,  and  a  happy  life  to  them,  by  ignoring  and  overleaping 
the  divine  Justice  (§  119).  For  this  reason  the  task  is  im- 
posed on  His  substitutionary  disposition  of  confronting  even 
the  divine  Justice.  And  thus  He  is  only  content  with  desiring 
to  do  honour  to  the  divine  Justice  not  merely  in  thought,  but 
also  by  the  surrender  of  His  entire  Person,  His  will  and 
feeling.  His  body  and  life.  Knowing  not  merely  the  reality 
of  the  divine  displeasure,  but  also  its  justice  and  necessity  as 
well  as  the  significance  of  guilt  and  penal  desert,  and  expe- 
riencing the  sense  of  that  displeasure  along  with  men,  He 
desires  to  render  satisfaction  to  the  divine  Justice,  and  only  to 
effect  redemption  by  representing  humanity  in  this  respect 
also  before  God.  This  has  become  the  expiation  which 
avails  in  God's  sight,  the  Xvrpov  avrl  TroXkayv.  For  this 
reason  He  was  not  content  with  participating  in  the  common 
penal  condition,  death  included,  but  in  His  sympathy  was 
above  all  moved  by  the  guilt  and  punishment  of  humanity, 
not  merely  by  that  which  humanity  felt,  but  entering  also 
into  the  sense  of  penal  desert,  which  it  had  not  but  ought  to 
have,  into  the  sense  of  the  divine  displeasure  or  God-for- 
sakenness itself.^  He  desires  to  bear  what  humanity  neither 
does  nor  can  bear.     He  desires,  in  acknowledging  the  divine 

1  Miitt.  xxvii.  46.     Cf.  John  xvii.  19  ;  Mark  x.  45 ;  Matt.  xx.  22. 


116  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

penal  justice,  to  draw  the  sufferings  upon  Himself,  to  turn 
them  away  from  the  humanity  which  His  love  will  not 
abandon,  preferring  by  participation  to  share  the  sense  of  the 
divine  displeasure  as  just,  forgetting  Himself  and  sacrificing 
everything  but  love.  He  is  therefore  a  High  Priest  in  cru/x- 
TvaOeia,  making  what  is  His  ours,  and  what  is  ours  His,  and 
bearing  that  heaviest  suffering,  in  which  all  other  evil  finds 
its  centre  and  climax — the  sense  of  the  divine  displeasure 
(opjT])  with  a  guilt-laden  world.  He  encircles  the  world  with 
His  energy  of  love,  so  that  He  is  willing  to  answer  for  it,  to 
save  and  cover  it  by  His  substitutionary  act.  In  this  willing 
surrender  He  even  pours  forth  His  blood,  and  losing  Himself 
in  a  sense  of  our  culpability  and  of  God's  just  displeasure 
which  breaks  His  heart,^  He  commits  His  spirit  into  His 
Father's  hands. 

2.   Ohjectivc  Asioect. 

§  122&. 

Christ's  purpose  of  Atonement,  w^hich  was  an  acceptance  of 
the  Father's  purpose,  and  the  course  of  action  in  keeping 
with  His  substitutionary  disposition,  which  took  the  form 
of  suffering  obedience,  have  also  objective  significance, 
and  therefore  objective  force  and  effect.  Contemplating 
humanity  in  Christ  as  making  satisfaction  to  the  divine 
Justice,  God  sees  in  Him,  who  suffered  for  us,  and  in 
love  to  the  divine  Justice  offered  Himself  a  sacrifice  to 
God,  that  perfect  security  for  the  world,  for  the  sake  of 
which  not  merely  free  forgiveness  and  immunity  from 
punishment,  but  also  life  and  blessedness,  may  now  be 
proclaimed  and  offered  to  it. 

1.  After  §  122a  the  question  still  remains  open,  whether 
that  which  Christ  desired  to  accomplish  by  what  He  did  and 
suffered  for  our  good  from  a  love  that  never  forgets  the  claims 
of  justice  remained  His  subjective  wish  only,  or  whether  God 
also  regarded  it  as  Christ  would  have  it  regarded,  namely,  as 
^  John  xix.  34.     Cf.  Hanua,  Tlic  Last  Days  of  our  Lord. 


DOGMATIC  INVESTIGATION.  117 

done  for  the  benefit  of  Immanity,  as  an  expiation  or  uvTtXvTpov 
for  it  in  order  to  the  forgiveness  of  sins.  We  saw  that  the 
purpose  of  substitution,  which  does  not  shrink  even  from 
entering  into  the  misery  and  unhappiness  of  the  loved  object, 
is  necessary  to  His  free  love,  and  is  the  law  of  its  life.  Now, 
if  it  were  possible  for  God's  justice  to  characterize  such  action 
on  the  part  of  love  as  worthless,  as  an  essentially  futile  and 
impossible  aspiration,  then  love,  which  yet  cannot  but  do  this, 
,  would  be  severed  from  justice  at  its  highest  point.  But  no 
justice  can  exist  which  could  forbid  love  doing  that  which  it 
must  do,  and  without  which,  therefore,  Christ's  love  in  parti- 
cular would  not  be  perfect.  Justice  is  the  guard  of  love,  not 
an  interdict  upon  it.  On  the  contrary,  if  justice  exists  for 
the  purpose  of  shielding  good  of  essential  value,  and  therefore 
love,  it  wills  love  after  its  manner.  This  implies  an  objective 
value  in  Christ's  work  of  love  even  for  God.  Nor  can  we 
so  much  as  conceive  that  the  love  of  the  God-man,  which 
devoted  itself  to  death  for  our  sakes,  could  have  besought  any- 
thing in  vain.  Further,  to  the  divine  judgment  two  things 
objectively  exist — the  receptiveness  of  humanity  for  substitu- 
tionary forces,  so  long  as  it  is  still  capable  of  redemption  and 
an  object  of  intercession,  and  the  concentration  of  objective, 
substitutionary  forces  in  Christ.  For  Christ  belongs  objec- 
tively, and  in  the  true  divine  view  actually,  to  humanity, 
namely,  as  its  Head  and  Eepresentative,  and  as  the  only  one 
able  to  save  it.  If,  tlierefore,  it  was  no  caprice  on  Christ's 
part,  but  divine  necessity, — the  evrokr]  of  love, — to  desire  to 
answer  for  His  brethren,  and,  after  incorporating  Himself 
with  humanity  as  its  true  Son,  to  make  it,  so  to  speak,  a  debt 
of  love  to  humanity  to  cancel  its  debt,  how  could  the  Father 
refuse  to  acknowledge  what  He  gave  to  Christ  as  an  ivToXij, 
after  Christ  had  fulfilled  it  ?  Or,  what  could  be  lacking  to 
the  perfect  satisfaction  of  justice,  after  Christ  had  done  it 
honour  in  every  respect,  undertaken  everything  which  it  is 
bound  to  require,  and  embodied  all  its  demands  in  His  own 
willing  act  and  suffering  ? 

2.  So  far  as  Christ  is  truly  man  (nay,  in  Him  appeared  the 
inmost  essence  of  the  idea  of  the  race),  the  race  made  in 
Him  satisfaction  to  justice  for  its  guilt.  Now,  from  the  time 
that    He    who    did    and    suffered    this    really    belonged     to 


113  THE  DOCTPJXE  Of  ATONEMENT. 

humanity,  it  is  no  longer  a  race  that  does  not  make  satis- 
faction to  God ;  hut  as  certainly  as  He  can  no  longer  be 
thought  without  His  humanity,  so  certainly  also  humanity 
cannot  be  thought  truly,  if  it  is  thought  without  Him,  and 
thus  it  makes  satisfaction  in  Him.  Thus,  from  its  own  midst 
it  presents  to  God  and  His  justice  the  expiating,  satisfying 
Man — its  Head.  And  God  thus  receives  from  the  race  in 
Christ's  entire  obedience  a  good  precious  even  to  Him,  which 
had  no  existence  before,  which  could  not  be  produced  by  God  , 
alone,  which  indeed  He  made  possible  by  sending  His  Son, 
but  which  could  only  be  realized  by  Christ  in  earnest,  painful 
toil  Hence,  God  Himself  can  no  longer  view  humanity,  to 
which  Christ  with  His  merit  and  historical  power  over  it 
belongs,  without  Him ;  and  since  God  views  it  as  it  has  been 
since  Christ,  He  views  it  as  one  carrying  in  itself,  along  with 
guilt  and  sin,  the  power  of  the  expiation  which  avails  before 
God,  nay,  even  the  power  of  holiness. 

3.  But,  of  course,  the  process  of  atonement  cannot  conclude 
in  pure  objectivity,  in  the  way  in  which  the  payment  of  a  debt 
may  really  avail  for  another  without  his  taking  part  in  it  or 
knowing  of  it,  God,  it  is  true,  on  His  part,  is  in  Christ  reconciled 
with  humanity  even  before  its  faith,  not  through  faith ;  access 
to  God  is  free,  God  can  now  offer  Himself  to  us  as  a  father  to 
his  children.  But  He  offers  Himself  thus,  in  order  that  we  may 
believe,  on  our  part  affirm  Christ's  fellowship  with  us,  there- 
fore seek  fellowship  with  Him,  and  in  this  fellowship  not 
merely  have  the  consciousness  of  forgiveness,  but  also  find  in 
Him  the  powers  of  sanctification.  But  wherever  this  atoning, 
prevenient  grace  is  despised  or  turned  to  wantonness,  there 
long-suffering  is  at  an  end,  and  the  flame  of  judgment  bursts 
forth  against  irremediable  wickedness.  This  very  atoning,  i.e. 
absolutely  revealed  love,  must  also  be  absolutely  condemning 
love  to  those  who  scorn  it.^  But,  first  of  all,  the  effect  of 
what  has  been  objectively  done  and  procured  by  Christ  is, 
that  God  now  regards  humanity  as  atoned  for  in  Christ,  that 
in  His  heart  He  has  forgiven  it  for  Christ's  sake — not  merely 
if  or  because  it  believes,  but  objectivel}^  in  Himself  in  free 
prevenient  love  hecause  of  the  connection  of  Christ  with  it,  and 
therefore  can  offer  forgiveness  to  it  without  injury  to  His 
J  Heb.  vi.  10 ;  John  v.  27,  iii.  36. 


DOGMATIC  INVESTIGATION.  119 

justice.  Humanity  therefore  possesses  in  Christ  the  efficient 
power  of  atonement  as  a  sacred  gift,  which  has  made  for- 
giveness through  grace  not  merely  a  possibility,  but  a  fact  for 
God,  although  the  subjective  process  in  us  is  not  thereby 
dispensed  with.  Humanity  is  now  no  longer  unreconciled 
either  by  expiation  or  punishment,  no  longer  a  mere  object  of 
patient  long-suffering ;  but  in  Christ  it  may  and  ought  to  know 
itself  judged,  but  in  such  a  way  that  judgment  is  swallowed 
up  in  victory.  And,  withal,  He  who  thus  makes  Himself  a 
sacrifice  to  the  divine  justice  for  our  good,  has  become  the 
personal  righteousness  of  our  race,  the  efficient,  creative 
principle  of  a  new  humanity,  which  by  faith  receives  the 
objective  atonement  for  its  justification,  and  will  stand  before 
God  in  righteousness  of  life.  By  fulfilling  righteousness  and 
the  law,  Christ  overcomes  the  sole  supremacy  of  the  legal 
stage,  conducting  it  on  to  the  revelation  of  love.  But  here 
the  consideration  directly  suggests  itself,  that  the  holy  dis- 
charge of  His  office  was  identical  with  Christ's  personal 
exaltation.  We  saw  that  His  theanthropic  love  did  not 
assume  the  work  of  judging  the  world,  but  in  its  willingness 
to  bear  the  full  weight  of  God's  justice  on  behalf  of  humanity 
drew  the  judgment,  so  to  speak,  down  upon  itself.  But  this 
fact  has  also  a  Christological  significance  for  the  consumma- 
tion of  His  theanthropic  Person.  Before  proceeding,  however, 
to  this  subject,  let  us  consider  how  the  various  theories  of 
atonement,  which  have  come  under  our  notice,  are  related  to 
what  has  been  advanced. 

4.  Eetrospect. — According  to  §  114,  3  (p.  7),  it  is  our 
duty  to  show  that  what  is  true  in  the  theories  of  atonement 
that  have  appeared  hitherto,  finds  room  or  is  preserved  in  the 
exposition  given.  The  purport  of  the  theories  of  a  pre- 
dominantly physical  character  is  deliverance  by  Christ  from 
the  power  of  death  and  Satan.  True,  death  is  overcome  by 
Christ  only  as  the  last  enemy,  and  despite  the  atonement 
through  Him  even  believers  are  not  exempted  from  the 
necessity  of  dying.  Nevertheless,  through  Christ's  atonement 
the  power  of  death  is  broken  inwardly,  or  as  a  power  over  the 
spirit.  The  fear  of  death  is  abolished  for  believers,  death  is 
transformed  into  an  object  of  hope ;  for,  through  the  restored 
communion  with  God  real  triumph  even  over  mortality  is 


120  THE  DOCTEINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

made  the  object  of  certain  hope,  whereas  the  sufferings  still 
remaining  have  lost  their  penal  character  for  the  consciousness 
of  the  Christian,  and  only  continue,  even  as  disciplinary  and  in 
so  far  salutary  evils,  so  long  as  their  good  end  is  not  yet 
accomplished.  Just  so  through  Christ's  atonement  the  power 
of  Satan — the  Prince  of  this  world — is  broken,  and  his  im- 
potence in  contrast  with  the  Holy  One,  on  whom  he  exhausted 
himself,  demonstrated.  Christians  are  bought  for  Christ  and 
His  kingdom,  and  saved  from  the  power  of  darkness.  Before 
Christ's  advent  its  assaults  had  their  strongest  support  in  an 
evil,  guilt-biirdened  conscience,  which  suggested  the  tempta- 
tion to  flee  from  God  as  a  dark,  hostile  being,  and  to  sur- 
render oneself  to  the  perverseness  of  frivolity  or  despair. 
But  through  Christ's  atonement  the  accusation  of  conscience 
is  so  hushed,  that,  while  its  justice  is  acknowledged  and  its 
severity  even  increased,  it  becomes  a  means  to  lead  in  the 
way  of  salvation  and  reconciliation. 

The  theories,  founded  on  the  category  of  adaptation 
(convenientia),  are  to  be  acknowledged  in  a  formal  respect, 
not  merely  as  relates  to  their  fundamental  thought,  but 
still  more  inasmuch  as  design  implies  that  knowledge  of 
the  necessity  of  the  historically  realized  means  of  atonement, 
which  was  the  problem  before  us.  And  if  regard  is  had  to 
the  contents  of  what  is  given  us  in  Christ's  work  of  atonement, 
that  work  implies  essential  gain  also  in  relation  to  true 
knowledge  or  consciousness.  Not,  of  course,  as  if  knowledge  by 
itself  were  atonement,  whether  knowledge  of  man's  true,  noble 
nature,  elevation  to  an  ideal  apprehension  of  humanity,  of  its 
essential  unity  with  God,  in  which  atonement  is  already  given 
eternally, — or  knowledge  of  a  supposed,  eternal  reconciliation 
of  God  with  sin  and  guilt,  or  of  a  non-existence  of  sin  for 
God,  or  of  a  substitution  of  the  ideal  man  who  is  born  of 
better  resolve  and  is  well-pleasing  to  God  for  our  sinful  con- 
dition ;  for  this  ideal  essence  of  human  nature  is  mere  possi- 
bility, and  our  empirical  character  contradicts  the  reality  which 
it  desires.  But  when,  as  the  faith  of  Christendom  affirms, 
the  humanity  well-pleasing  to  God — the  Son  of  God — really 
exists,  He  can  of  course  be  a  substitute  for  us  according  to 
the  divine  view ;  and  our  knowledge,  that  on  account  of  His 
connection  with  us  we  belong  to  a  humanity  well-pleasing  to 


DOGMATIC  INVESTIGATION.  121 

God  and  reconciled  with  Him,  of  course  imparts  to   our  con- 
sciousness a  sense  of  reconciliation. 

The  theory  also,  which  regards  Christ  as  a  symlol  set  up 
by  God,  on  the  one  hand  of  His  hatred  against  evil  in  order  to 
awaken  the  consciousness  of  our  sin  and  God's  holiness,  on 
the  other  hand  as  a  symbol  of  His  sparing  love,  rightly  re- 
minds us  that  God  is  to  be  conceived  in  the  matter  of  atone- 
ment not  merely  as  Father,  but  also  as  Euler  of  the  world, 
and  contains  all  the  more  truth  as  this  theory  seeks  a  point 
of  connection  in  history.  To  it  Christ  is  a  historic  pledge 
and  security  for  God's  forgiving  love,  without  His  severity 
against  evil  being  meant  to  be  infringed  thereby.  He  is  the 
revealer  of  the  peace  of  God  with  humanity,  the  personal 
promulgation  of  forgiveness  by  means  of  His  teaching,  which 
is  sealed  by  death.  But  hereto  must  now  be  added  :  The  reason 
why  Christ  is  the  most  potent  and  true  symbol  of  atonement 
is,  that  He  is  more  than  a  mere  symbol  instructing  about 
eternal  truths  or  intimating  them,  because  in  Him  the  atone- 
ment has  become  present  reality.  Were  His  life  and  suffering 
not  operative,  but  mere  symbol,  they  could  then  scarcely 
signify  what  this  theory  supposes.  Christ's  suffering  and 
death  would  not  be  an  apt,  but  a  most  obscure  symbol  of  the 
forgiveness  of  sins.  How  far  is  such  suffering,  supposed  to 
be  a  divinely-ordained  symbol,  from  suggesting  a  manifesta- 
tion of  divine  love,  unless  such  divinely-inflicted  suffering 
mediates  and  effects  forgiveness,  instead  of  merely  signifying 
or  promulgating  it !  Moreover,  the  teaching  of  Christ  Him- 
self, which  is  sealed  by  His  death,  is  by  no  means  silent  on 
the  subject  of  God's  punitive  justice,  and  knows  nothing  of 
the  doctrine,  that  evil  is  only  punishable  in  the  sight  of  the 
just  God  on  account  of  its  hurtfulness  to  human  welfare,  not 
on  account  of  its  absolute  culpability.  Seeing,  then,  that 
the  mere  symbolic  or  didactic  import  of  Christ's  suffering 
and  death  is  without  basis,  if  Christ's  person  and  work 
are  not,  on  the  contrary,  operative  or  procuring  means, 
the  view  must  commend  itself,  in  comparison  with  the 
former  one,  according  to  which  Christ  is  not  a  mere  prophet, 
teacher,  or  example,  but  has  and  exercises  the  power  of  com- 
municating energetic  consciousness  of  God  or  sanctification 
and  conquest  over  sin,  for  therewith  He  is  the  security  for  our 


122  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

perfection,  wliicli  is  acceptable  to  God,  the  security  not  merely 
to  us,  but  also  objectively  to  God. 

This  is  further  supported  by  the  following  line  of  considera- 
tion. Christ  maintained  holiness  and  righteousness  under  the 
severest  assaults  ;  He  permitted  the  power  of  sin  to  burst  upon 
Him,  and  forced  it  to  disclose  its  inmost  mind — hate  and  false- 
hood. As  the  righteous  Son  of  man.  He  exhibited  the  unchange- 
ableness  of  pure  love  with  love-begetting  energy,  and  His  fruitful, 
jDroductive  archetype  lives  on  in  the  Church  through  the  Holy 
Spirit.  Through  the  startling  revelation  of  the  inmost  essence 
of  sin  iu  Him,  He  has  become  the  principle  of  repentance  to 
the  world.  And  since  the  power  dwells  in  Him  of  drawing 
into  the  fellowship  of  His  blessedness  and  holiness,  God  Him- 
self is  able  to  let  Him  stand  as  security  for  us.  ISTay,  the 
remark  is  obvious,  that  on  account  of  Christ's  connection  with 
us,  God  may  even  accept  the  beginning  of  the  new  life  in  us 
for  its  consummation,  in  order  for  its  sake  to  vouchsafe  for- 
giveness and  justification  to  the  believer.  Without  doubt  this 
moral  theory  afhrms  much  that  is  weighty  and  great;  but 
what  is  true  in  it  again  becomes  insecure  when  the  procuring 
of  forgiveness  and  atonement  by  Christ  are  left  out  of  sight, 
independently  of  our  personal  holiness  and  faith  in  Christ. 
If  God's  reconciliation  with  us  and  our  forgiveness  are  only 
procured  by  our  faith  as  the  principle  of  sanctification,  only  a 
precarious  position  is  left  to  Christ's  atoning  action.  For  true 
faith  is  impossible  without  sincere  repentance,  and  sincere 
repentance  without  acknowledgment  of  guilt  and  actual  penal 
desert,  and  therefore  of  the  reality  and  justice  of  the  divine 
displeasure,  nay,  impossible  without  the  wish  for  a  satisfaction 
to  the  divine  justice.  But  such  repentance  is  impossible 
without  the  preaching  of  the  atonement  accomplished  by  Christ. 
Nothing  but  that  atonement  can  evoke  the  act  of  trustful 
faith  in  Christ,  which  then  no  doubt  becomes  the  principle  of 
sanctification  in  us.  The  atonement — already  accomplished, 
procured  anticipando  by  Christ's  prevenient  love,  not  first  to 
be  procured  by  our  initial  sanctification — must  be  the  object 
on  which  faith  is  trustfully  to  lay  hold,  else  our  assurance  of 
salvation  ever  rests  in  the  last  resort  on  the  weak  foundation 
of  our  faith,  which  procures  forgiveness  by  initial  sanctifica- 
tion.    Accordingly  there  must  be  a  pre-existence,  so  to  speak. 


DOGMATIC  INVESTIGATION.  123 

in  God  and  Chiist  of  our  atonement,  procured  by  Christ 
before  our  faith,  in  order  that  faith  on  its  part  may  be  able  to 
enter  into  saving,  sanctifying  fellowship  with  Christ.  Faith 
must  be  able  to  base  itself  on  Christ's  anticipatory  com- 
munion of  love  with  us,  and  therefore  on  Christ  extra  nos, 
who,  however,  is  also  for  us ;  and  then  faith  itself  is  the 
response  to  and  affirmation  of  this  communion  provided  by 
Christ.  But  Christ  could  not  take  His  stand  as  security  for 
,  humanity  to  God,  unless  as  High  Priest  He  entered  into  the 
sense  of  guilt,  which  we  ought  to  have,  into  the  sense  of 
punishment  involved  in  God's  just  displeasure.  To  think 
away  this  crowning-point  of  Christ's  suffering,  this  sharpest 
sting,  consisting  in  the  painful  consciousness  or  endurance 
and  affirmation  of  God's  displeasure  acknowledged  as  just, 
would  be  to  take  away  from  Christ's  suffering  love  that  which 
subdues  the  heart  and  answers  to  the  need  of  the  conscience ; 
and  therewith  the  purity  and  overwhelming  force  of  the 
principle  of  repentance  and  sanctification  would  suffer  damage. 
This  leads  to  the  last  and  highest  point. 

The  validity  of  the  aspects  hitherto  considered  must  depend 
upon  the  right  interweaving  of  the  idea  of  justice  into  the 
doctrine  of  atonement.  Certainly,  after  what  has  been 
advanced,  the  private-right  theory  is  insufficient,  which  starts 
from  the  analogy  of  the  payment  of  a  money  debt  or  a  satis- 
faction for  the  injury  to  God's  personal  honour.  Just  as 
little  satisfactory  is  the  theory  of  retribution  according  to  the 
jus  talionis,  or,  to  speak  generally,  the  quantitative  equivalence 
of  Christ's  physical  sufferings  to  the  penalties  deserved  by 
humanity.  His  physical  sufferings  are  rather  to  be  viewed 
in  as  close  association  as  possible  with  His  spiritual  sufferings, 
and  could  only  have  their  most  painful  significance  in  their 
connection  with  sin.  Nor,  again,  must  we  stop  at  the  view, 
that  from  His  birth  Jesus  submitted  to  participation  in  human 
sorrow,  in  physical  and  social  evils,  therewith  subjecting  Him- 
self to  God's  penal  decree  upon  humanity,  which  connects 
suffering  with  sin,  and  therefore  to  the  common  punishment, 
death  included,  to  which  all  members  of  the  race  are  subject ; 
for  this  He  was  obliged  to  assume  as  the  pre-condition  of  His 
official  action.  Finally,  His  perfectly  satisfying  God's  legislative 
justice,  which  requires  a  pure  and  godly  life,  as  the  righteous 


124  THE  DOCTPJXE  OF  ATONEMENT. 

personality  who  offered  Himself  to  God  a  well-pleasing  sacri- 
fice (oa-fiT)  €vcoSLa<;)^  by  presenting  pure  humanity  before  God/ 
merely  concerns  Him  personally.  But  this  very  righteousness 
of  His  cannot  do  other  than  acknowledge  the  penal  character 
of  sin  and  the  rights  of  the  divine  justice,  while  His  love  with 
its  universal  power,  to  which  the  race  is  receptive,  must  in 
virtue  of  His  office  resolve  to  bring  help  to  the  race  by 
entering  into  its  misery  and  bearing  its  burden  in  high- 
priestly  sympathy.  Thus  arises  the  official  presentation  and 
realization  of  justice  for  the  race,  of  course  only  on  the  basis  of 
His  perfect  ethical  personality  or  righteousness ;  and  by  this 
means  He  not  merely  desires  to  satisfy,  but  does  objectively 
satisfy  the  divine  justice,  exhibiting  in  the  world  the  same 
zeal  for  justice  that  lives  in  God.  Whilst  His  theanthropic 
person  enters  into  the  painful  sense  of  the  divine  opyi],  in 
order  to  deliver  us  from  it,  thereby  glorifying  the  divine  justice, 
at  the  same  time  by  His  holy  sacrifice  of  body  and  soul,  which 
He  vicariously  presents  to  God  for  us,  the  sacred  rights  of  justice 
find  their  realization  upon  earth.  Christ's  spontaneous  act  of 
suffering  obedience  is  absolutely  well-pleasing  to  God  as  an  act 
of  unconditional  homage  to  the  majesty  and  rights  of  divine 
justice  springing  from  His  unselfish  love,  an  act  of  homage 
by  which  spontaneous  loving  communion  between  God  and 
the  world  is  again  established  free  from  all  restraint.  For 
the  result  of  God's  good  pleasure  in  this  sacrifice  is,  that  in 
His  heart  God  can  and  does  forgive  humanity,  so  far  as 
Christ  represents  it,  no  longer  imputing  former  guilt,  and 
therefore  deprives  all  suffering  of  the  character  of  punishment, 
nay,  not  content  with  our  immunity  from  punishment,  again 
manifests  His  favour  and  grace  to  humanity.  Justice  and 
love,  the  revelation  of  which  in  the  world  was  sundered  by 
sin,  are  again  brought  by  Christ  into  realization  in  the  unity 
and  harmony  belonging  to  them  eternally  within  the  divine 
nature,  and  are  revealed  in  that  realization. 

1  Eph.  V.  2.  2  jieb.  x.  5-10. 


TRANSITION  TO  THIRD  DIVISION.  125 

TRANSITION  TO  THE  TRIED  DIVISION. 

§  123. 

With  Christ's  death  not  merely  is  His  earthly  work  finished, 
but  also  the  inner,  primarily  spiritual  consummation  of 
His  person  established.  Hence,  the  lowest  stage  of  His 
outward  Humiliation  is  in  itself  the  beginning  of  His 
Exaltation.^ 

LiTEKATUKE.— Of.  Eothe,  Thcol.  Etliik,  ii.  §  567,  p.  303  ff. 

1.  The  New  Testament  speaks  in  several  places  of  the 
importance  of  Christ's  sufferings  and  death  for  the  consumma- 
tion of  His  person,  and  that  not  merely  in  the  light  of  conse- 
quence and  fruit  or  reward,^  but  also  in  the  sense  that  the 
lifting  up  of  Christ  on  the  cross,  outwardly  the  deepest 
humiliation,  is  itself  contemplated  as  personal  exaltation, 
glorification,  or  transfiguration,''  the  ground  of  which  cannot 
lie  in  the  fact  that  by  His  death  He  was  withdrawn  from  all 
attacks  of  human  hostility  and  all  affliction,  but  in  this,  that 
even  in  suffering,  a  Eedeemer's  glory ,^  the  power  of  love, 
and  the  dignity  of  a  King  who  suffers  for  His  people,  are 
revealed. 

2.  The  possibility  of  Christ's  manifesting  His  high-priestly 
love  by  suffering  and  death,  implied  that  the  relations  of  the 
different  sides  of  His  personality  stood  as  yet  relatively 
isolated.  Therefore  the  theanthropic  Union  was  at  first, 
before  His  death,  not  yet  completely  realized,  although  its 
consummation  was  divinely  assured  from  the  beginning 
(§  102.  3).  It  is  true.  He  was  King  even  before  His  state  of 
exaltation,  and  His  humiliation  formed  a  standing  contrast 
to  the  dignity  and  greatness  existing  in  Him.  But  He  was 
not  yet  raised  above  the  capacity  of  suffering  and  dying,  not 
even  above  assaults  and  temptations,  and  therefore  His 
blessedness  was  not  yet  perfect.      Although,  further,  the  Son 

1    Pet.  iii.   18,   ^avarajh};  fiiv  irapKi,   '(aovoitii^u;  Ss  TviuficaTi.       TllO   lilttei'   CaUUOt 

refer  simply  to  the  Resurrection. 

-  Heb.  ii.  14,  v.  2-7  ;  Phil.  ii.  9-11.  »  John  viii.  28,  xii.  32-34. 

*  Cf.  llothe,  Nachgel  Predifjten,  18C9,  II.  xvi.  p.  134  tf. 


126  TEANSITION  TO  THIED  DIVISION. 

of  man  knew  it  to  be  His  destination  to  bring  real  judgment 
to  the  world,  which  as  j^et  He  did  not  actually  exercise/  still 
absolute  divine  majesty  and  might  were  as  yet  wanting  to 
Him.^  If  in  the  work  of  atonement  He  were  the  Judge  who 
demands  and  receives  the  expiation,  He  could  not  at  the  same 
time  be  the  One  who  presents  it,  without  converting  the  work 
into  something  merely  epideictic.  Hence  Luther's  saying 
cited  above  (p.  32)  has  its  truth,  the  validity  of  what  Christ 
did  on  behalf  of  humanity  depending  on  this  fact.  But  in 
the  very  sufferings  by  which  He  places  Himself  in  relation 
to  God's  justice  in  order  in  avixirddeta  with  us  to  feel  His 
displeasure,  and  therewith  on  His  part  with  priestly  heart 
bear  the  burden  of  the  general  punishment  lying  on  humanity, 
the  spiritual  element  lacking  to  His  person  is  gained.  By 
the  perfect  interblending  m  the  God-man  of  justice  and  love 
as  they  are  united  in  God,  and  that  in  carrying  forward  the 
union  of  His  divine  nature  with  the  human,  the  absolute 
union  with  God's  judicial  power  and  justice  is  inwardly 
brought  about ;  and  thus  His  deepest  humiliation  became  in 
itself  the  commencement  of  His  exaltation.*  The  movement 
proceeds  from  both  sides,  which  seek  and  tend  towards  their 
perfect  union.  The  humanity  of  Jesus  wills  and  affirms  the 
divine  justice  without  condition  or  limit.  Not  merely  does 
that  justice  live  in  His  consciousness  of  God's  displeasure 
with  the  world,  but  the  Son  of  man,  with  absolute  sense  of 
justice,  enters  by  voluntary  suffering  into  God's  judicial  will, 
and  in  such  self-sacrificing,  righteous  love  embodies  in  human 
life  the  absolute  justice  that  exists  in  God,  draws  the  divine 
justice  down,  so  to  speak,  upon  himself,  in  sympathy  becoming 
responsible  for  our  guilt  and  penal  desert.  Therewith  a  scene 
is  prepared  in  humanity  for  God  as  the  Logos  after  a  new 
manner.  For,  conversely,  the  Godhead  also,  who  chose  Him 
as  His  dwelling,  wills  to  be  revealed  and  gain  realization  in 
the  God-man  as  retributive  justice.  Christ's  perfect  love  for 
justice,  which  sacrifices  itself  in  order  to  glorify  the  divine 
justice,  and  which  He  attested  by  suffering  and  death,  was 
His  consecration  to  the  office  of  theanthropic  Judge  of  the 
world.     Heoce  His  lofty  language  at  the  very  moment  when 

1  Cf.  Matt.  XXV.  31  ff.,  xxvi.  64,  with  John  iii.  18,  v.  22,  viii.  15,  xii.  47. 
3  John  xiv.  12.  =*  John  v.  19-22,  26. 


TRANSITION  TO  THIRD  DIVISION.  12  7 

He  is  being  judged  by  the  high  priest/  Now  the  majesty 
and  judicial  authority  of  God  are  able  and  willing  to  make 
their  abode  without  reserve  in  Him  who,  by  His  entrance 
through  voluntary  suffering  into  the  judgment  passed  on  the 
world,  first  gave  the  divine  justice  the  scene  of  its  absolute 
realization  in  humanity.  His  loving  act  in  justly  bearing  our 
burden,  to  which  His  earthly  and  physical  life  succumbed,"^ 
became,  on  the  other  hand,  the  consummation  of  His  person, 
in  the  first  instance  of  His  spirit. 

Observation. — Just  as,  according  to  §  105, 1,  the  commence- 
ment of  the  Incarnation  was  brought  about  through  the 
human  soul  or  the  spirit  of  Jesus,  so  the  same  relation  must 
again  obtain  at  the  end.  Christ's  corporeal  consummation, 
His  resurrection  and  raising  to  the  right  hand  of  the  Father, 
can  only  be  the  result  of  the  spiritual  consummation  accom- 
plished in  the  sacrifice  of  His  death.  This  His  spiritual 
consummation  comes  to  a  close  in  the  Descent  into  Hades  so 
called,  and  its  effect  is  the  Eesurrection  and  Exaltation  to 
the  right  hand  of  God. 


THIRD    DIVISION. 

THE  EXALTATION  OR  POST-EXISTENCE  OF  CHRIST. 
FIRST  POINT:    THE  DESCENT  INTO  HADES  (cf.  §  99). 

§  124. 

Christ's  Descent  into  Hades  so  called  neither  belongs  to  the 
state  of  Humiliation  or  suffering,  nor  has  it  a  mere 
epideictic  meaning.  It  rather  marks,  in  respect  to 
Christ's  person,  a  higher  state  of  life,  pneumatic  in 
character,  in  which  He  is  able  to  display  His  spirit- 
power  independently  of  space  and  time. 

Literature. — J.  L.  Konig,  Die  Lehre  von  Christi  Hollenfahrt, 
1842.  Glider,  Die  Lehre  von  der  Erscheinuiuj  Jcsit  Christi  unter 
den  Todten,  1853.     Ackermann,  Die  Glcmbcnssdtze  vo7i  Christi 

^  Matt.  xxvi.  64.  Thus,  perhaps,  the  air'  ccpn  of  the  uassage  is  to  be  under- 
stood. 

^  John  xix.  34. 


123  EXALTATION  OF  CHRIST. 

Hollenfahrt  unci  v.  d.  Aufersthg.  d.  Flcisches  vor  d.  Richtcr 
tuiserer  Thaten,  1855.  Martensen,  Christian  Dogmatics,  §  171. 
Frank,  Theol.  d.  F.  C.  iii.  397-454  (worthy  of  notice  on  account 
of  the  discussions  respecting  Aepin) ;  System  der  Chr.  Wahrhtit, 
ii.  205  f.  Von  Zezschwitz,  Petri  Ap.  de  Christi  ad  inferos 
Descensu  Sententia  ex  loco  nobilissimo  1  Petr.  iii.  19  eruta  exada 
ad  epistolm  argumentum,  1857.  Cf.  the  commentaries  of  Calvin, 
Bengel,  Huther,  v.  Hofmann ;  Schmid,  Bibl.  Thcol.  N.  T. 
Schweitzer,  Hinahgefaliren  zur  Holle  als  Mythus,  1868.  G.  H. 
Waage,  De  (ctate  Articidi,  qui  in  Symh.  Apost.  traditur  J.  Ch. 
ad  Inferos  Descensus,  Haun  1836. 

1.  It  may  be  accepted  as  a  result  of  modern  exegetical 
research,^  that,  in  harmony  with  the  faith  of  the  ancient 
Church,  Peter  really  contemplates  Christ  after  His  death, 
probably  before  His  resurrection,  as  active  in  the  region  of 
the  dead  (in  Hades,  Old  German  hel),  and  therefore  not  in  the 
place  of  torment,  but  in  the  intermediate  region.^  If  hell  is 
the  same  as  the  region  of  the  dead,  the  notion  is  precluded  of 
Christ  going  into  Hades  in  order  to  endure  the  torments  of 
hell.^  The  application,  found  among  Keformed  theologians, 
of  the  Descent  into  Hades  to  the  torments  of  hell,  which  had 
to  be  endured,  shows  its  intrinsic  weakness  in  this,  that  these 
inner  sufferings  were  then  usually  connected  with  the  cross.* 
Since  the  text  speaks  of  a  preaching  to  the  spirits  reserved  in 
Hades,  the  interpretation  here  and  there  endorsed  by  Luther, 
that  Christ  presented  Himself  as  a  victorious  Lord  to  the 
devil  and  the  damned  in  heU,  thus  making  a  mere  epideictic 
triumphal  progress  there,  is  out  of  the  question.  Before 
Christ  there  was  no  abode  peopled  by  the  damned ;  the  0.  T. 
Sheol  is  something  different.  A  preferable  meaning  would  be, 
that  Christ  vanquished  the  devil  and  hell.  But  since  this 
conquest  takes  place,  not  through  physical  power  and  force, 

1  Weiss,  Petrinischer  Lelirhegriff,  1855.  Glider,  p.  88  ff.  Frank,  p.  205  ff., 
on  1  Pet.  iii.  18,  iv.  6  ;  Acts  ii.  24-27  (Eph.  iv.  8-10  has  no  j^lace  here). 

2  Only  V.  Hofmann,  v.  Zezschwitz,  and  Luthardt  try  to  avoid  this  natural 
interpretation,  understanding  by  the  preaching  1  Pet.  iii.  19  a  preaching  on 
earth  to  the  spiritually  dead,  and  that  in  the  days  of  Noah  (as  formerly  Aepin). 

3  Aepin  supposed  the  descent  into  Hades  to  be  a  part  of  the  redemptive 
suffering  for  humanity,  but  without  including  the  torments  of  the  damned  ;  lor 
Hades  is  simply  the  intermediate  region,  not  Gehenna. 

^  The  Farm.  Cone.  785  declares  against  identifying  the  descent  into  Hades 
with  the  burial. 


DESCENT  INTO  HADES.  129 

but  through  His  entire  redeeming  work,  it  could  only  be 
ascribed  to  the  descent  into  hell  at  the  cost  of  the  redemption 
accomplished  by  Christ.  It  is  hence  to  be  regarded  as  the 
application  of  the  benefit  of  His  atonement,  as  seems  to  be 
intimated  by  the  KrjpvTTetv  among  the  departed.  But  this 
relegates  us  to  the  prophetic  office.  The  Descent  into  Hades 
is  therefore  not  to  be  regarded  as  primarily  an  act  of  the 
high-priestly  or  kingly  office.  The  preaching  of  the  grace  of 
^  God  in  Christ,  His  presentation  of  Himself  "  as  the  efficient 
cause  of  salvation,  able  to  atone  and  actually  atoning,"  per- 
tains primarily  to  the  prophetic  office ;  but  this,  again,  reveals 
His  person  in  a  new  form.* 

2.  The  Descent  into  Hades  cannot  be  derived  simply  from 
Christ's  essential  equality  with  us,  as  if  it  were  a  personal 
necessity  for  Him,  because  all  men  pass  into  Hades  after  the 
separation  of  the  soul  from  the  body.  Acts  ii.  24  does  not 
affirm  this,  but  rather  that  His  person  could  not  be  held  by 
Hades.  It  can  only  be  conceded  that  Christ  was  unable  to 
avoid  Hades,  if  by  Hades  is  understood  the  state  of  separation 
between  body  and  soul,  instead  of  a  place  in  wliich  departed 
spirits  are  gathered,  because  that  state  of  separation  was  in- 
volved in  Christ's  death ;  but  the  doctrine  of  Chiist's  Descent 
into  Hades  would  then  be  no  new  doctrinal  point,  but  only 
a  proof  that  His  death  actually  took  place.  On  the  other 
hand,  Christ's  going  to  the  spirits  in  prison  is  spoken  of  as 
a  spontaneous  act — not  an  act  of  physical  necessity.  No 
weakness  in  His  person,  no  power  of  Hades  over  Him,  led 
Him  into  Hades.  In  death  His  person  is  inwardly  consum- 
mated (§  123).  His  life  in  Hades  is  not  a  shadowy  life; 
but,  according  to  Peter,  He  intervenes  mightily  by  His  word, 
and  carries  on  His  work,  His  very  deliverance  from  the  limits 

1  Frank  {Theol.  d.  Cone.  For.  p.  429)  explains  that  the  F.  C.  does  not 
definitely  assign  the  Descent  into  Hades  to  the  state  of  exaltation  ;  for  while  it 
speaks  of  the  vanquishing  of  hell  and  the  devil,  this  could  only  be  on  the 
supposition  of  the  Descent  into  Hades  involving  suffering,  as  indeed  was  held  by 
M.  Flacius  and  Joach.  Westphalius,  as  well  as  by  Aepin.  Frank  himself  {Syst. 
d.  chr.  Wahr.  p.  205  If.)  rightly  excludes  all  suffering  in  reference  to  Christ 
after  His  death  (in  keeping  with  Luke  xxiii.  43),  but  calls  it  "foolish,"  as 
nevertheless  the  ancient  Church  held,  to  suppose  that  the  preaching  of  Christ 
,(the  KvpuTTiiv)  in  the  under-world  included  the  intention  of  redeeming  those 
Tt-.iifiura,  and  the  eventual  realization  of  that  intention,  p.  207. 

DoRNER. — Christ.  Docx.  iv.  I 


130  EXALTATION  OF  CHEIST. 

of  the  mortal  body  being  an  indication  of  a  higlier  stage  of 
existence.^ 

3.  Dogmatic  sobriety  enjoins  moderation  on  this  point. 
Christ's  death  was  no  illusive  death.  The  separation  of  the 
soul  from  the  body,  affirmed  in  this  article,  implies  a  confirma- 
tion of  the  reality,  not  only  of  His  death,  but  of  His  human 
soul,  with  which  the  Logos  continued  in  union.  We  must 
therefore  think  of  His  soul  as  bodiless  for  a  time — at  least 
without  the  material  earthly  body.  He  was  then  Pneuma 
only.  And  this  is  the  dogmatic  substratum  for  the  posi- 
tion, that  Christ  could  appear  and  work  in  the  region  of 
those  who,  as  departed  spirits,  lead  a  similar  bodiless  exist- 
ence. We  have  here,  then,  a  challenge — unless  Christ  is  to 
be  conceived  in  this  bodiless  state  as  in  a  condition  of 
spuitual  slumber  or  inaction — to  imagine  Him  at  work  during 
this  time  in  a  way  appropriate  to  this  stadium.  But  no  more 
detailed  construction  of  the  necessity  and  mode  of  this  activity 
on  behalf  of  the  departed  is  to  be  attempted ;  the  New 
Testament  passages  must  be  left  in  their  simple  form. 
Nevertheless,  the  following  elements  contained  in  the  Descent 
into  Hades  are  important.  While  the  notions  of  the  Hebrews 
respecting  Sheol  contain  truth,  the  world  of  the  intermediate 
state — not  merely  the  notion  of  it — has  a  progressive  history. 
Even  the  pious  in  the  Old  Testament  tremble  at  the  kingdom 
of  the  dead,  just  as  in  the  Middle  Ages,  also,  humanity  fell  back 
into  pre-Christian  dread  of  death.  For  purgatory,  again,  is  a 
Hades  which  even  Christians  did  not  transcend,  more  terrible 
than  Sheol,  its  gloomy  issues  overspreading  the  whole  life  of 
those  days  like  a  black  cloud.  Now,  through  Christ,  the 
intermediate  state  of  the  departed  has  experienced  a  move- 
ment, nay,  a  transformation,  through  the  manifestation  of  His 
person  and  work.  The  ceasing  of  this  preaching,  begun  by 
Christ  with  His  preaching  at  that  time,  is  neither  recorded 
nor  reasonably  to  be  supposed.  The  ancient  Church  supposed 
the  preaching  on  behalf  of  the  departed  to  be  continued 
through  the  apostles.  The  apostles  knew  that  with  the 
completion  of  the  atonement,  deliverance  is  given  from  the 
terrors    of  Hades    and   the    fear   of  death ;  ^   and    the    same 

'  1  Pet.  iii.  18,  iaiarudU  fiiM  aoLfjii,   ^uoToinhis  ?£  ■JTiivfiari.  , 

a  Heb.  ii.  14 ;  1  Cor.  xv.  55  ;  Kcm.  viii.  38,  39  ;  Phil.  i.  20-23. 


DESCENT  INTO  HADES.  131 

consciousness  found  expression  again,  in  the  strongest  way,  at 
the  Eeforuiation.  No  power,  not  even  death  and  Hades,  can 
separate  us  from  fellowship  with  Christ.  But  this  further 
implies,  that  Christ's  appearance  among  the  dwellers  in 
the  region  of  the  dead  was  the  work  of  His  free  spirit- 
power — no  passive  subjection  to  a  mere  physical  necessity. 
And  a  further  consequence  is,  that  the  Descent  into  Hades 
expresses  the  universality  of  Christ's  significance,  even  in 
,  respect  to  former  generations  and  the  entire  kingdom  of  the 
dead.  The  distinction  between  earlier  and  later  generations, 
between  the  time  of  ignorance  and  the  time  when  He  is 
known,  is  done  away  by  Christ.^  No  physical  power  is  a 
limit  to  Him.  The  future  world,  like  the  present,  is  the 
scene  of  His  activity.  Combining  these  farthest  extremes  in 
His  person.  He  constitutes  Himself  the  centre  transcending 
all  physical  limits,  "  in  presence  of  which  all  distinctions  of 
time  and  space  vanish,  one  distinction  alone  having  signifi- 
cance— that  between  faith  and  unbelief."  ^ 

Observation  1. — Christ's  saying,  "  Tliis  day  shalt  thou  be 
with  me  in  paradise  "  (Luke  xxiii.  43),  agrees  with  the  De- 
scent into  Hades,  so  far  as  by  paradise  the  assured  state  of 
blessedness  is  meant ;  for  even  in  His  work  in  Hades,  Christ 
is  in  blessedness,  and  blessedness  is  in  communion  with 
Him. 

Observation  2 . — The  period  of  Eationalism,  however  great 
the  interest  it  showed  for  the  salvation  of  the  heathen, 
illogically  took  special  offence  at  the  present  point  of 
doctrine.  On  the  other  hand,  Strauss  thinks  {Dogm.  i.  264, 
271,  ii.  148)  that  the  fact  of  vast  masses  of  men,  before  and 
.  after  Christ,  dying  without  being  brought  into  relation  to 
Christ,  proves  that  the  Christian  revelation,  because  not 
universal,  is  not  necessary  to  salvation.     Modern  theology 

^  Cf.  Martenseu,  ut  supra.  But  this  is  first  accomplished  by  a  historic  influ- 
ence proceeding  from  Christ,  which  sets  aside  the  common  opinion  that,  e.g., 
the  pious  in  the  0.  T.,  before  Christ,  possessed  essentially  the  same  faith  in  all 
respects,  and  the  same  blessing  by  retrospective  action,  as  Christians.  Such 
retrospective  force  is  rendered  superfluous  and  more  than  doubtful  by  the 
preaching  of  the  gospel  in  Hades.  According  to  the  Shepherd  of  Hermas  (iii. 
9.  16),  it  was  necessary  even  for  the  patriarchs,  and,  according  to  Clement  v. 
Alex.  (Stromata,  ii.  9.  vi.),  referred  even  to  heathen  philosophers.  Cf.  Glider, 
.  p.  127  ff. 

*  Cf.  Mai-tcnsen. 


132  EXALTATION  OF  CHRIST, 

has  eagerly  welcomed  this  article,  and  that  because  it  re- 
moves both  the  difficulties  mentioned  ;  for  it  testifies,  that 
even  those  not  laid  hold  of  by  Christ's  historic  manifestation 
in  their  earthly  life,  still  must  and  may  be  brought  into 
relation  to  Him,  in  order  to  be  able  to  accept  or  reject 
Him.  And  thus  the  imiversal  reference  of  Christianity  to 
humanity,  and  the  ahsoluteness  of  the  Christian  religion,  are 
ratified. 


SECOND  POINT  :    THE  EESUEEECTION  OF  CHRIST. 

§  125. 

The  fact  of  the  Eesurrection  of  Christ,  unanimously  attested 
by  the  New  Testament  as  by  the  Church  from  the 
beginning,  has  its  necessity  in  this,  that  the  inner, 
spiritual  perfecting  (§  123),  which  He  attained  in  His 
death,  could  no  longer  permit  to  death  power  of  any 
kind  over  His  sacred  person,  but  became  of  necessity 
the  death  of  death.  For  this  very  reason,  His  reunion 
with  the  body  could  not  be  a  rising  again  to  a  new 
death,  but  only  to  a  higher  existence  no  longer  subject 
to  death,  which  higher  existence  is  a  presage  of  the 
Palingenesis  of  humanity,  nay,  of  the  world,  and  that 
because  it  is  also  its  beginning.  This  beginning  is  the 
transition  to  the  state  of  heavenly  glory,  which  qualifies 
Christ  for  the  administration  of  His  heavenly  office. 
But  it  also  became  the  historic  attestation  of  this 
exaltation,  as  well  as  the  proof  of  His  living  communion 
with  His  people  uninterrupted  by  His  death  and  de- 
parture. 

Literature. — Eeich,  Die  Auferstelmng  Christi  ah  Heilsthat- 
sache,  1846.  H.  G.  Hasse,  Das  Leben  des  verkldrten  Urlosers  im 
Himmel  nach  den  eigenen  Aussprilchen  des  Herrn,  1854.  Baur, 
Neutestamentliche  Theologie,  pp.  95, 195  ff.,  1864.  Ihid.,'Kirc1ien- 
gcschichte.  Beyschlag,  ilber  die  Auferstchung.  Neander,  Leben 
Jesu,  ed.  4,  p.  858  ff.  Gebhardt,  Z^te  AufcrstcJmng  Christi,  1864. 
Thomas,  La  Eesunection  de  J.  Chr.,  2  vols.  1870.     Westcott, 


\ 


CHRIST'S  KESUKEECTION.  133 

The  Gospel  of  the  Resurrection.  Eespecting  the  Eesurrection 
also,  Glider,  1862;  Kahnis,  1864;  liocholl,  Die  Bealprdsenz, 
1875. 

1.  Every  one   allows,   that  the   faith   of  the  disciples   in 
Christ's  resurrection  was  of  supreme  importance  for  them  and 
for  their  believing  trust  in  Him,  but  every  one  does  not  allow 
its  religious  importance.     Eeferring  only  to  the  physical  side 
of    Christ's    person,   it   is    supposed   to   have   no    distinctive 
spiritual  import,  nor  was  it  requisite  to  the  idea  of  Christ's 
person  or  to  faith  in  His  redeeming  spiritual  power ;  it  has 
therefore  no  dogmatic  importance ;  all  that  is  to  be  accepted 
is  the  faith  of  the  disciples  in  it  as  a  historic  fact,  without 
which  the  founding  of  the  Church  would  be  inconceivable. 
But  any  one  who  acknowledges  no  more  than  that  faith  in 
Christ's  resurrection  was  a  means  of  strengthening  confidence 
and  a   mighty  lever  for    the  diffusion    of  Christianity,  will 
easily  content  himself  with  supposing  a  remarkable  awakening 
from  an  illusive  death,  or  try  to  settle  down  to  a  denial  of  the 
resurrection,  in  the  latter  case  by  assuming  either  subjective  * 
or  objective  ^  visions  on  the  part  of  the  women  and  disciples, 
whilst  Keim  thinks  a  "  telegram  of  the  exalted  Christ  from 
heaven  "  is  to  be  discovered  in  it.     The  resurrection  of  Christ 
may  therefore  be  denied  in  a  twofold  way,  either  by  denying 
the  reality  of  His  death  and  assuming  an  awakening  from  an 
illusive  death  to  a  new  and  again  mortal  life,  or  by  assuming 
the  reality  of  His  death,  but  with  a  merely  illusive  resurrec- 
tion.    The  two  are  agreed  on  this  point,  that  sooner  or  later 
Christ's  body  falls  a  prey  to  death  and  corruption. 

Observation.— If,  like  Eothe,  we  suppose  a  God-resisting 
principle  in  matter  which  can  never  be  quite  overcome, 
then,  so  far  as  Christ's  personality  is  thought  to  be  consum- 
mated, this  consummation  cannot  be  effected  "  by  a  swallow- 
ing up  of  the  mortal  in  life."  Christ  cannot  have  again 
assumed  and  transformed  His  body  in  the  resurrection,  but 
it  must  be  held  that  He  utterly  laid  aside  and  left  in  the 
grave  His  material  body  in  prospect  of  His  heavenly  life, 
if,  nevertheless,  a  corporeity  adequate  to  the  spirit  be  deemed 
necessary  to  the  completeness  of  the  personality,  this  cor- 

^  Like  Strauss,  Renan,  Holsten,  and  others. 
'        2  Like  Ewald,  Weisse,  Hanne,  and  others.     But  on  tliis  view  Christ's  resur- 
rection comes  into  analogy  with  sjjiritual  api)aritiuns. 


134  EXALTATION  OF  CHRIST. 

poreity  must  be  thought  to  be  generated  by  Christ's  ethical 
process  during  His  earthly  life,  so  that  Christ's  death,  which 
in  any  case  was  His  spiritual  consummation,  was  also  withal 
the  consummation  of  the  spiritual  body  by  delivering  it  from 
the  material  body.  In  this  case,  death  and  resurrection 
coincide  as  to  the  chief  matter.  Only  on  this  view  death  and 
the  principle  of  death  are  not  really  overcome,  the  material 
body  remaining  their  prey.  Or,  more  precisely :  The  last 
enemy  of  the  spirit  left — not  overcome,  but  merely  excluded 
or  put  to  flight — is  not  death  indeed,  but  matter. 

2.  Historically  considered,  the  resurrection  of  Christ  is  a 
divine  witness,  "  a  divine  verdict,"  in  favour  of  Christ  and 
His  cause,  especially  a  witness  to  God's  acceptance  of  His 
sacrifice.  It  forms  the  necessary  conclusion  to  the  drama  of 
His  life,  the  conclusion  required  by  the  justice  of  providential 
history.  Through  being  Christ's  justification  or  a  Christodicy, 
it  became  a  Theodicy.^  But  according  to  the  N.  T.  it  is 
not  merely  Christ's  justification  and  His  vindication  against 
others,  but  also  an  epoch  of  development  in  His  person.  As 
His  personal  glorification  or  transfiguration  it  is  compared  to 
a  new  birth,^  a  mode  of  contemplation  more  familiar  to  the 
ancient  Church  than  to  the  present  day.^  Through  the 
primarily  spiritual  consummation  of  His  person  in  death,  it 
became  possible  for  the  raising  up  of  His  body  to  become  also 
His  own  act,  a  rising  up  and  reunion  with  the  body.^  Since 
matter  originates  with  God  and  is  correlated  with  spirit  by 
creation,  a  more  effectual  penetration  by  soul  or  spirit  through 
imion  with  spirit  must  be  possible,  instead  of  its  present 
imperfect  penetration  by  spirit.^  In  reference  to  Christ's 
person  and  through  it,  the  last  foe — death  and  the  form  of 
the  material  body  subject  to  it — is  overcome  in  the  resurrec- 
tion, after  the  Kevrpov  Oavdrov  (i.e.  dfiaprLo)  has  been  broken 
by  Him,  and  the  very  possibility  of  temptation  abolished.^    The 

^  1  Tim.  iii.  16.  This  aspect  of  the  matter  is  specially  emphasized  by  Sieffert 
and  others. 

2  Acts  ii.  24  ;  Heb.  i.  5,  6  ;  Kom.  viii.  29,  cf.  1.  4  ;  Col.  i.  18,  vrparoroxos. 

^  Cf.  my  History  of  the  Doctrine  of  the  Person  of  Christ.  The  ancient  Church 
spoke  of  a  threefold  birth  of  Christ,  the  eternal  birth  of  the  Logos  from  God, 
the  birth  from  Maiy,  and  His  Palingenesis  through  the  Resurrection,  to  which, 
finally,  medifeval  mysticism  added  the  birth  of  Christ  in  us, 

*  John  V.  26,  X.  17  ;  1  Cor.  xv.  21  ;  Col.  1.  18,  cf.  v.  15. 

*  Cf.  vol.  ii.  g§  39.  40.  «  1  Cor.  xv.  26,  55  ;  Heb.  vii,  28, 


CHRIST'S  RESURRECTION".  135 

mortal  is  not  merely  stripped  off  by  Him, — that  would  not 
be  a  complete  triumph, — but  it  was  transformed  and  swallowed 
up  in  life.  Death  is  a  hostile  power  in  humanity,  the  con- 
sequence not  of  its  idea,  but  of  its  sinfulness.  Although 
submitting  to  this  death,  Christ  did  not  merely  not  remain 
subject  to  it,  but  His  power  of  life  became  the  death  of  death. 
It  would  be  a  contradiction  to  His  divine-human  nature,  to 
the  indissoluble  union  of  the  divine  and  human  in  Him,  if 
,  death  had  been  able  permanently  to  rob  Him  of  a  portion  of 
Himself.  On  the  contrary,  He  unites  Himself  now  in  a  loftier 
manner  even  with  His  body  than  before  (when  He  was  still 
subject  to  temptation,  and  His  body  necessarily  had  a  relative 
independence  in  respect  to  His  spirit  ^),  and  that  because  now 
His  spirit  as  the  sole  centre  is  the  perfect  power  over  His 
physical  side  as  its  absolutely  willing  organ.  And  His  spirit 
proves  this  by  vanquishing  everything  mortal,  everything 
purely  passive  in  itself,  and  therefore  death  in  principle,  and 
proves  it  positively  by  gradual,  even  outward  glorification,  to 
which  the  forty  days  after  the  resurrection  must  perhaps  be 
regarded  as  a  transition.^  Nor  can  it  suffice  to  regard  the 
perfecting  of  Clirist  by  the  resurrection  as  actual  indeed,  but 
in  such  a  way  that  it  remains  invisible  and  concealed.  As 
certainly  as  His  true  witnesses  beheld  His  humiliation,  so 
certainly  also  must  its  necessary,  supplementary  counterpart 
be  revealed  to  them.  They  were  to  testify  not  conjectures 
respecting  the  consummation  of  Christ's  person,  but  ascertained 
facts,  and  to  be  put  in  a  position  to  obtain  by  historic  means 
that  image  of  Christ's  dignity  which  was  to  live  on  in  the 
Church.  This  is  also  necessary  to  the  perfection  of  His  self- 
revelation,  in  order  that  the  full,  complete  view  of  the  historic 
Christ  might  be  secured  to  the  Church  in  assured  knowledge 
for  all  ages.     His  disciples  were  to  learn  as  matter  of  fact 

i§106.  2;  §107.  2. 

^  The  supposition  of  Hofmann  (ii.  1.  518-525)  and  Kinkel  {Stud.  u.  Rrit. 
1841,  3),  that  Christ  after  His  death  passed  at  once  into  the  supernatural, 
exalted  state  with  the  Father,  and  that  His  appearances  were  merely  a  rendering 
Himself  visible  again,  does  not  correspond  with  the  representations  of  the  New 
Testament.  Moreover,  on  this  view  the  Ascension  would  become  something 
merely  epideictic,  and  the  distinction  between  the  time  of  the  forty  days  and  the 
>  later  time,  when  He  appeared  to  Paul,  to  which  Paul's  own  disciple  Luke  calls 
attention  (Acts  i.  2-4),  would  vanish. 


136  EXALTATION  OF  CHRIST. 

that  His  living,  complete  person  was  not  overpowered  lay 
death.  On  the  one  hand,  through  the  forty  days  after  the 
resurrection  without  losing  Him  they  were  weaned  from  His 
constant  outward  fellowship,  while  trained  to  inner  fellowship 
and  its  permanence ;  and  on  the  other,  they  were  assured 
of  the  continuance  of  His  entire  personality,  with  its  mastery 
over  death.  It  is  of  special  importance  that,  by  the  con- 
stantly interrupted  and  as  constantly  renewed  intercourse  of 
love  even  after  His  death,  they  should  be  made  certain  of  the 
continuance  of  His  love  and  fellowship  with  His  own,  and 
become  accustomed  to  think  of  Him  as  the  true  exalted  Head 
of  His  people,  who,  although  invisibly,  abides  with  them  to 
the  end  of  the  days,  and  who  can  and  will  be  in  the  midst  of 
them,  when  two  or  three  are  assembled  in  His  name.  Every 
religion  loses  the  centre  of  its  strength,  nay,  of  its  permanence, 
when  no  longer  able  to  believe  in  its  essential  object  as  really 
present  in  the  fullest  sense,  but  compelled  to  think  of  it  as 
absent  or  merely  as  a  past  or  absent  power  (Grosse).  The 
disciples  were  now  to  learn  (and  this  was  taught  them  by  the 
appearances  of  the  Risen  One),  that  He  is  not  like  one  who 
has  gone  away,  with  whom  intercourse  on  reciprocal  terms 
is  impossible,  but  that  their  faith  may  and  ought  to  think  of 
Him  as  continually  living  and  working  in  fellowship  with 
His  Church.  This  certainty  is  the  basis  of  the  faith  that  He 
discharges  His  heavenly  office.^ 

3.  Moreover,  on  the  basis  of  the  importance  of  the  resurrec- 
tion for  Christ's  loerson  in  itself,  arises  its  abiding  importance 
for  His  office.  This  holds  good,  apart  from  what  has  been 
advanced,  inasmuch  as  it  is  a  transition  to  a  higher  free 
existence  endowed  with  complete  power.  In  the  power  of 
the  indissoluble  life,  which  is  His,  He  can  and  will  now 
communicate  Himself  by  His  spirit  to  believing  humanity, 
and  the  higliest  blessings  of  Christianity  are  referred  to  the 
"  power  of  His  resurrection."  ^  In  it  the  powers  of  the  world 
to  come  burst  forth.     Thus  it  is  of  prophetic  significance,  and 

1  The  necessity,  in  the  interest  of  Christian  piety,  for  holding  fast  not  merely 
the  historic  posthumous  influence  shared  by  Jesus  with  every  great  man,  but 
the  living  activity  and  constant  presence  of  Christ,  is  excellently  and  most 
convincingly  shown  by  Rothe  in  the  two  sermons  on  Faith  in  the  Living  Christ, 
vol.  ii.  281-312. 

-  Eph.  i.  3,  19,  20,  ii.  5,  6  ;  Rom.  iv.  25  ;  Phil.  iii.  10. 


Christ's  eesurrection.  137 

is  not  without  a  beginning  of  fulfilment.^  N'ay,  in  tlie 
perfecting  of  Christ's  person  is  given  the  efficient  principle, 
which  in  the  process  of  the  world's  history  will  evoke  also 
the  consummation  of  humanity.  In  so  far  as  it  is  man's 
nature  and  need,  on  decisively  entering  into  a  new  spiritual 
world,  to  have  regard  already  to  the  end,  so  the  end  prefigured 
in  Christ's  resurrection  belongs  already  to  the  origin  of  faith. 
We  believe  in  Christ  as  the  security  not  merely  of  our  recon- 
'  ciliation,  but  also  of  the  perfecting  of  our  personality.  As 
the  Eisen  One,  He  is  worthy  of  absolute  trust.^ 

Observation. — Westcott,  ut  supra,  emphasizes  the  following 
points.  The  resurrection  of  Christ,  although  not  the  solu- 
tion, is  the  illumination  of  the  mystery  of  our  life.  By 
this  fact  the  apparent  contradiction  between  the  infinite 
importance  and  the  insignificance  of  the  individual  is 
harmonized.  The  antitheses  of  the  ancient  world  are  seen 
to  be  abolished  in  the  new  humanity  inaugurated  by  His 
resurrection.  It  forms  at  once  a  goal,  to  which  pre-Christian 
humanity  supplies  the  converging  lines,  and  a  source  from 
which  history  after  Christ  takes  its  rise.  In  it  man  finds 
the  perfect  consecration  of  His  entire  nature  ;  it  is  a  promise 
of  our  future,  which  so  far  as  is  possible  banishes  the  feeling 
of  isolation  connected  with  our  finite  nature,  and  unites  our 
nature  again  with  the  absolute,  eternal  One.  In  brief,  in 
this  fact  we  are  able  to  view  Christianity  in  its  relation  to 
the  history  and  the  future  of  humanity.  It  is  there  made 
known  not  as  a  vague  idea  or  mei'e  string  of  dogmas  and  a 
mere  system  of  doctrine.  This  fact  is  a  witness  to  the  actual 
effects  which  Christianity  has  produced  and  is  still  pro- 
ducing. Hence  the  hope  and  strength  of  Christianity  lie  in 
its  substantial  reality. 

1  Cf.  1  Cor.  XV.  20,  22  f. 

^  1  Cor.  XV.  22,  49.  Martensen,  Dogmatics,  p.  S18  :  "  Tliere  exists  a  profound 
connection  between  tlie  resurrection  of  the  Lord  and  tlie  perfecting  of  the 
Church.  The  blessed  future  of  the  Church,  the  ideal  victory,  is  already  reached 
in  the  risen  Redeemer.  The  denial  of  the  miracle  of  the  resurrection  is  not 
merely  the  denial  of  a  particular  historic  fact,  but  a  denial  of  that  entire  pro- 
l)hetic  view  of  the  world  which  Christianity  presents,  and  which  finds  its  vital 
starting-point  in  the  resurrection.  Tlie  Church  begins  its  existence  from  the 
liistoric  fact,  in  which  it  has  the  image  of  that  blessed  future  which  must  lloat 
before  its  eyes  as  the  final  goal  from  the  beginning. " 


138  EXALTATION  OF  CHRIST. 


THIRD  POINT  :  THE  ASCENSION,  THE  SESSION  AT  THE  RIGHT  HAND 
OF  THE  FATHER,  AND  THE  SIGNIFICANCE  THEREOF  FOR  HIS 
OFFICE. 

§  126. 

In  the  ascension  of  Christ,  or  His  absolute  exaltation,  His 
resurrection  finds  its  conclusion,  inasmuch  as  the  com- 
plete spiritualization  and  transfiguration  of  His  earthly 
into  pneumatic  personality  ^  is  presented  therein  in 
perfected  form.  The  exalted  God-man  is  raised  above 
the  limits  of  time  and  space,  the  humanity  of  Jesus 
lia%'ing  become  the  free,  adequate  organ  of  the  Logos. 
This  state  of  consummation  itself  is  figuratively  expressed 
as  the  Session  at  the  right  hand  of  the  Father,  and  denotes, 
on  the  one  liand,  divine  repose  and  blessedness  in  the 
certainty  of  His  eternal  glory  and  majesty  (for  He  is 
now  personally  Lord  of  glory  and  King  of  kings),  and 
on  the  other,  has  relation  to  His  office.^ 

Literature. — Martensen,  Cliristian  Dogmatics,  §  173  ff. 

1.  All  temporal  development  implies  limitation.  Christ  is 
not  yet  adequate  to  His  idea,  so  long  as  He  is  still  personally 
in  course  of  development.  His  earthly  humanity  could  not  be 
quite  adequate  to  the  divinity  of  the  Logos.  No  doubt  it  holds 
good  even  in  that  state :  "What  this  man  knows  and  wills,  that 
God  also  as  the  Logos  or  Son  wills  in  Him,"  but  the  converse 
does  not  hold  good.  The  Son  of  man  knows  not  everything 
upon  earth ;  ^  even  His  will  was  only  in  constant  process  of 
identification  with  the  Father's  will.*  But  for  this  very 
reason,  the  self-communication  or  revelation  of  the  Logos  was 
not  yet  perfected  in  this  personality.  Now,  the  ascension 
marks  the  stage  of  the  absolute  consummation  of  the 
humanity,   where,   in    eternal   union   with    Him,  it   has    be- 

1  1  Cor.  XV.  ;  2  Cor.  iii.  17  f.,  iv.  4-6. 

2  Cf.  Luke  xxiv.  50-52  ;  Acts  i.  9  ff.  ;  John  vi.  62  ;  Eph.  iv.  8-10,  i.  20  ff.  ; 
Col.  i.  18  f.  ;  PhiL  ii.  9  ;  1  Tim.  iii.  16. 

^  Mark  xiii.  32 ;  Matt.  xxiv.  36,  xxii.  19. 
*  JIatt.  xxvi.  39,  xix.  16,  17  ;  Luke  xxii.  28. 


ciiuist's  ascension.  139 

come  henceforth,  in  its  glorified  and  pneumatic  form,  the 
adequate  organ  of  God  as  the  Son.  Jesus  is  now  set  free 
from  all  earthly  harden,  all  narrowing  force  of  matter,  from 
every,  even  physical,  imperfection.  Every  limitation  of  nature 
is  so  overcome  hy  the  freedom  of  His  spirit,  that  even  the 
nature  which  He  has  in  Himself  is  penetrated  by  the  life  and 
spirit  of  the  Logos,  and  made  its  absolutely  willing  and 
potent  organ,  so  that  in  it  He  attains  His  realization  in  the 
world,  or  such  cosmical  existence  as  corresponds  with  His 
universality,  so  that,  without  limitation  of  space  and  time,  He  is 
King  of  the  Aeons  and  Controller  of  history.^  The  converse  of 
this  is,  that  now  Christ's  absolutely  perfected  humanity  is  quite 
assumed  into  the  Logos,  and,  in  so  far,  into  the  life  of  the 
Trinity.  But  Christ's  ascension,  like  His  resurrection,  is  also 
a  real  symbol  of  our  future  exaltation.^  In  Him  humanity 
begins  to  be  consummated  by  the  Head  conforming  its  mem- 
bers to  Himself,  and  becoming  the  First-born  among  many 
brethren.^  The  means  by  which  this  is  effected  is,  that  in 
virtue  of  His  personal  consummation  He  now  also  consum- 
mates His  ojjice,  raising  it  to  eternal  significance  and  strength.* 

Observation. — Eespecting  the  mode  of  the  permanent  pre- 
sence of  Christ  the  Head  with  His  people,  there  have  been 
many  controversies,  especially  since  the  time  of  the  Eeforma- 
tion.  The  Lutheran  divines  argued  for  the  religious  need  of 
standing  in  immediate  connection,  not  only  with  the  deity  of 
Christ  or  the  Holy  Spirit,  but  with  the  entire  and  full 
personality  of  Christ ;  whereas  the  Reformed  were  more 
intluenced  by  anxiety  lest  the  true  and  actual  humanity  of 
Christ  should  evaporate  under  the  Lutheran  conception  into 
.  something  docetic.  The  Lutherans,  on  their  part,  did  not 
mean  this  (§  94).  But  even  when,  as  was  generally  the  case, 
they  renounced  the  absolute  presence  of  Christ's  humanity 
everywhere  (ubiquity),  they  still  endeavoured  in  different 
ways  to  show  the  possibility  of  its  presence  with  His  people 
in  dependence  on  His  will,  by  appealing  now  to  the  omni- 
potence of  the  Logos,  which  encompasses  the  universe,  so  to 
speak,  with  its  hand,  and  thus  brings  it  near  to  the  humanity 
of  Christ,  now  to  the  divine  omniscience,  to  whicli  the  universe 
is  present,  and  in  which  the  humanity  of  Christ  participates. 

1  Eph.  i.  22  f.,  iv.  10  ;  Rev.  xvii.  14  ;  Heb.  i.  8,  v.  6  ;  Rev.  xi.  15. 

"^  Eph.  ii.  5,  6.  »  Rom.  viii.  29  ;  Phil.  iii.  21 ;  1  Cor.  xv.  22  fl".,  45-49. 

*  Eph.  ii.  6. 


140  EXALTATION  OF  CHMST. 

But  this  seems  rather  to  be  a  making  the  world  present  by 
the  power  of  the  Godhead,  than  a  making  Christ's  humanity 
present  to  the  world.  When  others  say :  Christ  is  omnipresent 
quoad  unionem  personalem,  so  far  as  the  humanity  is  united 
with  the  omnipresent  Logos,  this  miglit  be  conceded  even  by 
the  Eeformed.  Among  moderns,  Sartorius  supposes  a  radiant 
body  of  Christ,  by  which  He  is  able  to  reach,  or  at  least 
operate,  everywhere.  Eocholl  {die  Rcal-Pi^dsenz,  1875)  rejects 
the  doctrine  of  ubiquity,  or  the  supposition  of  an  absolute 
omnipresence  of  the  God-man,  independent  of  the  will,  and 
therefore  physically  necessary.  This,  he  thinks,  would  be 
repletive  presence,  by  which  independent  existence  would 
be  denied  to  the  universe.  Christ  would  be  made  the  real 
substance  of  tlie  world,  material  objects  would  become  mere 
accidents  of  this  substance — a  remnant  of  the  Platonic  world- 
soul.^  On  the  other  hand,  RocJwll  would  not,  with  the 
Eeformed,  accept  an  omnipresence  merely  in  respect  of  the 
divine  side  of  Christ,  nor  conceive  the  divine  omnipresence 
as  merely  assisting  or  putting  forth  power  from  afar.  Just 
as  little  would  he  with  Catholicism  transfer  Christ's  humanity, 
as  a  rule,  to  the  other  world,  while  thinking  of  it  as  ex- 
ceptionally present  in  the  Eucharist  by  a  perpetual  miracle, 
and  that  in  many  places  at  once  (multilocatio).  He  would 
rather  see  the  Lutheran  doctrine  developed  as  follows : — In 
the  Holy  Supper  there  is  a  presentation  of  Christ,  who  is 
otherwise  perpetually  present  in  the  Church.  But  He  has  a 
presence  of  various  kinds  or  with  many  branches.  Christ  has, 
first,  a  fixed  space,  namely,  in  Himself,  for  His  space  is  His 
substance.  But  this  substance  is  of  siicli  fineness  and  power 
of  comprehension,  that  He  is  able  to  have  a  real  presence  of 
various  kinds  outside  Himself,  nevertheless  in  course  of 
development.  He  has,  in  the  first  'place,  in  relation  to  the 
world,  a  presence  in  Power,  which  stands  externally  over 
against  the  finite  Cosmos  as  the  kingdom  of  nature,  not 
essentially,  but  virtually  and  operatively.  This  first  stage 
He  calls  His  dwelling  near,  a  mechanical  presence,  in  which 
Christ's  humanity  participates,  in  so  far  as  a  relation  obtains 
between  it  and  the  Cosmos,  while  the  Cosmos  culminates  from 
the  beginning  in  man.  Through  Christ's  humanity  the  Logos 
works  in  the  Cosmos  as  Power.  But,  in  the  second  pilcice, 
Christ  has  a  farther  presence,  a  real  presence  nevertheless  in 
course  of  development.  By  His  continuous  historical  working 
(whilst  retaining  His  fixed  space  in  Himself)  He  extends 
Himself  farther  and  farther.     Thus,  in  the  new  humanity,  as 

^  Even   Maj-tensen  calls  attention  to   tlie    Pantlicistic    danger   of  absolute 
ubiquity,  §  177. 


CHRIST'S  ASCENSION".  141 

a  "  temiile"  He  has  dynamic  indwelling,  or  dtvelling  with, 
which  is  not  merely  operative  assistance,  but  adessence,  and 
finally  becomes  inexistence.  The  tJiird  Ibrm  is  impletive 
loervasion  in  the  perfected  Church,  so  that  He  in  whom  the 
ideal  world  exists  tills  all  in  all,  by  diffusing  His  fulness  in 
the  actual  world,  the  Church  being  hence  called  His  fulness 
(Eph.  i.  23).  The  God-man  has  His  most  special  presence  in 
heavenly  glory,  i.e.  in  the  sphere  of  consummated  life,  or  in  the 
Holiest  of  All.  But  the  filling  of  the  world  with  Himself,  or 
with  His  power,  which  is  in  course  of  development  and  growth, 
must  be  placed  in  subjection  to  His  will  and  operation. 

2.  Certainly  the  notion  of  a  presence  of  Christ,  not  every- 
where uniform,  bu-t  various  in  form,  has  a  future.  By  its  means 
the  universal  significance  and  living  activity  of  Christ  may 
seek  reconciliation  with  such  a  doctrine  of  Christ's  personality 
on  the  part  of  the  Eeformed  as  preserves  its  lineaments,  and 
does  not  evaporate  into  infinity.  But,  in  order  to  affirm  any- 
thing more  precise  and  definite  on  this  question,  we  should  not 
merely  need  to  enter  more  deeply  into  metaphysical  questions 
of  space  and  time,  but  to  know  more  respecting  the  sphere  of 
pneumatic  corporeity  than  is  the  case.  The  Eeformed  teachers 
held  more  firmly  than  the  Lutheran  to  the  reality  of  space ; 
on  the  other  hand,  the  reality  of  time  vanished  more  com- 
pletely to  them  on  the  predestination-dogma  than  on  the 
Lutheran  doctrine.  But  dogmatic  sobriety  here  counsels  us 
to  be  modest,  and,  without  laying  down  a  priori  theories  of 
space  and  time,  to  be  content  with  what  has  a  religious 
interest.  This  does  not  require  the  omniprcesentia  absoluta  of 
Christ's  humanity  as  a  physical  necessity  following  from  the 
nature  of  the  Unio.  It  is  sufficient  that  His  presence  is 
subject  to  His  loving  will.  The  following  propositions  must 
be  characterized  as  important  for  the  Christian  consciousness  : — 

1.  Even  in  the  state  of  exaltation  Christ  remains  man,  the 
Unio  is  absolutely  indissoluble. 

2.  But  His  exaltation  is  also  the  consunnnation  of  the 
Unio,  so  that  the  God-man  now  perfectly  participates  in  the 
divine  majesty,  and  His  freedom  cannot  be  fettered  by  the 
limits  of  space  and  time.  His  loving  will  can  find  no  in- 
superable obstacle  in  anything  physical.^ 

'  "  Nuvertlieless,  even  in  tlie  exaltation  it  is  true  that  the  power  of  Clu'iat  is 
not  wuild-crcatiug,  but  world-peri'ucting,"  Marteusuu. 


142  EXALTATION  OF  CHRIST. 

3.  He  is  able  to  be  with  His  people  always  to  the  end 
of  the  world  in  the  undivided  unity  of  His  person,  i.e.  not 
merely  as  Logos,  but  as  God-man,  for  He  is  the  vitally  efficient 
Head  of  His  body,^  But  His  presence  in  the  world  is  not 
uniform  and  by  physical  necessity ;  it  is  morally  conditioned 
by  the  world's  receptiveness,  reaching  farther  in  proportion  as 
the  Church — His  body — has  been  appropriated  by  the  world. 


SECOND  SUBDIVISION  (of.  §  110,  Vol.  iii.). 

THE  TEANSFIGUEATION  OF  CHRIST'S  EARTHLY  INTO  HIS  HEAVENLY 

OFFICE. 

§  127. — Christ'' s  Office  in  Heaven. 

The  perfecting  of  Christ's  person  benefits  His  office  also.  His 
repose,  like  the  divine,  is  an  activity  sure  of  its  triumph, 
and  sustained  by  supreme  power;  the  glorification  of 
His  person  is  also  the  glorification  of  His  threefold  office, 
which  is  now  raised  to  eternal  significance,  so  as  in  the 
process  of  history  to  triumph  over  the  limits  of  space 
and  time.  In  this  office,  whicli  He  alone  carries  on  and 
retains  as  the  living  Head  of  God's  kingdom,  is  realized 
in  the  course  of  history  His  constantly  renewed,  spiri- 
tual and  invisible  Second  Advent,  which,  however,  will 
one  day  visibly  burst  forth  upon  us  in  order  to  the 
judgment  and  the  consummation  of  His  kingdom. 

Observation. — The  dLstiuction  made  already  between  Christ's 
posthumous  and  continuous  working,  here  first  finds  its  com- 
plete significance.^  All  great  men  in  the  history  of  the  world 
have  a  posthumous  influence  through  their  works,  apart  from 
their  person.  These  works  now  exercise  what  influence  they 
may  be  equal  to  without  the  personal  volition  and  know- 
ledge of  the  authors  co-operating  or  coming  into  consideration 

^  Matt,  xviii.  20  ;  Acts  ix.  4  ;  Col.  i.  24  ;  Matt.  xxv.  40  ;  1  Cor.  xi.  3  ;  Eph. 
i.  22,  iv.  15  ;  Col.  i.  18,  ii.  10,  19. 

^  Liebner  was  the  first  definitely  to  call  attention  to  the  importance  of  this 
distinction. 


CHRIST'S  HEAVENLY  OFFICE.  143 

at  present.  But  to  Christ  a  living,  personal  continuity  of 
influence  must  be  ascribed.  In  virtue  of  the  intimate  re- 
lation between  person  and  office  in  Him  (§  99),  He  is  never 
and  nowhere  separated  from  His  work.  The  only  ground  on 
which  there  can  be  any  mention  of  His  heavenly  office  is, 
that  His  participation,  consciousness,  and  effectuating  will 
accompany  His  ever-growing  initiatory  action.  The  opinion 
widely  obtains,  that,  according  to  Schleiermacher,  Christ  has 
simply  a  posthumous  influence,  and  therefore  only  exists  for  us 
as  one  belonging  to  the  past.  But  a  series  of  passages  in  his 
writings  is  inconsistent  with  this  view,  e.g.  Chr.  Gl.  II.  146, 
151,  160,  161,  185.  He  contemplates  Christ  in  continuous, 
sympathizing  association  with  the  struggles  of  the  Church. 
Indispensable  as  in  his  opinion  is  the  word  {e.g.  of  the  Church), 
in  order  to  communion  with  Christ,  so  far  as  it  (or  preaching) 
is  a  continuation  of  Christ's  word,  still,  according  to  him, 
Christ's  energy  is  present  therein  in  virtue  of  the  divine 
power  inherent  in  His  Word  (p.  185),  "  whereby  it  i& perfectly 
consonant  with  truth  when  to  the  consciousness  of  man  in  the 
process  of  conversion  all  mediate  influence  of  man  vanishes, 
Christ  being  immediately  present  in  His  activity."  P.  147  : 
In  virtue  of  the  relation  to  us  which  is  based  on  His  peculiar 
dignity,  He  remains  the  representative  of  the  whole  human 
race.  P.  149  ffi  :  From  Him  perpetually  issues  forth  what  is 
necessary  to  the  wellbeing  of  the  Church. — Even  now  His 
guiding  influence  is  not  simply  mediate  and  derived,  although 
mediated  by  the  written  word 

1.  Biblical  and  Ecclesiastical  Doctrine. — So  little  is  the 
departure  of  Christ  from  the  region  of  vision  tlie  end  of  His 
work,  that,  on  the  contrary,  it  introduces  the  consummation  or 
glorification  of  His  living  official  activity,  because  it  is  the 
consummation  of  His  person.  Full  salvation  is  first  given  in 
the  perfected  Lord  and  His  office.  Before  Pentecost,  the  Spirit 
of  regeneration  was  not  yet  present ;  ^  "  the  power  of  His 
resurrection "  is  the  absolute  efficiency,  the  ripening,  so  to 
speak,  of  the  office  continued  in  His  person,  which  office  He 
carries  on  till  all  foes  shall  be  subdued.^  His  continuous, 
effectual  participation  in  His  work  is  variously  expressed  in 
the  New  Testament.  On  His  departure.  He  says  that  after 
He  has  gone  away  He  wiU  pray  the  Father  to  send  them  the 
Spirit,''  that  He  will  render  their  prayer  in  His  name  effectual 

1  John  vii.  39.  «  j;j^    i.  19  f.  ;  1  Ck)r,  xv.  22-28. 

*  John  xiv.  26,  xv.  26,  xvi.  7. 


144  EXALTATION  OF  CHRIST. 

with  the  Father,  nay,  that  He  will  do  what  they  request  in 
His  name  ;  ^  that  with  tlie  Father  and  the  Spirit  He  will 
manifest  Himself  to  those  who  keep  His  word  and  love 
Him.^  Believers  certainly  enter  by  means  of  the  Word  and 
Spirit  into  a  living  fellowship  not  merely  with  His  Church, 
but  also  with  Him  as  the  Head  of  His  body,  the  spouse  of 
the  Church,  which  He  sanctifies  through  the  "Word  and 
baptism,  which  He  nourishes,  cares  for,  and  fills  with  His 
powers.^  His  participation  extends  also  to  individuals,  not 
merely  to  the  whole.  He  is  their  Intercessor,  Paraclete.*  He 
bestows  on  believers  the  forgiveness  of  sins.®  He  feels  Him- 
self persecuted  in  the  persecution  of  His  people ;  manifestations 
of  Samaritan-like  love  He  regards  as  love  shown  to  Himself.^ 
The  fellowship  which  He  maintains  with  His  people  is  living 
and  intimate,  so  that  Paul  can  say :  Now  I  live  not,  but 
Christ  lives  in  me.  Nay,  the  entire  state  of  a  Christian  is 
described  as  a  being  and  dwelling  of  Christ  in  believers.^ 
With  this  the  ecclesiastical  doctrine  exactly  agrees.*^ 

2.  Again,  Christ's  indivisible  office  in  heaven  in  its  per- 
fected form  is  exercised  in  various  ways.  First,  in  His  Kingly 
authority.  Theology  distinguishes  the  rcgnum  potential,  which 
refers  to  the  universe,  to  the  non-Christian  world,  from  the 
regnum  gratice  et  glorice.  Lutheran  theology  lays  more  weight 
on  the  regnum  potential  than  the  Eeformed,  which  prefers  to 
dwell  on  the  regnum  gratice,  while  viewing  the  regnum  potential 
as  the  government  of  the  Father  in  subservience  to  the  regnum 
gratice.  The  kingdom  of  grace  embraces  the  earthly  world- 
period  as  the  period  of  grace.  Its  objects  are  believers  and  the 
portion  of  humanity  called  to  faith.  Finally,  the  regnum  glorice 
embraces  saved  believers  in  heaven,  but  is  not  perfected  before 
the  resurrection  and  the  judgment.  We  shall  therefore  not 
treat  of  it  until  we  reach  Eschatology.  Evangelical  Christians 
are  agreed  in  holding,  that  to  Christ — the  exalted  King — 
the  Church  here  and  hereafter  is  one  Church  which  He  will 

1  John  xvi.  23  ;  cf.  xvi.  7,  xiv.  13.  ^  joh^  ^iv.  21,  23. 

3  Eph.  V.  23,  25  f.,  29,  i.  23. 

*  Rom.  viii.  34  ;  John  xiv.  16  ;  1  John  ii.  1  ;  Heb.  vii.  25,  ix.  24. 
5  Col.  iii.  13.  ^  Acts  ix.  4  ;  Matt.  xxv.  35-45,  xviii.  5. 

'  Gah  ii.  20  ;  John  xvii.  21. 

«  Conf.  Aug.  17  ;  Heldel.  Cat.  qu.  42-50  ;  Art.  Sm.  312  ;  Apol.  74  ff.,  90  ff.  ; 
Form.  Cone.  782,  83. 


ciikist's  heavenly  office.  145 

govern  until  at  His  second  coming  the  kingdom  of  glory 
appears.  In  the  earthly  world-period  Christ's  kingly  power 
is  not  fully  revealed.  It  will  break  forth  first  at  the  end  of 
the  world.  But  all  are  agreed  that  even  at  present  all  worldly 
powers  must  be  subservient  to  His  work  in  virtue  of  the  co- 
ordination of  Providence  and  the  gospel.  By  this  means  the 
world  is  becoming  the  Church,  wliich  Christ  governs  as  its 
celestial  Head,  and  conducts  to  its  goal.  But  it  is  of  import- 
ance not  to  abolish  the  distinction  of  the  regnum  gratice  from 
the  regnum  potcnticc.  We  live  by  faith,  not  by  sight,  in  order 
that  full  scope  may  be  left  for  free  moral  decision.  Hence  it 
depends  on  this  distinction  how  far  the  spiritual  ethical 
character  of  Christ's  kingdom  is  maintained  or  not,  and  what 
means  are  regarded  as  admissible  in  order  to  the  growth  of 
that  kingdom.  It  is  true,  Christ's  kingdom  is  not  merely  a 
kingdom  of  doctrine  or  idea.  Christ  is  not  merely  the  truth, 
but  also  the  life,  and  His  activity  carries  in  its  bosom  the 
Palingenesis  of  the  world,  even  of  nature ;  but  this  through 
the  medium  of  His  spiritual  working.  Not  by  means  of 
force  or  physical  authority,  or  the  sensuous  beholding  of  His 
power,  can  the  regeneration  of  the  world  be  brought  about. 
Since  in  God  the  ethical  is  by  its  idea  the  power  above 
omnipotence,  while  in  the  God-man  it  is  absolutely  realized, 
He  participates,  of  course,  in  the  divine  omnipotence,  and  as 
Head  does  this  in  a  far  different  manner  from  believers.^  But 
He  uses  His  power  for  ethical  ends ;  in  those  ends  His  power 
has  the  norm  of  its  use.  Thus,  as  King  of  kings  He  conducts 
the  world  outside  Christianity  to  redemption.  As  the  decay  of 
the  world  before  Christ  was  not  merely  a  herald,  but  an  effect 
of  the  approaching  incarnation  of  the  Logos,  so  He  is  con- 
tinually judging  the  world  in  the  course  of  history,  but  in 
order  to  conduct  all  nations  and  men  to  His  kingdom.  As 
concerns  the  Church  distinctively,  He  guards  and  preserves  it. 
Having  in  the  exercise  of  His  plenary  authority  as  King 
instituted  sacred  ordinances  for  its  good  (§  110),  He  pre- 
serves these  ordinances,  especially  the  Word  and  Sacrament,  in 
order  that  l^y  their  means  His  manifestation  may  be  perpetu- 
ated for  humanity,  may  remain  constantly  present,  and  thus 
.later  generations  may  suffer  no  loss  in  comparison  with  con- 

1  1  Cor.  iii.  22  ;  2  Tim.  ii.  12  ;  Rom.  v.  17. 
DoKNEu. — Christ.  Doct.  iv.  K 


146  EXALTATION  OF  CHRIST. 

temporaries.     But  above  all,  as  King  He  sends  the  Holy  Spirit 
into  the  heart. 

3.  In  virtue  of  His  kingship,  Christ  also  eternally  and 
perfectly  carries  on  the  jprophetic  office.  Through  all  the  con- 
fusion of  the  ages,  through  all  the  forgetfulness  and  scepticism 
of  men,  He  preserves  His  image  unchanged  and  true,  thereby 
preserving  Himself  in  the  memory  of  Christendom.  The 
heavenly  form  of  His  prophetic  office,  the  aim  of  which  is  the 
presentation  of  Himself  to  the  spirit,  is  superior  to  its  earthly 
form,  because  it  is  no  longer  limited  to  Judtea,  triumph- 
ing over  space  and  time,  over  the  distinctions  of  nations 
and  tongues.  To  this  must  be  added  an  excellence  relating 
to  the  contents  of  the  office.  On  earth  His  exaltation  could 
not  be  the  purport  of  His  preaching  as  a  fact.  And,  finally, 
after  His  exaltation,  although  now  His  word  was  committed 
to  the  lips  of  the  disciples.  His  presentation  of  Himself 
receives  its  completion  through  the  operation  of  the  illumi- 
nating Spirit  who  glorifies  Him.  That  Spirit,  proceeding 
from  Him,  accompanies  the  impressions  of  Him  made  by  the 
Word,  and  gathers  them  as  into  a  focus,  in  order  to  cause 
His  image  to  rise  before  man's  spiritual  vision,  and  glorify 
Christ  in  the  heart.  Again,  since  Christ  continually  uses 
mankind,  when  they  become  believers,  through  the  Holy  Spirit 
to  bear  witness  of  Him  as  the  organ  of  His  prophetic  office, 
not  merely  Palestine,  but  the  whole  globe  to  its  most  distant 
races  hears  the  gospel.^ 

4.  Finally,  by  continuing  His  hitj/h-priestly  office  even  in 
heaven.  He  again,  in  virtue  of  His  exaltation  or  majesty, 
renders  His  earthly  work  efficacious,  and  especially  His 
sacrifice,  introducing  it  into  the  souls  of  men.  He  is  not 
satisfied  with  having  reconciled  humanity,  so  that  God  for 
His  sake  has  forgiven  it  in  His  heart,  remitted  its  guilt,  and 
restored  the  possibility  of  fellowship  with  Him.  Following 
His  Church  with  loving  sympathy,  Christ  would  also  have 
salvation  imparted  and  applied  at  the  fit  time  to  particular 
concrete  persons  as  they  come  into  existence  in  the  course 
of  generations.  For  this  end  He  carries  on  His  powerful 
mediation  with  the  Fatlier  for  their  sake,  on  which  account 
also   His    continuous    intercession,    nay,   our  justification   is 

'  Matt,  xxviii.  18  f.,  xxiv.  14  ;  Mark  xvi.  15  ff. 


CHRIST'S  HEAVENLY  OFFICE.  147 

identified  with  His  resurrection  and  exaltation,  with  His 
session  at  the  Father's  right  hand.^  Theology,  therefore, 
ascribes  the  Tntercessia  with  the  Father  to  Him,^  to  which  is 
added  the  BenedicHo  sacerdotalis  in  the  case  of  those  in  whom 
His  substitutiO'n  proves  efficacious.  His  high-priesthood  in 
heaven  is  the  eternal,  living  presence  of  the  same  priestly 
love,  the  temporal  revelation  of  which  was  His  earthly  work. 
This  earthly  work  is  perpetuated  in  His  ever-living  love,  and 
is  endued  with  imperishable  power  by  His  heavenly  kingship.^ 
In  the  intercession  of  the  exalted  God-man,  no  uncertainty  of 
result  is  possible.  Nor  need  it  consist  of  words.  Nor  does  it 
imply  that  His  divine-human  will,  in  perfect  unity  with  the 
divine,  is  not  partaker  in  the  divine  power.  In  that  case 
the  perfecting  of  the  kingly  office  by  the  continuance  of  the 
priestly  would  be  precluded,  or,  conversely,  no  place  would  be 
left  in  the  kingly  office  for  priestly  action.  On  the  contrary. 
His  continuous  intercession  implies,  that  as  God-man  He 
perpetually  makes  God's  redeeming  will  His  own,  that  His 
sympathy  accompanies  the  history  of  God's  kingdom,  and  that 
He  regards  what  befalls  His  people  as  happening  to  Himself.* 
Further,  the  connection  of  the  priestly  mind  with  His  king- 
ship involves  the  eternal  spirituality  of  His  power,  to  which 
all  force  is  foreign,  since,  while  it  allures,  draws,  and  follows, 
it  leaves  unbelief  possible.  It  involves,  in  a  word,  the  uncon- 
querable vitality  of  His  pure  sympathy  with  us.  The  sacred 
soul  of  all  His  action  is  the  spirit  of  His  life-begetting  sub- 
stitution, wherewith  He  bears  us  on  His  heart.  Therewith 
is  conjoined  mercy  and  long-suffering  for  the  still  unbeliev- 
ing world,  which  hurries  not  to  manifest  outwardly  His 
glory  and  judicial  power,  but  patiently  woos  souls,  and 
above  all  aims  at  an  inner  crisis,  nay,  at  initiating  a  good 
decision. 

But  the  great,  independent  significance  of  Christ's  heavenly 
high-priesthood,  of  His  Intercession  with  the  Father  and 
Bcnedidio,  is  rendered  especially  evident  by  the  consideration 
that  the  transference  of  the  blessing  or  merit  acquired  by 
Christ  to  the  unredeemed  world,  and  its  right  distribution  or 

,    1  Rom.  iv.  25,  viii.  34.  ^  Heb.  viii.  1,2;  John  xiv.  13-16. 

'  Koin.  viii.  34  ;   1  John  ii.  1  ;  Heb.  vii.  25,  ix.  14,  24  ;  cf.  Apol.  74.  i)0. 
*  Acts  ix.  4. 


148  EXALTATION  OF  CHRIST. 

application  to  individuals,  only  takes  place  through  theii 
reception  into  His  personal  fellowship,  which  neither  can  nor 
ought  to  take  place  through  any  other  power  than  His  own. 
On  this  point  great  and  pregnant  errors  are  possible. 

The  Biblical  and  Evangelical  conception  keeps  the  mean 
between  two  hurtful  extremes,  that  of  a  false  Objectivity  and 
that  of  a  just  as  one-sided  Subjectivism.  Both  overlook 
Christ's  heavenly  high-priesthood  and  its  necessity.  But  in 
stopping  at  best  at  the  earthly  priesthood  merely,  they  take 
it  in  a  false  mechanical  or  lifeless  way,  and  then  seek  an 
arbitrary  substitute  for  that  which  nothing  but  the  heavenly 
liigh-priesthood  supplies.  False  Objectivism  may  assume  a 
double  form.  Christ's  work  of  atonement  may  be  viewed  in 
a  purely  external  way,  as  the  payment  of  a  money-debt  for 
mankind ;  and  then  by  consequence,  in  order  to  the  actual 
possession  of  the  grace,  the  inference  may  be  deemed  satis- 
factory, that  what  has  been  paid  for  the  whole  race  must 
benefit  every  member  of  the  same  as  matter  of  course  and  by 
way  of  right, — a  view  which  implies  a  lowering  of  the  ethical 
character  of  the  saving  process,  and  an  overlooking  of  grace, 
as  if  a  purely  intellectual  appropriation  would  suffice  in  place 
of  a  personally  religious  one.  This  error  is  excluded  for  us 
by  the  fact  that  we  were  forced  to  base  Christ's  work  upon 
a  sympathy  {avfjiirddeia),  which  lovingly  kept  in  view  the 
drawing  of  man  into  a  living  process  that  seeks  the  fellow- 
ship of  the  Redeemer,  and  therefore  kept  in  view  the  awaken- 
inff  of  a  feelin»  of  unworthiness  in  us.  It  seeks  to  kindle 
this  feeling,  and  give  reality  and  force  to  it,  the  necessary 
consequence  of  which  is  the  springing  up  of  love  in  grateful 
return  for  the  good  Christ  has  done.  The  Catholic  Church,  on 
the  other  hand,  holds  that,  after  Christ  has  acquired  the 
treasure  of  His  merit,  the  Church  instituted  by  Him  has 
lull  authority  to  distribute  this  merit  to  individuals,  which  is 
]jrincipally  done  through  the  Mass  as  a  constantly  repeated 
sacrifice.  Here  the  need  of  a  pei-petual  high-priesthood  is 
acknowledged,  but  that  need  is  attempted  to  be  satisfied  by 
repetition  of  Christ's  sacrifice,  which  is  the  work  of  the 
priest,  —  a  theory  which  denies  inner,  eternal,  all-sufficient 
significance  to  Christ's  historic  sacrifice,  and  regards  Christ's 
presence  as  passive  in  compaiison  with  the  priest.     To  this 


ciikist's  heavenly  office.  149 

must  be  added,  that  to  no  man  is  power  given  to  impart,  but 
merely  to  offer,  reconciliation  to  any  one. 

But  a  merely  subjective  exercise  of  human  faith,  a  subjective 
realization  of  Christ's  presence  and  of  His  past  suffering,  is 
just  as  little  satisfactory.  On  the  contrary,  if  our  conception 
of  the  matter  is  to  be  vital  and  true,  Christ's  invincible 
love — the  source  of  His  continuous  action — must  be  added 
thereto. 

5.  Both  theories — the  falsely  objective  and  subjective — 
sever  Christ's  earthly  action  and  passion  from  His  still 
living  high-priestly  love.  They  suppose  that  love  to  have 
only  acted  in  the  past,  and  in  the  same  way  assume  a 
merely  posthumous  infiucnce  of  Christ,  mediated  either  by 
the  Church  or  by  subjective  realization ;  whereas  an  act,  a 
loving  look,  a  continued  working  of  the  living  heavenly 
Eedeemer,  and  therefore  His  real  effective  presence,  must  be 
appropriated  by  every  new  member  in  the  crwixa  Xpicnov. 
To  every  one  who  would  be  personally  assured  of  His  recon- 
ciliation, and  who  would  partake  of  the  divine  peace,  it  is 
necessary  to  know  that  the  thoughts  of  substitutionary  love 
and  Christ's  effectual  intercession  refer  to  him  not  merely  in 
abstracto,  so  far  as  they  are  directed  to  humanity  as  a  unity, 
but  also  in  his  concrete  present ;  for,  despite  the  universalism 
of  the  Christian  salvation,  a  place  is  still  left  to  election,  to 
distinctions  of  earlier  and  later  in  that  effectual  calling, 
through  which  actual  participation  in  the  blessing  of  grace  is 
first  brought  about.  But  effectual  calling  takes  place  on  the 
ground  of  Christ's  intercession,  which  avails  for  the  individual. 
The  universality  of  grace  is  the  real  possibility  of  our  con- 
sciousness of  reconciliation,  but  does  not  as  yet  include 
Christ's  present  loving  communion  with  the  individual  person. 
Now,  after  grace  has  come  nigh  in  the  Word,  Christ's  heavenly 
priesthood  calls  upon  us  to  believe  that  the  living  Head  is 
anxious  that  individuals  should  become  His  members,  and 
inspires  the  heart  athirst  for  reconciliation  with  the  certainty 
that  Christ's  intercession  with  the  Father  avails  also  for  it, 
tliat  Christ's  will  is  that  His  substitution  apply  also  to 
it,  and  that  the  look  of  His  love  rests  also  upon  it. 
No  act  on  our  part  merely  becomes  the  iirm  objective 
basis  of  our  assurance  of  salvation,  even  though  this  act  be 


130  EXALTATION  OF  CHRIST. 

faith/  but  the  purpose  of  reconciliation  referring  to  these  indi^ 
viduals.  Christ  therefore  Himself  applies  the  fruit  of  His  work 
to  successive  races  of  men  and  the  individuals  composing  them. 
He  is  not  shut  off  from  this  world  of  ours,  remaining  at  a 
distance,  but  continues  without  intermission  in  an  active 
relation  to  His  Church  during  its  temporal  life,  intervening 
in  every  moment  of  time.  His  love  and  His  action  renew 
their  youth  in  time  for  every  individual,  for  we  who  need 
reconciliation  have  our  life  in  time.  As  the  Good  Shepherd, 
He  calls  every  one  of  His  sheep  by  name.^  The  same  heart 
beats  for  us  in  heaven  as  on  the  cross.  His  earthly  sacrifice 
took  place  indeed  but  once,  but  once  for  all ;  for,  issuing 
from  His  eternal  Spirit,^  it  is  the  revelation  of  an  undying 
love,  which  proves  its  vitality  by  perpetually  applying  its 
earthly  work.  Thus  He  works  out  of  His  eternity,  while 
living  historically  with  His  Church  upon  earth."*  The 
sensuous  misinterpretation  makes  out  of  this  doctrine  a  daily 
unbloody  repetition  of  His  high-priestly  sacrifice  through  the 
priest,  and  therewith  falls  back  into  the  o-Toi^ela  rov  Koa-f^ou, 
into  a  religion  with  human  mediators.  The  Evangelical 
Church,  on  the  other  hand,  has  even  here  upon  Biblical 
ground  far  greater  wealth,  namely,  the  priesthood  of  Christ 
Himself  eternally  new  and  eternally  renewing  its  youth.  Its 
doctrine  affords  satisfaction  to  the  need  which  the  sinner  feels 
of  knowing  himself  encompassed  by  Christ's  present  love  itself, 
and  enclosed  in  His  heart. 

6,  Seeing  that  Christ's  heavenly  office  possesses  perfect  and 
effectual  continuance,  Christ  is  the  sole  Mediator  to  His 
Church,  neither  sharing  His  dignity  with  others,  nor  admitting 
a  substitution  supplementary  to  His,  as  if  He  were  reduced 
in  idle  repose  to  a  mere  potentiality.  On  the  contrary,  all 
activity  in  His  Church  must  take  place  m  His  name,  i.e.  not 
merely  by  His  authority,  but  in  constant  living  reference  to 
Him  and  to  His  continued  working,  in  order  that  His  Church 
may  be  simply  His  organ,  by  means  of  which  He  carries  on 

1  In  agreement  with  Holy  Scripture,  Schleiermacher  says  {Chr.  GL  ii.  146)  : 
"Christ  intercedes  for  us  with  the  Father  iu  order  to  establish  our  fellowship 
with  Him,  and  to  support  our  prayer."     See  above,  p.  143. 

«  John  X.  3.  '  Heb.  ix.  14. 

*  Acts  ix.  4.     Even  here,  therefore,  transcendence  and  immanence  are  united. 


CHRIST  S  HEAVENLY  OFFICE.  151 

His  vocation  as  Eedeemer.  For  this  reason,  the  true  doctrine 
of  Christ's  continuous  threefold  office  contains,  in  the  first 
place,  the  guiding  principle  for  the  three  root-functions  of  the 
Church — the  ordinance  of  teaching,  of  worship,  and  of  polity 
and  administration.  These  three  must  be  based  upon  His 
heavenly  office.^  Again,  this  fact  contains  a  corrective  for  a 
series  of  errors  which  may  again  and  again  disturb  the  Church. 

Eirst,  as  to  the  high-priestly  office,  as  often  shown,  Christ 
brooks  no  mediatorial  priesthood  in  the  Church,  neither  along- 
side nor  instead  of  His  own.  He  must  not  be  put  in  the 
background  either  by  the  empirical  or  ideal  Church  of  the 
saints,  or  by  a  sacred  order,  which  thrusts  itself  between  the 
Church  and  Him.  Such  substitution  would  preclude  the 
immediate  access  to  Him,  which  He  would  have  kept  open, 
and  is  hostile  to  freedom ;  whereas  Christ's  high-priestly  sub- 
stitution is  productive  in  developing  our  own  fi-ee  personality, 
and  creates  transcripts  of  His  own  mind,  even  of  His  priestly 
mind.  For  the  entire  life  of  the  Christian  is  to  be  a  worship- 
ping, priestly  life  in  the  name  of  Jesus,  on  the  ground  of  His 
sacrificial  work  and  priesthood,^  a  life  spent  in  intercession 
a;nd  works  of  love,  filled  with  the  substitutionary  spirit  kindled 
by  Christ's  substitution. 

As  to  the  kingly  office,  this  doctrine  forbids  the  notion  that 
Christ  has  a  substitute  upon  earth,  whether  an  individual  or  a 
hierarchy.  No  less  is  an  eoclesiastical  Ochlocracy  excluded 
hereby,  which  would  vote  and  decide  upon  Christian  truths 
by  majorities.  All  this  is  a  denial  of  the  absolute  sovereignty 
of  Christ  the  King.^  This  sole  kingship  of  Christ  is,  first  of 
all,  the  true  foundation  of  the  unity  of  the  Church,  for  that 
unity  sufficiently  exists  where  and  so  far  as  all  submit  them- 
selves to  His  leading,  His  will,  as  expressed  in  Word  and 
Sacrament.  No  less  is  it  the  true  foundation  of  the  freedom 
of  the  Church,  e.g.  in  relation  to  the  State,  which  has  no 
authority  over  its  principle.  It  is  also  the  foundation  of  the 
freedom  of  individuals  in  relation  to  the  community,  and 
further  of  ministers  of  the  Church  in  relation  to  the  Church, 
and  conversely. 

'  See  §§  136.  142.  146.  147.  *  Rom.  xii.  1.  _ 

•'  The  idea  of  the  sole  sovereignty  of  Christ  has  been  specially  developed  bv 
fce  Scottish  Church.  r         j  t        j 


152  EXALTATION  OF  CUEIST. 

In  the  same  way,  Christ  brooks  no  mediatorial  i^rophetlioocl 
in  the  Church  alongside  or  instead  of  His  own.  This  would 
be  pseudo-prophecy,  whether  it  appears  in  the  form  of  the 
infallibility  of  a  person  or  an  order,  in  the  form  of  a  tradition 
independent  of  Christ's  law,  or  in  the  form  of  a  public  opinion, 
whose  highest  authority  is  universal  human  reason.  The 
Subjectivism  of  Eationalism  and  false  Ecclesiasticism  are 
essentially  one  in  this,  that  they  clothe  products  of  mere 
human  reason  with  divine  authority,  and  thus  put  what  is 
human  in  place  of  the  divine.^  All  this  is  human  arrogation 
of  an  authority  equal  to  God's,  and  yet  severed  from  Christ. 
Superstition  and  unbelief  are  one  in  desiring  to  centre  in  the 
mere  creature,  instead  of  in  God  and  Christ.  On  the  other 
hand,  in  the  continuous  exercise  of  Christ's  prophetic  office, 
the  perfect  principle  of  wisdom  is  so  given  that  it  is  neither 
capable  nor  in  need  of  completion.'^  The  principle,  locked  up 
in  Christ,  unfolds  itself  by  virtue  of  its  infinite  fruitfulness  in 
His  living  members ;  and  whoever  abides  near  the  utterances 
of  His  wisdom  possesses  the  inexhaustible  fountain,  which 
waters  all  spheres  of  life  with  the  wisdom  from  above.^  In 
Him  science  has  first  found  its  absolutely  worthy  object  of 
knowledge — God  in  His  perfect  personal  revelation,  which,  as 
the  Sun  of  the  Universe,  has  the  strength  as  well  as  the  task 
to  illuminate  all  spheres. 

7.  The  exposition  now  given  makes  clear  the  importance 
of  holding  fast  both  the  continued  working  of  the  exalted 
Eedeemer,  and  the  immediacy  of  a  living  mutual  relation 
between  Christ  and  believers.  This  also  implies  a  direct 
religious  relation  to  Him  as  the  characteristic  of  Christian 
piety,  or  the  ivorship  of  Christ,  wdiich  has  the  example  of  the 
primitive  Church  in  its  favour.^  The  Christian  worship  of 
God  includes  also  as  its  object  God's  absolute  revelation  and 
presence  in  the  personal  God-man,  so  that  God  is  to  be 
worshipped  also  in  Christ  as  the  sacred  personal  abode  of  His 
perfect  presence.^     To  such  a  degree  is  His  perfected  humanity 

^  Papismus  merus  Enthusiasmus,  Art.  Sm.  p.  332. 
2  §  111.  '  John  viii.  32. 

4  Acts  ii.  21,  vii.  59,  ix.  14 ;  Rom.  x.  13  ;  1  Cor.  i.  2 ;  Phil.  ii.  10  tf.  ;  John 
V.  23  ff. 

^  See  §  103.  5. 


CHRIST'S  HEAVENLY  OFFICE.  153 

the  adequate  organ  of  the  Deity  present  in  it,  and  to  such  a 
degree  is  God  perfectly  revealed  only  in  it,  that  the  worship 
of  the  Deity,  as  it  has  been  iirst  revealed  through  and  in 
humanity,  cannot  be  thought  in  separation  from  the  humanity 
of  Christ,  with  which  God  is  indissolubly  united  in  unique 
fashion/ 

Observation.  —  Since  Christ's  exaltation,  His  heavenly 
historic  manifestation  has,  of  course,  vanished  for  us.  In 
this  way  a  collision  is  threatened  with  the  established 
ineffaceable  need  of  the  Christian  soul  to  stand  in  real 
personally  mediated  communion  of  love  with  Christ.  If  there 
w^ere  no  longer  for  us  any  secure,  historic  connection  with 
Him  having  its  place  in  the  sensuous  world,  if  therefore 
Christ  worked  through  His  Spirit  in  a  purely  internal  manner, 
and  our  intercourse  with  Him  did  not  take  place  through 
historical  and  sensuous  means,  then  piety  must  necessarily 
assume  a  visionary  ecstatic  character,  then  to  it  Christ  would 
be  arbitrarily  replaced  by  the  mere  spirit  of  Christ,  which 
would  be  sublimated  into  the  general  divine  essence,  while 
Christ's  earthly  office  would  grow  dim  to  the  consciousness. 
Hence  it  is  important  to  recognise  that  Christ's  heavenly 
office,  instead  of  nullifying  His  earthly  office,  rather  ensures 
that  it  is  brought  to  eternal  reality  and  abiding  remembrance, 
that  its  eternal  import  is  preserved  and  rendered  fruitful. 
On  this  account  Christ  left  behind  permanent  institutions, 
which  bring  us  into  historic  contact  with  Him,  even  by 
sensuous  media.  His  Word,  Holy  Baptism,  and  the  Holy 
Supper,  proclaim  to  us  this  historic  connection  of  the  Church 
of  all  ages  with  Him,  for  they  are  the  same  that  He  gave. 
For  this  reason  the  letters  of  Ignatius  say :  The  Gospels  are 
the  sap^  xpKSTou.  In  these  media,  since  He  became  invisible. 
He  has  an  equivalent  for  what  is  essential  in  the  historic 
'manifestation,  or  world -realization  of  His  person  or  office. 
These  three  in  their  impersonal  form  and  manifestation  are 
the  means,  established  and  preserved  by  Him,  for  bnnging  us 

1  Cf.  Rothe,  Precl.  ii.  167  :  "God  has  shown  Himself  to  us  unveiled  first  in 
Christ,  and  only  in  Christ.  In  Him  He  has  become  man.  In  Christ  we 
directly  behold  God  to  be  real  (John  xiv.  9).  Not  merely  during  His  earthly 
walk,  now  also  His  image  shines  on  us  with  the  expression  of  unmistakcable 
truth."  "All  active  energy  and  presence  of  spirit,  even  of  the  divine,  can  only 
be  known  (and  therefore  also  spiritually  apprehended)  in  the  matter,  which  it 
makes  the  mirror  of  itself."  Cf.  2  Cor.  iv.  5,  6.  For  this  very  reason  Rothe 
also  in  the  above-named  sermons  adheres  to  the  worship  and  invocation  uf 
Christ. 


154  TEANSITION  TO  DOCTRINE  OF  CHURCH, 

into  fellowship  with  the  personal,  historic,  now  exalted  Loi'd, 
and  for  keeping  us  therein  until  He  conies  again.  Eightly 
used,  they  do  not  separate  from  Him  as  false  substitutes, 
such  as  human  persons  must  be,  but  draw  to  His  person  while 
He  works  through  them.  Their  mediatory  working  is  therefore 
no  contradiction  to  the  immediacy  of  the  relation  between. 
Him  and  us.  They  rather  mediate  the  immediacy  not  merely 
of  Christ's  relation  to  us,  but  also  of  ours  to  Him.  He 
desires  to  be  apprehended  by  faith  as  the  personal  core 
present  in  those  impersonal  media,  as  the  personal  import  in 
them,  ever  and  anon  historically  drawing  near,  and  offering 
Himself  through  them  as  once  through  His  bodily  mani- 
festation. 


TEANSITION"  TO  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  THE  CHUECH. 

§  128. 

What  is  given  objectively  in  Christ  is  to  be  appropriated  by 
humanity.     But  humanity  is  designed,  by  such  appro- 
priation, to  become  the  Church  or  Community  of  faith. 
As  the  centre  of  the  kingdom  of  God,  the  Church  is  the 
final  aim,  which  Christ  proposes  to  His  activity.     The 
doctrine  of  the  Church  falls  into  three  divisions : — 
First. — The  Origin  of  the  Church  through  the  appro- 
priation of  salvation,  or  through  Eegeneration  by 
the  Spirit,  whom  Christ  sends. 
Second. — Its    Existence    and    Growth    through    the 
continued  office  of  Christ,  who  uses  the  means  of 
grace  as  the  specific  medium  of  His  grace. 
Third. — The  Consummation  of  the  Church. 

1.  It  is  in  harmony  with  the  type  of  Evangelical  doctrine 
to  attach  to  the  doctrine  of  Christ's  Person,  not  in  the  first 
instance  the  doctrine  of  the  Church,  but  that  oi  faith,  and  there- 
fore the  doctrine  of  the  subjective  appropriation  of  salvation, 
through  which  the  Church  comes  into  existence.  On  the 
other  hand,  stress  may  plausibly  be  laid  on  the  axiom,  that 
the  whole  is  before  the  part,  and  next  on  the  fact  that  faith 
does  not  arise  without  Word  and  Sacrament,  which  exist  not 


TRANSITION.  155 

without  the  Church.  These  objections  require  careful  exanii- 
uatiun,  especially  in  our  days.  For,  on  one  side,  we  hear 
complaints  about  personal  belief  and  certitude  of  faith  being 
put  in  the  background,  and  the  Church  being  put  first ;  on 
the  other,  about  subjectivity  thrusting  itself  forward  before 
the  Church.  If  Christ  meant  the  Church  to  be  merely  an 
organized  government,  to  which  the  persons  (at  least  their 
moral  and  religious  character)  are  indifferent,  and  not  an 
organism  composed  of  living  persons,  nothing  would  be  more 
natural  than  to  suppose  the  Church  founded  by  means  of  such 
an  impersonal  organized  government,  which  Christ  established 
m  virtue  of  His  kingly  authority  even  before  Pentecost,  and 
therefore  at  the  time  when,  according  to  John,  the  Holy 
Spirit  and  faith  born  of  the  Spirit  as  yet  were  not.^  But  if 
the  community,  which  Christ  founded,  lacked  the  holy  faith- 
creating  Spirit,  then  what  He  founded  would  at  least  not  be 
the  Church,  which  has  no  exis'tence  apart  from  believing  men, 
however  many  sacred  things  or  institutions  might  exist.  The 
Aristotelian  dictum  quoted  above  is  borrowed  from  the  sphere 
of  nature  and  its  organisms,  and  has  there  its  proper  sphere 
of  application.  On  the  other  hand,  in  history  its  application 
is  but  limited.  Further,  correct  as  it  is  within  the  existing 
Church  to  say  that  the  Church  precedes  the  rise  of  faith,  our 
business  must,  first  of  all,  be  to  ascertain  scientifically  the 
origin  of  the  Church.  And  as  concerns  this  point,  since 
neither  the  0.  T.  Church  nor  Christ  alone  was  the  Church, 
and  since  Christ  first  founded  the  Church  by  gathering 
together  believers,  nothing  remains  but  to  suppose  the  Church 
founded  by  means  of  true  faith,  i.e.  faith  participant  of  salva- 
tion. But  it  rniglit  be  said :  Inasmuch  as  Christ  is  the  Head 
of  the  Church,  and  pertains  to  it  as  its  universal  principle, 
the  Church  already  existed  potentially  in  Him.  But  the 
Church,  considered  either  as  a  community  of  human  beings 
or  as  an  institution  for  their  government,  was  not  constituted 
by  Christ's  person  as  such.  Nor,  finally,  is  it  at  all  admissible, 
even  leaving  out  of  sight  the  origin  of  the  Church,  and 
regarding  only  its  existence,  to  derive  faith  from  the  Church 
as  its  sufficient  cause  on  the  ground  that  it  carries  in  itself 
Word  and  Sacrament,  which  work  in  conjunction  with  the 

^  John  vii.  89. 


156  TEANSITION  TO  DOCTRINE  OF  CHUrvCH. 

Holy  Spirit.  For  while  the  Church  perpetuates  these  institu- 
tions, it  only  does  this  so  long  as  faith  is  not  extinct  in  it. 
Faith  may  therefore  lay  claim  to  being  the  abiding  postulate 
even  of  the  existing  Church.  To  this  must  be  added,  that 
while  the  faith  of  believers  is  improved  by  Word  and  Sacra- 
ment, these  two  are  not  the  Church,  but,  as  shown  above 
(§  127),  the  continuation  of  Christ's  office. 

It  is  also  of  high  importance  to  hold  fast  the  Evangelical 
type  in  this  place,  because  only  by  attaching  the  doctrine  of 
faith  directly  to  the  Person  of  Christ  (or,  what  is  essentially 
the  same,  to  the  institutions  which  are  continuations  of  His 
office),  can  the  immediacy  of  our  relation  to  God  and  Christ 
be  secured ;  whereas,  where  instead  of  this  the  Church  is  put 
before  faith,  the  necessary  consequence  is  always  a  false 
dependence  of  the  subject  upon  it,  along  with  a  false 
independence  of  the  Church  in  relation  to  Christ.  The 
Christian  life  is  not  transmitted,  like  a  fluid  or  a  material 
inheritance,  by  a  law  of  nature.  Christiani  non  naacuntur  sed 
fiunt  renascendo.  Christianity  begins  in  believers  at  present, 
just  as  originally  in  the  apostles,  through  the  continued  acti- 
vity of  Christ,  who  sends  the  Holy  Spirit  that  He  may  work 
through  the  institutions  of  Christ,  through  Word  and  Sacra- 
ment. The  Church  never  has  faith  -  creating,  regenerating 
power.  Xever  and  nowhere  does  the  Holy  Spirit  withdraw  into 
passivity  behind  the  acting,  working  Church.  Never  and  no- 
where do  Word  and  Sacrament  become  His  substitutes  (§  135). 

2.  But,  of  course,  the  notion  is  to  be  rejected,  that  the 
Church  owes  its  origin  merely  to  the  subjective  will  of 
believing  men.  In  that  case  Christ  would  only  indirectly  be 
the  founder  of  the  Church,  nay,  it  would  then  be  natural  to 
derive  its  origin  from  the  unfettered  discretion  of  the  subjects, 
from  an  agreement  among  them.  It  must  be  laid  down  as 
certain,  that  the  aim  of  the  world,  which  God  has  kept  in 
view,  and  the  realization  of  which  is  Christ's  work,  does  not 
conclude  with  the  origination  of  believing  monads,  be  their 
number  ever  so  great,  everything  further  being  left  to  the 
freedom  of  the  subjects  or  to  chance.  Then  the  dispersion  of 
humanity  would  not  be  reduced  to  unity  by  Christianity.  On 
tlie  contrary,  such  freedom,  unchecked  by  the  spirit  of  com- 
munion, would  legitimate  its  permanent  dispersion — a  result' 


TRANSITION.  157 

certainly  incompatible  with  the  ethical  spirit  of  Christianity. 
For  love  is  not  the  sport  of  chance,  but,  by  inner  necessity, 
formative  of  communion. 

'^.  Thus  the  correct  conclusion,  in  which  the  rights  of 
believing  personalities  and  of  the  community  or  Church  find 
their  acknowledgment,  is  this :  Believers  and  the  community 
stand  in  unconditional  dependence  on  Christ.  The  Church, 
it  is  true,  does  not  empirically  precede  faith ;  rather,  believers 
are  the  constituent  factors  of  the  empirical  Church,  which 
would  have  no  existence  anywhere  without  believers.  But, 
on  the  other  hand,  before  the  Church  exists  in  empirical 
reality,  it  has  a  pre-existence  in  the  divine  counsel.  This 
counsel  again  becomes  the  real  historic  potentiality  of  the 
Church  in  the  consciousness  and  will  of  Christ,  who  sends 
the  Holy  Spirit.  That  potentiality,  indeed,  first  passes  into 
realization  when  believers  exist  as  the  material  or  the  living 
stones,  not  without  their  mediation.  But  just  as  the  Church 
was  kept  in  view  in  Christ's  will  from  the  beginning,  so  the 
faith  created  by  Christ's  person  and  work  is  only  thorough 
Christian  faith  through  the  fact  of  its  reflecting  Christ's  will 
as  a  living  mirror,  and  of  a  relation  to  community  being 
inborn  in  it.  Thus,  in  saying  that  faith  and  the  Church 
are  mutually  related  as  the  two  inseparably  united  ends  of 
Christ's  work,  and  that  neither  can  faith  be  called  Christian 
without  the  spirit  of  Church-communion,  nor  the  Church 
without  believers,  we  also  assert  that  faith  and  the  Church 
are  ends  essentially  excellent  and,  in  so  far,  coequal  in  dignity. 
But  for  this  very  reason  faith  must  make  itself  a  means  for 
the  sake  of  the  community,  and  the  community  make  itself  a 
means  for  the  sake  of  faith  ;  and  both  are  rightly  thought,  not  in 
their  mutual  separation,  but  only  in  their  mutual  connection. 
But  as  concerns  the  historic  carrying  out  of  this  mutual  inner 
relation  of  the  two,  it  must  be  laid  down  that  the  founding  of 
true  faith  in  decisive  creative  fashion  is  not  due  to  the 
empirical  Church,  but  to  Christ,  who  continues  His  work  by 
the  Holy  Spirit  through  Word  and  Sacrament,  and  that 
everywhere  and  always  faith  must  first  be  present  if  the 
Church  is  to  arise  or  exist ;  and,  on  the  other  hand,  that  in 
,  faith  as  Christian,  the  spirit  of  communion,  the  aim  of  which 
IS  the  Church,  must  be  innate  ;  and  certainly  this  spirit  cannot 


158  TRANSITION  TO  DOCTRINE  OF  CHURCH. 

manifest  itself  as  the  spirit  of  active  love  before  tlie  new 
personality  is  created  by  the  consciousness  of  communion 
with  God  and  Christ.  The  new  self-consciousness  is,  with  the 
new  God-consciousness,  the  presupposition  of  love,  while  love 
— that  truth  of  the  generic  consciousness — is  the  manifesta- 
tion of  the  existing  faith  of  the  personality. 

4.  The  conclusion  from  all  this  is,  that,  in  seeking  in  the 
first  instance  scientific  knowledge  of  the  origin  of  the  Church, 
we  must  start  from  faith,  and  so  treat  faith  as  at  the  same 
time  to  find  in  it  the  genesis  of  the  Church.  In  doing  so,  it 
is  always  of  importance  to  keep  in  mind  the  independence  as 
well  as  mutual  connection  of  the  two  poles, — the  factor  of  the 
community  and  of  faith, — since  the  two  may  be  severed  from 
each  other  in  theory  as  well  as  in  practice ;  and  when  one  is 
sickly,  help  must  come  from  the  healing  counteraction  of  the 
other  still  relatively  sound  factor.  It  is  a  further  conclusion 
from  what  has  been  said,  that  the  Church  and  not  merely 
faith  is  no  doubt  a  dogmatic  (not  merely  ethical)  idea,^  for  it 
is  an  eternal  divine  thought,  it  is  essentially  innate  in  Christ's 
work  as  well  as  in  faith,  and  its  realization  is  an  act  of  the 
Triune  God.  But  inasmuch  as  the  Church  is  the  embodi- 
ment of  the  concrete  loving  communion  of  believers,  the  idea 
of  the  Christian  Church  acquires  of  course  an  ethical  aspect, 
alongside  the  dogmatic,  which  becomes  the  subject  of  Chris- 
tian ethics.  Finally,  inasmuch  as  the  ethical  aspect  requires 
fixed  ordinances  adapted  to  the  age  in  order  to  the  organiza- 
tion of  the  community  of  love,  and  especially  in  order  that 
the  community  may  be  a  paedagogic  instrument  of  salvation 
and  be  guarded  against  external  disturbances,  it  leads  to  the 
legal  element  of  the  idea  of  the  Church,  to  the  Church  under 
a  legal  aspect.  Upon  the  spiritual  fermenting  of  humanity, 
the  centre  and  organ  of  which  is  the  Church,  follows  the 
moral  transformation  and  reconstruction  of  the  world  in  all 
spheres,  by  which  humanity  becomes  the  kingdom  of  God,  as 
it  is  the  function  of  Christian  ethics  to  describe.  In  relation 
to  the  entire  aim  of  Christ  and  the  divine  goal  of  the  world 
"  kingdom  of  God,"  as  it  is  a  more  primitive  and  scriptural, 
so  it  is  a  more  adequate  designation  than  "  the  Church,"  but 
the  latter  is  certainly  the  centre  of  the  kingdom  of  God. 

^  Cf.  the  distinction  between  ethical  and  dogmatic  proiiositious,  i.  §  1.  4,  p.  23. 


/',■ 


SECOND  MAIN  DIVISION. 

THE  CHURCH,  OR  THE  KINGDOM  OP  THE 
HOLY  SPIRIT. 

§  129. — TJie  Work  of  the  Holy  Spirit  in  general. 

Christ  carries  on  the  work  of  redemption  to  completion 
through  the  Holy  Spirit,  whom  He  sends.  The  reveal- 
ing purpose  of  the  Father  and  the  atoning  purpose  of 
the  Son  only  attain  their  goal,  when  the  Holy  Spirit 
also  reveals  Himself  in  the  world,  and  communicates 
Himself  to  it  in  conformity  with  His  distinctive  nature. 
In  doing  this,  the  Spirit,  on  the  one  hand,  presupposes 
Christ's  historic  work ;  on  the  other.  He  prepares  by  His 
working  for  Christ's  Second  Advent  (§  127). 

1.  In  Christ  eternal  redemption  is  found  and  all  salvation 
provided;^  but  because  in  His  person  humanity  is  united  with 
divinity,  humanity  in  us  also  may  and  ought  to  be  united 
with  God.^  Although  in  Christ  the  objective  revelation  of 
God  as  the  eternal  Logos  is  completed,  that  of  the  Holy  Spirit 
is  not  therewith  completed.  Only  when  the  latter  ensues 
does  the  immanent  Trinity  attain  its  complete  reflection  in 
the  world  of  revelation.  True,  the  Holy  Spirit  must  be 
thought  as  active  even  before  Christ,  wherever  a  relative 
imion  of  the  antithesis  of  God  and  the  world  is  found.^  By 
such  relative  unions  the  way  is  prepared  for  the  perfect 
objective  revelation — the  revelation  of  God  as  the  Son,  and 
humanity  is  made  inwardly  receptive  thereto.  But  considered 
in  Himself,  the  Holy  Spirit  has  before  Christ  merely  the 
initial    revelation    of    Himself;     for    the    perfect    revelation 

,  1  Heb.  ix.  12.  «  2  Cor.  v.  19  flF, 

8  Gen.  i.  2 ;  Ps.  li.  11  ;  Isa.  Ixiii.  10.     Cf.  vol.  i.  §  28,  p.  346, 

16^ 


160      THE  CHURCH,  OK  THE  KINGDOM  OF  THE  HOLY  SPIPJi. 

requires  that  He  prove  Himself  historically — which  is  only 
possible  on  the  basis  of  atonement — the  absolute  principle  of 
union  in  the  heart  of  humanity,  as  in  God's  essence  He 
effects  the  union  of  opposites,^  whereas  in  the  Son  God  is 
contrasted  with  sinful  man  merely  in  objective  revelation. 
The  Holy  Spirit  gains  this  His  own  perfect  revelation  first 
through  the  completion  of  the  revelation  of  the  Son.'^ 
Although  in  the  Son  of  man  the  Logos  only  is  incarnate,  not 
God  as  the  Holy  Spirit,  still  the  Holy  Spirit  co-operates  in 
the  incarnation  of  the  Logos,  and  in  Christ  the  Father  also 
and  the  Holy  Spirit  dwell,  even  as  the  Triune  God  would 
make  His  abode  in  us.  In  the  Son  of  man  the  Holy  Spirit 
obtains  the  primitive  scene  of  His  perfect  realization  in  the 
world.  The  Son  of  man  is  the  point  in  which  humanity 
has  returned  into  God,  the  First-born  of  true  humanity  united 
with  God.^  At  first  He  is  still  alone.*  But  since  He  has 
the  Spirit  without  measure,  and  is  the  Fons  Spiritus  Sancti, 
He  is  able  to  baptize  with  fire  and  the  Holy  Spirit,^  and  a 
race  of  many  brethren  may  be  born  to  Him,  but  of  course 
only  after  He  has  gone  through  His  baptism  of  suffering. 
Hence,  in  the  completion  of  His  revelation,  the  Spirit  of  God 
is  the  TTvevfia  Xpicrrov,^  as  He  is  also  said  to  be  sent  by 
Christ.  As  the  Spirit  of  Christ,  He  refers  back  to  Christ  and 
carries  in  Himself  the  power  to  diffuse  the  divine-human  life, 
in  order  to  carry  on  the  union  of  the  human  with  the  divine 
by  growing  assimilation  of  the  former  to  the  latter.  Such 
power  of  union  is  the  principle  of  the  Palingenesis  of  the 
human  spirit  and  of  nature,  in  virtue  of  the  absolute  union  of 
the  two  accomplished  in  Christ.  The  Holy  Spirit  does  not 
after  Christ  begin  to  unite  the  divine  and  human  again  de 
novo;  but  in  fixed  historical  continuity,  the  divine-human 
personal  unity,  which  in  Christ  is  incorporated  with  humanity, 
is  employed  for  the  purpose  of  propagating  the  life  of  the 
God-man.^  Through  Him  sons  of  God  are  begotten,  a  race 
whose  progenitor  is  Christ.^     Thus,  according  to  Holy  Writ, 

'  Vol.  i.  §  31a,  pp.  421,  425,  436  f.  ^  John  vii.  39,  xvi.  7. 

»  Col.  i.  15  ;  Eom.  viii.  29  ;  Heb.  i.  6.  *  John  xii.  24. 

*  Acts  i.  5,  8  ;  Mark  i.  8  ;  Matt.  iii.  11  ;  Luke  xii.  49  ;  John  xv.  26,  xvi.  7-15. 

«  Rom.  viii.  9  ;  Gal.  iv.  6.  '  2  Pet.  i.  4 ;  John  xii.  24. 

8  Rom.  viii.  14,  v.  15  f. ;  1  Cor.  xv.  22  ;  John  i.  12. 


THE  WORK  OF  THE  HOLY  SPIRIT  IN  GENERAL.  IGl 

the  Holy  Spirit  in  His  perfect  revelation,  which  has  become 
possible  after  Christ,  exercises  His  characteristic  nature  in 
the  world  also,  namely,  the  reduction  of  distinctions  to 
unity.  The  world  or  humanity  standing  in  contrast  with 
Christ,  as  the  objective  revelation,  becomes  through  the  Holy 
Spirit,  as  the  Spirit  of  Christ,  humanity  led  back  to  God, 
appropriated  by  Christ's  theanthropic  life ;  and  this  is  the 
Church. 

2,  The  Dissimilarity  of  the  Eevelation  of  God  in 
Christ  and  in  the  Holy  Spirit. — This  point  has  been  already 
treated  in  the  Christology  with  respect  to  the  fact,  that  the 
supposition  of  a  like  being  of  God  in  Christ  and  in  believers 
is  unsatisfactory  to  the  Christian  consciousness.  Eather  we 
had  to  assume  a  unique  mode  of  God's  being  in  Christ,  which 
leads  us  back  to  intra-divine,  eternal,  trinitarian  distinctions. 
The  other  side  of  the  matter  must  now  be  considered,  namely, 
that  even  the  peculiar  mode  of  God's  being  in  Christ  cannot 
be  a  substitute  for  God's  mode  of  being  and  revelation  as  the 
Holy  Spirit  in  the  Church  assimilated  by  Christ.  This 
follows  most  simply  from  the  character  (discussed  above)  of 
Christ's  substitution,  which  is  not  negative,  not  repressive  of 
personality,  but  productive.  He  is  not  content  with  the 
existence  in  Himself  of  the  fulness  of  spiritual  life,  into 
which  His  people  are  absorbed  by  faith.  Believers  are 
themselves  to  live  and  love  as  free  personalities ;  they  are  to 
be  ends  to  His  love  for  their  own  sakes ;  and  therefore  Christ's 
redeeming  purpose  is  directed  to  the  creation  by  the  Holy 
Spirit,  whom  He  sends,  of  new  personalities,  in  whom  Christ 
gains  a  settled,  established  being.  But  by  this  very  means 
God  exists  in  them  after  a  new  manner,  new  not  merely 
because  the  power  of  redemption  and  consummation  inheres 
only  in  God's  being  in  Clirist,  but  now  also  because,  although 
Christ  remains  the  Principle  of  the  life,  this  life  shapes  itself 
in  freedom  and  distinctness  from  Christ.  Only  by  means  of 
such  freedom  can  the  bond  between  Christ  and  man,  instead 
of  remaining  a  one-sided  one,  become  two-sided,  and  therefore 
all  the  firmer — the  reciprocal  relation  of  love.  But  at  the 
same  time,  the  fulness  of  the  Spirit,  of  light  and  life,  grace 
,and  truth,  which  dwells  objectively  in  Christ,  no  longer 
remains  merely  objective  to  the  world,  but  lives  and  unfolds 

DoRNEK. — Christ.  Doct.  iv.  L 


162      THE  CHURCH,  OR  THE  KINGDOM  OF  THE  HOLY  SPIRIT. 

itself  in  the  world  as  a  living  treasure  of  salvation.  Through 
the  Holy  Spirit  it  comes  to  pass,  that  Christ's  impulse  is  not 
simply  continued  and  extended  to  men,  but  becomes  an 
indigenous  impulse  in  them,  a  new  focus  being  independently 
formed  for  naturalized  divine  powers.  As  a  new  divine 
Principle,  the  Holy  Spirit  creates,  although  not  substantially 
new  faculties,  a  new  volition,  knowledge,  feeling,  a  new  self- 
consciousness.  In  brief.  He  produces  a  new  person,  dissolv- 
ing the  old  union-point  of  the  faculties,  and  creating  a  new 
pure  union  of  the  same.  The  new  personality  is  formed  in 
inner  resemblance  to  the  second  Adam,  on  the  same  family 
type,  so  to  speak.  Everything,  by  which  the  new  personality 
in  its  independence  makes  itself  known,  is  ascribed  by  Holy 
Scripture"  to  this  third  divine  Principle.  Through  the  Holy 
Spirit  the  believer  has  the  consciousness  of  himself  as  a  new 
man,^  and  the  power  and  living  impulse  of  a  new,  holy  life 
that  is  free  in  God."^  He  is  the  spirit  of  joy  and  freedom  in 
opposition  to  the  ypafi/xa  f  subjection  to  divine  impulse  is 
now  in  the  blending  of  necessity  and  freedom  withal  spon- 
taneous impulse ;  mere  passivity  and  receptiveness  are  trans- 
formed into  spontaneity,  nay,  productiveness  and  independence. 
Through  Him  we  are  not  merely  apprehended  of  Christ,  but 
also  apprehend  Him ;  not  merely  known  and  loved  of  God, 
but  are  also  conscious  of  being  so,  nay,  know  and  love  God. 
Through  the  Holy  Spirit  all  natural  powers  implanted  in 
creation  are  consecrated,  inspired,  and  developed,  the  indi- 
vidual personality  being  thus  raised  to  complete  charismatic 
individuality.  By  all  these  means  the  Holy  Spirit  plants 
and  cherishes  the  one  relatively  independent  factor — the 
presupposition  of  the  origin  of  the  Church  (§  128),  namely, 
the  new,  believing  personality. 

3.  The  second  aspect  is :  The  Holy  Spirit  is  the  spirit  of 
communion.  This  may  seem  to  be  incompatible  with  the 
personal  independence  which  He  creates  by  bringing  man's 
nature  into  harmony,  his  faculties  into  unison,  whereby  the 
creative  thought  is  realized,  which  kept  in  view  individuals 

'  Eph.  i.  13,  iv.  30  ;  Rom.  viii.  15,  23  ;  2  Cor.  i.  22,  v.  5 ;  Gal.  iv.  6.  {<r(Pfay!;, 

2  Rom.  viii.  14  ;  Gal.  v.  17,  18,  22. 

3  Rom.  viii.  2.  10,  14,  15  ;  Gal.  iv.  6  ;  Eph.  iii.  16  flf.  ;  1  Cor.  xii.  9,  10,  23. 


THE  WORK  OF  THE  HOLY  SPIRIT  IN  GENERAL.  1G3 

by  name.  But  the  individual  believer,  free  in  God,  even  when 
his  generic  consciousness  is  perfected,  is  again  only  perfected 
by  love.  The  reality  of  personality  is  just  this,  that  the  true 
essence  of  humanity  is  realized  in  it,  in  an  individual  form 
indeed,  but  in  the  spirit  of  the  universal.  And  this  common 
spirit,  in  virtue  of  which  all  are  conscious  of  being  a  unity 
and  of  carrying  on  one  work,  in  reference  to  which  they  are 
mutually  helpful  or  supplementary,  forms  the  crown  of  the 
work  of  Christ.  As  at  a  lower  stage  a  plurality  of  powers 
was  gathered  in  the  first  Adam  into  a  harmonious  unity,  so 
now  also  the  individual  persons  are  again  unities,  out  of 
which  a  higher  whole  is  harmoniously  built  up.  Moved  by 
the  Holy  Spirit,  as  its  divine  life-breath,  redeemed  humanity 
or  the  Church  stands  in  contrast  with  the  darkness  and  sin  of 
the  world,  as  the  world  of  clear,  blessed  self-consciousness,  of 
peace  and  love,  as  the  flower  of  humanity,  the  place  conse- 
crated to  be  the  tabernacle  or  temple  of  God  upon  earth. ^ 

4.  But  although  God  thus  establishes  through  the  Holy 
Spirit  a  new  world  of  light,  of  divine  peace  and  divinely 
ordered  life  in  place  of  the  old  chaotic  world,^  it  is  still 
certain  that  the  Holy  Spirit  takes  of  that  which  is  Christ's,^ 
His  office  being  to  introduce  into  the  heart  the  revelation 
objectively  perfected  in  Christ.  This  revelation,  to  which  He 
leads  men,  is  the  blessing  which  He  seeks  to  make  a  subjec- 
tive possession.  He  seeks  to  glorify  Christ  by  disclosing  His 
mind,  imprinting  His  image  on  the  heart,  and  thus  uniting 
with  Him.  He  makes  the  all-sufficient  fulness  that  is  in 
Christ  the  possession  of  the  human  personality.  Hence  the 
Holy  Spirit  does  not  seek  to  give  a  new,  perfecting  revelation 
as  to  contents  ;*  but,  completing  the  cycle.  He  recurs  to  the 
revelation  objectively  perfected  in  the  Son  and  to  the  Father, 
in  order  to  bring  the  world  into  intimate  communion  with 
the  Father  and  the  Son.  Notwithstanding,  there  is  a  new 
creative  act  of  God  in  the  work  of  the  Holy  Spirit.  For  in 
and  with  that  reference  back  to  Christ,  He  creates  new 
persons,  and  ratifies  and  seals  the  revelation  of  the  Father  in 
the  Son ;  objectively,  by  disclosing  the  wisdom  and  power  of 

^        1  1  Cor.  iii.  17,  vi.  19  ;  2  Cor.  vi.  16  ;  Eph.  ii.  21  ;  Rev.  iii.  12,  xi.  19. 
«  Col.  i.  12,  13  ;  2  Cor.  iv.  6.     Cf.  1  Cor.  ii.  10.  »  Jolm  xvi.  Vo. 

*  John  xvi.  13,  14,  xiv.  26,  xv.  26. 


164  ORIGIN  OF  CHURCH. 

God  that  is  in  Christ ;  subjectively,  by  building  up  believers 
into  the  body  of  Christ,  inspiring  them,  and  being  tlie  moving, 
delivering  power  in  them,  so  that  they  become  His  free 
organs,  the  scene  of  His  revelation  of  Himself  in  the  world. 
Thus  the  revelation  or  dominion  of  the  Holy  Spirit  and  the 
glorifj'ing  of  Christ  in  the  world,  are  inseparably  one.  But, 
again,  the  glorifying  of  the  world  itself  is  inseparably  con- 
nected with  both.  This  is  first  of  all  a  spiritual  glorifying, 
but  one  that  cannot  be  accomplished  without  a  conflict  with 
the  world  itself.  Hence  the  Holy  Spirit  has  in  the  first 
place  to  exercise  a  corrective,  office  on  the  world.'^  This  excites 
opposition  and  hate  in  the  world,  and  sets  it  in  commotion. 
But  the  more  humanity  is  fermented  in  this  confMi  by  the 
Spirit  of  Christ,  the  more  the  Church,  reflecting  the  history  of 
the  exalted  Lord  Himself,  presses  towards  manifestation  and 
mastery  over  nature.  The  exciting  of  opposition  and  the 
fermenting  of  the  world  agree  in  this,  that  everything  must 
be  brought  to  decision  by  the  power  of  Christianity,  that  the 
absolutely  heterogeneous  and  incompatible  is  separated,  and 
the  homogeneous  gathered  together.  But  thus  the  work  of 
the  Holy  Spirit  prepares  the  way  both  negatively  and  posi- 
tively for  the  final  Judgment,  from  which  time  everything  will 
be  subject  to  Christ,  either  to  His  retributive  power  and 
justice,  or  to  the  omnipotence  of  His  love,  which  creates  the 
new  heaven  and  new  earth,  wherein  dwelleth  righteousness, 
and  where  the  revelation  of  the  glory  of  Christ  will  be  blended 
with  the  glory  of  His  people. 


FIKST    DIVISION. 

THE  ORIGIN  OF  THE  CHURCH  THROUGH  FAITH  AND 
REGENERATION. 

§  130. — Relation  of  the  Holy  Spirit  to  Human  Activitj 
in  the  Work  of  Grace. 

Divine  and  human  activity  are  united  in  producing  the  work  of 
grace,  but  in  such  a  way  that  the  stimulus  proceeds  froui 

^  Jolin  xvi.  8. 


DIVINE  GRACE  AND  HUMAN  ACTIVITY.  165 

the  former  both  in  the  preiDaration  and  appropriation  of 
salvation.  Each  embraces  the  whole  work  of  salvation, 
but  each  in  its  own  mode.  In  order  to  define  this  mode 
aright,  it  is  important  to  conceive  the  relation  of  Nature 
and  Grace,  neither  as  one  of  false  identity  or  mere 
quantitative  distinctiveness,  nor  of  false  contrariety,  i.e. 
to  define  it  neither  in  a  Pelagian  or  Semi-Pelagian,  nor 
in  a  Manichsean  way.  On  the  contrary,  along  with  the 
specific  novelty  and  supernaturalness  of  Christian  grace, 
its  inner  homogeneity  with  Nature  must  be  understood. 
This  homogeneity  is  secured  both  by  the  wisdom  of 
divine  love,  which  will  not  interrupt  the  work  begun  in 
creation,  but  conduct  it  to  completion,  and  by  the  need 
and  receptivity  of  human  nature  for  Christian  grace. 
The  specific  character  and  novelty  of  grace  are  rendered 
decisively  secure  by  the  fact,  that  the  prevenient  grace  of 
justification  is  known  as  its  first  fundamental  gift ;  and 
justification  cannot  be  an  effect  of  man's  action  in  whole 
or  in  part,  although  it  only  becomes  a  conscious  posses- 
sion through  faith.  But  through  its  actual  reception  and 
possession  mere  receptivity  passes  into  spontaneity  and 
the  productive  power  of  freedom,  in  which  divine  and 
human  life  find  a  union  that  images  the  life  of  Christ. 

Literature.  —  Lauderer,  das  Verhdltniss  von  Gnade  und 
Frciheit  in  der  Aneigmmg  des  Heiles,  eine  dogmengesch.  u.  dogm. 
Abh.  (alas  !  not  completed),  Jahrb.  f.  deutsche  Theol.  ii.  500- 
603.  Luthardt,  v.  freien  Willen,  1863  (cf.  ante,  §§  74.  79). 
Schweizer,  Gesch.  d.  Central-Dogm.  ii.,  especially  p.  564  K 
Jul.  Mliller,  Dogm.  Ahhh.  1870,  p.  186  ff. ;  respecting  Luther's 
attitude  towards  the  doctrine  of  Predestination,  cf.  also  his 
Diss.  Lutheri  de  Proudest,  et  lib.  arb.  Doctrina,  1832.  Mliller  also 
refers  to  the  opinions  of  J.  Kostlin,  Harnack,  Frank,  Philippi, 
and  Plitt,  respecting  Luther's  predestination-doctrine. 

A. — Biblical  Doctrine. 

On  one  side  (and  these  passages  are  the  most  numerous, 
especially    in    the    New    Testament)    salvation    is    expressly 


1G6  ORIGIN  OF  CHURCH. 

referred  to  God,  who  creates  both  the  willing  and  performing/ 
as  in  the  Old  Testament  a  new  heart  is  viewed  or  promised 
as  God's  gift.^  Even  a  penitent  heart  is  described  as  a  gift 
of  God.  The  same  is  true  of  faith.^  But  on  the  other  side, 
repentance  and  faith  are  required  as  a  moral  and  religious  act 
of  man.  So  in  the  preaching  of  the  Baptist  which  Christ 
takes  up.*  The  Sermon  on  the  Mount  requii'es  a  seeking 
after  the  kingdom  of  heaven,  and  commends  a  striving,  a 
doing  violence  to  it.^  Both  views  are  combined  when  faith  as 
a  divine  work  is  absolutely  required  of  man,*"  or  when  it  is 
\dewed  as  an  impulse  of  will,  but  towards  Christ,  who  would 
be  superfluous  if  the  impulse  were  able  of  itself  to  attain  its 
goal  or  bring  healing  and  redemption.  How,  then,  are  the 
two,  which  seem  so  opposite  in  meaning,  to  be  reconciled  ? 
In  this  way,  that  according  to  the  IST.  T.  the  gospel  is  neither 
a  mere  legal  requirement  nor  a  mere  exertion  of  the  power  of 
God  and  Christ  upon  man,  whether  he  is  willing  or  not,  but 
that  like  the  gift,  which  it  is,  it  addresses  itself  in  the  first 
place  as  an  offer  to  the  will  and  its  free  decision.  It  is  in  the 
first  place  an  invitation,  a  call  to  salvation.^  To  offer  is  not 
to  command  or  compel,  and  yet  obedience  to  the  invitation  is 
a  duty  and  obligation.  Since  salvation  is  first  of  all  forgive- 
ness, pardon,  which,  in  order  to  be  consciously  received  as 
such,  presupposes  the  acknowledgment  of  guilt  and  God's  just 
displeasure,  while  guilt  is  acknowledged  only  by  the  penitent, 
Christ  says :  "  I  am  come  to  call  sinners  to  repentance."  ® 
The  Beatitudes  describe  the  righteousness  of  the  kingdom  of 
heaven  as  the  divine  gift,  which,  how^ever,  must  be  the  object 
of  earnest  effort.^  Where  hunger  and  thirst  after  righteous- 
ness, i.e.  vital  receptivity  for  it,  exists,  the  seeking  becomes 
an  asking  for  the  gift  present  in  Christ.^°  The  divine  and 
the  corresponding  human  act  are  connected  by  Paul  when  he 
says :  "  I  follow  after,  that  I  may  apprehend  that  for  which  I 

1  PhU.  ii.  13,  i.  6 ;  Eph.  ii.  5 ;  Col.  ii.  13. 

2  Ps.  Ii.  10 ;  Jer.  xxiv.  7,  xxxi.  18,  33,  34  ;  Ezek,  xi.  19,  xxxvi.  26,  27. 

3  Jer,  xxir.  7  ;  Acts  v.  31,  xi.  18  ;  2  Tim.  ii.  25  ;  Heb.  vi.  6.     Faith :  Phil, 
ii.  13  ;  Eph.  i.  19,  ii.  10.     Cf.  1  Cor.  iii.  6-12  ;  John  xv.  1  ff.  ;  2  Cor.  iii.  5. 

*  Matt.  iii.  2,  iv.  17  :  mra^ouTi.  *  Cf.  Matt.  vi.  33,  xi.  12. 

«  John  vi.  29.  ^  Matt.  xi.  27,  28,  xxii.  2  f.  ;  Luke  xiv.  16  f. 

«  Matt.  ix.  13  ;  Mark  ii.  17  ;  Luke  v.  32.  »  Mntt.  vi.  33,  v.  3,  6.      . 

'•  Matt.  xi.  27  f. 


DIVINE  GRACE  AND  HUMAN  ACTIVITY.  167 

am  apprehended  of  Christ  Jesus."  ^  The  prevenicnt  act  of 
Christ '''  is  meant  to  evoke  the  act  of  apprehending  in  us,  our 
being  loved  of  God  to  evoke  the  desire  to  be  loved  in  the 
beloved  One,  i.e.  the  desire  to  be  included  in  the  love  with 
which  the  Father  loves  the  Son. 

This  will-arousing  summons  to  the  divine  gift,  which  is 
often  represented  as  a  feast,  applies  to  all.  The  purpose  of 
grace  is  universal.^  Hence  the  gospel,  repentance  and  for- 
giveness of  sins,  are  to  be  preached  to  all  nations.*  This 
cannot  refer  merely  to  nations  as  unities,  but  must  refer  also 
to  every  individual ;  for  otherwise  the  universality  of  the 
gracious  purpose  would  not  be  earnestly  meant ;  and  if  God 
refused  what  is  indispensable  to  salvation  to  the  individual, 
condemnation  would  be  impossible.  But,  on  the  contrary,  no 
one  will  be  damned  merely  on  account  of  the  common  sin 
and  guilt.''  But  every  one  is  definitely  brought  to  personal 
decision  only  through  the  gospel.  A  predestination  of  one 
class  to  damnation,  or  even  a  mere  passing  by  of  one  class 
altogether  in  respect  of  grace,  and  not  simply  for  a  time,  is 
not  taught  in  the  New  Testament.  Eom.  ix.-xi.  treats  only 
of  an  earlier  and  later  calling  ^  of  individuals,  and  especially 
of  nations,  not  of  an  eternal  predestination  of  one  class  to 
damnation.  Even  divine  hardening  is  only  meant  in  such  a 
sense  that  self-hardening  also  is  included,  and  condemnation 
in  such  a  sense  that  culpability  and  self-condemnation  also 
are  included.''  Want  of  will  is  described  as  the  cause  of 
exclusion  from  salvation.^  The  call  coming  to  all  does  not 
come  apart  from  the  objective  means  of  grace.^  But  election 
also  does  not  take  effect  apart  from  the  faith,  which  follows 
the  summons.^"  Hence,  while  all  indeed  are  called,  all  called 
are  not  elected.^^ 

'  Phil.  iii.  12.     Cf.  Jer.  xxxi.  18  :  Turn  Thou  me,  that  I  may  be  turned. 

2  1  John  iv.  10, 

3  John  iii.  16  ;  1  Tim.  ii.  6.     Cf.  John  i.  29,  vi.  51  ;  1  John  i.  7  ;  Eom.  iii. 
22,  X.  4,  xi,  32  ;  2  Pet.  iii.  9  ;  Matt.  xi.  28. 

*■  Matt.  xxiv.  14,  xxviii.  19  ;  Mark  xvi.  15  ;  Luke  xxiv.  47. 
*  Gal.  vi,  4,  5  ;  Every  one  shall  bear  his  own  burden. 
«  Rom.  ix.  xi.,  xi.  25.  7  Rom.  ix.  32,  x.  16. 

«  Matt,  xxiii.  37.  »  Rom.  x.  14. 

10  Rom.  X.  9,  16 ;  Mark  xvi.  16.  "  Matt,  xx,  16,  xxli.  14, 


168  ORIGIN  OF  CIIUKCH. 


B. — Ecclesiastical  Development  of  the  Doctrine  of  the  Relation  of 
Divine  and  Hitman  Activity  in  the  Work  of  Redemption. 

Literature. — Cf.  §  74 

1.  The  Greek  Church  had  not  in  general  a  profound  appre- 
hension of  the  difference  between  the  pre-Christian  age  and 
Christianity.  Justin,  Clement  of  Alexandria,  and  others 
rather  see  in  the  latter  only  true,  wise  teaching,  in  which 
distmguished  heathen  also  participated  through  the  Logos. 
Nay,  in  Justin's  eyes  righteous  heathen  were  Christians.  Not 
merely  the  Antiochians,  such  as  Diodorus  of  Tarsus,  Theodore 
of  Mopsuestia,  and  Chrysostom,  but  also  Athanasius,  Eusebius, 
Cyril  of  Jerusalem,  leave  too  large  a  place  to  man's  natural 
capacity  for  goodness,^ — a  proceeding  in  keeping  with  the  fact 
that  the  Oriental  Church  had  to  contend  with  Fatalism  and 
Manichaeism,  which  threatened  the  ethical  character  of  Chris- 
tianity by  their  denial  of  moral  freedom.  Advancing  beyond 
this  specially  Antiochian  doctrine,  Pelagius  desired  to  derive 
all  good  from  the  free  will  of  man.  Inner  operations  of  grace, 
determining  the  will,  seem  to  him  irreconcilable  with  moral 
freedom  ;  he  concedes  only  outward  adjutoria  of  teaching  and 
example.  For  this  very  reason,  according  to  him,  a  natural 
corruption,  originating  with  the  first  progenitor,  is  out  of  the 
question.  Mortality  is  to  him,  as  to  Theodore,  a  physical 
necessity,  having  nothing  to  do  with  sin.^  Evil  example, 
indeed,  has  an  influence,  but  without  abolishing  freedom.  If, 
then,  freedom  remained  intact,  personal  guilt  would  necessarily 
be  all  the  greater,  and  the  need  of  divine  redemption  be  aggra- 
vated. But  this  consequence  is  not  dwelt  on,  because,  on  the 
other  hand,  the  effect  of  sin  is  not  considered  so  far-reaching 
as  not  to  leave  the  possibility  of  such  a  use  of  freedom  as 
procures  reconciliation  and  salvation. — Au[/ustine,  on  the  con- 
trary, while  ascribing  freedom  of  choice  to  Adam  before  the 
Fall,  makes  him  lose  it  entirely  through  the  Fall ;  and  since 

^  Cf.  Forster,  Chrysostomus ;  Worter,  p.  40  ;  LanJerer's  treatise,  Jahrb.  Jiir 
deutsche  Theol.,  see  above. 

-  The  latter,  certainly,  according  to  Theodore  of  Jlopsruestia,  is  otherwise  ;  sea 
vol.  ii.  p.  336  f. 


DIVINE  GRACE  AND  HUMAN  ACTIVITY.  169 

the  race  fell  in  him,  we  are  by  nature  altogether  without 
freedom.  Only  they  are  saved  who  are  overpowered  by  the 
omnipotence  of  grace  and  inspired  with  good  volition.  Ex- 
perience shows  that  this  does  not  take  place  in  all,  but  only 
in  a  part.  These  are  the  elect ;  whereas  the  others,  although 
no  more  belonging  to  the  massa  perditionis  than  the  elecii,  are 
left  as  they  are  and  perish,  not  on  account  of  their  conduct, 
but  because  grace  is  particular,  not  universal.  Even  to  the 
elect,  according  to  Augustine,  freedom  of  choice  is  not  restored ; 
they  are  and  remain  determined  by  the  divine  will ;  conse- 
quently the  human  will,  so  far  as  it  is  good,  is  merely  a  form 
of  the  divine  will.-^  Strict  predestinationism  fears  some  dero- 
gation of  the  divine  majesty  if  a  place  is  left  for  human 
freedom ;  whereas,  if  there  is  no  freedom,  God's  kingdom 
would  be  poorer  by  an  entire  class  of  beings,  ethical  causality 
in  man  would  be  mere  semblance,  and  no  place  would  be  left 
either  for  guilt  or  moral  commendation.  Augustine  (like 
Pelagius)  did  not  elaborate  the  doctrine  of  atonement  and  put 
it  in  the  centre.  Hence,  what  is  specifically  new  in  Chris- 
tianity is  not  settled  by  him.  The  distinction  between  pre- 
Christian  and  Christian  is  explained  away  by  both  in  opposite 
ways, — in  Pelagius  the  distinction  between  heathenism  and 
Christianity,  because  to  him  the  decisive  feature  is  simply  the 
use  of  libcrum  m^hitrium;  in  Augustine,  to  whom  the  heathen 
world  is  a  mere  mass  of  corruption,  the  distinction  between 
the  good  of  the  Old  and  New  Testament  fades  away,  because 
according  to  him  everything  depends  absolutely  on  God's  free 
grace.  Hence  even  in  the  0.  T.  there  are  elect  and  regenerate. 
2.  Semi-Pclagianism  and  Synergism  are  one  in  the  desire 
to  leave  to  human  and  divine  activity  their  rights.  Augus- 
tine's doctrine  triumphed  only  in  appearance,  in  reality  Scmi- 
Pelagianism  was  predominant.  The  latter  rejects  absolute 
predestination  pretty  much  as  the  teaching  of  the  Greek 
Fathers  does,  concedes  a  weakening  through  original  sin,  and 
accepts  the  universality  of  the  purpose  of  grace,  even  admit- 
ting internal  operations  of  grace.  But  according  to  Semi- 
Pelagianism,  the  beginning  of  the  good  work  must  be  made  by 
man  through  the  disposing  of  himself  for  grace,  a  view  which 
the  theology  of  the  Middle  Ages  developed  in'to  the  actus 
^  Cf.  Lutliardt,  dk  Frclhe'd,  etc.,  p.  38. 


170  ORIGIN  OF  CHURCir. 

eliciti  fidci,  amoris,  spci  so  called,  through  which  man  renders 
himself  worthy  of  receiving  the  grace  of  forgiveness  and  sanc- 
tification  in  respect  of  sins  after  baptism.  On  the  other  hand, 
God  must  complete  the  work  of  salvation.  Despite  the  more 
Augustinian  Council  of  Orange  (529  A.D.),  this  became, 
especially  through  the  influence  of  Gregory  the  Great,  in  the 
main  the  ruling  doctrine.  It  is  also  in  essentials  the  doctrine  of 
the  Tridentine  Council,  Sess.  vi.^  In  this  case  we  should  have 
an  alternating  between  divine  and  human  activity,  but  no  union. 
3.  The  Evangelical  Doctrine.  —  To  Semi-Pelagianism 
the  Apology  opposes  the  axiom :  "  The  beginning  is  half  of 
the  whole."  The  Eeformation  as  a  rule  recurred  to  Angus- 
tine's  doctrine.  Some  of  the  Calvinistic  theologians  went  so 
far  beyond  Augustine  as  even  to  deny  the  freedom  of  Adam 
(Supralapsarianism),  even  as  Luther  in  his  treatise,  De  servo 
Arhitrio,  felt  himself  compelled,  not  merely  on  account  of 
original  sin,  but  also  of  the  divine  omnipotence,  to  deny  libe- 
rum  arbitrium  for  the  purpose  of  humbling  man's  pride  and 
self-righteousness.  But  on  this  point  the  German  Evangelical 
Church  has  not  followed  Luther.  Even  the  German  Eeformed 
Confessions  from  the  time  of  the  Heidelberg  Catechism, 
John  a  Lasco,  and  the  Brandenburg  Confessions,  soften  the 
Calvinistic  doctrine.  The  Anglican  Church  still  more  de- 
finitely lets  the  Dccretum  ctbsol.  Elcctionis  et  Beiyrohationis 
drop,  and  even  the  teaching  of  the  Synod  of  Dort  is  Infra- 
lapsarian.  Melanchthon  had  at  first,  with  Luther,  entirely 
denied  lihcrum  arbitrium,  calling  it  a  Commentum  philo- 
sophicum ;  but,  when  farther  advanced  in  an  independent 
and  distinctive  course,  he  maintained  with  growing  earnest- 
ness the  ethical  aspect  of  Christianity  in  relation  to  the  law 
and  the  guilt  of  man.  Although  in  1530  he  had  not  yet 
rejected  the  doctrine  of  absolute  predestination,^  he  already 
put  it  in  the  background.^  But  when,  especially  after  1532, 
he  pondered  the  passages  of  Scripture  respecting  the  universal 
purpose  of  grace,  and  reflected  that  the   denial   of  freedom 

'  Cf.  Luthardt,  ut  supra,  jip.  42-53. 

2  Traces  of  the  doctrine  are  found  in  Conf.  Aug.  Art.  v.  :  Ubi  et  quando,  etc., 
and  xix.  :  non  adjuvante  Deo. 

3  And  that  intentionally,  according  to  a  letter  to  J.  Brentz,  Corp.  Ref.  ii. 
547.  The  subject,  however,  was  a  statement  of  the  common  faith  of  the  German 
Evangelicals. 


DIVINE  GKACE  AND  HUMAN  ACTIVITY.  l7l 

must  necessarily  transfer  the  guilt  of  perdition  back  from  the 
individual  to  a  particularism  in  God's  gracious  purpose, 
— when,  therefore,  he  perceived  that,  if  no  place  remains  in 
spiritualihus  for  lihcrum  arhitrium  to  co-operate  for  salvation 
or  destruction  by  receiving  or  rejecting  grace,  the  cause  of  the 
perdition  of  the  one  class  could  only  have  its  ground  in  the 
refusal  of  divine  help  and  deliverance, — he  advanced  with 
increasing  definiteness  to  the  rejection  of  the  absolute  predes- 
tination which  the  "  Gnesio-Lutherans  "  so  called, — Flacius, 
Wigand,  Amsdorf, — with  the  Eeformed  theologians,  still  con- 
tinued to  maintain,  and  taught  that  man  has  even  now  so 
much  of  liberimi  arhitrium  that  he  is  able  either  to  close  (sese 
applicare)  with  the  grace,  which  must  be  offered  preveniently 
to  him,  or  to  reject  it.^  Three  factors  must  co-operate  in  the 
work  of  salvation — the  Word  of  God,  the  Holy  Spirit,  and 
liherum  arhitrium,  which  latter  must  not  maintain  a  merely 
passive  attitude,  but  can  and  ought  to  close  with  grace.  This 
his  opponents  called  Synergism,  because  he  left  to  man  a 
remnant  of  liherum  arhitrium  in  spiritualihus  even  in  reference 
to  the  beginning.^ 

The  Formula  of  Concord,  in  opposition  to  Augustine,  con- 
cedes a  co-operation  in  one  who  is  converted,  a  restoration  of 
freedom  by  the  grace  of  Christianity.  But  with  Conf.  Aug. 
xviii.  it  maintains,  that  by  nature  we  have  absolutely  no 
freedom  in  spiritualihus,  but  only  in  civilihus.  Even  Luther's 
treatise,  De  Servo  Arhitrio,  is  unreservedly  approved ;  ^  man  is 
by  nature  lapis  et  iruncus.  But,  on  the  other  hand,  it  knows 
no  Becretum  particidare  to  damnation,  or  indeed  to  evil ;  *  it 
holds  firmly  by  the  universality  of  the  divine  purpose  of 
grace.^  Whoever  is  lost,  is  lost  only  through  his  own  un- 
belief.^    Grace,  that  is,  is  not  irresistible,  it  does  not  compel/ 

^  Cf.  Herrlinger,  die  Theologie  Melanchthons,  p.  67-107,  whose  discussions 
respecting  the  different  stages  in  the  development  of  Melanchthon  are  a  model 
of  thoroughness,  clearness,  and  conscientiously  considered  judgment.  Cf.  my 
History  of  Protestant  Theology,  vol.  i.  218  f. 

^  Later,  at  least,  Melanchthon  declared  for  the  view  that  the  adjutorium  of 
the  Holy  Spirit  is  required  even  in  order  to  the  will  to  accept  the  gospel.  Cf. 
Herrlinger,  ut  supra. 

='668,44.  "819.  "  619  ;  802,  15  ;  8.13  ;  844. 

^  819,  79.     The  unbeliever  se  ijysum  vas  contumeVm  fecit,  809,  41. 

'  818,  78.     Ipsi  suce  perditionis  causa  sunt  et  culjiam  stistinent. 


172  -  ORIGIN  OF  CHURCH. 

But,  on  tlie  other  side,  the  natural  state  of  all  men  is  described 
as  if  resistance  were  not  merely  possible,  but  necessary.  How, 
then,  is  the  Form.  Cone,  able  to  establish  a  diversity  in  the 
fate  of  individuals,  and  a  difference  of  conduct  on  their  part  ? 
As  concerns  those  who  are  saved,  their  severance  from  the 
massa  perditionis  is  based  on  Election,  which  as  eternal  took 
place  before  the  foundation  of  the  world,  and  is  viewed  as  the 
causa  salutis  nostrce}  There  is  a  decree  of  election,  which  is 
a  comfort  and  the  strongest  of  all  securities.^  So  little  is  the 
divine  foreknowledge  of  faith  put  in  the  place  of  absolute 
predestination,  and  faith  viewed  as  the  cause  of  election,  that, 
on  the  contrary,  it  is  emphatically  denied  that  anything  in  us 
is  the  cause  of  election.^  On  this  view,  the  difference  between 
the  saved  and  condemned  seems  still  in  the  last  resort  to  be 
altogether  traced  back  in  the  Augustinian  spirit  to  God's 
absolute  election  of  the  one  class,  the  obverse  of  which  is  the 
passing  by  or  overlooking  of  the  rest.  But  therewith  we 
again  arrive  at  a  particularism  in  grace  and  a  twofold  decrctum, 
in  opposition  to  the  firmly  held  faith  in  universal  grace,  the 
preaching  of  which  could  not  then  be  God's  earnest  purpose, 
and  in  opposition  also  to  the  doctrine  that  unbelievers  are 
lost  through  their  own  unbelief,^  which  yet  cannot  be  meant 
as  a  mere  illusive  causality.  On  the  other  hand,  an  electio 
dbsoluta  {i.e.  the  doctrine  that  m  the  elect  there  is  no  ground 
for  their  election,  and  therefore  the  ground  of  that  election  is 
not  the  acceptance  or  non-rejection  of  grace)  certainly  agrees 
well  with  the  doctrine,  that  by  nature  all  men  are  altogether 
without  capacity  in  spiritual  things.  Only  it  is  hard  to  see 
how  the  possibility  of  resisting  grace  can  be  universally 
maintained  alongside  such  electio  ahsoluta.  If  this  possibility 
is  not  limited  to  those  who  are  lost,  the  difference  of  those 
who  are  saved  from  them  seems  traceable  to  something  in 
them,  namely,  to  abstinence  from  possible  resistance.  In 
order  to  bridge  over  statements  so  opposite  in  appearance, 
the  Form.  Cone,  attempts  the  following  device :  In  virtue  of 

1  799,  5.  8. 

'^  810,  45-47.  The  decretum  electionis  is  solatium  et  arx  munitissima.  It  is 
included  in  the  divine  decree,  that  the  justified  are  also  kept  and  glorified, 
802,  20. 

3  809,  43 ;  821,  83.  *  818,  78.  * 


DIVINE  GRACE  AND  HUMAN  ACTIVITY.  lV3 

lilcrum  arhitrium  in  civilihus,  man  retains  the  capacity  to 
live  virtuously,  to  maintain  therefore  good  morals  and 
conduct,  and  to  hear  God's  Word/  If  he  hears  it,  its 
influence  upon  him  is  so  powerful,  that  he  is  either  led 
thereby  to  faith  and  salvation,  or,  if  he  believes  not,  his 
unbelief  is  his  own  fault.  But  this  is  not  maintained  by  the 
later  theology,  probably  in  order  not  to  attribute  spiritual 
influence  to  lihcrum  arhitrmm  in  civilihus,  and  that  at  the 
decisive  point.  The  teaching  of  the  later  theology  rather  is, 
that  in  those  who  receive  baptism  or  hear  God's  Word, 
freedom  of  choice  even  in  spiritualihus  is  restored  by  the 
power  of  grace  through  the  means  of  grace.  This  free- 
dom of  choice  (liberum  arhitrium  liheratum),  restored  modo 
mere  passivo,  has  then  to  decide  for  or  against  Christi- 
anity, so  that  the  responsibility  for  condemnation  rests 
entirely  on  man.^  The  acknowledgment,  that  the  capacity 
of  free  decision  respecting  his  destiny  is  bestowed  on  man, 
also  implies  the  giving  up  of  the  position,  that  in  the  elect 
there  is  no  ground  of  their  election.  On  the  contrary,  Pra;- 
destinatio  is  exchanged  more  and  more  definitely  for  mere 
divine  foreknowledge,  J.  Gerhard  and  Quenstedt  e.g.  teaching : 
Intuitus  fidei,  or  prmvisa  fides  ingreditur  decreticm  electionis. 

The  18th  century  then  passed  over  to  Synergism,  Semi- 
Pelagianism,  nay,  Pelagianism,  more  and  more  depreciating 
the  religious  side  in  comparison  with  the  moral.  After  this 
tendency  had  culminated  in  the  theologians  of  the  Kantian 
school,  Schleiermacher  again  emphasized  the  efficiency  of  grace, 
and  that  in  the  form  of  the  deeretum  ahsolutum,  accepting, 
however,  the  universality  of  grace  from  the  Lutheran  doctrine, 
and  asserting  the  universality  of  the  Apokatastasis.  But  he 
does  not  show  how  the  moral  ideas  of  guilt  and  punishment 
consist  with  such  all-embracing  determination  by  the  divine 
power,  and  the  religious  consciousness  is  shocked  if  God  is 
made  even  the  negative  cause  of  evil.  The  dogmatists  after 
Schleiermacher,  even  on  the  Reformed  side,  have  therefore 
pretty  generally  again  subscribed  to  the  freedom  of  the  will. 
But   even   supposing    that    the    Eationalism    which    denies 

1  808,  40  ;  818,  78.     Moreover,  the  baptized  have  Uh.  arb.  Hheratum,  675,  67. 
,       2  go^  for  example,  the  infUiential  Kuiiig,  §  447,  which  is  overlooked  by  li. 
Schmidt,  Stud.  u.  Krit.  1880,  p.  207. 


174:  ORIGIN  OF  CHUECH. 

internal  operations  of  grace  is  left  out  of  sight,  different 
tendencies  are  always  possible  and  perceptible  in  Evangelical 
theology.  Those  of  one  school  approximate  to  Melanchthon's 
Synergism  in  so  far  as  they  suppose  a  remnant  of  liherum 
arhitrium,  which  is  competent  at  once  to  accept  grace  or  to 
reject  it,  and  therefore  has  spiritual  significance.  Of  this 
natural  capacity  of  choice  they  assert  that  the  decision 
respecting  a  final  destiny  of  happiness  or  misery  depends 
upon  it,  even  apart  from  previous  culture  by  Christian  grace.^ 
They  remind  us  that  higher  and  nobler  strivings  are  found 
even  among  the  heathen,  and  that  the  distinction  between  a 
reprobate  life  and  that  of  a  Socrates,  Plato,  and  Scipio  ought 
not  to  be  held  trivial.  Grace,  it  is  said,  must  find  a  point  of 
connection,  and  that  in  freedom ;  else  no  living  appropriation 
of  salvation  is  possible,  but  everything  would  depend  on  the 
power  of  external  influences,  either  divine  or  finite,  operating 
after  the  manner  of  physical  necessity  instead  of  leaving  a 
place  for  responsibility.  We  are  therefore  forced  back  upon 
absolute  predestination,  unless  a  remnant  of  free  capacity  in 
spiritual   things   is   assumed   in   man.     On   the   other  hand, 

1  It  is  usual  in  certain  circles  to  reckon  Jul.  Midler  among  the  adherents 
of  Synergism.  He  expresses  himself  on  this  subject  in  his  excellent  treatise 
respecting  the  relation  between  the  working  of  the  Holy  Spirit  and  God's  Word 
as  a  means  of  grace  (p.  253),  to  the  effect  that  he  by  no  means  affects  the 
orthodoxy  of  the  Formula  of  Concord,  but  still  doubts  whether  Synergism 
would  endorse  his  view,  since  he  takes  offence  at  the  very  word  iruvipyuii  (of  the 
human  will  in  conversion),  and  does  not  hold  those  tres  causas,  which 
Synergism  combines  in  a  co-ordinate  relation  (pp.  252  f.,  267,  268).  His  view 
is  as  follows  (p.  245  f.)  :  In  man's  natural  state  his  heart  is  closed  against  God 
and  His  influence.  But  in  the  depths  of  the  heart  a  reaction  exists  against  this 
closed  condition — the  impulse  of  conscience  and  the  presentiment  of  a  living, 
holy,  creative  God.  It  lies,  then,  in  the  power  of  the  natural  man,  whether  he 
will  suppress  the  reaction  of  conscience  within  himself,  or  respect  it.  The 
natural  state  may  pass  into  hardness  by  an  evil  decision,  which  scorns  that 
divine  offer  and  stimulus,  which  addresses  itself  (not  merely  in  the  form  of  the 
offer  of  salvation  in  the  gospel)  to  the  secret  reaction  of  conscience.  If,  instead 
of  rejecting  the  good  divine  stimulus  or  offer,  he  holds  it  fast,  he  has  the 
possibility  of  salvation.  J.  Miiller  not  merely  repudiates  the  notion  of  capacity 
in  man  to  make  a  beginning  of  goodness  (p.  252)  ;  he  everywhere  supposes 
divine  activity  to  intervene — that  of  Providence  or  the  operation  of  Christian 
grace — even  in  the  preparation  for  conversion.  But  his  view  is  not  worked  out 
with  complete  clearness  and  harmony.  It  is  not  made  clear  whether  Christian 
grace  is  a  necessary  part  of  the  preparation,  and  further,  that  Christianity  can 
exercise  a  power  over  man  before  his  freedom  of  choice  comes  into  exercise,  that  , 
it  is  a  match  for  every  form  of  pre-Christian  sin,  and  that  we  cannot  therefore 


DIVINE  GRACE  AND  HUMAN  ACTIVITY.  175 

Frank  and  Sartoriiis^  deny  all  spiritual  capacity  in  the 
natural  man,  endeavouring  to  justify  expressions  of  the 
Form.  Gone,  like  lains  et  truncus,  and  the  reported  saying  of 
Augustine,  that  the  virtues  of  the  heathen  are  but  splendid 
sins.  Frank's  first  postulate  is  an  exclusive  working  of 
divine  grace,  especially  through  the  means  of  grace,  and  on 
man's  side  only  absolute  passivity  in  presence  of  inevitable, 
necessary  operations  of  grace.  To  the  sphere  of  such  purely 
divine  operations  belongs  everything  which  forms  part  of 
calling.  But  he  reckons  even  regeneration  and  conversion 
as  to  their  divine  side  as  a  part  of  calling,  and  does  not 
therefore  shrink  from  speaking  of  man  being  regenerated  and 
converted  apart  from  his  knowledge  and  volition,  although  of 
course  conscious  volition  must  follow.  He  therefore  main- 
tains essentially  the  view  expounded  by  Kliefoth  {Acht  Bilclier 
von  der  Kirche,  1854).  As  this  theory  was  subjected  long 
ago  to  a  destructive  criticism  in  J.  Miiller's  often-mentioned 
treatise  (p.  247  ff.),  one  naturally  wonders  that  Frank 
ventures  to  advance  without  fear  on  such  unsubstantial 
paths.^  Since,  on  the  other  hand,  those  acts  of  calling  grace, 
in  which  man's  attitude  is  in  the  first  instance  passive,  ac- 
cording to  him  have  for  their  aim,  and  must  be  regarded  as 
having  for  their  aim,  to  supply  to  those  who   are   called  the 

attribute  the  significance  of  a  crisis  certainly  leading  to  salvation  or  niin  even 
to  the  sinner's  reverence  for  or  abuse  of  conscience  before  Christianity  has  made 
its  nearness  felt  by  him,  because  Christianity  reserves  to  itself  the  prerogative 
of  introducing  the  crisis.  It  sounds  indeed  very  plausible,  when  Miiller  says, 
that  whoever  denies  the  factor  of  a  natural  free  will  in  spiritualibus  falls  a  prey 
to  predestinationism  (pp.  250,  253),  or,  that  to  deny  the  fact  of  all  divine 
working  being  conditioned  by  the  disposition  of  man  in  any  point,  and  to  put 
an  irresistible  exercise  of  divine  power  in  place  of  the  human  factor,  leads  to 
magical  theories.  But  that  none  of  these  consequences  need  follow  from  a 
prevenient  working  of  grace  before  the  good  employment  of  freedom,  is  shown 
in  the  note,  p.  267,  where  he  acknowledges  that  there  is  truth  in  the  doctrine  of 
Lutheran  theologians  of  mo^MS  inevitahiles  or  necessarii  as  follows  :  "When  the 
core  of  the  gospel  is  brought  home  to  the  heart  through  knowledge,  there  is 
certainly  an  inner  stirring  of  heart  inseparably  connected  therewith  ;  and  as 
this  glance  into  the  significance  of  the  gospel  and  the  inner  emotion  of  heart 
connected  therewith  alone  renders  possible  a  first  decision  for  or  against  Christ, 
so  only  he  to  whom  the  gospel  is  inwardly  brought  homo  is  to  be  regarded  as 
actually  called,"  jip.  267,  268,  note. 

1  Frank,  die  Theologie  der  Concordienformel,  i.  138  f.  -Sartorius  in  his 
Beitragen  z.  Apologie  d.  Augsb.  Conf.  1853.     Die  heillge  Liehe,  i.  165  IF. 

='  Frank,  Syst.  d.  christl.    Wahrheit,  ii.  300-316,  §§  10,  11, 


176  ORIGIN  OF  CHURCH. 

possibility  of  deciding  by  spontaneous  volition  in  favour  of 
the  salvation  offered,  it  is  thereby  affirmed  withal  that  this 
prevenient,  alleged,  real,  and  universal  "  regeneration  and 
conversion,"  which  is  said  to  form  the  contents  of  effectual 
calling  (p.  314),  is  really  nothing  but  a  restoring  of  freedom 
of  choice,  but  cannot  in  the  least  be  regarded  as  implying 
good  personal  character  in  man.  Hence  it  can  be  no  loss  to 
let  this  attempt  at  a  new  terminology  drop.  Nor  can  it  add 
to  the  clearness  of  the  matter  to  present  regeneration  and 
conversion  (under  the  name  of  "  calling ")  complete  as  a 
purely  divine  work,  to  which  is  next  added  the  spontaneous 
side  of  regeneration  and  conversion  as  a  whole  just  as  com- 
plete. For  in  this  case  the  very  thing  which  is  the  chief 
concern  remains  in  obscurity — the  living  interblending  and 
development  of  the  divine  and  human  sides,  since  each  seeks 
the  other  and  is  inclined  to  the  other,  and  by  this  means 
evokes  a  fruitful  moral  and  religious  process. 

Finally,  Thomasius,  Hofmann^  and  Luthardt  ^  attempt  a 
middle  course,  by  assuming  an  operation  of  grace  outside  the 
religion  of  the  Old  and  New  Testament,  which,  however, 
does  not  forestall  Christianity.  Although  by  this  means  a 
higher  longing,  an  ideal  striving  may  be  produced,  this 
longing  does  not  understand  itself,  and  self- righteousness  {i.e. 
defect  in  humility)  remains  connected  with  the  striving  after 
righteousness.  Only  to  Christianity  is  it  given  to  enlighten 
the  natural  man  by  its  influence,  and  to  set  before  his  eyes 
what  he  needs  and  unconsciously  seeks.  These  workings  of 
Christianity,  with  the  emotions  belonging  thereto,  are  inevitable 
{incvitahiles) ;  but  since  free  personal  decision  is  reserved,  they 
cannot  be  called  irrcsistihilcs.  Harless  agrees  with  Luthardt 
in  thinking  that  the  Church  doctrine,  that  man's  attitude  in 
the  work  of  grace  is  purely  passive,  ignores  Christian  ethics, 
which  requires  in  order  to  conversion  a  freely  conscious, 
personal  movement  on  man's  part.  But  Luthardt  rightly 
adds,  that  such  a  division  of  the  work  of  salvation,  in  which 
the  divine  action  is  intentionally  set  forth  without  regard  to 
the  human  movement,  cannot  be  sufficient.  The  ethical 
cannot  be  separated  from  the  religious.  Nor  does  Luthardt 
approve  the  makeshift,  that  God  exclusively  works  what  is 
^  Thomasius,  ut  sui>ra,  i.  369  ;  Luthardt,  366  ff.,  429-465. 


DIVINE  GRACE  AND  HUMAN  ACTIVITY.  177 

good  in  US,  without  the  human  will  participating  therein,  or 
the  participation  of  the  human  will  need  be  nothing  more 
than  negative  abstinence  from  that  resistance  to  grace  which 
the  will  might  put  forth.  For  even  this  implies  good  volition, 
which,  however,  exists  not  by  nature,  although  certainly  it  is 
not  sufficient  to  assign  to  justitia  civilis  merely  the  sphere  of 
external  conduct  and  propriety.  Only  the  operations  which 
issue  from  Christian  grace,  after  preparatory  workings  of 
universal  grace,  restore  liberum  arhitrium  to  the  power  to 
accept  or  reject  Christian  grace,  which  is  offensive  in  some 
respects  to  the  natural  man.^ 


C. — Dogmatic  Investigation. 

1.  That  the  divine  and  human  sides  must  combine  in  a  vital 
manner  in  the  work  of  salvation,  is  implied  generally  by  the 
ethical  character  of  Christianity,  specifically  by  the  Christian 
doctrine  of  God  and  by  Ponerology.  Supposing  the  universal 
and  absolute  need  of  redemption  on  man's  part  to  be  estab- 
lished, the  intervention  of  divine  agency  must  be  acknowledged 
to  be  necessary  in  opposition  to  Pelagianism  and  Semi- 
Pelagianism.  Supposing,  on  the  other  hand,  the  universal 
capacity  of  redemption  to  be  established,  a  remnant  of  good 
must  be  discerned  even  in  the  natural  man,  which  must  be 
set  in  motion  by  the  work  of  salvation,  in  order  that  redemp- 
tion may  really  become  man's  possession  in  the  most  proper 
sense.  Man  must  thus  be  in  some  way  an  active,  not 
simply  a  passive,  participant  in  the  process.  But,  further, 
for  these  very  reasons  a  deep  distinction  must  be  maintained 
on  the  one  side,  and  a  continuity  on  the  other,  between  the 
natural  man  and  what  he  becomes  through  the  efficacy  of 
Christian   grace,    and  the   homogeneity   of  the  lirst  and   the 

^  Whereas  Thoiiiasius  and  Lutliardt  concede  spiritual  emotions  even  in  the 
natural  man,  of  course  as  operations  not  of  the  natural  capacity  but  of  God  (of 
universal  grace),  only  such,  however,  as  have  yet  no  specifically  Christian 
character,  Philippi  thinks  the  liberum  arhitrium  in  civilibus  to  suffice  also  for 
the  preparation  of  faith,  because  in  opposition  to  the  Symbols  lie  attributes  to 
it  a  more  extended  meaning,  one  not  referring  merely  to  secular  things, — a 
vfew  which,  if  clearly  thought  out,  would  lead  to  the  standpoint  to  which  the 
exposition  of  J.  Milller  inclines. 

DouNEi!.— Cma.sT.  Doer.  iv.  U. 


1  /  a  ORIGIN  OF  CHURCH. 

second  creations  must  be  recognized  also  here.  "Were  we  to 
make  the  distinction  one  merely  of  quantity  or  degree,  the 
absolute  need  of  redemption  would  no  longer  be  maintained, 
nor  would  there  be  any  reason  why  liberum  arhitrium  should 
not,  as  natural  capacity  for  pure  goodness,  by  effort  and 
practice  reach  higher  and  higher  stages  through  its  own 
strength,  especially  if  the  good  stimulus  of  teaching  and 
example  were  not  wanting.  In  this  way  the  power  of  self- 
redemption  might  be  asserted  at  least  of  the  community  or 
the  human  race  (objective  Pelagianism).  In  order  to  com- 
prehend the  depth  of  the  distinction,  we  must  not  stop  at 
the  world  of  external  works,  nor  even  at  the  relation  of  man 
to  man ;  for  here  of  course  a  progress  in  culture,  nay,  in 
such  good  regulation  of  life  as  corresponds  to  the  idea  of 
morality,  is  possible  even  to  natural  humanity.  We  must  in 
any  case  go  back  to  purity  of  inner  moral  disposition,  which 
in  the  last  resort  can  only  have  its  strength  and  security 
in  unity  with  God  as  the  Primal  Good.  But  even  after  we 
have  gone  back  to  inner  disposition,  the  sharp  distinction 
between  the  natural  and  the  regenerate  man  seems  again  in 
danger,  from  the  fact  that  the  regenerate  also  sin,  their 
sanctification  being  not  yet  complete.  Thus  it  is  evident 
that  the  depth  of  that  distinction  cannot  be  demonstrated,  if 
regard  is  had  exclusively  to  the  moral  sphere.  The  quali- 
tative character  of  the  distinction  threatens  again  and  again 
to  evaporate  in  the  merely  gradual  and  to  become  fluent, 
unless  there  is  something  which  is  found  as  a  fixed  cha- 
racteristic in  the  Christian  as  such,  and  is  entire  and 
complete  in  him  alone.  But  in  Christianity  one  work  is 
already  completed,  and  one  only.  That  is,  in  an  objective 
aspect,  atonement  through  Clirist,  which  in  reference  to  man 
becomes  justification.  So  tliat  the  adequate  description  of  the 
specific  distinction  between  the  natural  man  and  the  Christian 
is,  that  the  Christian  is  partaker  of  full  and  complete  justi- 
fication, the  former  not.  Thereby  the  Pelagian  and  Semi- 
Pelagian  modes  of  thought  are  definitively  excluded,  for  both 
attain  in  the  best  case  an  approximation  to  atonement,  not 
its  entirety  and  completion.  But  then,  as  the  specific  distinc- 
tion of  Christianity  from  everything  extra-Christian  ought 
not  to  be  obliterated,  so  also,  in  opposition  to  Manichseism,  it 


DIVINE  GRACE  AND  HUMAN  ACTIVITY.  179 

is  essential  not  to  sever  the  natural  man  and  the  believer 
from  each  other,  as  if  there  were  no  kind  of  continuity 
between  the  two.  On  the  contrary,  an  identity  of  the  new 
with  the  old  man  miist  be  maintained.  In  a  material  aspect 
there  is  the  same  Ego  in  both ;  the  old  man  is  not  annihilated 
and  a  new  one  put  in  his  place. 

But  the  question  now  is :  How  the  two — the  specific 
distinction  and  the  continuity — are  to  be  combined.  Wherein 
especially  does  the  universal  capacity  of  redemption  consist, 
which  must  be  an  efficient  factor  in  the  attaining  of  salva- 
tion, without  however  being  itself  redemptive  ?  What  is  it 
in  the  natural  man  which  forms  the  universal  point  of  con- 
nection for  grace  ?  Grace  itself  would  necessarily  bear  an 
abrupt  and  magical  character,  if  it  came  upon  man  with 
overwhelming  suddenness.  Hence  theology  from  the  earliest 
days  has  made  preliminary  stages  precede  the  possession  of 
saving  grace  proper,  two  of  which  must  be  specially  empha- 
sized,— first,  preparatory  grace ;  secondly,  precursory  or  pre- 
venient  grace  (gratia  prceparans  and  prceveniens).  The 
former  denotes  the  universal,  conserving  divine  activity,  at 
work  in  the  heathen  world  even  apart  from  the  gospel,  and 
inducing  receptiveness  for  higher  things-;  the  other  is  the 
grace  issuing  forth  from  Christianity  and  its  means  of  grace 
upon  man  before  he  believes.  Now  the  Formula  of  Concord, 
Semi-Pelagianism,  and  Synergism  find  the  point  of  connection 
in  a  remnant  of  liberum  arbitrium, — the  former  in  a  liberum 
arbitrium  in  civilibus,  not  in  spiritualibus  ;  the  other  two,  on 
the  contrary,  in  a  remnant  of  liberum  arbitrium  in  sjnritualibus. 
We  cannot  agree  with  the  Formula  of  Concord.  Since  it 
makes  the  stress  of  the  good  or  evil  decision  fall  upon  justitia 
civilis,  it  ascribes  the  highest  spiritual  efficiency  to  a  power 
not  spiritual  in  nature,  although  throv^h  the  medium  of  the 
means  of  grace.  But  he  who  has  no  spiritual  knowledge 
does  not  even  know  what  Christianity  is.  Whether  he 
chooses  or  rejects  it,  whether  he  hears  God's  Word  or  not, 
he  knows  not  what  he  is  doing.  Consequently  his  destiny, 
or  the  judgment  upon  him,  cannot  be  made  to  depend  on  such 
a  use  of  freedom.  Semi-Pelagianism  essentially  weakens  the 
Aeed  of  redemption,  because  man's  freedom  is  supposed  to 
be  the  author  from   its  own  resources  of  acts,  by  which  he 


180  ORIGIN  OF  CHURCH. 

renders  himself  worthy  of  grace,  and  therefore  the  author  of 
spiritual  acts  of  high  moral  and  religious  worth.  Synergism 
is  an  improvement  on  this,  because  it  limits  the  power  of 
natural  lib.  arh.  to  the  act  of  closing  with  grace,  to  ability 
to  accept  it  or  not,  which  implies  the  confession,  that  good 
volition  of  spiritual  significance  is  necessary  even  to  absti- 
nence from  resisting  the  temptation  to  reject  grace.  But  to 
the  supposition,  that  the  natural  man  possesses  capacity  of 
decision  for  or  against  Christianity  (which  without  doubt  has 
spiritual  significance),  is  opposed,  first,  the  consideration  that, 
without  a  higher  ideal  longing  (which,  like  everything  good, 
implies  divine  working),  the  natural  man  cannot  have  the 
preparation  to  receive  Christian  grace,  a  gratia  prmparans 
being  therefore  requisite.  And  even  were  Synergism  to  con- 
cede this,  as  it  is  well  able  to  do  and  often  does,  because  it 
has  no  liking  for  Deistic  views,  nor  does  it  in  the  interest 
of  freedom  usually  demand  a  purely  immanent  development, 
still,  in  the  second  j^lace,  the  supernatural  working  of  Christian 
grace  must  be  postulated  ;  for  of  himself,  and  apart  from  all 
culture  by  Christian  grace,  the  natural  man  cannot  know  what 
Christianity  is,  and  therefore  is  without  the  qualification  for 
a  decision  valid  in  God's  sight.'^  Only  that  decision  can  be 
valid,  in  making  which  man  not  merely  knows  of  God  as 
Almighty,  Holy,  and  Just,  but  knows  also  of  His  revelation 
of  love  as  realized  and  proclaimed  in  the  gospel.  In  any 
case,  therefore,  a  culture  by  Christian  grace  must  precede  the 
decision  for  or  against  Christ.  There  needs,  as  relates  to  the 
divine  activity,  a  gratia  2y'>'ce2)cirans  et  prmvenicns  in  order  to 
give  the  means  necessary  to  man  for  the  decision.  The 
former  presupposes  a  remnant  of  good  natural  disposition, 
which  constitutes  his  capacity  of  redemption,  and  which  is 
developed  and  fostered  by  God's  conserving  and  governing 
activity — a  remnant  of  the  highest  significance  even  in 
reference  to  the  fruit  of  Christian  salvation,  the  new  creature. 
For  the  work  of  Christian  grace  must  have  a  point  of  connec- 
tion in  the  natural  man,  in  his  rational,  religious,  and  moral 
constitution,  with  which  Christianity — that  perfect  revelation 
of  the  Logos — is  in  harmony,  and  without  which  there  could 
never   be   any   certainty   of    the   truth   of    Christianity,   and* 

1  1  Cor.  ii.  14. 


DIVINE  GKACE  AND  HUMAN  ACTIVITY.  181 

of  its  harmony  with  the  highest  needs  of  our  nature.  This 
natural  endowment,  which  is  capable  of  development  by  all 
that  which  may  be  sunnned  up  as  gratia  pra^parans,  includes 
in  itself  a  liheruni  arhitrium  able  to  produce  ajustitia  civilis. 
And  the  latter  has  not  merely  civic  and  secular  value,  but 
something  of  moral  significance,  for  the  good  fruits  of  this 
jtistiiia  civilis  have  already  an  objective  worth,  especially  in 
reference  to  the  community.  But  therewith  the  relation  to 
God  is  not  as  yet  brought  into  normal  order,  because  recon- 
ciliation with  God  is  wanting,  and  for  this  very  reason  the 
power  of  a  new,  divine  life,  and  that  goodness  of  disposition 
which  alone  gives  to  the  motives  of  good  works  their  purity 
and  sincerity.  Hence  there  is  still  needed  the  operation  of 
Christian  grace,  and  indeed  not  merely  of  the  grace  of  re- 
generation, but  above  all,  and  in  the  first  place,  of  the  grace 
which  renders  possible  and  brings  about  the  transition  to  that, 
i.e.  of  gratia  piraivcnicns,  of  the  Christian  grace  of  atonement 
which  calls  and  offers  itself.  Christ  is  not  merely  the  Truth 
and  the  Life,  but  also  "  the  Way  "  to  the  salvation  enclosed 
in  Him,  because  through  the  preaching  of  the  gospel  He 
draws  near  to  the  soul,  inspiring  it  with  a  tendency  towards 
that  which  it  needs.  With  all  that  which  gratia  prceparans 
accomplishes,  i.e.  with  all  the  stimulus  or  development  of  his 
powers,  the  natural  man  would  not  as  yet  be  ripe  for  decision 
for  or  against  Christianity.  Even  an  affirmative  choice  would 
not  be  spiritualis,  so  long  as  it  lacked  the  consciousness  of 
what  Christianity  is,  which  must  and  is  meant  to  be  first 
given  by  redeeming  grace,  i.e.  by  atonement. 

2.  But  it  is  indispensable  that  there  be  an  actual  crisis,  a 
free,  conscious  decision  for  or  against  Christianity,  for  without 
this  no  definitive  settlement  of  the  worth  and  destiny  of  the 
individual  were  possible.  If,  then,  as  has  been  shown  in 
opposition  to  Synergism,  the  natural  man  has  not  this 
capacity  of  free  appropriation  (ajjplicatio)  or  decision,  the  first 
aim  of  grace  must  be,  basing  itself  on  the  still  existing 
capacity  of  redemption,  to  restore  freedom  to  the  power  of 
making  such  a  decision.  This  is  effected  by  preparatory  and 
precursory  grace  setting  up  in  man's  heart  such  a  counterpoise 
,  to  the  temptations  of  sin,  of  unbelief,  presumption,  and  pride 
as  counteracts  them,  so  that  the  man  is  given  back  to  him- 


182  ORIGIX  OF  CHURCH. 

self,  to  his  freedom  (or  freedom  to  him).  Xow  the  first 
step  to  this  is  to  awaken  conscience  by  the  action  of  universal 
preparatory  grace,  to  awaken  a  delight  in  goodness,  while  at 
the  same  time,  since  man  is  shown  his  sin,  displeasure  with 
himself  is  evoked.  But  the  knowledge  of  the  law,  of  sin 
and  guilt  alone,  whether  excited  by  outward  dealings  and 
events,  or  by  inward  workings  of  God's  Spirit,  would  in  the 
best  case  induce  knowledge  of  moral  bondage,  not  of  freedom  ; 
and  even  the  longing  and  effort  after  purity  could  not  suffice, 
but  unless  something  further  is  gained,  could  only  lead  to 
despair  of  a  higher  value  in  life,  or  result  in  thoughts  of 
self-righteousness.  In  order,  then,  to  give  the  right  direction 
to  self-knowledge  and  the  higher  longing,  the  prevenient 
manifestation  of  Christian  grace  {gratia  prceveniens)  is  also 
requisite.  This  grace  on  the  one  hand  vivifies  the  knowledge 
of  sin  and  guilt,  and  therefore  of  helplessness,  and  on  the  other 
the  longing  after  moral  worth  and  a  salvation  coming  from 
above.  It  does  both  in  a  decisive  manner  by  holding  up 
the  image  of  Christ,  which  shows  the  glory  and  attainableness 
of  the  goal  in  a  way  at  once  attractive  and  confounding, 
elevating  and  humbling.  Further,  since  the  image  of  the 
Mediator,  who  atoned  for  the  sin  of  the  world,  proclaims 
God's  love  revealed  in  Him,  and  offers  divine  favour  even  to 
the  guilt-laden  sinner,  it  makes  it  possible  for  that  sinner 
to  confess  sin  and  guilt  with  sincere  heart,  and  banishes  fear 
of  God.  The  natural  longing  of  the  soul  to  find  rest  in 
God  can  now  assume  a  more  definite  form.  The  glad  tidings 
of  the  gospel  plant  the  first  germs  of  joyous  hope  in  the 
heart ;  and  in  the  awakened,  earnest  longing  after  peace  of 
conscience  and  reconciliation  with  God,  the  message  of  free 
forgiveness  for  Christ's  sake,  the  message  of  the  justification 
of  the  sinner  by  grace,  finds  a  good  soil  and  intelligent  ac- 
ceptance. Thus  the  efi'ect  of  the  Spirit's  working  is,  that  an 
inner  counterpoise  to  the  temptations  of  sin  is  set  up,  and 
man  is  restored  to  his  freedom.  This  freedom  is  now  able 
to  make  the  decisive  resolve  of  life,  and  in  filial  surrender 
•to  perform  the  act  of  faith  which  affirms  the  design  of  pre- 
venient grace  presenting  itself,  first  of  all,  in  the  form  of 
forgiveness.  Thus  is  it  possible  without  violence  or  magical, 
workinrf  to  restore  freedom  in  the   natural   man,  who  lacked 


DIVINE  GRACE  AND  HUMAN  ACTIVITY.  183 

it  m  sjnritualihus,  of  course  by  divine  action,  and  therefore 
in  a  supernatural  way;  and  thereby  Manicha3isni  and 
absolute  Predestinationism,  whether  in  a  particular  or  uni- 
versal form,  as  well  as  Pelagianism,  Semi-Pelagianism,  and 
Synergism,  are  excluded. 

Accordingly,  the  relation  between  divine  and  human  activity 
in  the  work  of  salvation  is  in  general  terms  as  follows : — 

The  beginning  starts  from  the  divine,  but  in  such  a  way 
that  human  activity  is  set  in  action  by  God,  partly  stimulated, 
partly  evoked  anew.  The  divine  activity  is  also  continuous, 
not  effective  in  the  beginning  merely.  In  the  sphere  of  gratia 
prceparans  God  brings  about  the  awakening  of  better  move- 
ments in  man  himself  in  feeling,  knowledge,  and  volition.  In 
doins  this  all  divine  action  is  originative  of  action.  Still  more 
is  this  true  in  the  sphere  of  precursory  grace,  where  the  soul 
is  brought  into  relation  to  Christ.  There  grace,  or  Christ,  is 
able  more  and  more  by  the  Holy  Spirit  to  reveal  itself,  and 
draw  near  step  by  step  to  man,  always  in  such  a  way  that  the 
talent  already  given  to  man  has  to  operate  in  order  to  restore 
susceptibility  for  higher  gifts.^  Every  new  step  is  taken  with 
a  good  conscience;  every  rejection  of  the  new  enlightening^ 
awakening,  and  stimulating  influence  takes  place  against  con- 
science. But  finally,  grace  will  and  must  lead  to  a  decisive 
turning-point.  If  grace  has  wrought  hitherto  through  single 
rays,  these  must  at  last  converge  to  a  living  focus  in  the  will. 
The  soul  must  become  a  mirror,  in  which  the  complete  image 
of  Christ  as  the  Mediator  is  received.  There  Christ  acquires 
a  higher  significance  than  that  of  a  Teacher  and  Pattern, 
namely  a  religious  significance  demanding  the  full  surrender 
of  the  soul.  He  must  then  either  become  more  to  man  than 
He  was  before,  or  less,  because  that  which  He  claims  is  not 
conceded  to  Him.  This  turning-point  is  called  into  existence 
by  the  setting  forth  of  Christ  as  the  Atoner,  or  by  the  preaching 
of  the  forgiveness  of  sins  for  Christ's  sake.  This  is  the 
culminating-point  of  Christ's  prevenient,  intervenient  action 
upon  man  prior  to  the  faith,  that  God's  favour  and  forgiveness 
are  offered  to  him  for  Christ's  sake. 

3.  Calling  and  Election. — Calling  (vocatio)  is  universal, 
for  the  divine  purpose  of  redemption  is  just  as  universal  as  the 

*  »  Matt.  liiL  12. 


18-i  OKIGIN  OF  CHUKCH. 

need  and  capacity  of  redemption,  so  that  the  notion  of  a  divine 
decree  to  pass  by  a  portion  of  mankind,  and  to  restore  freedom 
of  decision  only  to  the  rest,  is  out  of  the  question.  Christianity 
can  only  put  everything  in  the  way  of  decision,  and  introduce  the 
Judgment  on  condition  that  sooner  or  later  this  goal  at  least  is 
certainly  and  inevitably  reached  in  the  case  of  all,  that  they  know 
what  they  are  doing  in  rejecting  Christianity,  and  that  the  wrong 
decision  is  not  forced  upon  them  by  outward  influences  or  by  the 
power  of  inherited  evil.  The  restoration  of  the  possibility  of  a 
free  decision  for  Christianity  is  required  by  the  ethical  character 
of  the  process  introduced  by  Christianity,  and  by  the  personal 
responsibility,  without  which  least  of  all  could  the  ultimate 
worth  of  any  one  be  determined.  But  if  in  this  way  freedom  of 
decision  is  again  established  by  Christianity  and  incorporated 
with  the  saving  process  itself,  the  question  arises,  whether  this 
gain  is  not  bought  too  dearly,  whether  with  the  admission  of 
freedom  a  permanent  insecurity  as  to  salvation  is  not  estab- 
lished. Such  insecurity  would  leave  no  place  for  an  abiding 
state  of  grace,  and  a  settled  assurance  of  salvation.  Both 
would  be  constantly  threatened  by  the  vacillations  of  human 
freedom.  Such  a  doctrine  of  permanent  insecurity  as  to 
salvation  would  be  in  contradiction  to  the  IsT.  T.  as  well  as  to 
the  Christian's  need.  According  to  John,  they  who  fall  away 
did  not  really  belong  to  Christ  and  His  people.^  Paul  knows 
that  the  crown  of  righteousness  is  reserved  for  him.^  The 
Apocalypse  speaks  of  a  Book  of  Life,  in  which  believers  are 
entered,  and  of  their  new  name.^  Christians  are  said  to  be 
sealed  to  the  day  of  redemption,  i.e.  of  Christ's  second  coming.* 
None  can  pluck  the  sheep  from  the  Good  Shepherd's  hand.* 
A  Paul,  a  John,  the  Eeformers,  knew  from  experience  what 
strength,  what  source  of  confidence  lay  in  knowing  themselves 
eternally  saved,  what  a  motive  to  gratitude  and  guarding  of 
self.  Hence  they  were  unwilling  to  give  up  the  certainty 
of  election.  But  how  does  this  agree  with  the  restoration  of 
freedom  by  Christianity  ?  Does  not  this  freedom  form  an 
express  contradiction  to  the  idea  of  election  altogether,  so  that 
the  idea  must  be  dropped  and  merely  a  divine  foreknowledge 

1  1  John  ii.  19.  -  2  Tim.  iv.  8. 

»  Rev.  ii.  17,  iii.  8,  xvii.  8,  xxi.  27.        *  Eph.  iv.  30,  i.  13  ;  2  Cor.  i.  22. 

*  John  X.  28.     Similarly  Rom.  viii.  29-39. 


DIVINE  GKACE  AND  HUMAN  ACTIVITY.  185 

of  the  final  fidelity  of  the  one  class  be  put  in  its  place  ? 
Frequently,  as  in  later  days  in  the  Lutheran  Church,  the 
divine  foreknowledge,  in  opposition  to  the  Form.  Cone,  has 
Wen  put  in  the  place  of  election,  and  the  assurance  of  sal- 
vation limited  more  and  more  simply  to  a  certainty  of  the 
'present  state  of  grace;  still  it  is  inadmissible  according  to  Scrip- 
ture, as  well  as  according  to  the  assertion  of  the  Christian 
consciousness,  to  deny  the  idea  of  election  altogether,  or  to 
suppose  the  insecurity  of  the  state  of  grace  perpetuated  by 
freedom. 

Election  in  the  broader  sense  is  already  involved  in  calling 
generally.  For  although  the  call  to  salvation,  and  the  power  to 
decide  in  its  favour,  must  come  to  all  in  due  course,  still  all  are 
not  called  at  the  same  time.  Eather  the  order  of  succession  is 
determined  by  a  divine  election,  which  extends  to  nations  and 
individuals.  And  the  called  are  all  called  to  salvation ;  not 
merely  the  beginning,  but  also  the  completion  of  salvation  is 
designed  for  all  by  divine  faithfulness.  As  called,  they  are 
set  apart  or  elected  to  believe  and  be  saved.  But  of  course 
this  election  does  not  secure  to  man  an  actual  share  in  the 
salvation  offered  to  him  in  calling.  There  is  no  election  ex- 
cluding freedom  of  acceptance  or  rejection,  and  replacing  it  by 
an  almighty  volition.  But  it  does  not  follow  from  this,  that 
assurance  of  salvation  must  be  imperilled  by  freedom,  or  still 
less  that  uncertainty  as  to  the  state  of  grace  must  be  perpetu- 
ated. Eather,  according  to  Scripture,  there  is  an  election  in  the 
stricter  sense.^  Holy  Scripture  teaches  the  eternal  election  of 
believers  before  the  foundation  of  the  workl.^  The  restoration 
of  freedom  by  no  means  implies  that  the  trust  of  the  Christian 
is-  placed  in  this  freedom.  The  Christian  puts  his  trust  not 
in  the  strength  and  stability  of  his  personal  faith  of  itself,  but 
in  God's  unchangeable  fidelity,  which  will  not  leave  unfinished 
the  good  work  begun,  but  will  guard  and  conduct  it  right 
through  the  human  weakness,  of  whose  continued  influence 
His  foreknowledge  took  account  even  in  the  act  of  forgivinff. 
But  in  the  next  place,  it  is  a  false  conception  of  the  nature  of 
the  freedom  restored,  to  suppose  that  it  can  always  just  as 

1  John  xiii.   18;  Matt.  xxii.   14,  xxiv,  22,  24;  1  John  v.  i  ;  2  Put.  i.  10; 
pom.  xi,  28. 
'^  Eph.  i.  4-11. 


186  ORIGIN  OF  CHUECir. 

easily  fall  away  from  Christ  as  remain  in  fellowship  with  Him. 
The  regenerate  man  cannot  abuse  his  freedom  eternally. 
There  is  no  such  thing  indeed  even  for  him  as  a  fatalistic 
necessity,  a  compulsion  to  goodness ;  sin  is  still  possible  to 
him.  But  regeneration  produces  a  real  change  in  his  heart 
and  its  inclinations.  It  does  not  leave  his  freedom  as  a 
vacillating  power  of  choice,  equally  open  to  opposite  possi- 
bilities always  and  for  ever  {liberum  arbitrium  indifferentice). 
Such  formal  freedom  is  perhaps  a  point  of  transition,  but  not 
the  goal.  The  result  of  the  moral  process  is  real  freedom. 
Such  freedom  is  coeval  as  to  principle  with  regeneration, 
which  implants  a  divine  oTrepfMa ;  and  so  far  as  it  exists,  such 
freedom  works  for  good.  Even  where  a  momentary  subjection 
to  the  remains  of  sin  is  found,  there  is  connected  therewith  an 
inner  resistance  to  sin,  so  that  sin  in  the  regenerate  man 
remains  distinct  in  nature  from  sin  in  the  unregenerate,  even 
if  this  fact  should  be  hidden  from  consciousness.  This  resist- 
ance makes  itself  felt  again  in  regret  and  penitent  self-renewal. 
That  the  saved  in  the  next  world  can  no  longer  fall  from 
grace,  is  universally  believed ;  and  yet  no  one  will  say  on  this 
account  that  they  have  lost  their  freedom.  But  Paul  and 
John  know  and  extol  ^wrj  a,l(ovvo<i  in  this  world  also,  although 
in  weakness.  But  he  who  falls  entirely  was  never  truly 
regenerate.  The  new  creature  is  a  being  immortal  in  nature. 
It  is  true,  indeed,  that  the  believer  is  conscious  in  the  first 
instance  of  his  p-ese?*^  state  of  grace.  But  his  future  does 
not  for  this  reason  lie  in  an  uncertain,  anxious  obscurity.  A 
mere  hope  of  future  blessedness,  unaccompanied  by  any  con- 
fident certainty  as  to  the  future  state  of  salvation,  would  not 
be  Christian  hope  at  all.  The  assurance  is  immanent  in  the 
consciousness  of  reconciliation,  that  according  to  God's  gracious 
purpose  the  reconciliation  and  justification  of  man  are  final, 
that  nothing,  "  neither  things  present  nor  things  to  come,  can 
separate  us  from  the  love  of  God  in  Christ."  Among  these 
"  things  to  come "  must  be  the  frailty,  which  continues  to 
operate  in  the  believer  against  his  will.  It  belongs  to  the 
very  nature  of  faith  to  commit  itself  with  courage  and  full 
confidence  to  God's  power  and  love.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
torment  of  uncertainty  would  be  perpetuated  and  be  a  hin-^ 
drance  to  spiritual  growth,  if  we  were  forced  to  rely  only  upon 


REPENTANCE.  187 

our  own  freedom  and  its  faithful  use  for  the  assurance  of  our 
salvation  in  the  future.  Man's  chief  concern  no  doubt  should 
be,  by  iidelity  and  resistance  to  unbelief  to  remain  perpetually 
in  the  present  state  of  grace.  Belief  in  a  fate-like  decretum 
ekctionis  might  easily  betray  him  into  indolence,  presumption, 
self-exaltation.  The  divine  election  rather  implies,  that  the 
state  of  grace,  like  everything  living,  is  preserved  by  means 
of  an  active  secondary  causality — by  means  of  perpetual  self- 
renewal.  But  the  divine  purj)ose  of  grace  need  not  for  this 
reason  be  vacillating,  nor  the  divine  election  uncertain.  On 
all  these  grounds  a  union  of  the  apparently  clashing  interests 
— of  human  freedom  and  stability  of  divine  grace  and  gracious 
election — is  possible.  We  are  able  to  leave  the  necessary 
place  to  freedom,  and  yet  speak  of  a  certainty  as  to  the  state 
of  grace  by  God's  help,  of  an  election  of  believers.  The 
regenerate  are  the  elect  also  in  the  stricter  sense,  although 
not  without  the  medium  of  their  free  decision.  The  election 
of  believers  to  eternal  life  does  not  resolve  itself  into  a  mere 
foreknowledge  of  the  stability  of  their  faith,  and  of  their  per- 
sonal fidelity ;  but  as  they  have  really  performed  the  decisive 
act  of  faith,  so  is  it  always  in  the  last  resort  the  grace  laid 
hold  of  by  them,  its  strength  and  fidelity,  by  which  they  are 
guarded  and  preserved  from  an  entire  apostasy  from  grace. 

Observation. — The  doctrine  of  the  appropriation  of  salvation 
divides  into  the  three  points :  Repentance  or  Change  of  Mind, 
Regeneration  through  the  faith  that  appropriates  Justification, 
and  Sanctiflcatioii, 


FIRST  POINT  :    REPENTANCE  OR  CHANGE  OF  MIND, 

§  131, 

The  Christian  method  of  salvation  requires  a  state  of  prepara- 
tion for  regeneration  (§  130),  That  preparation  consists 
on  the  divine  side  in  the  Calling  (vocatio  externa  et 
interna)  or  Invitation  to  salvation,  which  refers  indeed 
to  all  spiritual  blessings,  but  has  for  its  primary  contents 
the  justification  of  the  sinner  before  God  by  grace. 
The  effect  of  this  calling  on  man's  side  is  Illumination 


188  OEIGIN  OF  CHURCH. 

respecting  law  and  sin  {i.e.  the  need  of  justification),  as 
well  as  respecting  the  righteousness  offered  in  Christ; 
the  Feeling  of  personal  guilt  and  penal  desert ;  and  the 
Aioahening  of  the  will  to  seek  righteousness  before  God. 
These  elements  constitute  together  the  nature  of  the 
penitent  mind,  which  however  in  its  maturity  is  simply 
receptiveness  for  salvation  in  the  form  of  longiug  after  a 
divinely-given  righteousness. 

Observation. — In  this  threefold  "  Illumination,  Sense  of 
Guilt,  Awakening,"  is  produced  subjective  receptiveness  for 
Christ  in  that  threefold  office  of  His,  which  averts  the  three- 
fold evil,  from  which  redemption  is  necessary, — error,  guilt, 
sin.^ 

1.  The  New  Testament  in  unison  with  the  Old  Testament 
requires  first  of  aU  fjLerdvoia,  reconsideration,  inner  turning  of 
the  disposition  from  the  abnormal  direction  to  the  normal 
commencing-  or  starting-point.  Hence  with  this  conversion  is 
connected  the  becoming  a  child  again.^  Eight  self-knowledge, 
united  with  sincerity,  produces  ^  acknowledgment  of  guilt  and 
penal  desert,  sorrow  and  mourning,  and  this  is  associated  with 
confession  of  sin.'* 

2.  The  terminology  in  use  before  the  Preformation  under- 
stood by  pmiitentia  both  the  sacrament  of  penance,  and,  in 
harmony  with  this,  the  whole  of  conversion,  penitence,  con- 
fession, and  satisfaction  by  works,  including  justificatio.^ 
While  the  Eeformation  repudiated  the  necessity  of  confession 
to  the  priest  and  satisfaction  by  works,  it  left  for  a  time  the 
name  of  poenitentia  to  the  entire  work  of  conversion,  including 
repentance  and  faith.^  The  modern  terminology  followed 
by  us  distinguishes  repentance  and  faith  as  two  elements, 
understanding  by  repentance  regret  or  change  of  mind.     Now 

1  §  61,  vol.  ii.  p.  202. 

^  Matt,  xviii.  3  ;  Acts  iii.  19,  26,  xx.  21,  xxvi.  18.     l-rKTrf'-ipiDi,  (TTpi^i<T6cti. 

3  Ps.  xxxii. ;  1  John  i.  8,  9. 

*  2  Cor.  vii.  10  :  h  xara  hov  Xu-Ttn  f^iraioiav  i'l;  (Teo-r^^piav  i/HTafi'.XijTcii 
M.aT'.fiya,%irai.      Cf.  Vol.  i.  §  11. 

s  Penance  as  a  mating  satisfaction  pushed  faith  into  the  background,  reducing 
it  to  mere  notitia,  perhaps  along  with  assensus. 

*  Cf.  Con/.  Aug.  xii.,  Apol.  vi.  de  Poenitentia. 


REPENTANCE.  189 

this  is  brought  about  on  the  objective  side  by  all  that  which 
is  included  in  calling.^  But  calling  is  the  arrangement  by 
which  the  gospel  approaches  man  from  without  through  the 
means  of  grace,  and  also  brings  influence  to  bear  on  him 
inwardly  that  he  may  believe  {vocatio  externa  et  interna). 
Faith  comes  by  preaching.^  A  false  universalism  speaks  of 
reconciliation  and  regeneration,  of  a  share  in  that  which  forms 
the  contents  of  Christianity,  even  outside  Christendom  apart 
from  connection  with  the  word  of  Christ.  But  as  there  can 
be  no  knowledge  of  the  historic  by  purely  inward,  but  only 
by  historical  means,  this  would  be  to  depreciate  the  historic 
manifestation  of  Christ.  Hence  the  Eeformation  rejects 
Enthusiasm  or  Fanaticism  so  called,  which  seeks  salvation 
extra  verbum  by  a  sort  of  inner  magic,  and  denies  the  necessity 
of  the  external  mediation  of  Christian  grace  (vocatio  externa).^ 
But  no  less  does  the  Evangelical  Church  reject  also  the  notion 
of  an  outer  magic,  e.g.  of  magical  force,  of  means  of  grace 
administered  by  the  priesthood,  which  are  supposed  to  act  eoi 
opere  operate.  The  power  of  spiritual  efticiency  does  not 
belong  directly  to  the  outward  and  sensuous.*  Faith  does  not 
come  by  preaching  directly  through  the  power  and  influence 
of  the  outward  sound.  The  heart  of  man  must  first  be  set  to 
work  and  excited  to  activity.  The  Word  has  its  effect  on 
feeling  and  will  only  when  it  is  received  into  the  perceptive 
spirit,  and  the  understanding  is  opened  by  the  Holy  Spirit. 
We  avoid  the  errors  both  of  outward  and  inward  magic  by 
acknowledging  the  necessity  just  as  much  of  inward  as  of 
outward  calling. 

3.  But  as  to  contents,  the  gospel  must  first  w^ork  as  the 
odjective  preaching  of  repentance,  and  this  involves  the  ac- 
knowledgment of  the  law  and  its  rights  on  the  part  of  tlie 
gospel.  But,  at  the  same  time,  the  preaching  of  repentance 
must  not  lead  away  from  Christ  by  legality  and  a  severity 
that  induces  despair,  or  by  a  superficiality  which  cares  only 
for  immunity  from  punishment,  and  not  for  the  removal  of 
guilt    and   the   claims   of  justice   on   the   guilty.     Even   the 

1  Rom.  viii.  30,  xA.^,r,j.  2  Rom.  x.  14-17. 

^  Cf.  Conf.  Aug.  v.,  Art.  Sm.  331,  Apol.  153.  268  ;  Form.  -Cone.  672. 
,     *  Even  Word  and  Sacrament  do  not  act  blindly  as  of  themselves,  but  ubi  et 
quando  visum  est  Deo,  Conf.  Aug.  v.,  and  tlierefore  by  an  act  of  divine  volition. 


190  ORIGIN  OF  CHURCn. 

preaching  of  repentance  must  wear  a  Christian  character,  of 
which  prophecy  in  the  0.  T.  was  already  a  beginning.  To 
preach  repentance  is  to  take  the  right  path,  because  Christ  is 
a  preacher  of  repentance.  This  is  possible,  for  Christianity,  as 
the  absolute  religion,  includes  also  the  law  in  its  contents, 
and  is  able  out  of  these  contents  to  evolve  the  law.  But 
such  preaching  becomes  vocatio  (invitation),  from  the  fact  that 
Christ — the  personal  law,  the  personal  holiness  and  love — on 
the  one  hand  intensifies  the  co-nsciousness  of  sin  by  His  typical 
perfection,  and  by  all  that  He  suffered  through  sin,  and  on 
tlie  other  hand  causes  Himself  to  be  announced  as  the 
Saviour,  who  answers  for  sin,  and  through  His  atoning  action 
and  suffering  has  become  the  security  for  the  Father's  forgiving 
love.  The  perfect  union  of  justice  and  love  given  in  Christ 
leads  in  the  true  path  of  repentance,  that  through  reconcilia- 
tion and  sanctification  man  may  become  a  transcript  of  His 
justice  and  love.  The  crowning-point  of  the  preaching  of 
evangelical  repentance  and  its  overwhelming  power  lie  in 
the  proclamation  of  God's  prevenient,  humbling  grace  for 
Christ's  sake,  i.e.  in  this,  that  it  is  also  the  preaching  of  the 
reconciliation  of  the  unbelieving  world  effected  by  Christ, 
that  the  world  may  believe. 

4.  This  proclamation  of  the  gospel  as  a  salutary  preaching 
of  repentance,  whilst  guarding  against  Pelagian  and  Manichaean 
aberrations  of  pride,  or  presumption  and  despair,  works  through 
the  Holy  Spirit  a  change  in  the  mind  of  man. 

First,  illumination  respecting  sin,  guilt,  God's  holiness  and 
justice — briefly,  respecting  the  need  of  redemption,  especially 
in  the  mirror  of  Christ's  image. 

Secondly,  the  feeling  of  iinhappiness  on  account  of  separa- 
tion from  God  by  guilt  and  penal  desert,  and  also  the  feeling 
of  abhorrence  for  sin,  and  of  longing  to  be  set  free  from  guilt 
and  sin,  i.e.  the  feeling  of  penitence.  The  purer  this  penitent 
feeling  is, — the  more,  therefore,  that  it  is  not  mere  sorrow  for 
the  consequences  of  sin — evil,  but  for  sin  itself  and  its  guilt 
in  the  sight  of  a  just  and  holy  God,  the  more. 

In  the  third  place,  is  the  will  excited  against  evil,  and  the 
aivakening  brought  about,  in  which  the  desire  to  cast  off  evil 
and  the  resolve  to  live  a  better  life  are  formed.  The  purer 
the  enlightenment  and  penitence,  the  less  does  the  awakening 


KEl'liNIAXGE.  191 

take  the  direction  of  attempts  at  self-redemption  or  self- 
reconciliation.  On  the  contrary,  the  evangelical  preaching  of 
repentance  shows,  on  the  one  hand,  the  depth  and  inveteracy  of 
sin,  and  therefore  the  impotence  of  such  attempts,  and  on  the 
other  tells  of  Christ,  the  divinely-given  means  of  propitiation 
— of  a  forgiveness  which  is  not  deserved  or  inherited  by  us, 
but  must  become  our  possession  by  free  grace,  and  which  at 
the  same  time  appears  as  a  law  of  faith,  and  demands  that 
we  desire  the  divine  help,  and  submit  to  be  led  by  the  divine 
grace  with  the  whole  strength  of  our  will.  When,  then,  as 
the  result  of  this  preaching,  man  fervently  desires  to  make 
experience  of  what  the  gospel  makes  known,  the  inwardly- 
working  call  draws  to  Christ,  and  the  restored  freedom  has 
a  counterpoise  to  doubt  and  unbelief  in  the  inner  need  on  the 
one  hand,  and  the  promises  of  the  evangelical  proclamation  on 
the  other.  In  this  way,  willingness  may  pass  into  the  obedi- 
ence of  faith,  or  issue  in  desire  after  propitiation  and  redemption 
from  sin  becoming  an  actual  turning  to  the  Eedeemer. 

Ohservation. — Methodism  would  bring  the  occurrence  of 
the  elements  described,  and  their  order  of  succession,  under 
a  definite  rule  and  uniform  method.  It  seeks  to  do  this 
by  making  the  sensible  experience  of  sin  and  grace  the 
centre  of  the  saving  process,  and  using  definite  methods  for 
evoking  that  experience.  But  no  such  technical  method  can 
be  prescribed  either  to  the  terrores  conscientice  or  to  the 
consolationes  evangelii.  The  one  divine  grace,  sufficient  for 
the  totality  of  the  spirit,— understanding,  feeling,  and  will, — 
lays  hold  in  its  working  of  those  sides  of  the  soul  which  are 
most  open  to  it,  save  that  of  course  the  same  unity  must 
•  lead  in  some  way  to  a  co-operation  of  the  three  sides.  It  is 
wrong  to  require  a  definite  amount  of  penitent  sorrow — a 
real  penitent  struggle  in  every  case,  although  no  one  can 
lack  it  without  heavy  loss.  The  amount  of  sorrow  depends 
on  the  vitality  of  the  emotional  life,  which  differs  with  the 
individual,  as  well  as  on  the  degree  in  which  sin  has  previ- 
ously been  manifested  in  particular  acts,  which  is  essentially 
conditioned  by  outward  circumstances.  Deadness  of  feeling 
is  certainly  one  form,  and  a  dangerous  form,  of  sinful  ab- 
normity, which  has  to  be  resisted ;  but  one  person  may 
have  come  earlier  into  more  vital  communion,  with  Christ, 
especially  in  a  Church  practising  infant  baptism,  before  sin 
had  developed  itself  in  him  in  a  worse  form,  and  therefore 


192  ORIGIN  OF  CHURCH. 

before  it  liad  come  to  consciousness.  For  Christ  has  not  a 
relation  to  sin  merely ;  He  calls  forth  a  delight,  a  devoted 
affection,  not  merely  because  He  takes  away  our  guilt  from 
us,  but  also  through  what  He  is  in  Himself,  or  through  the 
image  of  His  person.  Hence  a  certain  faith,  a  certain  love 
to  Christ,  is  possible  even  in  a  child  from  which  real  repent- 
ance first  springs.  Where,  then,  the  image  of  Christ  in  His 
benignity  and  love  has  been  early  imprinted  on  the  heart, 
or  where  the  rays  of  His  grace  so  shine  upon  life's  early 
dawn  that  only  mitigated  forms  of  sin  spring  up,  there  it 
may  happen  that  the  vital  communion  with  Him  is  never 
quite  broken  off;  and  this  will  not  allow  terror  at  God's 
justice  and  holiness  to  arise,  without  also  His  love  manifested 
in  Christ  in  some  way  revealing  itself  to  the  soul.  But 
certainly,  whatever  a  fortunate  youth  and  education  may  do, 
it  remains  true  that  birth  and  regeneration  oiever  combine 
into  one  element.  None  is  exempted  from  regeneration ; 
and  although  there  is  no  necessity  for  every  one  to  pass  first 
through  a  period  under  the  exclusive  dominion  of  sin  or 
alienation  from  God,  which  would  then  be  precisely  marked 
off  from  the  time  when  grace  attains  the  dominion,  still  no 
one  can  be  exempted  from  sorrowfully  gazing  down  more 
and  more  into  the  might  and  the  ramifications  of  his  own 
sin,  in  order  that  he  may  consciously  and  of  set  purpose  die 
to  it.  No  conscious  established  personality,  however,  exists, 
unless  it  has  laid  hold  of  the  Atoner  in  Christ,  and  obtained, 
therefore,  justification  before  God  through  grace,  for  Christ's 
sake,  as  the  real  basis  of  its  state  of  grace.  The  belief  that 
there  is  a  faith  from  which  true  repentance  first  springs, 
which  the  Lutheran  Church  owes  to  infant  baptism,  Calvin, 
who  in  general  makes  pcenitentia  follow  Jides,  owes  to  the 
fact  that,  in  the  interest  of  the  prevenient  character  of  grace, 
and  in  harmony  with  the  doctrine  of  Predestination,  he 
seeks  to  derive  faith,  not  from  repentance,  but  simply  from 
the  power  of  God. 


SECOND  POINT  :  REGENERATION,  OR  THE  FAITH  THAT  APPROPRIATES 
JUSTIFICATION. 

§  132a. 

When  prepared,  living  receptiveness  in  man  for  salvation 
takes  the  form  of  trustful  surrender  to  Christ,  or  becomes 
the  faith  of   acceptance    (opyavov   Xtjtttikov),   which    is 


FAITH  AND  JUSTIFICATION.  193 

willing  to  be  determined  by  Christ's  righteousness  as 
the  vicarious  Mediator,  the  result  is  not  merely  a 
gracious  relation  of  the  reconciled  Father  to  us,  or  the 
mere  substitution  of  Christ  for  us,  but  a  twofold  bond 
between  the  believer  on  tlie  one  hand,  and  God  the  Father 
and  Christ  on  the  other.  On  the  part  of  man,  there  is 
appropriation  of  Christ  and  His  righteousness,  primarily 
of  propitiating  grace  or  justification,  in  virtue  of  which 
our  sin  is  not  reckoned  to  us  by  God,  but  forgiven,  and 
the  righteousness  of  Christ  is  imputed ;  and  on  the  part 
of  Christ,  real  appropriation  of  man,  union  of  the  divine 
life  with  the  human  by  the  power  of  the  Holy  Spirit. 
Since  Christ's  substitution  is- productive  in  nature  (§§120, 
127),  the  result  of  this  union  through  the  Holy  Spirit 
is  a  new,  living  phenomenon,  namely  a  personality  after 
the  image  of  God,  which  is  a  reflection  of  the  union  of 
the  divine  and  human  in  Christ.  The  child  of  man 
has  thus  become  the  child  of  God.  He  now  has  the 
satisfaction  of  Christ  (§§  120-122)  as  his  own,  and  is 
consequently  in  real  possession  of  the  justification,  which 
before  was  merely  a  declaratory  offer.  The  fact  of  beino- 
justified  by  faith  is  followed,  in  due  course,  normally  by 
the  knowledge  of  justification^  or  the  assurance  of  salvation. 
But  the  communion  instituted  by  faith  between  Christ 
and  the  soul,  does  not  end  in  participation  in  reconcilia- 
tion ;  but,  on  the  permanent  basis  of  justification  in 
virtue  of  the  same  communion,  the  sanctification,  which 
is  the  end  and  fruit  of  reconciliation,  is  developed 
through  the  Holy  Spirit. 

Literature  (Exegetical).— Wieseler,  Comm.  z.  Galaterbrief 
on  ii.  16  ff.  Meyer,  Co7nm.  z.  Galaterbrief  6th  ed.,  by  Sieffert. 
Lipsius,  die  paulin.  Rechtfcrtigungslehrc,  1853  (retracted  later). 
Weiss,  die  hihl.  Theol,  ed.  3.  (Hist,  of  Dogma) — Literature 
respecting  Andr.  Osiander ;  Baur,  Kitschl,  Preger.  Sclinecken- 
burger,  Symholih  der  reform.  Kirclie.  (Dogmatic)— Melancth. 
Jjoci  Th.  Corp.  Ref  xxi.  M.  Chemnitius,  Loci  Th.  De  Justifica- 
tione.     J.  Gerliard,  Loci  Th.  vii.     H.  Hopfner,  De  Jiistificatione 

Corner.— CuRisT.  Doct.  iv.  U 


194  ORIGIN  OF  CHURCH. 

Iwininis  pcccatoris  coram  Deo,  Diss.  xii.  1653.  Jo.  Mussei,  Trad. 
theol.  de  Conversionc  honiinis  peccatoris  ad  Deum,  1661.  A. 
Calov.,  Systcma,  To.  x.  David  HoUaz,  Evanrj.  Ghiadenordnung 
in  vier  Gcsprdchen,  newly  edited,  Basel  1866.  Fresenius,  Ahh. 
uher  die  Ilcchtfertigung  eines  o.rmen  Silnders  vor  Gott,  1747, 
1766,  newly  edited  by  A.  R  C.  VHmar,  1857.  Ph.  Dav.  Burk, 
Rechtfertigung  mid  Versicherung,  newly  edited  in  an  orderly 
abridgment  by  E.  Kern,  1854.  ]\Iy  Address  on  Justification  in 
Kiel,  1868.  V.  Zezschwitz,  die  EecMfertigung  des  Sunders  for 
Gott  in  iJirem  Verhdltniss  zur  G'liadxnvArkn/iig  und  zur  evngen 
Erwdlilung  (Address  at  the  Luth.  Conference  in  Hanover,  1868, 
cf.  Eitschl,  iii.  102).  Preuss,  die  Rechtfertigung  des  Sunders 
vor  Gott,  1868.  The  Wag  of  Life  made  Plain,  John  Kirk,  16th 
thousand,  1849,  Lect.  3-7,  11.  Gloag,  A  Treatise  on  Justifica- 
tion hj  Faith,  1856  (see  older  English  literature,  especially  by 
Owen  and  Davenant,  Barlow  and  Eennet,  in  Gloag,  p.  vi.). 
Gloag,  Assurance  of  Salvation.  (Buchanan,  The  Doctrine  of 
Justification,  1867.  O'Brien,  The  Nature  and.  Effects  of  Faith?) 
The  Grounchoork  of  a  System  of  Evang.  Luth.  Theology,  by  S. 
Sprechen,  Prof,  in  Wittenberg  College,  Ohio,  1879,  T.  i.  c.  7, 
T.  ii.  c.  10. 

A. — Biblical  Doctrine. 

The  N.  T.  doctrine  is,  that  we  do  not  obtain  forgiveness 
of  sins  for  the  sake  of  our  amendment  or  sanctification,  but 
conversely,  that  love  grows  out  of  the  prevenient,  pardoning 
love  of  God  to  the  unworthy.^  Even  the  lost  son  receives 
forgiveness  before  he  is  approved.  The  same  thought  lies  in 
a  narrative,  which  is  often  regarded  as  proving  the  contrary,^ 
for  the  parable  of  the  free  remission  of  debt  would  have  no 
sense,  no  applicability  to  the  case  of  the  sinful  woman,  if 
the  meaning  were,  that  her  sins  were  forgiven  because  of  her 
manifestation  of  love.  Piather,  her  anointing  of  the  Lord  is 
her  thanks  for  forgiveness  received.'^  Further,  entrance  into 
Christianity  takes  place  not  through  sanctification,  but  through 
baptism  for  the  forgiveness  of  sins,  which  is  treated  in  the 
iST.  T.  as  the  certain  and  first  fruit  of  Christian  baptism.      If 

1  1  John  iv.  10  ;  Eom.  v.  8.  ^  Lu^e  vii.  37-50. 

^  Ver.  47  must  be  understood  thus  :  He  that  loves  little  shows  by  this  that  he 
has  not  yet  had  his  sins  forgiven,  as,  conversely,  the  greatness  of  a  man's  love 
evinces  that  his  many  sins  are  forgiven  him.  The  woman  must  therefore 
have  received  forgiveness  from  Christ  before  the  meal,  for  which  now  she 
returns  thanks  as  well  as  she  is  able. 


FAITH  AND  JUSTIFICATION.  195 

James  derived  justification  from  good  works  ^  performed  by 
man  before  faith  in  forgiveness,  and  therefore  before  baptism, 
the  whole  K  T.  economy  would  be  abolished  and  useless. 
Such  an  epistle  would  therefore  be  without  canonicity.  But, 
on  the  contrary,  the  epistle  assumes  that  the  readers  are 
already  Christians,^ — have,  therefore,  been  baptized  and  re- 
ceived forgiveness,  and  have  opened  their  hearts  to  the  gospel.^ 
Certainly,  according  to  it,  a  faith  that  remains  without  fruits 
is  merely  a  pretence.*  But  it  is  Paul  who  distinguishes 
justification  and  sanctification  most  clearly.  He  makes  holi- 
ness first  spring  from  the  peace  of  reconciliation.®  Unprejudiced 
exposition  now  universally  acknowledges  the  Eeformatiun 
understanding  of  Pauline  doctrine  to  be  correct,  whether 
agreeing  with  it  or  not.  This  very  admission  implies  that 
the  teachincr  of  the  Eomish  and  Greek  Churches,  to  the  effect 
that  Paul  derives  forgiveness  from  faith  and  works,  is  a 
misinterpretation  of  Pauline  doctrine.  But  what,  then,  does 
Holy  Scripture  understand  by  the  faith  on  which,  as  with 
one  voice,  it  lays  the  chief  stress  in  reference  to  the  appropria- 
tion of  forgiveness  ?  In  the  Biblical  sense,  it  is  no  mere 
knowledge,  still  less  a  mere  opinion  in  which  doubt  may 
exist.®  Further,  it  has  for  its  object  no  mere  historic  fact  as 
such,  but  God  and  divine  things,  to  which,  although  invisible, 
faith  ascends  above  everything  visible.^  More  definitely,  the 
object  or  content  of  Christian  faith  is  Christ,  the  Crucified 
and  Ptisen  One.®  Eegarded  psychologically  or  formally,  faith 
is  related  in  a  positive  aspect  to  man  as  a  unity ;  it  is  a 
matter  of  the  heart.^  On  the  side  of  intelligence,  it  is  the 
positive  antithesis  to  doubt,  a  receiving  and  recognizing  of 

J  Jas.  ii.  14-26.  ^  Jas.  i.  18.  »  Jas.  i.  21. 

*  Jas.  ii.  14.  But  since  the  epistle  has  to  do  with  Christians  who  have 
been  made  partakers  of  forgiveness  through  faith,  it  rightly  requires  that  this 
faith  continue  operative  in  the  soul,  and  prove  itself  permanent,  which  can  only 
be  shown  in  fruits,  in  which  persevering  faith  attains  to  completeness  (ver.  22). 
At  the  same  time,  this  fruitfulness  of  faith  has  a  value  in  God's  eyes,  who  calls 
it  good  and  approves  it,  which  is  more  than  mere  pardon.  Even  to  James,  the 
gospel,  received  in  faith,  remains  God's  power  for  good  works  (i.  18,  21) ;  but 
there  is  a  difference  in  diligence  and  sincerity  of  holiness  among  believers,  and 
in  correspondence  with  this  the  positive  divine  complacency  in  man  has  its 
stages.  •'  Rom.  v.  1-11,  cf.  with  vi.  1-11. 

.   fi  Jas.  ii.  19,  i.  3  ff.  7  Heb.  xi.  1 ;  Rom.  iv.  17-21. 

8  Rom.  iv.  25.  *  Rom.  .\.  10. 


196  ORIGIN  OF  CHURCH. 

truth  as  such  ;^  on  the  side  of  will,  it  is  obedience,'  trust,^ 
associated  with  confident  security  and  certainty.  The  way, 
then,  in  which  forgiveness  is  imparted  to  man,  is  this : 
negatively,  God  does  not  impute  sin  to  man,  so  that  he 
no  longer  stands  under  condemnation  ;■*  positively,  faith  is 
reckoned  as  righteousness,  or  righteousness  comes  by  the 
medium  of  faith  or  from  it.^  But  the  meaning  is  not,  that, 
considered  as  a  subjective  virtue,  faith  is  regarded  as  some- 
thing meritorious  because  of  its  excellence,  but  it  has  this 
importance  because  of  its  contents — Christ.  "We  are  righteous 
in  Christ,  as  united  with  Him,  which  is  the  same  as  saying 
that  Christ's  righteousness,  His  substitution,  is  imputed  to 
us.^  Because,  then,  the  whole  Christian  salvation  is  enclosed 
in  Christ's  person,  faith  also  has  a  comprehensive  significance, 
extending  to  the  renewal  of  the  whole  man,  although  the  part 
of  this  salvation  which,  in  the  first  instance,  blesses  man  and 
gives  him  contentment  is  Christ's  atonement,  which  has  our 
justification  for  its  effect.  But  the  dominating  importance 
of  atonement  and  justification  in  Paul  might  seem  to  be 
threatened,  if  not  excluded,  by  all  the  passages  of  the  N.  T., 
which  place  faith  in  most  intimate  connection  rather  with 
regeneration  and  adoption,  not  merely  with  atonement  and 
justification.  For  example,  according  to  John,  every  one  who 
believes  is  born  of  God,  begotten  of  divine  seed  ;^  and  Peter 
and  James  teach  the  like.^  But  this  forms  no  contradiction, 
for  regeneration  is  related  to  the  consciousness  also.  The 
consciousness  in  possession  of  reconciliation  and  peace  is 
precisely  regeneration  on  the  side  of  consciousness.  Paul 
also  places  regeneration  in  the  closest  connection  with  faith.^ 
But  his  more  dialectical  manner  makes  the  particular  ele- 
ments stand  forth  more  distinctly,  and  in  their  inner  relations. 
The  Pauline  vlodeaia  has,  indeed,  l)een  referred  to  a  mere 
legal  relation,  adoption  into  the  place  of  a  child,  without  a 
second   birth   taking   place   in   man   himself.     But  although 

1  Rom.  iv.  20  ff.  ;  John  viii.  32.  -  Rom.  i.  5. 

3  TTfTro'iincns,  ■^>^np»(fofi'ia.     Eph.  iii.  12  ;  Eom.  iv.  20  ff.  ;  1  Thess.  i.  5. 

4  2  Cor.  V.  19  ;  Rom.  iv.  8,  viii.  1,  v.  19. 

'  Rom.  iv.  3-6,  9,  22,  v.  1,  ix.  30,  x.  6  ;  Gal.  v.   5,  ii.  16,  iii.  8  (U)  ;  Rom. 
iii.  22  {ha.  vifrriii/s) ;  Phil.  iii.  9,  It)  tJ?  Tia-rti. 

«  2  Cor.  V.  19-21.  '  1  John  v.  1,  iii.  9  ;  John  i.  13. 

8  1  Pet.  i.  23  ;  Jas.  i.  18.  »  Col.  iii.  10  ;  Eph.  iv.  24  ;  Tit.  iii.  5f. 


FAITH  AND  JUSTIFICATION.  197 

vioOeaia  is  carried  out  by  means  of  imputation,  Paul  himself 
knows  of  a  more  than  merely  imputed  adoption.^  To  the 
apostle,  faith  includes  on  the  one  hand  a  dying  of  the  old  man, 
but  just  as  much  a  rising  again  of  the  new  man  with  Christ ; 
and  vLodeaia  also  to  him  implies  participation  in  the  Spirit  of 
Christ,  by  which  we  become  new  creatures.^  Nevertheless, 
it  remains  certain  that  this  transformation  is  only  effected 
through  faith  in  Christ's  atoning  mediation,  not  througli 
faith  in  God  in  general,  or  in  the  impersonal  merit  of  Christ, 
but  through  faith  in  the  person  and  substitution  of  Christ, 
who  died  for  our  sins  and  rose  again  for  our  justification. 
This  is  of  special  importance  to  Paul,  that  he  may  find  a 
transition  from  justification  to  the  new  life.  In  leading  to 
communion  with  Christ,  to  incorporation  into  Him,  faith 
appropriates  to  itself  Him  who,  as  dying  and  rising  again, 
includes  in  Himself  the  power  of  reconciliation  as  well  as  of 
the  new  life,  imparting  both  to  us  in  virtue  of  the  love 
which  is  our  Advocate  with  the  Father.  To  Paul,  faith  is 
living  communion  with  Christ,  a  dying  and  being  buried  with 
Him,  so  that  now  the  old  £Jgo,  the  unreconciled  man  (i.e.  the 
false  unity  of  his  powers),  is  dissolved  and  broken  througli 
the  dying  with  Christ.  Thus  the  power  of  His  resurrection 
is  the  power  in  the  man.^  To  the  apostle,  faith  is  the  inner 
movement  of  the  entire  soul  to  Christ.  Surrendered  to  Him, 
we  become  conscious  of  the  love  of  God  to  us;  it  is  shed 
abroad  in  our  hearts,  that  we  may  know  it  in  its  prevenient, 
spontaneous  nature,'*  and  this  is  our  peace.®  Other  scriptural 
writers  express  the  matter  thus :  the  accusing  heart  is  now 
stilled,  conscience  is  cleansed  and  disburdened  of  guilt.^  In 
this  communion  with  Christ,  we  also  receive  the  certainty  of 
forgiveness  and  of  our  adoption;^  the  Holy  Spirit  implants 
in  our  consciousness  the  witness  of  our  adoption,  making  our 
heart  joint-witness  with  Himself  to  the  blessing.^  But  just 
as  in  this  way  we  receive  Christ's  righteousness,  as  availing 
for  us  in  God's   sight  and  imputed   to  us   for  the  sake  of 

»  Rom.  viii.  15-17;  Eph.  i.  5  ;  Gal.  iv.  5.  ^  2  Cor.  v.  17;  Col.  iii.  10. 

»  Rom.  vi.  3,  4 ;  Col.  ii.  12  ;  Gal.  ii.  20. 

*  Rom.  V.  5  ;  cf.  1  John  iv.  9,  10.  *  Rom.  v.  1  ;_Eph.  ii.  14. 

«  1  John  iii.  19  f.  ;  Heb.  x.  22 ;  1  Pet.  iii.  21. 
•    ^  Eph.  i.  13,  iv.  30  ;  2  Cor.  i.  22,  the  irtppocyl;. 
8  Rom.  viii.  16  ;  1  John  v.  10  fl'. 


198  ORIGIN  OF  CIIUKCH. 

Christ  and  of  His  substitution,  so  through  faith  the  righteous- 
ness of  life  belonging  to  the  Second  Adam  also  becomes  ours.-^ 


B. — The  Ecclesiastical  Doctrine. 

Literature. — Cf.  my  Hist,  of  Prot.  Theology,  ii.  157-164. 

1.  Despite  the  Pauline  teaching,  the  type  of  doctrine  which 
gained  the  upper  hand  among  the  Orientals  and  in  the  Eomish 
Church  was  that  which  co-ordinates  faith  and  works,  deriving 
justification  or  forgiveness  from  the  two  together.  To  say 
nothing  of  the  consequences  of  the  Judaism  which  would 
convert  even  the  gospel  into  a  nova  lex,  the  assumption  so 
congenial  to  the  natural  man,  there  comes  within  view,  that 
he  owes  goodness  and  moral  worth  to  himself,  and  that  even 
the  removal  of  guilt  must  partially  at  least  be  his  own  work 
or  merit.  But  upon  such  a  co-ordination  of  faith  and  works 
faith  must  needs  lose  its  fundamental  import  in  reference  to 
salvation,  or  be  rendered  superficial  and  limited  to  the  know- 
ledge of  Christian  truth  in  general  {notitia),  and  assent  to  it 
{asscnsus).  For  as  faith  in  the  N.  T.  sense,  i.e.  as  trust  in 
Christ's  mediation,  it  would  as  matter  of  course  be  the  decisive 
factor  in  reference  to  justification,  and  would  preclude  works 
having  an  equal  share  with  it  in  the  work  of  reconciliation. 
To  rec^uire  works  in  order  to  forgiveness  must  necessarily 
bring  about  a  new  legality,  perpetual  uncertainty  respecting 
a  state  of  grace  and  trouble  of  conscience,  Mdiich  would  lead 
to  a  doctrine  of  sin-removing  penances  and  purgatory,  as  a 
supplement  to  the  purity  and  practical  righteousness  %vhich 
are  ever  imperfect  on  earth,  but  which  must  be  perfect  if 
justification  is  to  be  complete.  Even  Augustine,  who  left 
greater  scope  to  grace,  did  not  definitely  distinguish  justifica- 
tion and  sanctification,  making  the  new  life  of  faith,  which 
certainly  was  to  be  initiated  by  God,  a  ground  of  justification, 
a  course  in  which  he  was  followed  by  the  mysticism  of  the 
Middle  Ages  generally.  According  to  him.  Fides  is  justifying 
as  a  virtue,  as  the  new  life  in  germ.     The  Eeformation  first 

1  Rom.  V.  15-21,  vi.  5-14,  viii.  3,  4  ;  2  Cor.  v.  17;  Tit.  iii.  5  f . ;  John  i.  13,, 
xvi.  21  f.;  1  John  ii.  29,  iii.  9,  iv.  7,  v.  1;  1  Pet.  i.  22  f.;  2  Pet.  i.  5  f. 


FAITH  AND  JUSTIFICATION.  199 

took  up  again  the  Pauline  teaching,  in  which  we  found  the 
culmination  of  the  N.  T.  lines  of  doctrine,  and  the  clearest 
expression  of  Christian  doctrinal  thought. 

The  Symbols,  especially  the  Schmalkaldian  Articles,  describe 
their  doctrine  of  justification  and  faith  as  the  articulus  stantis 
et  cadeniis  ecclcsicc}  Let  this  be  held  in  purity,  and  all 
doctrine  remains  pure,  the  Church  is  master  of  all  foes  and 
heresies ;  let  it  be  obscured  and  adulterated,  and  all  is  lost. 
Luther  especially  vanquished  all  doctrinal  errors  of  the  Eomish 
Church,  by  making  the  whole  doctrine  of  the  Church  depend 
on  the  Fides  which  appropriates  justification  and  is  at  one 
with  Scripture.  He  used  justification — the  material  principle 
so  called — as  the  critical  principle  for  the  entire  system  of 
Catholicism,  rejecting  nothing  until  he  saw  its  incompatibility 
with  this  principle.  Faith  in  the  Protestant  sense,  then,  is 
not  mere  notitia,  fides  liistorica  with  assensits^  but  is  a  personal 
relation  of  trust  to  the  objective  historic  Christ  (Christus  extra 
nos),  who  on  His  part  has  revealed  His  loving  relation  to  us 
by  His  promise  {iJromissio)  and  advocacy  with  the  Father. 
Faith  is  a  willing  and  accepting  of  the  promise,  and  indeed 
not  merely  of  the  indefinite  promise  referring  equally  to  all, 
which  would  be  identical  with  the  plan  of  salvation,  but  of 
the  promise  of  the  personal  God  referring  to  our  person. 
Faith  is  the  accepting  organ  (opyavov  XrjTrriKov)  ^  in  reference 
to  this  promise.  Evangelical  teachers  hold  not  merely  Fides 
in  genere,  but  one  by  which  credit  quisque  sibi  remitti  'pcccata, 
or  Fides  specialis — a  personal  act  also  in  the  reflexive  sense, 
according  to  which  the  person  confidently  applies  to  himself 
the  gratia  ttnivcrsalis.  This  is  Fiducia.^  If  we  analj^ze  this 
fiducia  more  closely,  it  is  in  a  formal  respect  a  trustful 
acceptance,  not  yet  assurance  of  salvation.  Only  the  con- 
tents received  by  faith  have  the  power  to  give  certainty  of 
their  truth  and  at  the  same  time  certitudo  salutis  by  the 
testimonium  internum  Spiritus  Sanctis  But  this  acceptance 
presupposes  contents  or  an  object,  which  exists  for  conscious- 

'  Art.  Sm.   305.   318  ;    Coj^f.  Aufj.   iv.  ;   Apol.   ii.  ;   Cat.  maj.  454  ;   Form. 
Cone.  612.  616.  622  ;  Heidelb.  Cat.  qu.  21.  53.  64. 

*  C.  A.  XX.  ;  Apol.  68.  3  j^p^i  75.  179.  175  --F.  C.  584.  684. 

*  Apol.  78.  172 ;  F.  C.  684. 

"Apol.  178  If.;  F.  C.  806,  31.  817,  43.  822,  90. 


200  ORIGIN  OF  CHURCH. 

ness.  These  contents  are  not  eternal,  divine  things  in  general ; 
but  the  contents  of  faith  include  what  is  received  in  historic 
faith,  nevertheless  only  in  so  far  as  it  refers  to  salvation  and 
has  its  centre  therein,  so  that  the  Evangelical  stage  of  fides 
preserves  the  contents  of  former  stages  as  permanent,  but  as 
something  objective,  having  eternal  importance  and  intended 
to  become  subjective,  in  order  when  inwardly  received  to 
exert  practical  influence.  Thus  the  proper  object,  which  faith 
apprehends,  is  Christ  as  our  Mediator,  who  accomplished  the 
reconciliation  of  the  world  once  for  alL  Apprehending  then 
this  Christ  with  confidence,  faith  receives  forgiveness  for  the 
past,  peace  with  God  for  the  present,  comforting  assurance  of 
eternal  blessedness  for  the  future,  because  v/e  are  empowered 
to  regard  ourselves  as  righteous  and  well-pleasing  to  God  for 
Christ's  sake,  since  God  looks  upon  us  in  communion  with 
Christ.  Therewith  the  heart  is  cheered  and  filled  with  new 
life ;  a  new  consciousness  begins,  that  of  adoption ;  new 
spiritual  affections  [motus)  begin,  so  that,  renewed  and  regene- 
rated, we  take  delight  in  God  and  His  will.  But  all  this  is 
not  effected  by  faith  of  itself,  although  it  is  a  noble  virtue, 
nay,  the  prime  virtue  by  which  a  right  attitude  to  God 
becomes  our  condition  ;  but  it  is  effected  by  the  objedum  ficlei, 
implanted  through  faith.^  Accordingly,  since  everything 
depends  on  the  restoration  of  that  rapport  of  the  soul  with 
Christ  by  which  what  Christ  has  and  is  becomes  ours,  even 
weak  faith  brings  us  the  grace  of  justification.^  Our  righteous- 
ness in  God's  sight,  therefore,  is  not  our  own  excellence,  nor 
our  loving  union  with  Christ,  or  the  germ  of  sanctification 
through  Christ  in  nobis;  but  the  first,  the  fundamental  thing 
is  the  justitia  Christi  extra  nos,  which  faith  apprehends  and 
which  certainly  is  designed  for  us,  and  would  fain  belong  to 
us  ;  or,  it  is  the  union  of  Christ  with  us,  which  comes  to  us 
for  the  sake  of  His  advocacy,  and  becomes  the  imindatio  of 
His  justitia,  so  that  before  the  divine  tribunal  His  justitia  is 
regarded  as  our  justitia  on  the  ground  of  Christ's  merit  and 
redeeming  will,  and  for  this  very  reason  our  guilt  and  sin  are 
not  imputed  to  us.^     That  positive  and  this  negative  blessing 

1  Apol.  68.  70,  103.  131.  *  Cf.  e.g.  Cat.  maj.  546,  561,  §  62. 

'  But  imputata  justitia  is  not  putatlva,  because  it  rests  upon  Christ's  real« 
substitution,  which  renders  God  propitious  to  us  {Deum  placatum  prcebet). 


FAITH  AND  JUSTIFICATION".  201 

are  combined  in  the  divine  sentence  {justificatio  forensis)} 
which  pronounces  our  acquittal,  nay  more,  receives  us  into 
the  divine  family. 

The  Church  dogma  of  "  the  righteousness  of  Christ  outside 
us  "  is  certainly  capable  of  misinterpretation.  The  imputa- 
tion of  righteousness  may  be  construed  in  an  externally 
juristic  sense,  or  in  such  a  way  that  it  becomes,  not  the 
living  principle  of  a  healthy  moral  revolution,  but  the  pillow 
of  moral  and  religious  indolence.  But  the  meaning  is  not, 
that  the  substitutionary  righteousness  of  Christ  and  the 
knowledge  thereof  are  to  remain  outside  us  and  not  to 
penetrate  within  us,  but  only  that  our  salvation  is  not  con- 
tained in  any  excellence  of  ours,  but  solely  in  that  sufficient 
power  of  the  substitutionary  Christ,  which  is  also  the  fruitful 
principle  of  a  new  life.  Nor  is  there  any  dispute  in  the 
Evangelical  Church  on  this  point,  that  the  righteousness  of 
Christ  cannot  come  into  our  possession  and  knowledge  without 
repentance  and  faith,  and  that  it  is  divine  action  or  working 
by  which  the  certainty  of  this  possession  is  imparted  to  man, 
just  as  there  was  a  divine  act  even  in  the  offer  of  divine  for- 
giveness.^ Therefore,  in  laying  down  the  postulate  :  We  must 
not  confide  in  any  excellence  in  us,  nor  in  the  superiority  of 
our  faith,  nor  in  the  intimacy  and  strength  of  our  connection 
with  Christ,  but  absolutely  in  the  reality  and  strength  of  the 
union  of  Christ  ivith  us,  in  the  justitia  Christi  extra  nos,  which 
however  in  virtue  of  its  substitutionary  character  is  intended 
for  us, —  all  that  is  meant  is  to  assert  the  preveniency  of 
grace,  its  objective  sufficiency  and  certainty.  This  inde- 
pendence of  our  excellences  in  justification  involves  also  its 
independence  of  the  degree  of  -our  sanctification,  and  further 
precludes  the  idea  that  justification,  so  far  as  it  is  forgive- 
ness, has  degrees,  and  that  therefore  only  some  sins  are  at  first 
forgiven  until  faith  or  sanctification  exists  in  complete  and 
perfect  form.^     Since  the  sin  unforgiven  would  remit  us  again 

^  Apol.  109,  §  131  {usu  forensi  significat  jusium  jwonunciari,  non  effici)  ; 
F.  C.  685. 

'^  What  at  first  was  merely  an  act  in  tlie  divine  mind — justificatio  forensis — 
is  made  known  to  the  believer  in  due  time  by  the  Holy  Si)irit,  Apol.  82  ; 
F.  C.  684  f.  The  theology  of  the  17th  century  expresses  this  by  intimatlo, 
'insinuatio  sententitB  justificantis,  see  below. 

'^  F.  G.  689,  30-32.  094,  49. 


202  OEIGIN  OF  CHURCH. 

to  penal  desert,  and  the  consciousness  of  guilt  would  continue, 
the  Evangelical  principle  in  opposition  to  the  Tridentine  is : 
"  Justification  has  no  degrees,  it  either  exists  or  not ;  degrees 
belong  only  to  the  appropriation  of  its  possession ;  in  itself  as 
to  its  contents  it  is  ever  an  undivided  whole,  and  is  present 
altogether  or  not  at  all,  whereas  the  certainty  of  this  whole  is 
subject  to  growth."  In  the  same  way  the  common  Evangelical 
doctrine  is,  that  for  believers  the  state,  of  'penalty  is  abolished, 
and  does  not  still  continue  in  so  far  as  sin  still  exists  in  man. 
The  latter  would  mean,  since  there  is  no  penalty  without 
guilt,  that  forgiveness  is  not  the  removal  of  guilt,  and  hence 
that  guilt  is  at  best  partially  cancelled  for  the  believer, 
so  far  as  there  is  still  sin  in  him ;  and  thus  forgiveness 
would  not  be  of  one  piece.  Only  on  condition  of  man 
falling  away  from  faith  would  he  fall  again  into  a  penal 
condition,  because  falling  out  of  the  state  of  grace.^  Finally, 
since  justification  is  appropriated  or  made  a  possession 
through  faith,  according  to  the  Symbols  it  includes  the 
experience  of  divine  love,  which  kindles  love  and  is  of  life- 
giving  power.^ 

But  the  language  of  the  Lutheran  Confessions  is  not 
altogether  uniform  and  definite  as  to  the  relation  of  Justificatio 
to  Begeneratio,  Vivificatio,  Benovatio.  For,  whereas  the 
Apology  views  regeneratio,  etc.  as  directly  connected  with  the 
justificatio,  which  is  apprehended  by  faith,  e.g.  even  saying  : 
Justificatio  is  regeneratio  (which,  however,  undoubtedly  does 
not  mean  that  justificatio  is  reached  through  regeneratio, 
etc.,  but  the  reverse),  the  Form.  Cone,  warns  against  weaving 
justificatio  into  the  process  of  conversio  (plainly  in  order  to 
secure  it  in  its  objective  independence  as  a  judicial  sentence 
before  the  divine  tribunal),  gives  renovatio  essentially  the 
signification     of    sanctificatio,    and    makes    it    follow    upon 

1  This  weighty  Evangelical  principle  is  contested  by  Hengstenberg,  Ev.  Kirch. 
ZeUunrj,  1864,  p.  1065  ff.,  in  the  essay  :  "All  suffering  is  punishment,"  which 
formed  the  transition  to  his  essentially  Tridentine  doctrine  of  Justification. 
Kreibig,  ut  supra,  p.  368  ff.,  is  in  essential  agreement  with  Hengstenberg  : 
"Temporal  sufierings  are  always  to  the  redeemed  two  things — punishment  and 
sif'ns  of  anger,  and  also  manifestations  of  divine  love,"  p.  376.  See  more  on 
tliis  point  under  C. 

^  Apol.  71  62.  Fides  parit  novam  vitam  in  cordibus,  novos  inotiu. 
F.  C.  675. 


FAITH  AND  JUSTIFICATION.  2J3 

justificatio  ;  and  all  that  is  conceded  is,  that  justificatio  is 
a  vivificatio  and  rcrjcncratio  in  a  certain  sense}  According 
to  the  Apology,  the  faith,  which  is  made  partaker  of  justifi- 
catio, receives  also  the  Holy  Spirit,  so  that  the  justified  are 
also  the  regenerated  (AjJ.  82,  4.  82,  117.  71,  62.  74,  78). 
On  the  other  hand,  the  old  church  theologians  give 
regencratio  no  assured  position  in  relation  to  justificatio, 
and  therefore  to  faith,  some  treating  of  faith  first  of 
all  before  regeneration  (so  Hafenreffer  and  Baier),  others 
(chiefly  on  account  of  infant  baptism)  placing  regeneration 
before  faith  and  justification,  instead  of  making  the  former 
dependent  on  the  latter  (see  above,  p.  173),  nay,  even 
treating  of  faith  and  justification  per  ficlem  only  under 
conversion. 

The  oldest  Evangelical  Theology  of  Melanchthon,  Chemnitz, 
Hiitter,  and  J.  Gerhard  discusses  the  fundamental  Eeforma- 
tion  ideas  with  great  care,  but  still  simply,  and  in  such  a 
way  as  to  show  their  aim  throughout  to  be  to  represent 
justification  when  rightly  defined  as  the  crucial  point,  cer- 
tainly also  without  more  precisely  analyzing  the  particular 
elements  or  stages  of  the  saving  process,  which  are  necessary 
to  the  appropriation  of  grace  to  and  by  the  subject  (of  gratia 
Spiritus  Sancti  applicatrix).  The  latter  is  done  by  the  later 
theology  of  the  I7th  and  18th  centuries.  The  usual  order 
is  :  Vocatio  (which  e.g.  takes  place  through  baptism,  even  as 
infant  baptism),  Illuminatio,  Begencratio,  Conversio,  then  only 
Justificatio.  (To  Conversio  belongs  Pcenitentia  with  Contritio 
and  Fides,  the  effect  of  which  is  Justificatio  as  actus  Dei  forensis 
[Konig],  whereas  Calov  only  joins  Fides  Jttstificans,  and  in  the 
case  of  the  fallen  Pcenitentia,  to  the  divine  act  of  Justificatio.) 
Upon  Justificatio  follows,  in  Konig,  Calov,  Quenstedt,  Hollaz, 
the  Unio  mystica,  then  Renovatio  or  Sanctificatio  and  Glorifi- 
catio.  The  most  characteristic  and  also  curious  feature  is, 
that  the  theologians  after  J.  Gerhard  usually  prefix  to 
Justificatio  not  merely  Vocatio  with  Illuiimiatio,  but  also 
Kcgeneratio  and  Conversio.'^     Justificatio  is  pushed  still  farther 

1  Cf.  the  passages  Apol.  82,  117.  83.  4.  71,  62.  74,  78.    Form.  Com.  686,  20. 
687,  24.  585,  5.  6.  685  ff.     Cf.  Sclineckenburger,  pp.  2,  101  11'.- 
•     -  ]  >esides  Konig,  Calov,  Quenstedt,  Hollaz,  so  also  Calixtus  and  Baier ;  see  my 
Hist.  ofProt.  Theol. 


20-i  ORIGIN  OF  CHURCH, 

back,  when  the  doctrine  of  the  Means  of  Grace,  nay,  even  of 
the  Church,  is  prefixed  to  it,  as  is  done  by  Calov.^  But  by 
such  a  course  justification  loses  its  dominant,  central  signifi- 
cance. It  can  no  longer  figure  as  the  turning-point  from  death 
to  life,  when  regeneration  has  preceded  it.  If  we  inquire 
after  the  motive  which  led  to  the  prefixing  of  regeneration 
becoming  the  ruling  doctrine,  two  reasons  may  be  named  as 
causing  the  depreciation  of  faith  and  justification  and  the 
prefixing  of  regeneration,  which  is  conceived  as  the  effect  of 
the  means  of  grace.  First,  the  opposition  to  mystic  or 
spiritualistic  tendencies,  which  were  guarded  against  by  pre- 
fixing the  means  of  grace,  or  even  their  vehicle — the  Church 
— to  faith.  Thus  Calov  treats  of  the  Church  directly  after 
Christology  (To.  viii.  ix.),  and  therefore  has  a  Church  before 
he  has  believers ;  only  in  To.  x.  is  Fides  justificans  discussed, 
but  in  such  a  form  that  he  begins  with  regcneratio. 
Secondly,  the  influence  is  here  felt  of  the  doctrine  of  infant 
hajjtism,  whose  regenerating  power  from  fear  of  Anabaptism 
was  not  made  ■dependent  on  convcrsio,  i.e.  on  repentance, 
sorrow,  and  faitL^  Hence  in  the  1 7th  century  the  statement 
of  doctrine  adopted  was :  The  grace  of  regeneration  may  be 
imparted  either  to  children  or  adults,  provided  only  it 
encounter  no  malicious  resistance  {obex) ;  nay,  the  grace  of 
regeneration  must  generally  be  given  first,  inasmuch  as  only 
by  it  is  conversion  {Contritio  et  Fides)  possible,  whose  effect 
then  is  justification.  But  this  view  assumed  that  there  may 
be  a  regcneratio  before  faith,  and  jitstificatio  was  no  longer 
conceived  as  the  principle  of  regeneration.  Attempts  were 
certainly  made  to  mitigate  or  conceal  the  monstrousness  of 
these  tlioughts.  Fi,egcneratio  was  interpreted  of  the  mere 
restoration   of  the   capacity  for   faith,  and   liherum   arhitriuni 

^  Hollaz  makes  the  doctrine  of  the  Means  of  Grace  follow  first  upon  Justifi- 
caiio  and  the  elements  of  the  subjective  process  under  the  title  of  media  salutis 
caiisalia,  to  which  also  Contritio,  Fides,  bona  Ojjera,  etc.  are  assigned.  Baier's 
Compendium,  1693,  1750,  discusses  indeed  Fides  directly  after  Christology,  but 
not  in  order  to  derive  anything  further  (like  Justificatio,  for  example)  from  it ; 
but  after  establishing  the  specified  idea  of  faith,  he  essays  to  show  its  origin, 
whereupon  Regeneratio  again  takes  the  first  place,  Justificatio  then  foUo^ving 
upon  Conversio. 

^  Quenstedt  and  others  say  expressly  (iii.  478)  that  in  the  case  of  children 
only  regeneratio,  not  conversion,  must  be  affirmed  ;  justificatio  is  commonly' 
used  of  adultis. 


FAITH  AND  JUSTIFICATION.  205 

libcratum  was  regarded  as  its  effect.^  Bat  such  a  dilution  of 
the  idea  of  regeneration  is  unscriptural,  and  calculated  to 
efface  the  distinction  between  nature  and  grace,  because  there 
would  then  be  regenerate  persons  who  have  neither  faith  nor 
justification.^  Hence  Pietism  was  right  in  maintaining  the 
stricter  idea  of  regeneration.  Quenstedt  further  seeks  to 
remove  the  appearance  of  teaching  that  regeneration  precedes 
justification  and  faith,  and  of  putting  justification  after 
regeneration  and  conversion,  by  the  doctrine :  "  Eegeneratio, 
Justificatio,  Unio  mystica  et  Renovatio  tempore  simul  sunt 
et  quovis  puncto  mathematico  arctiores,  adeo  ut  divelli  et 
sequestrari  nequeant,  cohserent."  *  But  since  he  does  not 
affirm  this  from  the  point  of  view  of  the  divine  purpose  of 
grace,  which  of  course  embraces  all  those  elements  at  once 
(whereas  they  are  really  separate  in  time,  because  man's  free 
will  takes  part  in  the  saving  process),  but  proceeds:  "  Secundum 
nostrum  tamen  concipiendi  modum  ordine  prior  est  regene- 
ratio  et  justificatio  unione  ilia  mystica,"  that  order  of  succes- 
sion in  the  elements  is  treated  as  a  mere  subjective 
representation  or  semblance,  and  the  entire  outline  of  the 
plan  of  salvation  is  again  rendered  doubtful  or  withdrawn. 
Even  if  we  could  acquiesce  in  that  statement  in  so  far  as  it 
gives  up  the  false  position  of  justificatio,  still  it  is  inad- 
missible to  resolve  the  progressive,  temporal  character  of  the 
saving  process  into  mere  semblance,  and  therefore  to  treat  the 
progress  docetically ;  and  it  is  important  to  give  prominence 
to  the  Evangelical  truth,  that  it  is  not  the  transformation  of 
the  sinner   {Reganeratio,  Conversio)  which  determines   God  to 

^  The  Form.  Cone.  675  had  described  libi  arbitrium  UbercUum  as  the  effect  of 
baptism.  The  theologians  uj)  to  Hollaz  usually  describe  first  the  various  more 
comprehensive  meanings  of  Regeneratio,  and  then  as  tlie  strictest  {magis 
propria,  quce  hujus  loci  est)  the  coUatlo  virium  credendi  su2)ernaturalis,  the 
one  partialis  vitce  spiritualis  larcjitio  (Konig,  §  447,  whom  Quenstedt,  iii.  478, 
almost  literally  follows).  The  same  view  is  implied  when  Calov  calls  Regene- 
ratio a  new  birth  from  the  Spirit,  ut  credant.  Still  more  noteworthy  is  it  that 
Calov  assigns  Regeneratio  to  calling,  which  of  itself  is  simply  the  rendering 
faith  possible.  The  position  of  Baier  is  similar,  when  he  is  studied  attentively 
(P.  iii.  c.  4,  §  2,  p.  488  f.),  and  after  Baier  of  Hopfner.  No  doubt  the  theo- 
logians again  usually  waver,  in  order  to  attribute  more  to  Regeneratio  and 
baptism,  namely  the  donatio  Jidei  itself ;  but  still  the  vires  credendi  are  already 
a  pars  vitce  spiritualis. 
,  -  But  this  contradicts  even  the  Evangelical  doctrine  of  infant  baptism. 

Mil.  621. 


206  ORIGIN   OF  CHURCH. 

forgive,  and  is  therefore  the  causa  impulsoria  justificationis, 
as  Musseus  supposed,  or  the  condition  of  the  divine  forgive- 
ness, as  even  John  Gerhard  taught  (without  distinguishing 
with  sufficient  precision  the  forgiveness  itself  from  its  posses- 
sion), but  conversely,  that  it  is  the  gift  of  forgiveness  which 
effects  a  moral  transformation  in  man.^ 

A  further  evil  consequence  was  that,  according  to  the  pre- 
vailing sclieina,  regeneration,  repentance,  and  faith,  along  with 
calling  and  illumination,  were  supposed  to  precede  not  merely 
the  consciousness  of  divine  forgiveness,  but  also  the  act. 
Forgiveness  is  therefore  only  supposed  to  enter  after  a  series 
of  elements  involving  subjective  changes  have  transpired.  It 
is  true,  indeed,  that  in  His  act  of  forgiving  sin  God  is  said 
utterly  to  disregard  these  good  changes,  although  they  all 
possess  moral  worth ;  free,  prevenient  grace  is  said  to  retain 
its  rights,  and  not  to  be  motived  by  human,  even  divinely- 
wrought,  virtue,  e.g.  of  penitence  and  faith ;  but  on  the  other 
hand,  God  is  not  supposed  to  disregard  these  changes,  since 
He  makes  the  carrying  out  of  the  act  of  forgiveness  in  general 
depend  on  whether  these  changes  exist.  As  this  gives  the 
impression  of  abstract,  hair-splitting  distinction,  it  is  only 
natural  that  the  following  age  went  farther,  and  found  the 
efficient  cause  of  forgiveness  in  conversion,  especially  in  faith 
as  the  good  moral  groundwork,  nay,  even  pronounced  it  frigid 
or  external  (as  Andrew  Osiander  did  earlier)  not  to  regard 
fides  justifiains  as  at  least  initial  sanctification,  and  possessing 
worth  for  that  reason.  No  less  natural  was  it  further  to 
demand  more  and  more  from  faith,  that  it  might  be  equal  to 
such  a  task,  and  be  the  cause  of  justification.  Genuine, 
although  not  strong,  faith  was  demanded,  true  knowledge  of 
the  law  and  sin,  true  sorrow  and  penitence  (contritio,  not  merely 
attritio),  in  short,  a  state  of  true  penitence,  that  God  might  be 
determined  to  His  act  of  justification.  This  is  seen  among 
the  Arminians,  but  especially  in  Methodism.^  But  such  a 
course  again  leads  us  by  a  back-door  to  the  Catholic  method 
of  salvation,  perpetuating  uncertainty  as  to  salvation,  and 
detracting  more  and  more  from  the  consolation  of  free  grace. 

1  Of.  Apol.  71,  etc.     See  above,  pp.  200,  201. 

'  Cf.  Fletcher's  Checks   to  Antinomianism   in  opposition  to  Calvinism,  and 
Jacoby,  Gesch.  d.  Meth.  1870.     See  more  under  C. 


FAITH  AND  JUSTIFICATION.  207 

The  article  of  justification,  then,  by  logical  sequence,  instead 
of  forming  the  basis  and  decisive  turning-point,  necessarily- 
retired  farther  and  farther  back,  because  repentance  and  faith 
are  never  perfect  in  this  life,  while  justification  in  general  was 
made  dependent  thereon.  But  such  conditioning  of  the 
divine  act  of  forgiveness  in  general  by  penitent  faith  especi- 
ally obscured  of  necessity  the  Eeformation  principle  of  the 
preveniency  of  Christian  grace,  which  gave  place  to  the 
doctrine,  that  the  gospel  is  nothing  but  the  j)romise  that  God 
will  show  grace  to  those  who  amend  and  are  converted, — a 
doctrine  at  home  even  in  the  philosophical  schools,  e.g.  of 
Kant.  Forgiving  grace  was  therewith  robbed  of  its  privilege 
of  being  the  principle  of  sanctification,  and  its  connection 
with  Christ's  atoning  work  could  only  be  very  loose.  Christ 
would  then  at  most  have  made  it  'possible  for  God  to  forgive 
the  sins  of  those  who  have  fulfilled  the  condition  of  true 
repentance  and  amendment.  The  result,  therefore,  was  a 
development  of  doctrine  which  may  be  congenial  to  superficial 
thinking,  and  which  rightly  aimed  at  developing  the  process 
of  salvation  on  the  subjective  side ;  but  the  bond  of  connection 
with  Christ's  objective  work  of  atonement  fell  out  of  sight 
altogether,  and  only  a  precarious  place  was  left  to  the  saving 
good  procured  by  Christ,  instead  of  its  being  made  fruitful. 
On  the  other  side,  no  doubt,  it  seems  Antinomian,  and 
calculated  to  favour  moral  indifference,  to  assign  to  the  atone- 
ment any  practical  import  and  validity  whatever,  apart  from  the 
condition  of  previous  amendment,  nay  in  its  bare  objectivity,  and 
therefore  before  faith.  Thus  the  problem  arises  of  solving  the 
apparent  contradiction  here  presented.  Bringing  together  the 
chief  points  instanced,  we  may  describe  the  difficulty,  the  solution 
of  which  must  be  discussed  in  the  further  development  of  the 
dogma,  thus  :  On  the  one  hand  the  justification  of  the  individual 
must,  as  a  divine  act,  preserve  its  independence  of  any  and  every 
existing  moral  excellence  in  man,  that  it  may  be  a  prevenient, 
spontaneous  display  of  love  for  Clirist's  sake ;  whereas,  on  the 
other  hand,  justification,  like  the  consciousness  of  the  same,  is 
said  to  be  imparted  to  man  only  through  faith,  which  in  any  case 
again  is  an  act  of  eminent  moral  import.  How  this  apparent 
anomaly  is  solved  we  shall  see  later  on.  But  we  glance  first 
at  other  related  difficulties,  which  theology  has  not  yet  removed. 


208  ORIGIN  OF  CHURCH. 

In  thesi  it  is  always  maintained,  that  "justifying  faith"  is 
reckoned  as  righteousness  not  for  its  own  sake,  but  for  Christ's, 
and  has  power  to  establish  a  new  life  of  love,  or  that  justifica- 
tion is  the  root  of  sanctification,  not  through  itself,  but 
through  its  contents.  But  in  order  to  carry  this  position  out, 
it  was  necessary  to  adopt  either  the  view  of  the  Apology  and 
J.  Gerhard,  which  made  the  soul  to  be  encouraged,  and  new, 
holy  affections  to  be  called  forth  in  it,  by  the  preaching  of  forgive- 
ness accomplished,  and  by  the  consciousness  of  the  same,^  or 
the  view  of  those  who  deduce  the  new  life  of  holiness  psycho- 
logically from  gratitude,  which  again  implies  a  consciousness 
of  benefit  received.^  On  the  other  hand,  it  was  asserted  that 
any  one  may  be  regenerated  and  justified  before  God,  and 
therefore  be  in  a  state  of  reconciliation  with  God,  without 
knowing  it.  The  contradiction  implied  in  this  is  not  com- 
pletely solved  by  distinguishing  a  universal  reconciliation  or 
jastificatio  from  the  specific  justification  of  the  individual 
person  by  a  temporal  act  of  God,  and  by  conceding  of  the  former, 
that  it  may  exist  without  the  consciousness  of  it,  whereas  the 
latter  is  associated  with  personal  knowledge  of  justification, 
as  also  with  personal  faith,  and  is  therefore  adapted  to  establish 
a  new  life.  As  the  universal  reconciliation  applies  to  every 
one,  another  solution  is  necessary.  Further,  the  fact  that 
justification  in  itself  was  conceived  as  a  mere  actus  forensis 
in  God,  without  any  change  in  man  or  his  consciousness,  in- 
volved a  contradiction  to  the  position,  that  justification  was 
to  operate  psychologically  in  every  believer  as  the  principle  of 
the  new  life.  Finally,  there  was  a  troublesome  inconsistency 
in  a  mere  divine  act  oi  jiistificatio  forensis  being  placed  in  the 
midst  of  a  series  of  elements  of  the  saving  process,  in  which  a 
union  of  the  divine  and  human  is  realized.  Whereas  all  other 
divine  acts — Vocatio,  Illuminatio,  Begeneratio,  Conversio — 
affirm  also  a  change  in  man,  this  was  not  supposed  to  be  the 
case  with  justificatio  as  forensis,  which  yet  emerges  in  the 
midst  of  the  series.  And  yet  it  is  said  to  be  a  divine  act, 
which  only  comes  to  pass  after  man  believes,  through  the 
divine  forgiveness  not  previously  existing,  although  without 
the  man  at  once  knowing  it.      But  this  is  not  merely  incon- 

1  Apol  71,  62.  74,  79.  81,  pp.  82,  83. 

*  Cf.  the  division  of  the  Heidelbeia  Catechism. 


FAITH  AND  JUSTIFICATION.  209 

sistent  with  the  baptismal  covenant,  to  which  God  remains 
true,  but  such  a  conception  of  jiistificatio  forensis  threatens  to 
push  even  Christ's  atoning  work  into  the  background. 

§  1 3  2  h. — Continuation. 

C. — Dogmatic  Doctrine  of  Faith  and  Justification. 

1.  There  can  be  no  question  that  the  doctrine  of  Justifica- 
tion joins  on  in  the  closest  way  to  the  doctrine  of  Atonement^ 
through  Christ,  and  has,  so  to  speak,  to  resume  it.  The 
doctrine  of  Atonement  affirms  that  God  is  reconciled  to  the 
sinful  world  through  Christ,  but  by  no  means  that  the  enmity 
of  the  world  to  God  is  abolished  (Eom.  v.  10);  for  the  latter 
relates  to  the  moral  transforming  of  the  world,  and  therefore 
to  sanctification.  The  reconciliation  of  God  to  the  world  im- 
plies that  sin  is  not  forgiven  as  matter  of  course,  and  does  not 
remain  unpunished,  but  that  the  peace  of  God  with  the  world 
is  restored,  and  His  displeasure  with  sinners  abolished  through 
Christ,  and  that  for  Christ's  sake  God  has  really  and  in  earnest 
forgiven  the  world's  sin  and  guilt  in  His  heart,  so  that  its 
guilt  is  no  longer  imputed,  but  for  the  sake  of  the  mediation 
of  Christ,  the  heavenly  High  Priest,  the  divine  goodwill  is 
again  turned  towards  man,  and  the  proclamation  may  now  be 
made  to  the  world,  that  "  the  wrath  of  God  is  appeased,  God's 
punitive  justice  satisfied,  sin  atoned  for  and  its  debt  paid,  the 
guilt  of  sin  abolished,  the  accusation  and  condemnation  of  the 
law  annulled  and  appeased."  '^  Now  the  justification  of  the 
sinner  likewise  implies  nothing  else  than  that  God  has  forgiven 
sin"  and  guilt,  and  that  in  His  heart.^  The  result  of  Christ's 
work  is,  that  independently  of  the  faith  of  the  world  and  before 
it,  God  has  forgiven  it,  and  on  His  part  is  reconciled  with  it, 
upon  which  fact  the  inviting  message  is  based  :  "  Be  ye  re- 
conciled to  God."  The  meanincj  of  the  Evangelical  doctrine 
of  justification  in  defining  justification  to  be  an  actus  Dei 
forensis  is,  that  it  is  not  faith  which  makes  God  reconciled. 
Both  ideas,  accordingly,  have  contents  so  similar,  that  they 

^  See  note,  p.  1. 
,  *  Cf.  Burk,  Rechtfertigung  und  Versdhming,  pp.  5,  25,  42. 

^  Or,  in  Burk's  language  :  in  the  heavenly  temple. 
DoRNER. — Christ.  Doct.  iv.  O 


210  ORIGIN  OF  CHURCH. 

might  pass  as  synonyms,  and  it  may  not  be  inadmissible  in 
some  circumstances  to  use  them  as  such.  Hence  Melanchthon's 
Loci,  in  their  different  revisions,  frequently  treat  justification  or 
forgiveness  and  atonement  (reconciliatio)  promiscice  as  identical 
ideas.^  This  employment  of  the  two  terms  is  recommended 
by  the  twofold  reason  of  equal  weight,  that  in  this  way  the 
truth  finds  most  definite  expression,  that  the  grace  of  God  is 
bestowed  on  the  sinner  independently  of  all  human  acts  or 
qualities,  and  that  the  gift  of  justification  has  for  its  contents 
precisely  the  blessing  of  divine  forgiveness  and  pardoning  love 
procured  by  Christ's  merit.  The  independence  of  divine  grace  in 
resj)ect  of  human  qualities  or  actions  is  of  such  decisive  import- 
ance for  this  reason,  that  the  overwhelming  force  of  divine  love, 
its  at  once  humbling  and  elevating  or  encouraging  power,  rests 
precisely  on  the  fact,  that  it  was  shown  preveniently  to  the 
unworthy  apart  from  all  human  merit,  thus  revealing  its 
divine  gi-eatness  and  purity.  But  this  prevenient  character  of 
divine  grace  is  most  clearly  apparent  when,  with  respect  to 
the  justification  of  the  sinner,  we  are  conscious  that  it  has  the 
same  contents  as  the  atonement,  which  existed  before  faith  or 
the  Church,  and  w^as  procured  with  such  complete  objectiveness 
that  it  neither  needs  nor  admits  of  supplement.  If,  therefore, 
with  a  view  to  establish  a  distinction  between  the  two  ideas, 
we  were  to  say  :  "  Actual  forgiveness  of  sins  only  comes  about 
on  God's  side  through  the  act  of  justification,  but  the  atone- 
ment through  Christ  has  simply  the  force  of  rendering  it  possible 
for  God  to  forgive,  whereas  the  reality  of  forgiveness  is  a 
consequence  of  penitent  faith,"  it  cannot  indeed  be  denied,  that 
many  church-teachers  express  themselves  as  if  God  were  not 
really  reconciled  with  the  world  through  Christ's  atonement, 
and  His  disposition  to  the  world  were  not  for  Christ's  sake  one 
of  pardoning  love,  but  as  if  penitent  faith  were  to  God  the 
efficient  impulse  to  forgiveness.  But  this  were  to  depreciate 
Christ's  merit  and  work,  which  only  remained  concealed 
because  the  thought  of  what  was  already  accomplished  through 

'  This  course  was  taken  in  my  Kiel  Lecture  on  Justification,  which  was 
delivered  with  the  apologetic  purpose  of  defending  and  explaining  the  much- 
contested  idea  of  justification,  especially  a.s  justificatio  forensis,  by  the  easy  plan 
of  recurring  to  the  undoubted  fact,  that  God  is  in  Himself  reconciled  with  the 
world,  and  therefore  to  the  doctrine  of  objective  justification. 


FAITH  AND  JUSTIFICATION.  211 

Christ's  atonement  withdrew  for  a  moment  into  the  background 
for  the  purpose  of  establishing  justification  also  as  a  necessary- 
divine  act.  All  the  less  can  we  be  satisfied  in  Christ's  work 
merely  with  rendering  forgiveness  possible,  while  actual  for- 
giveness is  reserved  for  justification  after  faith,  as  Christ's 
righteousness  to  be  imputed  to  us,  and  His  connection  with 
us,  are  no  mere  possibility,  but  a  thoroughly  sufficient  reality. 
Eather  might  the  distinction  be  sought  in  this,  that  the 
atonement  relates  to  the  world  generally  (as  is  again  and 
again  emphasized  by  Lutherans  in  opposition  to  particularism 
in  the  work  of  redemption),  whereas  justification  concerns 
only  the  individuals  who  believe.  But  this  too  is  insufficient. 
For  not  merely  do  church  -  teachers  like  Melanchthon  call 
justification,  because  containing  forgiveness,  reconciliatio  (see 
above),  but  conversely  Holy  Scripture  in  many  places  speaks 
of  justification  as  a  universal  benefit  of  divine  grace,  as  when 
Paul  says:  "Through  the  righteousness  of  one  man  has  justi- 
fication of  life  come  upon  all  men,"  or,  "  God  reconciled  the 
world  to  Himself,  not  imputing  their  trespasses  unto  them."^ 
Church-teachers  also,  Hke  J.  Gerhard  or  Quenstedt,  expressly 
insist,  that  the  reconciliation  of  the  world  through  Christ  "  does 
not  mean  that  forgiveness  of  sins  and  cancelHng  of  guilt  are 
not  thereby  procured  for  individuals,  while  something  further 
must  be  added  in  order  that  God  may  forgive.^  On  the 
contrary,  Christ,  on  His  part,  has  brought  to  all  the  gift  of 
satisfaction,  propitiation,  and  eternal  life." 

2.  But  still  a  distinction  between  atonement  and  justifica- 
tion must  of  course  be  maintained.  A  peculiar  independent 
meaning  must  be  assigned  to  each  of  the  two  ideas ;  and  only 
after   recognizing   this,  can  we   affirm   anything   clearly  and 

^  Rom.  V.  18  ;  2  Cor.  v.  19,  passages  which  plainly  have  the  same  meaning  as 
1  John  ii.  1,  iv.  9,  10  ;  Col.  i.  20,  where  an  IXatfi'oi  of  the  world  is  spoken  of. 
Cf.  thereon  Burk,  p.  41. 

2  J.  Gerhard,  Loci  Th.  vii.  178  f.  §  144  f.  Bellarmin  had  said,  "The  gospel 
mentions  no  one  by  name  ;  when,  therefore,  the  Evangelicals  say,  Every  one 
may  and  ought  to  believe  sihi  remissa  esse  peccata,  they  take  it  from  themselves, 
not  from  God's  Word."  To  this  Gerhard  replies:  That  the  gospel  promise  of 
salvation  is  universal,  is  undeniable,  but  Generalis  Evangelii  promissio  includit 
specialia.  Similarly  Quenstedt,  p.  iii.  cap.  iii.  de  Christo  Redempt.  Membr.  2 
Quffist.  vi.-viii.  Quenstedt  goes  so  far  (Qusest.  viii.)  as  tcr  represent  it  as 
.naking  satisfaction  ior  finali  impcenitentin  as  well  as  for  all  sins,  which  certainly 
•would  be  a  self-contradiction.     (See  above,  p.  27.) 


212  OEIGIX  OF  CHURCH. 

certainly  as  to  the  interconnection,  by  which  they  form  a 
continuity.  Their  distinction  is  intimated  already  in  the 
circumstance,  that  Holy  Scripture  usually  understands  justifi- 
cation, in  the  passive  sense,  of  the  possession  of  the  blessing  of 
forgiveness  or  of  participation  in  the  grace  of  God,  of  being 
put  into  a  state  of  grace,  but  in  the  active  sense,  of  that  act 
of  God  by  which  He  makes  the  individual  actually  partaker 
in  the  blessing  already  procured  for  him  by  Christ.  As  relates 
first  to  atonement,  everything  depends  on  its  independent 
significance  and  validity.  For,  were  the  nature  of  justification 
such,  that  faith  in  God's  fatherly  love,  which  is  announced 
and  guaranteed  but  not  procured  by  Christ,  effects  justification, 
or  such  that  God  forgives  in  virtue  of  His  fatherly  love  and 
not  for  Christ's  sake,  then  would  the  high-priestly  merit  of 
Christ  be  ignored  and  set  aside  in  the  doctrine  of  the  appro- 
priation of  salvation.  But  thereby  penitent  faith  also  would 
be  corrupted  and  disabled,  because  it  would  close  its  eyes  to 
guilt  and  the  need  of  propitiation.  Hence  it  would  be  impure 
and  yet  inclined  to  ascribe  to  itself  the  merit  of  the  atonement, 
even  if  God's  displeasure  at  sinners  and  His  punitive  justice 
were  not  altogether  denied.  The  doctrine,  therefore,  of  justifi- 
cation by  faith  ought  not,  as  is  often  done  to-day,  to  be  so 
pressed  and  accentuated  that  the  objective  reconciliation  of  the 
world  by  Christ  is  thereby  absorbed,  or  in  Reformation  phrase- 
ology, Christ  again  buried.  This  independence,  nay  fundamental 
import,  of  the  atonement  in  contrast  with  faith,  implies  (and 
this  forms  its  kernel)  that  Christ  p)^''ocured  the  actual  recon- 
ciliation of  God  with  the  world,  and  did  not  merely  make  it 
possible  to  God.  Otherwise  the  consequence  would  be,  that 
faith  is  a  jointly  atoning  causality,  the  cause  of  the  realization 
of  an  atonement  at  all.  Thus  faith  would  be  raised  to  the 
rank  of  a  potency  supplementary  to  the  principle  of  atonement ; 
it  would  be  made  jointly  procuring  and  atoning,  as  if  the  atone- 
ment through  Christ  did  not  carry  in  itself  the  potency  of  justi- 
fication, or  as  if  penitent  faith  considered  as  transforming  man 
had  not  the  efficient  principle  of  the  origin  of  the  transformation 
in  the  very  fact,  that  God  for  Christ's  sake  in  the  preveniency 
of  His  love  has  freely  and  fully  forgiven  man.^     This  becomes 

'  Methodism  most  definitely  derives  the  actuality  of  forgiveness  from  penitence 
and  laith  as  a  subjective  act.     It  was  led  thereto  by  Antinoniian  phenomena 


FAITH  AND  JUSTIFICATION.  213 

all  the  more  suspicious  when  the  further  question  is  asked : 
What  must  be  the  character  of  the  faith  which  accomplishes 
such  great  things  ?  Teachers,  wlio  had  once  entered  on  this 
path,  required  genuine  penitence,  not  merely  sorrow  for  the 
consequences  of  sin  or  dread  of  divine  penalties  {attritio),  but 
sorrow  for  sin  and  its  demerit  itself,  in  conjunction  with  true 
knowledge  of  the  same  and  of  moral  impotence  to  help  our- 
selves, the  earnestness  of  resolve  upon  a  better  life,  and  a 
sincere  faith  full  of  trust  and  free  from  all  doubt, — in  a  word, 
true  conversion.^  But  if  conversion  must  be  already  present 
in  order  for  justification  or  forgiveness  to  be  imparted  to  man, 
where  is  the  power  of  justifying  grace,  which  is  yet  glorified 
as  itself  converting  man  and  making  him  a  new  man  ?  For- 
giveness of  sins,  if  now  of  real  use  to  man,  would  find  the  best 
work  already  done  without  it  and  before  it.  When,  then,  the 
exhortation  was  added  to  test  the  genuineness  of  repentance 
and  faith,  and  only  to  regard  such  genuineness,  if  found,  as 
the  sign  of  the  atonement  availing  for  man,  the  consequence 
was,  since  all  the  requirements  named  are  of  a  moral  nature, 
and  are  never  found  perfectly  in  man,  that  uncertainty  respect- 
ing forgiveness  and  salvation  is  perpetuated,  nay,  man  is 
driven  irresistibly  to  endeavour  by  performing  those  require- 
ments to  render  himself  worthy  of  forgiveness  and  justification, 
and  thus  to  "  dispose "  himself  for  those  blessings.  Here, 
then,  again  were  hona  opeixi,  although  in  Protestant  garb, 
certainly  of  a  more  inward  nature,  upon  which  not  merely  the 
personal  possession  of  and  participation  in  the  atonement,  but 
even  the  real  stability  of  Christ's  work  itself  was  made  to 
depend.  But  here  it  was  quite  overlooked,  that  only  free, 
prevenient  grace,  with  its  word,  "  Thy  sins  are  forgiven  thee," 

(especially  the  teachings  of  Dr.  Crisp),  which  perverted  the  doctrine  of  Free  Grace. 
Fletcher,  the  defender  of  Wesley  and  of  his  offence-giving  declarations  at  the 
Conference  of  1770  (cf.  The  Works  of  the  Rev.  J.  Fletcher,  Londou  1814,  vol.  ii. 
222  ff.,  and  his  Checks  to  Antinomiaiiism,  p.  225  ff.,  vol.  iii.  6),  not  merely 
emphasizes  sanctification  so  strongly  as  to  set  up  a  second  justification  by  works, 
and  perfection  as  a  universal  duty  attainable  on  earth,  but  also  represents  the 
justificatio  prima  (the  reconciliation  of  God  with  the  sinner)  as  elfected  (not 
appropriated)  by  contrite  sorrow  and  faith,  to  which  of  course  meritoriousness  is 
denied,  vol.  ii.  264  ff.  ;  cf.  above,  p.  206. 

^  Even  Frank  (ii.  333)  sets  up  a  whole  series  of  conditions  of  justification, 
Several  of  which  belong  to  sanctification,  and  can  only  be  observed  by  one  who 
is  aUx'ady  a  partaker  in  salvation. 


214  ORIGIN  OF  CHUECH. 

has  the  power  to  elicit  the  faith  of  assured  trust.  True,  along 
with  such  teaching  went  the  repeated  assertion,  that  not  con- 
version (repentance  and  faith)  in  itself  justifies,  but  only  the 
contents  of  faith — Christ, — that  faith  justifies,  as  the  Apology 
says,  not  as  a  noble  virtue,  although  the  noblest  of  virtues,  but 
because  it  apprehends  the  justifying  contents.  But  when 
again  language  was  used  ^  which  implied  that  divine  forgive- 
ness really  comes  to  no  one,  except  after  he  believes,  or  that 
in  His  heart  God  forgives  no  one  in  earnest,  except  when  he 
has  believingly  accepted  forgiveness,  Christianity  was  not  the 
offer  of  forgiveness  already  present,  but  only  the  announcement 
of  one  to  come,  when  the  condition  is  fulfilled ;  and  in  this 
case  it  could  not  be  denied  that  divine  grace  obtains  its 
justifying  power  in  reference  to  the  individual  through  faith 
only.^  It  is  further  true,  that  Evangelical  teachers,  in  opposi- 
tion to  subjective,  even  inward  acts,  referred  again  and  again 
to  Christ  and  His  objective  merit,  and  that  the  independence 
of  justification  upon  sanctification  was  supposed  to  be  secured 
by  the  proposition,  that  justification  is  primarily  no  change  in 
the  subject,  nor  carries  such  with  it  (nan  importat  justificatio 
mutationem  intrinsecam),  but  is  merely  a  transaction  or  act  in 
God,  in  virtue  of  which  God  imputes  Christ's  righteousness  to 
man,  not  imputing  his  sin  and  guilt,  but  regarding  him  as  just. 
But  this  divine  act  was  not  regarded  as  contained  in  the 
atonement  already  made  by  Christ,  but  was  so  brought  into 
connection  with  conversion,  that  not  merely  was  the  possession 
and  enjoyment  of  forgiveness  on  the  part  of  the  individual 
made  dependent  on  it,  but  the  language  used  implied  that 
even  God  only  forgives  in  His  heart  when  conversion  or  faith 
is  already  present.      Such  dependence  of  atonement  and  for- 

^  The  distinguished  President,  Dr.  John  Edwards,  sen.,  in  his  interesting 
Remarks  on  the  Tnnity  and  the  Economy  of  Salvation,  New  York  1880,  pp.  64- 
71,  just  published  for  the  first  time  by  Dr.  Egbert  Smyth  in  Andover,  expresses 
himself  on  the  present  question  as  follows  :  "To  make  faith  a  condition  of  salva- 
tion is  to  burden  the  spirit  with  countless  difficulties  in  respect  of  faith  and 
works  and  their  distinction.  The  result  is  to  make  us  dependent  on  our  own 
righteousness,  and  to  lead  to  a  new  legality  (Neonomianism).  Faith  is  not  the 
condition  of  receiving  grace,  but  the  receiving  itself.  Christ  offers,  believers 
receive." 

^  We  may  compare  therewith  a  similar  doctrine  in  another  quarter,  according 
to  which  the  means  of  grace  are  supposed  only  to  obtain  their  efficacy  through 
official  mediation. 


FAITH  AND  JUSTIFICATION.  215 

giveness  in  general  upon  faith  would  change  the  fact  of  God's 
being  reconciled  with  the  world  through  Christ  into  something 
merely  conditional.  But  nothing  merely  hypothetical  is  suited 
to  be  the  basis  of  faith.  If  faith  is  to  be  rescued  from  the 
torment  of  uncertainty  respecting  salvation,  it  needs  a  fixed, 
objective,  trustworthy  point  of  support,  which  cannot  be  found 
in  the  fickleness  and  feebleness  of  human  feelings  or  volitions, 
but  in  the  last  resort  only  in  the  objective  atonement  through 
Christ,  and  thus  in  the  fact  that  there  is  a  justitia  extra  nos., 
the  justitia  of  Christ,  who  is  our  peace  and  the  rock  of  our 
salvation,  because  the  redemption  perpetuated  in  His  person 
has  an  objective,  actual,  and  abiding  worth  for  God,  even  before 
we  exist  and  believe,  although  having  a  relation  to  us  and  a 
validity  for  us.  On  the  other  hand,  a  justification,  not  having 
the  atonement  through  Christ  for  its  objective  basis,  would  no 
longer  be  justification  in  the  Christian  sense,  but  a  deception. 
The  objective  atonement  therefore  demands  its  independence 
in  relation  to  justification,  and  must  already  possess  a  reality 
and  significance  before  the  individual  is  in  possession  and 
enjoyment  of  forgiveness,  and  in  this  sense  of  his  justification.^ 
But  however  important  on  all  these  grounds  the  independ- 
ence of  the  atonement  by  Christ  in  distinction  from  justifica- 
tion by  faith,  in  order  to  secure  to  Christ's  work  its  full  saving 
worth,  and  to  faith  its  firm  objective  basis,  it  is  important  on 
the  othe7^  hand  to  acknowledge,  that  a  special  and  independent 
significance  belongs  also  to  man's  justification.  The  moral 
character  of  the  whole  saving  process  depends  thereupon.  For, 
were  everything  finished  with  Christ's  objective  work  of  atone- 
ment, were  a  further  process  superseded  or  sisted,  instead  of 

^  Even  Frank  (ii.  303,  304)  concedes  :  "  In  a  certain  respect  it  may  be  rightly 
said,  that  the  saving  propitiation  and  atonement  for  the  human  race,  such  as 
was  accomplished  by  Christ's  redemptive  work,  involves  a  justifying  of  humanity 
on  the  part  of  God,  a  remission  of  guilt  even  apart  from  faith,  God  for  its 
sake  imparting  saving  grace  moment  by  moment ; "  and  p.  328:  "The  saving 
propitiation,  which  Christ  has  accomplished,  is  just  the  restoring  of  our  right- 
eousness before  God."  But  he  speaks  thus  without  giving  eli'ect  to  the  acknow- 
ledgment, or  considering  the  efficacy  of  the  atonement  for  the  individual  as  well 
as  for  the  world  in  the  matter  of  justification,  and  duly  employing  it  within  the 
saving  process  itself.  He  rather  views  the  divine  forgiveness  as  posited  supra- 
temporally,  simply  in  the  redemptive  idea.  In  this  case  the  divine  forgiveness 
^n  reality  has  to  follow  as  the  effect  of  "justifying  faith."  Similarly,  vou 
Zezschwitz,  ut  supra.     Cf.  on  this  point,  Ritschl,  III.  102  f.,  and  I.  54211'. 


216  ORIGIN  OF  CHURCH. 

being  initiated  by  it,  Christ's  atoning  work  must  then  act  after 
the  manner  of  a  physical  force  or  of  a  mere  finished  legal 
business.  Because  Christ  procured  the  atonement  and  repre- 
sented before  God  the  race,  to  which  we  belong  by  nature,  the 
blessing  procured  by  Him  would  pass  over  to  us  as  matter  of 
course  by  physical  necessity,  by  a  divine  right  of  inheritance 
as  it  were,  becoming  our  possession  without  any  co-operation 
of  ours.  But  tliis  would  contradict  man's  moral  freedom, 
which  is  not  impelled  to  salvation  or  ruin  from  without  against 
its  own  will,  and  is  not  exhausted  in  a  passive  generic  life.^ 
Freedom  can  offer  resistance  even  to  the  highest  revelation  of 
grace,  and  the  process  of  diffusing  salvation  among  mankind 
cannot  be  merely  physical  or  magical  in  nature.  Nor  can  it 
be  merely  juridical.  We  cannot  say :  Every  debt  has  been 
paid  by  Christ,  or  still  less.  His  active  obedience  has  done 
everything  which  we  had  to  do  or  ought  to  do  hereafter ;  His 
obedience  is  a  substitute  for  ours.  For  the  process  of  salva- 
tion is  no  mere  legal  business,  no  mere  payment  of  our  debt 
for  the  past,  and  of  our  obligation  for  the  future.  Else,  the 
consequence  would  be  that  we  should  have  a  legal  claim  to 
forgiveness  without  more  ado,  and  without  faith ;  nay,  Christ 
would  then  really  be  the  only  personality.  He  alone  would 
have  moral  responsibility.  But  Christ's  substitution  does  not 
absorb,  it  generates  our  moral  personality.  If  Christ's  atone- 
ment, instead  of  requiring  faith  in  order  to  become  the  pos- 
session of  individuals,  became  their  possession  as  matter  of 
course  because  of  the  objective  satisfaction  made  to  God  for 
us,  then  converted  and  unconverted,  believers  and  enemies 
of  the  cross  of  Christ,  would  be  on  a  par  in  relation  to  par- 
ticipation in  the  atonement,  and  Christ's  work  would  give 
support  to  moral  Indifferentism  and  Antinomianism.  The 
same  result  would  be  reached,  only  by  a  bypath,  as  in  the 
doctrine  that  no  atonement  at  all  is  necessary,  because  God 
cannot  be  wroth  and  punish,  but  can  only  love.  But  just  as 
in  this  way  the  gift  of  salvation  procured  by  Christ  is  no  dead 

^  The  opposite  supposition  would  lead  to  an  analogous  course  of  action,  just  as 
when  regard  is  only  had  to  generic  sin  or  inherited  guilt,  tlie  subjective  process 
being  ignored  which  leads  in  one  case  to  personal  sin,  in  the  other  to  personal 
salvation.     Only  the  atonement  accepted  by  the  subject  can  become  his  justifica- 1 
tion,  i.e.  his  possession  and  enjoyment  of  forgiveness. 


FAITH  AND  JUSTIFICATION.  217 

treasure,  radiating  forth  its  glory  and  blessings  by  natural 
magic,  without  causing  any  movement  in  the  heart,  but 
earnest,  spiritual  toil  is  requisite,  not  indeed  to  beget  or  create 
this  treasure  of  divine  propitiousness,  but  to  make  it  our  own 
personal  possession,  because  in  virtue  of  its  spiritual  nature  it 
can  only  be  spiritually  appropriated,  and  without  such  toil 
would  be  rejected  (which  for  this  very  reason  would  entail 
new  and  worse  guilt), — as,  in  a  word,  it  has  the  purpose  and 
the  power  to  introduce  life  and  movement  into  the  torpid, 
dead  masses  of  sinful  humanity, — so,  in  the  second  place,  we 
must  not  suppose  that  the  atonement  procured  by  Christ, 
because  in  truth  it  is  a  self-contained  whole,  is  of  the 
nature  of  a  ready-made  blessing,  or  a  treasure  lying  ready 
to  hand  and  belonging  to  every  member  of  humanity,  that 
there  is  no  iuvthev  divine  activity  in  the  appropriation  of  this 
possession  and  none  needed,  and  that  at  most  a  becoming  con- 
scious of  or  enlightenment  respecting  this  possession  is  necessary 
to  man.  For,  little  as  anything  is  wanting  to  the  reconciliation 
of  God  with  the  world  in  the  abstract,  so  that  it  would  still 
need  a  supplement  in  itself,  either  through  a  moral  act  on 
man's  part,  or  a  sanctifying  operation  on  God's,  still  a  divine- 
human  process  must  go  through  its  course  of  development, 
if  man  is  to  come  into  possession  and  enjoyment  of  the 
divine  gift  which  is  independent  of  his  faith. -^  We  shall  soon 
have  to  consider  this  process  in  detail.  Here  let  it  only  be 
remarked,  that  neither  on  the  divine  nor  the  human  side  can 
it  be  one  of  mere  theory. 

3.  But  the  interconnection  or  mutual  relationship  of  the 
two  ideas  must  be  no  less  firmly  held  than  their  distinction. 
The  atonement  points  to  justification  as  its  proximate  goal. 
It  is  designed  to  become  the  divine  act  of  justifying  the 
believing  sinner,  and  thus  the  possession  and  enjoyment  of 
the  grace  of  forgiveness.  If  the  divine  working  stood  still 
after  atonement  had  been  procured  by  Christ,  the  work  of 
atonement  would  have  a  lifeless  unethical  conclusion ;  or,  if 
the  movement  fell  exclusively   on  the   subjective   side,   this 

1  To  deny  all  concurrence  of  human  with  divine  actirity  would  lead  to 
absolute  predestination,  and  that  in  a  physical,  deterministic  ^'orm,  and  withal 
to  absolute  Apokatastasis,  if  Christ's  work   of  atonement  bears  a  universal 

character. 


218  OKIGDv  OF  CHURCH, 

would    bring    us  back   into  the   line  of  the  self-redemption 
theory,   but  no   personal,  reciprocal   meeting  and  fellowship 
between  us  on  one  side,  and  God  and  Christ  on  the  other, 
could  follow.     Hence  the  divine  purpose  of  atonement  itself 
requires    continuous    divine    acts    by    which   the    atonement 
procured  by  Christ  is   introduced  into  the  individualism  of 
time,  of  individuals  and  their  circumstances,  into   the  con- 
sciousness and  nature  of  believers.      Here  the  heavenly  high- 
priesthood  of  Christ  has   its  important   place.     But    in  the 
same  way,  conversely,  justifxation  of  itself  points  back  to  the 
already  accomplished  reconciliation  of  the  world  as  its  basis 
and  presupposition,  not  to  the  mere  possibility  or  rendering 
possible  of  the  same.     -Christ's  atonement,   it  is  true,  took 
place  in  time,  but  it  has  eternal  and  universal  import  through  ' 
the  righteousness  of  Christ,  which  is  an  eternal  presence,  and 
represents  us  before  the  Father.      It  forms,  therefore,  along 
with  its  effect — the  fact  of  God's  being  reconciled  with  the 
world,  or  the   forgiveness   of  God  in  His  heart — the  supra- 
temporal  real  basis   for  the  entire  process  of  salvation,  God 
communicating  the  grace  of  salvation  moment   by  moment, 
because    in    HimseK  before  His    internal    tribunal    He    has 
objectively  forgiven  man.     On  one  hand,  it  remains  certain 
that  atonement  and  justification  have  the  same  contents  in  so 
far  as  both  imply  that  for  Christ's  sake  God  does  not  impute 
sin  to  the  world  and  individuals,  but  accepts  Christ's  advo- 
cacy and  security,  and  therefore  contemplates  the  world  and 
the  individuals,  whom  in  His  heart  He  has  forgiven,  in  Christ. 
But  it  is  a  new  thing  that  through  divine  grace  these  con- 
tents of  the  atonement  are  not  merely  a  blessing  availing  for 
man,  but  become  his  personal,  nay  conscious  possession,  and  are 
therefore  appropriated  by  man.     And  this  can  only  be  done 
by  the  implanting  of  faith,  in  which   man's   freedom  takes 
part.      For  it  is  logically  impossible  for  an  unconverted  man 
to  know  or  receive  Christian  grace  as  that  which  it  is.      He 
who  neither  knows  nor  acknowledges  his  sin  and  guilt  cannot 
desire  or  appreciate  forgiving  grace.     Accordingly,  the  relation 
of  the  two — of  atonement  and  justification — is  this :  God's 
being  reconciled  through  Christ,   which   is  also  the    divine 
purpose   of  redemption   and    the    forgiveness  of  the   sin    of« 
humanity,  remains  identical  with  itself  even  in  the  historical 


FAITH  AND  JUSTIFICATION.  219 

divine  act  of  justifying  the  individual  believing  sinner,  and  is 
continued  therein.  But  in  this  act  of  justification,  because 
of  the  presence  of  a  new  element — faith — there  is  historically 
fulfilled  God's  purpose  of  redemption,  which,  after  God  for 
Christ's  sake  has  become  reconciled  with  the  sin  of  the  world, 
now  carries  its  work  farther,  and  renders  it  historically  fruitful, 
in  harmony  with  the  fact  that  He  designed  it  to  be  the 
actual,  nay,  in  due  course  the  conscious,  blessed  possession  of 
man.  But  never  more  can  it  be  said  that  faith  first  brings 
about  the  divine  forgiveness  itself. 

4.  After  what  has  been  said,  the  relation  of  faith  to  atone- 
ment and  justification  will  be  settled  without  difficulty.  These 
two  differ  in  the  circumstance,  that  in  the  justification  of  the 
individual  faith  comes  into  consideration,  whereas  the  recon- 
ciliation of  the  world  takes  place  before  the  faith  of  the 
world.  Without  faith  the  process  of  salvation  would  lose  its 
moral  character  and  pass  into  a  mere  magical,  i.e.  physical, 
action  of  objective  remedial  powers,  man  remaining  passive. 
Although  God  is  reconciled  with  the  world  through  Christ,  no 
one  can  know  and  rejoice  in  God's  forgiving,  fatherly  dis- 
position, who  has  not  in  penitent  faith  been  made  conscious 
of  his  sin  and  guilt,  and  has  not  a  hearty  longmg  to  become 
partaker  in  forgiveness.  As  already  said,  grace  can  only  be 
known  and  acknowledged  as  that  which  it  is — forgiving  grace — 
by  penitent  contrition.  But  such  contrition,  the  more  far- 
reaching  and  pure  it  is,  all  the  more  knows  the  absolute 
impossibility  of  rolling  off  the  burden  of  sin  and  guilt  from 
itself  by  its  own  strength,  and  therefore  needs  and  longs  for 
divine  help  such  as  the  gospel  proclaims.  But  this  help 
avails  nothing,  unless  man  accepts  it,  and  the  right  accepting 
is  called  Faith. 

According  to  ancient  Evangelical  teaching,  faith  is  made  up 
of  three  elements  :  Notitia,  Assciisus,  Fiducia}     Knowledge, 

^  To  which  Burk  adds  the  desire  for  salvation,  which  finds  its  preliminary, 
pacifying  conclusion  in  Fidticia  in  the  promissio  Evamjelii.  From  Fiducia  is 
developed  further  the  Certitudo  salutis.  On  the  other  hand,  Fedor  Schmidt- 
Warneck  {Di^  inteUextualistische  Glauhensdoctrin  in  ihrem  Widerspruch  zum 
Material- Princip  der  protest.  Kirche,  Mitau  1880)  would  acknowledge  only 
Notitia  and  Fidticia,  and  exclude  Assensus,  in  order  to  avoid  an  intellectualistic 
*  pseudo-orthodoxy.  But  in  Assensus  he  is  thinking  of  the  true  knowledge  of 
salvation,  which  of  course  can  only  spring  from  the  believing  apj)ropriatiou  of 


220  OEIGIN  OF  CHUKCH. 

feeling,  and  will  are  called  into  action,  and  the  aim  of  the 
divine  calling  is  to  secure  its  evolution ;  for  the  gospel  pro- 
clamation brings  about  a  certain,  although  at  first  merely- 
historic,  knowledge  {notitia) ;  in  proportion  as  the  knowledge 
of  sin,  sorrow  for  it  and  for  uncancelled  guilt,  are  awakened, 
it  also  excites  the  feeling  or  presentiment,  how  the  misery  of 
man  and  the  promise  of  the  gospel  are  exactly  adapted  to 
each  other,  from  which  arises  an  assent  (cissensus)  to  the 
gospel  in  general.  Finally,  when  desire  for  deliverance  has 
gained  strength,  the  grace  of  calling  draws  to  a  trustful 
apprehending  of  the  salvation  offered  in  the  gospel,  or  to  the 
proper  object  of  the  faith  which  brings  about  the  state  of 
personal  justification.  But  on  this  point  we  must  linger  a 
little. 

The  object  of  Christian  faith  in  the  broader  sense  is  of  course 
the  entire  contents  of  the  Christian  revelation.  Hence  our 
theologians  insist  that  the  stages  of  notitia  and  assensus  also 
are  preserved  in  Ficlucia  or  Fides  salvifica.  But  the  entire 
substance  of  revelation  only  becomes  matter  of  inward,  affirm- 
ing appropriation  after  the  stage  of  Ficlucia.  Nay,  it  is  here 
rightly  and  expressly  emphasized,  e.g.  by  J.  Gerhard,  where 
saving  faith  is  treated  of:  the  loroper  object  of  faith  is  Christ  as 
Mediator  and  Atoner,  and  everything  else  comes  into  view  in 
relation  to  saving  faith  according  to  the  measure  of  its  nearer 
or  more  remote  connection  with  redemption  through  Christ.^ 
Or  still  more  definitely :  Forgiveness  is  regarded  as  the  proper 
object  for  "  justifying  "  faith,  which  it  must  apprehend  and 
appropriate  as  the  opyavov  Xtjtttikov  in  confidence  and  trust. 
And  here  arises  the  question  touched  above :  Must  the  con- 
fidence refer  to  this,  that  to  penitent  faith  God  will  forgive 
sin  and  remit  guilt;  or  must  the  object  of  faith  be  this, 
that  sins  are  specifically  remitted  to  man  by  God  {sibi  reniissa 

salvation.  Further,  he  overlooks  that  Ficlucia  cannot  be  blind,  and  the  act  of 
faith  capricious,  and  therefore  unethical,  but  that  it  must  be  performed  with  a 
wood  conscience.  To  this  is  necessary  a  conscience  with  an  open  eye  and 
a  presentiment  awakened  by  the  gospel  proclamation  and  preparatory  grace, 
that  in  Christ  is  given  that  which  the  heart  and  conscience  need  (see  vol.  i. 
§11,  p.  140  f.). 

1  Hence  an  investigation  respecting  the  distinction  between  ArticuU  funda- 
mentales  and  minus  fundamentales  is  appended  here.  Cf.  J.  Gerhard.-  vii. 
§§  128-148. 


FAITH  AND  JUSTIFICATION'.  221 

esse  pcccata)  ?  must  the  object,  which  faith  is  confidently  to 
apprehend,  be  a  hypotlietical  forgiveness  depending  on  sincere 
conversion,  and  therefore  merely  conditional,  or  the  prevenient 
loving  manifestation  of  free  divine  pardon  for  Christ's  sake  ? 
The  answer  is  already  given  in  the  circumstance,  that  accord- 
ing to  Evangelical  doctrine  Fides  must  be  not  merely  Fides 
generalis,  but  specialis,  and  the  contents  or  object  of  the  faith 
of  the  subject  must  be  precisely  this  :  sihi  esse  remissa  pcccata. 
How  can  faith  be  faith  that  my  sins  are  remitted,  if  they  are 
not  forgiven  before  I  believe,  but  are  only  to  be  forgiven 
afterwards  in  virtue  of  the  act  of  faith  ?  We  see  that  the 
difficulty  discussed  above  appears  in  this  place  again,  and 
in  a  thoroughly  practical  form.  It  cannot  be  said  that  the 
questions  arising  here  are  clearly  solved  by  our  old  theo- 
logians. For,  with  a  view  to  securing  to  faith  its  full 
importance,  many  expedients  are  used  which  favour  the 
interpretation  that  forgiveness  is  imparted  on  account  of 
faith,  and  that  there  is  no  divine  forgiveness  save  the  one  pro- 
cured by  conversion  and  faith.  It  may  especially  have  tended 
to  obscurity  in  this  respect,  that  the  promise  of  forgiveness  or 
justification  to  believers  was  described  as  the  object  which 
faith  apprehends.  This  expression  was  preferred  in  imitation 
of  Melanchthon  and  others,  because  in  this  way  one  and  the 
same  object — the  promise  of  salvation — was  proposed  to  the 
pious  of  the  Old  and  New  Testaments.  But  this  expression  is 
plainly  more  in  harmony  with  the  standpoint  of  the  Old  than  of 
the  New  Testament ;  and  it  is  in  keeping  therewith  that  nothing 
more  than  a  difference  in  the  degree  of  clearness  was  usually 
supposed  between  the  grace  of  the  0.  and  N".  T.,  a  doctrine 
not  in  harmony  with  the  K  T.  and  the  historical  significance 
of  Christianity  for  God's  real  reconciliation  with  the  world. 
The  Promissio,  described  as  the  object  for  "justifying  faith," 
was  not  always  conceived  (which  would  be  unobjectionable)  as 
tlie  "  promise  of  the  possession  of  Christian  grace  "  or  forgive- 
ness, nor  faith  as  a  mere  acceptance  of  the  saving  gift  already 
present  and  avaihng  for  man.  But  the  acceptance  of  grace 
must  not  degenerate  into  the  notion  that  grace  is  the  product 
of  the  acceptance.  For  the  acceptance  rather  presupposes  that 
^the  object  to  be  accepted  is  already  in  existence  and  present. 
Nay,  faith  would  not  be  an   opyavov  Xiitttikov,  but  simply  a 


222  OKIGIN  OF  CHURCH. 

moral,  procuring  action,  if  the  object  which  it  is  to  appre- 
hend were  not  an  already  present  gift,  but  only  a  possible 
future  one  to  be  produced  by  faith  itself.  It  was  shown 
above  (p.  213)  how  this  must  lead  to  the  Eomish  doctrine  of 
dispositiones  justijicationis,  and  also  to  the  perpetuating  of 
uncertainty  respecting  salvation.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  the 
divine  forgiveness  of  the  sin  of  the  world  is  treated  not  as 
the  effect  of  the  subjective  process,  but  as  the  work  of  Christ, 
and  considered  (as  befits  the  preveuient  love  of  God  for 
Christ's  sake)  as  the  objective  basis  of  that  process  in  which 
the  reconciliation  of  the  world  accomplished  through  Christ 
continues  and  energizes,  then  uniformity  and  continuity 
between  the  fact  of  God's  being  reconciled  with  the  world 
through  Christ  and  justification  by  faith  are  preserved.  The 
first  denotes  the  divine  gift  destined  for  us,  the  second  the 
possession  of  that  gift,  brought  about  it  is  true  by  God  and 
not  merely  by  man.  The  objective  divine  gift  is  designed  to 
become  a  personal  possession.  But  in  order  thereto  it  requires 
faith  in  God's  prevenient  forgiveness,  or  in  the  truth  that 
because  God  ha&  forgiven  the  world  for  Christ's  sake  before  it 
knew  and  believed  the  fact,  He  causes  reconciliation  and 
peace  to  be  offered  to  it  and  the  individuals  in  it.  It  must 
remain  unconditionally  certain,  that  only  on  the  ground  of 
the  divine  sentence  or  divine  contemplation  can  man  regard 
himself  as  righteous,  and  also  that  this  sentence  cannot  be 
the  effect  of  human  action,  of  any  course  of  conduct  whatever 
of  a  moral  character,  however  important,  nay  indispensable, 
such  action  may  be,  if  man  is  to  be  put  into  personal  posses- 
sion of  the  blessing  procured  by  Christ,  and  therewith  into 
the  state  of  justification.  But  even  this  putting  into  the 
state  of  justification  is  a  divine  act.  As  the  calling  is  a 
divine  act  which  communicates-  the  go?pel  message  that 
atonement  not  merely  exists  for  the  world  in  ahstracto  or  as 
a  possibility,  but  is  realized  through  Christ  and  avails  for 
individuals  as  certainly  as  the  latter  are  included  in  the 
world  to  which  God  is  reconciled  through  Christ,  so  aho  a 
divine  activity  is  in  operation,  although  not  an  irresistible 
one,  in  begetting  the  faith  through  which  man  is  placed  in 
the  state  of  justification.  No  less,  further,  is  a  divine  act 
present  when  this  gift  becomes  matter  of  inward  knowledge 


FAITH  AND  JUSTIFICATION.  223 

and  certainty,  although  an  act  conditioned  by  the  believing 
reception  of  the  gift.  By  this  means  the  already  existing 
grace,  the  perfect  forgiveness  for  Christ's  sake,  penetrates  into 
the  knowledge  or  consciousness,  and  penetrates  also  with  life- 
iiivinfr  effect  into  the  nature  of  man,  from  which  therefore  the 
Apology  of  the  Conf.  Aug.  deduces  a  vivijicatio,  nay  regeneratio 
of  man,  and  certitudo  salutis}  The  reference  also  by  the 
theologians  of  the  l7th  century  to  an  intimatio,  iiisinuatio  of 
the  divine  sentence  of  absolution  comes  under  this  head. — 
According  to  what  has  been  advanced,  the  relation  of  faith  to 
atonement  and  justification  is  this,  that  faith  must  have  the 
reconciliation  of  the  world  through  Christ  and  of  the  indi- 
vidual men  belonging  to  it  for  its  contents,  that  it  arises 
therefore  on  the  basis  of  the  universality  of  divine  grace 
actual  and  present,  but  that  when  it  has  apprehended  the 
divine  forgiveness  as  a  certain  fact  specifically  including  the 
believer, — this  particular  man, — it  is  placed  in  possession  and 
enjoyment  of  the  divine  forgiveness,  or  in  the  state  of  justifi- 
cation, not  merely  by  divine  sentence,  but  also  by  divine 
act. 

5.  After  we  have  come  to  an  understanding  respecting  the 
ideas  of  atonement  and  justification  and  the  relation  of  faith 
to  both,  it  is  due  to  the  importance  of  the  matter,  even  at 
the  risk  of  repetitions,  to  consider  once  more  the  process  of 
salvation  in  detail  by  way  of  summary  and  connectedly, 
in  which  course  the  turning-point  from  the  old  to  the  new 
life,  and  the  co-operation  of  the  divine  and  human  factors  in 
order  to  the  final  result,  must  be  especially  taken  into  view. 
It  must  be  premised,  that  the  nature  of  the  case  no  less  than 
systematic  order  will  endure  no  hiatus  between  the  recon- 
ciliation of  the  world  by  Christ  and  the  justification  of  the 
individual.  Certain  as  it  is  that  the  historical  course  of  the 
appropriation  of  salvation  ought  not  to  be  conceived  deistically, 
and  is  not  carried  out  without  divine  acts  which  belong  to 
the  "  true,  high,  spiritual  miracles  "  of  which  Luther  speaks, 
and  which  are  in  complete  harmony  with  the  divine  immuta- 
bility rightly  viewed,  still,  according  to  what  has  been  advanced, 
justification  ought  not  to  be  represented  as  an  abrupt  divine 
act,  in  which  what  has  been  gained  through  Christ  must  be 
^  See  above,  p.  201. 


224  OUIGIX  OF  CHLTX'ir, 

ignored  or  deprecated  in  order  that  the  justifying  God  may 
begin  as  from  the  beginning.  On  the  contrary,  the  eternally 
valid  atonement  accomplished  by  Christ  must  be  introduced 
into  the  justification  of  man,  and  must,  so  to  speak,  gain  in  it 
present  existence.  On  the  other  hand,  the  atonement  must 
not  stand  in  its  objectivity  like  an  immoveable  power  {G-rosse), 
as  if  with  the  blessing  of  the  reconciliation  of  God  procured 
by  Christ  the  world  already  had  what  it  needs.  Nor  ought 
absolute  Predestinationism  to  seek  any  support  in  the  fact  of 
God's  supra-temporal  reconciliation  to  the  world  through 
Christ.  Eather,  the  accomplished  reconciliation  of  God  with 
the  world  must  operate  as  the  principle  of  the  reconciliation 
of  the  world  with  God,  i.e.  must  be  etiicacious  in  causing  the 
world  by  spontaneous  faith  both  to  rejoice  in  the  assurance 
of  forgiveness,  and  by  this  very  means  to  be  transformed  in 
consciousness,  volition,  and  nature.  The  process  accordingly 
is  as  follows. 

Fi7-st.  In  Christ  and  for  the  sake  of  His  righteousness  God 
is  reconciled  with  humanity,  not  imputing  to  it  its  sins.  Since 
God  has  forgiven  it  in  His  heart  for  the  sake  of  Christ's  priest- 
hood, which  is  continued  in  His  intercession,  an  absolving 
divine  sentence  before  the  inner  divine  tribunal  docs  not 
first  come  into  view  in  the  act  of  justification ;  but  the  effect 
of  Christ's  historic  work  of  atonement  is  that  God  regards  the 
humanity,  to  which  the  Mediator  belongs,  otherwise  than 
before  in  virtue  of  His  accomplished  satisfaction,  namely,  as 
covered  by  Christ's  righteousness,  no  longer  as  merely  capable 
of  redemption  but  as  reconciled,  which  fact  may  be  described 
as  a  pardoning  sentence  of  God  upon  the  world  in  His  inner 
tribunal,  in  which  the  matter  rests,  and  which  remains  in 
force,  until  the  gospel  is  rejected  by  definitive  unbelief.  It  is 
solely  the  fellowship  of  Christ  with  us,  which  He  by  anticipa- 
tion formed  and  maintains  with  sinners.  His  advocacy  and 
surety  and  not  the  faith  of  men,  not  their  trusting  and  loving 
fellowship  with  Christ,  by  which  this  forgiveness  is  brought 
about  in  God.  Nor  does  this  divine  sentence  or  this  dixdne 
contemplation  of  the  world  in  Christ  effect  a  change  in  man 
immediately,^  but  needs  first  of  all  to  be  defined  retrospectively 

'  Hollaz,  Baier,  and  others  rightly  insist,  that  justificatio  forensis  as  a  diviuf 
ict  must  jjrimarily  be  defined  as  occurring  outside  man.      This   holds  good 


FAITH  AND  JUSTIFICATION.  225 

and  prospectively  in  its  non-dependence  on  human  merit, 
and  in  its  independent  value.  This  is  the  meaning  of  the 
doctrine  of  Justificatio  forensis.  There  is  scarcely  a  defini- 
tion in  the  old  Protestant  dogma,  at  which  more  offence  was 
taken  than  at  this.  But  the  meaning  and  value  of  the  defini- 
tion can  be  most  easily  made  evident  by  considering  the 
atonement  under  this  point  of  view.  First,  the  forgiveness  of 
God  in  His  heart  before  the  world's  conversion,  and  therefore 
not  determined  by  it,  makes  clear  the  pure,  prevenient  nature 
of  the  divine  love ;  and  for  this  very  reason,  secondly,  it  is 
the  overwhelming  power  which  works  true  repentance ;  and 
yet,  thirdly,  this  is  of  such  a  kind  that  force  or  mere  physical 
procedure  has  no  place,  but  room  is  left  for  a  moral  process  in 
which  freedom  is  taken  into  account,  which  process,  however, 
is  set  in  motion  by  the  manifestation  of  the  prevenient,  forgiv- 
ing love  of  God. 

Secondly.  But  of  course  the  inner  reconciliation  of  God  with 
the  world  does  not  remain  shut  up  in  God  to  the  end.  God 
causes  the  news  of  the  accomplished  reconciliation — the  gospel 
— to  reach  the  world  and  individuals  in  the  course  of  history, 
the  heavenly  High  Priest  accompanying  the  process  with  His 
intercession.  By  the  invitation  a  moral  process  is  initiated, 
which  leaves  room  for  free  decision  (§§  130,  131).  This 
message  holds  good  on  God's  part  for  the  whole  of  humanity, 
and  not  merely  for  the  members  of  His  kingdom.^  It  must 
be  as  universal  in  its  terms  as  the  atonement  through  Christ, 
which   embraces  the   sin  of  the  world,  and  is  therefore  the 

primarily  of  the  atonement,  which  iu  a  certain  way  may  also  be  called  justifica- 
tion (p.  209) ;  but  it  holds  good  also  of  justification  in  so  far  as  in  the  latter  the 
atonement  is  continued,  which  has  an  objective  existence  independently  of  the 
subject.  Only  of  course  it  cannot  hold  good  of  justification  so  far  as  it  is  insinu- 
ated. Rather  the  aim  is  that  it  shall  become  a  personal  possession,  and  in  this 
way  effect  a  transformation  in  man.  An  immediate  working  of  the  atonement, 
on  the  other  hand,  could  only  come  about  by  magical  means,  leaving  no  place 
for  freedom  in  appropriating  salvation.  Just  so,  were  a  moral  change  incor- 
porated immediately  with  the  idea  of  justification,  the  danger  would  arise 
of  confounding  justification  and  sanctification,  and  therefore  the  danger  of 
obscuring  free  grace. 

1  God's  forgiveness  is  not  for  the  healthy,  but  for  the  sick  and  sinners.  For- 
giveness could  only  be  limited  to  the  members  of  the  kingdom  on  the  supposition 
that  the  church  of  God  effects  the  reconciliation  of  those  belonging  to  it  by  its 
ov\n  strength,  or  that  the  individual  becomes  partaker  in  the  church  of  God,  aud 
thus  in  forgiveness,  by  simply  entering  the  church. 

DouNER. — Christ.  Door.  iv.  P 


22G  ORIGIN  OF  CHURCH. 

principle  of  forgiveness  also  to  all  individual  men.  If,  then, 
we  ask  what  must  form  the  contents  of  the  gos])el  '^troclaraa- 
tion,  the  requirement  is,  that  it  proclaim,  not  a  God  to  be 
reconciled  through  works  or  faith,  but  a  God  reconciled  with- 
out help  of  ours.  His  forgiveness  and  His  peace.  It  must 
therefore  be  affirmed  respecting  forgiveness,  that  man's  rela- 
tion to  the  fact  of  God  being  reconciled  is  not  productive,  nor 
even  at  once  receptive.  In  so  far  Luther  might  speak  of  the 
mera  passivitas  of  man  in  the  work  of  reconciling  God,  as  well 
as  of  man  being  justified.  It  has  at  present  become  very- 
common  to  state  the  contents  of  the  gospel  proclamation 
thus :  God  forgives  and  justifies  man,  when  he  believes,  or 
when  he  sincerely  repents  of  and  renounces  liis  sins,  as  well 
as  places  his  hope  upon  Christ, — in  a  word,  when  he  is  con- 
verted. But  justification  would  thus  lose  its  central  and 
essential  position.  In  opposition  to  this  view,  John  Gerhard 
rightly  insisted  that  the  divine  forgiveness  has  an  absolute,  not 
merely  conditional  character,  i.e.  is  independent  of  our  merit 
or  good  works,  for  the  heavenly  blessings  are  offered  freely,  by 
spontaneous  grace.^  This  does  not  imply  that  faith  is  super- 
fluous. Eather  it  is  requisite  in  order  to  our  becoming  par- 
takers in  the  gift  offered,^  but  for  that  reason  not  in  order  to 
its  existence.  It  is  not  correct  to  say,  that  the  gospel  pro- 
clamation should  merely  assert  a  covenant  relation,  so  to  speak, 
and  set  forth  the  contents,  that  God  promises  pardon  and  will 
grant  forgiveness,  when  man  on  liis  side  is  converted  and  comes 
to  true  faith,  and  therefore  to  fellowship  with  Christ.  Were 
the  fact  of  God  on  His  side  bein^  reconciled  through  Christ  no 
reality  in  itself  before  faith,  if  He  only  became  reconciled  with 
the  individual  through  his  faith,  then  forgiveness  on  God's  part 
would  not  be  a  present  fact  and  an  earnest  offer  of  prevenient, 
pardoning  love,  but  a  promise  and  a  hypothetical  one,  dependent 
for  its  very  existence  on  the  feeble  strength  of  man,  and  on  his 
fulfilment  of  the  conditions.  No  firm  trust  (fducia)  in  a  grace 
of  forgiveness  freely  imparted  could  then  be  arrived  at,  because 

^  Tom.  vii.  p.  171,  ed.  Cotta,  in  opposition  to  Bellarmin,  who  is  of  opinion 
that  they  are  all  conditionales.  In  the  same  way  Gerhard  rejects  the  notion  that 
dispositiones  for  gratia  are  necessary,  i.e.  that  God  may  be  determined  to  for- 
giveness and  may  pardon.  Faith,  the  opyatot  Xjirr/xo*.  is  no  such  dispositio  with 
rneriium  ex  congruo. 

Mbid. 


FAITII  AND  JUSTIFICATION.  227 

this  grace  would  again  in  itself  be  made  dependent  on  human 
conduct,  which  does  not  deserve  firm  trust.  Moreover,  Evan- 
gelical teaching  rightly  requires  that  faith  shall  not  stop  at 
generalities  and  take  cognizance  of  Christian  truth  generally, 
and  assent  to  it  {notitia  and  assensus),  nor  merely  stop  at  the 
general  proposition,  that  God  forgives  sin  and  is  reconciled 
with  the  world  for  Christ's  sake,  but  it  is  essential  for  Fides  to 
become  specialis  (quisque  crcclat  sihi  remissa  esse  peccata) ;  and 
this  relation  of  the  personality  to  a  grace  already  present,  not 
merely  to  come  and  thus  hypothetical,  is  rightly  reckoned  a 
part  oi  fidueia,  even  as  the  relation  of  grace  to  the  personality 
("  given  for  you  ")  requires  such  jiducia,  and  is  raised  above 
the  uncertainty  of  doubt,  which  is  justified  so  long  as  the 
divine  forgiveness  itself  is  supposed  to  be  the  effect  of  our 
conversion  and  faith,  our  confidence  therefore  having  something 
subjective  for  its  point  of  support  instead  of  the  bottomless 
compassion  and  love  of  God  for  Christ's  sake.  Accordingly 
the  proper  object  of  the  faith  here  treated  of  is  the  forgiveness 
procured  by  Christ,  free  and  gratuitous,  availing  for  us  and 
imputed  to  us  by  pure  grace.^  The  contents  of  faith  are  not 
originated  by  faith,  but  are  given  to  it  to  be  appropriated,  that 
faith  may  come  into  the  possession  of  the  divine  favour  and 
grace.  Such  a  gift  already  present  and  offered  is  the  contents 
or  object,  which  faith  can  and  ought  to  apprehend,  even  as  it 
forms  withal  the  strongest,  nay  decisive  impulse  both  to  the 
humbling  and  shaming  of  the  sinnei',  and  to  the  trustful  appre- 
hending of  Christ,  and  in  Him  of  the  Father's  love. 

But  perhaps  many  who  acknowledge  this  to  be  the  pure 
Evangelical  and  Christian  doctrine,  which  alone  answers  to  the 
prevenient  character  of  the  divine  love,  such  as  Christianity  has 
revealed,  may  become  timid,  and  ask,  whether  such  gospel 
preaching  does  not  open  a  wide  door  to  carelessness  and  the 
abuse  of  holy  things,  whether  the  sole  and  necessary  barrier 
to  such  a  result  is  not  the  doctrine,  that  God  forgives,  not  by 
anticipation,  but  only  when  man  is  improved  or  converted  ? 
So  the  Judaistic  strain  of  thought  has  always  judged.      On 

1  J.  Gerhard,  torn,  vii.,  ed.  Cotta,  p.  165,  §  130:  "Diciinus,  fidei  justificantis 
proprium  et  adajquatum  objectum  esse  promissionem  evangelicain  de  Christo 
Jiediatore."  That  the  promissio  signifies  the  offer  of  a  present  gift  procured  for 
us  by  Christ,  is  shown  by  the  context. 


228  ORIGIN  OF  CHURCH. 

this  point  only  tlie  following  remarks  are  premised  in  order  to 
obviate  misunderstandings.     A  preliminary  consideration   is, 
that  tlie  Evangelical  doctrine  now  advanced  does  not  imply 
that  any  one  can  be  in  actual  and  personal  possession  of  for- 
giveness and  justification,  who  with  evil   intent  presumptu- 
ously abuses  grace,  making  it  a  cloak  of  wickedness,  but  only 
that  the  divine  forgiveness  is   not  originated  by  repentance 
and  conversion.       On   the  contrary,  the  correct  handling  of 
gospel  preaching  must  insist,   that  no    one   can   really  par- 
ticipate   and  rejoice  in  the   forgiveness   or   justifying    grace 
imputed  and  offered  to  him  preveniently  by  God,  who  does  not 
sincerely  recognize  his  sins,  and  desire  to  have  his  conscience 
relieved  of  the  burden  of  guilt.     The  personal  apprehension 
of  that  blessing  must  be  a  spiritual  act,  just  as  the  blessing 
itseK  is  spiritual  in  nature.     Such  apprehension  is  logically 
out  of  the  question  for  one  who  knows  not  what  the  gospel  is 
about,  who  acknowledges  not  his  sin  and  guilt,  and  does  not 
long  for  pardoning  grace  and  the  healing  of  sin  and  guilt.    To 
one  who  lacks  these  elements,  the  gospel,  which  is  glad  tidings 
of  forgiveness,  is  unintelligible,  nay,  does  not  even  exist  as 
such,  nor  can  he  accept  and  possess  it  as  that  which  it  is. 
Although,  therefore,  penitent  faith  is  not  the  cause  of  the  divine 
forgiveness  of  sin  or  of  justification  itself,  there  are  still  logical 
and  empirical  reasons  why  penitent  faith  must  precede  the 
conscious  possession  of  forgiveness.      Just  so,  it  is  logically 
impossible  for  any  one  to  have  the  offered  grace  as  his  own,  if 
he  rejects  instead  of  accepting  it,  as  it  demands,  and  instead 
of  responding  to  the  fellowship  with  man  established  by  Christ 
in  prevenient  love  by  establishing  fellowship  through  faith  in 
Him.     Little  as  the  divine  forgiveness  in  itself  is  conditioned 
by  faith, — rather  it  is  a  reality  before  faith,  because  faith  does 
not  produce  its  object,  but  presupposes  and  accepts  it  when 
given, — still  the  prevenient  manifestation  of  divine  grace  takes 
place,  in  order  that  the  sinner  may  believe  in  it  with  humility 
and   confidence.     The  gospel  is  a  loving  greeting  to  sinful 
humanity  on  the  part  of  God,  who  establishes  fellowship  on 
His  side,  in  order  that   sinful  humanity  may  respond  to  this 
greeting  by  its  fellowship  with  the  Mediator  through  faith. 
If,  on  the  other  hand,  Christ  is  rejected  by  the  decision  of 
man,  after  the  influence  of  the  grace  of  calling  has  restored  his 


FAITH  AND  JUSTIFICATION.  229 

freedom  (§  130  f.),  goodness  or  love  itself  is  rejected  in  its 
supreme  revelation,  and  purely  personal,  damnable  guilt  is 
incurred  by  an  act  of  self-condemnation.  In  such  sin,  the  sin 
that  preceded  the  preaching  of  the  gospel  is  perpetuated,  and 
the  guilt,  which  was  forgiven  for  Christ's  sake,  again  revives, 
so  to  speak;  or  rather  the  scorning  and  despising  of  such 
divine  love  incurs  guilt  of  a  new  species.  In  the  sin  of 
definitive  unbelief  all  sin  and  guilt  first  attains  its  unhappy 
culmination. 

lliirdly.  On  the  other  hand,  the  effcet  of  faith  in  Christ  is 
the  possession  of  justification.  As  a  divine  act,  expressive  of 
the  divine  disposition,  justification  precedes  the  inner  change 
of  man  for  the  better.  The  new  life  or  love  has  yet  no 
place  in  man's  heart,  either  as  merit  or  as  the  condition  of 
salvation,  before  God  has  forgiven  and  absolved  man  in  His 
inner  tribunal,  nay,  has  made  known  His  disposition  towards 
humanity  through  the  gosj^el.  But  with  our  faith  a  new 
factor  enters  even  for  the  divine  contemplation.  The  being 
apprehended  in  effectual  calling  has  now  become  the  spon- 
taneous apprehending  of  Christ,  and  as  we  are  thus  made 
receptive  to  further  gifts,  so  God  bestows  grace  for  grace. 
The  first  and  fundamental  gift  is  the  Spirit  of  peace  from 
above,  stilling  every  accusation  of  conscience,  healing  the 
discord  in  ourselves  and  with  God,  and,  althougb  we  still 
know  ourselves  sinners  (for  it  is  sinners  who  are  justified), 
causing  us  to  see  in  God  no  longer  the  angry,  holy  Judge,  but  the 
loving  Father,  whose  children  we  are  permitted  to  call  ourselves. 
The  believer  now  has  experience  of  the  fatherly  love  which 
God  sheds  abroad  in  his  heart,  and  which  brings  with  it  the 
Spirit  of  adoption,  who  teaches  to  pray  to  God  with  the 
trustful,  ingenuous  spirit  of  a  child.  The  forgiveness,  offered 
in  the  gospel  and  made  man's  possession  by  faith,  is  complete, 
referring  to  all  sins  and  guilt  in  the  past  as  well  as  to  natural 
and  still  existent  sinfulness.  Nay,  so  far  as  the  power  of  sin 
cannot  be  at  once  vanquished  even  by  regeneration  (for  the 
new  life  is  itself  a  progressive  one),  the  power  of  atoning 
grace  extends  also  beyond  the  present  to  the  later  after- 
workings  of  sin,  so  far  as  the  continuance  of  penitent  faith 
also  is  bound  up  with  them.  Christianity  has  completed  but 
one  work — atonement,  which  through   justification   is   made 


230  ORIGIN  OF  CHURCH. 

completely,  not  merely  partially,  man's  own  possession. 
Everything  else,  like  regeneration,  sanctification,  and  glorifica- 
tion, is  still  left  incomplete,  nothing  but  the  certainly 
efficacious  principle  of  all  these  being  implanted  in  humanity. 
But  the  divine  forgiveness  or  justification  is  total,  a  whole 
neither  needing  nor  capable  of  increase.  Every  accusing  of 
conscience  is  now  hushed,  for,  by  the  divine  forgiveness  on 
the  ground  of  Christ's  propitiation,  guilt  is  cancelled,  the 
indictment  annulled.^  But  guilt  being  abolished,  we  are  also 
freed  from  2^unishment.  Eor  all  evils  are  only  punishment 
through  the  divine  anger  and  through  guilt  before  God.  Still- 
continuing  evils,  after  losing  their  connection  with  the  divine 
anger  and  our  guilt,  are  but  means  of  training,  their  only 
connection  being  with  God's  holy  love  towards  us,  as  faith 
also  knows  right  well.^  The  consciousness  of  the  forgiveness 
of  all  sins  and  of  the  remission  of  all  guilt  and  punishment,  a 
conscience  lightened  of  its  load  and  free,  along  with  divine 
adoption,  forms  then  the  blessed  background  of  our  temporal, 
progressive,  although  still  always  imperfect  inner  life,  the 
constant  supplement  of  our  imperfection  in  righteousness 
before  God,  provided  only  we  abide  in  faith. 

Further,  although  God  is  reconciled  with  the  world  through 
Christ  once  for  all,  and  remains  so,  unless  the  world  rejects 
the  divine  gift,  still  God  like  Christ  is  not  an  idle  spectator 
of  the  process  of  salvation ;  He  does  not  carry  it  on  simply 
by  secondary  causes,  such  as  the  labour  of  the  church  with 
its  means  of  grace  and  the  agency  of  man,  but  deems  man 
worthy  of  an  immediate,  living  relation.  The  eternal  recon- 
ciliation procured  by  Christ,  abiding  m  identity  and  stedfast 
continuity  with  itself,  manifests  itself  in  temporal  acts,  such 
as  ever   correspond  to  the  need   and   receptiveness   of  man, 

1  Eom.  viii.  1. 

2  The  Catholic  Church  teaches  otherwise,  and  the  erroneous  tenet  of  the 
continuance  of  a  penal  state  even  for  believers  is  the  bridge  to  the  doctrine  of 
Purgatory.  Hence  the  Refomration  laid  great  stress  on  the  doctrine,  that 
we  are  freed  by  Christ  from  all  guilt  and  penalty.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
Rationalistic  Theology,  e.g.  Doderlein,  §§  208  f.,  2G9,  309,  and  Hengstenberg 
(see  above,  p.  202),  would  have  all  suffering  even  of  believers  regarded  as  punish- 
ment for  stiU  remaining  sin,  whereas  Kreibig  {ut  siqwa,  p.  368)  derives  the 
penal  character  of  the  suiferings  of  those  who  are  justified  from  the  imperfectiin 
of  their  faith. 


FAITH  AND  JUSTIFICATION.  231 

cliiefly  through  communication  of  the  Holy  Spirit.  Hence, 
when  man  has  performed  the  act  of  faith,  the  time  has  come 
when  God  can  place  him  in  the  state  of  justification,  nay  of 
adoption,  and  communicate  to  him  a  consciousness  thereof. 
"When  the  subject  has  reached  the  point  at  which  under  a 
sense  of  sin  and  guilt  he  longs  after  peace  with  God  and  the 
certainty  of  reconciliation  with  God  for  Christ's  sake  in  filial 
confidence,  the  pardoning,  gracious  God  sends  the  Spirit  of 
peace  as  a  living  pledge  of  His  fatherly  forgiveness.  The 
Spirit  checks  or  hushes  the  consciousness  of  discord,  and  still 
further  breathes  into  the  heart  the  assurance  of  salvation  and 
blessedness,  by  which  a  new  consciousness  arises  in  man  as  if 
he  were  born  anew — the  consciousness  of  adoption,  which  is 
associated  with  a  new  spirit  and  marked  off  with  increasing 
definiteness  from  the  period  previous  to  the  state  of  grace. 
True,  the  blessed  feeling  of  forgiveness  and  adoption  is  not 
always  connected  with  faith,  and  after  its  appearance  does  not 
remain  uninterrupted ;  so  far  the  so-called  "  faith  without 
feeling"  has  a  measure  of  truth.  But  the  certainty  must 
be  distinguished  from  the  blessed  feeling.  The  former  may 
indeed  have  different  stages  or  degrees,  but  can  never  be 
wholly  wanting,  when  and  so  far  as  faith  exists.  For  in  faith 
considered  as  trust  and  confidence  there  is  already  a  beginning 
of  certainty,  produced  by  the  inner  strength  and  wealth  of 
the  objective  real  truth,  so  far  as  that  truth  has  disclosed 
itself  in  inner  calling  to  the  spirit  and  determined  it  to  the 
act  of  trustful  faith.  And  again,  the  contents  received  in  faith 
have  their  effect,  as  the  man  learns  more  and  more  by  the 
exercise  of  faith  how  the  gospel  so  fully  corresponds  to  his 
needs,  and  the  two  are  made  for  each  other.  Growth  in 
certainty  of  salvation  and  in  its  stability,  or  stedfastness  of 
heart,  is  both  attainable  and  to  be  sought,  especially  since  the 
still  remaining  uncertainty  can  only  spring  from  the  remnants 
of  doubt,  which  are  connected  with  sin,  and  therefore  with  sin 
are  to  be  resisted.  The  causes  of  doubt  lie  especially  in  lesser 
or  greater  unfaithfulness,  which  must  be  overcome  by  penitent 
faith  in  daily  renewal.  But  mere  intermission  of  doubt  is 
still  not  divine  certainty  of  salvation.  Such  certainty  and 
the  consciousness  of  divine  adoption  are  a  special  divine  gift, 
Called  in  Holy  Scripture  sealing  by  the  Holy  Spirit,  the  Spirit 


232  OKIGIN  OF  CHUECH. 

of  Christ.^  Its  place  cannot  be  supplied  by  search  after  signs 
of  the  new  birth.  Instead  of  anxiously  feeling  the  spiritual 
pulse,  and  musing  whether  we  have  true,  penitent  faith,  we 
must  boldly  believe  after  the  pattern  of  a  Paul  and  the 
Eeformers,  leave  the  things  which  are  behind,  look  forward 
to  Christ  instead  of  to  ourselves,  and  confide  in  Him.  This 
has  in  all  ages  created  stalwart  believers  and  heroes  in  Christ, 
who  grew  joyous  in  faith  and  stood  equipped  as  witnesses  of 
salvation.  Whoever  really  believes,  knows  also — as  the 
Eeformers  rightly  maintained — that  he  believes,  and  is  saved 
from  doubting  whether  he  really  has  faith  ipso  facto  as  well 
as  by  the  written  blessed  effect  of  faith.^  Here  also  the 
maxim  holds  good :  first,  true  being  must  be  sought,  then  the 
consciousness  of  that  being  will  present  itself  in  due  time. 
For  it  is  not  knowledge  which  makes  regenerate  or  elect ;  but 
regeneration  or  the  new  life,  if  it  exists,  publishes  and  asserts 
itself  in  the  consciousness  by  more  and  more  definite  de- 
marcation from  the  old  life. 

But  although  the  consciousness  of  justification  has  degrees 
or  stages,  for  the  above  reasons  the  justification  itself  has  no 
stages.  The  opposite  doctrine,  that  sins  are  forgiven  according 
to  the  degree  of  sanctification,  maintained  by  the  Tridentine 
Canon/  abolishes  all  certainty  of  salvation  until  sanctification 
is  completed,  and  therefore  transfers  it  from  earth  to  the  next 
world,  thus  relegating  us  to  the  0.  T.  and  robbing  sanctification 
itself  of  the  strongest,  most  urgent  impulse  of  gratitude  for  full 
and  free  forgiveness.  For  a  merely  half  forgiveness  is  none,  but 
allows  anxiety  and  dread  of  impending  judgment  to  continue  in 
the  conscientious  man  in  reference  to  still  unforgiven  guilt. 

6.  The  following  objections,  however,  are  made  against  the 
Evangelical  doctrine  of  Justification,  with  its  distinction  from 
sanctification,  by  Catholicism,  and  often  even  by  Rationalism. 
First — a  point  already  discussed  under  one  aspect — This 
doctrine  would  imply  indifference  to  the  law  and  its  un- 
conditional obligation,  for  it  ascribes  to  man  righteousness 
before    God,    without    his    being    personally    righteous, — an 

^  2  Cor.  i.  22  ;  Eph.  i.  13,  iv.  30. 

2  This  is  explained  in  special  detail  by  Kirk,  Lect.  iv.  p.  56  ff. 
*  To  which  also  Hengstenberg  let  himself  be  led  away  in  his  last  years,   as 
earlier  the  Puseyites  in  England. 


FAITH  AND  JUSTIFICATION.  233 

objection  already  discussed  under  one  aspect.  Thus  it  is 
antinoraian  and  calculated  to  beget  carelessness,  remissness 
in  what  is  good,  because  according  to  it  man  may  be  righteous 
in  God's  eyes,  and  saved  ^ft)/)!?  epyoov.  Secondly :  It  is 
impossible  in  itself,  that  God  should  regard  and  treat  one 
who  is  a  sinner  as  righteous  ;  else  God's  sentence  upon  man 
would  not  be  a  judicmm  secundum  vcritatem.  Thirdly :  But 
even  granting  that  such  an  absolving  sentence  were  possible, 
as  a  mere  actus  Dei  forensis  or  declaratorius  it  would  be  empty 
and  meaningless.  No  sentence  of  God  uttered  in  Himself,  no 
mere  declaratory  act  at  all  can  help  man,  but  only  a  creative 
act,  which  is  then  called  justitia  infusa,  inhcerens,  habitualis. 
Only  as  inhering  in  and  pertaining  to  man  can  the  justitia 
Christi  be  called  vn^iXi^  justitia.  The  Evangelical  doctrine  already 
set  forth  contains  a  sufficient  answer  to  these  further  objections. 
As  relates  first  of  all  to  the  reproach  of  Antinomianisra,  the 
Evangelical  doctrine  is  built  on  Christ's  atonement,  which  is 
itself  an  act  of  homage  to  the  law.  The  law,  it  is  true,  binds 
individuals  not  merely  to  suffer  punishment  for  disobedience, 
but  also  to  do  and  fulfil  the  law.  But  free  forgiveness  does 
not  place  the  future  at  man's  disposal,  but  under  the  obliga- 
tion of  gratitude  and  the  free  impulse  of  responsive  love. 
And  as  regards  the  obligation  to  the  punAslimcnt  demanded 
by  the  law,  it  was  formerly  shown  that  while  the  divine 
justice  unconditionally  requires  expiation  both  for  good 
neglected  and  evil  committed,  the  expiation  does  not  neces- 
sarily consist  in  enduring  a  definite  amount  or  definite  kinds 
of  sorrow  and  suffering  of  a  physical  and  spiritual  nature 
as  an  equivalent.  The  chief  requisite  in  expiation  is  the 
full  acknowledgment  of  the  weight  and  penal  character  of 
sin  and  guilt  in  presence  of  God's  sacred  majesty,  briefly 
humbling  before  the  unconditional  right  of  the  divine 
justice  and  holiness.  But  this  right  of  the  divine  justice  is 
acknowledged  and  satisfied  by  Christ's  vicarious  atonement, 
as  well  as  by  the  demand  that  the  man  who  desires  justifica- 
tion shall  recognize  his  penal  liability,  and  on  his  own  behalf 
affirm  and  acknowledge  Christ's  satisfying,  propitiatory  work 
in  atonement  for  human  imperfection.  Without  this,  accord- 
ing even  to  Evangelical  teaching,  he  comes  not  into  possession 
of  justification.      But  still  more,  the   Eomish   doctrine   itself 


234  ORIGIN  OF  CHUKCH. 

does  not  secure  sanctification,  whilst  the  Evangelical  alone 
creates  the  possibility  of  sanctification  in  pure  form.  For  the 
former  implies  that  forgiveness  is  the  reward  of  love.  But 
how  can  love  to  God  arise,  when  we  flee  from  and  dread  Him, 
and  therefore  are  not  first  of  all  released  from  the  ban  of  guilt 
and  sin  ?  And  if  we  are  to  merit  salvation  by  our  good 
works,  and  this  reward  is  to  be  the  impulse  to  love,  then  love 
is  self-interested,  and  even  in  loving  we  are  seeking  our  own. 
On  the  other  hand,  when  we  are  assured  of  forgiveness  and 
rejoice  in  God's  love,  we  no  longer  love  merely  in  order  to 
salvation,  but  from  a  sense  of  salvation.  On  this  footing  only 
can  our  love  be  pure  like  God's. 

As  relates  to  the  second  objection  :  "  The  sentence  of  God 
on  the  sinner,  pronouncing  him  righteous,  would  not  be  a 
judicium  secundum  veritatem,"  the  answer  is :  Absolution  and 
reception  into  grace  take  place  for  Christ's  sake,  as  even  the 
Piomish  Church  must  acknowledge,  at  least  in  its  doctrine  of 
Holy  Baptism.  But  Christ's  righteousness  is  a  reality,  and 
His  substitution  effectual.  Justification  as  a  declaratory 
divine  act  does  not  say  that  man  is  not  guilty  or  punishable ; 
the  absolving  sentence  is  no  denial,  but  in  itself  an  affirming 
of  penal  liability.  Nor  does  this  sentence  imply  primarily, 
that  man  is  holy  and  righteous  habitually  or  in  himself,  but 
simply  affirm.s  the  divine  favour  and  propitiousness  to  the 
sinner,  and  indeed  not  to  the  sinner  in  himself — for  cer- 
tainly the  truth  of  the  case,  the  divine  justice,  would  demand 
an  opposite  sentence — but  affirms  that  the  divine  justice 
contemplates  and  treats  man  as  reconciled  for  the  sake  of 
Christ's  advocacy  and  perfect  righteousness,  of  His  intercession 
and  work,  so  long  as  man  retains  receptiveness  to  salvation, 
and  does  not  reject  the  proffered  salvation  in  unbelief.  The 
first  negative  element — the  non-imputation  of  guilt  because 
of  Christ's  high-priestly  intercession — is  perfectly  consistent 
with  truth,  for  guilt  is  not  here  called  innocence,  and  God's 
justice  does  not  demand  that  those  who  are  capable  of 
redemption  should  be  given  over  to  condemnation.  But,  on 
the  other  hand,  God  would  not  regard  the  sinner  secundum 
veritatem,  if  He  viewed  the  beginning  of  halitualis  justitia 
as  the  completion,  or  if  He  ignored  the  connection  of  Christ 
with   the   sinner,  which  really  exists  so   long    as    definitive 


FAITH  AND  JUSTIFICATION.  235 

iinl)eliGf  has  not  severed  man  from  Christ.  Finally,  there  are 
also  good  grounds  in  truth  for  the  proposition,  that  God  for 
Christ's  sake  positively  bestows  His  favour  on  man.  On  the 
other  hand,  we  must  of  course  assert,  that  God  cannot 
positively  regard  man's  personality  as  righteous  and  holy 
before  he  has  entered  into  fellowship  with  Christ's  righteous- 
ness by  faith.  For,  certain  as  it  is  that  the  fellowship  of 
Christ  with  man  and  His  high-priestly  character  form  the  basis, 
still  these  do  not  decide  the  question  of  the  free  acceptance 
or  rejection  of  salvation.  But  the  Evangelical  Church  does 
not  affirm,  that  without  faith  man  is  regarded  in  his  person- 
ality as  a  child  of  God,  righteous  and  holy,  for  Christ's  sake. 

The  third  objection  still  remains :  The  actus  Dei  forensis  or 
declaratorius  is  empty,  outward.  It  is  of  course  essential  not 
to  conceive  of  this  act  as  lifeless,  as  a  sentence  which  God 
utters  merely  M'ithin  Himself.  According  to  what  has  been 
said  above,  we  are  warranted  in  taking  the  meaning  of  this 
act  to  be,  that  in  His  heart  God  is  reconciled  for  Christ's  sake 
not  merely  with  the  world  in  general,  but  also  with  the  indi- 
vidual, and  because  of  the  fellowship  of  Christ  with  him 
acquits  and  absolves  him  from  guilt  and  punishment  as  by  a 
judicial  act.  But  this  act  or  this  sentence,  which  within  the 
divine  nature  is  independent  of  all  human  action  of  a  moral 
kind,  is  not  uttered  by  God  merely  within  Himself  But  in 
calling  proclamation  is  made  to  man,  that  God  on  His  side 
is  reconciled  with  the  sinful  world,  and  therefore  with  the 
individual  sinner ;  and  further,  there  is  implanted  in  man,  and 
sealed  by  the  Holy  Spirit  to  the  individual,  who  receives  the 
message,  faith  in  the  saving  truth  that  God  has  forgiven  him  his 
sins,  and  regards  him  in  Christ  as  justified, — a  doctrine  which, 
as  we  have  seen,  can  by  no  means  be  described  as  idle  or  empty. 
7.  Transition  to  Sanctification  or  PtENEWAL.  —  The 
independence  of  divine  forgiveness  in  respect  of  human  acts 
or  works,  which  forms  a  vital  interest  for  the  Evangelical 
Church,  and  which  we  have  attempted  to  make  clear  in  what 
has  preceded,  did  not  prevent  the  Reformers  and  the  Evan- 
gelical theologians  insisting  on  the  inseparableness  of  faith 
and  love.^     And  this  can  be  maintained  all  the  more  purely, 

•     1  Cf.  e.g.  ApoL,  de  Dilectione,  p.  83  ff.;  Luther's  Preface  to  the  Einstie  to  the 
Romans;  Gerhard,  torn.  vii.  174  if.,  18411 


236  ORIGIN  OF  CIIUECH. 

^v]len  faith  is  not  the  cause  of  God's  forgiveness  or  justifica- 
tion, but  simply  receives  the  gift  prepared  for  it,  the  real 
potency  of  justification  thus  lying  outside  man.  Tor  now 
everything  pertaining  tO'  the  spontaneous,  subjective  side  of 
the  saving  process  appears  as  the  effect,  no  longer  in  the  least 
as  the  cause,  of  God's  justifying  grace.  If,  then,  the  above 
precaution  for  the  freedom  and  independence  of  grace  has 
succeeded  in  its  aim,  no  reason  any  longer  exists  for  anxiously 
questioning  the  ethical  character  of  faith  in  all  its  functions, 
and  thus  impeding  the  transition  from  justification  to  renewal. 
Even  the  receiving  of  divine  grace  is  a  moral  act,  an  obedience 
of  faith.-^  There  is  a  v6ixo<i  Trio-reo)^.  It  is  a  moral  duty  to 
seek  the  sole  means  of  salvation — the  redemption  by  Christ, 
and  to  surrender  oneself  unconditionally  to  it,  seeing  that 
redemption  is  a  free,  unreserved  manifestation  of  love.  For 
only  in  this  way  is  moral  restoration  possible.  Thus  is  faith, 
considered  as  a  disposition,  in  itself  a  virtue,  nay,  the  funda- 
mental virtue.  Its  connection  v/ith  the  new  life  is  the  more 
evident  as  it  apprehends  Christ — the  jjersonal  righteousness 
and  love^  who  communicates  His  Spirit.  It  is  true,  saving 
faith  turns  to  Him  in  the  first  instance  as  the  Atoner.  But 
precisely  as  such  He  is  the  glorification  and  revelation  of 
divine  love,  the  contemplation  and  enjoyment  of  which  not 
merely  pacifies  the  conscience,  but  also  fascinates  by  its 
typical  perfection  and  purity,  and  is  potent  to  kindle  love  in 
return.  It  is  impossible  to  stop  at  the  mere  personal  recep- 
tion of  forgiveness.  This  is  avoided  on  the  objective  side, 
because  the  ultimate  aim  which  God  wills  is  the  moral 
perfecting  of  man  as  a  member  in  His  kingdom.  Even  in 
calling,  as  in  justification,  holiness  is  willed  as  the  end, 
which  both  serve.^  And  if  we  regard  the  matter  on  the  sub- 
jective, psychological  side,  faith  in  God's  universal  love  to  man 
is  involved  in  faith  in  justifying  grace.  This  follows  from 
the  connection  proved  to  exist  between  the  justification  of 
individuals  and  the  reconciliation  of  the  vjorld.  For  he  who 
supposes  that  the  reconciliation  applies  only  to  him,  is 
entangled  in  egoistic  fancies.  Faith  is  faith  in  God's  fatherly 
disposition  towards  humanity,  and  this  already  implies  the 
acknov/ledgment  of  the  duty  of  love  to  every  one  who  by, 
1  Eom.  i  5,  xvL  26  ;  2  Cor.  vii.  15.  *  Epli.  ii.  8-10. 


FAITH  AND  JUSTIFICATION.  237 

faith  receives  God's  purpose  of  reconciliation.  But  we  saw 
again  that  repentance  and  conversion  must  precede  the  pos- 
session-of  justification.  And  both  have  already  a  moral 
character.  Penitence  acknowledges  sin  and  guilt  as  well  as 
the  law,  faith  seeks  a  satisfaction  to  the  rights  of  divine 
justice.  In  addition,  experience  of  deliverance  from  guilt  and 
penalty  revives  the  despairing  conscience,  inspires  the  man 
rejoicing  in  salvation  with  new  life  and  new  impulses, 
snatches  him  from  the  common  sinful  life  of  the  world,  and 
transplants  him  into  the  kingdom  of  the  new  humanity,  in  a 
word,  makes  him  in  germ  a  new  creature  born  of  God.  To 
such  a  creature  it  is  natural  to  love.  It  is  not  merely  grati- 
tude to  God,  who  first  loved  us,  by  which  responsive  love  is 
begotten ;  ^  it  is  also  a  law  of  life  in  the  new  creature,  blood- 
affinity  as  it  were,  that  he  who  is  born  of  God  also  love  his 
brethren,  either  those  who  already  are  or  are  destined  to  be 
such.  Although  the  new  life  shows  itself  at  first  in  single 
light-glimpses,  the  Spirit's  workings  gradually  converge  nearer 
and  nearer  until  they  form  a  connected  series,  and  a  new, 
unbroken  being  and  consciousness  is  able  to  rise,  in  which, 
while  the  consciousness  of  sin  and  guilt  is  not  absent,  the 
abolition  of  the  discord  is  implanted  by  justification.  The 
consciousness  or  conscious  possession  of  justification  forms 
then  the  decisive  standpoint  dividing  the  old  existence  from 
the  new  life,  although  the  old  existence  was  pierced  or  illumi- 
nated by  scattered  rays  of  grace.  It  is  from  this  consciousness 
of  being  personally  justified,  which  must  needs  arise  in  a 
normal  course  just  as  definitely  as  the  consciousness  of  sin  and 
guilt,  that  the  conscious  love  must  flow  in  the  form  of  grati- 
tude, which  transforms  the  heart  and  creates  the  inclination 
to  present  the  whole  life  an  offering  to  God.  For  all  these 
reasons,  the  transition  from  justification  and  faith  to  sanctifica- 
tion  is  not  a  sudden  leap  or  departure  from  surrender  to  God, 
nor  casual  or  arbitrary,  but  is  founded  on  inner  necessity, 
whether  the  matter  be  considered  on  the  side  of  God's  action 
and  its  aim,  or  on  the  side  of  man  and  the  inner  concatenation 
of  the  stages  of  the  subjective  process  of  salvation.  The  state 
of  justification — the  primary  result  of  the  process — is  again 
^  itself  an  infinite,  life-pregnant  beginning  of  a  process  stretch- 

i  1  Johu  iy.  10  ;  Col.  i.  13. 


238  ORIGIN  OF  CHURCH. 

ing  into  eternity,  in  which  that  which  is  ah'eady  gained  under- 
goes development,  and  man  is  shaped  into  a  new  personality 
belonging  to  and  resembling  Christ. 

Observation. — The  aim  of  the  exposition  given  has  been,  on 
the  one  hand,  to  distinguish  the  reconciliation  or  forgiveness 
of  God  from  that  which  Evangelical  theology  calls  justifica- 
tion, but  on  the  other  again  to  connect  the  two  in  the 
closest  way,  namely,  in  the  way  in  which  the  living,  abiding 
basis  (potentiality)  coheres  with  its  historical  exercise,  by 
which  the  believer  is  placed  in  possession  and  enjoyment  of 
God's  pardoning  favour.  The  solution  of  the  proUem  depends, 
again,  on  the  right  apprehension  of  the  relation  of  God  to  time 
and  history,  on  which  the  First  Part  dwelt  at  large.^  The 
essential  point  is  to  combine  on  the  one  hand  God's  purpose 
of  reconciliation  and  abiding  reconciliation  through  Christ, 
and  on  the  other  the  reality  and  necessity  of  a  history,  and, 
indeed,  of  a  not  merely  human,  but  divine-human  process.^ 
And  this  must  not  be  done  in  such  a  way  as  to  imply  that 
the  prime  fundamental  on  God's  side  is  merely  the  redemp- 
tive idea,  and  the  realization  of  atonement  a  purely  divine 
act,  nor  conversely,  that  atonement  or  forgiveness  indeed 
was  perfect  and  actual  before  the  faith  of  man,  and  for  this 
very  reason  the  divine  activity  had  no  more  to  do,  but  the 
rest  of  the  process  was  merely  human.  On  the  contrary, 
actual  participation  in  the  supra-temporal  atonement  procured 
by  Christ's  historic  work  {i.e.  justification)  must  be  imparted 
to  the  believer  by  God  in  the  way  of  temporal  history. — The 
fruitfulness  of  the  dogmatic  positions  gained  in  this  section 
will  manifest  itself  in  various  ways  hereafter,  chiefly  in  the 
doctrine  of  the  Means  of  Grace,  especially  of  Baptism  and 
Infant-Baptism. 


THIRD  POINT  :    SANCTIFICATION. 

§  133. 

The  new  man  is  created  for  a  life  reflective  of  Christ  in  His 
unsullied  holiness,  wisdom,  and  blessedness,  and  also  for 
living  membership  in  His  body  or  the  Church. 

^  Vol.  i.  p.  244  f. 

^  Here  again  the  question  turns  on  the  right  distinction  and  connection  of  the 
divine  Transcendence  and  Immanence. 


SANCTIFICATION.  239 

Observation. — The  state  of  sauctification  relates  not  merely 
to  growth  in  holiness  of  will,  but  embraces  the  whole  man 
and  the  development  of  his  entire  personality,  and  there- 
fore the  preservation  and  growth  of  sonship  to  God  in  the 
regenerate. 

1.  The  first  necessary  function  of  the  new  man  is  the  pre- 
serving of  the  salvation  in  possession.^  As  Conservation  joins 
on  to  Creation,  as  everything  living  co-operates  in  its  own 
preservation  and  seeks  food  as  the  means  of  its  preservation, 
so  the  first  evidence  of  existing  life  is  that  it  avoids  or  repels 
what  is  hostile,  and  seeks  after  what  is  helpful  to  it.  Thus 
faith  (TTto-Tt?)  in  its  self-affirming  aspect  becomes  fidelity 
{virofiovrj),  or  the  virtue  of  stedfastness,  which  so  holds  man  in 
check  that  he  remains  self-collected  in  communion  with  Christ, 
instead  of  giving  way  to  distraction  and  doubt.  If  up  to 
the  point  of  justification  man's  activity  consisted  merely  in 
spontaneity  of  living  receptiveness,  and  the  divine  activity 
so  predominated  that  the  man  is  justified,  now  that  the 
new  personality  is  present,  co-operation  begins. 

2.  Hand  in  hand  with  self-preservation  by  persistent 
putting  away  of  the  old  man,  and  by  daily  effort  in  the 
renewal  of  repentance  and  faith,  goes  positive  groivth.  The 
Spirit  of  God  cannot  be  satisfied  with  the  death  of  the  old 
man.  His  will  is  a  new  and  holy  life,  putting  forth  effort  on 
all  sides.  And  on  man's  side,  if  man  desired  after  receiving 
reconciliation  to  remain  inactive,  repentance  and  faith  would 
not  be  ethical,  not  real  delight  in  good,  but  delight  merely  in 
freedom  from  evil,  in  the  blessing  of  freedom  from  punish- 
ment. They  would  not  then  exist  at  all  in  genuine  form. 
Nor  would  there  be  a  new  focus  of  life.  The  Holy  Spirit, 
when  He  takes  up  His  dwelling  in  a  man,  seeks  to  be  a 
fountain  of  living  water  also  to  others,  that  their  life  too  may 
issue  in  eternal  life.  If  the  blossoms  fall  without  bearing 
fruit,  they  were  dead  blossoms  from  the  first,  no  products  of  a 
union  of  the  divine  and  human  life  really  carried  out  by  faith. 
Sauctification  is  the  living  test  of  regeneration  {principiwm 
cognoscendi)  to  itself  and  others.  Where  the  process  of 
sauctification  stands  still,  the  cause  nuist  be  a  sickliness  of 

,  faith ;  and  if  that  is  wanting  which  cannot  be  wanting  where 

■•  1  John  V.  18,  TriftTf  lavTOD, 


240  OEIGIN  OF  CHURCH. 

actual  regeneration  is  present,  its  existence  may  rightly  be 
questioned.  It  is  true,  even  the  regenerate  man  still  sins ;  but 
however  great  the  similarity  in  appearance  between  his  sin 
and  that  of  the  unregenerate,  internally  the  distinction  always 
remains,  that  a  resistance  is  always  bound  up  with  the  sin  of 
the  former  (see  above,  p.  186),  which  makes  itself  known  by 
retractation  of  the  sin  in  sorrow  or  penitence,  and  that  he  no 
longer  puts  his  whole  strength  of  will  into  eviL  As  a  new 
personality  the  man  "  cannot  sin,"  ^  he  delights  in  God's  will, 
and  knows  what  is  good.  As  such  he  no  longer  needs  an 
outward  law,  but  is  a  law  to  himself  by  the  Holy  Spirit.^ 
But  the  believer  is  not  merely  a  new  personality,  but  the  old 
man  with  his  habits  belongs  still  to  the  unity  of  his  person. 
That  person  has  consequently  an  imperfect  disordered  appear- 
ance, although  in  principle  the  old  man  is  broken.  Thus 
rises  the  duty  of  restoring  perfect  unity,  which  can  only  be 
done  by  increasing  the  strength  of  the  new  man  by  growing 
appropriation  of  the  gospel ;  and  this  is  effected  by  conquer- 
ing all  the  powers  for  the  new  man,^  by  unlearning  evil 
habits  and  propensities,  or  by  cleansing  and  animating 
(Beseelung).  But  this  is  nothing  else  than  the  growing,  the 
unfolding  of  the  new  man  in  all  functions,  as  to  which  Christ 
as  lex  viva  is  the  example.  Thus  Christ's  prophetic  office,  to 
which  His  exemplary  character  pertains,  acquires  a  position 
in  reference  to  sanctification,  just  as  prior  to  personal  faith 
it  had  to  operate  as  the  principle  of  repentance.  This  is  the 
meaning  of  the  tertius  usus  legis  so  called,  the  didacticus  or 
normativus.  The  first  usils  of  the  law,  the  usus  civilis  or 
politiais,  serves  justUia  civilis;  the  second  is  the  usus  elenciicus 
or  'pcedagogicus,  leading  to  repentance.*  Holiness  is  the  final 
aim  of  redemption  ;^  the  crown  of  the  Pauline  Epistles  is 
Ethics  based  on  faith.^  This  sanctification,  starting  from  the 
KapSia  of  man,  transforms  all  his  powers  into  powers  of 
virtue,  his  knowledge  as  well  as  his  volition,  as  is  more  fully 
set  forth  in  Christian  Ethics. 

3.  The  Holy  Spirit  does  not  extinguish  individuality,  but 
educes  charisms  therefrom.      The  persons  remain  distinct ;  the 

1  1  John  iii.  6-9.  «  1  Tim.  i.  9.  '  Rom.  vi.  11  ff. 

*  F.  C.  584.  717.  722,  18  ;  John  xvi.  8.  ^  Eph.  i.  4  ;  Col.  i.  22.     • 

«  Kom.  xii.  ff.  ;  Gal.  v.  ff.  ;  Eph.  iv.  ff.,  i.  4,  ii.  10  ;  Col.  iii.  ff. 


SANCTIFICATION.  241 

nearer  tliey  approach  perfection,  the  more  purely  is  their 
distinctive,  independent  core  elaborated,  the  more  is  their 
character  disciplined  by  the  Holy  Spirit,  who  thus  ratifies 
distinctions.  It  might  thus  seem  as  if  He  only  created  an 
atom-world  of  spirits,  who  all  stand  indeed  in  connection  with 
their  invisible  centre,  but  not  with  each  other.  But  in  the 
first  place,  if  the  Holy  Spirit  is  one  and  the  same  in  all,  and 
thus  all  are  already  one  in  themselves,  and  this  only  needs  to 
be  recognized,  then  even  with  the  consciousness  of  unity  an 
intimate  communion  is  established  in  the  form  of  a  common 
spirit.  Further,  this  potentially  existing  unity  becomes  an 
object  of  will  and  an  actual  unity ;  for,  just  by  every 
individuality  being  perfected  in  itself  is  it  conducted  to  its 
inner  essence,  its  divinely  conceived  idea.  But  personal 
consciousness  is  perfected  in  true  generic  consciousness,  in 
love,  just  as  the  world-aim — the  divine  idea  of  humanity — 
is  directed  to  a  living,  indivisible  spirit-kingdom,  a  real 
communion  of  love  with  God  in  Christ,  and  with  the  brethren. 
Since,  then,  in  the  new  personality  even  the  generic  conscious- 
ness is  ennobled  and  attains  its  reality,  the  antithesis  of  the 
individual  and  identical  is  brought  to  unity  in  the  living 
communion,  the  organism  of  which  is  the  supreme  end.  The 
all-embracing ,  and  imperishable  organism  is  the  Kingdom  of 
God.  This  perfecting  of  the  personal  consciousness  by  the 
generic  consciousness,  and  the  converse,  is  secured  to  Christen- 
dom through  Christ  as  its  Head.  To  glorify  Jlim  is  its  duty, 
which  at  the  same  time  includes  the  perfecting  of  the 
individual  and  the  whole,  one  through  the  other,  each  one 
standing  to  the  other  in  the  relation  both  of  end  and  means. 

•4.  The  aim  of  regenerating  grace,  which  is  necessarily 
directed  first  of  all  to  individuals,  as  well  as  the  result  of  the 
saving  process  following  of  course  in  the  individual,  is  the 
communion  of  love  primarily  as  religious,  i.e.  as  a  Church. 

As  religion  is  the  heart  in  the  spiritual  life  of  humanity, 
so  the  church  is  the  heart  of  all  other  moral  communities. 
In  it  must  be  the  focus  of  the  flame  of  love  that  glorifies 
the  world  and  a  reflex  of  the  divine  life,  for  God  is  love. 
Separatism  refuses  to  advance  to  communion  in  love,  although 
it,  desires  faith  and  hope,  and  perliaps  only  finds  salvation  in 
communion  with  Christ  in  love.     If  it  refuses  all  communion 

DoKNER. — Christ.  Doct.  iv.  Q 


242  ORIGIN  OF  CHUECH. 

of  love  on  eartli,  shutting  itself  up  in  inner  or  even  outward 
loneliness,  in  order  professedly  to  care  only  for  its  own  soul 
and  enjoy  undisturbed  saving  communion  with  God,  it  is 
egoistic,  loveless  faith,  to  which  even  knowledge  of  sin  and 
faith  are  wanting.  Christ's  will  is  not  to  be  a  private  pos- 
session, but  the  common  possession  of  humanity.  It  more 
frequently  happens,  however,  that  Separatism  does  not  reject 
communion  of  love  altogether,  but  desires  to  hold  communiou 
merely  with  the  pure  or  like-minded,  with  the  good  of  the 
same  temper  or  colour,  while  refusing  to  join  the  existiug 
religious  communities  as  they  are  on  account  of  their  defects. 
But  in  acting  thus,  it  follows  a  course  contrary  to  that  of 
Christ  and  the  apostles.  It  acts  as  if  the  communion  of  love 
only  existed  for  declarative  action,  or  for  enjoyment  in  de- 
claring what  is  common.  But  Christian  action  is  also  purify- 
ing and  diffusive  or  expansive ;  religious  communion  is  the 
instrument  and  school  of  the  life  of  love,  in  giving  and 
taking.  And  every  one  needs  such  a  school ;  but  its  special 
instructiveness  and  influence  rest  on  the  fact  that  not  merely 
those  of  kindred  spirit  or  friends  are  to  be  loved.  Personal 
faith,  therefore,  as  soon  as  it  has  come  into  existence,  naturally 
tends  towards  religious  communion  or  a  church,  which  it  has 
certainly  no  longer  to  found  or  form,  for  now  faith  arises 
through  its  agency.  Seeing  that,  considered  in  the  historical 
process,  the  church  is  the  end  of  the  process  of  salvation,  it 
may  be  said  that  the  church — that  end  of  Christ — has  its 
genesis  in  faith  and  holds  its  ground  by  means  of  faith, 
whether  as  in  the  beginning,  when  the  church  was  enclosed 
in  Christ  only,  and  no  actual  church  as  yet  co-operated  with 
Him,  or  as  now,  when  the  realized  church  co-operates  in  its 
self-preservation  or  self-reproduction ;  for  even  in  relation  to 
it  the  law  must  apply,  that  what  is  living  co-operates  in  its 
own  permanence.  But  this  self-reproduction  of  the  church  is 
always  ejffected  by  the  reproduction  of  faith  and  the  rise  of 
believers,  who  are  not  merely  impersonal  passive  means  in  order 
to  the  church  as  the  end,  but  who  in  the  normal  course  carry 
the  church  in  themselves.  For  the  tendency  to  communion 
and  the  impulse  to  exercise  the  spirit  of  communion  are 
not  first  given  when  sanctification  is  complete,  but  in  its 
beffinnin"-.  in  regeneration.  —  As  the   church   arises    through 


EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH.  243 

Clirist's  fniitful  love,  the  individual  standing  to  it  in  the 
relation  of  means,  so,  conversely,  the  community  (and  only 
thus  is  it  a  church)  makes  itself  in  love  and  service  a  means 
to  individuals,  to  their  genesis  and  growth ;  and  only  in  such 
a  cycle,  where  the  individual  serves  the  whole  and  the  whole 
the  individual,  has  the  life  of  love  in  humanity  its  movement 
in  giving  and  taking,  but  in  such  a  way  that  its  limits  are 
ever  growing  wider  and  wider. 


SECOND    DIVISION. 

THE   EXISTENCE    OF   THE   CHURCH. 

The  Division  falls  into  three  Subdivisions,  of  which  the 
first  sketches  "  The  Essential  and  Unchangeable  Characteristics 
of  the  Church ;  "  the  second,  "  The  Church  organizing  itself  in 
and  out  of  the  World;"  while  the  third  treats  oi  " Tim  Militant 
Cliurch." 

FIEST  SUBDIVISION. 

THE  ESSENTIAL  AND  UNCHANGEABLE  BASES,  OR  THE   DOGMATIC 
AND  ETHICAL  CHARACTERISTICS  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

§  134. — Synopsis. 

The  Church,  building  itself  up  out  of  individual  persons 
(Div.  i.),  always  has  its  existence  indeed  as  engaged  in 
a  process  of  reproduction  or  rejuvenescence  (§  133), 
but  still  retains  its  self-identity  by  means  of  the  un- 
changeable basis  on  which  it  is  renewed  and  rises  higher 
and  higher.  This  living  basis  is  Christ  and  the  Holy 
Spirit,  who  takes  of  the  things  of  Christ.  Now  Christ 
continues  actively  at  work  in  His  state  of  exaltation 
(§§  127,  128),  or  in  the  church  He  has  a  permanent 
continuation  of  His  office,  but  for  this  end,  that  the 
world  may  become  partaker  in  His  life.  Hence  two 
things  are  to  be  distinguished  in  the  church : 

•  I.  The  Continuation  of  His  official  activity. 

II.  The  Ecfiecting  of  the  same. 


244  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

The  Continuation  takes  place  in  the  church  by  Christ 
appropriating  the  church  as  His  organ,  in  order  to 
exercise  His  influence  through  its  ministry.  This  con- 
tinuation of  His  office  through  the  church,  which,  how- 
ever, is  not  a  deputing  of  His  activity  to  it.  He  Himself 
ordained  as  certainly  as  the  church  was  founded  by 
Him  in  order  to  be  preserved.  In  accordance  with  His 
threefold  office,  the  doctrine  of  its  continuation  takes  a 
threefold  form : 

The  doctrine  of  the  Continuation  of  the  Prophetic 
Office  of  Christ  in  the  Church  is  the  doctrine  of 
the  Word  of  God. 
The   doctrine   of  the    Continuation   of  the   High- 

'priestly  Office  is  the  doctrine  of  Soly  Baptism. 
The  doctrine  of  the    Continuation   of  the  Kingly 
Office  is  the  doctrine  of  the  Holy  Supper. 
But  since  Christ  not  merely  continues  to  work  in  the 
church  as  His  organ,  but  also  desires  to  have  in  it  a 
living  etliical  Reflection  of  Himself,  Christ's  entire  life 
must  be  mirrored  in  the  life  of  the  church. 

The  Beflecting  of  the  prophetic  office  takes  place  in 
the  ecclesiastical  ministry  of  the  Word  ;  the  reflecting  of 
the  high-pricstly  is  seen  in  the  priestly  spirit  and  action 
of  the  church  in  worship,  in  vicarious,  educating  and 
instructing  love,  in  care  for  souls  and  for  the  poor ; 
finally,  the  reflecting  of  the  hingly  office  is  represented 
in  the  power  of  the  keys,  or  in  the  power  of  establishing 
and  administering  church  ordinances  resting  on  the 
joint-lordship  of  believers  with  Christ,  which  has  its 
centre  in  prayer  in  the  name  of  Jesus. 

In  these  two  combined — the  continuation  and  reflect- 
ing of  the  office  of  Christ  in  the  church — the  unchange- 
able dogmatic  and  ethical  characteristics  of  the  church 
are  described. 

Accordingly,  six  points  emerge  in   reference   to   th'e 


CHARACTERISTICS  OF   THE  CHURCH.  245 

characteristics  of  the  church,  each  two  of  which — one 
dogmatic  and  one  ethical — combine  in  a  pair,  and  are 
related  to  each  other  as  the  continuation  and  reflecting 
of  Christ's  office. 

1,  The  body  of  disciples  surrounding  Christ  before  His 
exaltation  was  merely  a  becoming  (iverdende),  not  yet  a  self- 
declarative  (sich  darstellende)  church,  a  seminarium  credentium, 
a  pasdagogy  unto  faith.  The  perfected  church  is  no  longer  a 
seminarium,  but  merely  declarative.  Since  Pentecost  the 
church  exists  in  earthly  historical  reality,  and  is  declarative  and 
a  seminarium  at  the  same  time.  In  the  course  of  the  world's 
history,  in  the  fluctuation  of  generations  and  the  still  limited 
extent  of  the  church,  both  forms — that  of  being  or  existence, 
and  that  of  extensive  and  intensive  becoming — must  always 
be  conjoined, — a  circle  of  becoming  Christians  around  a  circle 
of  existent  Christians  not  outwardly  distinguishable,  who  have 
just  to  show  that  they  are  Christians  by  their  ministry  to  those 
designed  to  become  such.  It  is  thus  clear  that  the  two  forms 
are  essentially  related  to  each  other,  and  that  it  would  be 
unnatural  to  try  to  sever  them. 

2.  The  teaching  of  the  above  paragraph  and  its  division  are 
in  affinity  vfith  Schleiermacher's  celebrated  exposition  of  the 
essential  characteristics  of  the  church,  which  he  also  refers  in 
part  to  Christ's  office.^     His  three  pairs  are : 

(1.)  Holy  Scripture  and  the  Ministry  of  the  Word  (where 
the  principle  of  division  is  the  distinction  between  continua- 
tion and  reflecting  as  above). 

(2.)  Baptism  and  the  Supper,  which  are  related  to  each 
other  as  the  establishing  or  founding  and  the  preserving  of 
communion  of  love  with  Christ. 

(3.)  The  Power  of  the  Keys  and  Prayer  in  the  name  of 
Jesus,  where  the  principle  of  division  is  the  distinction  of 
the  relation  of  the  whole  to  the  individual,  and  of  the  indi- 
vidual to  the  whole.  Our  division  is  based  on  one  thorough- 
going principle  of  division,  and  for  this  end  aims  at  showing 
(1)  the  continuation  of  Christ's  threefold  office  in  the  church, 
which  is  the  dogmatic  side  of  its  characteristics ;  (2)  the 
^reflecting  of  the  same  by  the  church,  which  is  the  ethical  side, 

1  Chr.  Gl.  ii.  127. 


246  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHUECH. 

a  division  not  thoroughly  carried  out  in  Schleiermacher,  who 
also  omits  the  reference  to  Christ's  threefold  office,  which, 
however,  is  given  us  by  §  127.  Therewith  is  connected  a 
further  difference.  Whilst  Schleiermacher  indeed  groups  the 
first  pair  as  our  text  does,  but  combines  Baptism  and  the 
Supper  in  the  second,  we  place  the  confirming  beside  the 
baptizing  church.  And  since  the  kingly  office  is  related  to 
the  community  as  the  kingdom  of  Christ,  while  the  Holy 
Supper  is  the  meal  of  communion,  and  chiefly  of  the  exalted 
Lord  and  Head  with  His  church,  in  the  meal  of  His  founding 
we  have  the  continuation  of  His  kingly  activity  in  order  to 
joreserve  and  increase  His  kingdom ;  whereas  the  reflecting  of 
the  same  takes  place  in  the  power  of  the  keys  belonging  to 
the  church,  which  through  prayer  in  the  name  of  Jesus  is  a 
participation  in  His  government. 

3.  On  its  reflective  side  the  church  is  in  course  of  growth, 
still  burdened  with  imperfection  in  inward  and  outward 
respects,  and  hence  fallible,  although  the  duty  of  reflection  is 
i:)roved  to  be  divine.  In  those  of  its  characteristics,  in  which 
Christ's  activity  is  continued,  it  possesses  an  unchangeable 
governing  base-type  and  an  ever-sufiicient  corrective.  Even 
the  first,  dogmatic  side — Word  and  Sacrament — has  a  change- 
able element  in  its  form.  Word  and  Sacrament  had  at  first  a 
different  form  from  the  later  one,  but  the  change  does  not 
affect  the  essence  and  contents.  Christ's  oral  word  preceded 
the  written  one,  which  we  now  have.  The  disciples  were  not 
baptized  by  Christ  Himself,^  the  electing  and  educating 
influence  exercised  by  Christ  immediately  on  the  disciples 
being  a  perfect  substitute  for  baptism  in  their  case  until 
Pentecost  crowned  His  work.^  In  the  same  way,  finally,  the 
Holy  Supper  was  not  the  same  in  every  respect  at  its  in- 
stitution as  since  His  glorification.  But  the  only  conclusion 
to  be  drawn  is,  that  we  must  recognize  an  accidental  element 
in  all  three,  and  search  for  the  essential,  which  remains  the 
same  in  the  changing  forms. 

1  1  John  iv.  2. 

^  Granted,  it  may  be  said,  that  they  all  received  John's  baptism.  In  the  first 
place,  this  is  not  historically  established  ;  secondly,  they  were  baptized  with  fire 
and  the  Holy  Spirit  first  at  Pentecost,  therefore  in  the  baptism  of  John  thej- 
still  had  not  Christian  baptism. 


THE  WORD  OF  GOD.  24:T 

FIRST  POINT  :    THE  CONTINUATION  AND  REFLECTING  OF  THE 
PROPHETIC  OFFICE  OF  CHRIST. 

A. — TIlc  Continuation  of  the  same,  or  the  Doctrine  of  the 
Word  of  God. 

§135. 

As  certainly  as  Christ,  in  whom  the  Eternal  Word  became 
man,  was  given  to  the  world  in  order  to  be  permanently 
preserved  to  it,  so  certainly  is  it  part  of  the  founding  of 
Christianity  itself  as  a  vital  historic  power  (G-rdsse),  that 
tlie  objective  presentation  of  Christ  was  permanently 
preserved  to  humanity  in  primitive  purity,  and  an  inde- 
structible, immoveable  manner.  An  authentic  represen- 
tation of  His  person  and  words  was  created  in  His 
disciples  by  Christ  and  the  Holy  Spirit,  so  that  in  their 
mutually  supplementary  entirety  a  pure  and  trustworthy 
image  of  Him  remained  in  the  world  after  His  ascension, 
which  was  not  merely  transmitted  in  their  oral  preaching 
but  fixed  in  writing,  and  recorded  by  the  aid  of  the 
spiritual  comprehension  of  their  faith  with  authentic 
fidelity.  Thus  the  apostles  and  the  apostolic  men 
appointed  and  acknowledged  by  them  are  true  witnesses 
of  Christ,  and  that  not  merely  for  their  age,  but  for  all 
generations  and  nations,  and  through  their  testimony 
Christ  continued  His  testimony  to  Himself.  In  refer- 
ence to  primitive  Christianity  as  historic,  they  are  the 
decisive  source  in  a  thoroughly  sufficient  manner  {sujffl- 
cicntia  Scripturce  sacroe),  and  a  norm  and  corrective  for 
the  doctrine  of  all  ages,  both  because  the  several  sacred 
writings  have  a  unique  authority  (autoritas  normativa) 
resting  on  the  direct  relation  of  this  first  body  of 
disciples  to  Christ  and  on  their  apostolic  illumination, 
and  also  because  their  collection  into  the  Canon  was 
carried  out  by  the  criticism  of  faith  under  the  leading 
of  the  Holy  Ghost  dwelling  in  the  church.  But  since 
the  authentic  testimony  of  Christ  in  the  historical  books 


218  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHUECH. 

which  is  preserved  to  us  in  their  writings,  as  well  as 
the  testimony  of  their  personal  Christian  piety  in  the 
epistolary  portion  of  the  Xew  Testament,  is  the  specific 
means  for  generating  faith  (ejfficacia  Sc'rijJturce  sacrce), 
their  word,  so  far  as  it  has  God's  Word  or  the  revelation 
completed  in  Christ  for  its  contents,  is  not  merely  the 
authentic  and  thus  normative  source  of  knowledge 
of  Christianity  to  the  church,  but  also  a  specific  means 
of  grace  to  individuals.  But  Holy  Scripture  does  all 
this  because  it  has  the  power  of  passing  over  into  the 
understanding  (Perspicuitas,  semet  ijpsam  interpretandi 
faxultas).  The  Old  Testament  derives  its  highest  attes- 
tation from  Christ,  for  whom  it  prepares  and  whom  it 
predicts. 

Cf.  vol  i.  3,  §  7,  p.  47  ff.;  §  11,  pp.  146-150;  vol.  ii. 
§  59,  pp.  189-199  ;  §  63,  pp.  221-231 ;  §  70,  p.  284  ff. 

Literature. — Cf.  vol.  ii.  p.  183.  PhUippi,  Kirchl.  Glauhens- 
lehre,  i  Voigt,  Fwiulamentaldogmatik,  1874.  J.  Mliller,  das 
Verhdltniss  zvjischen  der  Wirksamkeit  des  heiligen  Geistes  und 
den  Gnadenmittel  des  gottlichen  Wortes.  In  dem  dogmat. 
Ahhandlungen,  1870,  pp.  127-277.  Frank,  Sgstem  der  christl. 
Wahrheit,  ii.  235-250  (The  Word  of  God  in  distinction  from 
Holy  Scripture),  and  pp.  393^17  (the  Written  Word).  Hase, 
Dogmatik,  §§  198-204.  Cf.  John  xiv.  25,  26,  xv.  27,  xvi.  7, 12, 
13,  XX.  21-23  ;  Luke  xxiv.  46-49  ;  1  Cor.  vii.  10, 40.  Eespect- 
ing  the  0.  T.,  Matt.  v.  17  If. ;  John  v.  39  ;  2  Tim.  iii.  16  ;  1  Pet. 
i.  10-12 ;  2  Pet.  i.  20,  21.  For  the  Church  doctrine  cf.  Art. 
Smalk.  308 ;  Form  Cone.  572,  7,  8.  638,  10,  13  ;  Conf.  Aug.  v. ; 
Conf.  Helv.  1536,  §§  1-5;  Helv.  1566,  c.  1.  2 ;  Scot.  xix.  The 
four:  Conf.  Belg.  ii.-vii.;  Anglic,  vi.  vii.;  Gallic,  of  1561,  ii.-v.; 
and  Conf.  Fid.  Westmonast.  cap.  i.  enumerate  the  canonical 
writings  separately. 

Observation. — The  Word  of  God  occurred  before  under 
different  points  of  view,  first  in  the  Introduction  in  the 
doctrine  of  the  Genesis  of  Christian  Faith  (vol.  i.  §§  7,  8,  11, 
p.  144  ff.),  again  in  the  doctrine  of  the  Conservation  of  the 
Historic  Ptevelation  (§  63).  In  both  cases  the  Word  of  God 
is  considered  with  reference  to  the  decisive  importance  ot 
securing  harmony  of  faith  with  historic  primitive  Christianity. 


THE  WOIiD  OF  GOD.  249 

In  Specific  Dogmatics,  again,  the  Word  of  God  came  under 
consideration  in  the  doctrine  of  calling  especially  as  a  means 
of  grace,  and  as  such  it  has  a  much  freer  and  wider  sphere 
than  when  it  is  considered  in  its  fixing  in  Holy  Scripture 
as  the  source  or  record  of  revelation.  But  both  points  of 
view  are  united  here,  where  the  proper  seeks  of  the  dogmatic 
doctrine  of  the  Word  of  God  is  found,  and  where  we  have 
to  assign  it  its  place  in  the  system,  in  relation  to  Christ,  to 
the  Holy  Spirit,  and  to  the  Church.  The  relation  of  the 
Word  of  God  to  Christ  comes  especially  under  consideration, 
so  far  as  the  point  in  hand  is  the  continuation  or  preserva- 
tion of  the  revelation  given  in  Him  in  its  purity  for  the 
consciousness  of  humanity,  and  therefore  the  securing  of  the 
identity  of  the  faith  of  the  church  with  itself.  Further,  the 
origin  of  the  Word  of  God,  which  satisfies  this  need,  points 
back  already  to  the  Holy  Spirit.  But  the  relation  of  the 
Holy  Spirit  to  the  Word  of  God  comes  especially  into  view 
in  considering  the  efficacy  {Efficacia)  of  the  latter. 

1.  The  Word  of  God  in  the  Wider  and  Stricter  Sense. — ■ 
We  are  rightly  reminded  ^  that  the  activity  of  the  Holy  Spirit 
in  reference  to  the  self-communication  of  the  Eedeemer  is 
carried  on  primarily  through  the  Word  as  a  means  of  grace 
(not  through  the  Sacraments),  We  have  formerly  shown  the 
necessity  there  is  ^  that  revelation  {i.e.  the  Word  of  God) 
should  not  merely  remain  and  work  internally,  but  that  it 
should  also  enter  into  the  sensuous  finite  world,  and  stand  in 
contrast  with  the  human  spirit  as  God's  external  Word,  partly 
that  consciousness  may  more  clearly  distinguish  what  springs 
from  God's  revelation  from  its  own  ideas,  partly  that,  by  such 
contrasting  of  the  divine,  freedom  of  appropriation  may  be 
preserved,  but  finally,  and  above  all,  that  the  divine  may 
embody  itself  in  finite  form,  and  thus  be  the  more  readily 
apprehended  by  us.^  Fundamental  importance  is  also  attributed 
in  Holy  Scripture  to  the  Word  of  God  in  the  wider  sense, 
in  relation  to  the  founding  of  God's  kingdom.  The  Word  is 
the  principal  means  by  which  revelation  is  introduced  and 

'  Frank,  ii.  235  f.     Cf.  Luther's  Werke,  by  Walch,  xviii.  1796. 

^  Vol.  ii.  §  52,  p.  142  ff.     Cf.  §  38. 

^  This  certainly  involves  the  presupposition,  founded  for  us  in  the  doctrine  of 
Creation,  and  confirmed  by  Christology,  that  the  outward  and  sensuous  is  able 
to  receive  the  inward  and  spiritual,  and  either  to  express  it  symbolically  or  to 
sijbserve  its  objective  realization.  But  this  presupposition  follows  already  from 
the  unity  of  the  world  ;  the  opposite  supposition  of  Spiritualism  is  diuilislic. 


2^  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

communicated.  The  kincrdom  of  heaven  crrows  from  an  in- 
significant  germ  or  seed  :  that  seed  is  the  Word  of  God.-^  And 
as  it  forms  the  beginning,  so  the  Word  of  God  is  preserved 
and  transmitted  through  the  Kerugma,  the  glad  tidings.'"^ 
It  initiates  krisis  for  individuals  and  the  world.  When  the 
gospel  shall  be  preached  to  the  whole  world,  then  follows 
the  end.^  To  this  word  of  Christ  the  power  is  ascribed  to 
purify,  to  enlighten,  and  to  make  free  through  knowledge  of 
the  truth.^  For  the  contents  of  the  Word  of  God  are  Christ 
Himself,  who  thus  continues  His  presence  with  His  people 
through  the  same  Word.  Hence  abiding  in  His  sayings, 
the  keeping  of  His  word  in  the  heart,  is  regarded  as  identical 
with  abiding  with  and  in  Him.^  And  not  merely  is  the  word 
of  Christ  Himself,  or  the  word  of  the  apostles  of  Christ, 
described  as  the  means  of  transmitting  the  gospel  blessing 
of  salvation,  and  the  vehicle,  so  to  speak,  for  communicating 
the  treasure  of  the  Christian  salvation.  On  the  other  hand, 
such  influence  is  not  affirmed  exclusively  of  the  written  Word. 
A  believing  church  existed  long  before  the  writings  of  the 
ISTew  Testament.  And  even  after  the  formation  of  the  Canon, 
the  Word  of  God  assumes  various  forms  within  the  church, 
in  pious  converse,  in  preaching  and  sacred  song,  in  science 
and  Christian  art.  The  word  of  the  believing  church  has 
its  divine  force,  not  merely  in  so  far  as  the  words  of  Holy 
AVrit  are  repeated  in  it;  every  believer  is  to  partake  in 
original  fashion  in  the  truth  and  the  certainty  thereof,  nay,  to 
be  a  relatively  independent  spring  of  living  water.^  The 
living  word  proceeding  from  Christ  begets  living  personalities, 
who  do  not  depend  on  foreign,  even  apostolic,  authority,  but 
themselves  know  and  possess  the  truth  as  truth. 

2.  But  of  course  the  Church  is  only  able  to  be  assured  of 
its  Christian  character  through  its  being  in  a  position  every 
moment  to  become  cognizant  of  the  identity  of  its  faith  with 
the  primitive  church,  of  its  agreement  with  the  faithfully 
transmitted  Word  of  Christ.  Nay,  even  the  individual 
believer,  despite  his  subjective  certainty  of  what  he  believes, 

1  Matt.  xiii.  3,  19,  24,  37,  and  1  Pet.  i.  23. 

2  Kom.  X.  17  ;  Matt,  xxviii.  19,  x.  7 ;  Luke  x.  5  ;  Acts  i.  8,  x.  41. 

3  Matt.  xxiv.  14.  *  Jolin  xv.  3,  viii.  32.  , 
*  John  xiv.  23,  xv.  7,  10.                 ^  John  iv.  14,  vii.  38.     See  vol.  ii.  p.  221. 


THE  WORD  OF  GOD.  251 

can  only  be  certain  of  his  Christian  character  through  his 
knowing  himself  one  with  objective  historic  Christianity, 
either  with  the  fixed  written  form  of  the  same  in  the  New 
Testament,  or  at  least  with  the  church ;  tlie  latter,  however, 
can  only  satisfy  him  so  long  as  he  retains  his  undoubting 
conviction  of  the  agreement  of  the  church  with  primitive 
Christianity.  The  need  of  the  church  and  of  individuals 
finds  its  satisfaction  in  Holy  Scripture  as  the  Jiistoric  record  of 
Christianity,  which  alone  is  the  sufficient  norm  of  the  church's 
faith  and  life  for  all  ages. 

According  to  what  has  been  said,  the  necessity  of  a  fixed 
written  form  of  the  Word  of  God,  i.e.  the  need  of  an  authentic 
statement  of  the  revelation  completed  in  Christ,  is  grounded 
partly  in  the  character  of  Christianity,  in  which  the  historic  is 
so  essential  an  element — (even  the  faith  of  later  generations 
must  have  in  it  power  to  come  into  firm,  conscious  relation 
with  that  historic  element,  while  certain  knowledge  of  the 
historic  is  only  possible  through  testimonies  of  a  documentary 
kind), — partly  in  the  uncertainty  of  oral  tradition.^     In  view 
of  the  power  of  sin  and  error  in  the  world,  in  which  the 
church  must  have  its  place,  in  order  to  maintain  beneficial 
intercourse  with  it,  and  of  the  after-workings  of  sin  even  in 
believers,  it  was  inevitable  that  the   still   unrenewed  world 
should  cast  its  shadows  into  the  very  heart  of  the  church. 
By  the  preservation  of  the  authentic  form  of  Christianity,  and 
only  by  it,  are  recurrence  to  the  original,  and  comparison  of 
the  church  with  the  primitive  norm,  possible  to  every  age. 
Without   Holy  Scripture  the  Eeformation  would  have  been 
impossible.     As  freedom  is  secured  by  it  to  the  individual  in 
relation  to   the  erring  church,   as   well   as  independence   of 
human  authority  in  matters  of  salvation,  so  through  the  record 
of  revelation   the   church   and   the  faith   of  individuals   are 
preserved  from  subjective  caprice  and  fanaticism."''     That  the 
perfected  revelation  should  receive  its  documentary  fixing,  was 
therefore    an    essential    moment    in    the    divine    purpose    to 
preserve  it.     As  concerns  the  manner  of  its  realization,  it  did 
not  take  place  abruptly,  as  if  revelation  had  to  begin  afresh 
with  Holy  Scripture ;   but  it  took  place  according  to  the  law 
jying  at  the  basis  of  all  preservation — the  essential  co-opera- 
1  Cf.  vol.  ii.  pp.  222-225.  ^  Vol.  ii.  pp.  224,  225. 


252  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH, 

tion  of  secondary  causalities.  The  record  of  revelation  is  not 
indeed  to  be  confounded  with  the  revelation  itself.  But 
revelation  must  needs  itself  provide  for  its  secure  transmission. 
This  is  involved  in  the  founding  of  Christianity  itself  as  a 
historic  power  destined  to  live.  As  such,  the  power  of  sclf- 
preservation  must  be  innate  in  Christianity.  Else  it  would 
not  have  been  adequately  equij^ped  for  really  passing  over  to 
humanity  as  a  spiritual  possession,  as  believed  and  known  truth; 
for,  provided  humanity  had  Christianity  as  an  actual  possession, 
and  as  an  element  (BestimmtJieit)  of  its  being,  it  could  testify 
to  and  diffuse  it,  from  which  it  clearly  appears  that  the 
actual  transition  of  Christianity  to  humanity  is  identical  with 
its  capacity  of  propagation.^  But  certain  as  it  is  that  this 
possession  (i.e.  faith)  is  an  essential  factor  in  the  preservation 
of  Christianity  to  humanity,  still  through  it  alone  the  church 
would  not  be  secured  against  intermixing  anomalies  and  fal- 
sities ;  and  the  divine  purpose  to  preserve  original  Christianity 
in  its  purity  and  entirety  to  humanity  for  all  ages  found 
its  secure  realization  only  through  the  plan  that  the  written 
recording  took  place  on  the  part  and  with  the  guiding 
co-operation  of  those  who  had  enjoyed  the  company  of  Christ, 
were  His  eye-  and  ear-witnesses,  and  were  trained  by  Him  for 
the  office  of  bearing  witness  to  Him,  and  finally  were  par- 
takers in  a  special  degree  of  the  Holy  Spirit,  who  proceeds  from 
Christ,  and  were  charismatically  endowed  for  their  vocation — 
all  which  it  is  only  necessary  to  mention  here  after  what  has 
been  said  before.^  The  spirit  of  the  natural  man  is  not  the 
spirit  of  Christ.  Hence  the  organs  of  the  true  authentic 
transmission  of  Christianity  had  not  to  work  with  purely 
human  means,  but  needed  to  be  seized  and  inspired  by  the 
Spirit  of  Christ  in  order  to  be  able  to  do  what  was  essential. 
Through  this  inspiration  the  authors  of  these  books  are  not 
simply  passive  machines,  but  independent  Spirit-filled  per- 
sonalities. Their  productions,  therefore,  are  of  the  same 
character ;  and  it  cannot  be  said :  Their  believing  personalities 
indeed  were  inspired,  but   not   their   writings.      Eather,  the 

1  Vol.  ii.  pp.  191,  221.  Still  it  is  not  enough  to  call  Holy  Scripture  merely  a 
product  of  the  Christian  church.  In  this  case  the  intervenient  prescient  working 
of  the  Divine  Spirit  is  left  out  of  consideration.  * 

3  Vol.  ii.  pp.  193-195,  226-229. 


THE  WORD  OF  GOD.  253 

latter  breathe  the  Divine  Spirit,  the  gift  of  the  Holy  Spirit,  who 
became  the  possession  of  the  sacred  authors  through  their  faith/ 
3.  FoKMATiON  OF  THE  Canon. — The  gospel  being  recorded 
in  an  authentic  and  written  form,  these  writings  necessarily 
found  acknowledgment  with  those  who  had  enjoyed  the  oral 
instruction  of  apostolic  men,  who  recognized  their  faith  therein, 
and  placed  a  high  value  on  the  fixing  of  oral  tradition  in  the 
same ;  and  upon  this  naturally  followed  zeal  to  preserve  and 
collect  these  writings.  But  this  zeal  was  employed  by  the 
presciently  working,  self-preserving  power  of  Christianity  for 
the  purpose  of  transmitting  and  securing  at  the  right  time  to 
the  church  of  the  succeeding  centuries  the  memory  of  the 
Christian  fore-time.  The  Holy  Spirit  must  needs  have 
impelled  to  this  work,  that  these  authentic  writings  might 
remain  to  the  church  for  its  guidance.  And  just  so  He  must 
have  directed  this  work,^  which  was  rendered  easy  to  the 
ancient  church  by   historic  accounts  respecting  the  authors, 

^  But  certain  as  it  is  that  it  is  a  scientific  advance  to  go  back  from  the 
inspiration  of  sacred  books  to  inspired  personalities,  we  ought  not  to  make, the 
degree  of  their  life  of  faith  the  measure  of  the  trustworthiness  of  that  which 
they  give  us  as  primitive  Christian  tradition.  Their  testimony  to  Christ  is  not 
the  mere  product  of  their  piety.  Through  the  living  recollection  of  Christ's  image 
they  had  more  than  what  their  piety  had  appropriated  ;  and  so  little  is  what 
they  say  of  Christ  a  simple  reflex  of  their  religious  spirit,  that,  on  the  contrary, 
through  the  objective  beholding  of  Christ,  their  knowledge  was  in  advance  of  their 
volition  and  being  ;  cf.  vol.  ii.  p.  194.  True,  only  their  historical  position,  not 
their  participation  in  the  Holy  Spirit,  is  specifically  different  from  that  of  other 
believers  ;  and  as  they  are  not  on  a  level  with  the  infallibility  of  Christ,  so  also 
Christ  must  be  believed  in  on  the  ground  of  His  redeeming  power,  not  on  the 
ground  of  their  authority  :  cf.  vol.  ii.  226  S. ;  Gal.  i.  8.  Nevertheless,  through 
the  Spirit  of  truth  they  were  equal  to  their  mission.  Despite  their  personal 
fallibility,  they  were  neither  under  necessity  nor  wishful  to  give  forth  errors 
and  false  principles  as  truth.  Their  wish  was  to  impart  truth.  Untruth  has 
not  the  power  to  give  inner  certainty  of  itself,  like  truth.  They  were  well  able 
to  distinguish  what  they  were  authorized  to  invest  with  the  authority  of  Christ, 
and  what  not  (1  Cor.  vii.  10  ;  Rom.  xi.  25,  xv.  18).  Hence  it  is  very  well 
consistent  with  the  imperfections  of  their  exposition  in  secondary  points,  to 
affirm  that  their  writings  form  the  God-given,  trustworthy,  undeceptivo  record 
of  the  revelation  of  God  in  Christ,  sufficient  until  faith  passes  into  sight. 

^  Schleiermacher,  Chr.  Gl.  ii.  §  130,  pp.  331,  338  :  "The  faithful  preservation 
of  the  apostolic  writings  is  the  work  of  the  Divine  Spirit  acknowledging  His  own 
products.  He  distinguishes  that  which  is  to  remain  unchanged  from  that  which 
assumes  various  forms  in  the  further  development  of  Christian  doctrine,  and  on 
the  other  hand  partly  repels  the  Apocryphal  directly  it  arises,  and  partly  causes 
this  kind  of  productivity,  and  the  taste  for  such  products,  gradually  to  disappear 
from  the  church." 


254  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHUliCH. 

the  place,  time,  and  circumstances  of  the   composition.     But 
however  important  this  historic  ehiment,  a  second  factor  must 
needs  have  co-operated  at  least  as  a  negative  active  principle, 
in  order  to  guard  against  possible  errors  in  historic  tradition. 
Since  Christian  faith  is  a  work  of  the  Holy  Spirit,  and  the 
Holy  Spirit   cannot  contradict  Himself,  no  writing   can  lay 
claim  to  canouicity  which  offends  against  Christian  faith,  or 
"  does  not  treat  of  Christ."      By  this  canon-forming  activity, 
the  church  in  no  sense  makes  itself  a  judge  of  apostles.      On 
the  contrary,  it   submits  to  the  universal  laws  of  scientific 
historic  criticism.     It  has  to  deduce  its  judgment  from  the 
facts  of  the  case,  and  is  subject  thereto.      It  confers  canonical 
authority  on  no  writing,  but  only  asserts  the  facts  of  the  case 
as   seen  from  the   historic  and  dogmatic  point  of  view,  but 
independently  of  the  wishes  of  the  subject.      Since  faith  just 
as  little  permits   what   is   not    God's  Word  to   pass   for   it, 
because  some  human  authority  counts  it  such,  as  it  permits 
what  is  God's  Word  to  pass  without  recognition,  the  work  of 
criticism  or  canon-forming  cannot  be  regarded  as  concluded 
once  for  all.     Every  generation  which  aims  at  clearness  and 
certainty  of  Christian  consciousness,  must  reproduce  to  itself 
the  conviction  of  the  canonicity  of  the  Holy  Scriptures,  and 
has  a  right  itself  to  form  a  judgment  thereupon.      In  this 
process  the  rule  holds  good,  that  no  writing  can  be  canonical 
which   is  in    contradiction  to    faith.      Christian   faith    must 
therefore  be  brought  into  use  in  the  work  of  criticising  the 
Canon.      Since  faith  is  not  founded  by  mere  external  human 
authority,   even   apostolic,"^   but   is   a   relatively   independent 
power  ^  (Grosse),  co-operation  in  the  work  of  criticism   cannot 
be  refused  to  it,  at  least  in  so  far  as  that  it  ought  not  to  regard 
a  writing  as  canonical,  which  contradicts  that  which  forms 
the   primal   certainty   of  Christian   faith.     If,   on   the   other 
hand,  a  writing  does   not   contradict  this  postulate,  and    is 
at  the  same  time  attested  by  credible  historic  witnesses  as 
belonging  to  the  circle  of  apostolic  men,  normative  authority 
is  due  to  it.      It  has  such  authwity  precisely  for  faith,  Jiot  for 
others.     But  the  church  has  to  make  this  authority  effective 

1  This  constitutes  the  relative  independence  of  the  so-called  material  principle 
in  contrast  with  the  formal,  see  vol.  i.  §  7.  « 

2  Cf.  Schleiermacher,  ii.  §  128,  p.  323. 


THE  WORD  OF  GOD.  255 

with  its  adherents.  This,  as  ah-eady  said,  is  not  done  on  the 
footing  that  any  one  should  believe  merely  because  of  human 
authority,  but  on  the  footing  that  by  the  normative  authority 
of  the  Holy  Scriptures  that  matter  is  secured  for  preaching 
which  carries  with  it  the  power  of  self- attestation.  Therewith 
a  distinction  between  Proto-canonical  and  Deutero-canonical 
always  has  its  place  in  the  sense  that  the  authority  of  the 
latter  is  conditioned  by  that  of  the  former.  But  faith  itself 
sees  more  and  more  the  depth  and  inexhaustible  wealth  of  Holy 
Scripture,  and  especially  of  Christ's  words ;  and  thus  Scripture 
is  not  to  it  a  mere  external  norm  and  law  of  faith,  but  an 
ever-gushing  spring  of  light  and  life.  From  what  has  been 
said,  follows  the  right  of  the  science  of  criticism  on  the  soil  of 
the  Evangelical  Church.  To  desire  to  exclude  the  science  of 
criticism  in  opposition  to  the  Eeformation,  which  unanimously 
excluded  the  Apocrypha  from  the  canon,  and  to  Luther,  who 
also  questioned  the  canonicity  of  particular  writings  of  the 
Old  and  New  Testaments,  would  not  tend  to  the  advantage  of 
the  authority  of  Holy  Scripture  as  a  unity,  which,  on  the 
contrary,  is  so  confident  of  itself  that  it  desires  the  grounds  of 
its  claims  to  be  known.  In  that  case  we  remain  absolutely 
bound  to  the  authority  of  tradition,  and  therefore  to  the 
judgment  of  the  church  of  a  particular  age,  in  reference  to 
what  is  to  be  regarded  as  the  Christian  norm,  and  this 
radically  coincides  with  the  Eoman  Catholic  principle.  Hence 
Evangelical  theology  cannot  cease  to  regard  the  formal 
criticism  of  the  Canon  {formale  Kanonik),  i.e.  criticism  of  the 
Holy  Scriptures,  as  one  of  its  essential  parts,  of  course  not 
separated  from  the  science  of  material  criticism  of  the  Canon, 
i.e.  of  Biblical  Theology.  Extravagances,  which  are  disturb- 
ing to  faith,  are  certainly  possible  in  such  a  course,  but  ahusus 
non  tollit  usum ;  faith  is  an  unceasing  stimulus  to  the 
correction  of  aberrations.  The  independence  of  the  existence 
of  saving  faith  in  respect  of  the  results  of  critical  research  and 
its  sense  of  truth  assure  to  it  the  equanimity  belonging  to  the 
pursuit  of  scientific  investigation  ;  and  such  investigation  may 
with  all  the  greater  confidence  believe  that  criticism  can 
never  destroy  that  which  belongs  to  the  vital  conditions  of 
faith  and  the  church,  since  all  historical  criticism  is  subject 
to  the  law,  that  it  has  to  work  with   historical  sources,  not 


256  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

with  subjective,  a  priori  hypotheses,  which  implies  that  of  the 
sources  belonging  to  the  original  age  a  portion  must  always 
be  acknowledged  credible  and  genuine,^  and  therefore  that  it 
can  only  operate  against  certain  portions  of  the  Canon  from  an 
acknowledged  historic  datum,  and  seek  to  show  that  they  are 
not  consistent  therewith.  But  as  regards  this  end  the  task  of 
theology  is  simply  this.  To  unwarranted  attempts  to  separate 
the  portions  of  the  canon  it  has,  so  far  as  is  consistent  with 
truth,  to  oppose  the  scientific  proof  of  tlieir  harmony  or 
homogeneity,  and  to  show  how  the  contents  of  one  writing 
confirm  those  of  the  rest.  And  thus  it  may  be  said  :  Scientific 
historic  criticism  is  a  work  carried  on  by  the  Canon  itself 
through  the  medium  of  the  impartial  critic,  who  has  not  to 
invent  but  to  find  his  judgments  in  subordination  to  the  facts 
of  the  case.  And  thus  the  science  of  criticism  of  the  Canon 
— formal  and  material — serves  to  bring  up  afresh  before  the 
consciousness  of  Christendom  the  historic  connection  with  the 
founding  of  Christianity,  as  well  as  the  inner  organic  connec- 
tion of  the  parts  of  Holy  Scripture  belonging  to  the  Canon — ■ 
a  work  which  is  itself  a  Ministry  of  the  Word. 

4.  To  the  w^hole  of  Scripture,  then,  as  the  Canon,  the  dis- 
tinctive predicates  specified  in  the  text  belong.  After  the 
previous  exposition,  nothing  more  need  be  said  as  to  its 
normative  authority.  Only  this  may  be  added,  that  it  can 
only  have  authority  in  the  full  sense  for  one  who  believes. 
This  involves  the  postulate,  that  what  of  the  contents  of 
the  Christian  Scriptures  is  not  definitely  and  vitally  appro- 
priated by  faith,  is  not  satisfied  with  standing  over  against 
man  as  an  external  law  unknown  in  its  contents  or  at  least 
in  its  truth,  but  that  it  desires  such  a  union  with  the  spirit 
as  attests  it  to  man  as  truth.  This  holds  good  especially 
of  all  that  which  has  been  transmitted  on  credible  historic 
grounds  as  the  acts  and  words  of  the  Lord.  Moreover, 
speaking  generally,  the  canonical  character  of  the  rest  of  the 
K  T.  has  on  good  grounds  the  presumption  in  its  favour, 
that  it  sets  forth  a  higher,  more  mature  stage  of  the  Christian 
life.^     The  normal   way   for  appropriating   the  rest  will  be, 

'  As  e.g.  even  the  Baurian  school  proves ;  cf.  my  Hist.  qfProt.  Theology,  ii.  410. 
^  Schleierniacher  rightly  suggests  (§  130.  4),  "that  we  may  conceive  to  our- 
selves the  Holy  Spirit  ruling  freely  in  the  thought-world  of  the  entire  Christian 


THE  WORD  OF  GOD.  257 

that  the  already  existing  faith,  which  is  a  germinal  unity, 
will  grow  into  that  which  has  to  be  still  appropriated, 
recognizing  and  acting  upon  the  inner  necessity  of  its  de- 
velopment on  this  side.  Christianity  itself,  which  faith  has 
accepted,  is  a  firmly  compacted  whole ;  the  divine  acts 
form  an  organic  system,  and  are  only  perfectly  intelligible 
through  it.  But  from  this  it  also  follows,  that  this  organism 
or  system  of  truth  must  be  laid  down,  although  not  in 
systematic  form,  in  Holy  Scripture,  if  Scripture  is  to  do  what 
it  exists  for.  Holy  Scripture  is  in  its  contents  a  presenta- 
tion of  the  organism  of  Christian  truth ;  and  through  this 
system  each  one  of  its  parts  with  its  special  contents 
receives  new  significance.  The  truth  organized  in  Holy 
Scripture  is  sufficient  for  all  ages  {Siifficientict  Scr.  sacrce). 

Hereto  belongs  also  its  Perspicuity  {Perspiaiitas).  To 
those  thirsting  for  salvation  it  is  intelligible  in  itself,  at 
least  in  things  necessary  to  salvation,  which  implies  the  right 
and  the  duty  of  believers  to  read  Holy  Scripture.  Especially 
has  Evangelical  piety  to  strive  after  a  sharply-defined  conscious- 
ness of  primitive  historic  Christianity,  with  which  the  believer 
must  know  himself  in  accord,  in  order  to  be  sure  of  his 
Christian  character.  This  perspicuity  implies  that  Holy 
Scripture  does  not  first  need  the  help  of  the  interpreting 
church  in  order  to  be  understood  to  the  extent  mentioned. 
Else  a  human  authority  would  take  the  place  of  Holy  Scrip- 
ture as  the  norma  et  Judex,  e.g.  human  learning  and  science, 
or  the  interpreting  church.  On  the  other  hand,  this  predicate 
of  Holy  Scripture  does  not  mean  to  deny  the  necessity  of 
the  illuminating  agency  of  the  Holy  Spirit,  of  which  Holy 
Scripture  is  the  channel.  For  the  Word  of  God  has  not 
so  naturalized  or  incorporated  itself  in  Holy  Writ  as  to  be 
equally  accessible  and  intelligible  to  every  one,  to  the  crude 
and  stupid  as  to  the  receptive.^  The  proposition  of  the 
Perspicuity  of  Holy  Scripture  is  not  merely  directed  against 
all  false   ecclesiasticism   and  disparaging  of  simple,  cliildlike 

sphere,  in  the  same  way  as  every  individual  in  his  own  world  of  thought.  For 
every  one  can  distinguish  his  best  thoughts,  and  so  treasure  them  up  as  to  secure 
their  re-presentation,  while  he  rejects  the  rest,"  etc. 

,,1  This  implies,  therefore,  that  Ferspicuitas  belongs  to  Holy  Scripture  by  its 
being  also  a  means  of  grace  (see  below). 

DORNEU.— Christ.  Doct.  iv.  R 


258  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHUECH. 

faith/  but  is  also  of  importance  for  distinguishing  the  funda- 
mental from  the  non-fundamentaL  On  the  other  hand,  it 
demands  an  interpretation  in  accordance  with  the  universal 
laws  of  human  language,  to  which,  however,  along  with 
grammatical  and  historic  research,  the  homogeneity  of  the 
interpreter  with  Scripture,  his  living  in  its  atmosphere,  or  at 
least  in  a  state  of  earnest  spiritual  desire  for  salvation,  is 
necessary.  Since  human  participation  in  the  Holy  Spirit 
co-operates  and  opens  Scripture,  it  may  be  said  that  Holy 
Scripture  has  the  power  of  self-interpretation  through  the 
interpreter  as  an  organ  (semet  ipsam  interpretandi  facultas). 

Finally,  the  Holy  Scriptures  possess  Efficacy  (EJicacia) 
corresponding  to  the  origin  ascribed  to  them.  This  leads  to 
the  second  main  aspect  of  the  matter. 

5.  The  'VYokd  of  God,  especially  in  Holy  Scripture,  as  a 
Means  of  Grace,  and  its  kelation  to  the  Holy  Spifjt. — 
Whoever  calls  Holy  Scripture  a  mere  dead  letter,  is  either 
the  victim  of  an  optical  delusion  in  transferring  out  of  him- 
seK  the  dead  sense  which  is  within  himself,  whereas  the 
seeker  of  salvation,  like  the  believer,  has  a  very  different 
experience,  or  he  is  unable  to  coalesce  with  Scripture, 
because  his  piety  wears  a  spiritualistic  character  averse  from 
history,  and  he  fancies  himself,  in  his  efforts  after  false 
freedom,  to  have  outgrown  the  teaching  of  the  objective  Word 
of  God.  That  the  II0I2/  Sjnrit  is  the  author  of  our  conversion 
and  renewal,  is  certainly  often  asserted  in  Holy  Writ.^  But 
no  less  is  this  effect  ascribed  also  to  the  Word  of  God;  and 
when  Holy  Scripture  speaks  of  the  power  of  God's  Word  or 
of  the  gospel  to  beget  life  and  be  the  means  of  salvation  (Eom. 
i.  16  ;  1  Cor.  i.  18,  iv.  15  ;  2  Cor.  iii.  8),  this  does  not  mean 
the  oral  word  of  preaching  merely,  but  must  also  hold  good 
of  the  Word  of  God  in  Holy  Scripture.  As  certainly  as 
Christianity  is  a  historic  power,  and  history  an  essential  factor 
in  it,  so  certainly  is  not  merely  internal  spiritual  working 
necessary  in  order  to  Christian  faith,  but  also  the  working  of 
the  objective  word  of  God,  which,  as  we  saw,  must  always 
in  the  last  resort  test   and   legitimate  itself  as  such   by  the 

1  Matt.  xi.  25. 

-  Tit.  iii.  5  ;  1  Cor.  xii.  3 ;  Rom.   viii.   9-17  ;  John  xiv.-xvi.,  vii.  39.     Pee 
above,  pp.  160,  182. 


THE  WOED  OF  GOD.  259 

record  of  revelation,  i.e.  by  the  "Word  of  God  in  Holy 
Scripture.  But  again,  unless  God  Himself  as  the  Holy 
Spirit  wrought  directly  and  immediately  with  and  in 
the  Word,  immediate  communion  with  God  would  be 
denied  us,  and  we  should  be  still  standing  in  the  pre- 
Christian  age.  But  what  conception  must  be  formed  of  the 
relation  hetween  the  agency  of  the  Word  and  that  of  the  Holy 
Spirit  ?  ^ 

One  possibility,  to  which  Lutheran  Dogmatists  of  the  I7th 
century  suspiciously  approximated,^  is  the  following.  In 
order  thoroughly  to  exclude  all  fanaticism  and  objective 
caprice,  which  may  at  first  have  a  pious  or  mystic  tone,  but 
sooner  or  later  readily  passes  into  Eationalism  or  Idealism,  a 
kind  of  incarnation  of  the  Holy  Spirit  in  Scripture  may  be 
supposed ;  and  it  may  be  said :  The  Holy  Spirit  has  fastened 
Himself,  so  to  speak,  to  Scripture,  so  that  He  has  no  longer 
any  special  activity  outside  it,  but  His  activity  coincides  with 
that  of  Holy  Scripture ;  and  since  the  Scripture  came  into 
existence,  the  divine  power  which  dwelt  originally  in  the  Holy 
Spirit  dwells  in  it  alone ;  through  His  embodiment  in  Holy 
Scripture,  His  divine  power  is  delegated,  so  to  speak,  to  Scrip- 
ture, which  is  even  extra  usum  an  embodied  divine  power,  as 
to  substance  the  Holy  Spirit.  But  Scripture  is  something 
material,  which  the  Holy  Spirit  cannot  be ;  and  if  we  could 
come  into  connection  only  with  this  divine  substance — 
Holy  Scripture — immediacy  of  communion  with  God  would 
be  denied  us.  Holy  Scripture  would  become  a  separating 
mediator.  And  this  would  be  still  more  the  case,  if  the 
activity  of  the  Holy  Spirit  were  limited  to  His  having 
inspired  Holy  Scripture,  and  deposited  in  it  supernatural  doc- 
trines, which  now  operate  purely  of  themselves  in  a  natural 
way  by  logical  and  moral  means  analogously  with  other 
writings.^     The  second  possibility  would   be  to   conceive  the 

^  Ct'.  the  excellent  treatise  of  J.  Miiller :  Das  Verhdltniss  zioischm  der 
Wirksamkeit  des  he'digen  Geistes  mul  dem  Onadenmitiel  des  gOUlichen  Woi-tes. 
Doom.  Abh.  pp.  127-277. 

^  Especially  in  consequence  of  the  controversy  with  Ratlimann,  cf.  my  IliM. 
0/  Prot.  Theology,  vol.  ii.  p.  129. 

^  With  Episcopius,  Claude  Pajon,  and  others,  especially  Supernaturalists  of 
+)ie  last  century,  cf.  J.  Miiller,  pp.  215-224.  The  notion  of  an  incarnation  of 
the  Holy  Spirit  in  Scripture  is  a  Pantheistic  paroxj'sni,  which,  when  it  yields 


260  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CIIUECH. 

bond  between  Word  and  Spirit  more  loosely,  the  working  of  the 
Spirit  in  the  Word  as  accidental  and  external — "  parastatic," 
dependent  on  a  divine  purpose  {e.g.  twofold  Predestination), 
on  which  view  therefore  the  Holy  Spirit  would  only  work 
intermittently  in  the  elect,  or  only  by  accident  co-operate  with 
Scripture,  But  the  universality  of  God's  purpose  of  grace 
excludes  such  a  separation  of  the  activity  of  the  two.  Thus, 
the  third  possibility  remains,  namely,  to  ascribe  to  the  two — 
inspired  Holy  Scripture  and  the  Holy  Spirit — a  relative  inde- 
pendence of  existence  and  operation,  while  thinking  of  them 
as  co-operative.  On  this  view,  the  activity  of  the  Holy  Spirit 
is  not  exhausted  in  that  of  Holy  Scripture,  while  at  the 
same  time  secondary  causality  is  not  denied,  or  a  mere  logical 
and  moral  causality  left,  to  Holy  Scripture,  as  if  it  were 
nothing  taken  alone.  The  Word  of  God  in  Scripture  is  still 
a  real  manifestation  of  spiritual  power,  of  divine  truth  in  a 
finite  form.  But  the  co-operation  of  the  two  must  not  be 
viewed  as  if  Holy  Scripture  did  one  part  of  the  saving  work, 
and  the  Holy  Spirit  the  other.  Instead  of  such  a  distribution, 
we  must  affirm  that  the  two  embrace  the  whole  work  of 
salvation,  but  in  a  different  manner.  Holy  Scripture  gives 
faith  its  object,  it  puts  Christianity  in  its  purity  and  attractive 
force  objectively  before  our  eyes,  as  a  challenge  and  induce- 
ment to  enter  into  union  with  it  by  faith.  The  agency  of 
the  Holy  Spirit  opens  the  heart  and  understanding  to  the 
objective  Word  of  God,  implants  that  Word  in  the  heart  of 
man,  and  endows  it  with  power  to  transform  and  renew  man. 
The  Word  of  God  in  Holy  Soripture  can  and  ought  more  and 
more  to  become  "  an  inner  Bible."  ^  It  has  a  mediating 
influence,  placing  us  in  connection  with  the  Christ  of  his- 
tory, for  without  the  Word  we  should  know  nothing  of  Him, 
without  the  primitive  Word  in  Holy  Writ  nothing  historically 
trustworthy.  But  "  this  mediating  position  of  the  Word  is 
not  meant  to  dispense  with  or  exclude  the  immediate  working 
of  the  Holy  Spirit  in  man's  spirit.  The  working  of  the  Holy 
Spirit  penetrates,  embraces,  and  rules  the  working  of  its  own 

to  sobriety,  transfers  the  Holy  Spirit,  after  His  founding  of  Scripture,  into  a 
state  of  Deistic  seclusion  iu  order  to  contemplate  Him  in  permanent  inde- 
pendence, f 
'  a  Harms'  Sermons  on  tlie  Bible, 


I 


THE  WORD  OF  GOD.  261 

instrument."  ^  The  Holy  Spirit  perpetually  glorifies  Christ  as 
He  is  set  forth  in  Scripture,  makes  Him  emerge,  so  to  speak, 
from  the  letter  and  stand  in  living  form  before  us.  He  thus 
brings  us,  through  the  medium  of  Holy  Scripture,  into  com- 
munion with  the  living  Christ,  from  which  it  is  specially 
clear,  how  the  exalted  Lord  of  the  church  continues  througli 
the  Word  of  God  His  prophetic  office  among  humanity  and 
in  the  church.  The  before-mentioned  predicates  also  first 
gain  their  full  meaning  through  the  activity  of  Holy  Scripture 
constituting  it  a  specific  means  of  grace.  For  in  this  way, 
instead  of  being  a  mere  outward  rule  or  critical  principle,  it 
becomes  a  productive  power  (Grosse),  even  as  a  noBm  and 
authority ;  in  this  way  also  its  true  understanding  and 
sufficiency  are  first  really  secured  to  it,  so  that  through  its 
use  the  Holy  Spirit  can  just  as  well  lead  us  into  all  truth 
as  the  apostles  themselves,  and  all  those  who  enjoyed  Christ's 
immediate  instruction.^  Although,  further,  the  Holy  Spirit 
does  not  cease  even  now  and  perpetually  to  beget  thoughts  in 
a  direct  and  original  way,  it  may  still  be  said,  since  the 
gospel  is  contained  in  authentic  totality  in  Holy  Writ,  and  is  in 
itself  a  living  whole  concentrated  in  Christ's  person,  that  all 
the  riches  of  the  Christian  world  of  thought  are  merely  the 
unfolding  and  applying  of  the  contents  given  in  Holy  Writ — 
contents,  however,  to  which  increasing  motive  power  belongs 
by  virtue  of  its  essential  relation  to  the  continued  working  of 
the  Holy  Spirit.  Thus  it  may  be  said  in  a  certain  sense,  that 
all  knowledge  of  the  Church  is  interpretation  of  Scripture. 

6.  The  Old  Testament. — It  is  indeed  a  Jewish  error  to 
require  in  the  church  direct  faith  in  the  0.  T.,  i.e.  faith  not 
mediated  by  the  authority  of  Christ ;  it  cannot  be  necessary 
to  become  first  a  Jew,  then  a  Christian.  The  economy  of 
the  0.  T.  does  not  so  much  attest  Christ,  as  it  receives  its 
attestation  from  Him ;  and  the  value  of  the  0.  T.  as  a  whole 
and  in  detail,  as  well  as  the  degree  of  its  enduring  normative 
force,  depends  in  the  last  resort  on  Christianity.  However, 
an  indirect  authority,  guaranteed  by  Christ,  certainly  belongs 
to    the    Old    Testament.^      Christ    sees    in    the    0.    T.   the 

1  Miiller,  pp.  236,  244.  2  Schleiermacher,  ik  314. 

,  »  John  V.  34  ff.,  45-47,  vii.  23;  Matt.  v.  17;  Luke  xxiv.  46.  Cf.  2  Tim. 
iii.  15  f. 


262  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHUKCH. 

revelation  or  Word  of  God,  True,  much  in  the  0.  T.  is 
temporary,  especially  the  theocratic  and  Jewish  national  ele- 
ment. Still  it  is  merely  the  form  of  the  eternal  divine 
thoughts,  which  in  the  0.  T.  gives  an  imperfect  expression 
to  them.  Further,  the  doctrines  of  universal  religion  are 
contained  in  purest  fulness  in  the  0.  T.,  such  as  the  idea  of 
the  Personal,  Almighty,  Wise,  Holy,  and  Just  as  well  as 
Merciful  God,  the  doctrine  of  Creation,  Conservation,  Pro- 
vidence, and  others, — doctrines  which,  when  uttered,  commend 
themselves  naturally  to  the  religious  consciousness  as  true, 
and  upon  which  the  N.  T.  builds  as  its  presuppositions, 
without  repeating  them  systematically  and  in  full.  Again, 
as  law  the  0.  T.  points  to  Christ,  and  prepares  the  way  for 
His  appearance.  And  this  preparation  still  has  its  place  in 
the  heart  even  in  Christian  days,  as  the  Church  intimates  by 
fixing  Advent-season  before  Christmas.  Finally,  prophecy 
contains  ideally,  as  the  history  of  the  0.  T.  and  the  ceremonial 
law  contain  typically,  what  is  to  be  realized  in  Christianity. 
In  this,  certainly  more  limited  sense,  the  saying  has  its  truth : 
JV.  T.  in  vetere  latet,  V.  T.  in  novo  patet.  The  knowledge  of 
a  coherent  system  of  revelation  in  its  organism  and  stages  is 
only  possible  through  the  0.  T.  together  with  the  New  Testa- 
ment. For  this  very  reason  the  0.  T.  sheds  light  in  many 
ways  on  the  N.  T.  Especially  can  no  conception  of  the 
latter  be  true,  which  is  inconsistent  with  the  connection  of 
the  two,  or  according  to  which  Christianity  is  made  to  bring 
something  absolutely  new,  not  even  ideally  prepared  for — an 
important  canon  at  least  negatively.  Even  in  these  days  the 
0.  T.  renders  a  psedagogic  service  to  Christianity,  in  placing  us 
in  the  line  which  conducts  to  true  knowledge  of  Christ.  But 
inasmuch  as  law  and  prophecy  all  obtain  their  full  clearness 
and  certainty  in  the  fulfilment,  it  is  only  Christendom,  which 
possesses  the  key  to  the  0.  T.  in  its  self-consciousness  {i.e.  in 
the  Christianity  not  dependent  on  the  0.  T.),  not  unbelieving 
Judaism.  Here  too  the  saying  holds  good  :  Christendom  is 
the  true  Israel 


THE  MINISTRY  OF  THE  WORD.  263 

B. — TIlc  Ministry  of  the  Word. 

§  136. 

Since  the  written  Word  cannot  preserve  itself  and  reach 
individuals  without  human  intervention,  there  is  an 
activity  perpetuated  in  the  church  under  the  guidance 
of  Christian  knowledge — the  ministry  of  the  Word — • 
which  not  merely  transmits  the  Scriptures  with  fidelity, 
by  critical  aids  restores  their  integrity,  multiplies  them, 
and  seeks  to  conduct  to  completion  the  forming  of  the 
Canon,  but  also  by  interpretation  disengages  their 
meaning  from  its  veil  and  applies  it  to  each  age,  in 
order  thus  to  reproduce  amid  the  humanity  of  all  ages 
the  preaching  of  the  apostles  with  the  greatest  possible 
fidelity  and  force, — all  in  harmony  with  the  properties 
of  Holy  Scripture  specified  in  §  135. 

This  Ministry  of  the  Word  is  in  part  informal,  in 
part  strictly  organized,  and  rejoices  in  being  able  to  trace 
itself  back  to  Christ's  will.  The  duty  and  right  {i.e.  the 
office)  of  teaching  is  committed  to  the  Church  indeed  in 
the  first  instance  as  its  main  function.  But  it  is 
necessary  on  ethical,  although  not  on  dogmatic  grounds, 
to  secure  this  function  by  transferring  it  to  definite 
persons.  In  this  way  a  standing  or  regular  and  strictly 
organized  office  of  teaching  arises  through  the  Church, 
which  rightly  affirms  the  harmony  of  such  a  result 
with  Christ's  will.  But  this  office  is  bound  to  the 
gospel,  and,  apart  from  the  preaching  of  the  same,  which 
is  the  source  of  its  independence,  has  as  a  special  office 
only  the  authority  transferred  to  it  by  the  Church. 

Literature. — Spener,  70  Fragen  und  Antioorten  vom  geist- 
lichen  Priesterthum.  Petersen,  Die  Idee  der  christlichen  Kirche, 
3  vols.  1839  ff".  Hofling,  Grundsdtze  der  evangelisch-lnthcrischcii 
ICirchcnvcrfassung,  ed.  2,  1851.  Harless,  Kirche  und  Amt  nach 
lutherischen  Lehre,  1853.      Etliche  Gcivissensfragen  hinsichtlich 


2C4  EXISTENXE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

dcr  Lclirc  von  dcr  Kirche,  Kirchenarnt  unci  Kirchenrcgiment, 
1862.  Harnack,  Die  Kirche,  ihr  Ami,  ilir  Regiment,  Grund- 
legende  Sdfze  mit  durcligehender  Bezv.gnoJime  auf  die  symh.  BB. 
i'.  luth.  K.,  1862.  Kostlin,  Luther's  Lehre  von  der  Kirche, 
1853.  Ibid.,  DcLs  IVcscn  der  Kirche,  heleuchtet  nach  Lehre  und 
Gesch.  des  K  T.,  1854.  Lnthers  Theologie,  2  vols.  1863. 
Preger,  Die  Geschichte  dcr  Lehre  vom  geistlichen  Amte  auf 
Grv.nd  der  Geschichte  der  EecktfertigvMgslehre,  1857.  G-. 
Pfisterer,  Luther  s  Lehre  von  der  Beichte,  1857.  K.  Lechler, 
Die  lY.  T.  Lehre  voni  heiligen  Amt  in  ihren  Grundziigcn  v.nd 
ciuf  die  hestehcnden  Bechtsverhdltnisse  der  evangelisch-luther- 
ischen  Kirche.  in  Deutschland  angcwendet,  1857.  Walther,  Die 
Stimme  unserer  Kirche  in  der  Frage  von  Kirche  und  Amt ;  cine 
Sammlung  von  Zeugnissen  iiber  diese  Frage  aus  den  BeJcennt- 
nisschriften  der  ev.-luth.  Kirche  und  aus  den  Brivatschriften 
rechtglaubiger  Lehrer  derselben,  von  der  dev.tschen  cv.-luth.  Synode 
von  Missouri,  Ohio,  etc.,  a.ls  ein  Zengniss  ihres  Glauhens  vorgelegt, 

1852.  MtinchrQeYer,  Das  Amt  des  neuen  Testaments  nach  Lehre 
der  Schrift  und  der  lutherischen  BcJcenntnisse.  Ibid.,  Keun 
jThesen  abermcds  erJddrt  und  gegen  Herrn  Hojiing  gcrcchtfcrtigt, 

1853.  Kliefoth,  Acht  Biicher  von  der  Kirche,  vol.  i.  1854. 
Liturg.  Abh.  2.  Die  Beichte  v.nd  Absolution,  1856.  Delitzsch, 
Vier  Bilchcr  von  dcr  Kirche,  1847.  Lobe,  Drei  Biicher  von  der 
Kirche,  den  Freunden  dcr  lutherischen  Kirche  dargeboten,  1845  ; 
Aphorismen  iiber  die  N.  T.  Aemter  und  ihr  Verhdltniss  zur 
Gemeinde,  1849 ;  Kirche  und  Avit,  neue  Aphorismen,  1853. 

1.  Tlie  BiUiccd  Doctrine  of  the  Ministry  of  the  Word. — 
To  the  church,  which  existed  first  of  all  in  the  apostles,  is 
committed  as  a  duty  and  right  the  function  of  preaching  the 
gospel  to  all  the  world.^  Through  the  apostles,  as  the  original 
faithful  witnesses,  the  preaching  of  Christ  is  continued  ;^  they 
are  to  judge  the  tribes  of  the  new  Israel,  i.e.  to  govern  by  their 
word.^  But  on  the  basis  of  the  apostolic  Word,  and  under 
its  constant  governance,  preaching  gives  birth  to  faith,*  which 
cannot  but  speak  out  of  the  fulness  of  the  heart.  CLrist  has 
not  provided  for  a  continuous  supplementing  of  the  apostolate, 
nor  yet  for  the  founding  of  a  distinct  teaching,  or  still  less 
priestly,  order.  The  apostles  indeed,  as  already  shown,  had  a 
unique   position  through  their  immediate  relation  to  Christ. 

1  Matt,  xxviii.  19  ff.  ;  Mark  xvi.  15  ff.  ;  John  xxi.   17,  xx.  23,  xv.  27;  cf. 
Eom.  X.  17. 

^  Luke  X.  16  :  "Whoever  hears  you  hears  me.  , 

*  Luke  xxii.  30  ;  Matt.  xix.  28.  *  Kom.  x.  17. 


THE  MI.NISTRY  OF  THE  WORD,  2G5 

But  this  position  of  theirs  is  unrepeatable,  and  the  apostolate 
in  this  sense  continues  only  in  the  writings  of  the  N.  T. 
(§  135).  For  example,  in  the  church  of  Corinth,  and  simi- 
larly still  in  the  days  of  Origen,  believers  in  general  could  speak 
with  a  view  to  edification  in  worship,  without  all  the  speakers 
having  the  office  of  teaching  for  their  life- vocation.  Each 
church  had  leaders,  but  the  worship  was  not  of  necessity 
conducted  exclusively  by  them.  On  the  other  hand,  a  teaching 
ojffice  was  never  wanting,  i.e.  the  right  or  authority  and  the  duty 
of  preaching.  That  faith,  where  it  is  planted,  should  propagate 
itself  by  further  preaching  or  testimony,  i.e.  that  there  should 
be  a  continuous  teaching  function  in  the  Church,  is  the  will 
and  command  of  Christ.  This  rests  on  dogmatic  necessity. 
Through  faith  He  has  implanted  in  His  Church,  wherever  it 
exists,  the  preaching  of  the  gospel  as  its  inmost  impulse. 
Not  individuals,  not  an  order,  but  the  Church  {Art.  Smalk. 
353),  is  the  original  bearer  of  the  office,  bound  as  well  as 
warranted  to  preach  the  gospel.  It  is  responsible  for  seeing 
that  the  function  of  teaching  is  never  wanting ;  and  tljus  the 
teaching  office,  considered  as  a  permanent,  established  teach- 
ing function,  has  divine  authorization.  The  form,  on  the 
other  hand,  in  which  it  has  to  make  provision  for  this,  is  not 
divinely  prescribed.  Hence  it  is  not  necessarily  the  same  in 
all  ages,  save  that  the  Church  must  ever  make  as  good  pro- 
vision as  possible  for  the  continuance  of  this  function,  which 
may  be  done  in  a  freer  or  stricter  form.  For  the  rest,  the 
primitive  Christian  Church  submitted  itself  to  the  universal 
ethical  laws,  according  to  which  the  objective  call  or  "mission" 
must  be  added  to  the  inner  subjective  impulse  and  call  by  way 
of  confirmation  and  acknowledgment.^  It  must  be  the  right 
of  the  Christian  Church,  on  which  the  duty  of  preaching  is  laid, 
to  transfer  the  right  of  speaking  in  its  name,  and  therefore  of 
acknowledging  or  not  the  teaching  of  one  who  discourses  from 
free  impulse,  and  of  passing  a  corrective  judgment.^  With 
this  limitation,  the  trpocprjTeveiv  is  conceded  by  Paul  to  all 
believers  who  have  the  impulse.^  But  although  a  free 
Ministry  of  the  Word  had  its  place  in  the  primitive  days  of 
the  Church  alongside  the  teaching  office  in  the  apostles  and 

,  1  Rom.  X.  15.  M  Coj._  j-iv.  29. 

*  1  Cor.  xiv. ;  1  Thess.  v.  19-21  ;  cf.  Jas.  iii.  1, 


266  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

attached  by  them  to  fixed  persons/  Paul  would  still  have 
provision  made  for  due  order  (evra^Lo)  in  this  free  movement 
or  exercise  of  the  teaching  function  on  the  part  of  believers 
at  the  impulse  of  the  Spirit.  The  Pastoral  Epistles  exhibit 
already  an  advanced  polity."'^  A  setting  apart  to  teaching  on 
the  ground  of  evident  charisms  obtained,  not  merely  for 
missionary  purposes,^  but  also  for  the  edifying  of  churches. 
But  in  the  age  to  which  we  owe  the  writings  of  the  N.  T., 
the  administration  of  Baptism  and  the  Holy  Supper,  Church 
discipline  and  government,  which  includes  the  election  of 
persons  according  to  their  gifts,  were  not  committed  to  a 
special  order,  nor  necessarily  to  persons,  to  whom  the  teach- 
ing function  had  been  transferred  by  the  Church;  but  in  the 
earliest  church  all  these  public  functions  were  distributed  in 
the  most  various  ways,  but  so  that  what  was  to  be  done  in 
the  name  of  the  Church  should  only  be  done  on  the  basis  of 
the  transference  of  its  office  to  the  individuals,  or  at  least 
stood  in  need  of  recognition  by  the  church. 

2.  The  Ecclesiastical  Doctrine.*  —  In  harmony  with 
the  INT.  T.,  the  Aiigsburg  Confession  requires  first  of  all  the 
Ministry  of  the  Word  in  general  {Ministerium  Verbi  divini), 
whatever  the  form  of  its  constitution,  save  that  a  regular  call 
(the  rite  vocari)  is  necessary  to  public  teaching  (puhlice  docere 
et  administrare  sacramenta),  by  which  the  right  of  speaking 
and  acting  in  the  name  of  the  Church  is  transferred.  Vocatio 
or  ordinatio  (see  below)  is  to  be  regarded  as  an  act  of  the 
Church,  not  as  a  sacrament,  nor  is  a  sacerdotium  supposed 
to  be  established  by  the  transference  of  authority.^  The 
selection  may  fall  on  the  unworthy,  and  is  so  far  fallible,  not 
a  directly  divine  act ;  but  the  duty  is  imposed  on  the  church 
of  setting  apart  persons  for  the  Ministry  of  the  Word  to  the 
best  of  its  knowledge,  not  as  if  the  Word  preached  by  the 
regular  official  teacher  were  alone  sure  of  effect.^  Such  a 
Catholicising  error  would  again  interpose  a  priestly  order,  "  an 
official  means  of  grace,"  between  the  believer  and  Christ.     On 

1  Tit.  i.  5,  9.  M  Tim.  iv.  14  ;  Tit.  i.  5  ff.  »  Acts  xiii.  1-4. 

*  Conf.  Aug.  v.  xiv.  ;  Art.  Sm.  352.  353  ;  Apol.  201.  204.  Of  the  Reformed 
Confessions,  ed.  Augusti,  Con/.  Helv.  p.  55  ;  Gall.  121  f.  ;  Angl.  134.  140  ; 
Belg.  190  ff.  192  ;  Bohem.  295  ff.;  Cat.  Gen.  518.     J.  Gerhard,  to.  xii.  , 

^  Apol.  201.  204.  ^  As  Kliefoth  supposes,  in  opposition  to  the  Art.  Sm. 


THE  MINISTRY  OF  THE  WORD.  2G7 

the  contrary,  the  Confessions  preserve  to  all  believers  their 
priestly  right,  expressly  reserving  to  them  the  right  of  com- 
forting or  teaching  by  pious  private  converse.  Thus,  the 
Keformation  doctrine  of  the  Office  or  Ministry  of  the  Word 
holds  its  ground  against  a  twofold  opposition,  that  of  the 
hierarchical  and  that  of  the  anarchical  extreme,  which  latter 
would  leave  the  function  of  Evangelical  preaching  to  chance 
or  supposed  inner  divine  impulse,  as  the  Anabaptists  and  later 
the  Quakers.  To  Evangelical  believers  ordination  is  no  sacra- 
ment, but  according  to  John  Gerhard  and  others  merely  solennis 
et  puUica  tesiificatio  vocationis.  The  vocatio  is  therefore  the 
chief  thing,  and  great  weight  is  rightly  laid  upon  the  regular 
call,  or  "  ordination  to  the  Ministry  of  the  Word."  It  is  not 
necessary  de  fide,  but  a  praiseworthy  custom,  for  the  vocatio 
by  the  Church  to  take  place  in  solemn  manner  with  prayer 
on  the  part  of  the  Church  and  imposition  of  hands.  Nor 
need  this  accidens  be  done  by  bishops.^  Nay,  the  right  of 
ordination,  in  which  the  vocatio  is  the  chief  thing,  according 
to  the  old  Evangelical  teaching  does  not  even  rest  exclusively 
with  the  clerus,  but,  like  all  Church  power  originally,  with 
the  Church  (see  above),  in  which  laymen  also  may  co-operate.^ 
3.  Dogmatic  Investigation. — The  church  is  to  be  a 
reflex  of  the  prophetic  office  of  Christ.  It  becomes  this  by 
appropriating  Christ's  word,  giving  it  the  widest  circulation  and 
increasing  extension.  But  although  the  saying,  "  I  believe, 
therefore  do  I  speak,"  holds  good  of  every  Christian,  the  duty 
of  the  church  is  not  discharged  with  this  informal  testifying  or 
ministry  of  the  Word.  Everything  informal  is  imperfect,  subject 
to  caprice  or  chance,  without  stability,  exposed  to  aberrations 
without  any  certain  antidote.  Hence,  although  the  Ministry  of 
the  Word  is  committed  to  the  Church  as  a  unity,  and  not  to  a 
special  order,  although  the  right  of  testing,  selecting,  and 
appointing  the  ministers  of  the  Word  is  conferred  on  the  Church 
(in  which  mistakes  on  its  side  are  just  as  possible  as  unfaith- 
fulness in  those  called  to  office),  still  it  is  not  left  to  it 
whether  it  will  or  will  not  have  a  regular,  i.e.  a  really  fixed, 
Ministry  of  the  Word  as  an  essential  part  of  its  organization, 

'  J.  Gerharili  Loci,  to.  xii.  loc.  24,  §  159. 

,*  This  follows  also  from  the  idea  of  ordination  as  testijicatio  vocationis.     Henco 
even  Evangelical  magistrates  ordained  at  first. 


268  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CIIUECH. 

nay,  as  a  fundamental  institution  of  its  existence,  but  tliis  is 
a  divine  necessity  of  a  moral  order,  having  the  example  of 
Christ  and  the  apostles  on  its  side/  And  in  harmony  with 
this  duty  is  the  fact  that  the  Holy  Spirit  never  allows  the 
church  to  want  those  who  present  themselves  to  it,  equipped 
with  special  charisms  in  keeping  with  this  end,  charisms  of 
didaskalia  and  gnosis,  exhortation  and  consolation,  gifts  of 
inspired  holy  discourse  in  speech  or  writing,  or  hermeneutic 
and  historic  as  well  as  ruling  talent.^  In  continually  calling 
forth  such  talents,  which  seek  a  place  for  their  constant  exercise, 
the  Holy  Spirit  virtually  or  creatively  reveals  the  will  of  the 
Lord  of  the  Church,  that  it  should  give  scope  and  place  for 
the  ordered  ministry  of  the  Word  in  its  manifold  branches, 
even  as,  conversely,  just  as  manifold  and  explicit  a  need  of 
such  talents  is  always  arising.  Fitted  into  their  place,  the 
charisms  thus  obtain  a  field  of  constant  and  abiding  exercise, 
so  that  the  giving  and  receiving  members  are  able  to  rejoice 
together.  But,  to  say  nothing  of  the  difference  of  gifts  and 
the  corresponding  need  of  the  Church,  the  necessity  of  this 
ordinance  lies  also  in  the  successive  series  of  generations,  by 
which  a  younger  generation  is  always  associated  with  an  older. 
To  the  teaching  office  proper  naturally  joins  on  the  care  of 
souls  in  applying  the  Word  to  individual  persons  and  their 
needs,  for  the  right  administration  of  the  Word  requires  also 
the  right  distribution  of  the  Word  of  truth.^  But  however 
necessary  this  strict  organization  of  the  ministry  of  the  Word, 
that  ministry  should  never  forget,  that  it  has  indeed  to  reflect 
but  not  to  continue  Christ  or  to  take  His  place.  No  divine 
authority  or  infallibility  pertains  to  the  ministers  of  the  Word 
or  to  the  teaching  order,  considered  even  as  a  whole,  but  it  has 
perpetually  to  grow  intensively  by  living  itself  more  and  more 
comprehensively  into  the  Word  of  Christ.  Nor  has  the  fixed 
.  ministry  of  the  Word  the  privilege  of  being  the  sole  deposi- 
tory of  Christian  truth ;  but  as  even  in  the  0.  T.  the  prophets 
had  their  place  alongside  the  established  offices,  because  the 
Spirit  blows  where  He  wills,  so  must  the  Church  also  set  itself 

>  Matt.  X. ;  Luke  x. ;  Tit.  i.  -  1  Cor.  xii.  1-11,  28-30  ;  Eph.  iv.  11  ff. 

3  So  far,  certainly,  as  the  care  of  souls  demands  also  a  loving  transference  of  self 
into  the  position  of  others,  it  has  its  place  in  the  reflecting  of  the  high-priestly 
spirit  of  Christ  (see  below). 


THE  MINISTRY  OF  THE  WORD.  269 

to  allow  air  and  free  movement  to  the  free  ministry  of  the  Word, 
especially  to  look  upon  the  free  investigation  of  science,  which 
has  to  do  with  the  truth,  and  not  merely  sacred  traditions, 
with  joyous  confidence  in  the  victorious  strength  of  Christian 
truth.  This  victory  is  only  achieved  by  the  mutual  supple- 
menting of  the  free  and  the  fixed,  by  living  wrestle  and  strain 
of  tlie  faculties,  not  by  mere  lordship  of  the  fixed.  The 
good  conscience  of  the  Church  in  its  traditional  teaching  is 
not  shown  in  imposing  silence  within  its  borders  on  opposi- 
tion to  that  teaching,  so  far  as  opposition  does  not  break  loose 
from  Christ's  Word,  and  suppressing  it,  but  in  being  always 
ready  to  give  reply,  and  far  from  relying  on  mechanical  means, 
in  letting  itself  be  roused  by  opposition  to  bring  to  light  new 
aspects  of  Christian  truth,  as  each  age  needs,  by  deeper  digging 
into  the  mines  of  the  Divine  Word,  to  solve  the  problems  still 
left  to  every  age,  and  therefore  to  acknowledge  the  truth  lying 
hidden  in  the  opposition  to  its  tradition. 

4.  Independent  as  are  the  ministers  of  the  Word,  in  the 
stricter  sense,  of  the  will  of  the  several  empirical  churches  in 
reference  to  the  matter  to  be  preached,  they  have  this  inde- 
pendence only  as  ministers  of  the  Word.  Since  with  the 
Church  they  are  dependent  on  the  latter,  in  such  common 
subordination  to  a  higher  power  they  both  have  due  freedom 
and  independence  in  relation  to  each  other.  For  independence 
of  judgment  belongs  to  the  churches  also.  Holy  Scripture 
being  equally  accessible  to  them,  and  the  right  of  scriptural 
knowledge  being  equally  their  duty.  They  are  not,  therefore, 
bound  or  even  warranted  to  acknowledge  dependence  on  the 
minister  of  the  Word,  where  he  is  not  dependent  on  God's 
Word,  but  have  in  this  case  to  prove  their  independence  and 
stedfastness  in  the  faith.^  We  must  not,  in  opposition  to 
God's  Word,  practise  idolatry  from  regard  to  ecclesiastical 
order. 

5.  The  conferring  of  other  powers  {e.g.  the  administration 
of  Baptism  and  the  Holy  Supper,  Church  discipline,  govern- 
ment, etc.),  which  rest  originally  in  the  bosom  of  the  Church, 
on  the  same  persons  to  whom  the  ministry  of  the  Word  is 
committed  by  regular  call,  rests  on  no  dogmatic  necessity, 
save  that  it  is  obligatory  on  the  Church  to  call  into  existence 

1  1  Tim.  vi.  5. 


270  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

an  organized  activity  for  these  duties,  and  in  general  for  every- 
thing done  in  the  name  of  the  Church.  The  more  precise 
character  of  such  arrangements  depends  on  time  and  circum- 
stances, and  is  therefore  a  question  partly  of  Ethics  and 
Practical  Theology,  partly  of  Church  law. 


TRANSITION  TO  THE  SECOND  POINT  :    RELATION  OF  WORD  AND 
SACRAMENT. 

§  137. 

The  Sacraments  are  sacred  actions,  instituted  by  Christ  and 
connected  with  the  Word  of  God,  in  which,  under  out- 
ward signs,  invisible  grace  is  not  merely  preached,  but 
dispensed  to  the  individual  receptive  thereto  by  Christ 
Himself,  to  whom  the  Church  is  merely  an  organ 
(§  134).  The  benefit  of  this  offered  grace  is  personally 
appropriated  by  faith. 

Literature. — Ad.  Wuttke,  De  ratione  qucB  interest  inter  Ver- 
hum  et  Sacramenta,  1842.  Hoffmann,  Das  Gnadenmittel  des 
gottlichen  Wortes  ;  Jubelschrift  flir  D.  Strauss,  1859.  J.  Mtiller, 
Das  Verhdltniss  zwischen  der  Wirksamlceit  des  heiligen  Geistes 
und  dem  Chiadenmittel  des  Wortes.  Sudhoff,  De  Convenientia, 
quce  inter  utrumque  Gratice  Instrumentwn,  Verhurn  Dei  et  Sacra- 
mentum,  intercedat,  Comment,  dogm.  tlieologica,  1852.  Harless 
and  Harnack,  Die  kirclilidi-religidse  Bedeutung  der  reinen  Lehre 
von  den  Gnadenmitteln,  1869.  Thomasius,  Christi  Person  und 
Werk  iii.  2,  112-135.  Philippi,  v.  2.  Of  the  Confessions,  cf. 
Con/.' Aug.,  v.  xiii.  x. ;  ^M  98,  86.  203,  18.  252,  11-13.  265, 
59 ;  Reidelb.  Cat.  qu.  65.  69.  75 ;  Scot.  18. 

1.  The  word  sacramentum  has  received  by  convention, 
not  by  etymology,  the  stricter  meaning  indicated  in  the  text. 
The  idea  of  the  sacraments  held  in  common  by  Evangelical 
teachers  is,  that  they  are  sacred  actions  instituted  by  Christ 
Himself,  which,  under  visible  signs,  offer  the  invisible  grace 
promised  in  the  word  of  institution.  This  idea  decides  as  to 
the  number  of  the  sacraments.  Accordingly,  of  the  Catholic 
number,  seven,  which  were  accepted  also  by  the  later  Greek 


RELATION  OF  WOKD  AND  SACKAMENT.  271 

Church  under  the  influence  of  the  Latin,  there  are  left  only- 
two,  Baptism  and  the  Supper,  because  each  of  the  others  lacks 
either  the  divine  institution  and  promise  (like  the  sacraments 
of  Confirmation,  Ordination,  and  Extreme  Unction),  or  the  outer 
sign,  like  Penance  and  Matrimony.  Other  sacred  actions  in 
the  ethical  sphere,  like  prayer,  installation  of  authorities,  or 
anointing  of  kings,  might  as  sacred  actions  be  called  sacraments 
in  the  wider  sense  with  as  good  right  as  the  last-named. 
Here  we  have  to  do  with  dogmatic,  not  ethical,  sacraments, 
because  the  point  in  hand  is  agencies,  by  which  Christ  accord- 
ing to  promise  continues  His  work  upon  individuals  (§§  127, 
134),  and  in  which  the  Church  is  simply  the  organ  of  His 
action,  so  that  its  act  is  to  be  regarded  as  His  act,  because 
done  in  His  name  and  by  His  command.  But  since  we  see 
in  them  the  act  of  Christ  Himself  offering  salvation,  their 
being  or  validity  is  independent  of  the  faith  or  worthiness  of 
the  administrator ;  and  in  the  same  way  faith  does  not  make 
them  sacraments,  but  receives  their  benefit.  Moreover, the  Evan- 
gelical view,  in  its  opposition  to  the  number  seven,  apprehends 
Christianity  as  a  unity,  not  split  up  into  fragments,  although 
human  receptiveness  for  the  entire  undivided  salvation  given 
in  Christ  may  be  of  different  degrees.  This  weighty  principle 
is  also  the  deepest  reason  of  the  fact,  that  Evangelical  teachers 
of  the  Eeformation  age  refuse  to  concede  a  different  grace  in 
the  sacraments  from  that  in  the  Word,  in  which,  as  in  the 
sacrament,  the  living  Christ  works  and  invites  to  Himself, 
that  He  may  impart  Himself  to  us.  Hence,  with  Augustine, 
the  Symbols  call  the  sacraments  a  pietura  Verhi}  The  second 
characteristic  trait  of  Evangelical  teaching  is,  that  the 
sacraments  work  not  ex  opcre  apcrato,  but  that  faith  is 
requisite  to  their  efficacy.^  Still  the  meaning  is  not,  that 
the  sacraments  only  have  significance  for  those  who  bring 
faith  thereto,  but  simply  that  their  benefit  first  really  comes 
to   man   by   means   of   faith,   for   the   Conf.   Aug.   says  that 

1  Apol.  200,  5. 

'^  Conf.  Aug.  25,  22.  28.  29.  Apol.  98,  86.  252, 11  ff.  203, 18.  265,  59.  Conf. 
Au(j.  xiii.,  damnant  illos  qui  decent,  quod  Sacramenta  ex  opere  operato  justifi- 
ceiit,  nee  docent  fidem  requiri  in  usu  sacramentorum  quae  credat,  remitti  peccata. 
Apol.  213,  18,  rejects  the  notion,  quod  Sacramenta  non  ponenti  obiconi  con- 
ferant  gratiam  ex  opero  operato  sine  bono  motii  cordis,  lioc  est  sine  lide.  Thin 
is  impia,  perniciosa  doctrina,  simpliciter  Judaica. 


2  ,  2  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

the  Holy  Spirit  works,  excites,  and  confirms  faith  by  "Word 
and  Sacrament.^ 

2.  Eelatiox  of  Woed  and  Sacrament. — The  saying  of 
Augustine,  according  to  which  the  sacraments  are  to  the  eye 
what  the  Word  is  to  the  ear,  is  true  in  so  far  as  faith  has  to 
see  in  both  a  divine  self-manifestation,  which  may  be  called 
God's  Word  in  the  wider  sense  ;  and  in  so  far  as  they  ought 
not  to  be  distinguished  in  such  a  way  as  to  exalt  one  at  the 
cost  of  the  other.  But  still  they  are  not  identical  The  differ- 
ence expresses  itself  historically  thus :  The  Reformed  in  general 
lay  stress  rather  on  the  Word,  which  is  nearer  to  the  spirit ; 
the  Catholics,  on  the  sacrament  with  its  sensuous  symbolism. 
The  dogmatic  problem  will  be  to  show,  that  in  their  difference 
they  are  mutually  related.  In  doing  this,  the  starting-point 
will  be  the  unity  of  Christian  gi'ace,  which  does  not  permit 
the  difference  between  Sacrament  and  Word  generally  to  be 
sought  in  their  contents,  but  in  the  diversity  of  form,  in  which 
the  one  grace  is  offered  according  to  the  variety  of  need  in  the 
subject.  Now  the  af&nity  of  the  Word  and  the  Sacrament  is 
evident  from  this,  that  the  Word — the  continuation  of  Christ's 
prophetic  work — must  prepare  the  way  for  all  further  mani- 
festation of  grace,  since  without  the  Word  the  latter  could  only 
influence  man  by  magic,  outward  or  inward.  The  Word 
addresses  itself  to  the  intelligence,  that  intelligence  may  arouse 
the  will,  thus  giving  rise  to  Christian  faith,  which  could  not 
exist  without  knowledge  of  Christ,  because  it  would  lack  its 
object,  which  cannot  be  given  by  purely  inward  spiritual 
influence,  but  only  by  the  preaching  of  the  Word.^  Again, 
without  the  Word  of  divine  institution  and  founding,  the 
sacrament  were  no  sacrament.  It  is  itself  nothing  but  the 
caiTving  out  of  the  word  of  institution  and  promise,  brought 
within  the  actual  present.  Were  we  to  imagine  the  sacred 
action  cut  off  from  the  Word,  it  would  lack  the  definite  mean- 
ing which  interprets  and  gives  effect  to  it.  The  Word,  then 
— and  this  leads  to  the  other  aspect — has  indeed  Christ  for  its 

^  Conf.  Auij.  xiii.  Apol.  265,  59,  as  the  right  zisiis  sacramenti  it  is  indicated, 
vt  fides  acceded  (not  antecedat),  or  ut  fides  concipiatur.  This  must  especially 
apply  to  Baptism,  for  in  a  normal  way  faith  must  be  already  assumed  at  the 
Holy  Supper.  ^ 

•'  §  127,  3. 


RELATION  OF  WORD  AND  SACRAMENT.  273 

contents,  nay,  since  it  is  preached  in  His  name,  it  involves 
also  an  action  of  Christ ;  and  since  the  Word  of  the  gospel 
embraces  in  its  way  the  whole  field,  there  is  no  difference 
between  Word  and  Sacrament  in  reference  to  contents.^  On 
this  is  based  the  old  Evangelical  doctrine,  that  as  to  contents 
the  spiritualis  manducatio  supplies  the  same  as  the  oralis. 
But  althougli  the  Word  is  a  clothing  of  spiritual  truth  in 
sensuous  garb,  in  order  that  faith  may  preserve  the  conscious- 
ness of  an  objectivity  in  its  contents  independent  of  its  own 
act,  and  know  itself  one  with  the  historic  Christ  in  externally 
historic  fashion  through  the  Word,  which  is  a  continuation  of 
Christ's  act,  still  the  Word  does  not  satisfy  the  need.  Although 
in  it  in  its  own  way  the  one  and  entire  gospel  finds  expression, 
the  Word  is  largely  dependent  on  the  skill  and  gifts  of  the 
ministers  of  the  Word  for  delivery  and  effect,  as  well  as  for 
the  living  representation  of  Christ.  Further,  by  its  nature  it 
is  first  of  all  a  communicating  of  doctrine  or  truth  to  the 
intelligence,  which  it  addresses ;  and  this  is  necessarily  done 
in  a  multiplicity  of  sentences  of  human  discourse,  into  which 
the  unity  and  entirety  of  Christian  truth  is  divided  in  its 
manifestation.  The  presentation  of  the  gospel  in  its  unity  and 
entirety,  such  as  was  given  in  the  living  Person  of  Christ  and 
the  contemplation  of  that  Person,  is  very  unequally  accom- 
plished by  the  Word  preached  according  to  the  gifts  of  the 
speaker,  and  never  perfectly.  Moreover,  in  this  its  divided 
manifestation  the  Word  extends  equally  to  all  the  hearers  of 
preaching,  whereas  one  and  the  same  aspect  of  the  Word  is 
not  that  which  suits  all  at  one  time ;  for  preaching  gives 
special  distinctness  to  particular  aspects  of  the — in  itself 
thoroughly  united — Word,  the  rebuking  and  condemning,  as 
well  as  the  comforting  and  encouraging  aspects.  It  is  thus 
impossible  for  the  individual  to  know  what  part  of  the  Word, 
which  mentions  none  by  name,  applies  to  him  as  he  is  at  the 
present  moment,  whether  for  example  he  must  apply  to  himself 
words  of  grace  (which  application  has  its  time  and  hour)  or 
words  of  rebuke.  And  yet  the  establishing  of  a  secure  state  of 
grace  depends  on  his  not  appropriating  grace  arbitrarily,  but  on 
good  objective  grounds.     For  these  defects  of  the  Word  taken 

V,As  Harless  rightly  insists,  after  the  example  of  Augustine  and  the  Refor- 
mation. 

DoRNER. — Christ.  Doct.  iv.  S 


274  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

alone,  the  Sacrament  brings  the  supply.  As  an  unquestionable 
institution  of  Christ,  the  Sacrament  is  an  invitation  on  His  part. 
This  invitation  in  historical  process  He  causes  to  come  to 
individuals  in  such  a  way,  that  along  with  the  outward  action 
He  is  willing  to  communicate'  His  grace,  nay  Himself,  accord- 
ing to  promise.  It  is  meant  to  bring  the  individual  into 
union  with  His  person,  in  whom  the  unity  and  entirety  of  the 
gospel  is  enclosed ;  and  thus,  as  an  action  in  which  Christ 
continues  His  work  of  receiving  men,  to  restore  to  the  spiritual 
vision  of  faith  that  which  was  given  by  Christ's  outward 
manifestation  during  His  earthly  ministry.  Thus  the  Sacra- 
ment combines  apparently  opposite  but  equally  necessary 
elements. 

First.  Whereas  the  one  Word  divides  in  its  manifesta- 
tion into  words  and  sentences,  grace  thus  falling  asunder 
through  Holy  Scripture  and  preaching  into  a  multiplicity  of 
rays,  which  yet  only  have  their  true  effect  when  they 
again  combine  for  consciousness  into  a  unity,  it  is  the 
Sacrament  which  presents  grace  in  its  all-embracing  complete- 
ness and  makes  it  visible  to  the  eye  of  faith.  It  gives  therefore 
not  a  mere  ray  of  grace,  but  the  whole  Christ ;  and  how 
rich  its  blessing  shall  be,  depends  simply  on  the  degree  of 
receptiveness. 

On  the  otlicr  side,  the  Sacrament  specializes  grace,  not  in 
itself,  but  in  reference  to  individuals.  It  applies  the  one  and 
complete  grace  to  individuals  in  historical  progress.  It  does 
not,  as  the  Word  unavoidably  does,  exhibit  one  single  aspect 
of  Christianity,  and  that  in  such  a  way  that  the  same  aspect 
presents  itself  equally  to  all,  however  different  they  may  be, 
and  without  the  individual  knowing  what  he  ought  to  apply 
to  himself.  On  the  contrary,  the  Sacrament  addresses  itself,  by 
Christ's  commission  and  as  His  action,  to  particular  individuals 
by  name,  who  thereby,  provided  they  believe  in  the  divine 
institution  and  promise  of  the  Sacrament,  come  into  relation 
with  Christ  in  His  unity  and  entirety,  enter  into  gracious 
covenant  with  Him,  and  thus  rejoice  in  Christ's  redeeming- 
purpose  as  referring  to  their  own  personality,  and  that  at  the 
present  moment,  without  putting  subjective  wishes  in  the  place 
of  objective  truth.  Thus,  through  the  sacraments  instituted  by 
Christ,  and  dispensed  in  His   name   as   though   He  Himself 


EELATION  OF  WORD  AND  SACRAMENT.  275 

administered  them,  Christ's  Avork  of  calling  and  receiving 
men  into  communion  with  Him  is  just  as  directly  applied 
to  men  as  once  to  His  disciples,  so  that  they  may  be  as  confi- 
dent of  His  loving  will  as  those  disciples.  Hence  too  it  is 
clear,  that  when  some  suppose  the  significance  of  justification 
by  faith  must  be  limited,  if  the  sacraments  are  to  receive  their 
due  honour  and  their  objectivity  is  to  be  acknowledged,  this 
is  a  gross  misunderstanding  of  the  meaning  both  of  the  Sacra- 
ment and  of  faith.  So  little  is  one  a  hindrance  to  the  other, 
that  faith  itself  longs  for  the  Sacrament,  because  faith  longa 
after  personal  assurance  of  communion  with  Christ,  and  that 
not  a  self-made,  subjective,  but  subjective-objective  assur- 
ance ;  and  conversely,  the  Sacrament  on  its  side  looks  for 
believing  partakers  of  it,  because  only  to  such  can  it  impart 
its  benefit.  Here,  therefore,  Evangelical  doctrine  also  steers 
between  two  errors — the  Eomish,  which  injures  faith  by  its 
opus  ojyeratum,  from  fear  lest  the  sacraments  and  their  objective 
significance  should  suffer  loss  through  the  Evangelical  doctrine 
of  faith;  and  the  Anabaptist  and  Quakerish,  which  thinks  faith 
should  be  set  against  the  Sacrament,  as  if  faith  did  not  need 
the  Sacrament,  but  would  be  placed  by  it  in  false  dependence 
on  the  external.  The  Protestant  Fides,  in  which  Fiducia  and 
assurance  of  salvation — Fides  specialis — are  the  chief  matter, 
agrees  best  with  the  exhihitio  gratice  spccialis  by  the  Sacrament, 
which  most  perfectly  meets  the  need  of  faith.  For  the  sacra- 
ments are  personal  acts  of  Christ  to  persons,  as  is  recognized 
in  the  Form.  Concordice} 

Observation. — Thomasius  prefers  another  distinction  be- 
tween Word  and  Sacrament,^  In  the  sacraments,  he  says, 
"  grace  operates  through  physical  means  directly  on  the  nature 
of  man,  on  his  entire  psychico-physical,  essential  being  (there- 
fore without  intervention  of  knowing  and  volition) ;  they 
transplant  us  into  Christ's  holy  human  nature,  and  into  the 
organism  of  the  Church  ;  they  are  the  church-forming  powers 
which  the   Church  administers.     The  Word,  on  the  other 

1  F.  C.  807,  37  :  et  quiJem  earn  ipsam  ob  causam  (re  de  revelata  erga  iios  Dei 
Toluntati  dubitemus)  promissionerii  Evangelii  Cliristus  non  tantum  genernlitcr 
proponi  curat,  sed  etiam  Sacramenta  promissioni  annectere  voluit,  quibus 
tanquam  sigillis  ad  promissionem  appensis  xinicuique  credent!  promissionis 
Evangelicffi  certitudinem  confirmat. 
''^  Ut  supra,  iii.  2,  p.  113  f. 


276  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

hand,  operates  on  the  self-conscious  personality,  on  the  in- 
telligence and  the  successive  unfolding  of  the  personality, 
whereas  the  Sacrament  establishes  a  new  relation  by  one 
drastic  stroke,  in  one  act  and  moment. — It  is  true,  that  in 
the  Sacrament  the  undivided,  concentrated  grace  is  offered, 
and  this  grace  also  requires  a  concentration  of  the  entire 
man,  i.e.  a  collected  living  receptiveness ;  but  it  would 
neither  be  Scriptural  nor  commendable  to  ascribe  to  the 
sacraments  in  distinction  from  the  Word  an  influence  on  the 
nature  in  a  physical  way,  i.e.  not  through  the  medium  of  the 
spirit,  so  that  only  the  nature  of  man,  as  determined  by  the 
sacrament  or  Christ's  holy  human  nature,  could  influence  his 
spirit.  This  would  lead  back  to  a  physical  process  of  salva- 
tion, to  the  ojnis  operatum.  It  is  also  strangely  wrong  to 
exclude  the  Word  of  God  from  the  church-forming  powers. 
This  is  in  keeping  with  the  overlooking  of  the  fact,  that  the 
Church  has  its  constantly  self-renewing  genesis  in  germinant 
faith,  not  in  impersonal  nature.  Finally,  this  mode  of  con- 
ception contradicts  the  fundamental  principle  of  the  New 
Testament,  according  to  which  the  gospel  first  of  all  aims 
at  the  spirit,  and  only  through  it  at  transforming  also  the 
physical  side  of  man  in  conformity  with  Christ's  holy  human 
nature.  On  the  other  hand  it  has  been  already  premised, 
that  it  is  certainly  of  value  for  faith  to  come  into  relation 
witli  the  historic  Christ  through  the  medium  of  institutions 
of  His  which  also  touch  the  senses,  only  it  is  overlooked  by 
Thomasius  that  even  the  Word  of  God  comes  to  man  in 
sensuous  form. 


SECOND  POINT. 

A. — Tlie  Continuation  of  the  High-ioricstly  Activity  of  Christ. 

§  138. — Holy  Baptism. 

Holy  Baptism  is  the  sacred  action  instituted  by  Christ,  by 
means  of  which  the  individual  is  received  by  Christ's 
substitutionary,  high-priestly  love  into  His  communion, 
that  the  old  life  may  die  and  a  new  reconciled  one 
begin — a  life  of  sonship  to  God. 

Literature. — Matthies,  Baptismi  Uxpositio  hiblico-histoi'ico- 
doymatica,  1831.     W.Hoffmann,  Taufeund  Wiedertaufe,  184V). 


BAniSM.  277 

Oster,  r.  J.,  Briefe  ilher  die  Lchrc  dcr  H.  Schr.  von  dcr  Taufc, 
1840.  Brauns,  J.  F.,  zur  Vcrstdndigung  uher  den  Anabaptismus, 
1844  Niigelsbach,  LiUh.  Zcitschr.  1849,  4.  Sclioberlein,  Stud, 
n.  Krit  1847,  4.  p.  1024.'  Hofling,  Das  Sacrament  der  Tavfe, 
2  vols.  1846,  1848;  cf.  especially  II.  132,  105,  106,  §  22. 
:Martensen,  die  christl.  Taufe  und  die  haptistische  Frage,  1847, 
ed.  2, 1860.  Culmann,  Welche  Bewandtniss  hat  cs  mit  der  Tavfe 
in  der  christlichcn  Kirche  ?  1847.  Steinmeyer,  Vortrag  auf  dem 
Kirchen-Tag  zu  Frankfurt,  1854  (cf.  the  records  of  this  Kirchen- 
tag  and  Ev.  Kz.  1854,  55).  K.  Stier,  Tanfe  und  Kindertaufe 
(from  the  "Words  of  the  Lord  Jesus,"  vii.),  1855.  Hase,  Polemik, 
ed.  2.  Leiner,  Das  Sacrament  der  heiligen  Taufe;  Ausleg.  des 
IV.  EauptstiXcks  des  kleinen  lutherischen  KatecUsmus,  1857. 
Willms,  Beleuchtung  und  Widerlegung  der  Schrift  von  'leiner, 
1862.  Eibbeck,  F.,  Aus  der  Landeskirclie  in  die  Baptisten- 
gemeinde,  1854.  (In  opposition  to  him  write :  Esch,  C.  W.,  Die 
evangelische  Landeskirche,  etc.,  and  J.  L.  Miiller,  1854.  Sub- 
sequently Eibbeck  again  renounced  the  Baptist  doctrine.) 
Miinchmeyer,  Das  Dogma  von  der  sicJitharen  tmd  unsicUlaren 
Kir  die.  Fin  historischer  und  kritischer  Versuch,  1854.  (For 
the  definition  of  the  Church  as  Socictas  fidei  in  Conf.  Aug.  VIII., 
he  would  substitute  the  definition  of  it  as  a  community  of 
baptized  persons.)  In  Fiiglish  Literature:  Pusey,  Scriptural 
Vieivs  of  Hohj  Baptism,  1836.  Kob.  Wilberforce,  Tlie  Doctrine 
of  Holy  Baptism,  ed.  3,  1850  (in  opposition  to  Goode's  Effects 
of  Infant  Baptism).  Wardlaw,  Dis.  on  Infant  Baptism,  ed.  3 
1846  (in  opposition  to  Dr.  Halley's  work :  Tlie  Sacraments). 
Haldane  and  Birt,  Strictures  on  Infant  Baptism^  write  on  the 
Baptist  side,  in  opposition  to  Wardlaw. 


I. — Biblical  Doctrine. 

"Baptism  was  instituted  by  the  Eisen  Lord,  after  pre- 
vious intimations,^  in  accordance  with  John's  baptism, 
which,  although  not  a  mere  baptism  of  repentance,  but 
also  a  promise  of  the  approach  of  the  kingdom  of  heaven, 
only  finds  its  fulfilment  in  the  Christian  baptism  with  the 

1  J.  Miiller  {das  gdttUche  Recht  der  Union,  p.  203)  declares  against  the  notion 
of  Kagelsbach  and  Schbberlein,  that  Holy  Baptism  relates  also  to  the  nature  of 
man,  and  imparts  the  prima  stamina  of  a  heavenly  corporeity  for  the  forming  of 
the  new  personality.     Cf.  Thomasius,  iii.  2.  1-47.  140.  ° 

2  Bii  t  says  of  Infant  baptism  :  It  is  a  cause  without  effect,  means  without  end, 
clcud  without  rain,  tree  without  fruit. 

3  Matt,  xxviii.  19  f.  ;  Mark  xvi.  15.     Cf.  John  iii.  5 ;  1  John  v.  6-8. 


278  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

Holy  Spirit.^  The  Johannine  baptism  in  its  turn  joins  on 
to  passages  in  the  law  and  prophets,  of  the  Old  Testament 
respecting  sacred  washings.^  But  Christian  Baptism  is  first 
a  rite  of  symbolic  cleansing,  and  then  of  consecration  and 
reception  into  the  community  of  Christian  confessors.  It 
takes  the  place  of  the  Old  Testament  circumcision,^  and  from 
the  beginning  is  the  New  Testament  covenant-sign.'*  The 
nature  of  circumcision  was  chiefly  to  impose  obligation,® 
namely,  to  obey  the  will  of  God  as  it  is  and  will  be  revealed. 
Still  even  the  Old  Testament  covenant  is  also  a  covenant  of 
promise.  In  the  New  Testament,  in  harmony  with  the  cha- 
racter of  the  prevenient  grace  of  Christianity,  baptism  is  not 
primarily  obligation  or  service,  but  a  promise  and  communication 
of  divine  grace.  But  forgiveness  of  sins  appears  everywhere  as 
the  fundamental  factor  in  Christian  grace  ;  in  many  passages  it 
is  regarded  as  the  first  and  surest  fruit  of  baptism.  In  Peter, 
baptism  is  called  the  inquiry  after  a  good  conscience.^  But 
the  benefit  of  baptism  is  not  exhausted  in  this  negative  factor 
— forgiveness.  The  gift  of  the  Holy  Ghost,  implanting  a  new 
life,  the  germ  or  seed  of  a  new  man,  is  essential  to  Christian 
baptism.  Hence  baptism  is  called  a  laver  of  regeneration,^ 
Paul  combines  the  Johannine  and  Christian  baptism,  but  so  as 
to  give  repentance  a  Christian  character,  and  uses  the  outward 
action  as  a  symbol,  seeing  in  the  submersion  the  dying  of  the 
old  man  with  Christ,  the  being  planted  into  His  death  which 
procured  the  forgiveness  of  sins,  and  in  the  rising  again  from 
the  grave  of  the  water  the  resurrection  of  the  new  man  into 
Christ's  fellowship.^  The  intimate  connection  with  Christ, 
into  which  baptism  brings,  is  already  expressed  in  the  words 
of  institution,  according  to  which  it  is  a  being  baptized  into 
the  name,  i.e.  into  the  revealed  nature,  of  God  as  Father,  Son, 

'  Acts  i,  5. 

^  Ex.  xix.  10,  xxix.  4,  xxx.  18  f.  ;  Num.  xix.  7  ff.,  aud  Zech.  xiii.  1,  xiv,  8 ; 
Ezek,  xxxvi.  25. 
^  Col.  ii.  12,  13. 

*  Cf.  on  this  point  Ecce  Homo  (by  Seeley),  ed.  4,  1866,  p.  S3  ff. 
'  Gal.  V.  3. 

^  1  Pet.  iii.  21  :  auti^-Miui  UyaMi  I'ynpuTvif/.a.     The  answer  to  the  inquiry  is 
sought  and  found  in  baptism.     Cf.  Acts  ii.  38. 
'  Tit.  iii.  5.     Cf.  John  iii.  5 ;  Gal.  iii.  27. 

*  Rom.  vi.  3  ff.     The  relation  of  baptism  to  His  death  was  already  decldi'ed 
by  Christ,  Mark  x,  38  ;  Luke  xii.  50. 


BAPTISM,  279 

and  Holy  Spirit.  If  baptism  unto  Christ  only,  or  nnto  His 
death,  is  often  spoken  of,^  the  conclusion  must  not  be  drawn 
that  ancient  Christendom  baptized  unto  Christ  only.  The 
opposite  is  clear  from  the  fact  that  even  the  Ebionites  used 
the  Trinitarian  formula.  Rather,  baptism  is  often  called 
baptism  unto  Christ,  because  the  revelation  in  Him  is  the 
centre,  which  points  in  a  mediatory  character  on  one  side  to 
God  as  Father,  on  the  other  to  the  Holy  Spirit.  The  New 
Testament  indicates  nothing  more  definite  respecting  the  re- 
lation of  the  outward  element  in  the  act  to  the  inner  spiritual 
meaning,  apart  from  the  symbolic  use  of  that  outward  element, 
save  that  the  gift  of  the  Holy  Spirit  is  viewed  as  connected 
with  baptism  in  a  normal  way.  In  the  beginning  the  baptism 
of  adults  was  customary,  a  new  and  blessed  consciousness 
of  filial  relationship  being  usually  expected  as  its  fruit.  In 
harmony  with  this  view,  regeneration  is  especially  described 
as  its  result,  but  in  order  thereto  it  is  necessary  to  become  as 
children;  and  so  much  is  the  receiving,  and  not  any  human 
observance,  any  human  action  whatever,  the  chief  point  in 
baptism,  that  Paul  brings  it  into  the  most  intimate  association 
with  Christ's  substitution  and  high-priestly  love.  Baptism  is 
symbolically  tlie  death  and  grave  of  the  old  man,  but  only  as 
union  with  Christ's  death,  which  His  substitutionary  love 
endured  for  us,  thus  acquiring  the  power  so  to  draw  us  into 
the  spiritual  fellowship  of  His  death  that  His  death  is  effectual 
for  our  benefit.^  For,  dying  with  Christ,  we  also  rise  again 
with  Him  as  men,  whose  old  life,  permeated  with  the  generic 
sin  of  Adam,  is  as  it  were  swallowed  up  by  His  substitution 
applied  to  us.  Hence  Paul  even  says,  that  by  baptism  we 
Imve  put  on  Christ,  the  righteousness  of  Christ,  as  a  white 
garment,  so  that  we  stand  in  God's  sight  as  parts  of  His 
manifestation.^  For  these  reasons  the  baptized  are  called 
sons  of  God,  God  looks  upon  them  in  Christ.  Accordingly 
it  is  proved  by  scriptural  evidence,  that  Christ's  heavenly, 
high-priestly  love  continues  its  activity  through  baptism  in 
His  name,  which  takes  place  indeed  but  once,*  but  in  which 
Christ's  high-priestly  love  unites  with  man  and  pledges  itself 

'  Acts  ii.  38,  viii.  IG,  x.  48  ;  Rom.  vi.  3  ;  Gal.  iii.  27. 
,  *  Cul.  ii.  12,  13.  3  Gal.  iii.  27.     Cf.  Rev.  iv.  4,  iii.  4,  vii.  9,  13  f. 

*  Acts  viii.  xvi.  xvii. 


280  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

to  continvied  operation.  But  through  Christ's  mediation  the 
baptized  one  enters  also  into  relation  to  the  Triune  God  in 
general. 

Observation. — Holy  Scripture  says  nothing  of  an  effect  of 
Holy  Baptism  on  the  nature,  of  another  heavenly  gift  (materia 
ccelestis)  than  the  Holy  Spirit ;  hut  this  does  not  preclude  the 
divine  power,  which  the  new  personality  receives,  conversely 
exercising  also  an  influence  on  the  physical  side  belonging 
to  the  personality. 


§  1 3  9 . — Continuation. 

II. — Forming  of  the  Ecclesiastical  Doctrine. 

Literature. — Conf.  Aug.  IX. ;  Apol.  156,  p.  329  ;  Cat.  379. 
401.  534;  Heidell.  Cat.  qu.  69  ff. 

1.  The  common  Evangelical  doctrine  is,  that  Holy  Baptism 
is  necessary  for  all,  because  it  is  the  form  ordained  by  Christ 
Himself  for  bringing  the  individual  person  into  communion 
\^'ith  Christ's  person  and  salvation,  and  because  without 
participation  in  His  redemption  man  remains  in  the  natural 
corruption  which,  apart  from  counteraction,  must  result  in 
eternal  death.  Hence  both  Evangelical  Confessions,  however 
earnestly  the  Eeformation  maintains  the  cause  of  the  conscious 
religious  personality,  are  at  one  in  rejecting  not  merely 
Anabaptism,  but  late  baptism  in  general,  and  in  retaining 
infant-baptism.  As  in  respect  of  the  sacrament  generally,  so 
here  also  they  have  fixed  two  limits,  which  must  not  be 
transgressed.  On  one  side,  according  to  them,  the  Sacrament 
without  faith  is  a  signum  inejfieax}  for  the  benefit  of  baptism 
— the  Holy  Spirit — cannot  be  imparted  ex  opere  operato.  On 
the  other  side  it  is  not  faith  which  makes  the  sacrament  a 
sacrament,  but  Christ's  institution  and  fidelity  to  His  promise.^ 
Thereby  the  objectivity  of  the  Sacrament  is  rendered  secure, 
even  as  by  the  first  condition  all  magical  influence  of  the  out- 
ward act  is  excluded.  A  consequence  of  the  objectivity  of  the 
sacrament  is,  that  baptism  remains  valid,  and  is  not  to  be 
repeated,  although  in  the  baptismal  act  itself  faith  was  not 
1  Cat.  Maj.  549,  73.  '  Ibid.  545.  546. 


BAPTISM.  281 

exercised,  and  therefore  the  benefit  of  baptism  was  not 
effectual.  A  distinction  must  be  made  between  validitas  and 
efficacia.  Eepetition  would  involve  the  erroneous  conception, 
maintained  by  Eomish  teaching,  that  the  significance  of 
baptism  is  but  momentary,  namely,  valid  so  long  as  the 
baptized  one  does  not  again  fall  into  sin.  But,  on  the  contrary, 
according  to  Evangelical  teaching  the  revelation  of  something 
eternal,  of  God's  faithful  purpose  of  grace,  is  contained  in  the 
temporal  moment.  Baptism  is  on  God's  part  a  covenant 
with  man,  which  only  definitive  unbelief  can  dissolve.  Hence, 
even  after  the  fall  of  the  baptized  one,  a  return  to  baptismal 
grace  is  possible  through  repentance  without  a  new  sacrament 
(Confirmation,  or  the  sacrament  of  Penance,  or  Extreme 
Unction).  "  He  who  did  not  actually  believe  at  his  baptism, 
let  him  now  believe "  in  the  gracious  promise  revealed  con- 
cerning him  in  his  baptism,  which  is  still  in  force.^  The 
complete  grace  is  wrapped  up  and  made  sure  to  man  in  this 
promise  on  God's  part ;  he  has  only  to  appropriate  it  by  faith. 
Thus,  the  wealth  of  the  baptismal  benefit  is  so  great,  that  he 
can  only  completely  make  it  a  personal  possession  when  his 
entire  life  is  a  "  continuous  baptism  "  by  union  in  dying  and 
rising  again  with  Christ.^ 

Hereby  also  the  chief  point  is  given  in  respect  to  infant 
laptism.  The  Conf.  Aug.  speaks  of  a  twofold  oblation.^ 
Through  baptism  offertur  Gratia  Dei  to  the  baptized  one,  and 
the  children  are  offeruntur  Deo  et  recipiuntiLr  in  gratiam  Dei. 
No  mention  is  here  made  of  regeneration  in  the  fact  of  infant 
baptism ;  but  the  meaning  of  the  Conf.  Aug.  implies,*  that 
regeneration,  on  its  emergence  with  faith,  is  the  carrying  out 
or  realization  of  the  promise  connected  with  baptism. 

2.  But  the  relation  of  baptism  to  faith  and  regeneration  was 
variously  defined,  and  in  the  case  of  infant-baptism  problems 
of  peculiar  difficulty  arose  as  to  that  relation.  The  Catholic 
Church  could  assume  a  substitutionary  faith  in  the  Church, 
or  a  magical  effect  of  baptism,  and  consequently  a  faith  before 
baptism  (conferred  as  it  were),  as  well  as  an  effect  of  baptism 
on  the  person  in  the  moment  of  the  outward  act  apart  from 
his  own  faith.     This  the  Eeformation  was  forced  to  reject; 

>  1  Cat.  Maj.  546,  56.  ''  Ibid.  548.  65.  543,  41. 

3  Con/.  Awj.  ix.  *  Cf.  Art.  II. 


282  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHLT.CH. 

and  Luther,  in  order  to  leave  no  place  for  the  ojnis  oj^e-ratum, 
assumed,  although  not  with  full  certainty,  the  personal  faith 
of  the  child  in  order  to  baptism  {Cat.  Maj.  544,  47  ff.,  546), 
The  ancient  formularies,  indeed,  had  the  confession  of  faith 
recited  in  the  name  of  the  child  before  baptism,  upon  which 
the  baptism  followed.-^  Luther  assumed  that  God  gives  the 
child  faith  for  baptism  in  answer  to  the  intercession  of 
the  Church  before  baptism.  But  there  is  no  exegetical 
authority  for  ascribing  a  consciousness  of  God  and  Christ, 
or  Christian  faith,  to  infants  who  as  yet  have  not  even  self- 
consciousness.  And  if  a  general,  mere  receptiveness  for  Chris- 
tianity were  called  faith,  then  all  men  would  be  believers 
by  nature.  But  faith  comes  by  preaching,  not  by  nature. 
Granted  that  we  are  right  in  ascribing  the  effect  of  the 
production  of  faith  to  the  belie\ing  intercession  of  the  Church, 
such  intercession  may  be  wanting  in  the  baptismal  act ;  and 
since  it  is  uncertain,  the  authority  of  such  baptism  would  be 
doubtful,  so  far  as  it  is  supposed  to  depend  on  the  existence 
of  faith  in  the  child  lefore  baptism.  To  assign  to  the 
intercession  such  potency  as  would  command  with  certainty 
individuals  and  the  origination  of  faith  in  them,  would  only 
transfer  the  magical  element  of  the  Eomish  doctrine  to  the 
spiritual  sphere  and  the  act  of  the  Church,  instead  of  to 
the  outward  act  of  the  priest.  The  outward  opus  operahLin 
would  then,  it  is  true,  be  averted  from  infant-baptism,  in  so 
far  as  the  baptismal  blessing  itself  would  not  pass  to  the 
child  by  magical  means,  but  only  through  its  faith ;  but  it 
would  be  otherwise  with  the  origination  of  the  faith  itself. 
Moreover,  the  supposition  of  a  faith  before  baptism  includes 
yet  another  danger.  Since,  according  to  the  common  Evan- 
gelical doctrine,  regeneration  is  originated  by  faith,  it  would 
follow  that  regeneration  as  well  as  faith  comes  before  baptism, 
and  therefore  could  not  be  thought  as  its  effect.  If  faith  and 
regeneration  are  already  brought  to  baptism,  the  only  meaning 
left  to  the  latter  is  that  of  sealing  what  has  been  done,  i.e. 

^  Cf.  Hofling,  II.  1-20:  "The  ancient  and  also  the  later  Catholic  Church 
gave  no  marked  expression  in  a  liturgical  respect  to  the  difference  between 
adult  Christian  children  and  proselytes  ;  thej-  transferred  the  entire  liturgical 
treatment  of  the  Catechnmenate  and  of  proselj'te  baptism  more  or  lees  to  the 
baptism  of  children,  thus  pa\'ing  the  way  lor  the  importance  which  thej* 
attribute  to  the  sponsorial  institute. " 


BAPTISM.  283 

the  prefixing  of  faitli  to  Laptism  leads  to  the  Baptist  theory. 
No  wonder  that  Luther  again  betrays  uncertainty  whether 
faith  in  the  proper  sense  is  to  be  ascribed  to  children,  although 
he  cherishes  the  hope  that  they  believe.^  In  the  Large 
Catechism  he  says,  whether  children  have  faith,  let  the  learned 
decide;^  and  on  the  occasion  of  the  Wittenberg  Concord, 
1536,  he  conceded,  that  because  children  have  as  yet  no 
intelligence,  they  can  only  have  an  analogon  of  faith,  namely, 
a  natural  bias  of  the  soul  to  God,  just  as  Calvin  also  spoke  of 
fides  seminalis  in  children.  In  the  Large  Catechism,  Luther 
linally  contented  himself  with  saying :  "  The  matter  does  not 
depend  on  whether  children  have  faith ;  baptism  is  valid,  even 
when  faith  is  wanting  in  the  act  of  baptism,  and  brings  its 
blessing  through  the  faith  that  emerges  later."  ^ 

The  Lutheran  theology  of  the  l7th  century  abandoned  the 
standpoint,  that  faith  must  be  required  hcfore  baptism,  con- 
sidering it  rather,  in  opposition  to  Baptist  teaching,  as  the 
effect  of  baptism,  like  regeneration.  But  this  effect  of  baptism 
was  considered  as  directly  involved  in  the  outward  act ;  and 
thus  the  result  was  a  faith  produced  by  the  baptismal  act, 
and  a  regeneration  apart  from  personal  self-consciousness, 
apart  from  all  knowledge  of  sin  or  of  Christ,  and  therefore 
apart  from  all  spiritual  intervention  on  man's  side,  and  the 
reproach  of  the  ojpus  operatum  lay  again  only  too  close  at 
hand.  Certainly  the  same  was  not  understood  by  faith  and 
regeneration,  which  we  with  Holy  Scripture  understand  thereby; 
rather  a  mere  resting  of  the  soul  in  God,  connected  with  a 
miraculous  restoration  of  free  will,  by  which  in  due  time  the 
child  is  able  personally  to  appropriate  grace  and  justification. 
But  this  is  too  much  for  the  moment  of  baptism  in  the  case 
of  children,  and  too  little  for  the  entire  significance  of  baptism. 
It  is  too  bare  a  view  of  the  contents  of  the  blessing  conveyed 
to  man  in  baptism,  to  suppose  it  merely  to  give  the  possi- 
bility of  personal  faith  and  conscious  regeneration  (which  was 
then  usually  called  conversion).      See  above,  p.  204  f. 

1  Cat.  Maj.  546,  §  57.  ^  Ihkl.  544,  47  ff. 

"  Ibid.  545,  52  :  hoc  quoque  dicimus,  nobis  noii  sumniani  vim  in  hoc  sitam 
esse,  num  ille,  qui  baptizatur  credat,  necne  :  i)er  hoc  enim  baptisiuo  nihil 
detrahitur.  §  55  :  quaniquam  pueri  non  crederent  .  .  .  tamen  baptisnuis  verus 
?sset.  546,  §  56  :  Propterea  dico,  si  uon  recte  credidisti  prius,  tamcn  adhuc 
crede. 


284  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHUECH. 

For  tliese  reasons,  Pietism,  with  its  stricter  idea  of  faith 
and  regeneration,  opposed  this  view.  It  insisted  on  the 
necessity  of  personal  faith  in  order  to  salvation  and  to 
regeneration,  and  left  no  place  for  a  faith  which  is  mere 
passivity  or  unconscious  receptiveness.  Only,  the  teaching  of 
Pietism  was  such  as  to  make  regeneration  begin  too  sub- 
jectively from  the  conscious  person.  It  wished,  indeed,  to 
retain  infant-baptism,  but  was  unable  to  weave  the  fact  of 
baptism  as  an  efficient  factor  into  the  process  of  regeneration, 
and  to  apply  the  fact  of  its  consummation  to  the  conscious 
life.  The  logical  result  of  such  inability  must  necessarily  be 
the  giving  up  of  infant-baptism. 

In  very  recent  days  a  reaction  has  again  set  in  against 
these  views.  The  Puseyites  maintain  "  baptismal  regenera- 
tion." They  indeed  understand  thereby  justification  especially, 
but  obscure  and  minimize  the  idea  of  faith  and  regeneration, 
describing  regeneration  as  already  effected  by  baptism.  In 
Germany  of  late  the  opus  operatum  has  been  again  openly 
adopted  by  many  in  the  interest  of  infant-baptism,  and  even 
the  Catholic  consequences  of  the  theory  with  respect  to  the 
idea  of  the  Church  are  not  shunned,  but  drawn.^  Tlie  church- 
idea  was  transformed  by  them  to  this  effect:  the  sacrament, 
and  not  faith,  decides  as  to  belonging  to  the  true  Church ; 
even  hypocrites,  blasphemers,  if  baptized,  are  members  of  the 
body  of  Christ  ;^  the  Church  is  not  to  be  defined  as  a  societas 
Fidei  et  Spiritus  Sancti,  but  as  a  community  of  the  haptized. 
More  moderate  writers  say,  regeneration  in  baptism,  and  the 
faith  which  baptism  straightway  produces,  are  certainly 
still  imperfect.  As  birth  must  follow  generation,  so  must 
conversion  follow  baptism  and  the  regeneration  {i.e.  the  genera- 
tion of  the  new  man)  in  it.  But  in  this  case  it  is  a  mystery 
how  a  regeneration  worthy  of  the  name  is  possible  before 
conversion,  or  how  after  regeneration  man  can  still  be 
unconverted.^  ISTor  can  the  restoration  of  liberum  arhitriurn 
be  called  regeneration. 

This  review  shows  very  plainly,  that  a  clear  and  definite 

^  E.g.  by  the  Volkhlatt  fur  Stadt  unci  Land;  the  latter  by  Miinchmeyer. 
'^  On  the  other  hand,  the  Apology  describes  them  as  membra  Satance. — ApoL, 
de  Ecclesia,  p.  147,  16.     More  fully  below,  §  148.  « 

*  See  above,  §  131.     For  the  rest,  in  the  notion  of  a  relation  to  Christ,  even 


BAPTISM.  285 

form  of  doctrine  is  still  to  be  framed,  at  least  in  respect  to 
infant-baptism.  The  essential  points  are — first,  that  baptism 
must  not  find  the  best  work  already  done,  as  the  Baptist 
theory  supposes,  but  that  faith  and  regeneration  are  the  fruit 
of  baptismal  grace ;  secondly,  that  no  place  be  left  here  for 
opus  operatum,  or  the  magic  of  grace,  to  serve  as  a  centre  of 
doctrinal  corruption  on  other  points;  thirdly,  that  the  idea 
of  faith  and  regeneration  be  not  here  suddenly  diluted  in  an 
unevangelical  sense,  whereas  elsewhere  it  is  to  be  maintained 
in  full  energy  against  Catholicism.  In  the  case  of  the  baptism 
of  adults,  when  it  reaches  its  consummation  in  a  normal  way, 
the  union  of  these  three  postulates  will  be  secured  without 
great  difficulty,  and  that  union  and  its  right  dogmatic  settle- 
ment will  shed  light  on  the  difficulties  of  the  doctrine  of 
Infant-Baptism. 

§  140. — Continuation. 

Ill- — Dogmatic  Statement  of  the  Doctrine  of  Baptism  in 
•  general. 

1.  The  eternal  redemption  accomplished  objectively  still 
needs  accomplishment  in  the  subjects.  The  salvation  given 
in  Christ  must  still  be  applied  to  each  individual.  No  one 
can  produce  it  or  seize  it  as  a  prey,  and  on  the  other  hand 
it  cannot  be  forced  on  any  one  by  violence.  The  gift  of  God 
is  free ;  its  acceptance  must  also  be  free.  Midway  between 
a  grace  lying  absolutely  at  the  disposal  of  man  and  a 
passively-conceived  human  personality,  lies  a  livingly-conceived 
relation  between  God  and  man,  according  to  which  free  grace 
is  offered  preveniently,  whilst  there  is  a  free  receiving  on 
man's  side.  That  offer  rests  on  a  choice  or  election,  for  one 
nation  being  invited  before  another  to  salvation,  and  one 
individual  before  another,  implies  a  preference.^  And  the 
offer  leaves  room  for  the  rejection  of  Christian  grace,  for  its 
nature  is  to  require  free  appropriation.     From  these  main  lines 

apart  from  conversion,  perhaps  the  truth  finds  unconscious  expression,  that  we 
are  united  witli  Christ  by  a  bond  reaching  farther  back  than  sin.     Only,  this 
natural  relation  should  neither  be  called  faith  nor  regeneration. 
^  See  above,  pp.  167.  185. 


286  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

sketched  above  (§  130)  we  must  not  now  deviate.  But  there 
was  further  shown  already  (§  137)  the  necessity  of  a  sacred 
act  having  reference  to  the  person,  by  which  the  person  may 
be  consciously  placed,  as  by  a  divinely-given  objective  pledge, 
in  historic  connection  with  Christ,  and  be  assured  of  being 
received  into  His  communion  in  accordance  with  His  will. 
This  sacred  act  is  baptism,  instituted  by  Christ  for  all  ages. 
By  this  means,  firstly,  the  individual  is  saved  from  the  great 
uncertainty,  whether  he  is  warranted  to  regard  himself  as 
called  and  received  by  Christ  into  His  communion,  notwith- 
standing that  redemption  advances  only  by  degrees.  Whoever 
is  in  earnest  about  his  salvation  cannot  rest  satisfied  with 
the  universal  proclamation  of  the  gospel,  or  with  reception 
into  the  communion  of  the  Church  of  any  place  or  country. 
Nor  can  he  base  the  certainty  of  salvation  on  what  is  purely 
inward  alone.  For  what  he  seeks  is  reception  into  the  com- 
munion of  Christ,  the  historic,  objective,  but  still  actively 
working  Mediator.  But  Christ's  act  of  reception  in  reference 
to  the  person  finds  no  certain  expression  in  the  purely 
inward  sphere,  apart  from  connection  with  Christ's  historically 
revealed  and  continuously  working  purpose  of  grace.  Even 
reliance  on  the  signs  of  regeneration  could  of  itself  never  be 
exempt  from  the  suspicion  of  self-deception.  Now  this  defect 
is  supplied  and  this  need  satisfied  by  Holy  Baptism  in  Christ's 
name,  which,  since  it  is  done  by  His  command,  and  is  without 
doubt  merely  a  continuation  of  His  institution,  is  to  he  regarded 
as  His  act,  in  reference  to  which  the  Church  simply  presents 
itself  as  Christ's  organ.  But  in  the  same  way,  secondly,  the 
Church  also  is  saved  by  this  institution  from  uncertainty  as 
to  whom  it  must  regard  and  treat  as  belonging  to  it.  The 
church  can  despise  no  one  whom  the  government  of  the 
world,  which  is  subservient  to  the  gospel,  brings  to  it  in  such 
circumstances,  that  duty  compels  it  to  offer  to  him  the 
salvation  designed  for  mankind ;  and  as  it  can  refuse  itself 
to  no  one  whom  Christ  wishes  to  be  received  among  His 
disciples,  so  also  it  can  recognize  no  one  whom  Christ  does 
not  acknowledge.  Since,  then,  knowledge  of  man's  heart  is 
denied  to  the  Church,  it  would  be  in  constant  danger  of 
doing  too  much  or  too  little,  of  excluding  those  whom  Christ 
wishes  to  see  received,  and  of  receiving  those  whom  He  dods 


BAPTISM.  287 

not  approve,  unless  Christ  had  instituted  Holy  Baptism,  by 
which  He  Himself  declares  to  the  Church — provided  it  is 
willing  to  administer  the  sacred  act  simply  as  His  faithful 
orffan,  i.e.  according  to  His  commission — that  He  on  His  part 
wishes  the  child  to  be  regarded  as  belonging  to  His  com- 
munion, and  to  impart  to  it  the  benefits  of  His  substitution. 
If  the  Church  is  so  attentive  to  His  gracious  will  as  to 
perform  baptism,  wherever  the  offer  of  it  cannot  be  refused 
without  coming  into  collision  with  Christ's  loving  will,  it  is 
also  certain  that  every  baptized  one,  who  does  not  openly 
reject  its  blessing  subsequently,  is  to  be  regarded  as  received 
by  Christ,  and  therefore  is  also  to  be  acknowledged  by  the 
church.  Living  membership  in  it  is  not  grounded  in  the 
will  of  the  church,  and  just  as  little  in  the  will  of  the  indi- 
vidual himself;  but  reception  by  Christ  is  the  fundamental, 
the  first  condition.  But  His  purpose  of  reception  is  revealed 
out  of  the  depths  of  eternity  in  time  through  the  baptism  of 
His  institution,  in  reference  to  which  His  church  is  merely 
the  organ.  This  act  is  irrevocable  on  the  part  of  God  and 
Christ  until  man's  unbelief  definitively  rejects  baptismal 
grace.  God  remains  true  to  the  baptismal  covenant.  If  the 
baptized  one  falls  into  sin,  which  is  not  sin  against  the  Holy 
Ghost,  the  way  of  return  to  baptismal  grace  stands  open  to 
him  in  repentance.  He  needs  no  second  baptism — which 
would  be  a  declaration  of  the  invalidity  of  the  first — or  a 
second  supplementary  sacrament.  Ileception  into  Christ's 
communion,  and  reception  into  the  Church,  therefore,  ought 
not  to  be  separated. 

2.  But  then  all  depends  on  knowing  the  way  in  which  the 
•  Church  ought  to  administer  Christ's  commission,  in  order 
that  no  human  caprice  may  insinuate  itself,  but  the  Church 
may  be  simply  an  organ  of  His  will  in  this  act.  Since 
Christian  grace  is  universal  by  intrinsic  tendency,  all  men  are 
certainly  designed  for  baptism,  and  mistake  on  this  point 
might  thus  seem  impossible.  This  view  is  true  in  the  sense 
that  Christ  will  let  no  baptized  one  suffer  f(jr  the  mistake  of 
the  Church,  nor  is  a  second  baptism  required,  or  the  baptism 
performed  to  be  declared  invalid.  But  the  Church  must 
seek  to  be  as  far  as  possible  the  executant  of'  His  will ;  and 
'the  universal  tendency  of  grace    decides  nothing  as   to   the 


288  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

time  when  the  individual  shall  be  baptized,  for  here  election 
has  its  place  (§  130).  Here  it  must  first  of  all  be  laid  down, 
that  the  Church  ought  not  to  baptize  every  one  on  whom  it 
can  lay  hands — the  unwilling,  or  children  of  unwilling  parents  ; 
for  by  divine  ordinance  the  access  of  the  Church  to  the  children 
lies  through  the  parents  as  God's  representatives.  Here  also, 
according  to  the  Evangelical  view,  the  ordinances  of  the  first 
creation  are  not  abolished  by  the  second.  It  is  unseemly  to 
unite  Holy  Baptism  with  an  act  of  resistance  on  man's  part. 
Enforced  baptism  would  be  an  object  of  contempt  instead  of 
a  blessing.  Only  a  magical  theory  could  recommend  such 
arbitrariness  and  violence.  Precisely  because  baptism  con- 
tains a  blessing  which  claims  for  itself  the  whole  life,  its  dis- 
tribution ought  not  to  be  conjoined  with  a  violence  injurious 
or  possibly  fatal  to  the  first  germs  of  the  blessing.^  In  the 
case  of  adults,  not  merely  must  willingness  to  submit  to  the 
outward  action  be  required,  but  also  a  preparation  by  which 
they  may  learn  the  meaning  of  the  action,  and  be  led  to 
conscious  desire  for  it.  On  the  other  hand,  it  is  just  as 
erroneous  to  require  antecedent  regeneration  and  the  signs  of 
it  in  the  candidate  for  baptism.  If  regeneration  already 
exists,  the  only  meaning  left  to  baptism  itself  is  to  confirm 
what  has  been  done.  If  it  is  only  right  to  administer  it, 
provided  regeneration  is  certainly  present,  it  would  not  be 
valid  if  it  took  place  before  regeneration.  But  since  the 
presence  of  regeneration  is  not  discernible  with  absolute  cer- 
tainty, neither  could  the  Church  ever  baptize  with  absolute 
certainty,  nor  the  baptized  one  build  upon  it  as  a  divine  seal 
of  his  reception  into  Christ's  communion.  And  supposing 
the  regenerate  one  afterwards  to  fall  into  temptation,  it  would 
be  only  too  natural  for  him  to  regard  himself  as  baptized 
illegally ;  and  baptism,  instead  of  being  a  firm  anchor  of 
faith,  as  it  was  to  Luther,  would  rather  be  a  memorial  of 
lieavier  sin.  Add  to  this,  what  is  already  implied,  that  all 
faith,  which  is  unable  to  base  itself  on  the  objective  attesta- 
tion of  God's  prevenient  grace,  remains  exposed  to  temptations, 
from  which  it  is  most   certainly  saved  by  remembering  the 

^  On  the  ground  of  the  inseparableness  of  baptism  from  lildrxm  and  the 
Word  as  a  means  of  grace,  Hiifling  rightly  condemns  its  administration  wliere  ^ 
there  is  no  prospect  of  the  necessary  conset^nence — the  2/Sa<rxs;v — following. 


BAPTISM.  289 

certain  fact  {Fadicitat)  of  baptism  having  taken  place.  Finally, 
it  is  objectionable  with  ScJilcicrmacher  to  make  the  coincidence 
of  rej^^eneration  and  baptism  the  ideal  of  baptism.  Since  the 
church  ought  to  come  as  near  to  the  ideal  as  possible,  the  infer- 
ence from  this  theory  would  be,  that  it  should  delay  baptism 
until  the  probability  of  this  coincidence  is  present.  It  would 
also  mean,  that  regeneration  is  not  the  effect  of  baptism, 
else  baptism  would  precede  it,  but  only  takes  place  parallel 
with  baptism,  although  not  under  its  influence.  Further, 
such  maturity  would  in  this  case  be  required  for  baptism,  that 
every  one  baptized  must  forthv/ith  be  a  full-grown  member 
of  the  church  ;  but  to  such  full-grown  maturity  long  prepara- 
tion is  necessary,  in  which  the  blessing  of  antecedent  bap- 
tism itself  may  take  the  chief  share.  Therefore,  to  make  the 
coincidence  spoken  of  the  ideal  of  the  church,  were  to  deny 
that  Christian  grace,  in  virtue  of  its  prevenient  character 
(§§  129,  130),  originates  even  the  preparations  for  regeneration  ; 
whereas  it  was  formerly  shown,  that  Christianity  is  also  the 
perfect  law  and  principle  of  repentance  (§  130,  c.  2,  §  131), 
and  need  not  calculate  on  a  pre-Christian  truth  proceeding 
and  working  alongside  itself,  since  it  is  itself  the  all-com- 
prehending truth.  The  specifically  Christian  truth  must 
co-operate  to  saving  repentance.  The  Christian  grace  embraces 
also  a  sphere  of  Christian  psedagogy.  Christ  would  not  have 
the  mature  alone  reckoned  among  His  disciples,  and  therefore 
not  in  the  kingdom  in  which  He  rules,^  although  all  are  to 
become  mature,  which  will  be  realized  best  if  Christ  provides 
for  their  training  and  growth  from  the  beginning.  From  this  it 
also  follows,  that  Holy  Baptism  finds  more  complete  expression 
as  -the  cause  of  regeneration  precisely  where  regeneration  and 
baptism  do  not  coincide  ;  but  where  the  former  follows  the  latter, 
in  such  a  way,  however,  that  baptism  constantly  enters  as  a 
living  factor  into  the  process  of  regeneration  as  well  as  intro- 
duces it.  Certainly  if  a  human  performance  were  the  point 
at  issue  in  baptism,  i.e.  were  confession  of  sin  and  faith  this 
performance,  which  must  precede  baptism  by  its  very  idea, 
then  would  the  reception  of  the  man  only  be  justified  after 
confession  and  faith,  and  baptism  would  be  a  sort  of  vow. 
But  in  this  case  baptism  would  fall  primarily  into  the  sphere 
1  Matt,  xviii.  6  if.  ;  cf.  xi.  25,  28  If.  ;  Acts  ii.  38. 
DoiiNER.— CiinisT.  Doer.  iv.  T 


290  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

of  requirement  or  performance  ;  it  would  not  be  primarily  a 
gift,  but  a  law  like  the  baptism  of  John.  But  on  this  view 
the  prevenient  character  of  the  gospel  would  be  obscured  at 
the  very  moment  of  entrance  into  Christianity.  It  would 
seem  as  if  God's  grace  were  unable  to  offer  ItseK  to  man  as  he 
is,  i.e.  as  a  still  unconverted,  unregenerate  sinner,  and  declare 
to  him,  that  God  is  reconciled  with  him  in  Christ.  Eather 
we  should  thereby  affirm,  that  a  transformation  or  perform- 
ance of  man  is  necessary  before  the  offer  of  salvation, 
whereas  this  transformation  will  be  effected  by  the  offer, 
which  not  merely  demands  but  has  the  power  to  produce 
faith.  Faith  cannot  arise  without  the  object  which  it  has 
to  lay  hold  of ;  but  the  object  is  the  offered  salvation,  the 
earnest  and  sufficient  offer  of  which  in  God's  sight  is  made 
precisely  in  baptism.  If,  therefore,  as  already  stated,  the 
church  ought  only  to  baptize  in  the  case  of  adults,  e.g.  on 
mission-ground,  when  it  perceives  the  conscious  desire  for 
baptism,  the  reason  of  this  must  not  be  sought  in  the  fact 
that  the  Christian  grace,  before  it  can  offer  itself,  presupposes 
subjective  dispositions  or  performances  (such  as  Eomish 
teaching  recpires  for  the  sacrament  of  Penance,  which  is 
supposed  to  form  a  substitute  for  the  sacrament  of  Baptism 
alleged  to  have  been  rendered  inoperative),  but  only  that  the 
baptizing  church  may  be  assured  that  it  is  not  baptizing  men 
against  their  will,  the  inwardly  unreceptive  or  hypocritical. 
Therefore,  in  saying  that  in  Holy  Baptism  according  to  its  strict 
idea  we  have  to  do  not  primarily  with  an  antecedent  perform- 
ance of  the  candidate,  or  with  an  already  existing  mutual 
relation  between  Christ  and  man,  but  with  the  establishing  of 
a  relation  of  Christ  to  man,  we  simply  remain  in  harmony 
with  the  conclusions  reached  in  the  doctrine  of  Justification 
(§  132).  In  baptism  Christ  gives  expression  on  His  part  to 
His  prevenient  purpose  of  love ;  He  establishes  communion, 
and  that  in  the  substitutionary  spirit  which  desires  to  repre- 
sent the  sinner  before  God  for  the  purpose  of  making  him  a 
personal  partaker  in  God's  favour.  Since  no  human  perform-  ■ 
ance  is  the  essential  element  in  baptism,  it  follows  that  the 
church  may  and  ought  to  baptize  wherever  baptism  is  legally 
sought  at  its  hands,  and  where,  instead  of  resistance,  recep- 
tiveness  for  the  Christian  salvation  is  to  be  presupposed ;  4nd 


BAPTISM.  291 

in  taking  sucli  a  course,  it  is  assured  of  being  in  conformity 
with  Christ's  declared  will.  But  receptiveness  for  salvation 
is  already  part  of  human  nature  universally  (because  it  is 
designed  for  Christ  as  well  as  needs  Him),  provided  no 
sinful  resistance  has  developed  itself  subsequently,  with 
which  of  course  baptism  cannot  coalesce.  Hence  the  apos- 
tolic practice  was  not  to  delay  baptism  until  regeneration 
or  its  approach  was  discernible,  but  regeneration  was  expected 
as  the  effect  of  baptism.  No  one,  it  is  true,  can  become  a 
living,  personal  member  of  the  kingdom  of  heaven  without 
regeneration ;  but  for  this  reason  Christ  can  on  His  part  by 
way  of  anticipation,  and  therefore  at  first  on  one  side  only, 
begin  the  fellowship  by  His  regenerating  grace,  by  His  blessed 
greeting  of  love,  as  He  did  once,^  and  give  expression  to  its 
beginning  in  order  that  it  may  become  mutual. 

3,  Effects  of  Baptism. — Holy  Baptism  is  a  dogma  only 
because  it  is  a  manifestation  of  something  eternal,  although  in 
the  individuality  of  space  and  time,  a  manifestation  of  eternal 
grace  in  individual  application,  of  the  love  of  the  Triune 
God  to  the  person  of  the  candidate,  who  is  made  partaker 
not  merely  of  reconciliation,  but  also  of  sonship  to  God. 
Baptism  cannot  be  understood  by  a  dead  deistic  lin^  of 
thought,  which  severs  God  from  the  world  and  Christ  from 
humanity.  Its  meaning  only  discloses  itself  to  one  who  sees 
Christ  still  livingly  present  and  ruling  in  due  order  in  His 
house.  The  divine  purpose  of  love,  which  finds  expression  in 
baptism,  embraces  not  merely  communion  with  God  in  Christ, 
but  the  infinitude  of  blessings  destined  for  man ;  and  every- 
thing which  grace  lavishes  on  man  must  be  regarded  as  an 
outcome  of  the  grace  imparted  or  promised  to  man  in  baptism 
or  of  haptismal  grace.  Consequently,  the  effect  of  baptismal 
grace  is  not  to  be  limited  to  that  for  which  receptiveness 
exists  at  the  moment  of  the  act,  but  it  includes  also  the 
faithfulness  of  God  to  His  promises  for  the  future ;  and  the 
unfolding  of  grace  in  the  subsequent  life  is  part  of  the  baptismal 
blessing,  the  performance  on  God's  part  of  the  baptismal 
covenant.  Baptism  lays  the  foundation,  which  must  continue 
active  and  vital  for  the  whole  life.  Through  the  impartation 
and  promise  of  the  complete  grace  being  given  and  prefixed 

1  Mark  .X.  13  it 


292  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CIILTXII. 

in  the  baptism  of  the  child,  in  order  that  its  blessing  may  be 
appropriated  moment  by  moment,  it  is  possible  for  the  entire 
development  of  men  to  proceed  from  the  first  on  a  uniform 
plan,  for  the  entire  conscious  life  to  be  passed  in  the  light  of 
Christianity.  That  baptism  cannot  reveal  all  its  powers  at 
the  temporal  moment  of  the  outward  act,  is  not  its  weakness, 
but  its  wealth,  by  which  the  whole  life  must  be  adorned, 
which  Luther  meant  when  he  said :  "  The  whole  life  of  the 
Christian  is  meant  to  be  a  continuous  baptism."  ^  From  this 
it  follows,  that  the  genesis  of  conscious  faith  and  regeneration 
is  brought  about  in  the  most  normal  and  happy  manner 
under  the  influence  of  the  baptismal  blessing,  and  therefore 
under  the  consciousness  of  having  been  received  preveniently 
by  Christ's  love.  But  further,  we  stand  in  need  of  the  substi- 
tution of  Christ  in  respect  of  the  after-workings  of  the  old 
man,  for  by  baptism  deliverance  is  given  indeed  from  guilt 
and  punishment,  but  not  from  sin.  But,  in  accordance  with 
the  baptismal  covenant,  Christ's  substitution  and  intercession, 
and  the  will  of  God  to  regard  us  as  justified,  still  continue 
in  respect  of  these  after- workings  of  sin ;  and  there  is  no 
need  of  the  sacraments  of  Confirmation,  of  Penance  with 
priestly  absolution,  and  Extreme  Unction,  interpolated  by  the 
Catholic  Church  without  scriptural  ground  as  a  substitute 
for  the  nominal  baptismal  grace  which  was  at  once  forfeited. 
All  these  give  no  security,  and  what  they  promise  is  contained 
more  fully  and  richly  in  the  sacrament  of  Baptism  than  in 
that  which  the  Catholic  Church  obtains  by  those  supple- 
mentary means.  After  every  new  fall,  the  Chiistian  may 
and  ought  to  recur  to  the  grace  of  baptism  or  to  the  baptismal 
covenant,  assured  of  the  abiding  significance  of  baptism  on 
the  part  of  a  faithful  God. 

4.  Absolutely  necessary  to  salvation  certainly  outward 
Ijaptism  is  not.  The  disciples  of  the  Lord  scarcely  received 
it  from  Christ,  and  the  baptism  of  John  was  not  Christian 
baptism.  Hence  also  the  church,  distinguishing  essence  and 
form,  teaches  that  the  haptismus  flaminis  or  sanrjvAnis  (the 
outpouring  of  the  Holy  Spirit  or  a  martyr's  death)  may  be  a 
substitute  for  the  haptismus  Jluminis.  Further,  the  Evan- 
gelical Church  rightly  teaches,  that  not  the  want  Init  the 
•  Cat.  Maj.  548. 


BAPTISM.  293 

despising  of  baptism  is  damnable,  from  which  it  follows  that 
the  non-baptized  children  of  non- Christians  are  not  (as  the 
Synod  of  Carthage  in  the  year  418  supposed  in  a  critically 
suspected  canon)  to  be  regarded  as  condemned.  But  still  it 
must  be  held  that  every  one  must  receive  that  which  con- 
stitutes the  essence  of  baptism,  either  in  this  world  or  the 
next.  This  essential  element  may  be  given  in  very  different 
ways,  but  it  consists  in  the  outward  reception  into  Christ's 
communion  realized  through  an  historic  act.  In  the  case  of 
the  disciples  this  act  took  place  through  their  invitation  by 
Christ  Himself  to  follow  Him  and  their  reception  into  His 
communion  with  the  promise  of  the  Holy  Spirit.  Thus  they 
are  to  be  regarded  as  really  baptized.  A  similar  judgment 
perhaps  must  be  held  respecting  the  children  (Mark  x.  1 3  ff.) 
whom  Jesus  took  into  His  arms  and  blessed.  How  God  will 
impart  that  essential  element  to  man  depends  on  His  free 
choice,  not  on  our  caprice.  And  for  this  reason  the  so-called 
baptism  in  extremis  may  be  justified,^  although  not  so  as  to 
imply  that  those  dying  unbaptized  must  on  this  account  be 
lost.  Necessitas  haptismi  non  est  absoluta,  sed  ordinata.  But 
we  must  adhere  to  the  ordinance  instituted  by  Christ,  the 
necessity  and  blessing  of  which  we  now  see. 

Ohservation. — The  later  theology  of  the  17th  century 
distinguished  in  baptism,  after  the  analogy  of  the  Holy 
Supper,  the  materia  terrestris,  the  water,  and  the  materia 
ccelcstis,  which  w^as  thought  to  be  now  the  Trinity,  now  the 
Spirit,  and  the  sanguis  Christi  as  well,  which  were  united 
by  Gerhard  (ix.  c.  v.  p.  133  f.)  and  Quenstedt  (iv.  110).  The 
latter  cannot  be  proved  on  biblical  grounds,  and  is  therefore 
.  objected  to  by  others.  But,  in  general,  the  theory  of  a 
7nateria  ccelestis  in  the  water  of  baptism  comes  near  the 
theory  of  Thomas  and  the  Dominicans  contested  by  Luther : 
"  Deum  spiritualem  virtutem  aquae  contulisse  et  indidisse, 
qupe  peccatum  per  aquam  abluat,"  Art.  Sm.  v.  p.  329. 


§  1 4 1 . — Infant- BajJtism. 

Infant-baptism  is  not  merely  permitted  in  the  case  of  those 
,      born  within  the  Christian  church,  but  corresponds  more 

1  J.  Gerliiiicl,  Loci  Th.  torn.  ix.  p.  198  £".;  cf.  Hcifling,  ii.  296  ff. 


294  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

completely  than  late  baptism  to  the  idea  of  baptism 
(§  140),  and  is  therefore  the  right  mode  of  adminis- 
tering baptism  for  a  church  that  has  gained  such  insight, 
apart  from  the  field  of  missions. 

1.  The  church  ought  not  to  be  satisfied  with  regarding 
infant-baptism  as  something  merely  permitted.  The  merely 
permitted  is  an  intermediate  region,  which  vanishes  before 
full  knowledge,  either  falling  back  into  the  region  of  the 
forbidden  or  advancing  to  the  divinely  willed.  It  sprang  first 
of  all  from  the  need  of  regarding  the  children  of  Christian 
parents  as  belonging  to  Christ,  not  merely  on  the  ground  of 
the  will  of  the  church  but  of  Christ  Himself,  and  of  regarding 
the  age  of  childhood  as  consecrated  and  hallowed  by  Christ, 
who  lived  through  and  hallowed  all  the  periods  of  our  life.^ 
The  natural  bonds  between  parents  and  children  are  not 
reduced  to  insignificance  in  Christianity,  but  acknowledged  in 
their  importance,  as  was  done  even  in  the  0.  T.  by  circum- 
cision.^ These  bonds  are  not  simply  left  by  Christian  parents 
to  their  quiet  unconscious  influence,  but  contain  a  definite 
hint  to  them,  that  they  should  present  their  children  to 
Christ,  nay,  that  through  them  God  wishes  their  children 
brought  into  the  number  of  Christ's  disciples,  a  sign  of  His 
grace  directed  towards  children.^  This  natural  connection 
involves  the  duty,  and  therefore  the  right,  of  parents  to  present 
their  children  to  Christ.  To  say  in  objection,  that  consecra- 
tion in  reference  to  children  is  already  implied  in  the  natural 
connection,  and  that  baptism  is  therefore  needless  for  them,* 
would  be  to  attach  more  importance  to  the  bond  of  nature 
connecting  children  with  Christian  parents,  and  thus  indirectly 
with  Christ,  than  to  a  direct  bond  of  union  with  Christ.  But 
the  former  view  would  only  be  sufficient  on  the  supposition 
of  parents  ascribing  the  power  of  consecration  to  themselves. 
On  the  other  hand,  the  more  that  parents  and  the  church 
are    conscious  of  their  needy   condition   and  dependence  on 

'^  According  to  the  specidative  thoiiglit  of  Irenseus.     See  Martensen,  §  255. 
^  Acts  ii.  39  ;  1  Cor.  vii.  14. 

^  This  may  be  gathered  from  1  Cor.  vii.  14,  and  0.  T.  circumcision. 
^  The  appeal  to   1  Cor.    vii.   14  is   not  relevant,   because  there  the  mixtfl 
marriage  might  hinder  the  baptism. 


BAPTISM.  295 

Christ,  the  more  must  they  go  back  in  behalf  of  their 
children,  not  to  their  own  substitutionary  consecration,  but  to 
Christ's  alone  sufficient  substitution,  seek  His  blessing,  and 
cling  to  its  expression  in  the  baptism  of  the  Lord's  own 
institution,  which  of  itself  points  to  Christ's  substitutionary 
death  and  life.  All  the  more  have  Christian  parents  the 
right  to  seek  Christ's  blessing  and  consecration,  as  the  pre- 
senting of  their  children  accords  with  His  mind ;  for  He  did 
not  reject  the  parents  who  presented  their  children  to  Him, 
that  He  might  touch  them,  lay  His  hands  on  them  and  pray 
for  them,  as  if  He  could  do  nothing  with  them,  or  they 
had  nothing  to  do  with  Him,  but  He  said  :  "  Suffer  the  little 
children  to  come  unto  me,  and  forbid  them  not,  for  of  such  is 
the  kingdom  of  God,"  and  He  had  compassion  on  them,  laid 
His  hands  upon  them  and  blessed  them.^  This  blessing  and 
reception  into  His  love  might  take  the  place  of  baptism  to 
them.  Thus,  then,  the  church  in  conformity  with  His  insti- 
tution offers  itself  to  Him  as  an  organ  for  the  continuance  of 
His  purpose,  that  through  its  hands  He  may  baptize  the  little 
ones  and  take  them  into  His  arms  as  His  possession.  The 
church  cannot  be  poorer  than  the  synagogue;  the  new 
covenant  cannot  express  less  love  than  the  covenant  of 
circumcision,  whose  benefits  applied  also  to  children.  The 
first  sermon  of  Peter  alluded  to  this.^  At  the  same  time,  the 
natural  fellowship  of  the  parents  renders  this  service,  that 
their  recollection  of  the  child's  baptism  is  a  substitute  for 
the  child's  own  knowledge,  and  in  due  time  this  knowledge 
is  communicated  to  the  child  after  self-consciousness  is 
awakened.  But  the  knowledge  of  Christ's  prevenient  love  is 
effective  and  fruitful  in  bringing  about  desire  for  communion 
with  the  Redeemer,  and  therefore  regeneration,  through  faith. 

Observation. — Since  the  infant-baptizing  church  offers  itself 
to  Christ  in  accordance  with  His  will  as  an  organ  in  bringing 
children  into  His  kingdom,  and  desires  to  see  its  own  faith 
reproduced  through  intercession  in  them,  it  may  even  be  said 
in  a  certain  sense,  that  Christ  desires  to  regard  their  faith  as 
substitutionary,  i.e.  as  security  for  their  children  until  the 
time  of  maturity.    For  this  is  the  nature  of  childhood,  that 

J  '  Mark  x.  13-16.     Cf.  Matt.  xix.  13-15. 

2  Acts  ii.  38,  39.     Cf.  Luke  xix.  9  ;  Acts  xvi.  15,  31,  33. 


295  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

the  religion  of  the  parents  is  in  the  first  instance  transmitted 
to  the  children  with  a  sort  of  physical  certainty,  of  course  in 
an  impersonal  manner  as  to  religious  meaning.  But  this 
inheritance  has  already  a  value  and  co-operates  in  the  origina- 
tion of  fides  specialis,  belonging  to  the  region  of  impersonal 
and  unconscious,  although  salutary  workings  of  grace.^ 

2.  That  the  church  has  a  good  conscience  in  baptizing 
infants,  and  rightly  regards  itself  as  in  unity  with  the  divine 
will,  is  readily  evident,  whether  the  matter  be  considered  on 
the  side  of  Christ  or  the  church  or  the  child.  First,  of 
Christ.  If  late  baptism  is  required,  it  is  required  because 
preparations  are  deemed  necessary  before  Christian  grace  itself 
can  have  a  place.  But  to  deny  to  Christianity  that  it  is  meant 
to  cover  the  entire  life,  is  to  deny  its  absoluteness,  and  implies 
that  we  must  first  belong  to  a  religion  preparatory  to  Chris- 
tianity. That  Christianity  is  the  absolute  religion,  embracing 
within  itself  all  religious  truth  and  power,  finds  its  most 
perfect  expression  in  infant-baptism.  In  the  same  way,  in  it 
the  nature  of  prevenient  grace  is  set  in  the  clearest  light.  In 
infant-baptism  the  church  opposes  the  notion  that  Christian 
grace  does  not  hold  good  for  childhood.  Children  are  indeed 
but  imperfect  Christians,  but  still  they  are  Christians,  because 
Christ  has  received  them. 

As  to  the  Church,  in  refusing  baptism  to  children,  it  would 
not  do  sufficient  honour  to  its  own  mission  and  to  Christ's 
right  in  children.  If  it  supposed  that  it  deprived  them  of 
nothing  because  of  its  desire  to  give  them  a  Christian  educa- 
tion,  it  would  place  reliance  on  its  own  influences  without 
basing  itself  on  Christ's  grace,  and  incur  the  danger  of  putting 
itself  in  Christ's  place.  The  child  taken  into  His  arms,  and 
consecrated  by  Christ  Himself,  forms  also  quite  another  obliga- 
tion to  the  work  of  Christian  education  than  mere  human 
bonds  can  do. 

Finally,  in  virtue  of  Christ's  all-embracing  purpose  of  grace, 
tlie  individual  within  Christendom  has  a  risfht  to  claim  that  no 


^  This  security  of  the  church,  in  the  entire  absence  of  which  baptism  would 
be  out  of  the  question,  is  embodied  in  the  form  of  an  institution  in  the  spon- 
sorial  relation,  cf.  Hbfling,  ii.  230.  §§  132,  133.  An  obligation  for  the  child  is 
contained  in  the  spon-iio  of  the  sponsors  only  in  so  far  as  faith  in  Christ  is  to  h^. 
regarded  as  a  universal  hximan  duty. 


BAPTISM.  297 

portion  of  his  life  sliall  be  outside  Christianity.  This  is  secured 
to  him  by  infant-baptism.  Loving  education,  along  with  the 
refusal  of  baptism,  would  be  no  compensation,  "Withal,  the 
consciousness  of  having  been  the  object  of  Christ's  prevenient 
love  is  the  effectual  means  for  begetting  faith,  and  for  respond- 
ing to  the  fellowship  established  by  Christ. 

3.  The  history  of  infant-baptism  (§  139)  has  certainly 
shown  us  the  difficulty  of  preserving  a  Christian  doctrine  of 
infant-baptism  free  from  opposite  errors ;  and  this  difficulty  is 
specially  emphasized  on  the  Baptist  side.  Nevertheless,  the 
reasons  urged  by  Baptists  against  infant-baptism  are  not  con- 
clusive, but  to  some  extent  prove  the  opposite.  They  are 
partly  Biblical,  partly  dogmatic  and  ethical. 

First  of  all,  the  exegetical  reasons  in  favour  of  late  baptism 
are  not  conclusive.  If,  as  must  be  conceded,  the  baptism  of 
adults  was  the  custom  in  the  apostolic  age,  the  reason  was  the 
same  as  holds  good  at  present  in  the  mission  field.  Since 
the  way  to  the  children  lies  through  the  parents,  Christianity 
first  of  all  necessarily  addressed  itself  to  adults.  But  even 
adults  had  again  to  become  children  in  order  to  receive  the 
blessing  of  baptism,  and  the  willingness  or  the  desire  to  be 
baptized  was  sufficient.  Or  was  it  possible  for  the  apostles  at 
Pentecost  to  preface  the  baptism  of  the  3000  candidates  by 
an  examination  of  their  faith  ?^  In  instituting  baptism,^  Christ 
does  not  set  up  as  a  universal  rule :  "  Teach  first  and  then 
baptize,"  but :  "  Make  disciples  "  (fiadrjreva-are) ;  and  how  this 
is  to  be  done,  is  said  in  the  following  words  which  connect  for 
this  end  the  two  means  of  grace,  Word  and  Sacrament : 
"  Baptizing  and  teaching "  (all  nations) — two  requirements, 
respecting  the  necessary  order  of  which  the  passage  is  meant 
to  decide  nothing,  for  that  adults  are  first  taught  is  grounded 
in  the  nature  of  the  case.  On  the  other  hand,  the  necessity 
of  teaching  always  coming  first  can  all  the  less  be  inferred 
from  the  passage,  as  it  puts  baptism  first.  A  disciple  is  one 
received  into  training  by  Christian  grace  ;  children  also  belong 
to  nations.     The  passage  thus  intimates  that  Christianity  not 

'  Cf.  Acts  ii.  41.  The  words  (viii.  37),  "If  thou  believest  with  thy  whole 
heart,  thou  mayest  be  baptized,"  etc.,  received  in  the  Elzevir -editions,  are  most 
])robably  to  be  regarded  as  spurious. 

2  Matt,  xxviii.  19.     Cf.  Mark  xvi.  15. 


298  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

merely  seeks  existence  in  adult,  individual  persons,  but  seeks 
also  to  have  a  national  form.  Moreover,  the  passage  in  Mark 
describes  all  humanity  (the  /cotr/Lto?,  the  /cr/tri?)  as  the  object 
of  training  by  Christianity,  and  connects  baptism  with  the 
preaching  of  the  gospel  in  such  a  way  that  the  case  is  contem- 
plated of  baptism  taking  place  without  the  presence  of  faith, 
for  the  meaning  of  the  words  (which  for  the  rest  are  not  words 
of  institution)  is :  "  He  who  believes  and  is  baptized  shall  be 
saved,  but  he  who  believes  not,  although  baptized,  shall  be 
damned."  Here  the  case  is  conceived  as  possible,  that  one  is 
baptized  without  faith,  therefore  prior  to  faith.  Not  this  is 
blamed,  but  the  being  found  at  the  judgment  in  unbelief. 
Such  an  one  is  lost,  because  he  had  a  call  to  baptism  and  the 
possibility  of  believing.  Further,  not  merely  in  a  general 
sense  does  the  love  of  Jesus  extend  to  children,  but  He  says 
expressly  :  "  Of  such  is  the  kingdom  of  heaven,"  i.e.  the  nature 
peculiar  to  childhood  is  specially  suited  to  the  kingdom  of  God, 
because  there  no  abnormal  tendency  is  actual  or  established ; 
on  the  contrary,  trustful  surrender  is  natural.-^  Little  as  any 
one  is  a  citizen  of  the  heavenly  kingdom  by  his  natural  birth 
and  descent,  still  Christianity  is  meant  for  families  and  nations, 
and  has  therefore  established  an  institution  for  inviting  all 
humanity  into  God's  kingdom.  "  To  you  and  your  children  is 
this  promise."  ^  The  objective  natural  connection  consecrates 
the  children  of  Christian  parents  with  a  view  to  their  being 
conducted  with  the  parents  to  the  communion  of  Christ,  and 
reception  into  His  communion  takes  place  ordinarily  through 
l)a:ptism. 

When  the  dogmatic  idea  of  the  Church  as  the  Societas  fidei 
et  Sinritus  Sancti  is  alleged  in  favour  of  late  baptism,  and  it  is 
inferred  therefrom  that  the  Church  ought  to  consist  only  of 
the  regenerate,  to  whom  infants  do  not  belong,  on  the  other 
hand  it  must  be  remembered  that  the  Church  is  without 
infallible  means  of  knowing  who  is  really  believing  and 
regenerate.  Therefore  it  cannot  be  its  duty  to  set  up  such  a 
standard  of  membership  in  the  Church  as  would  exclude  every 
one  who  is  not  regenerate.  Eather  to  it  is  the  command 
given:  "  Let  both  grow  together  until  the  harvest."^     More- 

»  Cf.  Matt,  xviii.  10,  14  ;  Luke  xviii.  15  f.  ^  Acts  ii.  38,  39.      , 

*  Matt.  xiii.  30.     More  fully  on  this  point,  §  148. 


BAPTISM.  299 

over,  a  pedagogic  side  belongs  essentially  to  the  Church.  It 
only  answers  to  its  idea  when  it  seeks  and  cherishes  fellow- 
ship with  those  who  are  still  without  the  gospel.  But  thus 
there  grows  up  around  it  a  receptive  circle  of  germinant 
disciples  of  the  Lord,  who  can  all  the  less  be  excluded  from 
the  Church,  as  the  degree  to  which  individuals  partake  in  the 
Holy  Ghost  is  not  discernible  to  the  human  eye.  But  chil- 
dren may  very  well  belong  to  the  number  of  the  receptive. 
Just  as  little  does  infant- baptism  necessarily  imply  magical 
ideas.  It  is  wrong  to  assert  that  all  gracious  workings  of 
the  Spirit  before  faith,  or  before  the  consciousness  which  can 
alone  appropriate  them,  are  magical.-"-  There  is  also  a  sphere 
of  unconscious  workings  in  the  natural  ground  of  the  soul. 
Certainly  salvation  cannot  become  a  personal  possession  with- 
out faith,  and  therefore  without  consciousness.  But  even  the 
Baptist  theory,  unless  it  passes  into  Pelagianism,  must  require 
workings  of  the  Spirit  in  order  to  regeneration,  and  these 
workings  precede  the  consciousness  of  Christian  grace,  else  the 
consciousness  itself  could  not  be  the  work  of  crrace.  Without 
the  calling  into  existence  of  living  receptiveness,  no  receiving 
or  consciousness  of  grace  could  take  place.  Further,  in 
infant  -  baptism  the  personal  appropriation  of  the  salvation 
promised  to  the  subject  in  the  offer  is  perfectly  reserved. 
But  believing  acceptance  wiU  take  place  most  securely  on  the 
basis  of  God's  prevenient  grace,  such  as  finds  its  expression  in 
baj^tism. 

This  leads  to  the  objections  on  ethical  grounds.  Wlien  it  is 
said  :  "  Infant- baptism  forestalls  free  decision,  since  plainly 
the  child  cannot  decide  freely  for  itself,"  the  question  nmst  be 
asked  :  "  How  is  it  to  come  to  a  good  and  free  decision  ?"  Is 
the  freedom  of  the  decision  alone  of  importance,  and  not  its 
goodness  ?  If  we  have  the  firm  assurance  that  Christianity 
is  the  true  and  saving  religion,  and  if  it  is  acknowledged 
that  true  freedom  need  not  be  injured  by  an  influence  whose 

^  Kliefoth  in  his  Theorie  des  Cultus  der  evang.  Kirche,  with  whom  Hofling 
liere  agrees  (ii.  229),  rightly  reminds  us,  that  it  is  an  illusion  due  to  that  period 
of  our  life  when  everything  comes  to  us  through  reflection,  to  suppose  that  the 
Spirit  of  God  can  only  come  to  us  through  thought  and  consciousness.  Only  he 
goes  too  far  in  making  a  faith  worthy  of  the  name  come  into  existence  through 
tVie  Holy  Spirit  without  consciousness  and  will.  Cf.  Stcitz,  Theol.  licakncycl, 
Art.  Taufe. 


300  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHUECH. 

aim  is  a  good  decision,  it  cannot  be  a  duty,  nay,  not  even 
morally  justifiable,  to  submit  all  other  possible  religions  to 
choice,  thus  smoothing  the  way  for  a  false  decision.  A 
free  appropriation  of  Christianity  is  possible,  through  man 
being  in  circumstances  to  decide  freely  for  or  against  it.  But 
this  freedom  is  not  limited  by  infant-baptism.  On  the  other 
hand,  it  is  necessary  to  a  free  decision  for  man  to  know  what 
Christianity  is  about.  Now  this  is  made  known  by  infant- 
baptism.  The  characteristic  essence  of  Christianity  is  the  pre- 
venient  manifestation  of  the  love  of  God  and  Christ.  But 
thus  its  essence  is  revealed  by  the  prevenient  offer  of  a 
present  grace  of  God,  not  of  one  merely  to  be  hoped  for. 
Nay,  it  is  this  manifestation  of  love  that  first  places  man  again 
on  the  ground  of  freedom,  and  makes  a  free  decision  possible 
to  him  (§§  129,  130).  For  the  prevenient  grace,  contained  in 
baptism,  releases  man  from  the  power  of  the  sinful  generic 
connection  and  of  his  own  sinful  nature.  For  these  reasons, 
the  Evangelical  Church  has  a  good  conscience  in  so  acting  as 
to  aim  at  a  good  decision  with  the  greatest  possible  certainty, 
without  being  willing  or  able  to  exclude  the  possibility  of  a 
bad  decision.  Of  course  it  dispenses  baptism  only  in  connec- 
tion with  Christian  intercession  and  education,  which  even 
conscientious  Baptists  do  not  omit,  and  that  without  fearing 
any  damage  to  freedom  therefrom.  But  in  its  activity  the 
church  desires  to  base  itself  on  Christ's  injunction,  on  His 
activity  in  receiving  men,  and  not  to  ascribe  to  itself  the  power 
to  communicate  the  Holy  Spirit. 

Finally,  it  is  said :  The  infant  child  can  as  yet  receive 
nothing  spiritual,  therefore  the  sacred  action  performed  on  it 
is  empty  and  objectionable.  But  infant-baptism  is  no  empty 
ceremony.  It  would  not  be  such  even  if  it  merely  possessed 
significance  for  the  moment  of  baptism.  But  it  is  rather  an 
institution  of  Christ  of  such  a  kind  as  to  be  ^n  expression  of 
the  eternal,  faithful  purpose  of  grace  preveniently  applied  to 
the  child.  Or  wiU  any  one  assert  that  the  child  is  not  already 
an  object  of  the  loving  purpose  of  Christ,  the  children's  friend  ? 
Even  the  child  is  still  a  human  being,  distinguished  from  a 
merely  animal  creature  by  the  essential  relationship  of  its  soul 
to  God.  There  wants  not,  therefore,  an  object,  to  which  by 
baptism  Christ  can  apply  and  assure  His  love,  which  is  in- 


BAPTISM.  301 

finitely  more  tlian  if  the  Church  merely  had  the  consciousness 
of  Christ's  universal  love  and  represented  it  to  the  child. 
The  fact  of  Christ  having  received  the  child  through  His 
institution  into  gracious  covenant  with  God  can  and  ought  to 
be  made  known  to  the  child  by  the  Church,  and  especially  by 
the  Christian  parents,  with  the  first  awakening  of  its  human 
consciousness.  Or  can  it  be  necessary  for  sin  first  to  come  to 
actual  development  in  man,  and  in  the  same  way  error  on  the 
side  of  consciousness,  before  baptism  can  be  performed  on 
him  ?  The  fact  of  the  reception  of  the  child  in  Christ's  name 
and  authority  into  the  covenant  of  grace,  which  is  immove- 
able on  God's  side,  is  a  fact  full  of  meaning,  destined  his- 
torically to  penetrate  into  the  life  of  the  child  and  stamp  a 
distinctive  character  on  its  self-consciousness — a  treasure  great 
enough  to  fertilize  and  enrich  the  whole  life.  Although  the 
child  may  still  lack  the  consciousness  of  how  rich  it  is  through 
the  love  of  Christ  revealed  respecting  it  and  personally  hold- 
ing good  to  it,  Christ's  prevenient  love  depends  as  little  on  its 
consciousness  as  on  its  will.  But  precisely  in  its  prevenieucy 
lies  the  kindling  force,  the  power  which  it  has  to  awaken  in 
due  time  faith  and  love  in  personal  form ;  and  the  normal 
origin  of  faith  and  regeneration  has  to  take  place  on  the  basis 
of  the  offer  and  assurance  of  salvation  necessarily  preceding 
them,  but  actually  made  in  baptism.  Consequently  all 
depends,  as  Luther  teaches,  on  seeing  in  it  the  revelation  of 
something  eternal  in  the  individual  moment  of  space  and 
time  in  order  to  its  becoming  a  historical  power,  and  therefore 
on  contemplating  the  benefit  and  effect  of  baptism  sub  specie 
ceternitcdis.  Whoever  apprehends  baptism  in  this  way  cannot 
measure  its  benefit  by  what  may  be  subjectively  and  con- 
sciously appropriated  by  man  at  the  moment  of  baptism. 
Withal,  the  appropriation  following  the  baptismal  act  must 
itself  be  regarded  as  the  effect  of  baptismal  grace.  Accord- 
ingly baptism  is  the  sacrament  which  carries  in  itself  the 
powers  of  regeneration  from  the  preparatory  workings  of  sal- 
vation up  to  the  goaL  All  this  is  merely  the  manifesting  and 
revealing  of  the  love  of  Christ,  whose  fundamental  exercise  is 
in  baptism.  Through  the  promise  holding  good  to  him,  the 
baptized  one  receives  in  baptism  a  claim,  conferred  by  God 
Himself,  to  Christ's  faithful  purpose  of  grace  j  but  this  purpose 


302  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHUKCH. 

he  has  on  his  part  to  affirm  and  appropriate  by  conscious 
volition.  Consequently,  within  the  circle  of  Christendom 
baptism  must  occupy  the  position,  where  all  the  workings  of 
grace  may  most  certainly  appear  as  the  outflow  of  Christ's 
purpose  to  receive  the  child  into  His  communion.  And  in 
response  to  a  request  on  sufficient  grounds  the  Church  must 
baptize  so  early,  that  all  its  influences  on  the  child  in  inter- 
cession, education,  and  instruction  may  be  based  not  on  the 
choice  and  power  of  the  Church,  or  on  the  disposition  and 
ripeness  of  the  child,  but  in  the  last  resort  on  the  grace  of 
Christ  made  known  in  the  sacrament,  and  solemnly  pledged 
by  Christ,  or  on  the  fact,  that  through  baptism  in  His  name 
Christ  has  already  declared  that  He  regards  the  child  as  an 
object  of  His  goodwill. 


B. — The  Church  as  a  Befiection  of  the  SubsfAtutionary  Love  of 
Christ,  or  the  Confirming  Church, 

.§  142. 

The  high-priestly  love  of  Christ,  continued  in  Holy  Baptism, 
is  also  the  principle  of  all  the  priestly  spirit  which 
reflects  Christ  in  the  Church.  On  this  above  all  is 
based  intercession,  and  also  all  condescending  love  in 
the  Church  which  is  reflective  of  Christ.  Such  love 
has  its  sphere  of  activity  on  behalf  of  the  needy  in  a 
material  and  spiritual  respect,  partly  in  a  free,  partly  in 
an  organized  form.  But  it  embraces  principally  the 
entire  sphere  of  training  immature  into  mature  members 
of  the  Church,  the  divisions  of  which  are  Psedagogy 
and  Catechesis  (Education  and  Instruction).  It  is  here 
proved,  that  the  most  perfect  administration  of  baptism 
is  that  by  which  it  becomes  possible  to  place  the  entire 
.development  of  life  under  the  dominion  of  Christian 
grace  ;  and  thus  it  is  made  no  less  clear  that  the  Baptizing 
Church  is  only  a  reflection  of  the  love  of  Christ  by 
becomincT  a  Confirming  Churcli.  * 


CONFIRMATION.  303 

1,  All  love  has  in  it  a  substitutionary  spirit.'^  On  the 
other  hand,  all  spiritual  development  in  man  is  brought  about 
by  the  mature  spiritual  life  at  first  living  and  working  vica- 
riously in  the  still  weak  and  merely  germinant  life,  in  order 
by  the  nourishment  supplied  to  awaken  independent  life  in 
the  latter.  The  reflecting  of  Christ's  high-priestly  office  by 
the  church  has  therefore  endless  scope  for  exercise.  But  it 
cannot  show  its  substitutionary  character  so  well  in  the 
relation  of  equal  to  equal,  as  in  its  relation  to  the  unequal. 
By  putting  itself  on  a  level  with  the  needy  or  inferior  by 
sympathy  and  communication,  and  therefore  as  active  love  in 
the  relation  of  inequality,  it  seeks  to  effect  an  equality  for 
the  purpose  of  intensive  fellowship  in  love. 

2.  The  wide  spheres  here  brought  into  view  are,  firstly,  of 
a  /rce  kind.  Here  come  in  all  informal,  casual,  unconnected 
activities  of  substitutionary  love  in  a  material  and  spiritual 
respect  (Beneficence,  Christian  Associations  of  every  kind. 
Home  Missions).  But  the  Church  has  also  to  provide  for  a 
fixed  system  of  charity,  and  to  organize  itself  for  this  purpose. 
Here  comes  into  view  in  a  material  respect  the  regular  pro- 
vision for  widows,  orphans,  sick,  and  all  sufferers.  The  earliest 
church  organized  the  diaconate  before  it  organized  its  govern- 
ment and  administration.^  It  called  the  poor  the  altar  of  the 
church,  in  order  to  express  the  priestly  character  of  care  for 
the  poor.  This  is  in  a  peculiar  sense  the  duty  of  the  Church,^ 
not  of  the  State ;  for  its  principle  is  to  endeavour  through  the 
spirit  of  love  to  effect  an  equalization  (although  not  an 
identification)  of  the  distinctions  in  the  community,  whereas 
the  primary  duty  of  the  State  is  to  guard  the  distinctions. 

•  The  parable  of  the  merciful  Samaritan  shows  that  diversity 
of  faith  is  no  limit  to  Christian  love.  On  the  contrary,  such 
diversity  is  a  challenge  to  it  to  communicate  not  merely 
material  good,  but  also  the  highest  good — the  Gospel — by 
missions  among  non-Christians.  Nor  is  Christian  love  com- 
municative merely  according  to  the  degree  of  good  desert. 
It  imitates  God,  who  makes  His  sun  to  shine  on  the  just  and 

1  §  120  f.  ^  Acts  vi.  1  ff. 

3  Cf.  Schleiermacher's  Predujten  fiber  den  christlichen  Hausstand.  The 
function  of  the  State  is  not  to  be  beneficent  but  just,  and  thnrefore  to  guard  the 
'riglit  of  the  personality  to  self-preservatiou. 


304  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

unjust.  But  of  course  one  of  its  inner  laws  is,  not  to  salve 
spiritual  wounds  by  material  gifts,  but  by  material  to  pave  the 
way  for  mental  and  spiritual  gifts.  A  further  inner  law  is, 
that  according  to  the  apostolic  saying  we  are  to  do  good  to 
every  man,  but  chiefly  to  kinsmen  in  faith  as  well  as  in  blood.^ 
Christian  love  acknowledges  therefore  degrees  in  love  and  in 
the  duty  of  showing  love.  In  a  spiritual  respect,  the  high- 
priestly  spirit  of  Christ  is  reflected  in  everything  belonging  to 
care  for  the  souls  of  others,  to  care  for  souls  in  the  widest 
sense,  chiefly  in  education  and  instruction.  The  spirit  of 
vicarious  love  is  the  soul  of  all  labour  of  the  Christian 
educator  and  teacher.  This  substitutionary  love  of  the 
church  takes  an  organized  form,  on  the  basis  of  baptism  and 
especially  of  infant- baptism,  in  regulated  Christian  labour  in 
maturing  the  immature  members  of  the  Church  by  Christian 
education  and  instruction  in  school  and  Church.  Baptism 
shows  the  end  and  the  method.  The  end  is  sonship  to  God 
as  a  conscious  possession  and  exercise,  and  therefore  free 
Christian  personality,  which  has  to  reveal  itself  along  all 
the  radii  of  the  spirit.  Education  has  to  take  into  view 
the  totality  of  man,  and  that  under  the  viewpoint  of  the  will, 
which  requires  discipline,  along  with  positive  excitation. 
The  organization  of  Church-instruction  is  Catechesis.  The 
method  for  both  is  determined  by  the  end.  As  the  latter  is 
free  personality,  all  drill  and  mechanism,  all  forced  schooling, 
is  excluded  as  mere  compulsion  to  legality.  On  the  other 
hand,  it  is  authority  of  a  substitutionary  kind,  which  presents 
the  right  contents  to  the  immature  spirit.  Hence  good,  fixed 
habits  and  training  to  obedience  are  essential  to  the  forming 
of  Christian  character.  To  declare  of  full  age  on  any  other 
basis  than  that  laid  in  Holy  Baptism  does  not  strengthen  and 
collect,  but  scatters  the  powers  of  freedom.  But  if  infant 
baptism  implies  that  not  merely  the  world  of  adults  but  also 
the  child-world,  nay  entire  nations,  are  to  be  laid  hold  of  by 
Christianity,  the  demand  for  a  system  of  national  Christian 
education  is  a  logical  inference. 

3.  The  substitution  of  the  Church  for  the  individual  has  its 
place  in   reference   to   inmiaturity,  but   its   end   is  maturity. 
The  Church  is  substitutory  for  the  individual,  in  so  far  as 
1  Gal.  vi.  10  ;  1  Tim.  v.  8. 


THE  lord's  supper.  305 

that,   where   infant-bai^tism    obtains,  it   vicariously  preserves 
the  knowledge  of  his  baptism,  of  his  reception  into  Christ's 
fellowship.     But  it  not  merely  communicates  this  knowledge 
to  the  individual  when  consciousness  is  awakened,  but  employs 
and  renders  it  fruitful  through  its  intercession  and  its  love 
exercised  in    education    and    instruction.      But   this  activity 
culminates  in  Confirmation.     The  latter  is  neither  a  repetition 
nor     substitute,     nor    supplementing    of    the    sacrament    of 
Baptism.^     The  sacrament  lacks  nothing  in  itself  or  objec- 
tively, since  it    possesses  abiding    significance.     Eather    the 
purpose  of  Confirmation  is  to  supply  something  lacking  on 
the  subjective  side,  and  necessarily  lacking  in  infant-baptism. 
This  something,  however,  so  little  confers  its  validity  on  the 
sacrament,  that  the  blessing  of  Confirmation  must  rather  be 
regarded  as  the  outflow  of  baptism.     The  work  of  the  confirm- 
ing Church  is  not  to  communicate  the  Holy  Spirit.      Express 
divine  institution  and  promise  are  wanting  to  Confirmation. 
The  Church  has  simply  to  labour  for  this,  that  the  baptized 
one  by  faith,  confession,  and  practical  vows  may  on  his  part 
make  the  covenant  concluded  with  him  on  God's  part  a  reality, 
in  order  that  the  communion  preveniently  formed  by  Christ 
in  baptism  may  become  mutual.     By  this  means  the  believer 
is  qualified  to  he  a  guest  at  the  Holy  Sui^'per.      Confirmation  as 
an   act  of  the  Church  is   under  this  aspect  a  testimony  to 
admission   to   the  Holy   Supper,  i.e.  a   testimony  to  personal 
fitness  for  receiving  all  the  spiritual  blessings  of  the  church. 
But  it  is  not  on  this  account  a  testimony  to  fitness  for  actin-^ 
in  and  upon  the  Church,  for  which  a  more  mature  physical 
age  is  necessary. 

THIRD  POINT, 

A. — The  Continuation  of  the  Kingly  Office  of  Christ, 
or  the  Holy  Supper. 

§  143. 

The  Holy  Supper  is  not  merely  a  memorial-sign  of  Christ's 

meritorious  suffering  and  death,  but  in  allusion  to  the 

.      Passover,  of  which  it  is  the  completion,  the  N.  T.  com- 

*  Cf.  §§  140,  141. 
DoiiNEii. —Christ.  Doct.  i\.  jj 


306  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

munion-  or  covenant-meal  between  Christ  the  Head  and 
His  people  on  the  one  hand,  and  between  believers  among 
themselves  on  the  other, — a  meal  prepared  by  the  Lord 
Himself,  who — at  once  Giver  and  gift — imparts  His 
body  and  blood  to  His  guests  in  order  to  the  closest 
union  with  Him  and  with  each  other, 

LiTERATUEE. — Cf.  Nitzsch,  Dogmcngescli.  I.  p.  396,  1870. 
Hofiing,  Die  Lehre  der  dltcsten  Kirche  vom  Ojjfcr  itii  Lehcn  und 
Kidtus  der  Christenheit,  1851.  Steitz,  Die  Ahendmahlslehre  der 
griechischen  Kirche,  Jahrh.f.  d.  Theol.  1864-1867.  The  doctrine 
of  the  first  centuries  is  discussed  also  by  Dollinger,  Engelhardt, 
Piinck,  Marheinecke,  Pcdrum  de  Prcesentia  Christi  in  coena 
Domini  sententia  triplex,  Heidelb.  1811.  Paschasius  Eadbert, 
Diher  de  Corpore  et  Sanguine  Domini.  His  opponent,  Eatram- 
iius,  De  Corpore  et  Sanguine  Domini  ad  Carolum  Calvum.  H. 
Pieuter,  De  Urrorihus  qui  mtate  media  Dodrinam  Christianam 
de  S.  Eucharistia  iurpaverunt,  1840.  H.  J.  Holtzmann,  De 
Corpore  et  Sanguine  Christi  quce  statuta  fuerint  in  Ecclesia 
examinantur,  1858.  With  this  comp.  his  essay,  Darmst.  Allg. 
K.  Z.,  1858.  Scheibel  has  written  several  works  on  the  Supper 
from  1823  onwards.  Eudelbach,  Reformation,  Lutherthum 
und  Union,  1839.  Jindner,  Die  Lehre  vom  heiligen  Ahendmahl, 
1831.  Schulthess,  Die  Lehre  vom  heiligen  Ahendmahl  nach  den 
filnf  unterschieden  Ansichten,  die  sich  aus  dem  N.  T.  scheinhar 
crgehen,  1824.  Dav.  Schultz,  Die  christi.  Lehre  vom  heiligen 
Ahendmahl  nach  dem  Grundtext  des  N.  T.  mit  einem  Ahriss  der 
Geschichte  dieser  Lehre,  1824,  ed.  2,  1831.  Schenkel,  Wesen  der 
Protestantismus,  I.,  and  his  Dogmatik,  as  well  as  his  article 
Ahendmahlsstreit  in  Herzog's  Theol.  Realencycl.  I.  ed.  1.  Ebrard, 
Das  Dogma  vom  heiligen  Ahend^nahl  und  seine  Geschichte,  2  vols. 
1845,46.  Kahnis,  i^ie  Lehre  vom  Ahoidmahl,  1851.  Stier,  E., 
Das  heilige  Ahendmahl,  exegetisch-dogmatische  Ahhandlung  im 
Sinne  der  Union,  1855.  (From  the  Sixth  Part  of  the  Beden  des 
Herrn  Jcsu —  Words  of  the  Lord  Jesus.)  Jul.  Miiller,  Lutheri  et 
Calvini  Sententice  de  Sacra  Coena  inter  se  convparatce,  1853. 
Ibid.  Die  evangelische  Union,  ihr  Wesen  und  gottliches  Becht, 
1854;  also  his  article  Ahendmahl,  Herzog's  Beal-Encycl.  ed.  1, 
1854.  Stahl,  Fr.  Jul.,  Die  luthcriscJie  Kirche  und  die  Union, 
1859.  (To  Eud.  Stiei's  "  Critical  Eeview,"  1859,  of  this  book 
Stahl  has  given  a  rejoinder  in  the  appendix  to  the  2d  ed.  of 
his  work,  1860.)  Dieckhoff,  Die  evangelische  Ahendmahlslehre 
im  Beformationszcitaltcr  geschichtlich  dargestellt,  vol.  i.  1854. 
Mclanchthon's  Ahendmahlslehre  in  Herrlin^er's  Tlicol.  MdancJi- 


THE  lord's  supper.  307 

thon,  pp.  123-166,  1879.  riLickert,  Das  heillge  Ahendmalil,  sein 
Wesen  und  seine  GcscMchte  in  der  altcn  Kirclie,  1856.  Keim, 
Jahrhiicher  fur  deutsche  Theolorjie,  1859  (on  the  Schwiibiaii  Syu- 
gramma).  Hasse,  Das  Lebcn  dcs  verkldrtcn  Erloscrs  in  Himmel, 
1854.  Sartorius,  E.,  Dorpater  Ahlucndlungen,  1860,ed. 7 ;  Medita- 
tionen  ilber  die  Offenharungen  der  Herrliclikeit  Gottes  in  seiner 
Kirclie  und  hesonders  ilber  die  Gegenwart  des  verkldrten  Leihes 
und  Bhites  Cliristi  im  heiligen  Abendmahl,  1855.  Thomasius, 
Christi  Person  und  Werk,  vol.  iii.,  Abth.  ii.  p.  47  ff.  Schoberlein, 
Die  GriLudlchren  des  Heils,  entwickclt  aus  dcm  Frincip  der  Liehe, 
1848 ;  ibid.  Die  Geheimnisse  d.  Glaubens  u.  Frincip  u.  System  d. 
Dogmatik,  1881.  Eoclioll,  Die  Recdprdsenz.  Schmidt,  R,  Stud, 
u.  Krit.  1879,  Heft  2,  3,  zur  Charakteristik  der  luth.  Sacra^ 
rnentslelire,  Art.  1  and  2.     Martensen,  Dogmatik,  §  260  ff. 

English  Works. — Nevyn,  The  Doctrine  of  the  Reformed  Church 
and  the  Lord's  Siipp)er,  ^lercersburg,  1850.  (He  seeks  to  gain 
support  for  the  doctrine  of  Calvin  in  opposition  to  Zwingle.) 
Pusey,  The  Presence  of  Christ  in  the  Holy  Eucharist,  a  Sermon, 
Oxford,  1853.  E.  I.  Wilberforce,  The  Doctrine  of  the  Holy 
Eucharist,  1853,  ed.  3, 1854.  Denison,  The  Real  Presence,  Three 
Sermons,  ed.  2, 1854.  Beunet,  An  Examination  of  Archd.  Deni- 
son's  Propositions  of  Faith  on  the  Doctrine  of  the  H.  Eucharist. 
W.  Goode,  The  Nature  of  Christ's  Presence  in  the  Eucharist, 
2  vols.  1856.  Whately,  Tlie  Seripiture  Doctrine  concerning  the 
Sacraments,  Lond.  1857.  The  last  three  combat  the  Eomanizing 
view  of  the  Eucharist.  On  the  other  hand,  Bishop  Jolly,  The 
Christian  Sacrifice  in  tlie  Eucharist,  ed.  3,  1857,  and  others 
endeavour  again  to  maintain  even  its  sacrificial  character. 

I. — Biblical  Doctrine. 

1.  The  Holy  Supper  is  a  sacred  action  designed  for  repeti- 
tion, instituted  by  Christ  before  His  final  passion  by  way  of 
bequest,^  in  any  case  in  allusion  to  the  Passover,  whatever 
the  relation  of  the  Passover  to  the  day  of  Christ's  death.  He 
marks  its  high  significance  by  this  among  other  things,  by 
making  it  the  expression  and  setting  forth  of  the  new 
covenant^  in  distinction  from  the  old,  and  consequently 
affirms  that  the  prediction  of  a  new  covenant  is  fulfilled. 
The  blood  of  the  Paschal  sacrifice  blessed  the  Israelites  only 
by  external  means,  partly  through  sprinkling  of  the  posts  of 

/Matt.  xxvi.  26  f.  ;  Mark  xiv.  22-25;  I.uke  xxii.  18-20;  1  Cor.  x.   15  f., 
xi.  23-30.     Cf.  John  vi. 

'^  The  cup  is  called  the  cup  of  the  new  covenant. 


308  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHUECH. 

the  houses,  partly  through  sprinkling  of  the  altar,  in  the  case 
of  the  covenant-sacrifice  (of  which  the  Passover  reminds)  also 
through  sprinkling  the  people.  In  the  Supper,  on  the  other 
hand,  believers  are  to  be  made  directly  partakers  of  the  body 
and  blood  of  Christ  as  the  true  Paschal  Lamb,  and  therewith 
of  His  personality.  His  merit  and  life.  Certainly  it  is  founded 
also  in  memory  of  Him,  and  this  element  ought  not  to  be 
undervalued,  precisely  because  it  recalls  most  definitely  the 
intention  of  Jesus,  that  it  should  be  repeated.  It  is  ordained 
in  remembrance  of  Him,  and  therefore  for  the  future.  This 
is  denied  by  Ruckcrt  (and  by  the  Quakers  in  another  form). 
The  most  trustworthy  account,  he  thinks,  is  given  by  Mark 
and  Matthew,  from  whom  Paul  and  John  diverge  by  inter- 
mixing the  notion  of  a  glorified  body  of  Christ.  The  original 
state  of  the  ease,  according  to  him,  is  as  follows :  "  Moved  by 
the  thought  of  His  sacrificial  death  and  by  love  to  His  fol- 
lowers, and  therefore  by  tlie  thought  of  His  departure,  Christ 
desired  to  perform  a  symbolic  action  accompanied  with  prayer, 
and  to  include  His  disciples  in  it.  As  the  prophet  by  the 
symbolic  breaking  of  a  stone  pitcher  symbolized  the  overthrow 
of  the  city,^  so  Christ  by  breaking  the  bread  wished  to  sym- 
bolize His  approaching  death,  and  to  invite  His  disciples 
before  His  death  to  undergo  His  death  with  Him.  Christ 
as  little  thought  of  an  institution  for  the  future  through  the 
Supper  as  of  a  gift."  But  the  conception  of  this  meal  as  a 
sacred  act  meant  to  be  repeated,  undoubtedly  goes  back  to  the 
apostles,  who  have  probability  in  their  favour  when  they  are 
summoned  to  give  the  true  meaning  of  the  Lord  in  preference 
to  exegetes  of  the  19  th  century.  The  entire  primitive  Church 
without  exception  celebrated  this  meal  as  Christ's  institution. 
Again,  the  text  of  the  words  and  the  symbols  are  incompatible 
with  this  interpretation,  as  with  that  of  the  Quakers,  which 
assumes  merely  a  teaching  or  promise  of  a  spiritual  gift 
clothed  in  sensuous  language.  Were  the  symbolizing  of  His 
death  the  chief  matter,  the  cup  also  must  be  meant  in  some 
way  to  express  the  destroying  of  His  life,  like  the  bread 
which  is  broken.  But  since  there  is  no  mention  of  a  pouring 
out  of  the  wine,  the  parallelism  of  the  action  is  inconsistent 
with  this  interpretation.  The  cup  is  drunk  as  the  bread 'is 
'  Jul-,  xix.  10  f. 


THE  lord's  suiter.  309 

eaten.    Eiickert  is  unable  to  assign  a  meaning  to  either,  because 
he  supposes  that  no  gift  is  in  question.     But  why  does  Christ 
say  :  Take,  eat,  drink  ?     Nor  can  the  breaking  of  the  bread 
mean  principally  the  breaking  of  His  body,  for  His  body  was 
not  broken.^     It  is  more  natural  to  refer  the  breaking  of  the 
bread  to  the  distribution  for  eating  in  common.^     Paul  desires 
the  Lord's  death  to  be  announced  through  this  meal  until  He 
come,  and  with  him  Luke  records  the  addition  :  "  Do  this  in 
remembrance    of    me."^      The    chief   argument    adduced    by 
Eiickert  against   the  correctness   of  the   conception  held   by 
the  Church  in  all  ages  is :  According  to  it,  the  first  Supper 
could  not  be  the  same  as  the  later  one,  whicli  however  must 
be  required  if  the  action  on  the  eve  of  His  passion  were  meant 
to   be   the  institution  of  a   permanent   rite.     Now,  he  says, 
Christ  is  no  longer  visible,  the  body  belonging  to  His  state  of 
humiliation  is  now  glorified.      Conversely,   He  could   not  at 
that  time  communicate   His  glorified  body,  because  He  was 
not    yet    glorified.      Consequently   identity    is    in    any   case 
wanting  between  the  Supper  on  that  evening  and  the  present 
one  in  the  church,  which  latter  is  therefore  without  institu- 
tion.    Moreover,  the  natural  body  of  Christ  could  not  have 
been  given  on  that  evening,  therefore  the  aim  of  the  action  is 
merely  symbolical.     The   Church  interpretation   is  only   the 
result    of   a   forced   combination  with  the   glorified  body  of 
Christ  on  the  part  of  John  and  Paul.      To  this  argument  we 
cannot  reply,  that  Christ's  body  was  already  glorified  before 
His    death.^      Had    Christ    possessed    His    resurrection-body 
already  in  the  Transfiguration  on  the  Mount,  the  subsequent 
Eesurrection,  nay,  even  His  death  as  a  separation  of  the  soul 
from  the  body,  would  be  an   illusion.     The  Transfiguration 
must  be  regarded  not  as  a  transforming  of  the  substance,  but 
simply  as  an  irradiating  of  His  bodily  manifestation  by  the 
bursting  forth  of  His  inner  glory.     But  a  certain  difference  in 
the  first  Supper  from  the  later  one,  an  unrepeatableness  of 
the  former  in  certain  respects,  which  must  of  course  be  con- 
ceded, does  not  do  away  with  the  essential  identity.      The 
first  Supper  may  well  be  an  instituting  of  the  Supper  which 
has  to  be  repeated  to  some  extent  in  another  form.     As  Holy 

'  John  xix.  33,  36.  ^  Acts  ii.  46.  »  1  Cor.  xi.  25,  26  ;  Luke  xxii.  19. 

*  Matt.  xvii.  would  be  appealed  to  in  vain  in  favour  of  the  notion. 


310  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

Baptism  lias  a  progressive  history  from  the  0.  T.  and  circum- 
cision along  with   sacred  washings   onwards,  and  again  from 
John's  baptism  and  that  of  the  disciples  until  Pentecost,  when 
first  the  completion  of  baptism  by  the  Holy  Spirit  took  place, 
and  as  nevertheless  an  inner  concatenation  exists,  by  which 
the  one  form  points  by  way  of  promise  to  the  other,  the  Old 
Testament  and  Johannine  form  typically  to  the  Xew  Testa- 
ment  one  as  its  fulfilment,  so  is  it  with  the  Holy  Supper. 
The  conception  of  the  Supper  is  seeking  its  realization  from 
the  time  of  the  Passover.      In  the  latter,  neither  the  expiation 
nor  the  communion  with  God  was  perfect  and  intrinsic ;  but 
still  the  highest  solemnity  even  in  the  0.  T.  cultus  was  the 
eating  at  God's  table,  which  is  likewise  the  matter  in  question 
in  the  Holy  Supper.     But  even  after  its  institution  the  con- 
ception of  the  Supper  has  several  stages  of  realization.     The 
common  element  is,  that  Christ  desires  to  make  Himself  a 
gift  to  those  invited  to  God's  table.     The  communion  with 
God  expressed  typically  in  the  0.  T.  is  now  communion  with 
Christ,  who  desires  to  keep  the  Supper  with  His  disciples, 
that  He  may  give  Himself  to  them  without  reserve.     But  He 
desires  to  give  HimseK  as  He  is  at  the  time,  and  this  of  course 
differs  in  different  states.-^     In  the  state  of  Humiliation  He 
cannot  give  what  He  gives  in  the  state  of  Exaltation  ^  as  the 
glorified,  kingly  Host,  although  His  body  is  the  same,  and 
although  His  people  always  receive  what  they  have  receptive- 
ness  for.     The  one   form  is   ever  typical,  promissory  of  the 
following  one,  a  circumstance  already  alluded  to  in  the  words 
at  the  institution,  which  speak  of  a  new  eating  in  His  kingdom. 
Even  at  the  first  Supper  He  makes  Himself  over  to  them  ;  there 
they  possess  and  partake  of  His  real  bodily  presence,  His  self- 
sacrificing  love  and  faithfulness  with  the  promise,  that  as  He 
is  now  going  to  death  for  them,  whom  He  calls  friends,  so  He 
will  remain  the  Mediator  of  the  Xew  Covenant  for  them.    Thus 
His  self-forgetting  purpose  of  love,  which  desires  to  surrender 
itself  for  and  to  them,  finds  expression  even  in  the  first  Supper. 
He  gives  Himself  there  to  be  partaken  of  in  the  way  which 
the  circumstances  and    their  degree    of   receptiveness  made 
possible.     For  He  will  only  be  completely  in  them,  they  will 
only  be  able  to  receive  Him  with  complete  intimacy,  when  He 
^  Jolm  xiv.  21  £F.,  xvi.  25.  -  John  vii.  39,  xvi.  7,  xiv.  23,  cf.  xvii.  21-24. 


THE  lord's  supper.  311 

is  perfected  and  glorified,  and  when  the  Holy  Spirit,  whom  He 
will  send  as  Head  and  King  of  His  people,  has  opened  their 
inmost  nature  to  Him.     Hence,  the  further  second  stage  is  the 
breaking  of  bread  in   the  Apostolic   Church,  or  our  present 
Holy  Supper,  which  offers  us  more,  because  the  glorified  Lord 
as  the  Head  of  His  people  can  now  carry  out  His  personal 
presence  and  loving  surrender  to  us  in  an  inward  and  spiritu- 
ally real  way.     But  in  the  tliird  place,  at  the  institution  of 
the   Supper  He  promises   to  come  again,  points  ac^ain  to  a 
perfected  Supper,  which  He  will  drink  with  them°anew  in 
His  Father's  kingdom.^     In  the  Gospel  of  John  also,^  where 
the  idea  of  the  Holy  Supper  finds  expression.  He  points  to  the 
last  period  when  its  full  realization  shall  be  seen  for  the  first 
time.     For  these  reasons  the  institution  of  the  Holy  Supper 
for- the  future,  although  not  in  a  form  always  the   same,  is 
certain.      But  what,  then,  is  the  more  precise  meanino-  of  the 
words  of  institution  ?  ^^ 

2.  They  are  not  handed  down  to  us  in    uniform    terms 
from  which  it  may  justly  be  inferred,  since  the  early  church' 
received  these  different  forms  without  opposition,  that  they  all 
contain  what  is  essential.     At  least  the  essential  part  must 
not  ^  be  discovered  in  that  in  which  they  vary.     Now  that 
€(7Tt    may    mean    signifies   is    beyond    question,    and    ouaht 
never  to  have  been  denied.     In  proof,  it  is  enougli  to  reier 
to   the   interpretation   of  the   Parables.      The  meaning  then 
certainly  is :  The  bread  is  a  figure  of  my  body.     But  in  the 
days   of  the   Eeformation  the   Schwabians   rightly   said    the 
question  does  not  depend  on  this  point.      The  typical  part  in 
the  act  can  m  no  case  be  denied.     The  elements  remain,  and 
even  the  Eomish  Church  cannot  quite  get  rid  of  the  "siau" 
only  that  it  makes  what  remains  after  transubstantiation  a 
mere  sign  even  of  the  substance  of  the  bread  and  wine      The 
chief  point  must  lie  in  this,  of  what  the  bread  and  wine  are 
meant  to  be  a  figure  to  us.     If  of  that  which  as  an  object  of 
remembrance  is  merely  past  and  absent,  as  of  the  breaking  of 
His   body   and   shedding   of  His   blood,  this   would  lead  to 
Zwingles  theory,  according  to  which  the  Holy  Supper  is  a 

..11  ^^\'  ^^'''  •^^'  '^-  ^''-  ^^  '  ^^**-  -^^"-  2.  ^^v.  10,  which  in  Key.  xix   7  is 
railed  the  marriage-supper  of  the  Lamb.  ~ 

"  John  vi.  44,  54-58,  cf.  xv.  4  IT.,  xiv.  23,  xvii.  21  fl' 


3  1  2  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

commemorative  sign,  associated  with  thanksgiving  and  con^ 
fession.  But  in  this  case,  as  in  Eiickert's  interpretation,  the 
words,  "  Take,  eat,"  would  contain  no  meaning,  or  at  least  not 
a  natural  one,  because  believing,  thankful  commemoration  is 
not  a  taking,  but  presupposes  a  having  taken,  while  in  itself 
it  would  be  better  regarded  as  an  act  in  response.  Were  it  said 
that  the  words  have  reference  to  the  fruit  of  His  death, 
the  atonement,  and  were  the  commemoration  of  His  death — 
supposed  also  to  be  a  receiving  or  "  taking "  of  this  fruit — 
the  forgiveness  of  sins,  to  this  is  opposed  the  consideration 
that  before  His  atoning  death  Christ  could  not  well  say, 
"  Take,  eat "  the  fruit  of  my  death.  Moreover,  the  symbolism 
which  thus  results  would  be  confused  and  indistinct.  For 
the  bread  as  broken  would  be  a  type  of  His  death.  His  death 
again  being  a  description  of  the  forgiveness  which  is  its  fruit, 
and  of  which  we  are  to  partake.  The  elements  also  do  not 
point  with  sufficient  clearness  to  His  dying,  for,  as  already 
said,  the  wine  is  not  poured  out ;  and  it  is  altogether  an 
unusual  phrase  to  say,  that  Christ's  atonement  is  to  be  eaten 
and  drunk.  Since,  then,  the  elements  in  the  sacred  act  exist 
to  be  partaken  of,  and  are  partaken  of,  denoting  consequently 
a  gift  to  be  received,  and  since  the  words,  "  Eat,  drink," 
cannot  mean  a  past  or  future  gift,  all  that  is  left  to  be  said 
is :  The  symbolism  denotes  a  2Jrescnt  gift  offered  to  he  partaken 
of ;  the  elements  are  aliments.  But  that  which  is  offered 
under  the  symbolic  veil  of  the  elements  is  described  by  Christ 
in  the  words  "  my  body "  and  "  my  blood,"  by  which,  in 
opposition  to  anything  merely  ideal  or  merely  material,  is 
meant  the  entire  reality  of  His  personality,  Christ  Himself 
with  body  and  blood;  and  in  order  to  understand  the  full 
meaning  of  the  act  instituted  for  all  future  time,  we  must  go 
back  to  the  import  of  Christ's  person  in  general,  and  its 
relation  to  believers  as  their  Head,  to  His  parable  of  the  vine 
and  branches,  to  His  words  of  promise,  such  as :  "  Where  two 
or  three  are  gathered  together  in  my  name,  there  am  I  in  the 
midst  of  them ; "  "  Lo,  I  am  with  you  always,  even  unto  the 
end  of  the  world  ;"^  further,  to  His  exaltation  to  be  the  Head 
of  the  Church  and  the  glorification  of  His  entire  person; 
finally,  in  general  to  His  loving  purpose,  which  desires  to  give 
1  Matt,  xviii.  20,  xxviii.  20. 


THE  lord's  supp:-ii.  313 

Himself  with  princely  generosity  unreservedly  to  His  people.^ 
When  we  consider,  further,  that  in  the  discourse  at  Caper- 
naum ^  "  flesh  and  blood,"  because  synonymous  with  "  body 
and  blood,"  denotes  His  entire  living  real  personality,^  it  is 
clear  that  under  the  symbolic  veil  of  the  elements  He  desires 
to  give  Himself  to  them  in  the  full  and  entire  reality  of  His 
person,  and  to  invite  them  to  partake  of  the  same.  Thus  His 
loving  purpose,  expressed  in  the  words  of  institution,  is  seen 
to  be  this :  In  true  self-surrender  to  them  He  desires  to  be 
received  by  them  and  dwell  in  them  as  their  potent  principle 
of  life.^  The  elements  are  symbols  of  the  eating  unto  eternal 
life.  The  Holy  Supper  is  therefore  the  meal  of  Christ's 
personal  communion  with  believers,  whom  in  the  farewell 
discourses  He  therefore  calls  His  "friends,"^  as  similarly  the 
figure  of  the  bridegroom  and  bride  or  husband  and  wife 
denotes  a  mutual  life  of  two  in  each  other.^  The  discourse  in 
Capernaum  is  a  proof  that  Christ  had  this  institution  in  mind 
long  before.  It  is  true,  according  to  that  discourse,  faith 
is  able  to  partake  of  Christ's  flesh  and  blood,  without  the 
presence  of  the  outward  elements ; ''  but  this  must  not  be  em- 
ployed to  depreciate  the  import  of  the  Holy  Supper,  but 
rather  to  enhance  the  import  of  faith  and  of  the  Word  of 
God,  which  faith  grasps.  Faith  is  already  "  spiritual  eating," 
living  communion  with  Christ,  real  participation  in  Him,  the 
Word  also  as  a  means  of  grace  conducting  us  to  Christ. 
What  value,  again,  belongs  to  the  connection  of  sacramental 
signs  with  the  Word  and  the  spiritual  gift,  was  discussed 
before.^  The  elements  employed  in  the  Supper  are  used  also 
in  other  discourses  to  describe  this  complete  living  commu- 
nion with  Christ.  The  discourse  at  Capernaum  joins  on  to  tlie 
multiplication  of  loaves  and  the  manna,  and  promises  in  His 
person,  which  offers  itself  to  the  participation  of  faith,  a  better 
bread  from  heaven.^     And  after  the  Supper,  Jesus  says  the 

^  These  passages  prove  also  that,  according  to  the  meaning  of  Christ,  tha 
words  of  institution  cannot  signify  giving  a  share  iu  His  body  and  blood  apart 
from  His  soul  or  person. 

*  John  vi.  3  iWq  the  aufAariKZi,  Col.  ii.  9. 

*  John  XV.  4  ff.,  xiv.  20-23,  xvii.  21.  *  John  xv.  15. 

«  Cf.  Matt.  ix.  15,  XXV.  1 ;  Mark  ii.  19  ;  Luke  v.  34  ;  Eph.  y.  28-32. 
'  John  vi.  29,  cf.  ver.  63.  •  §  137. 

"s*  John  vi.  47-51,  cf.  vi.  32. 


314  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHUECH. 

same  as  regards  the  wine/  when  He  promises  the  sap,  the  vital 
forces  of  the  vine,  to  the  branches  abiding  in  Him,  in  which 
the  symbols  of  the  Holy  Supper  find  their  clear  interpretation. 

§  144. — Continuation. 
II. — Development  of  Ecclesiastical  Doctrine? 

1.  Even  in  the  Christendom  of  the  first  centuries  there 
were  very  different  conceptions  of  the  Holy  Supper,  without 
any  Church  division  being  caused  thereby,  or  uniformity  of 
view  being  required, — especially  a  symbolic  conception  (e.g.  in 
Origen,  TertuUian,  and  Augustine),  according  to  which  the 
elements  are  signs  of  the  Church  or  of  the  nourishing  and 
sanctifying  influence  of  the  Logos,  with  whom  believers  are 
united,  and  on  the  other  hand  a  mystical  one  (e.g.  in  Ignatius, 
Justin  Martyr,  Irenseus),  which  saw  in  the  Supper  a  union 
not  merely  with  the  Logos,  but  with  Christ  and  His  glorified 
body.  To  Ignatius  this  meal  was  a  (pdpfxaKov  udava(ria<i. 
No  more  precise  definition  was  given  as  to  the  relation  of  the 
elements  to  the  Logos  or  to  Christ.  The  above  blessing  for 
those  celebrating  in  faith  was  viewed  as  connected  with  the 
sacred  action,  whether  the  elements  were  regarded  merely  as 
symbols  of  the  Logos,  or  as  media  of  the  union  with  the 
actually  present  God-man. 

It  was  in  keeping  with  the  indefiniteness  and  looseness  of 
the  relation  of  the  elements  to  the  thing,  that  the  elements 
played  an  independent  part  alongside  the  sacrament  as  a 
communion,  and  were  specially  employed  in  divine  worship. 
Since  sacrificial  gifts  were  also  joined  with  the  Supper  as 
thankofferings  for  the  benefits  of  Christ,  the  Holy  Supper 
became  a  "  Eucharist,"  and  a  sacrifice,  certainly  not  of  Christ, 
but  of  the  earthly  sacrificial  gifts.  The  Supper  was  only 
changed  into  the  sacrificium  of  the  Mass  after  the  earthly 
elements  had  vanished  into  a  mere  semblance  through  the 


1  John  XV.  1  ff.,  cf.  vi.  53. 

^  Conf.  Aug.  x.;  Apol.  157;  Art.  8m.  330;  Cat.  380,  402,  551;  Epit. 
597  ff. ;  Sol.  Decl.  724 ;  Heidelb.  Cat.  Qu.  75  ff.  Other  passages  of  the  Ee- 
forined  Symbols  in  Augusti,  pp.  73  ff.,  99  ff.,  105,  123,  137,  164,  193  ff ,  244  ff , 
256  ff.,  304  ff.,  377,  401  ff.,  430.  ' 


THE  LORD'S  SUPPER.  315 

trnnsiibstantiation-doctrine  of  Paschasius  Eadbert  and  Lan- 
frauc.  Christ's  body  and  blood  were  put  in  their  place,  and 
treated  in  just  the  same  way  as  the  elements  had  been  before, 
namely,  as  a  sacrifice. 

But  long  before  this  time  it  had  become  customary  to 
recognize  a  miraculous  mystery  in  the  Holy  Supper  in  the 
Greek  Church  also,  which  was  moreover  fond  of  deriving  the 
highest  blessings  from  the  Logos.  Even  Cyril  of  Jerusalem 
and  the  scholar  of  the  moderate  Antiochians,  Chrysostom, 
adhered  to  the  view,  that  in  the  Holy  Supper  a  mysterious 
connection  of  the  God- man  with  the  elements,  not  merely 
with  the  action,  takes  place,  the  relation  of  the  elements  to 
Christ's  body  and  blood  being  described  as  fiera^oXr).  In 
itself  this  might  be  regarded  as  a  rhetorical  expression  to 
exalt  the  elements  after  consecration  in  the  eyes  of  faith ;  but 
in  any  case,  such  liturgical  formulae  promoted  the  magical 
conception  of  a  real  transformation  of  the  elements.  Never- 
theless the  Greek  doctrine  remains  distinct  from  the  Eomish 
transubstantiation.  The  latter  makes  the  elements  to  be 
annihilated  as  to  substance,  and  merely  the  semblance — the 
species,  figura,  of  the  same — to  be  left.  The  Greeks  en- 
deavour so  to  interpret  the  miracle  ^  as  to  suppose  the  elements 
to  continue,  while  holding  a  transference  of  them  to  the 
substance  of  the  body  and  blood  (not  by  human  power,  e.g.  of 
the  priest,  but  by  the  Holy  Spirit),  whereby  they  become 
accidents  of  this  other  substance.  The  transformation  is 
therefore  to  be  regarded  as  an  implanting  in  another  sub- 
stance, which  reminds  us  most  of  Justin  Martyr,  who  makes 
the  elements  to  be  assumed  by  the  God-man.  The  Greeks, 
however,  notwithstanding  the  analogy  of  the  Incarnation 
suggested  here,  reject  the  hypostatic  union  of  Christ  with  the 
elements.  The  obverse,  then,  of  this  implanting  in  Christ's 
body  and  blood  is,  that  Christ's  body  and  blood  sustain  the 
elements  and  are  present  under  their  veil.^ 

^Conf.  Orthod.  ed.  Kimmel,  169  ff.;  Confess.  Dosith.  Deer.  17,  p.  457  ff.; 
Confess.  Metvophanis  Critopul.  p.  100. 

*  The  Greek  Church  rejects  a  transformation  in  the  sense  of  the  identificatiou 
of  the  elements  with  Christ's  body  and  blood  ;  it  does  not  make  the  same 
happen  to  Christ's  body  and  blood  as  happens  to  the  elements  in  the  act  of 
yartaking.  This  brings  it  near  to  the  Lutheran  doctrine.  Only  the  latter 
declines  to  make  the  substance  of  the  elements  an  accident  in  another  substance, 


316  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHUECH. 

2.  In  the  sixteenth  century  the  different  conceptions  of  the 
Holy  Supper,  opposed  to  the  Eomish  one,  became  the  cause 
of  church  divisions.  The  farthest  apart  are  the  Eomish  and 
the  Socinian  view,  with  which  that  of  Zwingle  ^  is  in  afiinity. 
They  form  extremes,  but  touch  again  in  this  respect,  that 
both  see  chiefly  in  the  Holy  Supper  a  human  performance,  a 
work  or  a  gift  to  God.  According  to  Eomish  teaching," 
through  tran substantiation  of  the  elements  the  consecrating 
priest  obtains  the  object,  which  is  then  on  one  side  presented 
to  God  in  the  sacrifice  of  the  mass,  and  on  the  other  par- 
taken of.  The  sacrifice  of  the  mass,  taking  place  most  fre- 
quently in  the  form  of  the  silent  mass,  plays  here  a  greater  part 
than  communion,  which  is  further  curtailed  by  withdrawal 
of  the  cup  in  opposition  to  the  word,  "  Drink  ye  all  of  this." 
In  the  sacrifice  of  Christ  eternally  valid  and  potent  without 
repetition  the  Evangelical  Church  has,  without  the  mass- 
sacrifice  of  which  the  act  of  institution  knows  nothing,  greater 
wealth  than  the  Eomish,  and  instead  of  the  mysterium  tre- 
meoidnm  makes  Christ's  communion  of  love  to  be  imparted  to 
the  believer.  The  magical  character  of  the  Eomish  doctrine 
thus  ends  in  a  similarity  with  Socinianism,  namely  in  an 
Ergism  [a  doing],  not  indeed  on  the  part  of  the  individual, 
but  of  the  Church,  which  out  of  the  plenitude  of  its  authority 
subordinates  the  receiving  from  God  and  Christ  to  a  gift  to 
God.  The  Socinians^  of  course  see  in  the  Holy  Supper 
nothing  sacramental,  not  even  a  strengthening  of  faith,  but 
simply  a  sacred  rite,  in  which,  in  thankful  remembrance  of 
Christ's  death,  faith  is  to  be  confessed  and  fellowship  ex- 
hibited. To  them  it  is  a  signum  professionis,  tessera  com- 
munionis,  able  to  minister  admonition  and  encouragement  to 
the  individual.  Zwingle,  to  whom  the  Holy  Supper  was  a 
commemorative  meal  in  connection  with  a  sign  of  obligation, 
also  regards  it  as  a  performance,  keeping  it  therefore  in  the 
subjective  sjDhere,  and  making  of  it  an  ethical  sacrament,  so 

but  accepts  a  eonsubstantiatio  instead  of  insub-stantiatio.  On  the  difference 
indicated  between  the  Greek  f/,iTou<riaffis  and  the  Latin  Transubstantiatio,  the 
treatises  of  Steitz  mentioned  above,  and  a  work  of  Professor  Ehossis  of  Athens 
on  the  Holy  Supper,  should  be  compared. 

'  In  the  form  in  which  he  maintained  it  in  the  controversy  with  Luther. 

^  Trident,  sess.  22. 

^  Cat.  Eacov.  Q.  334  if.;  Soein,  De  Ccena  Domini. 


THE  lokd's  supper.  317 

to  spenk,  i.e.  a  sacrificial  action.  Nevertheless  in  liis  last 
years  Zwingie  returned  to  his  former  standpoint,  according  to 
which  the  Holy  Supper  is  not  merely  a  sign  of  a  past  thing 
and  commemoration  thereof,  but  a  means  of  grace  and  present 
gift.  The  latter  became  the  ruling  type  in  the  Eeformed 
Symbols,  especially  through  Calvin,  who  is  herein  at  one  with 
Luther.  Calvin  teaches  that  faith  is  raised  by  the  Holy 
Spirit  to  Christ,  in  order  to  be  fed  and  nourished  from  His 
divine-human  substance,  the  result  being  the  quickening  of 
the  spiritual  man,  and  a  blessing  in  relation  to  the  resurrec- 
tion. This  reference  in  ancient  Christendom  to  immortal  life 
joins  on  naturally  to  the  quickening  of  the  believer's  person- 
ality due  to  the  Supper,  and  has  been  accepted  by  Lutheran 
dogmatists,  especially  since  Hollaz,  and  in  recent  days  eagerly 
defended  as  specifically  Lutheran,  whereas  Luther  did  not 
emphasize  this  thought,  perhaps  because  according  to  him 
unbelievers  also  partake  of  Christ's  body  and  blood,  whilst  in 
reference  to  them  Christ's  body  cannot  have  the  resurrection- 
body  for  its  effect.^     With  Luther,  the  body  of  Christ  in  the 

'  He  could  also  dispense  with  it,  because  he  ascribed  an  indirect  influence 
even  on  the  body  to  believing  fellowship  with  Christ,  Cat.  Maj.  565.  Luther 
indeed  accepts  already  in  1523  the  real  presence  of  Christ's  body  and  blood 
through  mediation  of  the  "Word  (Erlang.  ed.  vol.  28,  p.  388  ff.),  without,  how- 
ever, giving  them  an  independent  significance  ;  they  are  to  him  merely  a 
sealing  or  certifying  of  the  real  blessing  of  salvation.  He  regards  them  as  a 
potent  pledge  of  the  atonement,  because  forgiveness  was  procured  by  them  in 
their  sacrificial  character,  and  therefore  depends  on  them,  so  to  speak,  as  their 
effect  and  fruit  (Walch,  Werke,  xx.  p.  364  f.).  In  the  Treatise  against  the 
Heavenly  Prophets  he  says  :  We  must  get  comfort  for  an  evil  conscience,  not 
in  the  bread  and  wine,  not  in  the  body  and  blood  of  Christ,  but  in  the  Word 
which  presents  Christ's  body  and  blood  as  given  for  us.  Certainly  Christ's 
body  and  blood  are  called  again  a  treasure  given  for  the  forgiveness  of  sins, 
which  is  the  other  chief  treasure  (R.  Schmidt,  p.  403).  But  even  then  Christ's 
body  and  blood  are  not  regarded  as  a  special,  priceless  blessing,  but  only  as  the 
secure  media  for  conveying  forgiveness  to  us.  But  that  Luther  does  not  annex 
forgiveness  exclusively  to  the  sacrament  is  known  well  enough,  following 
necessarily  from  his  doctrine  of  the  Word.  The  distinctive  feature  of  the 
sacrament  is  the  appropriation  to  the  person,  and  to  this  the  communicated 
body  and  blood  of  Christ  are  subservient.  Several  times  Luther  has  described 
Christ's  body  and  blood  also  as  food,  not  merely  as  a  sign  (xx.  1046,  1055),  by 
means  of  which  immortality  is  imparted  to  the  body  (the  cliief  passages  in 
Schmidt,  pp.  419-424  ;  cf.  Kostlin,  Luther's  Theologie,  ii.  159-163,  516,  and 
J.  Midler,  Docjni.  Abh.  416  f.),  but  nothing  is  found  of  sueh  an  immediate 
influence  on  the  rcsurrcetion-body  in  the  Lutheran  Confessions ;  and  after  the 
conlrovcrsy  with  the  Swiss,  he  is  silent  on  this  point. 


318  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHUECH. 

Supper  is  not  so  much  a  blessing  of  independent  significance  * 
as  rather  a  pledge  of  another — that  of  forgiveness  (cf.  F.  C. 
601,  744,  807).  On  the  other  hand,  in  the  Eeformed 
Symbols  the  importance  of  the  Supper  in  reference  to  immor- 
tality or  the  resurrection  is  early  mentioned.^  The  Zioinglian 
doctrine  is  maintained  in  none  of  the  more  widespread  Ee- 
formed Symbols,  although  a  moderateness  averse  to  everything 
mystical  gained  ground  to  some  extent  in  portions  of  the 
Keformed  Church,  which  was  also  the  case  in  various  forms 
in  the  Lutheran  Church  after  1750.  The  common  Evan- 
gelical doctrine  may  therefore  be  stated  as  follows :  The 
taking  of  this  meal  is  to  believers  a  participation  in  Christ's 
living  entire  personality,  which  in  any  case  is  meant  by  the 
body  and  blood  of  Christ,  since  no  party  speaks  of  a  partaking 
of  the  body  and  blood  by  themselves  apart  from  the  thean- 
thropic  person.^  The  difference  between  the  two  Evangelical 
Confessions  relates  to  the  way  in  which  the  elements  and  the 
invisible  grace  are  supposed  to  be  connected,  on  which  also 
of  course  depends  the  relation  of  the  sacrament  to  believers 
and  unbelievers.  The  Augsburg  Cunfession  teaches :  Quod 
corpus  et  sanguis  Christi  vere  adsint  et  distribuantur  vescenti- 
bus  in  Coena  Domini.  On  the  other  hand,  the  Variata  has : 
Quod  cum  pane  et  vino  vere  exhibeantur  corpus  et  sanguis 
Christi  vescentibus  in  Ccena  Domini.  The  latter  form  wishes 
to  leave  room  also  for  those  who  allow  no  partaking  of  Christ's 
body  and  blood  on  the  part  of  unbelievers.  The  exhibeantur 
instead  of  didribuantur  goes  back  to  the  doctrinal  type  of  the 
Swabian  Syngramma  approved  by  Luther  for  a  time,  which 
teaches  an  equal  offering  [pfferre)  to  all,  even  to  unbelievers, 
but  without  asserting  a  partaking  by  the  latter.  In  the  same 
way  the  Variata  wishes  to  leave  room  for  difference  of  view 

1  Cf.  R.  Schmidt,  Stud.  n.  Krit.  1S79,  2.  p.  191,  3.  p.  392  f. 

•■*  Gallic.  36  ;  Helv.  1566,  c.  21  ;  Scot.  21  ;  Heidelh.  Cat.  Qu.  76.  Cf.  my 
notice  of  J.  Miiller,  "Union,"  Stud.  u.  Krit.  1855. 

3  This  is  clear,  e.g.,  from  Form.  Cone.  600,  11.  747,  75.  752,  94.  754,  101. 
102.  760,  126.  783,  78.  Although  Luther,  in  the  heat  of  the  contest  for  the 
real  presence  of  the  body  and  blood  of  Christ,  puts  the  unity  of  His  person  and 
fellowship  therewith  in  the  background,  emphasizing  especially  the  body  and 
blood,  his  meaning  was  not  that  Christ's  person  is  absent,  or  the  body  and 
blood  separated  from  it.  In  any  case,  the  Lutheran  Church  holds  fast  in  .ns 
Confession  to  their  inseparableness  from  His  person. 


THE  lord's  supper.  319 

in  reference  to  the  mode  of  Christ's  presence  also  assumed  in 
the  offering,  and  omits  the  imprdbant  secus  docentes,  but  does 
not  expressly  exclude  the  partaking  by  unbelievers,  which  is 
at  least  favoured  in  the  Invariata  by  the  expression,  that 
Christ's  body  and  blood  are  given  {distrihuantur  vescentibiis) 
on  Christ's  part  to  those  who  eat  the  elements.  That  unbe- 
lievers take  and  enjoy  Christ's  body  and  blood  is  consequently 
not  affirmed  even  by  the  Invariata.  According  to  Luther, 
Christ's  body  and  blood  are  present  in,  sub  et  cum  pane  d 
vino,  by  which  it  is  afiirmed  that  whoever  receives  the 
elements  not  merely  might  have,  but,  as  the  Form.  Gone,  also 
teaches,  receives  Christ's  body  and  blood.  But  the  Form. 
Cone,  itself  shows  that  the  receiving  is  not  a  partaking.  From 
that  formula  of  his  it  followed  for  Luther  that  the  eating 
{■manducatio)  is  also  oralis,  so  far  as  Christ's  body  and  blood 
are  received  with  the  elements.  This  inference  is  just,  if  the 
union  of  the  body  and  blood  of  Christ  with  the  elements  is 
absolute;  for  then  what  happens  to  the  former  is  identical 
with  what  ha]3pens  to  the  latter,  and  Luther  inclined  to  this 
view,  when  he  charged  Melanchthon,  on  the  journey  to  the 
Cassel  Conference,  to  maintain  that  Christ's  body  dilaniatur 
et  dentibus  laccratur  in  the  Holy  Supper.  Christ  would  then 
certainly  be  treated  in  the  Supper  as  passive  matter.^  Never- 
theless, Luther's  true  doctrine  cannot  be  learned  from  this 
winged  word  of  his.  In  any  case,  the  view  taken  by  the 
Lutheran  Church  of  the  connection  of  Christ  with  the 
elements  is  not  so  rigid,  that  it  approves  the  above  expressions 
(which  are  rather  expressly  rejected),  or  that  it  makes  a 
material  imprisonment  of  Christ  {impanatio)  take  place.^ 
Further,  the  unio  sacramentalis  with  the  elements  is  not 
made  so  indissoluble  as  to  take  place  also  extra  usum.  The 
presence  of  Christ  is  not  to  be  conceived  after  the  manner  of 
the  presence  of  the  elements  (not  locally),  but  a  modus  super- 
naturalis  of  the  presence  obtains ;  and  the  view  is  earnestly 
repudiated,  that  the  manducatio  oralis  is  a  Ca^jernaitica  one, 
for  only  the  elements,  not  Christ's  body  and  blood,  experience 
a   lacerari   dentibus.^     Finally,   the   same   conclusion    follows 

•*  So,  in  fact,  the  Ltitheran  doctrine  is  understood  by  J.  Miitler. 
■  ^  F.  C.  fiOO,  14. 
^  600.  15.  601,  42:  ijuasi  doceamus,  corpus  Clir.  dentibus  laniari  et — digeri. 


320  •  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

from  this  consideration,  that,  according  to  the  Foi'm  Cone,  the 
unio  sacramcntalis  with  the  elements  is  not  the  same  for 
Ijelievers  and  unbelievers  after  the  reception  of  the  elements. 
It  is  not  to  be  conceived  after  the  manner  of  the  Incarna- 
tion ;  for  where  the  Formula  of  Concord  gives  a  more  precise 
description,  it  does  not  make  a  real  reception  of  the  sacra- 
mental gift  take  place  in  the  case  of  the  unworthy  in  the 
same  sense  as  a  reception  of  the  elements.  For  not  merely 
does  the  universal  Lutheran  doctrine  affirm  that  the  unworthy 
do  not  receive  the  spiritual  blessing  annexed  to  faith,  although 
the  sacramental  contents  are  objectively  present  to  man  along 
with  the  elements,  and  are  presented,  i.e.  offered,  to  every  one, 
but  a  difference  is  made  between  the  spiritual  and  material 
eating.  The  Form.  Cone,  in  this  respect  says  of  the  unworthy : 
Tcpell'uM  Christuin  ut  Salvatorem,  which  implies  a  dissolving 
of  the  saving  unio  saeraracntalis  by  unbelief,  without  for  this 
reason  faith  being  the  power  by  which  the  unio  sacramentalis 
is  established.  When,  indeed,  the  Form.  Cone,  adds  :  aclmit- 
tere  coguntur  Christum  ut  judicem}  the  unio  sacramentalis 
might  seem  to  be  viewed  as  continuing  even  for  those  who 
receive  in  unbelief,  at  least  under  this  aspect,  which  would 
involve  a  partaking  of  Christ  as  Judge.  But  the  notion  of 
partaking  of  Christ,  or  at  least  of  His  body  and  blood,  as  a 
punitive  Judge,  is  incongruous,  because  partaking  affirms  a 
union  or  assimilation,  whereas  the  Judge  stands  outside  and 
above  him  who  is  punished.  The  unio  sacramentalis  of  the 
body  and  blood  of  Christ  could  only  be  applied  to  the  purpose 
of  judgment  on  the  supposition  of  its  being  right  to  say  that 
Christ's  body  and  blood,  like  poison,  work  destruction  or 
death  in  the  case  of  unbelievers.  But  the  Stuttgart  Synod 
of  1559  rightly  declared,  with  J.  Brentz,  that  Christ's  body 
and  blood  are  to  be  regarded  as  a  health-giving  substance, 
not  as  poison.  That  Christ  exercises  His  judicial  office 
through  a  power  in  His  body  and  blood  which  destroys  the 
unworthy,  has  never  been  the  doctrine  of  the  Evangelical 
Church,  nor  is  it  contained  in  Holy  Scripture.  The  Form. 
Cone,  also  maintains  that  in  the  Supper  non  dimidiatus  tantum 
Christus  prcescns  est?  The  motive  for  Luther's  doctrine  of  the 
partaking  by  unbelievers  was  not  an  independent  interest  in 
1  F.  C.  601,  17.  783,  78.  ''  F.  C.  783,  78.     See  p.  318,  n.  3. 


THE  lord's  supper.  321 

unbelievers  receiving  Christ's  body  and  blood  just  as  certainly 
as  believers,  but  interest  in  securing  that  the  sacrament 
should  be  certain  and  sure  to  the  latter,  especially  that  the 
real  presence  of  Christ  should  indubitably  exist  to  faith.^ 

Calvin,  indeed,  for  his  part  only  accepts  the  formula  cum 
pane  et  vino  in  the  sense  that  Christ's  body  and  blood  may  be 
partaken  of  along  with  the  elements ;  but  still  he  holds  fast 
to  the  objective  presence  and  real  partaking  of  Christ  on  the 
part  of  believers,  so  that  the  only  question  to  be  examined  is, 
whether  the  certainty  and  stability  of  the  divine  promise,  i.e. 
of  the  real  presence  of  Christ,  would  be  abolished  by 'not 
regarding  the  connection  of  the  elements  with  Him  as  so  close 
as  that  unbelievers  also  receive  Him.  The  Eeformed  doctrine 
also  maintains,  with  Calvin,  that  they  who  perform  the  sacred 
act  unworthily,  and  therefore  desecrate  it,  are  exposed  by  their 
unbelief  to  the  divine  judgment. 

The  following  points  are  to  be  specially  mentioned  as  un- 
solved problems  in  the  Calvinistic  doctrine  :  the  relation  of  the 
elements  to  Christ's  body  and  blood  is  conceived  in  too  for- 
tuitous and  external  a  manner  ;   and  again,  Calvin  thinks  of 
Christ  as  confined  to  a  special  place  in  heaven,  and  is  unable 
to  apply  to  the  Holy  Supper  the  exaltation  of  the  God-man 
to  freedom  from  space  in  relation  to  His  working.     And  this 
defect,  which  concerns  Christology,  not  the  sacrament  directly, 
has  the  further  consequence  that,  in  order  to  assure  to  believers 
the  real  presence  and  self-communication  of  Christ,  believers 
must  be  raised  by  the  Holy  Spirit  to  Christ  in  heaven.     Thus 
the  place  of  the  space-free  condescension  of  Christ  is  taken  by 
the  space-free  Holy  Spirit,  who  gives  the  believing   soul  a 
share  in  His  power  to  rise  for  the  moment  above  the  limits  of 
space,  a  notion  savouring  of  an  ecstatic  spirit.      On  the  other 
liand,^  the  following  problems  lie  before  the  Lutheran  type  of 
doctrine.      It  lays  too  little  stress,  in  reference  to  the  Holy 
Supper,  on  the  Koivcovla  of  the  members  of  Christ  one  with 
another.      But  this  can  be  amended  without  further  trouble.^ 
The    Reformed    theologians    have    always    emphasized    this 
aspect,  but  have  frequently  laid  too  little  stress  on  the  com- 

1  F.  C.  602,  26.     Cf.  603,  37. 

;  Luther  emphasizes  this  aspect,  and  not  merely  at  first.     Kostliii    i    293 
ii.  519.  '  ' 

DoRNEi:. — Christ.  Doct.  iv.  y 


322  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHUECH. 

munion  witli  Christ.  Hence  they  do  not  cordially  favour  the 
practice  of  private  communion  in  the  case  of  the  dying. 
Further,  the  Lutheran  doctrine  of  the  Eeformation  age  looks 
too  exclusively  to  forgiveness  as  a  gift.  The  body  and  blood 
are  supposed  to  be  merely  a  pledge  in  reference  to  it,  not 
themselves  a  blessing  (as  the  symbols  of  the  Calvinistic  type 
at  first  rightly  teach,  see  p.  317).  But  this  would  render 
the  symbolism  indistinct  and  confused.  The  visible  elements 
are  said  to  be  a  pledge  or  symbol  of  Christ's  body  and  blood, 
and  the  body  and  blood  again  a  pledge  of  forgiveness.  But 
forgiveness  is  already  secured  by  baptism,  to  which  man 
returns  by  repentance,  confession,  and  absolution  before  the 
Supper.  In  the  Holy  Supper,  therefore,  a  second,  further 
aspect  of  the  one  Christian  grace  must  be  treated  of.  When 
we  consider,  further,  that  a  pledge  must  be  visible,  which 
Christ's  body  and  blood  are  not,  and  that,  on  the  other  hand, 
the  elements  have  the  character  of  a  pledge,  as  the  Reformed 
theologians  remind  us,  the  position  assigned  to  Christ's  body 
and  blood  in  the  Lutheran  doctrine  is  almost  superfluous.^ 
Finally,  the  doctrine  of  the  partaking  of  unbelievers  is  not 
clearly  worked  out,  and  is  not  without  inconsistencies. 


§  145. — Continuation. 

III. — Dogmatic  Devdojpment. 

1.  Although  the  new  man  is  in  existence,  he  has  not  on 
this  account  come  to  maturity.  Nay,  death  has  still  to  be 
expelled  by  the  new  principle  of  life,  and  to  this  end  growing 
strength  is  necessary.      Life   exists  when  it  draws  the  first 

^  See  p.  330.  If,  in  order  to  avoid  this  unfortunate  result,  we  said  :  "The  body 
of  Christ,  of  the  presence  of  which  the  elements  are  the  sign,  carries  in  itself,  so 
to  speak,  that  grace  of  forgiveness  which  He  procured  by  His  sutfering,"  while 
refusing  to  acknowledge  a  saving  blessing  in  participation  in  Christ's  body  and 
blood,  this  would  approach  in  substance  to  the  Zwinglian  doctrine,  according  to 
which  the  Holy  Supper  contains  merely  a  reference  to  the  fruits  of  the  death  of 
Jesus.  That,  according  to  the  Lutheran  doctrine,  Christ's  body  and  blood  have 
merely  the  meaning  of  a  pledge  in  reference  to  the  blessing  of  forgiveness,  not 
that  of  a  special  saving  blessing — on  this  point  unprejudiced  inquiry  is  coming 
more  and  more  to  agreement.  Cf.  J.  Miiller,  Dogm.  Ahh.,  p.  414  ff.  ;  fv. 
Schmidt,  ut  supra;  Ki^stlin,  Lathers  Thtol.  ii.  516,  517. 


THE  lord's  supper.  323 

Ijreath  ;  but  it  only  remains  what  it  is  by  growth,  by  the  life 
becoming  active.  There  is  still  sin  even  in  the  believer  ; 
where  sin  is,  death  is  also.  Death  indeed  grows  of  itself;  it 
needs  no  sustenance,  because  it  feeds  on  the  life  that  exists, 
unless  the  latter  is  put  on  its  guard  and  gains  strength  in 
order  thereto  ;  life,  however,  needs  sustenance.  But  faith  and 
new  life  are  not  nourished  of  themselves.  The  spiritual  man, 
unless  he  is  to  be  stunted,  needs  appropriate  sustenance. 
Preservation  comes  about  through  the  same  means  by  which 
the  new  life  was  initiated.  The  regenerate  believer  has 
become  an  independent  centre  of  life  through  Christ ;  in 
communion  with  Him  is  life  and  happiness.  If  the  indepen- 
dence passed  into  separation  from  Christ,  the  result  would  be 
unhappiness  and  spiritual  barrenness,  not  growth.  In  order 
to  the  growth  of  the  inner  man,  the  renewal  of  this  communion 
is  necessary.  And  with  this  view  the  Holy  Supper  was 
instituted,  that  the  new  man  may  not  merely  be  preserved 
amid  the  temptations,  the  ebb  and  flow  of  the  inner  life, 
but  may  also  grow  in  strength.  But  such  nourishing  and 
strengthening,  based  on  the  power  of  the  exalted  Lord,  and 
hence  on  His  kingly  office,  is  supplied  by  the  Holy  Supper, 
not  only  because  it  is  a  commemorative  meal  and  sign  of 
obligation  to  confession  and  fellowship,  and  therefore  a  symbol 
and  figure  of  something  past  and  future,  and  consequently 
absent,  but  also  because  it  gives  what  it  portrays  ^  through 
the  power  and  communication  of  the  exalted  Lord.  The 
strengthening  lies  in  the  present  fellowship  with  Him — the 
Head  of  His  kingdom,  not  with  the  Logos  merely  (as  the 
older  Greek  Church  to  some  extent  held),  not  with  the  man 
alone.  But  He  is  our  Head  as  the  glorified  eternal  King, 
able  and  willing  to  cause  the  powers  of  His  entire  theanthropic 
personality  to  stream  into  His  members^  —  the  powers  of 
eternal  life,  which,  although  primarily  spiritual  and  therefore 
only  accessible  to  faith,  benefit  the  entire  believing  personality, 
and  are  meant  to  transform  even  this  mortal  body  into  the 
likeness  of  His  image.^  We  need  the  one  undivided  Lord,* 
in  whom  as   the  God-man  all   antitheses   have  their  living 

•  §  143.  =  John  XV.  1  ff. 

,    «  Cf.  Rom.  viii.  11  (according  to  the  Rec.) ;  Phil.  iii.  21  ;  1  Cor.  xv.  49. 
F.  C.  600,  11.  783,  78. 


324  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

bond  of  union.  But  in  us  the  antitheses — highest  of  all, 
nature  and  spirit — are  still  outside,  nay,  opposed  to  each 
other,  and  will  remain  so,  unless  the  uniting  potency — that 
is,  the  power  of  the  perfected  God-man — becomes  the  posses- 
sion of  those  who,  born  of  God,  are  brethren  of  Christ  and 
sons  of  God.  It  is  part,  indeed,  of  the  earthly  state  of  the 
Church  to  be  always  possessed  of  an  unsatisfied,  persistent 
longing  for  her  bridegroom  ;  but  all  the  more  in  her  temporal 
separation  from  the  visible  manifestation  of  the  Lord,  she 
needs  so  much  at  least  as  will  not  leave  her  behind  the  first 
body  of  disciples,  who  had  a  living,  actually  historic  relation 
to  Christ's  person.  Now  in  the  Holy  Supper  we  find  Him, 
if  we  so  wish,  find  Christ  Himself  according  to  His  promise ; 
and  to  those  who  take  their  stand  on  the  intuition  of  faith 
(i.e.  on  the  truth),  the  living  administration  of  His  eternal  office 
which  encompasses  us  receives  the  crown  of  its  constantly 
renewed,  ordained  revelation  and  working  in  the  Holy  Supper. 
It  is  certainly  one  and  the  same  undivided  Christ  who  desires 
to  give  Himself  to  faith  through  the  Word,  as  on  the  other 
hand  through  Holy  Baptism,  and  finally  through  the  Holy 
Supper.  Hence  the  Apology^  rightly  defines  the  gift  in  the 
Sacrament  to  be  the  same  as  in  the  Word.  In  the  present 
dogma  the  solidaric  unity  and  entirety  of  Christian  grace 
must  be  maintained  in  opposition  to  a  splitting  up  or  piecing 
together  of  that  grace,  as  though  it  had  no  unity  in  the  divine 
purpose  of  grace  and  in  the  unity  of  Christ's  person.  But 
despite  this  fact,  in  the  order  of  administration  one  thing  is 
given  to  man  in  Holy  Baptism,  and  another  in  the  Holy 
Supper ;  for  the  stage  of  the  spiritual  life  before  Baptism  and 
before  the  Holy  Supper  is  so  different,  that  man  may  receive 
from  one  and  the  same  Christ  one  thing  in  Baptism  and 
another  in  the  Holy  Supper.  Still,  although  it  is  the  un- 
divided Christ  who  is  always  olfered,  not  even  in  the  Holy 
Supper  is  the  same  always  received,  but  in  this  also  tliere  are 
stages.  Even  the  disciples  could  not  receive  in  the  first 
Supper  the  same  as  afterwards,  although  His  gift  of  Himself 
was  always  complete  according  to  the  cajjacity  of  appropriation 
present. 

2.    PiELATION    BETWEEN    BAPTISM    AND    THE    SUPPEK. Holy 

^  Apol,  201.  267  :  Idem  elfuctus  est  verbi  et  ritus. 


THE  lord's  supper.  325 

Baptism  is  the  sacrament  of  faith,  or  of  the  initiation  of  faith. 
The  Holy  Supper  is  the  sacrament  of  love,  of  mutual  love 
between  the  Head  and  the  members,  and  between  the  members 
among  themselves.  Baptism  works  true  faith,  which,  how- 
ever, is  not  productivity,  but  spontaneous,  living  receptivity 
to  Christ's  substitution.  Productivity  exists  first  in  love — 
the  specific  grace  of  this  meal,  in  which  Christ  treats  His 
people  as  friends,  consequently  assumes  them  to  be  realized 
personalities,^  and  ministers  to  the  fellowship  of  active  love 
to  Christ  and  the  brethren.  The  power  of  sanctification  pro- 
ceeds from  the  exalted  Lord,  and  for  this  reason  the  Holy 
Supper  must  be  placed  under  the  head  of  the  kingly  office, 
whereas  Holy  Baptism  falls  under  the  substitutionary  love  of 
Christ.  The  point  in  question  in  the  latter  is  the  origination 
of  a  new  personality  redeemed  by  Christ,  whereas  the  Holy 
Supper  has  in  view  commimion  in  the  kingdom,  of  which  He 
is  the  Head.  Through  the  Holy  Supper  the  union  of  the 
Head  and  the  members  becomes  mutual,  the  new  personality 
being  treated  by  Christ  as  a  relatively  independent  power 
(Grosse),  and  made  such  in  an  increasing  degree.  There  is 
but  one  birth  into  the  new  life  as  into  the  old,  and  hence  but 
one  Baptism.  But  we  must  grow  through  every  stage,  hence 
the  Holy  Supper  is  to  be  repeated.  The  Western  Church, 
therefore,  rightly  withholds  the  Holy  Supper  from  the  wholly 
immature  with  just  as  great  confidence  (since  the  effect  of 
baptism — faith — is  presupposed  thereto)  as  baptism  is  ad- 
ministered to  them.  Further,  on  the  above  grounds  it  is 
dogmatically  justifiable  to  lay  down,  that  only  such  can  receive 
a  share  in  the  rights  of  independent  members  of  the  Church 
"as  are  qualified  for  reception  as  mature  by  the  Lord  Himself 
in  the  Holy  Supper.  Only  communicants  must  form  the 
active  groundwork  of  the  Christian  Church,  although  of  course 
always  in  different  stages,  and  also  according  to  the  degree  of 
physical  independence  and  proficiency.  In  the  same  way,  it 
follows  from  what  has  been  said,  that  the  Holy  Supper  is  the 
principle  of  all  ecclesiastical  organization,  and  that  the  leaders 
of  ecclesiastical  government  must  not  be  sought  outside  the 
circle  of  communicants.     Hofling  and  others  ^how  how  the 

►  ^  Conse(juently  Christ's  substitution  remains  the  continuously  active  basis. 
Gah  ii.  20. 


326  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHUECH. 

principle  of  the  Church-ciiltus  also  is  to  be  found  in  the  Holy 
Supper.  The  sacred  meal,  along  with  what  it  effects,  possesses 
power  to  gather  the  living,  mature  members  together  under 
Christ  the  Head,  and  to  keep  them  by  His  side.  The  Spirit 
of  love,  who  proceeds  from  the  Head,  is  also  a  Spirit  of 
wisdom,  prudence,  and  strength,  and  supplies,  therefore,  the 
formative  principle  for  the  organization  of  the  Church,  so  that 
through  the  Holy  Supper  the  Church  becomes  a  rejiex  of 
Christ's  kingly  office.  But  as  Christian  love  nowhere  exists 
without  faith,  so  the  Holy  Supper  presupposes  Baptism,  and 
that  as  continuously  active.  Hence,  in  order  to  ensure  the 
right  and  worthy  administration  of  the  Holy  Supper,  the 
Church  makes  a  return  to  Baptism  {i.e.  the  renewal  of  the 
baptismal  grace  and  covenant  by  self-examination,  penitence, 
confession,  and  absolution)  go  first  in  the  Supper.^ 

3.  Unio  Saceamentalis. — But  now  what  is  the  relation  of 
the  outward  signs  and  the  thing  itself  in  the  Holy  Supper  ? 
On  this  depends  the  objectivity  of  the  sacrament,  and  the 
decision  as  to  the  partaking  of  believers. 

According  to  the  Catholic  theory,  the  visible  elements  are 
absorbed  and  become  a  mere  semblance.  In  Calvin,  with 
whom  Schleiermacher  finds  fault,^  they  have  a  too  outward, 
mechanical  relation  to  the  thing ;  for  we  receive  the  body 
and  the  blood  of  Christ  on  occasion  of  the  signs  in  the  eleva- 
tion of  faith  above  them,  without  intrinsic  connection  between 
the  gift  and  the  elements.  According  to  Zwiugle,  the  thing 
as  a  gift  is  absent ;  the  only  things  present  are  the  elements 
and  the  faith,  which  immediately  realizes  Christ's  meritorious 
death.  The  Lutheran  in,  sub,  cum,  is  not  merely  intended  to 
avoid  the  Docetic  and  Ebionitic  extreme,  but  also  to  express  a 
most  intimate  connection  between  the  untransformed  elements 
and  the  thing.  It  does  not  go  to  the  point  of  asserting  the 
identity  of  the  signs  with  Christ's  body  and  blood ;  but  the 
difference  between  the  two  is  not  made  clear,  the  union  of 
the  two  being  so  represented  that  the  impression  might  arise, 
that  Christ,  with  His  body  and  blood,  is  passively  fastened  to 
the   elements.      In  order,  at   least,  to   make   an    attempt  at 

'  Gal.  ii.  20  is  an  expression  of  Christ's  substitutionary  life  in  us,  or  of  the 
baptismal  blessing  ;  John  xvii.  21,  of  the  Holy  Supper.  « 

^  Chr.  Glaube,  ii.  §  140.  4. 


THE  lord's  supper.  327 

obviating  the  two  defects,  the  JVoi^d  of  God  in  Holy  Writ  may 
be  referred  to.  It  would  be  Docetic  to  overlook  its  dis- 
tinction from  the  eternal  Word  of  God,  or  the  real  spiritual 
contents,  and  to  forget  the  frailty  of  the  letter.  But  it  would 
be  no  less  mistaken  to  see  in  Holy  Scripture  a  mere  sign  of 
an  absent  thing,  as  if  the  Divine  Spirit  were  separated  from 
the  Word.  Bather,  the  eternal  Word  renders  Himself  present 
in  all  times  and  places  through  the  written  Word.^  Without 
losing  His  freedom,  the  eternal  Word  has  given  Himself  a 
manifestation,  a  sort  of  world-realization,  in  the  Word  of  Holy 
Writ  as  a  means  of  grace.  The  written  Word  is  a  continua- 
tion of  the  self-revelation  of  the  eternal  Word,  through  which 
not  merely  the  apostolic  preaching,  but  Christ  Himself,  is 
rendered  present  to  us — children  of  a  later  age.  Little  as 
Scripture  is  the  eternal  Word  Himself,  just  as  little  is  it  a 
mere  dark,  enigmatic  sign  of  that  Word,  but  a  means  of  His 
revelation  and  actual  presence,  as  well  as  a  means  by  which 
He  carries  on  His  activity  in  time.  We  apply  this  dynamic 
relation  between  Word  and  Spirit^  also  to  the  Holy  Supper. 
The  first  Supper  of  the  disciples,  under  one  aspect,  could  not 
be  the  same  to  them  as  the  Supper  is  to  us ;  Christ  was 
not  yet  glorified,  Pentecost  had  not  yet  come.  But  under 
another  aspect  it  had  something  of  which  Christ's  departure 
from  visibility  has  deprived  us,  namely,  the  element  of  the 
state  of  sensible  presence  lying  in  the  personal,  sensible 
contact  of  His  person  with  theirs.  But  this  element  is  of 
decisive  importance  in  relation  to  the  objectivity  of  living 
communion  with  Christ,  because  on  this  depends  our  being 
raised  above  mere  subjective  thinking  and  feeling,  and  placed 
on  historically  real  ground,  in  the  sphere  of  Christ's  corporeal 
presence.  Now  in  the  Holy  Supper  present  to  the  senses  we 
have  a  bridge  to  the  presence  of  the  exalted  living  Christ. 
In  order  that,  notwithstanding  His  departure,  His  historically 
real  communion  with  us — individuals — may  be  brought  into 
the  present,  and  we  may  rejoice  in  it.  He  has  instituted  the 
Holy  Supper ;  and  through  the  visible  elements,  employed  in 
the  Supper  in  accordance  with  His  will,  that  lost  element  of 

"■  §  135. 

"  Tliis  points  back  to  the  inner  connection  and  the  co-ordination  of  matter 
and  force,  spirit  and  body.     See  vol.  i.  §  38. 


328  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

visibility  and  of  historically  real  contact  with  His  institutory 
will  is  restored  to  faith.  Nay,  the  contact  is  with  Christ 
Himself,  to  whom  the  firmly  linked  chain  of  the  Christian 
generations  leads  back  the  faith,  which  apprehends  and  ex- 
periences the  past  as  Christ's  act,  at  once  present  and  self- 
renewing.  In  these  sensibly  real  elements,  or  more  strictly  in 
the  act  continuing  according  to  His  institutory  will  through 
the  Church  as  His  organ,  and  using  those  elements — an  act 
bearing  the  unmistakeable  traces  of  His  historic  work  and 
continued  government — we  have  a  ladder  to  the  presence  of 
His  real  divine-human  Person,  such  as  the  apostles  had  in  the 
visibility  of  His  bodily  manifestation,  so  that  even  in  this 
respect  we  are  not  behind  them.  As  the  disciples  at  the 
Emmaus-board  became  conscious  of  His  real  presence  after 
the  first  Supper  in  the  act  of  breaking  bread,  so  under  His 
direction  the  same  legacy  has  been  faithfully  transmitted 
from  the  primitive  Church  to  the  Church  of  after-ages.  Thus 
the  objectivity  of  the  sacrament  enables  us  to  become  conscious 
of  and  rejoice  in  that  realized  presence  of  His,  which  is  the 
ground  of  the  trustworthiness  and  blessing  of  the  sacrament. 
This  objectivity  or  certainty  that  Christ  is  present,  where 
His  Supper  is  administered  in  harmony  with  His  institution, 
does  not  rest  on  faith,  rather  faith  rests  on  it.  It  is  not  faith 
which  makes  the  sacrament  a  sacrament,  not  faith  first,  but  His 
will  connects  Christ  with  the  act,  and  the  elements  subserving 
the  act.  Just  as  little  does  the  power  or  intention  of  the 
administrator  or  consecrator  do  this.  The  consecration  or 
setting  apart  of  the  elements  to  sacred  use,  or  their  consecra- 
tion by  prayer,  is  necessary  indeed  to  the  due  administration ; 
but  the  words  exert  no  magic  charm  on  Christ — He  is  and 
remains  master  of  Himself  and  the  Church.-^  According  to 
the  doctrine  of  the  Evangelical  Church,  Christ's  presence  is 
only  promised  to  the  act  as  a  whole,  to  the  partaking,  not 
extra  usum.  Xor  does  Christ's  presence  depend  on  any 
change  in  the  elements  themselves.  Eor  example,  it  does  not 
depend  on  the  elements — those  local  things — including  or 
retaining  Christ's  body  and  blood,  in  which  case  Christ  would 
be  so  bound  to  them,  that  what  befalls  the  elements  would 
also  befall  His  body  and  blood.^  No  change  in  the  elements 
1  F.  C.  1i1,  73  ff.  2  F.  C.  600,  14. 


THE  lord's  supper.  329 

takes  place,  and  Christ's  glorified  body  can  no  longer  be  held 
fast  in  a  passive  way,  or  by  something  outside  Him.  There 
is  no  tangible  security  for  His  presence.  Its  certainty  is 
rather  based  on  His  fidelity  to  His  kingly  promise  and 
purpose,  which  is  continued  in  the  preservation  of  His  institu- 
tion both  of  the  Church  and  of  the  Holy  Supper.  If  this 
presence  of  His  is  so  assured  to  Christendom,  that  it  can  only 
be  doubted  by  one  who  doubts  the  purpose  of  His  institution 
and  promise,  or  the  power  of  the  kingly  Head  to  be  faithful 
to  His  promise,  then  it  is  a  point  of  dispute  scarcely  worth 
naming,  and  of  no  religious  importance,  as  to  whether  Christ 
is  connected  "  with  the  elements  in  and  under  them,"  or  with 
the  act  of  the  Supper.  But  since  the  reality  of  the  Supper 
can  only  be  decided  by  the  use  of  the  elements,  and  the  act 
is  inconceivable  without  them,  while  in  any  case  the  elements 
are  the  pledge  of  present  grace,  it  is  not  easy  to  see  what 
sort  of  reason  there  is  on  the  Reformed  side  for  excluding 
Christ's  presence  from  the  elements  and  limiting  it  to  the  act, 
supposing  that  the  propositions  concerning  Christ's  permanent 
theanthropic  working  are  admitted  ;^  and  on  the  other  hand, 
the  thought  of  a  spatial  inclusion  of  Christ  in  the  elements  is 
kept  at  a  distance.  Every  theory  must  in  the  end  go  back 
to  the  promise  of  Christ,  to  the  effect  that  He  desires  to 
be  the  present  gift  in  the  Supper.  That  promise  implies, 
therefore,  that  the  present  Christ  really  offers  Himself,  through 
the  entire  act,  to  every  one  taking  the  outward  elements, 
consequently  to  unbelievers  also.  As  Christ  truly  and  ear- 
nestly offers  grace  in  the  "Word,  and  as  far  as  He  is 
concerned  not  merely  to  believers,  so  is  it  in  the  Holy 
Supper.  The  objective  grace  exists  for  all,  and  this  is  the 
essential  point  ;^  but  there  is  a  difference  in  the  taking,  and 
hence  in  the  effect  also.  As  unbelief  only  receives  the 
sensible  word  with  the  bodily  ear,  while  the  inner  ear  or 
heart  is  closed  to  the  meaning  and  truth  of  the  Word,  so  too 
may  it  be  in  the  Holy  Supper.  The  saving  blessing  {Christus 
ut  Salvator)  is  rejected  {repellunt)  by  the  unbeliever,^  therefore 
not  accepted.  And  since  the  unbeliever  takes  the  elements 
like  the  believer,  and  Christ  offered  Himself  in  the  act  in 
which  the  unbeliever  takes  part  under  the  guise  of  a  believer, 

1  §§  126.  127.  *  Cat.  Maj.  558.  »  /.  C.  COl,  17. 


330  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH, 

unbelief  renders  void  Christ's  promise  and  purpose,  which 
held  good  also  to  him,  by  this  wicked,  hypocritical  conduct ; 
and  whereas  he  receives  nothing  but  the  elements,  thus 
making  the  sacrament  a  common  eating  or  empty  ceremony, 
he  sins  against  the  Lord  and  draws  down  judgment  on 
himself.^  The  opinion  is  now  almost  universally  given  up,^ 
and  rightly,  that  unbelievers  also  may  really  partake  of 
Christ's  body  and  blood,  not  merely  receive  the  objective 
offer.  Christ's  promise  and  purpose  by  no  means  implies 
that  unbelievers  also  partake  of  Him.  This  would  only  be 
conceivable  by  a  separation  of  the  body  and  blood  from 
Christ's  person.^  Christ's  body  and  blood  must  then  be  re- 
garded as  something  essentially  injurious  to  unbelievers,^  or 
as  something  superfluous.  Christ's  will  is  that  His  entire 
undivided,  theanthropic  Person  shall  become  ours  in  the  Holy 
Supper.  Therefore  His  glorified  body  cannot  be  partaken  of 
apart  from  His  rational  nature.  If  all  the  blessing  of  the 
Supper  can  only  be  enjoyed  through  faith, — not  by  unbelief, 
as  Luther  in  the  Large  Catechism  and  the  Form.  Gone. 
teach, — the  object  of  partaking  must  certainly  be  thought  of 
as  primarily  spiritual,  but  not  for  this  reason  less  real.  The 
God-man  received  by  faith  through  the  Holy  Spirit  is  the 
real  power  that  reconciles  all  antitheses — the  antithesis  of 
nationalities  and  individuals,  in  the  last  resort  even  the 
antithesis  between  nature  and  spirit.  In  Him  is  given  the 
new  and  true  humanity,  in  which  likeness  to  God  is  realized 
also  in  the  world,  appearing  in  His  glorified  corporeity.  Hence 
the  Holy  Supper  is  also  a  real  bond  of  communion  be- 
tween all  the  members.  Every  individuality  is  destined  to 
be  transfigured  through  Him,  and  made  a  reflex  of  His  glory. 
And  for  this  very  reason,  through  the  instrumentality  of  the 
faith  that  receives  Christ,  the  Holy  Supper  operates  also  as 
the  principle  of  reconciliation  between  all  antitheses  in  the  in- 
dividual personality,  and  therefore  as  the  principle  of  pneumatic 
corporeity  such  as  will  be  exhibited  in  the  resurrection-body. 

^  Cat.  Maj.  558,  35.  Jam  quicumque  haec  sibi  dicta  statuit  creditqiie  ita  se 
habere,  ille  certo  consequutus  est.  Cceteruvi  hisce  verbis  dijfidens  Jiihil  habet, 
utpote  qui  nequidquam  hcec  sibi  offerrl  patitur. 

"^  E.g.  even  by  Dieckhoff,  Abendmahl,  p.  631. 

3  In  opposition  to  F.  C.  600.  787.  ^ 

*  As  Sartorius,  e.g.,  supposes  in  his  "Meditations." 


THE  lord's  supper.  331 

4.  The  Consecration  and  Distribution. — The  elements 
become  the  Holy  Supper  when  connected  with  the  words  of 
institution  and  promise  by  consecration,  and  with  the  act 
of  distribution  and  partaking.  The  consecration  with  Christ's 
words  is  the  continuation  of  the  act  of  Christ  founding  the 
Supper.  If  the  church  herein  is  simply  the  organ  by  which 
Christ's  will  is  continued  and  embodied  in  ever  new  mani- 
festation, it  is  most  appropriate  that  the  distributing  should 
be  accompanied  by  the  words  of  His  lips,  in  order  that  He 
nmy  be  realized  as  the  true  agent  and  speaker.  Were  the 
church  here  to  give  its  own, — were  it,  for  example,  to  inter- 
pose here  its  distinctive  doctrinal  creed  of  Christ's  Supper, — it 
would  arbitrarily  supersede  the  continuation  of  Christ's  word 
and  action  by  its  own  action  merely  reflective,  of  His  kingly 
office,  and  obscure  that  important  distinction  between  the 
two,  the  retention  of  which  in  its  purity  is  the  strength  and 
mission  of  the  Church  of  the  Eeformation.  A  further  conse- 
quence of  the  doctrinal  creed  of  the  church  (which  has  its  place 
elsewhere,  but  by  no  means  here,)  being  given  here  instead 
of  the  words  of  Christ,  would  be  that  the  Lord's  table  would 
be  made  the  table  of  a  particular  Church-party,  the  Loixi's 
institution  being  employed,  on  the  one  hand,  to  express  sym- 
pathetic union  under  the  name  of  Luther,  Calvin,  or  the  Pope  ; 
and  on  the  other,  to  erect  a  wall  of  partition  from  Christians 
with  other  views,  to  whom,  however,  the  possession  of  the 
table  of  the  Lord  cannot  be  denied.  But  as  the  Jewish  and 
Gentile  Christians,  or  the  parties  in  Corinth — and  further, 
the  holders  of  very  different  theories  of  the  Supper — main- 
tained perfect  fellowship  at  the  communion  in  Christian 
antiquity,  because  and  in  so  far  as  they  recognized  each 
other's  Christian  character,  so  must  we  act  now,  and  tlmt  in 
the  interest  of  the  objectivity  of  the  sacrament.  For  as  it  is  not 
faith  that  makes  it  a  sacrament,  so  also  it  is  not  good  works, 
whether  of  the  will  or  of  the  intelligence  and  doctrinal 
confession.  Christ  is  the  royal  host.  Unbelief  and  error  as 
little  reduce  the  sacrament  itself  to  nullity  as  in  the  case  of 
baptism,  but  can  only  mar  or  interfere  with  its  Uessing. 
This  also  decides  how  the  Church  ought  to  act  in  the  matter 
of  right  administration,  that  no  unworthy  guests  may  be 
consciously  admitted.     They  ought  not  to  be  a  loriori  desig- 


332  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHUKCH. 

natecl  unworthy  who  do  not  belong  to  our  own  visible 
church-community  or  separate  Church.  This  would  be  sec- 
tarian, and  a  renunciation  of  the  oecumenical  spirit  which 
ought  to  dwell  in  each  of  the  separate  churches.  For  this 
very  reason,  also,  the  doctrinal  creed  or  the  interpretation  of 
the  mystery  of  Christ's  fellowship  with  His  own,  distin- 
guishing a  particular  Confession,  ought  not  to  be  required  in 
order  to  admission  to  the  Holy  Supper.  This  would  be,  again, 
incompatible  with  the  fundamental  principle  of  the  gospel 
and  the  objectivity  of  the  sacrament,  making  the  reception  of 
the  sacred  meal  dependent  on  subjective  acts  of  the  intellect 
or  of  the  confessing  lips.  But,  according  to  Luther's  Small 
Catechism,  he  is  right  worthy  and  fitted  to  partake  who 
hungers  and  thirsts  for  the  heavenly  food,  who  draws  near  to 
the  table  of  the  Lord  in  poverty  of  spirit,  with  bowed 
and  broken  heart  and  true  longing  for  personal  salvation.^ 
Therefore,  to  wish  to  exclude  from  the  Holy  Supper  a  soul 
longing  for  salvation  and  feeling  its  need  of  strengthenincr 
by  the  Lord,  because  it  belongs  to  another  Confession, 
whilst  its  Christian  baptism  is  acknowledged,  is  a  crime 
against  the  communion  of  the  Lord ;  a  supersession  of 
Christ  and  of  His  hospitable  will  by  arbitrary  human  will, 
be  it  even  the  will  of  a  vast  Church-community ;  a  denial 
of  Christ's  love  in  the  midst  of  the  sanctuary  of  love. 
Of  course,  Greek  and  Koman  Christians,  by  the  decisions 
of  their  churches,  cannot  act  on  such  principles ;  and  the 
latter  church  especially  treats  the  meal  of  communion 
with  Christ  in  a  one-sided  way,  as  a  meal  of  confession 
to  it.  It  aspires  to  be,  not  a  mere  reflex,  but  a  continua- 
tion of  Christ.  But  greater  would  be  the  guilt  of  the 
Evangelical  Church,  were  it,  in  the  supposed  interests  of 
ecclesiasticism,  to  put  the  hard -won  diadem  of  its  know- 
ledge under  a  bushel,  or  to  surrender  the  doctrine,  that  here 
also  the  first  place  is  due  to  Christ  and  His  objective  gift, 
and  that  on  no  pretence  must  His  royal  hospitality  be 
narrowed  by  the  Church,  or  that  which  in  virtue  of  the 
institution  must  be  the  first  thing  in  the  sacred  act — namely, 
the  communion  between  Christ  and  believers — put  in  the 
background,  and  sacrificed  to  the  supposed  interests  of  the 
'  F.  C.  745,  68 


CHUECH-AUTHORITY.  333 

community.^  As  Holy  Baptism  belongs  to  all  clmrclies  still 
Christian,  so  the  blessing  of  the  Holy  Supper  pertains  not  to 
a  specific  Church-community,  but  to  Christendom  as  a  unity. 
Baptism  is  reciprocally  acknowledged  on  the  Evangelical  as 
on  the  specifically  Catholic  side,  without  the  Catholic  or 
Evangelical  type  of  doctrine  being  introduced  into  the  bap- 
tismal act  in  the  way  of  confession  or  controversy.  So  also 
admission  to  the  sacrament  of  the  Holy  Supper  must  not  be 
made  dependent  on  the  dogmatically  concrete  conception  of 
the  Supper,  and  just  as  little  the  acknowledgment  of  its 
validity,  provided  it  is  administered  in  harmony  with  the 
institution. 

Observation. — It  especially  befits  the  Lutheran  Confession 
— which  lays  the  chief  emphasis,  more  than  Zwingle  and 
Socinus,  on  the  divine  objectivity  of  the  sacrament  inde- 
pendently of  the  subject — to  give  effect  to  the  inner  catholicity 
inherent  in  the  Lutheran  Confession,  and  having  its  chief 
point  of  support  precisely  in  that  objectivity,  although 
without  detriment  to  ecclesiastical  order.  The  requirement 
of  a  definite  doctrinal  confession  in  order  to  admission  would 
be  Zwinglian,  not  Lutheran,  in  principle.  Add  to  this,  that 
the  requirement  of  this  particular  human  performance — 
namely,  of  an  idea  correct  in  form — would  not  be  the  least 
security  for  real  worthiness  and  a  spirit  athirst  for  salvation. 


B. — The  Reflecting  of  the  Kingly  Office  of  Christ  ly  the  Cfmrch, 
or  the  Power  of  the  Keys. 

§  14G. 

As  a  Reflection  of  Christ's  kingly  activity,  the  Church  has  the 
right  and  duty  of  self- organization  in  and  out  of  the 
world.  The  foundation-stone  of  this  is  the  work  of 
defining  the  circle  of  those  who  are  empowered  to  act  in 
the  Church.  No  less  is  the  power  of  establishing 
ecclesiastical   institutions   inherent   in   the   Church — in 

■  In  Zwingle,  along  with  the  commemoration,  the  professio  and  the  interests 
of  the  community  are  the  chief  matter.  Thus  the  extreme  pressing  of  the 
Lutheran  type  passes  over  into^the  opposite  on  this  point  also. 


334  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

reference  to  doctrine  in  creeds,  to  worship  in  liturgy 
and  order  of  divine  service,  to  life  in  ecclesiastical 
custom  and  constitution, — all  this,  however,  on  the 
understanding  that  the  Church  is  always  subject  to 
Christ's  Word  and  institutions,  and  therefore  does  not, 
by  making  Church-order  a  dogma,  burden  the  conscience 
and  injure  Evangelical  freedom. 


I. — Biblical  Doctrine. 

1.  The  Power  of  the  Keys  {i^otestas  clavium)  in  refer- 
ence to  the  house  of  God,  was  committed  first  to  Peter, 
then  to  the  apostles  collectively,  and  in  them  to  the 
Church,^  but  only  on  the  basis  of  confessing  Jesus  to  be  the 
Son  of  God.  Power  over  the  keys  is  the  symbol  of  authority 
or  government  in  the  house.  This  authority  did  not  cease 
with  the  departure  of  the  apostles,  but  is  necessary  to  the 
earthly  Church  in  all  ages.  No  Church  can  dispense  with 
the  function  of  direction  or  government.  On  the  other  hand, 
no  provision  has  been  made  by  the  Lord  for  supplementing 
the  apostolate,  or  for  any  primacy  at  all.  On  the  contrary, 
so  far  as  the  primacy  actually  existed  in  the  beginning,  it 
passed  just  as  actually  from  Peter  during  his  life  to  others,  to 
Paul  on  behalf  of  the  Gentile-Christian  world,  partly  to  James 
the  Just  on  behalf  of  the  Jewish  Christians.  From  these  two 
considerations — the  need  of  direction  acknowledged  by  Christ, 
and  the  omission  of  Christ  to  provide  for  a  regular  transfer  of 
such  direction  from  the  apostles  to  others — it  follows  that  it 
is  left  by  the  Lord  to  the  Church  to  appoint  the  holders  of  this 
function,  and  that  no  special  order  was  established  by  the 
Lord,  to  which  the  right  of  official  appointment  was  given. 
The  Lord  did  not  intend  the  apostolate  as  the  holder  of 
Church-government  to  be  a  permanent  institution.  By  its 
very  idea  as  the  primitive  authentic  body  of  witnesses  the 
apostolate  is  unrepeatable,  because  it  rests  on  the  uniqueness 
of  the  relation  of  the  first  generation  to  Christ,  and  on  their 
immediate  selection  and  education  by  Christ.  Even  the 
'  Matt.  xvi.  19,  xviii.  18  ;  John  xs.  23. 


CHURCH- AUTHORITY.  335 

apostles  shared  with  the  churches  the  work  of  cstaLlishing 
ecclesiastical  order  and  Church  discipline.^ 

2.  As  relates,  again,  to  the  Contents  of  the  Power  of  the 
Keys,  the  passages  bearing  on  the  question  imply,  first  of  all, 
the  right  of  admitting  into  the  house  of  God,  and  therefore  of 
deciding  on  membership  in  or  belonging  to  the  Church. 
Only  in  the  second  line  does  that  power  embrace  the  establish- 
ing of  regulations  and  laws  as  to  the  life  of  the  community. 
Belonging  to  the  Church  depends  on  forgiveness  of  sins,  for- 
giveness being  the  sign  of  entrance  into  the  Church.  And 
since  an  accepted  member  may  again  become  unworthy  of 
membership  through  unfaithfulness  and  apostasy,  nay,  since 
they  who  abide  faithful  need  the  renewal  of  forgiveness,  the 
power  of  the  keys  has  importance  also  in  reference  to  those 
already  received,  including  remission  of  sin  or  absolution  on 
the  one  side,  retention  of  sin  as  well  as  Church  discipline  on 
the  other.  The  Evangelical  Church  places  the  chief  stress  on 
the  remission  or  retention  of  sin.'^  Notwithstanding,  it  is 
beyond  question  that  the  Lord  has  also  given  the  power  to 
establish  regulations,  not  indeed  to  a  clergy,  but  to  the 
church.^  Kv/SeppTjaa  likewise  has  a  distinct  charisma  of  its 
own.  We  read  of  a  commission  to  feed  the  flock,*  and  the 
apostolic  churches  under  the  direction  of  the  apostles  set  up 
institutions  like  the  diaconate,®  as  well  as  other  offices." 
Especially  were  leaders  appointed  by  the  apostles  under  the 
name  of  elders  or  bishops,  or  their  appointment  was  ordered.'^ 


II. — Ecclesiastical  Doctrine. 

After  several  centuries  a  clergy  had  grown  up  as  a  distinct 
order.  In  the  Greek  Church  its  function  was  more  that  of  an 
authoritative    body  of  teachers,   in  the   Latin    more  that   of 

.    ^  Acts  vi.  5  ;  1  Cor.  v.  4. 

-  In  Matt.  xvi.  and  xviii.  we  read  of  "binding  and  loosing,"  which  finds  its 
explanation  in  John  xx.  23,  where  the  remitting  and  retaining  of  sin  are  spoken 
of.  Hence  the  binding  and  loosing  do  not  refer  primarily  to  obligatory  laws 
and  regulations  and  dispensations  from  the  same. 

^  Matt,  xviii.  17  ;  Luke  xii.  42,  xx.  9  ff.  (vineyard)  ;  1  Cor,- ix.  17. 

,*  1  Cor.  xii.  28  ;  John  xxi.  16,  17.  *  Acts  vi.  l-(i.  «  Eph.  iv.  11,  12. 

'  Tit.  i.  5  ;  1  Tim.  iii.  1-13,  iv.  12  ff.,  v.  1  if.,  17-19. 


336  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

government  in  regulating  life.  The  clergy,  in  its  entirety 
principally  represented  in  the  bishops,  ascribed  to  itself  after 
the  Nicene  Council,  first  of  all,  infallibility  in  dogma,  and 
soon  also  divine  authority  for  legislation  generally  in  moral 
and  disciplinary  matters.  Eoman  Catholicism  more  and 
more  made  the  Church  the  continuation  of  Christ's  kingly 
work,  nay,  represented  Him  as  having  deputed  His  kingly 
authority  to  the  hierarchy,  instead  of  holding  fast  the  im- 
perishable authority  of  Christ  and  His  ordinances,  and  think- 
ing of  the  Church  as  designed  in  its  character  as  a  union 
of  clergy  and  laity  to  be  a  reflection  of  Christ's  kingly 
activity.  The  Eomish  Church  converted  its  polity  into 
dogma,  imposing  on  the  conscience  laws  which  form  no  part 
of  the  faith  as  divine  and  binding  obligations.  As  concerns 
especially  absolution  for  sins  after  baptism,  and  the  right  of 
citizenship  in  the  Church,  it  made  arbitrary  regulations  in 
reference  to  penitential  discipline,  by  which  it  tied  the  inner 
life  to  the  priestly  order,  elevating  that  order  at  the  expense 
of  God's  Word,  of  free  grace  as  well  as  of  freedom  of 
conscience,  into  the  exclusive  dispenser  of  the  divine  gifts, 
and  therefore  also  into  a  power  above  the  Holy  Spirit.  The 
Eomish  Church  especially  makes  the  priestly  order  exercise 
kingly  authority  through  absolution  and  excommunication, 
which  are  supposed  to  have  judicial  force  as  an  act  of 
judgment  on  the  individual  person,  by  which  heaven  is 
opened  and  closed  to  him.  For  these  reasons  the  Eeforma- 
tion  rejected  the  notion  that  the  power  of  the  keys  is 
authority  to  utter  judgment  on  the  worth  of  the  individual 
person  with  divine  authority,  and  also  that  absolution  is  tied 
to  the  priestly  order.  The  gift  of  trying  spirits  does  not 
continue  as  a  gift  attached  to  ecclesiastical  office.  This  is  not 
maintained  even  by  the  Eomish  Church.  Hence,  in  order  to 
fill  up  the  gap  in  the  knowledge  of  the  priest,  in  1215  it 
ordained  Auricular  Confession — certainly  a  very  inadequate 
substitute  for  knowledge  of  the  heart,  despite  the  further 
uuscriptural  decree  that  only  sin  confessed  to  the  priest  shall 
be  forgiven.  The  necessary  consequence  is  uncertainty 
whether  enough  has  really  been  confessed  and  sin  is  forgiven, 
]\Iost  of  all,  the  latter  is  made  dependent  on  the  fulfil- 
ment   of    human    observances    and    on    conditions    beyond 


CHURCH-AUTHORITY.  337 

power  of  control.  The  Evangelical  Church  so  administers 
absolution  as  to  make  it  the  crown  of  the  preaching  of  the 
gospel  generally,  and  to  offer  forgiveness  to  the  penitent.^  In 
this  offer  on  its  part,  in  reference  to  which  the  Church  only 
desires  to  be  Christ's  organ,  the  grace  of  Christ  Himself  is 
offered.'^  In  doing  this,  the  Evangelical  Church  arrogates  to 
itself  no  judgment  on  the  real  penitence  of  the  individual. 
A  judicial  act  on  the  character  of  the  man  would  always 
be  fallible ;  but  the  offer,  wdiich  is  more  than  a  mere  teaching, 
namely  an  exhibere,  is  possible,  because  the  Church  ought  to 
offer  forgiveness  even  to  non-believers,  that  they  may  believe. 
Of  course  it  must  do  this  in  such  a  way  as  not  to  omit  to 
awaken  the  consciousness  of  sin  and  guilt,  because  without 
such  consciousness  it  would  be  impossible  even  to  have  a 
consciousness  of  what  forgiveness  means,  and  therefore  to 
receive  forgiveness  as  such.^  This  offer  is  the  chief  work  of 
the  church.  According  to  Evangelical  teaching,  again,  the 
retention  of  sin  is  no  judicial  act,  pronouncing  infallibly  before 
God  on  the  merit  or  demerit  of  the  person.  No  such  judg- 
ment and  final  settlement  of  the  state  of  the  case  is  even 
necessary  for  the  Church.  In  order  to  avoid  desecrating  what 
is  holy,'*  it  is  enough  to  omit  the  offer  of  forgiveness  where 
it  has  reason  to  suppose  that  impenitence  exists.  The 
consequence  of  this  is,  that  the  Church  is  not  warranted  in 
granting  to  such  the  enjoyment  of  the  full  right  of  citizenship, 
especially  the  enjoyment  of  the  Holy  Supper,  which  has 
absolution  for  its  presupposition.  It  is  quite  consistent  with 
this  position,  that  the  Church,  in  the  consciousness  of 
reflecting  Christ's  kingly  authority  but  imperfectly,  and  mind- 
ful of  its  liability  to  err,  declines  absolutely  to  identify  its 
judgment  on  individuals  with  the  judgment  of  Christ,  or  to 
put  itself  as  judge  in  Christ's  place, — a  position  to  which  it 
is  not  called. 

'  Cat.  Maj.  54P,  74.  *  Cat.  ut  supra ;  Apol.  164.  107. 

»  §  132^  4,  5.         .  4  Matt.  vii.  6. 


DoKWEK.— Christ.  Doct.  iv 


338  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHUECH. 


§  146&. — Contimiation. 

III.  —  Dogmatic  Investigation  of  the  Povjer  of  the  Keys 
helonging  to  the  Church  as  a  Reflection  of  Christ's  Kingly 
Authority. 

1.  The  Churcli  has  the  right  and  duty  of  self-government. 
EvTu^ia  and  eva-^rjjxoa-vvT)  are  enjoined  on  it.^  Bat  the  chief 
question  for  every  commonwealth  desirous  of  self-govern- 
ment is :  Who  are  the  'jpcrsons  to  be  reckoned  members  of  the 
commonwealth,  especially  members  influencing  the  whole  ? 
And  to  decide  such  a  question  is  certainly  to  reflect  Christ's 
kingly  authority.  From  what  has  been  said  before,  it  follows 
that  entrance  into  the  house  of  the  Church  takes  place  through 
overthrow  of  the  dominion  of  sin,  and  therefore  above  all 
through  forgiveness,  by  which  the  redeemed  are  distinguished 
from  the  world.  The  true  administration  of  forgiveness  leads 
to  baptism ;  the  right  and  duty  (i.e.  the  office)  to  offer  forgiv^e- 
ness  is  first  of  all  the  office  to  baptize ;  to  this  joins  on 
naturally  the  office  to  lead  back  lapsed  members  {e.g.  already 
baptized  in  childhood)  to  the  baptismal  covenant  by  penitence 
and  renewed  faith  (absolution).  It  is  true,  all  who  are 
baptized,  and  have  confessed  before  the  community  the  faith 
which  accepts  the  offered  grace,  and  have  not  clearly  incurred 
the  guilt  of  apostasy  or  impenitence,  are,  to  speak  generally, 
legal  participators  in  the  ecclesiastical  commonwealth.  But 
still  a  difference  of  stages  obtains  among  the  individual 
members  as  to  age,  gifts,  etc.  If  the  first  is  the  stage  of  those 
to  whom  participation  in  the  heavenly  kingdom  is  given  by 
baptism  in  order  that  they  may  believe,  the  second  stage  is 
participation  in  the  full  enjoyment  of  the  blessings  of  the 
church,  especially  of  the  sacrament  of  the  altar.  The  Church 
cannot  declare  those  ripe  for  the  sacrament  who  profess 
themselves  unbelievers,  nay,  who  do  not  profess  themselves 
believers.^  The  right  of  participation  is  obtained  by  confes- 
sion of  faith,  and  Confirmation  is  the  Church-ordinance  for 
declaring  those  who  are  capable  of  self-examination  qualified 
for  the  Supper,  Only  the  third  stage,  of  which  also  physical 
ripeness  of  age  and  understanding  is  a  part,  confers  the  ridit 
i  1  Cor.  xiv.  40.  '  §  145,  2. 


CHURCH-AUTHORITY.  339 

of  productive  activity  in  and  for  the  Cliurcli,  which  right, 
again,  must  be  conveyed  by  a  judgment  of  the  Church.  This 
judgment  may  be  mistaken ;  it  may  grant  the  full  right  of 
citizenship  too  early  or  too  late.  But  the  gift  of  trying  spirits 
is  not  so  wanting  to  the  Church  that  it  needs  a  continuance 
or  renewal  of  the  apostolate  in  order  to  the  distribution  of 
offices.^  Eather,  little  as  it  is  given  to  the  Church  to  deter- 
mine the  individual's  relation  to  God  and  his  total  worth,  this 
being  a  matter  of  the  heart,  it  is  otherwise  with  the  judgment 
upon  gifts  and  talents,  which  must  needs  reveal  themselves  in 
outward  acts.  Hence,  provided  the  Church  desires  to  do 
everything  in  the  name  of  Jesus,  and  therefore  to  obtain 
strength  and  wisdom  through  prayer  in  the  name  of  Jesus, 
— that  source  of  the  kingly  spirit  and  power, — thus  purify- 
ing its  will,  that  it  may  be  one  with  the  will  of  Christ,  gross 
mistakes  will  certainly  not  occur. 

2.  But  the  right  to  establish,  preserve,  and  develop  a 
Christian  economy  refers  not  merely  to  the  persons  who  are 
to  have  rights  of  citizenship  in  it  at  different  stages,  but  also 
to  the  right  of  legislation  and  administration,  of  which  also 
the  organizing  of  offices  is  a  part.  In  this  sense,  too,  the 
power  of  the  keys  is  not  committed  to  an  order  or  still  less 
to  an  individual  person,  as  is  clear  from  the  apostolic  practice," 
while  the  Church  remains  bound  to  Christ's  Word  and  kingly 
will.  It  must  not  make  secondary  matters  a  yoke  to  all.  It 
must  not  invest  with  necessity  to  salvation  things  either  in 
doctrine  or  practice,  to  which  such  necessity  does  not  belong. 
And  as  relates  to  the  form,  it  must  not  be  tyrannical.  Its 
nature  must  not  be  that  of  a  compulsory  authority.^  This 
•distinguishes  it  from  the  State.  Despite  variety  of  regulations 
in  the  Church,  of  cerimo7iicc  and  constitutiones,  to  which  also 
regulations  of  practice  belong,  the  unity  of  the  Church  may 
exist,  and  despite  the  unity  a  variety.  Christ  wills  no 
uniformity.'*     Eoom  must  be  left  for  Evangelical  freedom. 

^  As  the  Irvingites  especially  hold. 

2  Acts  vi.  ;  Art.  Sm.  345.  352 ;  A2)ol.  204. 

3  Matt.  XX.  25  f.  ;  Luke  xxii.  25  f.  ;  1  Cor.  iv.  14  ;  Apol.  49.  295.  187  ;  Ar(. 
Sm.  361. 

*  Conf.  Aug.  vii.,  and  pp.  19,   31.     Apol.  151.   208  ;  F.  C.  616.     Cf.  tlife 
■parable  of  the  different  talents. 


340  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

SECOND  SUBDIVISION. 

THE  CHUKCH  APPEOPRIATING  THE  WORLD  TO  ITSELF,  AND 
ORGANIZED  IN  AND  OUT  OF  THE  WORLD. 

§  147. — Organization  in  respect  of  Christ's  continuing  Activity. 

The  fundamental  condition  of  the  organizing  of  the  Church  in 
and  out  of  the  world  is,  that  it  continually  submits  to  be 
a  faithful  organ  of  the  threefold  activity  which  Christ 
desires  to  continue  in  and  through  it.  Accordingly  its 
organization  has  above  all  to  take  care  that  God's 
Word,  Baptism,  and  the  Supper  are  preserved  to  it  in 
purity,  and  that  through  them  Christ's  gracious  will 
operates  on  humanity  that  has  become,  and  on  humanity 
destined  to  become,  the  Church. 
Cf.  §§  134.  135.  138-141.  145. 

§  147&. — Organization  in  respect  of  reflecting  Christ's  Activity. 

All  the  functions  of  the  organized  Church  that  reflect  Christ's 
activity  have  for  their  norm  and  rule  the  immoveable 
bases  of  the  Church,  for  their  soul  the  Holy  Spirit,  for 
their  end  the  edification  (ot/coSo/xr;)  of  the  Church,^  its 
intensive  and  extensive  growth.  On  that  basis  they  are 
discharged  (§§  134.  136.  142.  146) — negatively  through 
the  'purifying  activity  which  includes  discipline  in  the 
form  of  self-discipline  in  individuals,  domestic  discipline 
and  Church  discipline;^ — positively  first  of  all  in  a 
receptive  manner,  the  life  of  the  Church  being  invigorated 
by  the  regular  use  of  the  means  of  grace ;  again,  in  a 
productive  and  effective  manner  by  its  self -presentation, 
the   central   point  of  which  is  ivorship,  and   by  activity 

«  Epli.  ii.  21,  iv.  12. 

'■^  Civic  and  state  discipline  also  liave  their  place  in  the  kingdom  of  God  in  dis- 
tinction from  the  Church.  This  does  not  come  into  consideration  here,  because 
the  Church  is  not  the  subject  of  such  exercise  of  discijiline,  but  in  Christian,' 
Etliics. 


CHURCH-ORGANIZATIOK  341 

partly  in  extending  itself  among  successive  new 
generations  and  still  unconverted  nations  (Ptcdagogy, 
Catechesis,  Missions),  partly  in  behalf  of  its  intensive 
growth; — finally,  by  directing  the  Church  at  different 
stages  and  in  ascending  circles.  It  is  necessary  to  the 
due  order  of  the  Church  that  these  functions  be  dis- 
tributed in  different  offices  on  the  basis  of  charisms,  the 
variety  of  which  is  kept  together  by  the  unity  of  the 
Spirit  in  mutual  acknowledgment  and  helpfulness/ 

Literature. — Nitzsch,  ut  supra.  Petersen,  Die  Idee  der 
Kirche,  1839.  The  writings  of  Kliefoth,  Delitzsch,  Lohe,  on 
the  Church.  W.  Preger,  Die  Geschichte  der  Lehre  vom  geist- 
lichem  Amt  auf  Grund  der  Geschichte  der  Bechtfertigungslehre, 
1857.  Ad.  Schseffer,  Ohserv.  ad  ministerii  ecclesiast.  notionem 
rectius  constitue^idam,  1855.  Hosemann,  Du  Ministhre  evan- 
gelique,  1855,  On  Church  discipline :  Otto,  Versuch  einer 
Verstdndigung  ilher  Kirchcnzucht  in  der  evangelisehen  Denhschrift 
des  Seminars  zu  Herhorn,  Parts  1  and  2,  1854-55  (a  rich  and 
extensive  literature  is  referred  to  by  him).  Fabri,  Ueber 
Kirchcnzucht  im  Sinn  unci  Geist  des  Uvangelitims,  1854.  Gottfr. 
Galli,  Dr.  Jur.,  Die  lutherischen  und  die  calvinischen  Kirchen- 
strafen  gegen  Laien  im  Reforniations-Zeitalter,  Breslau,  1879. 
Beyschlag,  Deutsch-evangelische  Matter,  v.  2, 1880,  Pebr.,  Soil  der 
cvangelische  Geistliche  auf  eigene  Hand  vom  heiligen  Abendmahl 
ausschliessen  konnen  ?     Zezschwitz,  Prahtische  Theologie. 

Ohscrvation. — We  only  needed  here  to  note  the  dogmatic 
place  for  the  chief  subjects  of  Practical  Theology,  but  add 
something  further. 

1.  All  these  functions,  by  which  the  church  stands  forth  as 
a  free  organism  relatively  independent  in  reference  to  Christ 
and  informed  with  His  Spirit,  reflect,  although  feebly,  Christ's 
official  action.  This  reflection  is  successful  in  proportion  as 
the  Church  more  and  more  loses  itself  in  Christ's  mind,  and 
therefore  on  the  ground  of  prayer  in  the  name  of  Jesus  and 
study  of  His  Word.  In  harmony  with  what  has  been  said,^ 
it  has  first  of  all  to  keep  away  everything  disturbing  from  its 
life,  and  secondly  to  further  its  positive  prosperity.  The 
former,  upon  which  we  linger  a  little,  is  done  by  exercising 
*  1  Cor.  xii.  1-30,  xiv.  Iff.;  1  Pet.  ii.  59  ;  Epli.  iv.  8-16.  *  §  H6, 


342  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

tlie  needful  caution  in  receiving  new  members  into  the  stages 
described  above,  and  by  guarding  against  offences  within 
itself,  as  well  as  against  the  hurtful  influence  of  unsubdued 
elements  from  the  world  upon  its  life  of  communion.  Here 
lies  the  ground  of  its  ]purifyiny  action  in  discipline,  which  has 
for  its  end,  not  the  outward  glory  of  the  Church  as  such,  but 
on  one  side  the  neutralizing  of  offences  and  the  maintenance 
of  its  inner  glory,  and  on  the  other  the  healing  of  spiritual 
sickness.  Both  ends  are  most  certainly  attained  by  the 
objects  of  ecclesiastical  discipline  being  led  to  self-discipline. 
Only  thus  understood  is  Calvin's  saying  true,  that  "  Church 
discipline  is  the  nervus  ecclesice,"  but  not  in  the  sense  that  the 
administration  of  justice  is  an  end  for  its  own  sake  in  the 
Church  as  in  the  State,  for  the  Church  must  not  forestall  the 
final  judgment.^  The  Donatist  ambition  to  exhibit  a  Church 
"  pure  "  and  holy  in  faith  directly  causes  the  Church  to  fail 
in  exhibiting  love  and  patience,  without  which  its  "holiness" 
passes  into  legality  of  an  indolent  and  yet  magisterial  and 
arrogant  spirit,  which  avoids  the  more  toilsome  path  of  over- 
coming what  is  hostile  by  spiritual  means.^ 

Observation. — The  negotiations  respecting  Church  discipline 
since  the  15th  century,  which  naturally  followed  the  strivings 
of  that  age  after  ecclesiastical  constitution  (for  which  the 
question  of  Church  discipline  is  one  of  the  most  fundamental 
and  also  most  difficult  points),  have  been  instructive  and 
fruitful  in  a  theoretical,  and  still  more  in  a  practical  respect. 
Among  the  best  works  on  the  subject  are  those  of  Fabri, 
Otto,  Nitzsch,  and  Beyschlag.  In  keeping  with  its  idea, 
church  discipline  must  be  distinguished  on  one  side  from 
care  of  souls,  and  on  the  other  from  'punislwient  in  the  proper 
sense,  or  expiation.  It  has  an  essential  place  alongside 
care  of  souls ;  for  where  the  latter  is  finally  baffled  by 
obstinacy,  something  still  remains  for  the  church  to  do,  in 

^  Matt.  xiii.  25  if.,  29.  An  excluding  of  baptized  persons  from  the  Holy 
Supper  may  be  justified,  but  not  from  the  Church  considered  as  the  community 
of  hearers  of  God's  Word.  Matt,  xviii.  17  is  not  inconsistent  with  this  view, 
for  even  the  heathens  and  publicans  are  to  be  objects  of  culture  by  the  Word, 
and  man's  unfaithfulness  to  the  baptismal  covenant  does  not  violate  God's 
faithfulness  and  promise.     See  §§  141.  140,  3. 

2  J.  Miiller  expresses  himself  with  much  wisdom  in  eloquent  words  only  too 
little  laid  to  heart,  in  the  often-mentioned  treatises  on  The  Visible  aiul 
Invisible  Church,  pp.  372-383. 


CHUKCH-ORGANIZATION.  343 

case  the  sinner  gives  rise  to  offence  by  public  uncensured 
sins,  i.e.  threatens  to  exert  a  contagious  influence  inwardly, 
and  gives  offence  outwardly,  inasmuch  as  he  is  a  member  of 
the  Church,  thus  bringing  reproach  on  the  Church  and 
crippling  its  influence.  But  it  must  also  be  carefully  dis- 
tinguished from  imnislimcnt.  The  exercise  of  the  right  to 
punish  is  an  aflair  of  the  State,  not  of  the  Church.  It  is  no 
concern  of  the  Church  to  see  that  the  sinner  suffers  what  is 
justly  due  to  him,  or  that  it  receives  satisfaction  for  the 
injury  done  to  it  or  its  honour  by  the  sinner.  Eather  it  com- 
mits judgment  to  God,  who  judges  aright  and  sees  the  heart. 
In  distinction  from  these  two  things,  Church  discipline  is 
the  Church's  preserving  or  guarding  itself  by  withdrawing 
and  severing  itself  from  the  incorrigible,  offence-giving 
sinner.  With  this  the  love,  that  seeks  and  hopes  for  his 
amendment,  is  quite  compatible.  The  love  of  the  Church  is 
shown  first  in  gentleness  and  patience,  which  are  quite  con- 
sistent w^ith  earnestness,  and  are  evinced  in  the  stages  of  the 
Church's  procedure.  Even  ecclesiastical  discipline  proper, 
the  withdrawal  of  the  Church  from  the  sinner,  and  the 
gradual  withholding  of  its  communion  and  blessings,  has 
indeed  for  its  intended  effect  to  isolate  the  sinner  and  throw 
him  back  upon  himself;  but  since  this  may  and  ought  to 
lead  to  sobriety  and  self-reflection  on  his  part,  it  is  quite 
compatible  with  love,  which  hopes  that  this  necessary  action 
of  the  Church  may  provoke  the  sinner  to  amendment,  and 
which  gives  expression  to  this  hope  in  intercession.  Since 
the  inmost  nature  of  the  Church  is  holy  love,  it  cannot  assert 
itself  against  the  stiff-necked,  offence-giving  sinner  without 
also  preserving  love.  On  mere  honour  it  ought  not  to  insist; 
and  from  this  consideration  alone  Christian  Church  discipline 
cannot  be  derived.  Eather,  Luther's  saying  applies  also  to 
the  Church,  "  God's  honour  is  His  love."  Without  patience 
and  love  it  would  be  sapless,  despite  all  pretension  to  purity, 
•  and  would  degenerate  into  legality.  It  is  a  misleading, 
Donatist  error  to  require,  under  pain  of  putting  in  force 
Church  discipline,  perfect  purity  even  in  but  one  sphere,  e.g. 
that  of  doctrine,  or  from  but  one  class  of  fellow-members — 
the  teaching  order.^      Further,  Fabri  rightly  demands  the 

'  Fabri,  p.  83,  says  aptly  on  one  hand  :  "  Let  the  chief  attention  be  directed 
to  keeping  the  ministerial  order  pure,"  and  on  the  other:  "Here  above  all  let 
the  formal  creed,  provided  it  is  not  denied  in  an  absolutely  anti-evangelical 
manner,  be  less  taken  into  account."  He  demands  that  in  this  matter  we  keep 
in  mind  the  Christian  equity,  which  pays  regard  to  the  training  of  the  person, 
and  requires  us  to  take  into  view  especially  his  moral  character,  and  therefore 
conscientiousness. 


344  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHUECH. 

spirit  of  brotherly  fellowship  as  a  presupposition  for  the 
exercise  of  Church  discipline  (p.  75)  and  possession  of  the 
power  of  the  Holy  Ghost  for  those  who  exercise  it.  Nor  is 
it  by  accident  that  in  John  xx.  23  Christ  prefixes  the  words : 
"Eeceive  ye  the  Holy  Ghost."  The  above  principles  are 
based  especially  on  Matt,  xviii.  17-20,  the  fundamental 
passage  on  Church  discipline ;  and  these  principles  are  acted 
on  in  1  Cor.  v,  1  f.  (cf.  2  Cor.  ii.  6  f.),  and  again  in  1  Tim. 
i.  20 ;  2  Tim.  ii.  17,  18,  iv.  14. 

2.  The  fundamental  thought  of  the  Lutheran  Dogmatists, 
in  opposition  both  to  the  Eomish  Church  and  to  anarchy  even 
in  the  form  of  a  levelling  spiritualism,  is  :  The  Church  consists 
of  tres  status  hierarcMci — first,  the  ecclesiastical  office  {status 
ecclesiasticus) ;  secondly,  the  Christian  magistracy  (magistratits 
iwlitiais) ;  thirdly,  the  popular  order  {status  cecoyiomicus). 
This  implies  a  friendly  relation  to  national  life  {status 
ceconomicus)  and  to  the  State  {status  politiais).  But  the  pre- 
supposition of  this  organization  was  unity  of  faith  in  the 
nation,  which  no  longer  exists.  Nor  does  this  arrangement 
pay  regard  to  the  difference  of  principle  in  the  organization  of 
the  State  and  the  Church.  The  State-organization  was  rather 
to  some  extent  directly  transferred  to  the  Church.  Of 
ecclesiastical  offices  and  functions  the  teaching  office  alone 
has  an  independent  ecclesiastical  position  in  this  organization, 
especially  in  reference  to  worship.  The  history  of  the 
Lutheran  Church  hitherto  has  been,  that  the  third  order  with 
its  rights  and  duties  did  not  attain  ecclesiastical  development, 
but  became  a  mere  ccdesia  aucUcns  (hearing  and  obeying). 
Its  rights  were  absorbed  by  the  first  tv/o  orders,  whether 
these  were  united,  as  in  the  age  of  the  Reformation,  or 
whether  they  were  separated,  as  was  done  in  various  forms  in 
the  17th  and  18th  centuries  (when  the  rights  of  Church 
government  were  claimed  both  by  the  teaching  order  and  by 
the  princes) ;  and  whether  the  latter  was  done  by  the  princes 
calling  themselves  temporary  bishops  {Notlibisclwfe),  perhaps 
a  treaty  being  also  feigned  for  the  transference  of  the  arch- 
episcopacy,  or  whether  they  professed  to  assume  the  Church 
government  on  territorial  grounds  in  virtue  of  the  State-right 
to  make  and  keep  peace,  as  was  done  from  the  18th  into  the 
19th  century.  It  is  only  owing  to  the  multiplicity  of  Con- 
fessions   in    the    same    State    that    the    continuance    of   the 


VISIBLE  AND  INVISIBLE  CHURCH.  345 

supremacy  of  the  State  over  the  Church  in  the  old  way  became 
an  impossibility.  The  predominance  of  the  State  has  also 
become  the  practice  in  the  sphere  of  the  Zwinglian  Eeforma- 
tion  and  Anglicanism.  The  Eeformed  Confession,  however, 
preserved  more  of  ecclesiastical  independence  under  Calvin's 
influence,  principally  by  including  elders.  The  passivity 
of  the  nation,  more  prevalent  in  Lutheran  than  in  Eeformed 
spheres,  usually  had  the  effect  of  paralyzing  Church  life,  and 
especially  Church  discipline,  which  requires  the  co-operation 
of  the  judgment  of  the  Church  (Matt,  xviii. ;  cf.  1  Cor.  v.). 

§  148. — Invisibility  and  Visilility  of  the  Church. 

The  distinction  of  the  invisibility  and  visibility  of  the  earthly 
Church,  rightly  defined,  is  indispensable  to  the  purity  of 
the  idea  of  the  Church,  which  has  to  organize  itself  in 
and  out  of  the  world  (§146  ff.). 

Literature. — Joh.  IMusfeus,  Disp.  de  natura  ct  dcfinitione 
ecdesice  and  his  Tradatus  de  Ecclcsia,  1671,  P.  L  II.  Andersen, 
Das  prot.  Dogma  von  der  sichtharen  und  unsichtharen  Kirdie, 
Thcol.  Mitarhciten,  1841,  H.  3.  J.  Miiller,  Die  unsichthare 
Kirche,  in  his  Dogmatic  Treatises,  pp.  278-403.  Ibid.,  Die 
ndchsten  Aufgaben  fur  die  Forthildung  der  deutsch-'protestant- 
ischen  Kirchenverfassung,  Janus,  1845,  H.  8.  J.  Kostlin, 
Luther's  Lehre  von  der  Kirche,  1853.  Munchmeyer,  Das  Dogma 
von  der  sichtharen  und  linsicldharcn  Kirche,  1854.  Eitschl,  Uehcr 
die  Begriffe  der  sichtharen  und  unsichtharen  Kirche,  Stud.  u. 
Krit.  1859,  2,  and  Begrundung  des  Kirchenrechts  im  evangc- 
lischen  Bcgriff  der  Kirche,  from  the  Zeitschr.  fur  Kirchenrccht, 
1869,  p.  15  ff.  Hackenschmidt,  Des  luth.  Theologcn  Joh.  Muskus 
Lehre  von  der  Sichtbarkeit  der  Kirche,  Stud.  u.  Krit.  1880,  2. 
Krauss,  Decs  prot.  Dogma  von  der  unsichtharen  Kirche,  1876. 
Harnack,  Die  Kirche,  ihr  Amt  und  ihr  Begiment. 

A. —  The  Bihlical  Doctrine. 

The  Church  first  came  into  existence  with  Pentecost,  and 
therefore  through  the  Holy  Spirit  generating  independent 
faith,  for  previously  the  disciples  of  Christ  were  still  in  a 
state  of  nonage.  Consequently  there  was  as  yet  no  proper 
Church  upon  earth  immediately  after  Christ's  departure. 
'ZJhe   whole   of  Christ's  earthly   action   was   directed   to   the 


346  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

founding  of  faith  in  independent  personalities,  who  were  to  he 
hound  together  in  love,  not  to  the  founding  of  an  impersonal 
institution  or  outward  ordinances  and  ceremonies.  Certainly 
the  entire  hody  of  disciples  had  already  an  outward  centre  in 
His  person,  and  His  design  was  that  the  Church  should  grow 
out  of  that  hody ;  but  such  a  Church  did  not  as  yet  exist 
before  the  Holy  Spirit  had  prepared  and  collected  a  mature 
discipleship.  The  Church  is  called  the  temple  of  the  Holy 
Ghost,  consisting  of  living  stones  bearing  Christ's  life  in  them, 
i.e.  personalities.^  Its  holiness  inheres  not  in  its  institutions 
or  in  things ;  it  is  not  of  a  material,  but  personal  nature. 
But  despite  the  variety  of  believing  personalities  it  is  One, — 
Christ  has  but  one  body,^ — and  this  One  is  the  pillar  and 
ground  of  the  truth,  a  historical,  imperishable  power,^  through 
its  unchangeable  characteristics  —  Word  and  Sacrament — 
which  are  not  the  Church  by  themselves,  but  minister  to  its 
preservation.  But  this  one  true  Church,  existing  since 
Pentecost,  is  not  described  in  the  N.  T.  as  absolutely  coin- 
ciding with  the  outward  community  of  the  baptized.  Even 
in  apostoHc  days  much  exists  in  this  outward  community 
which  belongs  not  to  the  pure  Church.  Xot  merely 
particular  sins,  even  false  brethren  and  teachers  of  error, 
appear  in  it ;  tares  grow  alongside  the  wheat.  So  in  the  case 
of  Ananias  and  Sapphira,*  and  still  worse  things  are  predicted 
by  Paul  and  John.^  Even  Christ  spoke  of  adherents  who 
only  say,  "  Lord,  Lord,"  of  a  guest  at  the  wedding-feast  of 
God's  kingdom  without  a  wedding-garment.  He  compared 
the  kingdom  of  God  to  a  net,  in  which  good  and  bad  fish  are 
caught,  the  separation  of  which  shall  and  ought  to  take  place 
only  at  the  end  of  the  world.  Nay,  He  called  His  disciples 
a  little  flock  in  comparison  with  mankind.^  It  is  not  given 
to  the  Church  to  know  and  present  itself  on  earth  as  perfectly 
pure  and  holy,^  either   by  attempting  to  weed  out   all  the 

1  1  Pet.  ii  5  ff.  ;  2  Tim.  ii.  19  ;  Eph.  ii.  20  ;  1  Cor.  vi.  19. 

2  Eph.  iv.  3-16,  V.  23  ff.  ;  1  Cor.  iii.  16,  17. 

3  1  Tim.  iii.  15  ;  Matt.  xvi.  18.  "  Acts  v.  ;  2  Cor.  xi.  13,  26  ;  Gal.  ii.  4. 
5  2  Thess.  ii.  1  ff.  ;  1  Tim.  i.  6  ff.,  iv.  1  ff.     Cf.  2  Tim.  ii.   16-18  ;  1  Cor. 

XV.  12  ;  1  John  iv.  1  ff.,  cf.  ii.  19  f.  ;  Rev.  i.-iii. 

«  Matt.  vii.  21,  xiii.  47-50,  xxii.  1-14  ;  Luke  xii.  32. 

"^  Eph.  iv.  13.     The  bride  of  Christ  is  not  pure  and  without  spot  in  the 
present  seon.  ' 


VISIBLE  AND  INVISIBLE  CIIUllCH.  347 

tares,  where  possibly  believers  form  a  majority  and  have  the 
power,  or  by  requiring  all  believers  to  separate  themselves 
and  form  a  separate  community,  where  possibly  they  form  a 
minority.  But  it  is  said  :  "  Let  both  grow  together  till  the 
harvest."  ^  Christians  are  rather  to  be  in  the  world,  while 
not  of  the  world,^  a  light  in  the  darkness,  the  salt  of  the 
world,  the  leaven  in  the  mass.*  Christianity  desires  to  be  a 
power  in  the  world  appropriating  the  world,  in  such  a  way, 
indeed,  that  the  world  also  makes  Christianity  its  own,  the 
Church  thus  growing  out  of  the  world.  Since,  then,  the 
Church  is  burdened  with  many  who  belong  outwardly  to  it, 
but  inwardly  to  the  world,  and  since  it  must  still  hold 
fellowship  with  the  world,  because  many  members  are  still 
lacking  to  the  completeness  of  its  body,  —  since,  further, 
its  individual  members,  although  believing,  are  still  sinful, 
while  the  Church  itself  as  a  whole  exists  not  in  glory  but  in 
weakness,  in  a  lowliness  that  reflects  the  destiny  of  Christ,  in 
cross  and  passion,  it  is  evident  that,  according  to  the  N.  T., 
the  essence  and  manifestation,  the  inner  and  outer  side  of  the 
Church,  are  not  yet  co-equal.*  And  since,  according  to  what 
has  been  said  above  on  its  origin,  the  stress  of  the  principle 
falls  on  the  first  side,  which  is  invisible,  the  distinction 
between  the  invisible  and  visible  Church  rests  on  biblical 
grounds.  On  earth  its  form  is  to  be  that  of  a  servant,  not 
triumphant ;  but  this  ought  not  to  weaken  its  zeal  in  self- 
purification  and  growth,  but  to  quicken  such  zeal  because  of 
the  yearning  hope  it  has  of  its  certain  consummation.^ 

B. — Tlic  Ecclesiastical  Doctrine. 

1.  The  express  distinction  between  the  visible  and  invisible 
Church  is  foreign  to  the  first  centuries  of  Christendom,  how- 
ever definite  its  consciousness  of  the  difference  between  the 
inner  and  outer  man  and  of  the  relative  hiddenness  and 
incognizableness  of  the  former.  In  the  eyes  of  ancient 
Christendom  the  divine  idea  of  the  Church  and  its  actuality 
are  chiefly  disparate  in  reference  merely  to  the  lowly  appear- 

1  Matt.  xiii.  29,  36  f.  2  j^jj^  xvii.  15.         '  Matt.  v.  13,  14,  xiii.  33, 

*  1  John  iii.  2  ;  Col.  iii.  3,  4  :  ^  Z,c>ih  vf/uv  KiKpu-rrai  cuv  tu  \fi7TCf  \v  tu  (uZ. 
'*  Eph.  V.  27,  iv.  16. 


348  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

ance  of  tlie  Church  in  its  oppressed  and  still  restricted  actuality. 
But  both — idea  and  actuality — were  kept  together  by  Christian 
hope,  which,  when  it  went  astray  in  Ebionite  and  Judaistic 
paths,  only  placed  so  little  value  on  the  salvation  already 
existing  in  the  earthly  Church  as  no  sort  of  identity  seemed 
to  exist  between  the  earthly  Church  and  that  which  is  to  be 
expected.  The  reason  why  distinction  was  made  in  the  first 
ages  between  the  visible  and  invisible  Church  lay  undoubtedly 
in  the  fact,  that  in  those  ages  the  Church  enjoyed  an  essential 
unity  and  purity,  to  which  not  the  least  contributor  was  the 
sifting  power  of  persecutions.  The  want  of  outward  advantages 
in  the  confession  of  Christianity,  nay  its  dangers,  exercised  a 
most  effective  Church  discipline.  But  when,  after  the  4tli 
century,  the  heathen  masses  suddenly  streamed  into  the  Church, 
the  contrast  between  the  Church  as  it  should  be  and  its 
actuality,  especially  the  character  of  its  leaders,  was  so  obvious 
that  men  like  Tichonius,  Vigilantius,  and  Jovinian  put  the 
true  Church,  Christ's  unspotted  bride — the  object  of  their 
faith,  of  their  love  and  hope — in  glaring  contrast  with  the 
empirical  Church  as  a  different  Church.  But  the  Catholic 
Church  withstood  such  a  distinction  with  the  utmost  earnest- 
ness, permitted  only  the  distinction  between  the  militant  and 
triumphant  Church,  and  found  more  and  more  a  substitute  for 
that  deficiency  of  holiness  in  all  persons  in  the  Church,  which 
it  did  not  deny,  in  the  holiness  of  its  institutions,  which  were 
supposed  to  give  a  guarantee  for  the  unity  and  catholicity,  the 
apostolicity  and  infallibility  of  the  Church.  Then  obedience 
to  the  hierarchically-constituted  Church  was  made  de  fide,  and 
the  limits  of  the  Piomish  Church  became  the  limits  of  Chris- 
tianity, extra  ecclesiam  (Bomanam)  nulla  salus.  Attempts  at 
drawing  a  distinction  between  the  visible  and  invisible  Church 
are  seen  in  opposition  to  the  outward,  increasingly  emphasized, 
unity  of  the  Catholic  Church,  in  the  distinction  between 
2Jra;destinati  or  electi  and  the  non-elect  or  praisciti  advanced  in 
different  forms  by  Augustine,  Wycliffe,  liuss.  But  the  nature 
of  the  distinction  is  such  that  its  application  is  postponed  to 
the  final  judgment,  and  the  conception  of  the  earthly  Church 
is  not  essentially  affected  thereby. 

2.  But  the  question  assumed  a  different  phase  in  the  age  of 
the  Ecformation.      The   Evangelical   idea   of   faith   with   its 


VISIBLE  AND  INVISIBLE  CHURCH.  349 

inwardness  contained,  instead  of  mere  communion  with  men 
and  equality  in  outward  rites  or  ordinances,  immediate, 
personal  communion  with  God,  participation  in  justification 
through  the  Atoner  and  by  the  Holy  Spirit.  Therewith  was 
connected  the  certainty,  that  this  faith  must  also  be  the 
principle  and  regulator  of  the  community  deserving  the  name 
of  a  Christian  Church.  But  in  this  way  the  Evangelical 
teachers  came  into  profound  opposition  to  the  Catholic  idea  of 
the  Church,  which  found  the  Church  in  unity  of  cultus  and 
ceremonies,  but  especially  in  a  legal  constitution  of  Christian 
confessors  on  the  model  of  the  State,  and  in  the  subjection  of 
Christians  to  the  hierarchy,  to  which  obedience  is  due  in  God's 
name.  On  the  ground  of  its  idea  of  the  Church,  Koman  Catho- 
licism denied  that  the  Evangelicals  belonged  to  the  Christian 
Church,  unless  they  submitted  to  the  hierarchical  decrees  and 
the  Catholic  cultus.  But  the  same  perception  of  the  nature  of 
faith  and  its  importance  to  the  Church  which  had  led  to  the 
severance  of  the  Evangelicals  from  Eoman  Catholicism,  supplied 
them  with  the  means  both  for  defending  their  own  standpoint 
and  criticising  that  of  their  opponents.  And  the  working  out 
of  the  apologetic  and  polemical  significance  of  their  positive  con- 
ception of  faith  led  to  the  distinction  of  the  ecclesia  as  visihilis, 
in  relation  to  which  they  maintained  their  Evangelical  freedom, 
from  the  invisihilis.  They  refused  to  concede  that  they  did 
not  belong  to  the  latter.  On  the  contrary,  they  held  them- 
selves the  more  justified  in  reckoning  themselves  a  part  of  it, 
the  more  they  sought  to  keep  themselves  pure  from  the 
corruptions  of  the  reigning  visible  Church,  and  laid  the  chief 
stress  on  the  inwardness  of  the  faith  that  united  them  with 
Christ,  and  thus  with  their  brethren.  This  distinction  was 
early  advanced  in  various  forms  as  to  substance,  although  at 
first  without  fixed  expression ;  and  it  was  an  essential  part  of 
the  common  Evangelical  consciousness.  But  the  expression 
ecclesia  visihilis  et  invisihilis  gradually  became  current  among 
all  Eeformers.  Although  Zwingle  was  the  first  to  use  it  (1531), 
it  forced  itself  on  Luther  as  on  Calvin  and  Melanchthon, 
although  they  did  not  understand  two  separate  churches 
thereby. '  Their  aim  in  taking  such  a  line  is  not  to  create 
indifference  to  the  visible  Church,  or  to  absolve"  from  duties 
^  See  note  at  end  of  section. 


350  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHUKCH. 

towards  it,  but  to  secure  the  pure,  spiritual  character  of  Christ's 
Church,  its  holiness  through  faith.  The  pure  idea  of  the 
Cliurch  gained  was  adapted  to  form  a  keen  weapon  of  assault 
on  the  secularizing  as  well  as  the  spiritualizing  of  the  Church, 
and  no  less  served  also  as  a  defence  against  the  reproach  brought 
against  the  Evangelicals,  that  in  separating  from  the  Pope  they 
separated  from  the  Church  of  Christ,  and  as  a  means  of 
strengthening  the  confidence,  that  the  Church,  although  seem- 
ingly overwhelmed  by  hostile  powers,  still  exists  and  will  not 
perish.-^  This  doctrine  of  the  Eeformers  was  next  fixed  in 
Symbols.^ 

3.  The  Evangelical  Confessions  teach  :  He  is  not  a  member 
of  the  Church  in  the  proper  sense,  \vho  stands  in  the  outward 
communion  of  Church  usages  and  ceremonies,  or  in  the  same 
'politia  (under  the  same  Church  government),  but  only  he  who 
has  faith ;  for  the  Church  is  'principcditcr  a  communion  of 
faith,  and  the  Holy  Spirit,  the  assembly  of  the  saints  scattered 
over  the  entire  circle  of  the  earth.^  Since  then  faith,  like  the 
Holy  Spirit,  is  not  perceptible  to  sense,  under  this  aspect 
invisibility  pertains  to  the  Church.  But  on  these  terms,  it 
may  be  asked,  is  even  the  existence  of  the  Church  on  earth 
secured  ?  If  it  is  invisible,  can  the  name  of  a  communion  or 
congregation  apply  to  it?  In  reference  to  the  Conf.  Aug., 
what  the  fifth  article  had  said  comes  into  consideration  here. 
It  treats  of  the  connection  of  Word  and  Sacrament  on  one  hand 
with  faith,  on  the  other  with  the  Holy  Spirit.  It  is  accordingly 
laid  down  with  logical  strictness :  "  "Where  faith  is,  there  also 
are  Word  and  Sacrament,"  and  believers  gathered  around  the 
two  are  therewith  gathered  around  Christ  as  their  common 
invisible  Head,  who  is  the  bond  of  communion  through  the 
Holy  Spirit.     And  since  Word  and  Sacrament  are  visible,  we 

1  Apol.  146. 

2  Cf.  Conf.  Aug.  v.  vi.  vii.  ;  Apol.  iv.  ;  Art.  Sm.  335.  342  ff.  The  Eeformed 
Confessions  also  have  in  part  the  formula,  Ecclesia  invisibilis  et  visibilis;  cf.  Helv. 
1566.  c.  17,  Scot.  c.  16;  cf.  Westmonast. ,  ed.  Kiemeyer,  c.  25,  p.  36.  The 
Liitheran  Confessions  have  not  the  phrase  Ecclesia  invisibilis,  but  have  the 
thing  almost  more  than  the  Eeformed  Church,  which  insists  more  than  the  fonuer 
on  the  phenomenal  side  and  the  exhibition  of  the  essence  of  the  Church  by  organi- 
zation and  Church  discipline,  nay,  to  some  extent  makes  a  dogma  of  the  first. 

3  "Ecclesia  principaliter "  or  "  proprie  est  societas  fidei  et  Spiritus  Sancti, 
communio,  eongregatio  sanctorum  et  credentium,  sparsorum  per  totum  orbem^." 
Co7i/.  Aug.  V.  viii.  ;  Apol.  144,  5.  146. 


VISIBLE  AND  INVISIBLE  CHUECII.  351 

may  go  on  to  say :  Altlioiigli  as  to  its  essence  the  Church  is 
not  perceptible  to  sense  (for  Word  and  Sacrament  of  themselves 
are  not  the  Church,  and  still  less  is  the  communion  of  Church- 
government  the  Church,  which  is  first  given  in  faith  and  the 
Holy  Spirit),  still  it  has  outward  marks,  by  which  its  exist- 
ence is  known,^  not  however  by  sense,  but  only  by  faith,  as 
the  apostolic  symbol  already  says :  "  I  believe  in  one  holy 
Catholic  Church."^  To  faith  the  existence  of  the  Church  is 
present  where  Word  and  Sacrament  are,  certainly  because  the 
two  are  not  without  power  and  effect.^  Accordingly  we  must 
say,  where  faith  is,  there  too  are  Word  and  Sacrament  as  its 
birthplace;  but  also  conversely,  where  Word  and  Sacrament  are, 
there  it  must  be  assumed  that  the  Holy  Spirit  works  faith 
through  them  and  has  His  work-place,  however  little  the  eye 
of  man  is  able  certainly  to  single  out  those  who  possess  living 
faith,  and  little  as  the  outward  communion  in  Word  and  Sacra- 
ment can  be  identified  with  the  Church  in  the  proper  sense. 
The  outward  communion,  in  which  men  are  joined  together 
for  the  common  hearing  of  God's  Word  and  partaking  of  the 
Sacraments,  is  merely  the  Church  in  the  wider  sense  ^  (ecclesia 
large  dicta).  But  even  this  Church  has  at  least  a  connection 
with  the  Church  in  the  proper  sense  (hence  it  also  bears  the 
name) ;  for  even  communion  in  the  use  of  the  means  of  grace 
would  cease  were  faith  altogether  to  cease  on  the  earth.^  In 
its  outer  circle,  therefore,  faith  must  always  be  assumed.  It 
is  believers  who  perpetuate  both  means,  and  thus  have  real 
communion  with  each  other.  In  the  same  way,  moreover,  an 
enduring  connection  between  the  Church  in  the  wider  and  the 
Church  in  the  stricter  sense  obtains,  because  new  believers  are 
always  born  of  Word  and  Sacrament.  Hence  the  AjJologij  can 
say  on  one  hand :  We  dream  of  no  Platonic  state ;®  and  on  the 
other :  Unbelievers,  profligates,  and  hypocrites  are  no  members 
of  the  Church  proper  {ecclesia  proprie  dicta),  which  is  Christ's 
body,  but  are  membra  regni  diaboliJ  Although,  accordingly, 
that  which  decides  the  question  of  belonging  to  the  Church  in 
tlie  proper  sense  is  not  communion  with  men  and  community 
of  cuitus  and  confession,  but  communion  with  the  Head  of 

1  C.  A.  vii.  ;  Apol  145,  5-7.  -  Apol.  145.  7.  ^  Ihid.  148,  19.  20. 

,  ■*  Ibid.  146,  11.  28.  » Ihid.  147,  16.  17.        ^  Ibid.  148,  20. 

'  Ibid.  147,  16.  17.  148,  19. 


ooi  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

the  Church — Christ,  still  it  is  quite  consistent  therewith,  that, 
"^vhere  true  faith  exists,  establishing  of  communion  with  men  is 
not  wanting,  above  all  communion  in  "Word  and  Sacrament  as 
well  with  actual  believers  as  with  those  who  will  believe,  who 
are  both  contained  in  the  Church  in  the  wider  sense,  without  a 
separation  of  the  former  from  the  latter  being  possible  to  human 
eyes  and  permitted  to  human  will.^  A  place  indeed  is  left 
for  Church  discipline  in  opposition  to  public  offences ;  but  the 
Donatist  spirit,  and  the  purism  which  would  fain  exhibit  a 
visible  church  of  saints,  are  repudiated,^  whether  it  assume  the 
form  of  the  separation  of  believers  from  the  rest,  or  the  form 
of  the  excision  of  non-believers  from  the  Church.  The  latter 
would  involve  the  denial  that  the  Church  upon  earth  has  not 
merely  a  visibility  {i.e.  cognizableness),  but  no  less  also  an 
invisibility,  i.e.  incognizableness  in  respect  of  what  persons 
belong  to  the  church  in  the  proper  sense. 

This  doctrine  is  next  carried  forward  by  the  Evangelical 
theologians.  Even  the  expression  ecclesia  visibilis  et  invisi- 
hilis  is  retained  in  Hlitter,  Gerhard,  Baier,  etc.^  But  its 
meaning  is  not,  that  these  are  two  churches  (gemince  ecclesice), 
but  the  one  Church  has  both  predicates.  Were  the  im-isible 
side  altogether  wanting,  either  faith  also  would  be  altogether 
wanting,  and  thus  it  would  no  longer  be  a  Church,  but  illusion, 
or  it  would  be  assumed  that  the  Church  has  rendered  itself 
completely  visible,  which  is  never  true  of  the  earthly,  develop- 
ing Church.  Conversely,  were  the  visibility  {i.e.  cognizableness) 
altogether  wanting,  there  would  no  longer  be  a  Church  upon 
earth,  for  then  not  merely  would  persons  be  wanting  whose 
faith  makes  itseK  known,  although  not  certainly,  but  also  the 
continuance  of  the  outward  signs  of  the  Church  with  its  means 
of  grace.  The  relative  incognizableness  of  the  persons  actually 
belonging  to  the  Church  in  the  proper  sense  is,  in  the  viev/  of 
the  theologians,  by  no  means  incognizableness  of  the  Church 
itself. 

4.  In  the  most  recent  days  the  idea  of  the  ecclesia  invisihilis 
has  encountered  evident  dislike  in  many  forms,  especially  with 
those  who  lay  preponderant  stress  on  the  legal  side  of  the 
church,  or  think  themselves  compelled  specially  to  emphasize 

1  Apol.  150,  28.  2  Hid.  156,  49.  « 

3  Gerhard,  torn.  xi.  82  ;  Hollaz,  ii.  793  ;  Caloy,  viii.  262. 


VISIBLE  AND  INVISIBLE  CHURCH.  353 

its  manifested  form.'  They  object  against  it,  that  it  endangers 
the  unity  of  the  Church,  easily  leading  to  a  duality  of  churches, 
or  to  a  Donatist  and  spiritualistic  conception  of  the  Church. 
Stahl  thinks  with  Mohler,  that  the  \'isible  Church  is  the  first, 
tlie  invisible  the  second.  Eothe,  Delitzsch,  and  others,  insist 
that  the  invisible  Church  cannot  even  be  thought  by  itself; 
for  if  the  Church  is  to  be  a  community  it  is  not  invisible,  if 
it  is  to  be  invisible  it  cannot  be  a  community.  Community 
presupposes  an  issuing  forth  of  what  is  within,  intercourse. 
An  invisible  Church  is  therefore  a  contradictio  in  adjedo? 
Thiersch  thinks  that  the  strong  emphasizing  of  the  invisible 
Church  has  worked  injuriously,  having  given  rise  to  false  con- 
tentment respecting  the  contradiction  between  the  idea  and 
actuality  of  the  Church.  On  logical  grounds  it  is  objected  to 
the  distinction,  that  in  it  both  the  visible  and  invisible  Church 
have  the  name  of  Church,  whereas  the  visible  is  no  Church  in 
that  which  distinguishes  it  from  the  invisible,  namely  unbe- 
lievers. The  Church  as  a  dogmatic  idea,  it  is  said,  is  an  object 
of  faith,  and  there  essentially  belong  to  it  Word  and  Sacrament, 
from  which  faith  arose  and  continually  arises.  But  unbelievers 
or  the  godless  are  no  object  of  faith ;  therefore,  strictly  speak- 
ing, they  are  non-existent  to  the  dogmatic  Church-idea.  Eather, 
in  relation  to  the  Church-idea  they  must  be  left  out  of  sight, 
and  the  right  to  do  this  is  just  based  on  the  ground  that  faith 
knows  Christ  as  the  Substitute,  who  covers  all  imperfection  in 
the  empirical  Church  by  His  holiness.  In  the  dogmatic  idea 
of  the  Church,  therefore,  no  attention  need  be  paid  to  hyppcritce 
or  impii.  Accordingly,  to  distinguish  between  ccclesia  proprie 
dicta  and  eeclesia  large  dicta  would  be  without  justification.^ 
We  connect  the  examination  of  these  objections  with  the  dog- 
matic investifration. 


Note  (see  p.  349). 

Zwinglii,  Expositio  Christiance  Fidei  (composed  shortly  before 
his  death  for  Francis  I.),  ed,  Niemeyer,  Collectio  Con/essionum  in 

iCf.  J.  Muller,  p.  282  ff. 

*  Cf.  especially  Kothe,  Anfaruje  der  chr.  Kirche,  p.  99  ff.,  and  Tlieol.  Ethik. 

3  So  especially  Ritschl  in  the  Studien,  ut  supra,  and  in  Lis  treatise  on  the 
F'tnndation  of  Church  RUjhts,  p.  15  ff.     For  the  rest,  he  defends  the  Evangelical 
doctrine  that  the  Church  is  an  object  of  faith,  and  in  so  far  invisible. 
DoKNER. — CnnrsT.  Dcicr.  iv.  Z 


354  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

Ecclesia  Eeformata  pullicatarum,  p.  53,  1840.     Zwiiiglii  Optra, 

ed.  Schuler  et  Schulthess,  iv.  58 :  Credimus  et  unam  sanctam 

esse  Catholicam,  h.e.  universalem  ecclesiam.   Earn  autem  esse  aut 

visihiUm  aut  invisihilem.     Invisibilis  est,  quae — Spiritu  s.  illus- 

trante  Deum  cognoscit  et  amplectitur.     To  it  belong  all  believers 

on  the  face  of  the  earth.     It  is  not  called  invisible,  as  though 

believers  were  invisible,  but  because  who  really  believes  is 

known  only  to  God  and  himself,  not  to  human  eyes.     Visibilis 

autem  ecclesia  non  est  Pontifex  Eomanus,  etc.,  sed  quotquot  per 

universum  orbem  Christo  nomen  dederunt.     Among  them  there 

are  some  who  are  called  Christians  wrongly,  because  they  believe 

not ;   and  in  the  visible  Church  there  are  some  who  are  not 

members  of  the  elect,  invisible  Church.    Accordingly  the  ecclesia 

invisibilis  is  a  narrower  circle  than  the  visible.     On  the  other 

hand,  if  the  Eomish  Church  is  understood  by  the  visible,  there 

are  members  of  the  true  Church  outside  this  visible  one.     He 

does  not  say  in  the  passage,  that  the  elect  form  the  ecclesia 

invisibilis,  to  him  the  invisible  Church  is  no  civitas  Platonica ; 

he  rather  ascribes  an  organization  (pastores,  magistratus)  to  the 

Church  in  general.    Calvin  (in  the  dedication  of  his  Institutio  to 

Francis  I.,  Corp.  Eef.  xxx.  22  f.    Inst.  Ret.  Chr.,  ed.  Tholuck,  i.  15, 

of  the  year  1536) :  In  his  cardinibus  controversia  nostra  vertitur : 

primum,  quod  ecclesise  formam  semper  apparere  et  spectabilem 

esse  contendunt,  deinde  quod  formam  ipsam  in  sede  Eomanai 

ecclesiffi  et  prsesulum  suorum  ordine  constituuut.     Nos  contra 

asserimus :  et  ecclesiam  nulla  apiparente  forma  stare  posse,  nee 

formam  externo  illo  splendore — sed  longe  alia  nota  contineri, 

nempe  pura  Verbi  Dei  prajdicatione  et  legitima  sacramentorum 

administratione  (iv.  12.  1,  the  disciplina  is  also  described  as 

mao:ime  necessaria  to  the  Church),  iv.  1.  7.     Ed.  Thol.  ii.  193  : 

De  ecclesia  visihili  et  qu^  sub  cognitionem  nostram  cadit,  quale 

judicium  facere  conveniat, — liquere  existimo.     Diximus  enim 

bifariam  de  ecclesia  sacros  libros  loqui.    Interdum — eam  intelli- 

gunt,  quae  revera  est  coram  Deo,  in  quam  nulli  recipiuntur,  nisi 

qui  et  adoptionis  gratia  Ulii  Dei  sunt  et  Spiritus  sauctificatione 

vera  Christi  membra.     In  this  case  the  Church  embraces  all  the 

elect  from  the  beginning  of  the  world.     Saepe  autem  ecclesiae 

nomine  universara — multitudinem  in  orbe  dispersam  designat 

(S.  Scr.),  quae  unum  se  Deum  et  Christum  colere  profitetur, 

Baptismo  initiatur  in  ejus  fidem,  Cceuae  partieipatione  unitatem 

in  vera  doctrina  et  caritatem  testatur,  consensionem  habet  in 

Verbo  Domini  ad  ejus  praedicationem,  ministerium  conservat  a 

Christo  institutum.     In  hac  autem  plurimi  sunt  permixti  hypo- 

critse,  sinners  also  of  various  classes,  who  are  not  reached  by 

church  discipline.    Quemadmodum  ergo  nobis  invisihilem,  solius 

Dei  oculis  conspicuam  ecclesiam  credere  necesse  est,  ita  banc, 


NOTE.  355 

quae  respectu  hominum  ecclesia  dicitur,  observare  ejusque  coni- 
inunionem  colere  jubemur.  As  relates  to  individuals,  God 
knows  His  own,  and  He  alone  (§  8).  But  He  permits  us  bj'^he 
Judicium  caritatis  to  regard  as  brethren  those  who  show  by- 
confession  of  faith,  exemplary  walk,  and  partaking  of  the  Sacra- 
ments, that  they  adhere  to  the  same  God  and  Christ  with  us. 
On  the  other  hand,  God  has  provided  for  the  hody  of  the  Church 
being  known  by  visible  signs.  These  are  Word  and  Sacraments. 
For  it  must  certainly  be  believed,  that  they  are  not  fruitless 
(§§  9,  10).  Luther  in  the  (second)  commentary  on  the  Epistle 
to  the  Galatians  (Walch.  viii.  2745,  Erlang.  ed.  iii.  38) :  Eecti 
igitur  fatemur  in  symbolo,  nos  credere  ecclesiam  sanctam.  Est 
enim  invisibilis,  habitans  in  spiritu,  in  loco  inaccessibili,  ideo  nou 
potest  videri  ejus  sanctitas.  Deus  enim  ita  abscondit  et  obruit 
eam  infirmitatibus,  peccatis  et  erroribus  variis  formis  crucis  et 
scandalis  ut  secundum  sensum  nusquam  appareat.  Qui  hoc 
ignorant — statim  offenduntur.  Others,  on  the  contrary,  in- 
vertunt  articulum  lidei :  credo  ecclesiam  sanctam,  et  pro  credo 
ponunt :  video. 

Against  Jerome  Emser  (Walch,  xviii.  1654):  I  therefore 
conclude  that  the  Christian  Church  is  not  tied  to  any  one 
place,  person,  or  time  (nor  to  the  counterfeit  Church  of  the 
Eoman  Pope).  All  Christians  in  the  world  pray  thus:  I 
believe  in  the  Holy  Ghost,  one  holy  Christian  Church,  tlie 
communion  of  saints.  If  the  article  is  true,  it  follows  that 
no  one  can  see  or  feel  the  holy  Christian  Church,  nor  may  it  be 
said :  Lo,  it  is  here  or  there.  Eor  what  is  believed  is  not  seen 
or  felt. — Against  Ambrose  Catharinus  (xviii.  1792) :  But  you 
may  perhaps  say :  If  the  Church  is  altogether  in  the  spirit 
and  a  purely  spiritual  thing,  no  one  can  know  where  any  part 
of  it  is  in  the  whole  world.  But  (1793  f):  There  are  not 
wanting  signs  by  which  the  Church  is  known — Baptism,  the 
Bread,  and  most  of  all  the  Gospel.  P.  1796 :  Of  a  truth  the 
Gospel  is  the  only  surest  and  noblest  sign  of  the  Church,  far 
surer  than  Baptism  or  the  Bread.  I  speak  not  of  the  written 
Gospel,  but  of  that  proclaimed  with  bodily  voice,  nor  of  every 
sermon  delivered  from  the  pulpit  in  the  Church,  but  of  the 
Word  of  the  right  sort,  which  teaches  the  true  faith  of  Christ. 
— Similarly  (iv.  1813  on  Ps.  xxii.  25,  xviii.  1221)  against 
Augustine  von  Alveld:  No  one  says:  "I  believe  in  the  Holy 
Ghost,  one  holy  Eoman  Church,  a  communion  of  Eomanists." 
We  see,  we  do  not  believe  in  the  Eoman  Church.  Hence  it  is  not 
the  Church  of  the  Creed.  The  true  Churcli,  which  is  believed 
in,  is  a  Church  of  the  sanctified  by  faith.  And  no  one  sees 
'who  is  believing  or  holy. — On  the  other  hand,  the  signs,  by 
which  we  may  know  where  that  Church  is  in  the  world,  are : 


356  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH, 

Baptism,  the  Sacrament,  and  the  GospeL  For  where  Baptism 
and  the  Gospel  are,  there,  no  one  can  doubt,  saints  are  found, 
and  should  be  like  mere  children  in  the  cradle.  P.  1214  f.  he 
regrets  that  it  has  become  customary  to  call  the  oidivard  insti- 
tution of  the  Church,  and  especially  the  ministerial  order,  the 
Church.  Spiritual  rights  and  human  laws  indeed  call  such  a 
matter  the  Church  or  Christendom.  But  there  is  not  a  letter  in 
Scripture  to  show  that  such  a  Church,  if  it  exists  apart,  was 
ordained  by  God.  For  the  sake,  therefore,  of  better  under- 
standing and  brevity,  we  would  call  the  two  Churches  by 
difierent  names.  The  first,  which  is  natural,  fundamental, 
essential,  and  real,  we  would  call  the  spiritual,  internal  Chris- 
tendom. The  second,  which  is  artificial  and  external,  we 
would  call  a  material,  external  Christendom,  not  that  we  desire 
to  separate  them  from  each  other,  but  as  the  apostle  usually 
speaks  of  an  inward  and  outward  man.  The  former  is  not 
without  the  latter.  Similarly  in  Walch,  v.  450.  Why  he 
wishes  to  know  nothing  of  a  division  into  two  Churches,  he 
says  with  special  energy  (Walch,  vii.  303,  304),  where  he 
applies  the  parable  of  the  tares.  The  Lord's  forbidding  the 
servants  to  tear  up  the  tares  is  "  a  comfort  against  fanatical 
spirits,  Cathari,  Anabaptists,  who,  because  they  see  the  Church 
mixed  with  the  godless,  shriek  all  together  :  The  Church  is  no 
Church.  This  also  troubles  many  people.  But  if  we  refused 
to  tolerate  tares,  there  would  be  no  Church.  For,  seeing  that 
the  Church  cannot  exist  without  tares,  to  desire  to  root  up  the 
tares  would  be  to  desire  to  root  up  the  Church.  The  fanatics, 
who  refuse  to  harbour  any  tares  among  them,  only  succeed  in 
leaving  no  wheat  among  them ;  i.e.,  in  their  desire  to  be  wheat 
pure  and  simple,  they  end  in  making  themselves  with  their 
great  holiness,  forsooth,  no  Church  at  all,  but  a  pure  and  simple 
sect  of  the  devil.  For  the  arrogant  and  those  puffed  up  with 
vain  conceit  of  holiness  are  at  the  farthest  remove  from  the 
Church,  which  spontaneously  confesses  that  she  is  a  sinner  and 
bears  with  the  intermixed  tares,  i.e.  heretics,  sinners,  godless." 

Mclanclitlion  also  agrees  therewith,  as  is  shown  by  the  Conf. 
Aug.  viii.  and  especially  the  Apology.  From  1535  he  began  in 
his  Loci  to  strongly  accentuate  the  visible  side  of  the  Church 
in  opposition  to  Anabaptism,  and  in  order  to  give  greater 
security  to  the  Church  as  a  historic  power,  nevertheless  not  in 
such  a  way  as  to  identify  the  external  manifestation  of  the 
Church  with  the  ecclesia  proprie  dicta.  To  him  the  Church 
still  remains  an  object  of  faith.  Cf.  Herrlinger,  ut  supra,  pp. 
252-268, 


VISIBLE  AND  INVISIBLE  CirjUCII.  357 

C — Dogmatic  Investigation. 

§  149. 

1.  The  distinction  of  the  Church  as  VisiUlis  and  Tnvisihilis 
has  decisive  dogmatic  value,  but  is  capable  of  being  wrongly 
conceived  in  various   ways.       Hence,   first   of  all,  the   right 
meaning  must   be  fixed.      As  two   churches   are  not   to   be 
understood  thereby,  so  also  the  distinction  must  not  be  con- 
founded with  the  antithesis  of  reality  and  idea.     The  invisible 
aspect  of  the  Church  is  real  in  an  eminent  sense,  no  figment 
of  thought  nowhere  existing,  merely  something  that  ought  to 
exist.      Christ,    the    Holy  Spirit,    faith,  are    thoroughly  real 
powers.     Nor  is  the  distinction  the  same  as  that  between  the 
true  and  false  Church.     This  would  issue  in  two  churches, 
one  of  which  would  be  altogether  undeserving  of  the  name 
of   Church.     Further,  the  invisible   Church  is  not  identical 
with    the    triumphant    Church;    for   although    the    perfected 
righteous  belong   to   the   ecclesia   invisibilis,   the   seat  of  the 
latter    is    not    merely    heaven.       The    ecclesia    invisibilis    is 
found  also  on  earth  in  the  militant,  visible  Church,  else  the 
earthly  Church  would  be  no  longer   a   Church.     Many  em- 
phasize the  invisible   Church  in  a  sense  which   shows  only 
too  plainly  that  invisibility  signifies  to  them  at  most  an  ideal 
that  ought  to  be  and  is  essentially  identical  with  the  non- 
existence  of  an  actual   Church.       Atomistic    and    separatist 
thinkers  often  conceal  their  feeble  sense  of  communion  by 
appealing  to  the  invisible  Church,  of  which  they  wish  to  be 
regarded   members,  while   utterly  indifferent   to   the    visible 
.  Church.      Many  of  the  educated  understand  by  the  invisible 
Church,  in  which  they  reckon  themselves,  a  sort  of  aristocracy 
of  nobler,  loftier  natures,  for  whom  the  historic  reality  of  the 
Church  is  too  bad  to  allow  them  to  share  its  responsibilities, 
toils,  and  sufferings.     They  seem  to  themselves  to  walk  on 
the  heights  of  humanity,  whereas  they  are  entangled  in  an 
egoism   as   lacking   in    humility   as    in    love.      This    is    the 
pseudo-Protestant    error,    that    exaggerates    the   just    critical 
element,  which  impels  to  a  distinction  between  visibility  and 
invisibility  in  the  Church,  to  such  a  degree  tis  to  mean  that 
reality  and  idea  are  divorced  from  each  other. 


358  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

But  then  certainly  the  opposition  to  the  emphasis  laid  on 
the  invisibility  of  the  Church  must  not  be  pushed  so  far  as 
with  Stalil,  Mlinchmeyer,  and  others  to  lay  the  chief  stress  on 
the   visibility  of  the    Church,   from    a  fear  lest   the   idea  of 
invisibility  should  beget  a  spiritualistic  undervaluing  of  the 
outward  Church,  or  an  indifference  to  the  interval  between 
it  and  the  divine  idea  of  the  Church.     The  priority  of  the 
visible   to   the   invisible    Church   is   dogmatically   untenable. 
No  doubt,  faith  might  originate  through  the  Word  alone,  and 
therefore  through  a  co-operating  outward  element.      But  the 
Word,  which  of  course  comes  first,  is  stiU  no  Church.     That 
faith  originates   noiv   through  the  ministry  of  the  empirical 
Church,  and  therefore  now  the  Church  in  so  far  precedes  the 
faith  of  individuals,  is  not  called  in  question  by  the  present 
distinction  ;  but  it  is  quite  consistent  therewith  that  a  Church 
only    exists    when    faith    exists.^       Nay,    even   the   outward 
element,  which  ministers  to  the  origination  of  faith — above  all, 
the  Word — had  first  of  all  an  inner  existence  in  the  spirit  of 
the   speaker.      The   \dsible  and   outward,   whether   Creed   or 
God's  Word,  is  no  certain  proof  of  the  existence  of  faith  in 
the  individual  speaker.      On  the  other  hand,  faith  only  is  the 
end,  to  which  everything  external  ministers,  so  that  the  chief 
stress  must  still  fall  on  that  which  is  invisible  in  the  Church. 
Further,  it  is  correct  to  say  that  a  distinction  must  be  drawn 
between  the  dogmatic  and  ethical  (and  still  further  the  legal) 
idea  of  the  Church.      But  it  cannot  be  said,  that  because  the 
dogmatic  idea  has  to  do  with  that  which  is  essential  to  the 
idea  of  the   Church,  whilst   unbelievers   belong   not   to   the 
essential  but  to  the  accidental  aspect,  they  must  be  ignored 
in  reference  to  the  dogmatic  idea,  and  especially  that  their 
subsumption    under   the    same   idea    of   the   Church,   which 
includes  the  divine  work  of  gathering  together  saints,  involves 
a  logical   self-contradiction.     Even  the  need  of  redemption, 
and  therefore  sin,  has  a  side  related  to  Dogmatics,  and  is  no 
merely  ethical  idea.      Sin  is  not  to  be  regarded  as  a  vanishing 
quantity,  a  nonentity  or  defect,  which  for  the  sake  of  Christ's 
advocacy  does  not  come  into  consideration  when  contemplated 
svb  specie  ceternitatis.     Bather,  time  and  development  have  a 
nieanin<T  even  for  God.'^     And   as   concerns  the  divine  idea 
1  Cf.  §  128,  p.  155.  ^  See  vol.  i.  244  f.  328  f. 


VISIBLE  AND  INVISIBLE  CIIURCIL  359 

of  the  Church,  God  has  willed  no  Church  but  one  which 
advances  to  its  consummation  through  development,  through 
holding  fellowship  with  non-believers,  nay,  with  such  as  are 
unbelievers  at  least  for  the  moment.  But  the  idea  of  the 
Church  is  of  course  modified  by  the  mingling  which  thus 
arises ;  not  indeed  in  the  sense  that  unhdicvers  belong  just  as 
essentially  to  the  idea  of  the  Church  in  their  own  riglit,  so  to 
speak,  as  believers,  for  they  are  only  connected  with  the 
Church  as  an  element  to  be  vanquished  or  to  be  cut  off  in 
due  time,  but  in  the  sense  that  the  Church  would  not  answer 
to  its  divine  idea  if  it  desired  to  separate  from  all  non- 
believers  and  ceased  to  be  a  seminarium  credentium.  And 
thus  the  idea  of  the  Ecclesia  large  dicta  is  justified.  How  the 
Church  has  to  accomplish  the  vanquishing  of  unbelievers  is 
an  ethical  question.  But  it  is  part  of  its  dogmatic  idea,  that 
it  is  instituted  by  God  in  order  more  and  more  to  reach  its 
completeness  and  perfection  by  development,  by  historical 
progress  and  conflict  with  unbelief.  It  is  indeed  correct  to 
say,  that  through  Christ,  who  pertains  to  the  Church  as  its 
Head,  the  Church  may  rightly  be  called  holy,  despite  its 
stains,  despite  the  commingling  of  hypocrites  or  unbelievers 
deforming  its  historic  manifestation ;  and  such  a  theory  is  in 
keeping  with  faith.  But  this  will  not  justify  the  Church  in 
being  indifferent,  in  reliance  on  Christ's  vicarious  holiness,  to 
the  duty  of  its  own  actual  holiness,  and  to  the  unholiness 
existing  in  its  circle,  and  therefore  in  regarding  its  dogmatic 
idea  as  always  equally  realized.  Piather,  the  object  of  the 
expectant  faith  of  the  Church  are  still  future  acts  of  God,  who 
will  perfect  His  work  in  it  and  present  it  pure  and  spotless,  a 
state  not  as  yet  existing  even  to  the  eye  of  faith ;  for  it  is  by 
"no  means  a  matter  of  divinely- wrought  faith  to  regard  in  a 
docetic  spirit  development  and  history  as  something  indifferent 
and  valueless  in  reference  to  the  idea. 

And  now,  after  disposing  of  false  conceptions,  and  repelling 
attacks  upon  the  distinction  between  the  "  visible  and  invisible 
Church,"  we  can  settle  and  verify  the  right  meaning  of  that 
distinction. 

2.  The  Church  is  called  invisible  first,  because  its  spiritual 
essence,  as  well  as  the  work  of  the  Holy  Spirit  generally,  is 
>iot  perceptible  to  sense;  secondly,  because  it  is  neither  per- 


3G0  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHUliCH. 

ceivable  by  sense  nor  cognizable  with  certainty,  who  are  among 
the  true  believers  and  the  sanctified  by  faith  ;  nay,  those  belong 
to  it  who  are  no  longer  corporeally  upon  earth.  On  the 
other  hand,  the  meaning  is  not  that  the  Church  is  incognizable ; 
for,  on  the  contrary,  it  has  been  constantly  repeated,  that  it  has 
marks  by  which  we  may  know  that  it  is  and  where  it  is.  But 
these  marks  must  of  necessity  be  outward  things — Word  and 
Sacrament — although  faith  is  requisite  to  judge  of  their  value 
and  recognize  them  as  marks  of  the  Church.  Consequently 
the  Church  is  called  visible,  although  by  its  nature  incogniz- 
able to  sense,  first,  so  far  as  the  invisible  Church  still  has 
outward  signs  belonging  to  the  sensible  world,  which  give  to 
faith,  not  to  the  senses,  a  guarantee  for  the  existence  of  the 
Church ;  for  faith  is  assured  that,  where  Word  and  Sacrament 
are  observed,  there  is  the  Church,  for  the  means  of  grace  are 
not  ineffectual.  Secondly,  the  invisible  Church  is  called 
visible,  because  believers  or  the  sanctified  by  the  Holy  Spirit, 
its  members  upon  earth,  are  visible  persons  perceivable  by 
sense.  Thirdly  and  finally,  visibility  is  also  ascribed  to  the 
Church,  which  is  holy  by  nature,  and  consists  of  saints,  in  the 
sense  that  it  is  part  of  its  idea  to  hold  communion  also  with 
those  not  yet  believers  in  order  to  lead  them  to  faith.  Since 
it  receives  such  into  its  outward  communion,  or  tolerates 
them  therein  (especially  because  they  are  baptized),  the 
manifestation  of  its  community-life  includes  such  as  belong  to 
it  simply  as  objects  of  its  culture ;  for  without  this  it  could 
no  longer  be  called  a  seed-plot  of  faith.  In  this  way,  without 
being  forced  to  deny  its  inner  holy  essence,  it  condescends,  in 
keeping  with  its  divine  vocation,  to  become  the  Ecclesia  large 
dicta,  which,  while  perceptible  to  sense  as  a  community  of 
men,  is  again  as  a  Church  cognizable  only  to  faith.  For  only 
faith  is  aware,  that  a  kernel  of  men  sanctified  by  faith  must 
be  sought  in  the  outward  ccetus  vocatorum,  nay,  that  a  Church 
must  be  sought  only  within  that  ccetus,  not  outside  it,  where 
neither  Word  nor  Sacraments  are  dispensed.  On  all  these 
grounds  it  is  certain  that  the  Church  as  Ecclesia  proprie  dicta 
is  an  object  of  credo,  not  of  sensuous  perception,  although  it 
pertains  to  the  idea  of  the  Church  to  extend  its  influences 
into  the  world  of  visibility,  and  also  that  we  must  distinguish 
from  sensible  perceptibleness  the  cognizahleness  (i.e.  to  faith), 


VISIBLE  AND  INVISIBLE  CHUl.CIL  3G1 

which  of  course  pertains  to  the  Church  both  in  itself  and  in 
its  manifestation,  or  as  the  Ecclesia  large  dicta} 

3.  It  thus  remains  to  verify  the  right,  nay  the  dogmatic 
necessity  of  the  distinction  between  the  visible  and  invisible 
Church,  but  in  the  sense  now  settled,  that,  strictly  taken,  we 
can  only  speak  of  the  invisibility  and  visibility  of  one  and 
the  same  Church,  not  of  a  visible  and  invisible  Church,  as  if 
there  were  two,  which  implies  that  visibility  must  not  be 
taken  as  identical  with  absolute  cognizableness,  nor  invisi- 
bility with  absolute  incognizableness. 

The  necessity  of  acknowledging  both  sides  follows  from  the 
following  considerations.  That  no  Church  at  all  would  exist,  if 
by  this  were  understood  merely  a  community  cognizable  by 
sense,  needs  no  further  exposition  after  what  has  been  said. 
Even  the  Eomish  Church  holds  that  no  Church  would  exist 
without  faith  and  real  connection  with  the  Triune  God.  But, 
further,  nothing  outward,  however  holy  and  essential,  such  as 
God's  Word  and  Sacrament,  would  be  a  Church.  Everything 
visible  in  and  by  the  Church  must  have  for  its  end  and  aim 
the  supplementing  and  nourishing  of  faith,  which  is  something 
invisible,  like  God  with  whom  faith  is  in  communion,  and 
only  with  this  invisible  element  is  the  living  foundation  of  an 
existing  Church  given.  But,  conversely,  the  inner  or  invisible 
side  of  the  Church  is  inseparable  from  the  outward  or  visible ; 
for  this  its  inner  aspect  existed  already,  continually  springing 
into  existence  through  the  medium  of  an  outward  instrument 
— ^the  Word  of  God  and  the  Sacraments,  which  have  to  be 
administered  by  the  existing  Church.  But  again,  faith  and 
through  faith  communion  with  God  in  Christ  being  established, 
it  is  impossible  for  the  Church  to  remain  mere  invisible  com- 
munion. Believers  would  not  be  a  Church,  unless  they  also 
had  communion  with  each  other.  Communion  is  the  inner 
element  objectivized,  and  thus  making  itself  cognizable. 
Without  love,  faith  would  be  dead,  a  lifeless  potency.  But 
love  shows  itself  in  the  intercourse  of  giving  and  taking,  in 
which  process  again  the  Word  of  God  and  the  Sacraments 
form  the  most  important  means  of  intercourse  for  the  com- 
munion of  believers. 

So  far  the  inner  connection  between  the  visible  and  invisible 
> 

^  Although  not  in  reference  to  i)ersons. 


362  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHUECH. 

Church  is  evident.  Both  predicates  are  therewith  demon- 
strated to  be  in  mutual  and  friendly  relation,  and  both 
essential  to  the  idea  of  the  Church.  But  the  visibility  gains 
a  further  significance  through  the  entrance  of  non-believers 
into  the  outer  circle  of  the  Church,  a  contradiction  being  thus 
seemingly  introduced  into  the  idea  of  the  Church,  so  far  as 
in  some  way  it  includes  non-believers  and  yet  is  said  to 
remain  one  Church.  In  other  words  :  The  Ecclesia  large  dicta 
involves  difficulty,  and  yet  this  is  the  actual  historic  Church 
of  all  ages,  whereas  it  seems  to  aim  at  combining  utterly  con- 
tradictory elements.  But  the  matter  assumes  another  aspect, 
when  it  is  considered  that  the  Ecclesia  proprie  dicta  with  its 
invisible  essence  has  to  organize  and  realize  itself  in  and  out 
of  the  world  of  the  first  creation,  in  which  sin  has  gained  the 
mastery,  and  in  pursuance  of  its  vocation  to  enter  into  fellow- 
ship of  living  intercourse  with  that  world.  The  empirical 
manifestation  of  the  Church  is  thus  clouded,  the  certain  cog- 
nizableness  of  true  believers  is  especially  lacking,  nay,  even  in 
believers  sin  is  still  a  power  by  which  the  good  principle  is 
fettered  and  veiled,  instead  of  attaining  free  and  bright 
revelation.  And  this  gives  occasion  to  the  reproach,  that  the 
complete  Evangelical  idea  of  the  Church  on  one  side  as  a 
soeietas  fidei  et  Spiritus  Sancti,  and  on  the  other  as  Ecclesia 
large  dicta,  in  which  the  wicked  and  unbelievers  also  are 
found,  is  self-contradictory,  and  in  any  case  the  empirical 
Church,  which  carries  such  a  contradiction  in  its  bosom,  must 
renounce  the  claim  to  be  really  a  Church  by  the  Evangelical 
standard.^  The  Evangelical  idea  of  the  Church,  say  others,  is 
only  tenable,  provided  it  is  permitted  altogether  to  ignore  non- 
believers  or  impii  even  in  reference  to  the  empirical  Church, 
and  to  regard  them  as  vanishing  before  the  true  point  of  view 
or  as  non-existent,  because  the  real  Church  is  covered  by 
Christ  its  Head.  The  insufficiency  of  the  latter  expedient 
has  been  shown.     To  the  former  reproach  we  reply : 

Believers  and  unbelievers  are  certainly  a  contradiction,  but 
a  Church  community,  containing  a  mixture  of  both,  does  not 

^  Or  the  being  sanctified  by  faith  must  be  excluded  from  the  idea  of  the 
Church  as  an  essential  noia,  and  the  Church  must  rather  be  defined  as  ecclesia 
vocaiorum,  and  therefore  exclusively  by  objective  signs,  such  as  Baptism  and 
God's  Word.  * 


VISIBLE  AND  INVISIBLE  CHURCH.  3G3 

for  that  reason  form  a  contradiction  destroying  its  character 
as  a  Church,  just  as  little  as  a  State  must  needs  become  a 
non  ens,  if  all  its  members  are  not  animated  by  the  State-idea, 
and  if,  on  the  contrary,  a  number  of  them  are  hostile  to  the 
State-principle.  Even  in  such  a  mixture  the  empirical  Churcli 
is  still  really  a  Church,  so  far  as  the  difference  between  its 
essence  and  those  in  contradiction  thereto  is  not  forgotten, 
but  remains  in  living  consciousness ;  nay,  this  consciousness 
influences  the  will  to  testify  and  act  against  error  and  sin, — in 
other  words,  so  long  as  the  Church,  which  is  principaliter 
societas  Jidei  et  Spiritus  Sancti,  in  fulfilment  of  its  calling  (not 
merely  passively,  still  less  declining  from  itself),  becomes  the 
Ecclesia  large  dicta.  Certainly  the  reason  why  unbelievers 
have  a  place  in  the  Ecclesia  large  dicta,  and  in  communion  with 
believers,  is  not  that  they  are  unbelievers.  But  because  they 
are  able  and  bound  to  become  believers,  they  have  in  them 
another  side,  which  brings  them  into  fellowship  with  believers  ; 
and  it  is  precisely  the  strength  and  essence  of  the  Ecclesia 
proprie  dicta  which  is  clierished  and  fostered  by  communion 
with  them.  They  are  capable  of  redemption  and  committed  to 
the  Church  as  an  object  of  its  culture,  especially  where  the  regular 
administration  of  baptism  takes  the  form  of  infant-baptism. 
Believers  have  no  right  to  declare  the  season  of  grace  of  non- 
believers  expired,  discontinue  their  culture,  and  anticipate 
the  Judgment.  On  the  contrary,  the  Church  must  hold  com- 
munion with  them.  While  notoriously  antichristian  elements 
may  be  excluded  by  Church  discipline,  and  offences  in  walk 
and  doctrine  expelled,  this  gives  no  sanction  to  a  Donatist 
course.  The  tares,  so  like  the  wheat  as  to  be  undistinguish- 
able  from  it  before  harvest,  would  not  thereby  be  extirpated. 
Nay,  the  effect  of  a  premature  excision  must  be  to  expel  those 
from  the  Church  who  ought  to  be  won  over  by  right  treatment. 
Not  merely  are  the  true  believers,  who  properly  constitute  the 
Church,  not  certainly  recognizable  because  of  hypocrites,  but 
also  the  knowledge  is  denied  us  in  what  persons  the  better 
features  suggestive  of  hope  exist,  despite  appearances  to  the 
contrary.  For  the  same  reason  also  Donatism  fails  in  pre- 
senting a  holy  and  pure  Church  in  visibility.  It  cannot 
avoid  including  in  the  Church  those  who  only  seem  to  be 
pure,  and  excluding  those  to  whom  it  owes  Christian  fellow- 


364  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHUKCH. 

ship  and  culture,  while  it  forgets  also  the  sin  still  remaining 
even  in  believers.  Accordingly  in  the  earthly  world-period 
neither  is  a  separating  judgment  possible  in  reference  to 
everything  impure  in  doctrine  or  in  persons,  nor  a  gather- 
ing together  of  the  saints  of  the  Church ;  nor  is  this  even 
enjoined.  The  eagerness  for  premature  presentation  is  common 
to  the  Donatist  idea  of  the  Church  with  Catholicism,  save 
that  the  latter  places  its  confidence  in  the  institutions  of  its 
Church/  and  in  its  material  holiness,  so  to  speak;  while  Donatism, 
on  the  other  hand,  seeks  to  bring  about  a  Church  composed  of 
thoroughly  holy  persons.  By  these  means,  on  one  side  the 
Church  is  narrowed  in  a  separatist  spirit,  and  on  the  other 
divorced  from  its  world-historical  duty  towards  what  is  without, 
in  opposition  to  the  fact  that,  according  to  Christ's  Word,  it  is 
itself  the  ^aaiXeia  rwv  ovpavcov,  the  idea  of  which  requires  a 
tolerating  of  the  tares  and  a  union  of  believers  and  unbelievers 
during  its  earthly  world-period.  Thus  the  idea  of  the  Ecdcsia 
large  dicta  is  sanctioned  by  Christ  Himself. 

But  of  course  this  mixed  community,  if  it  is  to  be  rightly 
called  a  Church,  must  have  a  cohesive  bond  in  the  common 
blessing  of  God's  "Word,  although  in  very  different  degrees  of 
appropriation,  and  in  the  use  of  the  Sacraments ;  for,  were 
these  wanting,  the  essential  signs  of  the  Church,  even  in  the 
wider  sense,  would  be  wanting,  and  thus  there  would  be  no 
Church.  The  reaction  of  the  Church,  where  it  exists,  against 
error  and  sin  has  its  firm  and  invincible  support  in  these  its 
immutable  characteristics — Word  and  Sacrament.  It  cannot 
be  in  that  state  of  contradiction  between  essence  and  manifesta- 
tion willingly,  but  only  reluctantly.  But  just  as  little  can  it 
solve  the  contradiction  arbitrarily  or  violently.  It  can  neither 
palliate  the  contradiction  and  accelerate  the  harmony  between 
the  two  by  pronouncing  the  world  holy,  by  weakening  the 
antithesis  between  nature  and  grace,  or  by  a  superficial  doctrine 
of  repentance,  nor  by  laying  stress  upon  outward  forms,  works, 
and  usages,  apart  from  the  life-giving  Spirit ;  finally,  neither  by 
violent  excision  of  everything  in  it  of  a  worldly  nature,  nor, 
which  would  be  essentially  the  same,  by  withdrawing  from  the 

^  In  a  similar  spirit  the  degenerate  orthodoxy  of  the  seventeenth  century  thinks 
the  Jlorentissimus  status  ecd&sicB  has  come,  where  there  is  purity  and  unit,"  in 
public  teaching. 


VISIBLE  AND  INVISIBLE  CIIURCIL  305 

world,  in  order  to  present  in  the  like-minded  a  community 
of  the  pure  and  believing  alone.     Eatlier,  what  is  enjoined  on 
it  is  spiritual  conflict  with  the  world  within  and  without  it. 
The  salt,  the   leaven,  exists  for  the  mass,  and  ought  not   to 
remain  isolated.     The  fulness  of  love  seeks  what  is  empty  in 
order  to  fill  it.     The  Church  must  not  avoid  communication 
and  participation  from  fear  of  pollution.      But  in  doing  both, 
it  must  reflect  Christ  in  maintaining  itself  in  righteousness. 
Instead  of  losing  itself  in  the  world,  and  making  itself  like 
it,  it  has  to  assimilate,  and  thus  to  conquer  the  world.      It 
thus    remains    the    one    true    Church,    even    in    the    sullied 
manifestation   of   its    actuality.     Invisible    in    essence,  it    is 
"constantly   in  process  of  becoming  visible,  by   virtue  of   its 
immortal   inner   nature.      But   it   humbly  submits   to  suffer 
at  the  hands  of  the  world  within  and  without  it,  and  to  exist 
in  servant-form,  not  in  holy,  glorious  manifestation,  until  the 
coming  of  the  Lord,  to  whom  alone  the  final  judgment  pertains. 
4.  Finally,  the  distinction  of  the  Church  as  visible   and 
invisible  has  great  value  in  its  right  confessional  statement, 
and  its  acknowledgment  is  a  test  of  the  purity  of  Evangelical 
teaching.     The  value  is  defensive,  critico-polemical,  and  finally 
eirenical.     In  reference  to  the  defensive  aspect,  or  as  a  bul- 
wark of  pure  Eeformation  doctrine,  the  distinction  has  value, 
because   for    its    sake   it   is    important,   in    distinction    from 
Catholicism,   to  maintain   faith — that   internal,   not   sensibly 
cognizable,  and  therefore   invisible  element — and  the   union 
with    Christ    established    by    faith,    as    the    primitive   factor 
through  which  the  Church  is  constituted.     That  union  with 
Christ  is  the  principle  and  regulator  of  communion  with  men 
(believers  and  non-believers).     It  is  true.  Word  and  Sacrament 
precede  faith,  and  at  present  also  the  Church  which  administers 
them.      But  as  those  means   of  grace   are  not   the   Church, 
because  the  Church   first  exists  with  believers,  so   also   the 
Church  is  not  the  faith-establishing  power.     Eather,  faith  is 
generated  by  the  Holy  Spirit  through  Word  and  Sacrament, 
and  the  Church  is  not  the  power  over  both.      No  idea  of  the 
Church  is  evangelical,  which  no  longer  makes  the  faith  of  the 
members  an  essential,  constituent  factor  of  the  Church,  but, 
in  order  to  get  rid  of  the  predicate  of  the  invisibility  {i.e.  of 
the    relative   incognizableness)   of    its   true    members,   makea 


366  EXISTENCE  OF  THE   CHURCH. 

institutions  of  any  kind  the  chief  thing  in  the  idea  of  the 
Church,  call  it  episcopacy  or  clergy,  forms  of  Confession  or^ 
the  bare  fact  of  being  baptized.  Especially,  as  Harnack  truly 
remarks,^  the  Church  must  not  be  defined  as  the  entire  body 
of  the  baptized.^  That  would  be,  since  he  who  advances  not 
to  faith,  or  he  who  again  falls  away,  remains  baptized,  im- 
plicitly to  treat  faith  as  non-essential  to  the  idea  of  the 
Church.  It  would  be  an  externalizing  of  the  Church, 
a  retrogression  to  the  Catholic  mode  of  view,  an  offence 
against  the  material  principle.  The  divinely-ordained  con- 
nection between  Word  and  Spirit,  between  baptism  and  faith, 
w^ould  be  dissolved.  Baptized  non-believers,  because  true 
members  of  the  Church,  would  also  be  members  of  Christ. 
That  a  magical  notion  of  baptism  as  an  ojms  operatum  would 
at  the  same  time  follow,  has  been  previously  shown. 

But  the  distinction  has  also  its  indispensable  critical  and 
23olcmical  importance,  not  merely  with  an  external  reference — 
especially  against  Donatism  and  Eomanism* — but  also  with 
internal  reference.  For  it  keeps  the  consciousness  awake  to 
the  difference  or  contradiction  between  the  essence  of  the 
Church  and  its  empirical  manifestation.  And  this  summons  to 
the  work  of  Church  purification. 

Finally,  this  distinction  includes  eirenical  breadth  of  sym- 
pathy, a  Christian  oecumenical  character.  Where  this  dis- 
tinction is  neglected,  and  the  empirical  Church  made  identical 
with  the  essence  of  the  Church,  there  haughty,  stagnant  self- 
contentment  appears  in  the  Church  in  question,  which  in  a 
repellent  and  fault-finding  spirit  loves  in  its  narrowness  and 
short-sightedness  to  sit  in  judgment  on  other  Confessions, 
while  overlooking  its  own  imperfection.  But  in  virtue 
of  the  fact  that  we  Evangelicals  do  not  make  the  question 
of  belonging  to  the  true  Church  dependent  on  frail,  professedly 
infallible  human  institutions  liable  to  corruption  and  on  connec- 
tion with  them,  but  on  communion  with  Christ  by  faith,  it  is 
possible  for  us  to  regard,  as  true  partners  in  faith,  all  those 

1  As  Miinclimeyer  would  have.  ^  Ut  supra,  p.  20. 

3  Such,  a  definition  would  not  keep  to  that  which  makes  the  Church  the 
Church. 

*  Donatism  refuses  to  know  anything  of  an  Ecclesia  large  dicta ;  Roman 
Catholicism  emphasizes  the  visibility  in  such  a  degree  as  to  leave  bul  an 
hicideiital  place  to  laith  and  personal  holiness. 


MILITANT  CIIUKCII.  367 

in  other  churches,  beyond  the  outward  limits  of  the  Evangelical 
Church,  who  are  in  communion  with  the  living  Head — Christ, 
who  has  His  people  in  all  of  them.  Christ  is  not  so  poor, 
George  Calixtus  used  to  say,  as  to  have  His  Church  only  in 
Sardinia. 

THIED  SUBDIVISION. 

THE  MILITANT  CHUKCH, 

§  150. 

The  Church,  assimilating  the  world  to  itself,  and  organizing 
itself  therein  (§§  147-149),  on  one  side  stands  in  con- 
trast with  the  non-Christian  world  as  a  historic  spiritual 
power,  exerting  influence  on  the  world  in  a  regular, 
systematic  way,  and  thus  acquiring  a  potent  manifested 
aspect.  But,  on  the  other  side,  coming  in  contact 
with  the  world,  it  experiences  therefrom  counter- 
influences,  which  not  merely  hmit  or  clog  its  mani- 
festation, but  also  disturb  it  internally.  The  unity  and 
holiness  of  the  Church  in  its  outward  and  inward  reality 
are  injured  by  violation  of  the  common  spirit  of  love ; 
the  truth  implanted  in  it  is  disturbed  by  errors.  These 
disturbances,  when  not  mere  momentary  phenomena, 
are  schism  and  heresy.  But  still  the  Spirit  of  God 
departs  not  from  the  Church,  but  arouses  in  it,  where  it 
still  exists,  purifying  and  cementing,  reforming  and  con- 
forming activity  by  way  of  counteraction ;  and  thus  as 
a  militant  Church  {Ecdesia  militans)  it  still  remains 
Christ's  true  Church. 

1.  Although  in  the  earthly  world-period  the  Church  is  not 
an  object  of  sight,  but  of  faith  (§  140),  it  still  reaUy  exists 
upon  earth.  There  is  always  a  seed  of  believers,  although 
tliey  may  at  times  be  only  sparsi  per  totum  orhcm,  i.e.  without 
regular  communion  with  each  other,  but  exist  for  the  most 
imrt  merely  as  a  communion  of  individual  members  with  each 
other  and  with  their  Head.     Did  believers  no  longer  exist 


368  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHUliCH. 

and  had  all  Christendom  fallen  away,  Word  and  Sacrament 
would  also  no  longer  be  preserved ;  it  would  be  as  if  Christ 
had  never  come :  He  must  appear  once  more  to  initiate  His 
historic  work,  for  the  purpose  of  taking  up  again  its  broken 
threads.  But  as  Word  and  Sacrament  are  never  without  effect, 
so  believers,  where  they  exist,  are  animated  with  the  impulse 
to  realize  the  communion  of  faith  as  widely  as  possible,  to 
preserve  and  extend  Word  and  Sacrament.  But  a  stiU  un- 
vanquished  world  remains  in  the  Church,  because  sin  and 
error  are  still  a  power  in  every  believer,  and  because  the 
Church — the  salt  of  the  world — must  not  or  cannot  outwardly 
separate  from  the  world.^  To  do  this,  as  has  been  shown, 
would  be  contrary  to  its  vocation  and  to  love.  It  preserves 
itself,  however,  as  a  true  Church,  because  'purifying  forces  are 
at  its  command  in  the  possession  of  Word  and  Sacrament. 
The  Holy  Spirit  is  a  spirit  of  discipline,  and  from  Him  pro- 
ceeds the  Church  discipline,  for  the  sake  of  which,  as  formerly 
shown,  the  Church  has  to  organize  itself  Now  Churcli 
discipline  certainly  nowhere  seems  able  to  attain  a  certain 
and  complete  result,  because  the  absolute  excommunication 
from  its  communion,  which  might  secure  such  a  result,  is 
interdicted  to  the  Church  by  the  educating  and  loving  activity 
which  it  owes  to  all  who  are  baptized.  But  it  can  still  re- 
main a  true  Church,  according  to  what  was  proved  above 
respecting  the  nature  of  Church  discipline,  and  the  stages  of 
belonging  to  the  Church.^  The  objects  of  Church  discipline 
who  have  caused  notorious  scandal,  necessarily  lose  the  right 
of  influencing  the  Church  by  election  or  by  official  functions, 
that  the  scandal  may  be  weakened  and  deprived  of  its  con- 
tagious power.  They  may  also  be  debarred  from  the  Holy 
Supper,  if  they  lack  the  capacity  profitably  to  receive  it.  By 
this  means  they  are  relegated  to  the  first  stages  of  belonging 
to  the  Church,  and  are  now  to  be  treated  as  under  instruction, 
and  as  Christian  minors.  If  they  refuse  to  submit  to  this,  they 
exclude  themselves  from  the  Church.  But  the  Church,  although 
compelled  ^  for  a  time  on  its  part  to  limit  or  suspend  communion, 
must  never  exclude  from  the  hearing  of  God's  Word,  and  must 
always  hold  itself  ready  to  receive  the  penitent  again  into 

1  John  xvii.  15  ;  §  149.  ^  §  1476,  1.     §  1466.  , 

^  According  to  Matt.  vii.  S  ff. 


MILITANT  CHURCTI.  369 

full  communion.  By  purifying  action,  the  chief  force  of  which 
consists  in  employment  of  God's  Word,  the  Church  can  thus 
maintain  itself  as  a  true  Church,  despite  the  sin  and  error  in  its 
bosom.  It  is  not  in  the  world  for  a  mere  show,  but  to  be  in 
spiritual  intercourse  therewith,  in  order  that  through  its  word 
the  world  may  come  to  believe ;  but  it  is  not  of  the  world.^ 
It  would  destroy  itself  by  conformity  to  the  world.  But  it 
would  also  destroy  itself  by  absolute,  and  therefore  unloving 
separation  from  the  world.  Instead  of  this,  it  remains  in  the 
world  in  the  character  of  the  salt  of  the  world  that  loses  not 
its  savour,  or  in  its  character  of  a  militant  Church  contending 
with  the  weapons  of  faith,  of  holy  love  and  hope. 

2.  In  its  militant  character  the  Church  might  have  re- 
mained a  unity  even  upon  earth,  and  thus  been  all  the  more 
successful  in  its  struggle  with  the  world.  But,  as  we  know, 
in  the  course  of  its  history  it  has  suffered  from  various 
divisions  or  schisms.  Like  all  disturbances,  this  also  must  be 
derived  from  error  and  sin.^  If  error  were  only  in  an  indivi- 
dual, without  disturbing  the  community,  it  would  be  transient ; 
and  if  there  were  no  error,  but  primarily  mere  sin,  deficiency 
of  love  in  an  individual,  a  merely  momentary  weakening  of 
the  common  spirit  might  arise.  But  sin  and  error  stand  also 
in  intrinsic  connection,  they  strengthen  and  fertilize  each 
other,  and  thus  nothing  is  more  natural  than  their  seeking 
and  finding  each  other.  Want  of  love  and  selfishness  may 
seek  their  legitiination  in  errors,  thus  acquiring  contagious 
force.  Errors  may  beget  strife,  alienate  the  mutually  friendly, 
and  cause  love  to  wax  cold.  Where  sin  is,  there  also  is  the 
seed  of  discord ;  and  since  sin  is  everywhere,  we  may  say, 
discord  is  everywhere  and  always  on  the  point  of  bursting 
forth ;  and  peace  is  nowhere  save  where  it  is  again  and  again 
newly  won  by  keeping  down  the  elements  of  discord.  Holy 
Scripture  exhorts :  "  Pursue  peace,"  because  peace  is  always 
fleeing  away.  But  sin  also  begets  error,  by  preventing  mutual 
understanding  and  agreement.  When  the  powers  of  error 
and  sin,  the  powers  that  mar  love  and  truth,  gather  and  accu- 
mulate in  masses  through  the  predominance  of  the  world  in 

»  1  Cor.  V.  10,  11,  vii.  31. 

*  Not  from  difi'erenco  of  national  individualities,  which  on  the  contrary  ought 
to  1)6  moulded  charismatically,  and  to  form  a  bond  of  communion. 
DoRNER. — Christ.  Doct.  iv.  2  A 


370  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

the  Church,  a  Church-division  is  the  consequence,  usually — 
at  least  in  great  Church-divisions — attaching  itself  to  different 
national  individualities  (effects,  so  to  speak,  of  unmastered 
earthly  matter),  innocent  in  themselves,  but  overlooking  their 
need  of  mutual  supplement,  or  attaching  itself  to  difference  of 
degree  in  apprehending  and  appropriating  Christianity. 

Ohservation,  —  If  the  visible  unity  of  the  institutional 
Church-organism  constituted  that  in  which  the  reality  of  the 
Church  resides,  the  man  who  breaks  with  that  organism 
and  its  authorities  would  always  be  guilty  of  schism,  and 
would  secede  from  the  true  Church.  But  since  obedience  to 
such  authorities  can  only  be  conditional,^  because  the  out- 
ward organism  of  the  Church  does  not  represent  the  con- 
tinuation, but  merely  the  reflection,  of  Christ's  office,  and 
that  possibly  in  a  very  distorted  form,  and.  since  the  organism 
has  not  the  promise  of  always  being  sustained  by  God's 
word  and  faith,  but  may  fall  away  from  both,  there  may  be 
a  disobedience  to  antichristian,  Christ-denying  ordinances, 
which  is  obedience  to  Christ,  as  well  as  an  obedience  to  such 
ordinances,  that  would  be  a  participation  in  the  sin  of 
rebellion  against  Christ.  Although  in  such  a  case  obedience 
to  Christ  seems  to  be  the  cause  of  the  division,  just  because 
the  organism  only  remains  what  it  was  before  the  division, 
in  reality  the  organism,  setting  itself  in  opposition  to  the  call 
to  obedience  to  Christ,  is  the  cause  of  the  schism,  and  excludes 
itself  from  the  true  Church  inasmuch  as  it  sets  itself  in 
opposition  to  the  truth  crossing  its  path. 

3.  Nothing  but  sin,  and  indeed  accumulated  sin,  can  split  the 
one  Church  in  its  manifestation  into  a  multiplicity  of  churches, 
which  surrender  positive  communion  with  each  other.  Church 
divisions  being  always  a  grievous  judgment  on  the  visible 
Church.  But  still  the  unity  can  never  be  utterly  abolished. 
Even  the  divided  churches  in  theia:  character  as  Christendom 
stand  in  contrast  with  the  world  ;  and  the  circle  where  the  light 
of  Christianity  still  shines,  be  it  ever  so  dimly,  is  never  quite 
identical  with  the  circle  where  it  is  extinguished  or  does  not 
shine.  Where  the  visible  Cliiistian  Church  still  exists  through 
preservation  of  Word  and  Sacrament,  there  also  is  something  of 
Christian  spirit  and  life,  and  therefore  something  to  counteract 
the  want  of  love,  or  discord  and  error.     All  particular  churches 

'  §  136,  4. 


MILITANT  CHUIICH.  371 

have  a  clarni  to  be  regarded  as  Christian  so  long  as  they  have 
not  lost,  but  still  exercise,  the  essential  characteristics  or  signs 
of  the  Church — Word  and  Sacrament.  For,  so  long  as  these 
endure,  even  with  many  perversions,  the  presupposition  of 
faith  must  be  maintained,  namely,  that  despite  heresy  and 
schism  the  true  Church  still  contains  members,  and  the 
healing  force  of  the  higher  nature  is  not  yet  extinct.  In  each 
of  the  Church-parties  deserving  the- name,  the  Holy  Spirit  is 
at  work  as  a  Reforming  spirit,  and  accomplishes  His  end  by 
setting  in  motion  purifying  and  cementing  forces.  Moreover, 
every  particular  Church  needs  such  action-  at  all  times  both 
for  its  own  sake  and  in  relation  to  others.  The  conflict  of  the 
militant  Church  must  be  directed  against  the  principles  that 
would  dissolve  the  true  Church — sin  and  error, — above  all, 
against  impurity  within  itself.^  It  must  never  so  frame  its 
organization  or  government  as  to  interdict  or  exclude  effort  to 
purify  its  life  or  teaching.  But  as  relates  to  conduct  towards 
other  particular  churches,  it  is  wrong  to  fix  the  gaze  on  their 
faults  alone,  and,  forgetful  of  our  own  defects  or  faults,  to 
wrap  ourselves  up  in  self-admiration  and  security,  and  by  want 
of  sympathy  to  lessen  our  influence  upon  them,  instead  of 
righteously  acknowledging  the  excellences  or  the  good 
bestowed  also  on  them,  and  regarding  that  good  as  a  common 
blessing  intended  for  the  whole  of  the  Church,  and  to  be 
sought  by  it.  Just  as  blameworthy  of"  course  is  an  attempt 
at  union,  whose  only  aim  is  tO'  promote  an  external  unity. 
Such  unity  is  no  absolute  good  alone.  The  absolute  good 
even  for  the  visible  Church  is,  not  indeed  a  particular  form  of 
dogma,  but  the  truth  embodied  in  the  dogma  and  contained 
•in  Word  and  Sacrament.  Christ  is  the  true  treasure  of  the 
Church.  Thus  truth  and  unity,  faith  and  love,  seem  to  be 
limited,  but  only  in  appearance,  because  love  is  not  Christian, 
unless  it  takes  its  law  of  life  from  Christ.  It  is  the  function 
of  Symbolics  to  determine  the  nearness  or  distance  of  particu- 
lar Church-parties  from  each  other,  and  thus  to  fix  the  limit 
and  direction  of  efforts  after  unity  among  them.  Towards  par- 
ties, with  whom  uaion  is  inadmissible  as  Church  communities, 
like  the  Roman  Catholic  Church,  ecclesiastical  hospitality  is 
Jit  least  to  be  exercised,  and,  what  i&  of  greater  import,  the 

>  1  Pet.  iv.  17 


372  EXISTENCE  OF  THE  CHURCH, 

consciousness  of  mutual  relationship  must  be  shown  at  least 
by  conflict  in  love,  i.e.  by  rendering  help  to  what  is  true  among 
them,  in  criticising  what  is  false,  for  which  a  keener  eye 
always  dwells  in  others.  And  this  is  the  dogmatic  principle 
of  Confessional  Polemics.  Since  each  individual  Church  has 
to  do  with  the  others  at  least  in  controversy,  and  each  one 
desires  thus  to  render  loving  service  to  the  others,  nay,  ac- 
knowledges the  good  presented  by  them  in  distinctive  expres- 
sion, in  this  way  also  they  are  a  unity,  although  divided,  or 
a  Christian  family ;  and  in  this  sense  all  churches,  which  are 
still  parts  of  the  one  true  Church,  are  a  militant  Church  in  the 
spirit  of  truth  and  love  within  and  without. 

4.  Although,  therefore,  error  may  be  strong,  and  the  bond 
of  communion  within  or  without  feeble  from  different  causes, 
so  long  as  a  particular  Church  is  still  really  militant  in  out- 
ward respects,  and  still  more  inwardly  or  with  itself,  it  is  a 
Christian  Church,  not  forsaken  by  the  healing  forces  of  grace. 
Both  in  the  toil  of  conflict  outwardly,  and  in  the  zeal  for 
constant  inward  purifying,  the  believing  kernel  in  different 
Church-parties  forms  the  true  Christendom,  strong  through  faith 
in  the  might  of  Him  whom  it  knows  to  be  with  it,  and  who  is 
able  to  convert  even  the  storm  and  tempest  of  the  Church 
into  blessing.^  The  believers  in  the  Church  are  at  all  times 
the  preserving,  quickening,  hallowing  salt  in  relation  to  those 
destined  and  on  their  way  to  faith.  Without  being  outwardly 
separate,  they  form  the  inner  circle  and  real  centre  of  the 
empirical  Church.  Without  being  outwardly  cognizable,  they 
are  also  the  upholders  of  particular  churches,  in  whom  and 
for  whose  salce  these  churches  form  a  part  of  the  actual 
Church.  This  invisible  Church  in  the  earthly  Church  has  and 
is  aware  of  the  promise  even  as  to  its  earthly  history,  that  the 
gates  of  hell  shall  not  prevail  against  it.  It  forms  the  Militant 
CJturch  contending  in  the  ccrtaintij  of  victory. 
iJIatt.  xvi.  18tr.,  xviii.  18  ff. 


CIIKISTIAN  ESCIIATOLOGY  IN  GENERAL.  373 


THIED   DIVISION. 

THE  DOCTRINE  OF  THE  LAST  THINGS,  OR  OF 
THE  CONSUMMATION  OF  THE  CHURCH  AND  THE  WORLD. 

§  151. 

Tliere  is  a  consummation  of  individuals  and  of  the  whole, 
especially  of  the  Church,  which,  however,  is  realized  not 
through  a  purely  immanent,  uninterrupted  process,  but 
through  crises  and  Christ's  Second  Advent. 

LiTERATUEE.— Ph.  Nicoki,  Theoria  Vitce  jEternce,  1620.  G. 
Calixtus,  Dissert,  de  immortalitate,  de  purgatorio,  de  statu  ani- 
7)iaricm  separatantm,  de  extremo  judicio,  de  heatitudine  ceterna. 
Meyfart,  I)as  himmlische  Jerusalem,  1627  ;  Das  Iwllische  Sodom, 
1630  ;  Das  jungste  Gericht,  1632,  each  2  vols.  J.  Gesenius,  Die 
vier  letzten  Dinge.  Fliigge,  Geschichte  des  Glaiibens  an  Unsterh- 
lichJceit,  Auferstehung,  etc.,  1794  to  1800.  Heppe,  Dogmatik 
des  detttschen  Protestantismus  im  16  Jahrliundert,  iii.  413  ff.,  1857. 
Cf.  Hahn,  Dogmatik,  ed.  1,  636  f.  (especially  gives  the  literature 
of  Eationalism  and  Supernaturalism).  Sclileiermacher,  Der  chr. 
Glauhe,  II.  §  157  ff.  Nitzsch,  System,  etc.,  ed.  6,  p.  398  ff.  Eothe, 
Ethik,  ed.  1,  vol.  2,  §  801  ff.  Kern,  Die  christliche  Uschatologie  u. 
Prddestinationslehre,  1840.  Weisse,  Fhilosophische  Bedeutung 
der  christliclien  Eschatologie,  Stud.  u.  Kr.  1835,  I.,  and  Philos. 
Dogmatik,  §  952-972.  Weitzel,  Die  christliche  UnsterUichkcits- 
lehre  (exegetical  treatise).  Stud.  u.  Kr.  1836,  IV.  Mllller,  J., 
Stud.  u.  Kr.  1835,  II.  Lange,  ibid.,  1836,  see  Positive  Dogmatik, 
1851,  p.  1227  ff.  His  Vermischte  Sehriften,  II.:  Beitrdge  zur 
Lchre  von  den  letzten  Dingen,  1841.  Fr.  Eichter,  Die  Lehre  von 
.  den  letzten  Dingen,  1833.  Luthardt,  Die  Lehre  von  den  letzten 
Dingen,  1861.  Althaus,  Die  letzte  Dinge,  1858.  Hebart,  Die 
ztveite  sichtbare  Zukunft  Christi,  Bine  Darstellung  der  gesammten 
hiblischen  Uschatologie  in  ihren  Hauptmomcnten,  1850.  Karsten, 
H.,  Die  letzten  Di7ige,e(\.  3, 1861.  Kahle,  Biblische  Eschatologie. 
Erste  Abtheilung,  A.  T.  1870.  Schmidt,  Die  eschatologischen 
Lehrstiicke  in  ihrer  Bedeutung  fur  die  gesammte  Dogmatik  %ind 
das  kirchliche  Leben,  Jahrb.f.  d.  Theol.  vols.  13  and  15.  Schmid, 
Die  Frage  von  der  Wiederbringung  allcr  Dinge,  ibid.,  vol.  13, 
p.  102  ff.  Schweizer,  Chr.  Glaubeiislehre,  ii.  p.  377.  Marteusen, 
§  273  ff. 

,    Apol.  217 ;  Cat.  371 ;  Cat.  Maj.  501  ff. ;  Form.  Cone.  594,  4. 
719,  7.  729,  18. 


374  ZSCHATOLOGY. 

Observation. — Eschatology  embraces : 

Firstly,  the  future  up  to  the  decision,  'both  the  future  of 

individuals  (death  and  the  intermediate  state)  and  the  future 

of  God's  kingdom  on  earth,  where  the  doctrines  of  Chiliasm 

and  of  Antichrist  come  under  review. 

Secondly,  the  doctrine  of  Christ's  Second  Coming,  of  the 

Eesurrection  of  the  Dead,  and  the  Judgment. 

1.  Conscience  already  carries  in  it  the  fundamental  features 
of  an  Eschatology,^  for  the  good  is  not  even  believed  in  as  the 
existing  and  alone  truly  real,  unless  it  is  believed  in  as  the 
powei'  to  judge  the  world.^  God  cannot,  it  is  true,  desire  to 
compel  the  wicked  to  goodness ;  but  were  He  to  allow  evil  to 
rule  for  ever,  there  would  either  be  no  zeal  in  Him  for  the 
honour  of  the  good,  or  no  power  to  give  effect  to  that  zeal.  It 
would  therefore  not  merely  be  contrary  to  God's  outward  glory 
in  face  of  the  world,  if  He  were  not  World-judge,  but  also 
contrary  to  His  inner  glory,  for  He  could  not  be  indifferent 
to  the  prevalence  and  dominion  of  good  in  the  world  without 
indifference  to  good  generally.  But  the  honour  of  good  not 
merely  requires  that  it  exist  and  show  its  superiority  to  evil 
by  a  judgment,  but  also  that  it  reveal  its  inner  wealth,  its 
fulness  of  energy.  In  this  nvay  a  goal  of  the  world  is  posited 
negatively  and  positively.  Heathenism,  indeed,  has  but  little 
of  Eschatology.  To  it,  questions  as  to  Whenee  and  Whither 
are  secondary  to  life  in  the  present.  It  moves  only  in  the 
circle  of  physical  life,  and  knows  no  absolut-e  di\dne  goal  of 
the  world,  and  no  such  goal  for  individuals,  but  has  merely 
attempts  at  a  cosmogony  and  at  a  doctrine  of  immortality  and 
end  of  the  world.  The  majority  in  heathenism,  to  pass  by 
the  dualistic  religions,  so  far  as  their  thoughts  are  at  all 
directed  to  the  future,  think  of  the  world  as  remaining 
eternally  as  it  is ;  although  a  restless  mutability  is  part  of  its 
constitution,  a  mutability  however  subservient  to  no  goal 
lying  in  a  straight  Kne,  but  at  most  to  a  cycle  which  consti- 
tutes no  progress.  There  also  the  individual  person  is  as  little 
considered  as  the  future  ;  but  where  continuance  is  bestowed  on 
him,  this  mostly  takes  the  form  suited  to  the  fundamental 
notion  of  a  cycle,  i.e.,  the  form  of  a  transmigration  of  souls,  a 
recurrence  measured  by  shorter  or  longer  periods,  but  without 

iTom.  ii.  12fiF.  * 

'  Hcuce  in  Gen.  xviii.  25  God  is  already  conceived  as  Judge  of  the  world. 


CHRISTIAN  ESCHATOLOGY  IN  GENERAL.  375 

perceptible  progress  as  the  result.  It  is  only  where  personal, 
moral  duties  spring  into  consciousness  under  the  influence  of 
a  more  powerfully  awakened  conscience,  that  not  merely  are 
ideas  of  a  future  separation  of  the  good  and  bad,  of  punish- 
ments and  rewards,  formed,  but  the  future  of  the  world  as  a 
whole  is  also  gradually  placed  under  an  ethical  point  of  view. 
Most  of  the  heathen  religions  (and  the  lower  dualistic  ones  also) 
do  not  reach  the  thought  of  a  goal  of  the  world,  but  remain 
entangled  in  an  alternation  between  periods  of  triumph  now 
on  the  part  of  the  light,  beneficent  powers,  and  now  on  the 
part  of  the  dark,  harmful  powers,  whether  they  stop  at  the 
annual  cycle  or  advance  to  the  supposition  of  longer  periods. 
The  former,  for  example,  is  the  case  in  the  Egyptian  and 
Syrian  religions ;  the  latter,  in  Plato,  the  Stoa,  and  Buddhism. 
But  such  simple  alternation  is  the  opposite  of  progress,  is 
anti-teleological.  Only  those  dualistic  religions,  in  which  the 
antithesis  of  moral  good  and  evil  emerges  with  more  definite 
predominance,  occupy  themselves  more  with  Eschatology,  and 
this  in  such  a  form  that,  after  eventful  struggles  in  the  earthly 
world,  a  blessed  world-goal,  and  an  enduring  triumph  of  the 
good,  form  part  of  the  prospect  in  the  future.  So  in  the 
Persian  and  partially  in  the  German  religion. 

2.  But  it  is  only  in  the  sphere  of  revelation  that  such  a 
teleology  finds  a  secure  footing.  Here  first  there  is  scope  for 
a  development  of  eschatological  doctrine,  for  here  first  the 
ultimate  aim  rises  to  consciousness,  for  which  the  world  was 
created,  and  which  must  appear  in  realization  at  the  end.  The 
end  or  the  goal  also  rules  the  way  to  the  goal.  But  here  two 
points  are  to  be  observed.  First,  that  according  to  the  0.  T. 
.  eschatology  is  little  more  for  a  long  time  than  a  doctrine  of 
future  developments  to  be  looked  for  an  earth,  while  the  gaze 
usually  does  not  extend  beyond  the  earthly  world-period.  It 
is  a  future  in  this  world,  not  in  heaven,  which  the  pious  of 
the  0.  T.  have  before  their  eyes.  For  this  very  reason,  again, 
it  is  less  the  future  of  individual  persons  than  of  the  nation  and 
theocracy.  This  is  in  keeping  with  the  historical  earthly 
vocation  of  the  nation,  with  the  mission  which  Israel  had  to 
discharge  in  reference  to  the  history  of  religion.  That  mission 
is  represented  by  the  law  built  •  upon  Monotheism,  and 
especially  by  prophecy,  which  announces  more  definitely  the 


376  ESCHATOLOGY. 

destinies  of  the  nation,  the  judgments  upon  it,  the  great  judg- 
ment-day of  God,  and  also  the  glorious  Messianic  age  following 
thereupon,  which  is  to  be  a  blessing  to  other  nations.  As 
relates  to  individuals,  the  terrors  of  Hades  (Sheol)  are  not 
vanquished  even  by  the  faith  of  the  pious  in  the  0.  T. 
Beginnings  of  faith  in  immortality  are  present  ;^  even  the 
knowledge  that  death  is  not  man's  normal  destiny,  but  con- 
trary to  his  idea,  is  of  ancient  date.  Enoch  and  Elijah  prove 
that  communion  with  God  is  a  power  above  death,  and  resur- 
rection is  already  employed  as  a  figure  for  the  restoration  of 
the  nation.  But  in  the  entire  0.  T.  the  notion  of  Sheol 
remains  essentially  similar.^  Just  and  unjust  are  gathered  in 
it.  Even  the  former  consider  Hades  a  loss  in  comparison  with 
the  earthly  life.  A  doctrine  of  the  separation  of  the  two 
according  to  the  lot  deserved  is  not  yet  found.     In  a  word,  the 

0.  T.  gives  no  more  precise  information  as  to  the  ultimate  fate 
of  individuals — of  the  pious  and  godless.^ 

3.  Christianity  alone  is  the  absolutely  teleological  religion, 
pointing  to  a  definite  decision  in  the  future  in  reference  to 
individuals  and  the  whole.  In  the  0.  T.,  Christianity  itself  is 
the  essential  contents  of  Eschatology.  One  might  think  that, 
after  Christianity  has  become  historic  fact,  prophecy  is  at  an 
end,  everything  is  fulfilled.  And  this  was  the  expectation, 
not  only  of  the  prophets,  but  of  the  apostles  of  the  Lord, 
namely,  that  the  end,  the  consummation  of  the  world,  will 
come  with  the  Messiah — nay,  that  the  Messiah  will  first  of  all 
execute  judgment,  and  that  the  revealing  of  His  power  will  be 
the  first  thing.  But  in  opposition  even  to  the  Baptist,*  Christ 
expressly  describes  judgment  not  as  His  first  but  as  His  last 
work ;  and  since  He  had  not  to  appear  first  in  gloiy,  but  in 
abasement,  suffering,  and  dying,  the  crvvreXeia  al6ivo<i  was 
thereby  deferred,  and  to  the  first  presence  (Parousia)  of  Christ 
the  expectation  of  a  second  w^as  added,  on  the  ground  of  the 
most  definite  statements  of  Christ.  The  division  of  Christ's 
Parousia  into  a  first  and  second  was  not  merely  necessary  on 

1  Ps.    xvi.    10,   xvii.   15,    xlix.   15 ;    Isa.  xxvi.   19,    liii.    9 ;    Hos.  xiii.  14 ; 
Dan.  xii,  2  ;  Ezek.  xxxvii.  3-6. 

2  Cf.  Oehler,  0.  T.  Theology,  I.  245  ff.  (Clark).    Schultz,  A.  T.  Theologie,  ed. 

1.  1.  360  ff.,  396  ff.,  II.  136.  210-220  ;  and  Kahle,  p.  305  ff. 

^  Oehler,  ut  supra.  « 

*  Cf.  Matt.  iii.  10,  12,  with  John  iii.  17. 


CHRISTIAN  ESCHATOLOGY  IN  GENERAL.  377 

account  of  the  atonement,  because  the  work  of  redemption 
required  Christ's  sacrifice  of  Himself  in  suffering  and  death, 
but  was  also  involved  in  the  necessity  of  an  ethical  process  in 
those  to  be  redeemed.  The  glory  and  the  sight  of  Christ's 
power  could  not  be  the  first,  because  the  sight  would  have 
corrupted  the  motive  of  surrender  to  Christ,  and  have  injured 
the  ethical  character  of  faith,  Nevertheless  by  this  post- 
poning of  the  revelation  of  the  glory  of  His  person  and  kingdom, 
which  certainly  appeared  to  Christian  hope  but  a  small  thing, 
the  certain  occurrence  of  a  decision  to  be  expected  from  the 
Messiah  was  not  rendered  in  the  least  doubtful.  On  the 
contrary,  precisely  because  the  supreme  spiritual  blessing  has 
already  come  in  the  gospel.  Christian  faith  which  trusts  in 
God  knows  that  the  power  of  consummation  exists  to  bring 
everything  to  decision  for  or  against  the  good,  and  to  cause  the 
worth  or  demerit  of  every  individual  definitely  to  appear,  so 
that  now  for  the  first  time  through  the  influence  of  the  gospel 
everything  is  ripe  for  judgment.  A  pregnant  eschatological 
element  lies  in  Christian  faith  as  such.  Faith  has  experienced 
so  much  of  Christ's  effectual  working,  that  in  presence  of 
what  is  still  lacking,  however  much  this  may  be,  it  possesses 
not  merely  a  hope,  but  the  certainty  that  the  divine  idea  of 
the  world  will  not  remain  simply  a  fair  but  impotent  picture 
of  imagination,  and  that  Christ,  by  the  absolutely  sufficient 
power  over  sin,  the  world,  the  devil,  and  death  dwelling  in 
Him,  will  not  leave  the  work  He  has  begun  a  ruin  and  frag- 
ment, but  will  complete  it.  Nay,  the  faith  of  the  Church 
already  descries  Christ  coming  again,  as  He  advances  un- 
halting  and  undelaying  to  the  end  through  His  unbroken 
activity  in  the  world.  And  under  this  aspect  faith  recognizes 
the  beginning  of  the  judgment  and  the  end  as  already  come 
with  Christ's  manifestation.^  In  reference  to  the  future, 
believers  are  not  limited  to  opining  or  wishing.  Christians  are 
a  prophetic  race,^  they  know  of  the  end  and  completion  of  the 
divine  work  begun.  And  thus,  under  the  influence  of  Chris- 
tian liope,  which  anticipates  the  end — the  next  fruit  of  faith — 
Christian  wisdom  forms  its  ideas  of  purpose  or  ideals,  and  draws 
from  hope  the  valiant  spirit  of  love,  enabling  it  with  true 
stedfastness  {viroiiovrj)  to  desire  the  right  goal  in  the  right  way. 
»  John  iii.  19,  xii.  47  ff.  *  1  Pet.  i.  3,  4,  cf.  ii.  9. 


373  ESCHATOLOGY. 

4.  The  distinctive  feature  of  Christian  Eschatology  is  its 
relation  to  Christ's  person,  a  thought  expressed  with  special 
clearness  in  the  doctrine  of  Christ's  Second  Advent.  Christ's 
person,  conceived  in  the  ISfew  Testament  as  ever  actively  at 
work,  and  in  due  time  again  becoming  visible,  gives  colour 
and  impress  to  every  point  in  Christian  Eschatology.  Not 
merely  will  the  ultimate  destiny  of  every  one  be  decided  by 
his  relation  to  Christ,  and  communion  with  Him  form  the 
centre  of  blessedness  -to  the  blessed — not  merely  will  He  be 
Judge  of  the  world,  because  He  is  the  Son  of  man ;  He  will 
also  raise  the  dead,  and  believers  will  be  made  like  His 
glorified  body  in  the  Kesurrection.  The  character  also  of  the 
intermediate  state  depends  on  the  relation  to  Him,  and  its 
duration  on  the  occurrence  of  His  Second  Coming  to  judgment. 
Finally,  all  conflicts  and  advances  of  the  Kingdom  of  God,  of 
which  He  is  Head,  are  connected  with  His  name  and  continued 
activity.  If  theology  relegated  Him  to  a  secondary  position  in 
reference  to  the  consummation,  it  would  make  Him  a  person 
of  transient  importance, — o.  view  which  by  reflex  influence 
must  necessarily  disorganiee  the  whole  of  Christology  and  the 
doctrine  of  God's  self-revelation. 

5.  The  presupposition  of  the  consummation  of  tiie  Church 
and  the  Kingdom  of  God  is  the  consummation  of  individual 
believers.  Again,  since  believers  leave  the  earth  with- 
out being  saints,^  the  perfecting  of  individuals  is  dependent 
on  their  personal  continuance  or  immortality,  which,  however, 
needs  to  be  distinguished  from  the  resurrection.  There  is  no 
absolutely  cogent  proof  of  immortality.  As  the  doctrine  of 
Man  showed,  its  certainty  rests  on  likeness  to  God,  i.e.  in  the 
last  resort  on  God.^  The  true  idea  ef  God  places  the  worth 
of  man  and  personality  so  high,  and  makes  God's  gracious 
purpose  of  communion  with  man  so  certain,  that  immortality 
has  its  guarantee  therein.  On  account  of  his  essential 
relation  to  God,  man  has  an  infinite  destiny  and  the  capacity 
not  to  die,  which  through  God  issue  in  the  fuU  realization  of 
eternal  life  in  reference  to  believers.  But  the  relation  of  the 
wicked  also  to  God  is  a  relation  of  infinite  importance,  such 

^  According  to  Cat.  Maj.  501.  502,  we  are  only  altogether  pure  and  holy  at  the 
Kesurrection.    €f.  F.  C.  719,  7  :  sin  cleaves  to  the  soul.  ^ 

-'  Matt.  xxii.  29-32.     Cf.  vol  i.  §  42. 


CHRISTIAN  ESCIIATOLOGY  IN  GENEPiAL.  3  7 'J 

as  nature  has  not.  Some  (and  not  merely  Socinians)  concede 
immortality  to  the  regenerate  only/  whereas  the  unconverted 
wicked  will  sooner  or  later  be  overtaken  by  annihilation. 

Observation.— In  the  early  'Church  many  voices  were  lifted 
up  in  favour  of  the  view  that  man  has  no  natural  immor- 
tality, but  that  it  is  only  a  gift  of  Christ's  grace,  e.g.  Arnobius, 
and  see  the  article  "Tatian"  by  Moller  in  Herzog's  Th. 
Bealencyc.  This  view  has  been  still  more  commonly  adopted 
in  modern  days  to  avoid  the  idea  of  eternal  punishment,  and 
to  secure  a  harmonious  conclusion  of  the  history  of  the 
world.  So  Weisse,  Rothe,  and  others,  and  especially  Edward 
White.^  In  behalf  of  this  view  it  may  certainly  be  asserted, 
that  no  immortality  in  the  sense  of  the  soul's  incapability  of 
death  in  virtue  of  its  own  strength  can  be  set  up.  That  the 
proof  of  the  immortality  of  the  soul  from  the  simplicity  of 
its  essence  is  not  conclusive,^  we  have  seen  before.  Accord- 
ing to  Ps.  civ.  29,  the  eonsequence  of  God  withdrawing  His 
breath  is  that  the  creature  perishes.  As  matter  of  fact,  our 
soul  has  not  lif^  in  itself  ii.e.  the  power  of  life)  by  nature, 
for  otherwise  it  would  possess  self-existence  {aseitcit),  which 
indeed  Eothe  ascribes  to  perfected  spirits.  But  in  the 
proper  absolute  sense  this  belongs  only  to  God  (of  whom, 
therefore,  it  is  said  that  He  alone  has  immortality),  in  a 
relative  sense  indeed  also  to  the  creature,  but  only  in  such  a 
way  that  God  causes  His  conserving  will  to  co-operate  every 
instant.  But  while  on  these  grounds  it  must  be  conceded 
that  both  the  formula :  non  'potest  mori  and :  non  potest  non 
inori  must  be  rejected  in  respect  of  the  soul  in  itself  as  in 
respect  of  the  body,  and  consequently  the  formula:  potest 
mori  is  applicable  to  the  soul  considered  by  itself,  it  does  not 
follow  from  this,  that  a  really  human  being  falls  a  prey  to 
annihilation  and  only  the  regenerate  are  really  immortal,  for 
.  the  possibility  remains  of  a  continuance  of  life  having  been 
conferred  on  all  men  by  God.  In  no  case  can  tlie  death  of 
the  body  be  regarded,  as  is  done  by  Materialism  and  Pan- 
theism, as  the  cause  of  the  death  of  the  soul  in  the  case  of 
the  non-regenerate.  Eather  must  it  remain  certain  that  the 
human  soul  is  in  itself  superior  to  physical  potencies  and 

1  Which  is  imparted,  according  to  Dodwell,  through  the  medium  of  the  true 
Church  and  its  Sacraments,  and  therefore  not  to  Dissenters. 

■''  In  his  work.  Life  in  'Christ.  The  French  translation  of  the  work  by  C. 
Byse,  under  the  title,  L'lmmortaliU  concUtionmlle,  1880,  gives  in  the  preface  a 
long  list  of  advocates  of  this  view  in  Switzerland,  England,  ami  North  America. 
Ijl  Germany,  Nitzsch  is  mentioned  alongside  Rothe,  Gess,  H.  Schultz  with 
doubtful  authority.  ^  Vol.  ii.  §  i2. 


380  ZSCHATOLOGY. 

beyond  their  reach,  and  therefore  is  able  at  all  events  to 
outlive  the  destruction  of  the  body.  It  would  be  another 
question  whether  the  soul  cannot  be  disorganized  and  led  to 
destruction  by  hostile  powers  within  itself,  i.e.  by  evil,  on 
which  point  something  will  be  said  later  on.  In  the  present 
connection  it  is  enough  to  see  the  possibility  established 
of  the  harmonious  consummation  of  the  kingdom  of  God 
through  the  fact  that  the  prospect  exists  of  its  deliverance 
from  all  hindering  hostile  elements,  i.e.  unless  they  consent 
to  incorporation  in  the  kingdom,  the  deliverance  being 
effected  either  by  the  elements  falling  a  prey  to  destruction, 
or  being  excluded  from  God's  consummated  kingdom.  Only 
on  the  supposition  that  a  being  really  human  could  pass 
into  a  lower  class  of  beings,  so  that  likeness  to  God  became 
utterly  extinct  in  him,  could  the  capacity  for  immortality 
become  extinct  in  him. 

6.  But  Christianity  not  merely  proclaims  immortality; 
according  to  it,  there  is  also  a  consummation  in  reference  to 
individuals.^  A  mere  progress  in  infinitum  in  the  diminution 
of  evil  cannot  suffice.  Evil  is  no  infinite  power  like  good.  It 
may,  indeed,  be  said  that  consummation  would  be  uniformity. 
But  rather  the  nature  of  evil  is  to  tend  to  the  monotony  of 
death.  Vitality  and  wealth  lie  in  the  positive,  the  spirit  and 
the  divinely  good,  which  cannot  lack  the  corresponding  nature 
for  the  exhibition  of  itself  in  the  individual  and  the  com- 
munity. Sin  hinders  the  unfolding  of  the  personality  in 
agreement  with  the  rich  variety  of  the  faculties  designed  for 
harmonious  co-operation  ;  but  the  power  of  evil  can  never  pre- 
clude the  consummation  of  believers,  for,  while  it  is  absolutely 
culpable,  it  is  not  absolutely  strong,  but  a  finite  force  {Grosse), 
the  power  of  redemption,  on  the  other  hand,  being  infinite. 
The  latter  is  the  power  of  indissoluble  eternal  life,  never 
exhausted,  so  that  evil  must  be  vanquished  and  excluded 
simply  by  the  continuous  growth  of  the  power  of  sanctification. 

7.  But  as  behevers,  instead  of  remaining  a  fragment,  will 
attain  consummation,  so  the  Church  and  the  kingdom  of  God 
will  do  the  same.^  The  isolated  individual  cannot  be  perfect. 
This  would  be  no  true  consummation,  for  he  is  also  a  member 
and  stands  in  need  of  the  whole  in  order  to  his  own  blessed 

1  Phil.  i.  6  ;  Eph.  i.  3,  4  ;  1  Cor.  xv.  22.  «  • 

2  John  X.  16,  xvii.  13,  19,  23  ;  Eph.  i.  10  ;  1  Cor.  xv.  28. 


CHRISTIAN  ESCHATOLOGY  IN  GENERAL.  SSI 

consummation.  The  generic  consciousness,  perfected  in  love, 
cannot  attain  to  its  absolute  satisfaction  and  realization  with- 
out communion.  Again,  without  individuals,  who  have  to 
cany  the  whole  in  themselves,  and  in  whom  the  whole  must 
live,  without  their  conservation  and  consummation,  there  would 
be  no  consummation  of  the  whole  organism,  members — whole 
and  part — reciprocally  requiring  each  other  in  order  to  per- 
fection. But,  more  precisely,  the  following  features  are 
necessary  to  the  consummation  of  the  whole. 

First.  The  completion  of  the  members  constituting  the 
organism.  Therefore  the  succession  of  generations,  and  the 
supply  of  living  members  from  those  generations,  must  con- 
tinue until  the  organism  has  obtained  all  its  essential 
members.  It  must  not  be  inferred  herefrom,  either  that 
all  men  will  be  incorporated  as  sanctified  members  in  the 
organism,  or  that  on  the  falling  away  of  one  class  the 
organism  must  remain  incomplete.  For,  apart  from  the 
consideration  that,  supposing  God  had  a  foreknowledge  of 
what  is  free.  He  may  have  taken  into  account  who  will 
exclude  themselves  from  the  organism  in  sketching  its  idea,  in 
virtue  of  His  infinite  creative  power  He  may  cause  the  suc- 
cession of  generations  to  go  on  until  the  number  necessary  to 
completeness  is  filled  up.  Therefore,  whoever  are  lost,  a  com- 
pensation through  the  divine  creative  power  must  be  supposed.^ 

Secondly.  To  the  actuality  of  the  Church's  consummation 
belongs  also  a  cessation  of  reproduction,  which  continually 
gives  the  Church  a  new  world  to  subdue ;  and  this  pre- 
supposes a  transforming  of  earthly  relations.  To  marry  and 
be  given  in  marriage  pertains  to  the  present  ceon,^  which  did 
not  exist  always,  as  little  as  this  earth  of  ours,  and  in  the 
same  way  will  not  exist  always.  Granting,  it  might  be  said 
with  some  teachers,  that  the  power  of  regeneration,  seizing 
the  entire  person,  will  sanctify  also  the  offspring,  a  pure  life 
thus  passing  over  to  the  children  (a  view,  however,  favoured 
neither  by  Scripture  nor  experience),  even  this  would  be  an 
essential  alteration  in  earthly  relations,  not  to  say  that 
regeneration  can  never  become  a  matter  of  birth  without 
losing   its  ethical  character.^     That  body  and  spirit   in   the 

1  Cf.  Matt.  XXV.  28.     Taleuts  for  the  work  are  not  wanting. 
*  *  Luke  XX.  35.  ■*  John  iii.  3. 


382  ESeHATOLOGY. 

present  seon  are  asymptotes,  is  shown  by  the  old  age  and 
death  of  Christians.  The  bodily  and  the  spiritual  organism 
are  still  in  loose  connection  and  external  to  each  other,  so 
that  both  have  their  special  centre  and  their  own  laws  of  life, 
which  is  necessary  on  account  of  the  moral  calling  of  man.^ 

Thirdly.  None  who  is  impure  can  have  a  place  in  God's 
perfected  kingdom.  Moreover,  the  number  actually  carrying 
the  kingdom  in  themselves  must  also  contain  what  belongs 
to  the  perfect  aw/ia  Xpcarov,  and  those  not  to  be  received 
into  the  kingdom  must  also  stand  outside  the  idea  of  Gtod's 
perfected  kingdom. 

Ohscrvation. — For  obvious  reasons  the  old  Dogmatists  paid 
little  attention  to  Eschatology.  Compared  with  other  dogmas, 
tliis  doctrine  is  wanting  both  in  precision  and  certainty. 
And  even  the  New  Testament,  as  we  shall  see,  leaves  many 
enigmas  and  moot  points.  Hence  the  eschatological  points 
of  doctrine  may,  with  Schleiermacher,  be  called  prophetic. 
But  the  statements  of  the  New  Testament  on  these  points 
are  also  prophetic  in  the  sense  that  there  are  n.ot  wanting 
great  fixed  lines,  which  permit  an  eschatological  doctrine  to 
be  laid  down.  In  the  ecclesiastical  Escliatology  hitherto  the 
following  are  the  principal  defects  to  be  noted.  First.  As  relates 
to  individuals,  it  supposes  for  them  no  such  intermediate 
state  between  this  life  and  the  consummation  as  to  prevent 
decision  being  come  to  upon  all,  upon  their  definitive  worth 
and  destiny,  with,  the  conclusion  of  the  present  life.  Secondly. 
If  death  decides  everything,  this  forestalls  the  final  judgment 
in  reference  to  the  lot  both  of  the  wicked  and  believers,  for 
even  the  importance  of  the  resurrection  is  threatened,  if 
blessedness  follows  immediately  on  death  without  limitation. 
Tliirdly.  It  is  suspicious  that  the  interest  for  holiness  is 
secondary  to  the  interest  for  blessedness,  which  is  shown  in 
the  fact  that  the  old  Dogmatists  make  complete  freedom 
from  imperfection  and  sin  ensue  for  the  justified  without 
further  ado  with  the  laying,  aside  of  the  body.  As  relates  to 
the  wlwle,  the  old  Dogmatists  in  the  first  place  made  no 
unanimous  choice  between  the  twofold  possibility,  whether 
the  consummation  will  be  a  new  creation  or  the  crown  of  a 
development ;  further,  whetlier  the  course  of  the  latter  will 
be  purely  immanent  and  gradual,  or  by  means  of  crises, 
and  in  such  a  way  that  the  heaviest  conflicts  will  fall  at  the 
end ;  finally,  whether  the  victory  of  the  heavenly  forces  will 
ensue  abruptly,  or  whether  an  interpenetration-process  of 
»  Cf.  vol.  ii.  §  39. 


CHinSTIAN  ESCHATOLOGY  IN  GENERAL.  383 

what  is  earthly  with  heavenly  forces,  effected  by  moral 
means,  is  to  be  supposed.  Further,  the  uncertainty  on  the 
point,  what  the  Antichristian  power  is  (whether  a  heathen, 
universal  empire,  or  Mohammedanism,  or  the  Papacy,  or 
powers  of  lying  and  hate  within  the  Church  generally,  which 
enter  into  a  league  with  the  world-power  for  the  persecution 
of  believers),  has  influence  again,  on  the  question  as  to  the 
Jnilen/iium  and  its  conception,  as  well  as  upon  the  notion  of 
the  nature  and  period  of  Christ's  Second  Coming.  Moreover, 
down  to  our  own  days  different  views  are  held  on  the  point, 
whether  the  earthly  life  of  humanity  is  meant  merely  to  be  a 
probation  and  preparation  for  another  life,  in  which  alone  the 
real  end  of  life  lies,  or  whether  morally  precious  ends  and 
works  of  eternal  significance  also  form  part  of  the  present  life, 
ends  and  works  in  which  elements  of  the  realization  of  the 
world-goal  are  to  be  seen.  This  point  is  closely  connected 
with  the  question,  whether,  as  the  Old  Testament  and  the 
doctrine  of  a  Millennium  suppose,  the  earthly  arena  and  the 
earthly  world- period  are  capable  and  worthy  of  becoming 
a  representation  of  the  Kingdom  of  God,  or  whether  the 
reahzation  of  God's  Kingdom  is  to  be  conceived  as  absolutely 
heavenly  and  super-earthly.  Finally,  the  doctrine  of  the  old 
Dogmatists  respecting  the  consummation  of  the  world  is  too 
spiritualistic  in  tone,  and  is  unable  to  assign  to  nature  enough 
significance  in  relation  to  the  spirit.  To  come  to  an  approxi- 
mate decision  on  these  questions  ought  not  to  be  deemed 
impossible.  If  in  the  ancient  Church  Eschatology  assumed 
a  dominant  position  in  reference  to  the  entire  faith,  so  that 
even  Christology  was  powerfully  determined  and  furthered 
thereby,  the  other  dogmas  in  their  present  rich  development 
have  now  in  turn,  to  render  service  to  Eschatology.. 


•      FIRST  POINT  :    THE  SECOND  ADVENT  OF  CHRIST,  WITH  ITS 
rREPARATION  DT  THE  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD. 

§  152. 

Individuals,  like  the  Church  and  the  Kingdom  of  Christ,  await 
their  consummation  from  the  Seccrnd  Advent  of  Christ, 
which  forms  the  centre  of  the  entire  Eschatology  of  the 
New  Testament,  and  ministers  not  merely  to  the  van- 
quishing of  all  hostile  powers,  but  also  to  the  realizing 


384  ESCIIATOLOGY. 

of  the  idea  of  the  individual  and  the  whole.  This  Second 
Advent  is  not  made  superfluous  by  any  previous  develop- 
ment of  the  individual  and  the  whole  i  n  this  world  or  the 
next,  since  it  alone  brings  the  complete  conquest  of  sin 
and  death — to  the  Individual  in  the  Resurrection,  to  the 
AVTiole  by  the  transfiguration  of  the  world,  by  the  exclusion 
of  evil  and  the  consummation  of  the  Church  of  God. 

Syrrib.  Apostolicum,  Nicmn.  §  6.  Athanas.  §§  37,  38.  Conf. 
Aug.  iii. :  Palam  est  rediturus.  Apol.  147,  17.  18.  Cat.  min. 
371. 

Literature.  —  Corrodi,  Kritische  Geschichfe  des  Chiliasmus. 
My  Doctrine  of  the  Person  of  Christ.  Schmidt,  Jahrh.f.  d.  Theol. 
vols.  13.  15.  The  Lutheran  and  Eeformed  orthodoxy  were 
against  Chiliasm,  e.g.  J.  Gerhard  and  Maresius.  On  the  other 
liand,  more  favourable  to  it :  Spener,  Die  Hoffnung  hesserer  Zeiten; 
Bengel's  Weltaltcr.  Modern  advocates  of  the  Millennium  in  Ger- 
many :  the  school  of  Bengel,  v.  Hofmann,  Delitzsch,  Beck,  Baum- 
garten,  Lohe  ;  Auberlen,  Daniel  und  die  OJfenbarung  Johannis, 
1857  (For. Theol.  Lib.),  and  Die  Theosophie  of  F.  C.  Oetinger,  1859. 
Luthardt,  Die  letztcn  Dinge,  1861,  p.  71  f.^  Pdnck,  Splittgerber, 
Koch,  Disselhoff,  Hebart ;  more  moderate,  Karsten,  Die  letzten 
Dinge,  ed.  3,  1861,  and  Florcke,  Die  Lchre  vom  tausendjdhrigen 
Reich,  1859.  Volk  (in  Dorpat),  Der  Chiliasmus  der  neuesten 
Behdmpfung  gegenuber,  1869.  Holemann,  Die  Stelhcng  St.  Pauli 
zu  der  Frage  ilber  die  Wiederkunft  Christi,  1857.  Dieterich  (1857, 
1858)  has  come  forward  in  several  writings  as  an  opponent  of 
Chiliasm.  In  substance,  also,  Hengstenberg  must  be  regarded  as 
an  opponent.  Die  Of[enbarung  des  h.  Johannes  filr  solche,  die  in 
der  Schriftforschen,  erlautert,  ed.  2,  2  vols.  1861, 1862  (For.  Theol. 
Lib.).  He  supposes  that  the  thousand  years'  reign  lies  behind 
us,  and  is  to  be  found  in  the  German  Empire  of  Charlemagne  up 
to  1806.  Keil  is  in  essential  agreement  with  him  in  his  Comm. 
z.  Ezechiel  (For.  Theol.  Lib.),  and  Philippi,  vi.  214  ff.,  although 
such  a  doctrine  of  the  Millennium  is  scarcely  different  from 
denying  it.  The  binding  of  Satan  is  said  to  be  the  existence 
of  Christianity  as  the  State  religion,  and  according  to  Keil  and 
Phiiippi   is   to  be   dated   from  the  fall   of  heathenism.      In 

1  Like  V.  Hoffmann,  Luthardt  teaches  th^it  the  i)reseut  course  of  the  vorld 
and  the  resurrection  of  the  just  will  be  followed  by  a  rule  of  Jesus  Christ  and 
His  glorified  Church  of  believing  confessors  over  the  rest  of  humanity,  who  will 
be  subject  to  the  former,  not  a  carnal,  but  a  spiritual  rule  of  peace  and  state  of 
blessing  upon  earth,  p.  235.  According  to  Luthardt,  therefore,  the  risen  ju^st 
will  rule  as  kings  upon  earth  with  Christ  over  the  rest  of  men  still  alive. 


CHRIST'S  SECOND  ADVENT.  385 

England  and  North  America,  Anderson,  Cox,  Begg,  and  especi- 
ally Cunningham  {On  the  Second  Coining  of  Christ  in  Glory, 
1828),  are  Millenarians.  On  the  other  side  :  Briggs  On  Pre- 
millenarianism  (in  opposition  to  the  theory  of  Christ's  visible 
coming  again  before  the  thousand  years'  reign,  a  dogmatico-his- 
torical  investigation).  Respecting  the  Antichrist  must  be  named 
in  most  recent  days,  Rinck,  1867;  Philippi,  1877.  Further,  Ed. 
Bohmer,  Zur  Lehre  vom  Antichrist  nach  Schncchenhurger,  Jahrh. 
f.  d.  TheoL,  vol.  vi.  pp.  405-467 ;  Eenan,  VAntechrist,  1873. 


I. — Tlie  Biblical  Doctrine  of  Christ's  Second  Advent. 

The  expectation  of  Christ's  personal  reappearing,  found  in 
the  entire  primitive  Church  even  in  the  case  of  the  apostles, 
is  not  rooted  merely  in  their  personal  wishes,  or  still  less  in 
earthly  Messianic  hopes,  but  is  based  upon  various  discourses 
of  Christ  Himself,'  which  treat  expressly  of  His  Second 
Advent  at  the  a-vvreXeia  alcovo^.  Attempts  have  been  made 
in  various  ways  to  explain  away  these  statements  of  Christ. 
Some  assume  that  the  disciples  wrongly  understood  the  dis- 
courses of  Jesus.  Others  would  limit  the  discourses  on  the 
Second  Advent  to  the  announcement  of  Christ's  resurrection. 
Others  think  to  succeed  by  explaining  the  two  other  Synop- 
tists  e.g.  by  Luke.  Others,  again,  get  rid  of  the  problem  by 
assuming  that  Christ  Himself  erred  in  the  discourses  in 
question, — a  view  which  they  think  compatible  with  His 
dignity.  To  the  latter  it  has  been  rightly  replied,^  that  the 
thought  of  the  Parousia  on  the  lips  of  Jesus  cannot  be  regarded 
as  a  conception  accommodated  to  the  times  and  lying  merely 
at  the  circumference,  but  that  the  centre  of  the  spiritual 
teaching  of  Jesus  would  be  affected,  if  He  could  have  erred 
in  reference  to  the  announcement  of  His  Parousia ;  ^  for,  as 

^  Matt,  xxiv.,  XXV.  ;  Mark  xiii.  ;  Luke  xxi.  (cf.  xvii.  20-27,  xii.  39,  40, 
42-46) ;  Matt.  xxv.  1-13,  14-30,  31-46.  Cf.  Luke  xix.  11  ff.  ;  Mark  viii.  38, 
ix.  1,  X.  28  ff. ,  xiv.  25,  62  (with  the  parallel  passages )  ;  Luke  xii.  35-38  ; 
Matt.  X.  23,  xiii.  24-30,  xxiii.  20  ;  Acts  i.  11  ;  2  Thess.  ii.  8  ;  1  Thess.  iv.  15, 
V.  23  ;  1  Cor.  xv.  23  ;  Phil.  iv.  5  ;  1  John  ii.  18  ;  1  Pet.  iv.  7  ;  Jas.  v.  8 ; 
Rev.  1.  3,  iii.  11,  xix.  11,  xx.  4,  11,  xxii.  7,  x.  12. 

^  So  by  Weiffenbach,  Der  Wiederkun/tfirjedanke  Jem,  1873,  pp.  31-67,  who 
would  refer  the  discourses  of  Jesus  on  His  Second  Coming  to  tlie  resurrection. 

'•Also  the  many  testimonies  to  Christ's  announcement  of  His  Second  Coming 
agree  too  well  for  them  to  rest  on  a  misunderstanding  of  the  disciples. 
DoRNER.— Christ.  Doct.  iv.  2  B 


386  ESCHATOLOGY. 

Sclileiermacher  rightly  saw,  Christ's  Second  Advent  forms  the 
real  centre  of  the  entire  Christian  eschatology/  and  we  shall 
recognize  its  dogmatic  importance  in  reference  to  the  Person, 
of&ce,  and  kingdom  of  Christ,  however  important  it  is  to  take 
into  account  the  figurative  phraseology  in  the  exposition  of 
this  fundamental  thought.  A  warning  against  ascribing  a 
subordinate  importance  to  the  Parousia-discourses  should  have 
been  found  in  the  circumstance,  that  the  eschatology  of  the 
0.  T,  and  the  Jewish  expectation  of  the  Messiah  generally 
contain  no  idea  answering  to  the  second  Parousia,  but  regard 
everything  as  given  and  decided  at  once  with  the  appearance 
of  the  Messiah,  and  that  all  pre-Christian  conceptions  are 
essentially  modified  by  the  announcement  of  a  second  Parousia 
of  Christ.  The  0.  T.  prophets  had  spoken  of  the  Day  of  the 
Lord,  the  great  judgment-day  of  God,  as  the  first  act  of  the 
Messianic  age  deciding  everything.  Christ  set  forth  a  second 
Parousia  as  the  first,  and  the  judgment  only  as  the  last.^ 
But  the  expression  Parousia  certainly  has  various  meanings. 
Christ  promises  that  He  will  be  present  {rrrapcov)  in  all  events 
and  developments  of  His  earthly  Church,  and  will  always  do 
what  it  needs,  which  presupposes  not  merely  His  continued 
life  and  participation  in  His  Church,  but  also  His  continuous 
activity  and  power,  which  can  and  will  stand  security  for 
the  Church.  He  therefore  thinks  of  this  presence  of  His 
[irapovaia)  as  in  part  invisible,  but  always  as  real, — the 
former,  when  he  says  :  I  am  present  in  the  midst  of  them ;  ^ 
or :  I  am  with  you  always  to  the  end  of  the  world ;  or  when 
He  promises :  If  any  man  love  me,  I  will  love  him  and 
manifest  myself  unto  him,  and  my  Father  will  love  him,  and 
we  will  come  unto  him  and  make  our  abode  with  him ;  ^  or 
when  He  says  of  faith  in  general,  that  it  receives  Him.®  The 
entire  doctrine  of  His  Word  and  the  Means  of  Grace  is  only 
understood  in  its  real  divine-human  import,  when  these  means 

1  Chr.  Glauhe,  ii.  483,  §  150.  3. 

*  Cf.  ray  Hist,  of  Doctr.  of  Person  of  Christ.  All  that  is  known  to  the  pre- 
Christian  Jewish  Apocalyptics  also  is,  that  on  His  appearance  the  Messiah  will 
at  once  found  a  kingdom  of  material  prosperity.  A  double  Parousia  it  knows 
not ;  later  seeming  indications  of  the  ideal  vanish  as  a  deception. 

^  Matt,  xviii.  20,  xxviii.  20. 

*  John  xiv.  18,  21,  23,  28  ;  also  xiv.  3  may  be  applied  here.  * 

*  John  vi.  50-58. 


CHRIST'S  SECOND  ADVENT.  3S7 

of  grace  are  regarded  as  the  outward  media,  througli  which  in 
virtue  of  His  heavenly,  regal  office.  He  actively  continues  His 
presence  with  believers.  But  He  also  promised  His  visible 
Second  Advent.  Here  come  in  His  reappearances  after  His 
resurrection,  which  as  a  fulfilment  of  His  prediction  ^  on  one 
hand  seal  the  certainty  of  His  enduring  invisible  communion 
with  them,  and  on  the  other  were  to  be  a  real  foretype  of  His 
visible,  universally  cognizable  Second  Advent  at  the  judgment 
and  consummation  of  the  world.  We  have  to  linger  on  this  latter 
return.  His  Parousia  in  the  course  of  history  has  the  signifi- 
cance of  a  preparation  in  reference  thereto.  All  the  apostles 
and  ancient  Christendom  maintain  this  with  all  the  energy  of 
love  and  hope  as  their  dearest  faith.  Their  longing  antici- 
pated His  Second  Coming  earlier  than  the  event  showed.^  It 
is  in  keeping  with  this  fact,  that  so  little  is  found  in  the  N.  T. 
respecting  the  state  of  individuals  between  death  and  the 
resurrection.  But  more  intimations  are  given  respecting  the 
phases  of  development  through  which  the  kingdom  of  Christ 
on  earth  has  to  run  in  conformity  with  Christ's  own  lot. 
These  phases  are  so  viewed  that  Christ's  Second  Coming  is 
not  superseded  by  them,  but  appears  still  more  necessary. 
Nor  ought  the  Millennium,  according  to  the  meaning  of  the 
Ptevelation  of  John,  to  be  conceived  as  forestalling  Christ's 
coming  again  to  judgment.^  Else  there  would  arise  a  collision 
with  the  general  type  of  N.  T.  teaching.  But  the  Biblical 
doctrine  of  the  antichristian  powers  is  of  importance  for 
apprehending  the  entire  history  of  the  kingdom  of  the  future. 
The  N.  T.  does  not  countenance  a  theory  which  assumes 
merely  a  quiet,  steadily  growing  interpenetration  or  subjuga- 
tion of  the  whole  world  by  Christianity  in  the  course  of 
history.  This  is  the  optimistic  view,  which  is  unprepared 
for  eclipses  of  the  sun  in  the  firmament  of  the  Church. 
The  N.  T.  foretells  catastrophes  to  the  life  of  the  Church,  so 
that  in  this  respect  also  it  is  a  copy  of  the  life  of  Christ ;  and 
indeed  catastrophes  arise  not  merely  through  persecutions  on 
the  part  of  Heathen  and  Jews  in  its  beginning,  but  also  out 

1  John  xvi.  16  ff. 

2  Heb.  X.  37  ;  2  Pet.  iii.  9,   10  ;  Jas.  v.  8,  9  ;  1  Thess.   iv:  15  f.  ;  2  Thess. 
ii.  ^  f.  ;  1  John  ii.  18. 

*  Cf.  Briggs,  ut  supra.     This  is  clear  from  what  follows  first  after  chap,  xx. 


388  ESCHATOLOGY. 

of  itself,  i.e.  from  its  outward  circle,  on  the  ground  of  intima- 
tions of  Christ;^  according  to  John  and  Paul,^  when  the 
Christianizing  of  the  nations  has  advanced,  false  prophets  and 
pseudo-Messiahs  will  arise,  desiring  to  enter  into  confederacy 
with  Satan  and  to  some  extent  with  the  world-power  against 
Christians,  and  to  seduce  to  denial  of  Christ.  These  are  the 
powers  of  Antichrist,  conceived  indeed  as  operating  and  im- 
pelling in  the  apostles'  days  and  discerned  by  believers,^  but 
tending  towards  more  concentrated  manifestation,  and  destined 
in  the  end  to  reach  still  greater  influence.  Besides  Satan, 
mention  is  made  here  of  the  iropvq  (whore)  *  and  of  false 
prophets.'*  The  "  beast "  of  the  Eevelation  is  the  world-power 
hostile  to  God.®  The  antichristian  power  is  a  union  of  the 
falsification  of  the  truth  and  divine  worship  with  the  hostile 
world-powder,  the  result  of  which  is  a  pseudo-Messiahship. 
Paul  seems  to  regard  the  Man  of  Sin  as  an  incarnation  of  the 
wicked  antichristian  power,  and  as  an  individual.'^  In  Paul 
he  is  called  the  "  adversary  "  {dvTiKeifievo<;),  who  raises  himself 
against  everything  that  is  called  God  and  divine  worship. 
Self-deification  and  false  worship  are  connected  with  his  denial 
of  God  and  blasphemy.^  He  is  still  hindered  in  his  coming 
forth  by  the  Kare-^wv  (State  and  law).  He  himself  is  called 
the  Lawless  (dvofio<i),  not  because  he  issues  from  the  heathen, 
but  because  he  throws  off  all  bonds  in  false  freedom  and 
caprice.^  The  revelation  of  this  evil  power  standing  in 
connection  with  Satan,  and  also  an  apostasy  of  Christendom 
(dTToaraaia),  are  expected  before  the  end.-^"  But  directly  on 
the  temporary  predominance  of  the  antichristian  powers,  as  to 
which  there  is  agreement  in  the  N.  T.,  will  follow  that  mani- 
festation of  the  glory  and  power  of  Christianity  which  is 
associated  with  Christ's  Second  Advent.^^ 


1  Matt.  vii.  21,   xxiv.  11,  12,  24  ;  Mark  xiii.  6,  22. 

^  1  John  iL  18,  where  Antichrists  are  spoken  of  in  the  plural ;  2  Thess.  ii.  3  fiF. 

ansftos. 

3  2  Thess.  ii.  7.  *  Rev.  xvii.  1,  5,  15  f.,  xix.  2. 

^  Rev.  xvi.  13,  xix.  20,  xx.  10.     Cf.  2  Pet.  ii. 

"  Rev.  xiii.  1  ff.,  xiii.  11  ff.,  xiv.  9,  xv.  2,  xvi.  10,  xvii.  8  fF.,  xix.  19,  xx.  10. 

^  In  John  also  a^-rlxpiffros  occurs  in  the  singular,  1  John  ii.  22,  iv.  3  f.  j  2  John  7. 

«  2  Thess.  ii.  4.  "  Ibid.  ii.  3-7. 

^^  Ibid.  ii.  3.     The  Revelation  speaks  of  a  mark  of  the  beast.  * 

^^  Ibid.  ii.  3  ;  Rev.  xix.  and  xx.  2-7. 


CHRIST'S  SECOND  ADVENT.  389 

Here  a  difference  emerges  between  the  Revelation  and  the 
other  N.  T.  writings.  Whereas  the  latter  join  the  judgment 
and  the  consummation  of  the  world  to  Christ's  Second  Advent, 
the  Eevelation  interposes  another  phase.  It  makes  a  thousand 
years'  reign  of  the  rule  of  Christ  fall  into  this  earthly  world- 
period,  and  before  the  final  decisive  struggle  and  the  victory 
of  Christ.  But  the  meaning  of  the  passage  is  disputed. 
According  to  one  interpretation,  the  martyrs  and  saints  will 
be  previously  raised  to  life  in  a  first  resurrection  with  glorified 
bodies.  According  to  others,  their  resurrection  only  means 
endowment  with  power  in  order  to  their  reigning  with  Christ.^ 
It  is  further  disputed,  whether  according  to  the  Revelation 
Christ  will  be  visible  upon  earth  during  the  Millennium,  or 
will  come  again  at  the  Millennium  only  in  the  sense  of  the 
triumphant  and  glorious  manifestation  of  the  power  of  the 
gospel,  upon  which  depends  the  other  question,  whether  the 
joint-reigning  of  the  saints  with  Christ  will  take  place 
invisibly  and  therefore  spiritually  in  heaven,  the  earth  remain- 
ing the  old  earth,  or  upon  earth.^  After  the  Millennium  the 
Revelation  makes  Satan  to  be  loosed  once  more  for  a  short 
time,  and  Gog  and  Magog  to  march  against  the  holy  city,  in 
which  representation  the  earthly  relations  in  the  Millennium 
are  viewed  as  essentially  the  same  as  the  old  ones.  But  this 
being  so,  it  is  improbable  that  the  author  is  thinking  of  a  visible 
government  of  Christ  with  saints  raised  in  glorified  bodies  on 
the  old  earth.  Neither  Christ's  visible  return,  nor  a  glorifying 
and  transforming  of  the  world,  is  promised  in  the  Apocalypse 
for  the  thousand  years'  kingdom.  The  only  characteristic  of 
Christ's  Second  Advent  mentioned  with  certainty  is  the  joint- 
reigning    of   the   saints    with    Christ   upon  thrones  and   the 

^  In  Eev.  XX.  6  it  is  merely  said  that  they  are  raised  to  inner  life,  not  that 
they  have  already  a  resurrection-body.  If  the  ■zpum  avaaraffi;  signifies  that  a 
second  still  follows  for  them,  by  the  first  resurrection  might  be  understood  their 
rising  again  in  a  spiritual  sense,  as  a  second  coming  of  Elias  is  seen  in  the 
Baptist.  Matt.  xvii.  12  ;  Mark  ix.  11-13.  But  if  they  are  raised  in  body,  this 
may  contain  a  hint  that  the  resurrection  of  the  body  does  not  take  place  at  once 
for  all  humanity,  but  according  to  the  state  of  ripeness. 

^  Bengel  takes  the  first  view.  On  the  other  hand,  v.  Hofmann  and  Florcke 
think  that  during  the  Millennium  a  portion  of  the  earth  (Palestine)  will  be 
glorified,  the  rest  of  the  earth  not,— a  thought  in  agreement  with  the  eminent 
in^jortance  which  they  with  others  think  themselves  obliged  to  assign  to  the 
Jewish  nation  in  relation  to  the  consummation  of  the  world. 


390  ESCIIATOLOGY. 

temporary  binding  of  Satan's  authority,  wliicli  latter  may  just 
as  well  take  place  on  the  outwardly  unchanged  earth  as  the 
time  of  the  unchaining  of  his  power.  Only  after  the  last 
conflict  with  the  antichristian  powers  do  the  final  judgment 
and  the  manifestation  of  Christ  in  glory  follow/  with  the 
account  of  the  new  heaven  and  new  earth,  with  which  cosmical 
changes  the  general  resurrection  is  connected.^ 

Paul  has  not  this  doctrine  of  the  Millennium.  But  he 
seems  to  have  expected  a  flowering-time  of  Christianity  in 
the  earthly  world-period  before  the  end  of  the  world  in  con- 
sequence of  the  Christianizing  of  all  nations  and  also  of  the 
Jews.^ 


II. — Tlie  Ecclesiastical  Doctrine  of  the  History  of  God's 
Kingdom  ^ip  to  Christ's  Second  Advent. 

In  the  ancient  Church  up  to  Constantine,  by  the  Antichrist 
was  understood  chiefly  the  heathen  state,  and  to  some  extent 
unbelieving  Judaism  (which  vied  with  the  former  in  hatred 
to  Christianity) ;  and  the  perfecting  of  God's  kingdom  was 
expected  from  its  overthrow,  whereas  the  perfecting  of  indi- 
viduals was  found  in  their  resurrection.  From  Augustine's 
days  the  Church  usually  saw  the  Civitas  Dei  in  the  world 
realized  as  to  substance  in  the  State,  especially  where  the  State 
was  submissive  to  Church  ordinances.  In  this  way,  down  to 
the  Middle  Ages,  the  basis  was  cut  away  from  a  doctrine  of 
a  future  Antichrist  and  a  future  thousand  years'  reign.  The 
eschatological  hope  grew  cold,  nay,  froze  into  self-contentment 
on  the  part  of  the  Church  in  its  external  splendour,  save  that 
Mohammedanism,  as  long  as  it  was  dangerous,  took  the  place 
of  Antichrist,  but  without  exerting  any  important  influence 
on  the  shape  of  eschatology.  The  Eeformation,  impressed 
by  the  profound  corruption  within  the  Church  itself,  and 
struggling  with  that  corruption,  saw  the  Antichrist  in  its 
centre — the  Eoman  Papacy.  The  ardour  of  eschatological 
expectations  revived  in  part  in  the  1 6th  century,  and  sketched 
for  itself  fantastic  and  revolutionary  pictures  of  the   future 

1  Eev.  XX.  10  ff.  *  Eev.  xx.  11-15,  xxi.  1.     Cf.  2  Pet.  ii      , 

^  Eoni.  xi.  15. 


Christ's  second  advent.  391 

in  the  Anabaptist  commotions,  in  which  carnal  notions  of  a 
Millennium  fermented.  The  Judaistic,  theocratic  confounding 
of  the  civil  and  ecclesiastical  in  Anabaptism  was  rejected  by 
the  Eeformers,  whose  chief  concern  was  about  the  certainty 
of  reconciliation  and  eternal  life,  not  about  the  sensuous  well- 
being  and  satisfaction  of  the  outward  man.  Thus  it  was  not 
a  matter  of  policy  to  separate  from  the  chiliastic  movements 
of  the  16  th  century,  but  an  inner  necessity,  and  the  Conf. 
Aug.  rejects  such  carnal  chiliasm  on  this  ground.^  On  the 
other  hand,  the  Eeformation,  like  ancient  Christendom  in  its 
way,  had  no  consciousness  at  once  of  the  world-historical 
work  in  humanity,  the  State,  and  the  entire  world  of  culture 
imposed  on  the  Protestant  principle,  but  was  conscious  of 
inwardly  sharing  in  the  supreme  good  in  faith  and  the 
certainty  of  justification,  without  seeking,  especially  in  the 
Lutheran  Confession,  a  more  precise,  positively  influential 
relation  to  the  State  which  was  left  free  on  principle.  If  the 
supreme  good  is  already  given,  a  further  advance  of  history 
may  seem  superfluous,  and  so  in  fact  in  the  Evangelical 
Church  the  approaching  end  of  the  world  was  expected.  Not 
that  hope  of  the  consummation  of  God's  kingdom  was  given 
up,  but  that  consummation  was  thought  as  coming  abruptly 
with  Christ's  Second  Coming  apart  from  intervention  of  human 
effort,  a  purely  divine  work  in  a  new  heaven  and  new  earth 
after  the  destruction  of  the  earthly  world.  And  the  moral 
process  was  abridged  for  the  individual  just  as  for  the  Church, 
because  everything  seemed  already  given  with  the  beginning 
— faith — in  such  a  way  that  death  was  regarded  as  leading 
directly  to  inward  consummation.  Justification  was  so  closely 
connected  in  thought  with  blessedness,  that  the  latter  was 
pictured  as  given  of  itself  in  a  new  glorified  world  by  the 
resurrection,  and  therefore  by  a  physical  process,  without 
reservation  of  a  mediating  moral  shaping  of  the  personality. 
The  consequence  of  holding  that,  according  as  one  departs 
from  the  world  believing  or  not  believing,  his  happy  or 
unhappy  fate  is  already  decided,  was  necessarily  an  emptying 
and  therefore  abolition  of  the  intermediate  kingdom,  to  which 
indeed  such  great  abuses  had  attached  themselves.  Essential 
importance  is  scarcely  left  even  to  the  judgment  and  the 
^  Conf.  Aufj.  xvii. 


392  ESCHATOLOGY. 

resurrection  to  blessedness,  if  all  believers  enter  at  once  into 
the  blessed  life,  and  non-believers  into  damnation.  But 
Christ's  Second  Coming  itself,  thought  to  be  near,  was  so 
represented,  that  the  consummation  of  the  world  presupposed 
its  annihilation.  Not  a  renewal  of  the  old,  but  the  creation 
of  a  new  world  was  expected,  e.g.  by  Gerhard  and  Quenstedt, 
which  agrees  with  the  dominance  of  a  spiritualistic  tone,  and 
of  contempt  for  matter  and  nature.  As  there  was  no  thought 
of  a  new  world-historical  mission  of  the  Evangelical  Church, 
so  especially  there  was  no  thought  of  the  conversion  of 
heathens  and  Jews,  despite  the  words  of  Christ  and  His 
apostles.  It  is  sufficient,  the  Dogmatists  thought,  if  merely 
a  sample  is  saved  from  every  nation.  The  Jews  may  be 
judged  because  their  fathers  and  to  some  extent  they  them- 
selves might  have  had  the  gospel,  and  the  heathen  because 
they  might  come  forsooth  to  Christendom  and  there  obtain 
Christianity.  A  different  tone  of  thought  has  prevailed  in 
the  Evangelical  Church  only  since  Spener's  days.  In  his  case. 
Evangelical  faith,  inspired  with  new  life,  advanced  as  in  early 
Christian  days  to  hope ;  and  since  hope  sketches  for  itself  ideals 
of  the  period  of  consummation,  this  hope  kindled  the  mind 
for  the  world-historical  mission  of  the  Church,  and,  as  in  the 
beginning,  the  Christian  spirit  turned  from  eschatology  to  the 
Church's  work  of  love  in  the  earth,  to  Foreign  and  soon  also 
to  Home  Missions.  The  conversion  of  the  heathen  and  of 
Jews  enters  even  in  Spener  into  the  circle  of  Christian  hope 
among  Evangelicals,  and  is  recognized  as  the  preliminary 
condition  of  Christ's  Second  Coming  and  the  consummation. 
Upon  this  naturally  followed  again  an  approximation  to  the 
doctrine  of  the  Millennium  in  the  form  of"  hope  of  better  days." 
Still  delight  in  work  of  this  kind  remained  somewhat  isolated, 
untU  in  the  present  century  Protestantism  began  to  compre- 
hend its  historical  mission  to  its  own  people  abroad  and  at 
home.  For  this  reason,  all  questions  touching  Christ's  Second 
Coming,  especially  its  preliminary  conditions  (the  conversion  of 
Jews  and  heathens,  the  doctrine  of  Antichrist,  the  Millennium), 
have  again  in  recent  days  come  prominently  to  the  front. 
However  different  the  theories  on  many  points  in  this  respect, 
{e.g.  whether  a  visible  rule  of  Christ  upon  earth  with  risen 
saints  before  the  end  of  the  world,  whether  a  Millennium  iii 


CHRIST'S  SECOND  ADVENT.  393 

any  sense,  is  to  be  taught,  whether  it  lies  behind  us,  whether 
the  Antichrist  is  to  be  regarded  as  a  principle  revealing  itself 
in  many  persons  in  the  entire  course  of  history,  or  as  a  person 
in  whom  evil  is  concentrated),  on  this  point  there  is  increasing 
agreement,  that  the  Judgment  is  impossible  before  all  nations 
have  heard  the  gospel  and  had  the  possibility  of  believing  ; 
and  the  tendency  is  more  and  more  to  believe,  that  the  process 
of  consummation  in  the  case  of  individuals  and  of  the  whole 
must  be  conceived  not  as  merely  physical,  accomplished  either 
through  death  or  the  transformation  of  the  world,  or  through 
the  external  power  of  Christ,  but  as  at  the  same  time  running 
its  course  according  to  ethical  laws. 

Observation. — Chiliasm  has  taken  very  different  forms.     Its 
crudest  form  looked  for  a  happy  kingdom  of  sensuous  enjoy- 
ments and  outward  splendour.      In  one  word,  it  is  eudse- 
monistic.     Such   was   the   Chiliasm   of   antiquity   and  the 
Anabaptist  Chiliasm  of  the  age  of  the  Eeformation.     In  it 
the  rule  of  the  saints  over  the  heathen  and  unbelievers  plays 
a  great  part.     The  older  Chiliasm  is  specially  distinguished 
from  the  Anabaptist  by  this  feature,  that  it  passively  awaits 
Christ's  Second  Coming  and  the   descent   of  the  heavenly 
Jerusalem,  at  most  requires  (in  Montanism  by  direction  of 
its  prophets)  a  moral  preparation  for  the  Millennium,  whereas 
the  fanatical  and  revolutionary  Chiliasm  of  the  Anabaptists 
would  accelerate  the  coming  of  the  Millennium  by  its  own 
action,  nay,  finally  introduce  and  establish  it  by  means  of 
force.     In  the  older  Chiliasm,  as  in  the  age  of  the  Eeforma- 
tion, less  stress  falls  on  the  visible  presence  of  Christ's  person 
and  on  the  inner  rule  of  the  Christian  spirit,  than  upon  the 
visible  issuing  forth  of  the  power  and  glory  of  His  kingdom 
as  a  dominion  of  the  saints,  not  merely  their  deliverance  from 
•   hostile  oppression  or  from  evils,  which  the  present  state  of 
nature  brings  with  it.     The  more  abrupt  the  form  in  which 
the  opening  of  the  Chiliastic  world-period  is  conceived,  the 
less  the  interest  in  an  ethical  mediation  of  the  consumma- 
tion.    The  gross,  carnal  style  of  thought  which  was  able,  in 
the  two  chief  forms  just  mentioned,  to  unite  itself  with  the 
circle  of  ideas  in  the  early  Christian  Millennium,  usually  in 
our   days   lets  drop  the  connection  with  Christianity  and 
its  hopes.     All  the  more  common,  on  the  other  hand,  in  our 
days  are  other  Chiliasms  of  a  more  spiritual  tone,  whose 
common  character  is  that  they  despair  of  the  possibility  of 
'  mankind  being  saved  and  the   Church  rescued  from  inner 


194  ESCHATOLOGY. 

and  outer  dissolution  with  the  means  hitherto  at  the  service 
of  Christianity, — Chiliasms  which  look  for  a  new  glorious 
flowering-time  of  the  Church  under  the  government  of 
Christ,  visible  or  invisible,  when  the  means  of  salvation 
lacking  shall  have  been  bestowed  on  it  by  God.  Here 
comes  in  first,  according  to  a  widespread  opinion,  the  con- 
version of  the  Jewish  nation.  Gentile  Christians,  it  is  said, 
have  from  the  first  (through  Paul)  a  spiritualistic  Chris- 
tianity. It  is  necessary  to  assert  the  realism  of  Scripture, 
which  designed  the  people  of  the  0.  T.  to  be  the  centre  of 
the  nations,  to  be  the  ruUng  organizing  power  for  humanity, 
as  to  which  the  predictions  of  the  0.  T.  respecting  the 
Holy  Land,  Jerusalem,  Ezekiel's  temple  and  sacrifice,  are 
not  yet  fulfilled,  and  therefore  must  yet  be  fulfilled.  And 
although  in  modern  days  less  weight  is  placed  on  the  0.  T. 
characteristics,  all  the  more  it  is  frequently  insisted,  that 
the  right  strength  and  the  right  success  will  be  lacking  to 
heathen  missions  until  Israel  is  converted.  But  according 
to  Paul,  conversely,  the  unbelief  of  Israel  as  a  nation  will 
continue  until  the  fulness  of  the  heathen  has  entered,  and 
Israel  can  grasp  with  the  hands,  so  to  speak,  what  the 
Christian  nations  possess  previously.  As  a  second  means  of 
salvation,  a  new  outpouring  of  the  Holy  Spirit  is  expected  in 
different  forms.  The  degree  of  His  outpouring  experienced 
hitherto,  it  is  said,  no  longer  suffices  for  the  needs  of  the 
present,  in  face  of  which  the  gospel  no  longer  proves  or 
can  prove  itself  the  quickening  and  preserving  salt,  with  the 
exception  of  individual  souls  in  which  it  still  shows  its 
energy.  But  the  gospel  is  eternally  young,  and  can  never 
grow  old.  Moreover,  the  sin  of  men,  although  different  in 
degree,  is  the  same  in  essence,  like  the  character  of  the 
human  heart  in  need  of  redemption.  Distrust  of  the  sufficient 
strength  of  the  gospel  for  the  mission  which  the  Church  has 
upon  earth,  must  cripple  hope  and  zeal  in  labour  for  the  king- 
dom of  God,  in  any  case  alienate  from  all  organized  life  of 
Christian  communion,  and  limit  the  activity  of  Christian 
love  to  scattered  individuals.  Finally,  others  find  the  ground 
of  all  the  Church's  evils  conversely  in  the  want,  since  the 
death  of  the  apostles,  in  the  Church  of  an  organizing  divine 
authority  for  all  its  regulations,  especially  for  the  employ- 
ment of  gifts  in  the  right  place,  and  therefore  for  the  distri- 
bution of  offices.  Hence  they  find  the  means  preparatory^  to 
Christ's  Parousia  in  the  restoration  of  the  primitive  Christian 
apostolate.  But  this  is  to  lay  such  a  stress  in  a  Catholicizing 
spirit  on  the  outward  form  and  institutions  of  the  Church  as 
is  out  of  harmony  with  the  material  principle  of  faith,  and 


cuiust's  second  advent.  395 

denies  the  sufficiency  of  Holy  Scripture,  in  which  we  possess 
the  true  continuance  of  the  apostolate. 

A  common  feature  in  all  these  grosser  or  more  refined 
Chiliasms  is  that  they  regard  that  to  which  their  principal 
interest  is  directed  as  not  secured  or  given  in  Christianity 
hitherto,  and  consequently  regard  the  gospel  as  inadequately 
equipped  for  that  which  pertains  to  believers  or  the  Church, 
and  that  upon  earth.     Consequently  in  one  way  or  another 
they  think  too  meanly  of  that  which  is  already  come  and 
given  with  Christ's  hrst  Parousia ;  and  this  is  an  Ebionitic 
or  Judaistic  trait.     The  Gnostic  or  Docetic_  Eschatology  is 
distinguished  from  such  a  view  by  this,  that  in  an  optimistic 
idealizing  spirit  it  prefers  a  conception  of  Christianity  which 
makes  everything  depend  on  the  inwardness  of  faith,  on  the 
presence  in  it  of  eternal  life   (and  therefore   for   faith  the 
kingdom  of  God  is  already  come),  not  on  the  position  that 
the\ingdom  of  God  is  still  coming.     In  this  case  the  power 
of  sin— the  antichristian  element— is  undervalued,  and  this 
mode  of  thought  is  especially  shown  in  the  fact  that  the 
Gnostic  Eschatology  can  find  no  place  in  its  theory  for  the 
passages  of  Holy  Scripture  respecting  antichristian  powers 
This  Docetic  Eschatology,  especially  when  it  is  based  on  the 
ideality  of  faith  as  the  power  which  has  overcome  the  world 
certainly  involves  the  truth,  that  the  earthly  world  and  history 
is  not  merely  a  preparation  or  time  of  probation,  or  has  the 
essence  of  the  supreme  good  only  outside  itself.     This  history 
and  world  of  ours  must  not  be  thought  empty  of  the  divine. 
It  is  not  too  bad  for  eternal  life  to  be  already  implanted  m  it. 
But  the  Docetic  Eschatology  overlooks  the  truth  contained  m 
Christian  hope,  namely,  that   to   the  complete   essence  of 
Christianity  belongs  also  a  manifestation-side,  dominion  over 
the  outward,  not  merely  the  vanquishing  of  everything  hostile, 
but  also  the  positive  triumphant  unfolding  of  its  import,  and 
the  realizing  of  the  harmony  between  spirit  and  nature. 


III. — Dogmatic  Investigation. 

1.  In  respect  of  the  earthly  history  of  Christianity  (even  if 
we  ignore  the  base  secular  doctrine  [Diesseitigskeitslehre]  of 
Materialism)  two  opposite  modes  of  thought  present  them- 
selves. The  one  thinks  the  chief  thing  still  wanting  even 
after  Christ's  manifestation,  salvation  a  matter  only  of  the 
'other  world,  eternal  life  not  a  present  reality.     This  under- 


396  ESCHATOLOGY. 

valuing  of  Christ's  first  manifestation,  of  the  worth  of  the 
atonement  and  the  gift  of  the  Holy  Spirit,  is  a  false  doctrine 
of  the  future  world  (Jenseitiglceitslehre),  or  Ebionitic  Escha- 
tology.  To  it  approximates  the  Eomish  doctrine  in  relation 
to  individuals,  so  far  as  it  does  not  ordinarily  admit  an 
assurance  of  salvation  in  the  temporal  life,  but  desires  with 
purgatory  to  interpose  a  state  of  punishment  even  for  believers 
before  the  consummation.  In  reference  to  the  Church,  Catho- 
licism certainly  commits  the  opposite  fault,^  because  it  ignores 
the  imperfections  still  cleaving  to  the  earthly  Church,  and 
acts  as  if  the  ecclesia  militans  stood  instar  triumphantis, 
which  of  course  is  only  possible  because  it  also  identifies 
the  Church  and  the  kingdom  of  God.^  Conversely,  faith  and 
the  inner  possession  of  eternal  life  in  this  world  may  be 
emphasized  in  a  spiritualistic  tone,  and  with  indifference  to 
the  consummation  of  the  whole  as  if  nothing  further  were 
needed,  because  in  a  spiritual  sense  "  the  resurrection  is  past 
already,^  and  the  realization  of  Christianity  in  the  phenomenal 
world  is  a  matter  of  indifference."  This  is  false  teaching  as 
to  the  present  world  of  a  spiritualistic  kind.  The  Eefor- 
mation,  rejecting  both  opposite  errors,  in  opposition  to  the 
Catholic  doctrine  of  the  future  in  respect  of  the  individual, 
emphasizes  this  world  and  the  worth  of  the  earthly  life,  in 
virtue  of  the  saving  faith  and  the  experience  of  the  power 
of  Christ's  high-priestly  office  attainable  upon  earth,  but  still 
does  this  in  such  a  way  as  to  leave  an  essential  place  to  the 
hope  of  the  consummation  of  the  personality.  On  the  other 
hand,  as  concerns  the  Church  and  the  kingdom  of  God,  it 
does  not  find  their  perfect  form  already  given  in  the  actuality 
of  earth.  Although  it  believes  the  consummating  principle 
is  incorporated  in  Christendom,  believes  in  its  veiled  exist- 
ence already  in  the  present,  it  still  turns  in  this  respect 
chiefly  to  the  future,  and  to  the  hope  of  the  full  unveiling 
of  Christ's  Kingship,  for  the  consummation  of  individuals  and 
the  whole,  at  the  same  time  cherishing  the  consciousness  of 

^  Because  of  the  professedly  perfect  constitution,  the  hierarchy,  in  which  it 
sees  the  virtual  Church  or  its  essence. 

*  With  one-sided  doctrine  as  to  the  future  world  in  respect  of  individuals,  it 
therefore  unites  a  false  doctrine  of  the  present  world  in  respect  of  the  Church.    , 

3  2  Tim.  ii.  18. 


Christ's  second  advent.  397 

the  ethical  labour  to  be  performed  in  behalf  of  the  kingdom 
of  God. 

Hence  the  Evangelical  Eschatology  maintains  the  pure 
Christian  character,  since  it  keeps  the  mean  between  those 
two  extremes,  and  on  the  basis  of  God's  kingdom  having 
come  preserves  the  hope  of  a  full  coming  in  visible  power  in 
behalf  of  individuals  and  the  whole.  Out  of  possession  in 
the  very  midst  of  non-possession,  appropriate  to  faith,  is 
developed  with  eternal  youth  and  freshness  the  Christian 
confidence  that  what  is  still  lacking  will  become  a  blessed 
possession. 

2.  But  how  according  to  Scripture  is  the  framework  of  the 
earthly  history  of  the  Church  and  kingdom  of  God  to  be 
filled  up  ?  In  relation  to  the  dogmatic  doctrine  of  the  future 
phases  of  development,  the  following  points  come  into  notice 
— the  announcement  of  the  apostasy  to  the  antichristian 
side,  the  question  of  the  Millennium,  and  the  relation  of 
Christ's  Second  Advent  to  both.  The  first  question  is :  Can 
the  greater  fierceness  of  the  conflicts,  nay,  an  apostasy  before 
the  end,  be  reconciled  with  the  position  that  Christianity  will 
penetrate  and  influence  the  world  both  intensively  and 
extensively  with  growing  permanence  and  comprehensiveness  ? 
Of  course  the  former  does  not  follow  from  sin  taken  alone. 
Sin  is  not  a  power,  the  chief  strength  of  which  must  neces- 
sarily reveal  itself  only  at  last,  and  which  could  not  be 
already  broken  in  principle  by  Christianity  through  faith. 
The  opposite  is  proved  by  believers,  whose  sin  was  originally 
the  same  as  that  of  all  others.  If,  then,  Christianity  has 
already  in  its  beginnings  shown  the  strength  to  accomplish  the 
liardest  task — the  vanquishing  of  sin  in  principle,  one  might 
think  that  the  rest  may  and  must  be  accomplished  all  the 
more  easily.  But  since  the  process  of  Christian  grace  is  and 
remains  ethical  in  character,  i.e.  since  it  is  conditioned  by 
human  freedom,  it  follows  directly  from  the  growing  influence 
of  Christianity  in  the  world,  that  those  who  nevertheless 
persevere  in  resistance  will  be  impelled  and  hardened  by  the 
stronger  revelation  of  Christ  to  more  and  more  malignant, 
especially  to  more  spiritual  forms  of  wickedness,  in  order  to 
hold  their  ground  against  it.  In  this  way,  then,  tlie  apostasy, 
supported  by  lying  and  the  semblance  of  spiritual  being,  is 


398  ESCHATOLOGY. 

the  more  seductive  and  contagious,  and  thereto  even  outward 
apostasy  in  further  extension  may  attach  itself  in  further 
development  and  revelation  of  the  inner  state.  But  the 
transition  to  this  is  formed  by  the  inner  apostasy  through 
falsification  of  Christianity,  which  when  it  assumes  a  spiritual 
garb  is  capable  of  the  greatest  diffusion.  Other  religions  of 
a  higher  class  look  for  extension  by  simple  growth,  and  at 
least  uniform  victory  in  the  main.  Christianity  shows  such 
confidence  in  its  truth  and  victorious  strength,  that  it  predicts 
a  great  apostasy  in  relation  to  the  very  time  when  its 
influence  on  humanity  has  become  greatest,  while  conscious 
also  of  being  a  match  for  the  apostasy.  Certain  of  its 
indestructibleness,  from  the  first  it  reckoned  on  this  fact. 
Momentary  overthrow  it  will  convert  into  the  foil  of  its  all 
the  more  glorious  triumph.  When  the  antichristian  powers 
of  hell,  with  their  veiled  or  open  hate  to  Christianity,  have 
encroached  deeply  on  the  history  of  the  Church  and  sup- 
pressed the  action  of  its  pure  principle,  it  will  display  its 
divine  victorious  strength  as  it  never  did  before.  But  in  this 
case  it  can  only  be  pronounced  fitting,  that  after  the  apostasy 
that  counterpart  also  appear  powerfully  on  earth  in  the 
drama  of  history,  of  which  Paul  and  the  Apocalypse  speak,  so 
that  the  heavenly  consummation  begins  its  prelude  on  earth. 
Not  that  a  new  world-order  must  begin  as  concerns  sin  and 
death  and  offspring.  But  a  flowering-time  of  the  Church  is 
perhaps  then  to  be  expected,  especially  through  the  Chris- 
tianizing of  all  nations,^  because  then  humanity  has  again 
become  a  unity,  acknowledging  one  Shepherd,  because  then 
all  charisms  bestowed  on  every  nation  by  nature  must  tend 
to  the  advantage  of  the  whole  Church,  finally  because  even 
the  love  of  old  Christendom  will  be  invigorated  by  the  first 
love  of  the  newly  converted  nations.  This  Scriptural  doctrine, 
held  fast  by  the  Christian  hope  of  all  ages,  commends  itself 
also  dogmatically  on  the  ground  that  by  the  two — the  aggra- 
vated conflict  and  the  flowering-time  following  thereupon — 
the  process  is  visibly  marked  out  in  accordance  with  the  laws 
of  freedom.  But  with  the  Chiliasm  of  Judaism  or  of  the 
Anabaptists  of  the  Eeformation-age,  their  carnal  tendency  and 
passionate,  impatient  eagerness  for  visible  presentation,  as  welj 

1  Matt.  xxiv.  14,  34  fif.  ;  Rom.  xi.  15,  25  ff. 


Christ's  second  advent.  399 

as  with  the  doubt  of  the  sufficiency  for  our  actual  salvation 
of  the  gifts  brought  by  Christ's  first  Parousia,  the  Church 
has  nothing  to  do.  Nor  is  Christ's  Second  Advent  forestalled 
by  this  preliminary  flowering-time.^ 

3.  Only  Christ's  visible  Second  Advent  will  be  the  signal 
for  the  consummation.  To  it  belongs  without  doubt  a 
dogmatic  significance,  although  nothing  more  precise  can  be 
settled  respecting  its  time  and  form. 

Its  significance  for  individuals  results  from  the  following 
consideration.  We  have  seen  already  in  several  dogmatic 
places  how  essential  to  Christian  piety  is  personal  living 
communion  with  Christ.  This  is  of  decisive  importance  for 
justification  on  the  basis  of  Christ's  intercession  and  substi- 
tution, for  Holy  Baptism  and  the  Holy  Supper.  We  need  the 
Head,  and  communion  with  Him,  in  order  to  growth  and 
consummation.  Christ  must  stand  already  invisibly  before 
the  eye  of  faith  as  the  living  Lord  and  Saviour,  if  faith  is  to 
be  living.  And  in  reference  to  our  future  blessedness,  we 
cannot  dispense  with  seeing  as  He  is  Him  whom  we  see 
not  and  yet  love.^  Just  so,  for  the  sake  of  His  person  itself 
it  is  necessary  that  the  time  of  His  public  appearing  in  glory 
follow  upon  the  time  of  His  divine-human  working,  which 
continues  indeed,  but  is  concealed  because  carried  on  through 
the  organ  of  the  Church,  as  seeing  Him  as  He  is  follows 
upon  the  faith  of  His  people ;  for  it  is  also  His  loving  desire 
to  be  thus  seen,  and  by  this  means  share  His  glory  with 
them.^  We  cannot  call  it  pure  or  spiritual  Christianity  where 
men  wish  to  adhere  merely  to  the  Holy  Spirit  or  the  divine 
nature  of  Christ,  whereas  the  Holy  Spirit,  as  we  saw,  leads 
to  Christ.  It  is  an  essential  trait  of  Christian  piety  not  to 
imagine  blessedness  by  itself  outside  communion  with  Christ. 
And  if  Christ  is  not  merely  a  portion  of  the  supreme  good 
but  its  centre,  while  that  good  must  be  manifested  in  order 
to  the  consummation  of  the  world.  He  can  on  no  account 
remain  invisible,  but  through  Him  and  His  revelation  in 
glory  must  the  kingdom  of  God,  which  is  also  His  king- 
dom, be  manifested.  The  happy  reunion  with  friends  and 
kindred  in  the  body  is  an  object  of  wish  and  hope  to  every 

J  >  John  X.  16.  M  Pet,  i.  8  ;  1  Pet.  iii.  2. 

'  1  John  iii.  2 ,  John  xvii.  24. 


400  ESCHATOLOGY. 

one,  and  yet  this  is  but  a  secondary  matter  for  the  blessed- 
ness of  believers,  compared  with  the  necessity  of  the  beholding 
of  Christ.  Nay,  the  full  communion  with  the  Head  must 
contain  the  security,  as  also  the  rule  and  order,  for  all  other 
beholding  and  reunion  ;  for  our  mutual  relations  in  the  future 
world  will  be  settled  not  by  the  laws  and  ordinances  of 
nature,  but  by  those  of  the  kingdom  of  grace  and  its  majestic 
Head. 

But  the  New  Testament  doctrine  of  Christ's  Second  Advent 
has  significance  also  for  the  Church  and  the  Kingdom  of  God, 
inasmuch  as  through  it  their  earthly  history  receives  a  con- 
clusion. True,  it  may  then  be  asked :  Why  is  the  fer- 
menting of  humanity  through  the  Holy  Spirit  in  growing 
measure  not  enough,  although  according  to  what  has  been 
advanced  with  severe  conflicts,  nay,  catastrophes  ?  Why  is 
a  new  creative  act  necessary,  instead  of  a  gradual  inter- 
penetration  and  illumination,  the  result  of  which  would  be 
the  visibility  of  the  kingdom  of  God  and  Christ  in  course  of 
nature,  as  it  were  ?  The  answer  may  perhaps  lie  in  a  twofold 
reason.  An  altogether  new  attitude  of  matter  and  nature  to 
spirit  is  the  condition  of  consummation,  an  attitude  which  the 
spirit  cannot  produce  out  of  itself,  which  can  only  be  given  to 
it,  and  through  which  alone  the  advancement  of  the  spirit  to 
the  ruling  central  position  becomes  possible.^  Even  as  the 
Church,  humanity  does  not  gradually  govern  nature.  But 
while  spirit  and  nature  are  external  to  each  other,  spirit  has 
not  yet  its  perfect  energy  and  efficiency.  Conversely,  nature 
also  needs  to  be  liberated  from  all  chaotic  and  perishable 
being,^  in  order  that  it  may  find  its  goal,  even  as  spirit  only 
has  the  means  of  revealing  and  realizing  itself  in  the  glorify- 
ing of  nature.  Therefore  must  the  mutually  external  existence 
of  spirit  and  nature  give  way  to  a  perfect  mutual  internal 
existence.  The  former  is  the  reason  of  the  mortality  of  the 
natural  side,  and  of  its  being  a  means  of  temptation  to  the 
spiritual  side.  For  in  the  mutual  external  existence  the 
natural  side  has  still  too  great  independence,  and  exerts  a 
determining  power  on  the  personality.  Christ  now  so 
enhances  the  energy  of  the  spirit,  that  nothing  foreign  can 
longer  rule  it.  He  also  unites  glorified  nature  with  the  spirit, 
1  Cf.  also  Schleiermacher,  ii.  486.  *  Kom.  viii.  21  ff. 


INTERMEDIATE  STATE.  401 

without  identifying  them,  by  the  resurrection  in  connection 
with  a  cosmical  process  of  world-transformation,  for  wliich 
His  Second  Advent  is  the  signal.  But  as  in  this  way  the 
false  mutual  externality  of  nature  and  spirit  is  set  aside  by 
Christ's  Second  Advent,  so  also  througli  it  the  false  mutual 
internality  of  good  and  evil  in  the  earthly  world-period  is 
separated.  His  Second  Advent  is  a  sign  of  the  ripeness  of 
the  world  for  judgment.  The  obverse  of  the  separation  of  the 
heterogeneous  is  the  consummation  of  the  communion  of 
everything  homogeneous.  On  all  these  grounds,  Christ's 
Second  Advent  is  grounded  in  the  necessity  of  the  perfect 
revelation  of  His  Love,  and  Power,  and  Justice. 


SECOND  POINT  :    INTERMEDIATE  STATE  AND  RESURRECTION. 

§  153. 

There  is  a  liesurrection  of  the  dead,  which  is  not  superseded 
by  the  Intermediate  State,  but  is  realized  through  the 
Lord's  Second  Advent  in  order  to  the  consummation  of 
the  personality. 

Literature  on  the  Intermediate  State  and  the  Eesurrection. 
— Meissner,  Vom  Zustand  der  ah/eschiedenen  Seclcn  (ed.  E.  B. 
Loscher),  1735.  Th.  Burnet,  De  Statu  Mortiwrum  ct  Bcsurrcc- 
tione,  London,  1726.  Simonetti,  Uebcr  die  Lehre  von  der 
UnsterhlichJceit  und  dem  Schlaf  der  Seelen,  1758.  A  sleep  of  the 
soul  is  also  accepted  by  Smalcius,  Befutatio  thesium  Franzii, 
liacov.  1614,  and  Anonymi  Seria  Disquisitio  de  Statu,  Loco,  et 
Vita  Animarurti,  1725,  and  others.  (Cf  S.  J.  Baumgarten, 
Thcol.  BedenJcen  Samml.  6.  Halle,  1748,  p.  227  ff.)  Fries  also, 
Jahrh.f.  d.  Tlieol.  1856,  p.  301,  assumes  a  vanishing  of  personal 
consciousness  with  death.  Flligge,  see  above,  §  151.  Edm. 
Spiess,  Entwiclcelunys-gesch.  d.  Vorstellungen  vom  Zustand  nach 
dem  Tode.  Val.  Weigel,  Fostille,  ii.  95,  Poiret,  and  others, 
contended  against  the  earthly  terminus  gratia;,.  The  majority 
held  it,  in  part  with  a  continuous  purifying  of  believers  until 
the  judgment,  for  the  most  part  without  this,  at  most  with 
growth  from  one  glory  to  another  (so  Bengel,  Oetinger,  Lange, 
Delitzsch,  ^iW.  Fsgchologie,  p.  359  [Eng.  Tr.,  Clark,  p.  488], 
OeVtel,   Karsten,  Pdnck).      But  others  suppose   a   process  of 

DOUNKR.— Clir.lST.  DOCT.  IV.  2  C 


402  ESCHATOLOGY. 

redemption  even  beyond  the  grave,  on  condition  of  repentance 
and  faith  before  the  Judgment  of  the  world.  So  Eieger,  Jung- 
Stilling,  J.  Fr.  V.  Meyer,  v.  Gerlach,  Steudel,  Kliefoth,  Liturg. 
Ahh.  i.  195  (in  the  case  of  children  dying  unbaptized  and 
heathen,  the  decision,  it  is  held,  can  only  occur  in  the  other 
world).  Lessing,  Erzichung  des  MenschengesclilecJits,  supposes  a 
transmigration  of  souls  in  order  to  their  purifying  ;  Strobel 
adopts  it,  in  order  that  by  newly  appearing  on  the  earth  oppor- 
tunity may  be  given  to  all  to  hear  the  gospel,  so  that  the  earthly 
life  is  decisive  for  all.  Krabbe,  Die  Lehre  von  der  Siinde  und 
dem  Tode  in  Hirer  Beziehung  zu  einander  und  zur  Av.ferstehung 
Christi,  exegctisch-dogmatisch  enhciclcelt,  1836.  Maywahlen,  Der 
Tod,  das  Todtenreich  und  der  Zustand  der  ahgcschiedenen  Seelen, 
dargestellt  a.  d.  Wort  Gotten,  1854  Boettcher,  J.  F.,  De  Inferis 
Behcsqiie  post  Mortem  Futuris  ■  ex  Hebrworuvi  et  Grcecorum 
opinionihus,  1846.  Liitkemiiller,  Unser  Zustand  von  dem  Tode 
his  zur  Aufersteliung,  1852  (a  separated  Lutheran,  then  a 
Catholic ;  he  makes  a  purgatory  necessary).  Schultz  Herm., 
Veteris  Test,  de  hominis  Immortalitate  Sententia  illustrata,  1861 ; 
ibid.,  Voraussetzungen  der  christi.  Lehre  von  der  Unsterhlichkeit, 
1861.  Oehler,  G.  F.,  Veteris  Test.  Sententia  de  Rebus  'post 
Ttiortem  Futuris  illustrata,  1846.  Hahn,  L.,  De  Spe  Immortali- 
tatis  in  V.  T.  gradatim  exculta,  1855.  Miiller,  Jul.,  Unster- 
hlichkeitsglauhe  und  Ariferstehungshoffnung,  1855.  Lehre  von 
der  SiXiide,  ed.  2,  i.  469  [Eng.  Tr.,  Clark,  ii.  74].  v.  Meyer,  Fr., 
Blatter  fur  hohere  Wahrheit,  y\.  233  (a  justification  of  the  idea 
of  purgatory).  Glider,  Die  Lehre  von  der  Erseheinung  Jesu 
Christi  unter  den  Todten  in  ihrem  Zusarnraenhange  mit  der 
Lehre  von  den  letzten  Dingen,  1853 ;  and  Althaus  (see  above, 
p.  373),  desire  to  fill  up  the  intermediate  state  with  a  process 
of  cleansing  from  sin.  Franz,  Das  Gebet  fur  die  Todten,  Nordh. 
1857.  Leibbrand,  Gebet  fur  die  Todten,  1864;  also  Hahn,  Gen, 
Sup.,  in  an  official  letter,  1850 ;  and  Stirm,  Jahrb.  f.  d.  Theol. 
1861,  ii.  Oertel,  Hades,  exegetisch-dogrnatische  Abhandlung 
iiber  den  ZustaTid  der  abgeschiedenen  Seelen,  1863  (according  to 
him,  there  is  still  progress  in  the  other  world,  but  also  a 
terminus  peremtorius  gratice,  not  merely  through  subjective 
incorrigibleness,  but  also  through  neglecting  the  end  fixed  by 
God  as  a  terminus,  at  which  His  kingdom  will  be  completed). 
Schmidt  Wold.,  De  Static  Animarum  medio  inter  mortem  et 
resurrectionem,  1861.  Einck,  Vom  Zustand  nach  dem  Tode, 
1861.  Splittgerber,  Schlaf  und  Tod  nebst  dem  damit  zusam- 
wcnhdngenden  Erscheinungen  des  Seelenlebens,  1865,  ed.  2,  1879  ; 
ibid..  Tod,  Fortleben  und  Aiferstehung  oder  die  letzten  Dinge  des 
Menschen,  ed.  3,  1879.  Naville,  Ernest,  La  vie  eternelle,  1861. 
Philippi,  vi.  pp.  1-148,  1879.     Kahnis,  Luth.  Dogmatik,  1868, 


INTERMEDIATE  STATE.  403 

vol.  3.  Eothe,  Theol.  Etliik,  ed.  1,  vol.  3,  p.  151  ff.  §  801  ff. 
Martensen,  Dogmatics.  Lange,  Positive  Dogmatik,  p.  1250 ; 
ibid.,  Die  Bcise  in  das  Zand  dcr  Wahl  {Todtenreich),  Verm. 
Schriften,  1841,  vol.  2.  Hamberger,  Physica  Sacra  and  Jahrh. 
filr  d.  Theol.  1858,  vol.  3.  Schoberlein,  Geheimnisse  des 
Glauhens,  and  Princip.  und  System  der  Dogmatik,  1881.  The 
doctrine  of  immortality  is  treated  under  a  philosophical  aspect 
(partly  on  occasion  of  the  work  of  Eichter,  see  above,  p.  373), 
by  Kosenkranz,  Goschel :  Zur  Lelire  von  den  letzten  Dinge,  1850  ; 
Die  siehenfdltige  Ostcrfrage,  1835 ;  Von  den  Beweiscn  fur  die 
TJnster'hliclikeit  der  menschlichen  Seele  im  LicMe  der  specul. 
Philosophic,  1835.  Hubert  Beckers,  Uchcr  Goschel' s  Versuch 
eines  Erweises  der  personlichen  Unsterhlichkeit  vom  Standpunkt 
der  Hegelschen  Lehre  aus,  1836 ;  ibid.,  Uchcr  den  Znstand  der 
Seelen  nach  don  Tod,  in  Fichte's  Zcitschrift,  1835.  2.  Fichte, 
Im.,  Die  Idee  der  Personlichkeit  und  der  individuellcn  Fortdancr, 
ed.  2,  1855,  and  Zur  Seclenfrage,  eine  philosophisehe  Confession, 
1859 ;  cf.  also  his  Anthropologic  und  Psychologic.  Fischer,  K. 
Ph.,  and  Weisse,  Die  Idee  dcr  Personlichkeit.  Schelling,  Clara 
(he  supposes  an  essentializing  of  man  in  death) ;  v.  Eudloff,  C. 
H.,  Die  Lchre  vom  Mcnsclicn  nach  Gcist,  Secle  und  Lcih,  wdhrcnd 
des  Erdenlebens  und  nach  scinen  Abschciden,  1858,  ed.  2,  1863, 
Pt.  1. 

I. — Biblical  Doctrine. 

1.  A  series  of  passages  of  the  New  Testament  can  be  quoted 
to  show  that  believers  pass  by  death  at  once  into  a  blessed 
state,  and  into  closer  communion  with  the  Lord.  To  the 
robber  on  the  cross  Christ  says :  To-day  shalt  thou  be  with 
me  in  Paradise.^  Lazarus  is  carried  straight  after  death  into 
Abraham's  bosom.^  I  will  come  again,  says  Christ  in  His 
farewell  discourses,  and  receive  you  to  myself,  that  where  I 
am  there  ye  may  be  also.^  Paul  knows  that  a  crown  of 
righteousness  is  laid  up  for  him,  and  that  he  will  be  saved 
into  His  heavenly  kingdom ;  he  longs  to  be  at  home  with  the 
Lord.*  The  Eevelation  pronounces  the  dead  blessed,  who  die 
in  the  Lord.'''  Passages  like  these  preclude  the  notion  of  a 
sleep  of  the  soul,  and  assert  that  believers  pass  by  death  into 
a  better  than  the  earthly  state.^  Nevertheless  it  would  be  a 
mistake    to    infer    from    the    passages    quoted,   that    perfect, 

1  Luke  xxiii.  43.  ^  Luke  xvi.  22.  3  JqJ^^  xiv.  3. 

,  *  Phil.  i.  23  ;  2  Tim.  iv.  8,  18.  "        =  Rev.  xiv.  13. 

-roXXu  yccf  ftZXXev  Kfuaaoy  (a'wy  Xpi^ru  ilvxi),  ccroSaviTv  uoi  xipSi;,  Phil,  i.  21,  23. 


404  ESCHATOLOGY. 

completed  blessedness  and  spiritual  consummation  begin  for 
believers  immediately  after  death.  Paradise  indeed  is  certainly 
not  Hades,  but  a  iiovrj  for  the  blessed/  and  for  this  reason  not 
the  heaven  which  denotes  the  place  or  state  of  the  perfected 
blessed.  The  good  work  begun  is  not  completed  on  the  day 
of  death,  but  on  the  day  of  Jesus  Christ.^  On  the  contrary, 
a  series  of  passages  imply  that  the  chief  comfort  and  dearest 
hope  of  Christians  refer  not  to  what  they  attain  directly  after 
death,  but  to  what  only  becomes  theirs  at  Christ's  Second 
Advent  and  Eesurrection,  to  the  deposit  laid  up  and  secure 
for  that  day.^  Such  great  stress  is  laid  on  the  hope  of  the 
resurrection,  that,  in  comparison  with  it,  the  advance  to  pre- 
liminary higher  stages  of  life  vanishes  from  sight.*  An 
anxious  longing  for  Christ's  revelation  in  glory  is  ascribed  to 
the  departed  souls  of  the  martyrs  under  the  altar.^  An 
instantaneous  vision  of  God  is  not  promised.^  A  spiritual 
consummation  in  relation  to  volition,  feeling,  knowledge,  leav- 
ing nothing  to  be  added  but  the  physical  consummation, 
immediately  after  death,  cannot  therefore  be  found  in 
Scripture.^  For  this  reason  the  advance,  which  death  no 
doubt  brings  with  it  for  believers,  by  no  means  excludes  a 
middle  or  intermediate  state.  This  state  could  only  be  denied 
if  no  reunion  with  the  body  and  judgment  were  to  be 
expected  after  the  separation  of  the  soul  from  the  body,  but 
if,  according  to  Scripture,  a  state,  admitting  of  no  change  for 
ever,  began  contemporaneously  with  death.  But  that  there  is 
room  for  changes  even  in  the  next  world,  follows  in  reference 
to  those  who  die  in  faith,  from  the  doctrine  of  their  resurrec- 
tion. Still  more  important  must  be  the  changes  possible  in  a 
middle  state  in  the  next  world  in  relation  to  those  who  in 
this  life  have  not  become  ripe  for  judgment.     Holy  Scripture 

1  Cf.  John  xiv.  2  ff .  ;  2  Cor.  xii.  4.  ^  Phil.  i.  6. 

3  1  Pet.  V.  4  ;  2  Tim.  i.  12,  iv.  8 ;  1  John  iii.  2  ;  Rom.  viii.  19,  23  ;  1  Thess. 
It.  13,  14  ;  Col.  iii.  4. 

*  1  Cor.  XV.  29  ff.  '  Eev,  vi.  9-11. 

^  Neither  in  Matt.  v.  8  nor  in  1  Cor.  xiii.  12. 

^  When  it  is  said,  the  moral  imperfection,  which  certainly  still  clings  to 
believers  on  their  departure,  will  be  obliterated  in  a  moment  by  death,  which 
brings  them  the  vision  of  God  (Philippi,  vi.  6-8),  in  opposition  to  this  is  the 
fact  that  only  they  who  are  pure  in  heart,  or  holy,  shall  see  God  (Matt.  v.  \; 
Heb.  xii.  14). 


INTERMEDIATE  STATE.  405 

snys  nothing  expressly  about  them,  with  the  exception  of  the 
passages  in  the  First  Epistle  of  Peter  considered  before,  and 
indeed  of  all  those  passages,  according  to  which  the  gospel 
must  be  preached  to  all,  and  God's  purpose  of  grace  applies 
to  all. 

2.  The  New  Testament  teaches  not  merely  a  spiritual  resur- 
rection, which  takes  place  at  the  new  birth,^  but  also  a  bodily 
one,  in  opposition  to  Sadducfeism  and  an  idealistic  philosophy.^ 
Certainly  in  by  far  the  most  numerous  passages  merely  a 
resurrection  of  the  righteous  is  spoken  of,  but  in  some  a 
general  resurrection,  without  the  bodily  constitution  of  the 
ungodly  being  indicated.^  On  the  other  hand,  in  the  case 
of  the  pious  the  resurrection  is  thought  as  a  union  of  the 
spirit  with  a  glorified  corporeity,  an  assimilation  of  believers 
with  the  glorified  body  of  Christ,*  the  resurrection  of  which  is 
treated  as  a  pattern  and  pledge  of  our  resurrection.®  The 
latter  will  take  place  in  close  association  with  cosmical 
processes.®  The  spirit  which  survives  death  and  corruption, 
and  is  in  unity  with  God's  Spirit,  is  conceived  as  co-operative 
therein,  putting  on  the  mortal,  in  order  to  transform  it  into 
an  immortal  mode  of  being,  the  dead  body  being  also 
compared  to  a  seed-corn.^ 


IT, — Ecclesiastical  Doctrine. 

Symh.  Apost.,  Conf.  Aug.  xvii. ;  Cat.  Maj.  471.  501. 

1.  It  has  been  shown  previously  (p.  131)  that  many  of 
the  earliest  Church  teachers  taught  a  preaching  of  the  gospel, 
as  well  as  the  possibility  of  conversion,  in  Hades.  But  the 
Catholic  Church,  especially  after  the  days  of  Augustine  and 

^  Hymenseus  and  Philetus,  2  Tim.  ii.  18,  perhaps  also  the  deniers  of  the 
resurrection,  1  Cor.  xv.  12. 

^  Matt.  xxii.  29-32 ;  1  Cor.  xv.  ;  Luke  xiv.  14,  xx.  36  ;  Acts  xxiii.  6,  xxiv. 
15,  21  ;  Heb.  vi.  2  ;  John  v.  29,  xi.  24,  25,  vi.  44,  54. 

3  John  V.  28  f.  ;  Rev.  xx.  12-15  ;  Acts  xxiv.  15  ;  2  Cor.  v.  10 ;  Dan.  xii.  2. 

*  Rom.  vi.  5  ;  Phil.  iii.  20,  21 ;  1  Cor.  xv.  43,  49,  53 ;  2  Cor.  v.  3-10  ;  John 
vi.  39  ;  1  John  iii.  2. 

s  Rom.  vi.  4,  viii.  10,  11  ;  Col.  iii.  4. 

«  Rom.  viii.  21  ;  1  Thess.  iv.  14-17  ;  1  Cor.  xv.  51  ff.  ;  2-Pet.  iii.  3,  10,  13  ; 
Rjv.  xxi.  1. 

7  1  Cor.  XV.  53,  36-38  ;  Rom.  viii.  10,  11. 


406  ESCHATOLOGY, 

Gregory  the  Great,  not  merely  assumed  iu  general  a  middle 
period  and  middle  state  between  death  and  the  resurrection 
at  Christ's  Second  Advent,  but  more  and  more  placed  all 
stress  on  this  life  to  such  a  degree,  that  the  definitive  fate  of 
every  one  was  supposed  to  be  decided  with  death,  and  those 
dying  without  faith  in  Christ  to  be  lost,  although  transferred 
to  different  places  of  punishment.  While  all  who  die  in 
faith  were  supposed  to  be  saved,  only  those  already  holy  enter 
at  once  into  blessedness.  On  the  otlier  hand.  Christians  in 
general  must  suffer  in  purgatory  the  temporal  penalties  for 
their  sins,  and  sin  must  be  obliterated  in  them  by  the  pain  of 
the  ignis  purgatorius,  that  they  may  be  able  to  enter  upon 
blessedness.  The  Reformation  utterly  rejected  the  entire 
doctrine  of  purgatory,  discovering  therein  a  perversion  of  the 
gospel,  nay,  the  seat  of  a  crowd  of  the  worst  corruptions  of  the 
Church.  It  expected  the  approaching  end  of  the  world,  and 
was  therefore  all  the  less  inclined  to  occupy  itself  much  with 
the  state  of  the  soul  between  death  and  the  resurrection.  Its 
general  doctrme  at  first  was  as  follows :  "  The  end  of  life 
brings  a  decision  for  all  men,  without  a  middle  state.  In  the 
next  world  there  is  only  the  antithesis  of  heaven  and  hell. 
Hades  is  identical  with  Gehenna."  But  degrees  of  happiness 
and  misery  were  supposed  among  the  saved  and  lost,  nay,  an 
enhancement  of  the  state  on  both  sides  by  the  resurrection 
and  judgment.  According  to  some  passages  in  Luther,^  sin 
will  only  be  utterly  obliterated  in  us  by  the  resurrection, 
whereas  others,  like  Gerhard,^  think  that  original  sin  is 
annihilated  in  the  moment  of  death. 

2,  Many  teachers  of  the  ancient  Church,  like  Justin 
Martyr,  Tertullian,  Jerome,  suppose  a  complete  identity  of  the 
resurrection-body  with  the  earthly  one,  inclusive  of  all  the 
faults  of  the  latter,  which  Christ  will  remedy  at  His  Second 
Advent.  A  more  spiritual  theory  is  maintained,  especially  by 
Origen  with  his  school,  who  even  regards  the  present  body  as 
an  evil,  and  a  hindrance  to  perfection.     But  since  Augustine's 

1  Cat.  Maj.  500,  61  :  Spiritus  S.  citra  intermissionem  nobis  sanctificandis 
opus  suum  perficit  usque  in  extremum  diem  ;  cf.  500,  59. 

-  This  is  also  held  by  moderns  like  Einck,  Splittgerber,  Philippi,  vi.  8.  The 
looking  upon  God  is  said  to  purify  the  soul  at  once.  Philippi  supposes  in 
addition  a  creative,  miraculous  act  of  God,  always  coinciding  with  the  deatb  of 
believers. 


INTERMEDIATE  STATE.  407 

days,  an  intermediate  view  between  the  materialistic  and 
spiritualistic  has  prevailed,  and  was  taken  over  into  the 
Evangelical  Church.  According  to  it,  the  resurrection-body 
has  indeed  an  identity  of  substance  with  the  earthly  body,  but 
not  with  the  form.     The  latter  will  rather  be  a  glorified  one. 


III. — Dogmatic  Investigation. 

1.  Death  and  Eesuerection  in  general. — Death,  as  the 
separation  of  the  soul  from  the  body,  which  falls  a  prey  to 
corruption,  is  represented  in  the  whole  of  Scripture  as  some- 
thing forming  no  part  of  the  idea  of  man,  but  something  that 
has  intervened,  a  disturbance  of  the  godlike  personality 
through  sin,  and  in  so  far  contrary  to  nature.^  Hence  redemp- 
tion, as  certainly  as  it  is  a  restoration,  nay,  completion  of 
all  good,  restores,  nay,  renders  more  intimate,  the  original 
bond  of  unity  between  body  and  soul,  and  cannot  be  indif- 
ferent to  the  fact  that  the  bond  is  broken.  To  Christians, 
indeed,  death  is  no  longer  death  in  the  usual  sense,  no  longer 
a  punitive  evil.  The  Christian  is  without  the  sting — the  fear 
of  death  and  Hades.  Nay,  to  Christians  death  is  no  longer 
mere  passivity,  but  an  entering  into  the  divine  will,  and 
therefore  an  act,  only  the  "  form  of  death  "  remaining.  But 
still  even  to  Christians  it  is  no  good  in  itself,^  The  fear  of  it 
only  vanishes  to  Christians  through  the  certainty  that  it  is  a 
transition,  although  painful  and  violent,  to  a  metamorphosis, 
to  a  better  life  no  longer  capable  of  death.^  This  existence  is 
therefore  higher  than  that  of  man  before  the  Eall.  The  !N".  T. 
has  no  fondness  for  a  bodiless  immortality.  It  is  opposed  to 
a  naked  Spiritualism,  agreeing  thoroughly  with  a  profounder 
philosophy,  which  discerns  in  the  body  not  merely  the  sheath 
or  garment  of  the  soul,  but  an  aspect  of  the  personality 
belonging  to  its  complete  idea,  its  mirror  and  organ,  of  the 
greatest  importance  for  its  activity  and  history.  Even  the 
human  body  has  its  peculiar  dignity.  In  the  earthly  life  it  is 
already  raised  through  the  Holy  Spirit  to  a  higher  stage,  into 

1  Cf.  above,  §§  87.  88. 

-  2  Cor.  V.  4  :  "I  desire  to  be  clothed  upon  rather  than  unclothed." 
•  »  John  xi.  25,  26. 


408  ESCHATOLOGY, 

a  temple  of  God.^  But  something  still  higher  can  be  made 
of  matter  than  is  made  of  it  in  the  earthly  body.^  For  even 
the  body  is  to  be  renewed  after  the  image  of  God,  which  is 
implied  in  the  statement  that  it  is  to  be  made  like  Christ's 
glorified  body.  Therefore  not  merely  will  death  inflict  no 
permanent  loss,  the  So^a  of  the  divine  life  is  to  shine  forth 
from  it.  Here  also  the  N.  T.  favours  Eealism,  in  such  a  form 
indeed  that  stress  is  not  laid  on  gross  matter,  but  on  the  ele- 
ment of  substantial  reality,  which  will  be  in  harmony  with 
the  spirit  in  its  consummation.  For  this  reason  it  speaks  of 
a  new  world,  a  new  heaven  and  new  earth,  and  only  finds  the 
crowning  of  restorative  redemption  in  the  pneumatic  body  of 
the  resurrection,  which  not  merely  vanquishes  everything 
deadly,  but  also  glorifies  earthly  matter.  But  in  the  N.  T. 
the  resurrection  is  only  placed  along  with  Christ's  Second 
Advent.  And  thus,  before  we  enter  more  closely  into  the 
dogmatic  doctrine  of  the  resurrection,  the  question  cannot  be 
avoided.  How  is  the  intermediate  period  up  to  the  Second 
Advent  to  be  viewed  in  relation  to  the  departed  ? 

2.  There  is  an  intermediate  state  before  the  decision  by  the 
Judgment.  The  Eeformation,  occupied  chiefly  with  opposition 
to  the  Romish  purgatory,  leaped  over  as  it  were  the  middle 
state,  i.e.  left  at  rest  the  questions  presenting  themselves  here, 
gazing  with  unblenched  e3''e  only  at  the  antithesis  between 
saved  and  damned  on  the  understanding,  retained  without 
inquiry  (in  opposition  to  more  ancient  teachers),  that  every 
one's  eternal  lot  is  definitively  decided  with  his  departure  from 
the  present  life.  This  is  in  keeping  with  the  high  estimation 
put  on  the  moral  worth  of  the  earthly  life.  Nevertheless  this 
view  is  impracticable,  and  that  even  on  moral  grounds.  Not 
merely  would  nothing  of  essential  importance  remain  for  the 
Judgment,  if  every  one  entered  the  place  of  his  eternal 
destiny  directly  after  death,  but  in  that  case  also  no  space 
would  be  left  for  a  progress  of  believers,  who  still  are  not 
sinless  at  the  moment  of  death.  If  they  are  conceived  as 
holy  directly  after  death,  sanctification  would  be  effected  by 
the  separation  from  the  body ;  the  seat  therefore  of  evil  must 
be  found  in  the  body,  and  sanctification  would  be  realized 
through  a  mere  suffering,  namely,  of  death  in  a  physical  pro- 
» 1  Cor.  vi.  15,  19.  M  Cor.  xv. 


INTERMEDIATE  STATE.  409 

cess,  instead  of  through  the  will.^  Add  to  this,  the  absolute- 
ness of  Christianity  demands  that  no  one  be  judged  before 
Christianity  has  been  made  accessible  and  brought  home  to 
him.  But  this  is  not  the  case  in  this  life  with  millions  of 
human  beings.  Nay,  even  within  the  Church  there  are 
periods  and  circles,  where  the  gospel  does  not  really  approach 
men  as  that  which  it  is.  Moreover,  those  dying  in  childhood 
have  not  been  able  to  decide  personally  for  Christianity.  Nor 
is  the  former  supposition  tenable  exegetically.  As  to  the 
0.  T,,  it  does  not  teach  that  all  men  enter  directly  after  death 
into  blessedness  or  damnation.  They  rather  pass  into  Sheol, 
which  is  described  as  an  abode  of  the  departed  who  are  with- 
out power  and  true  life.^  The  pious  and  godless  are  not 
thought  of  as  separated  therein.  This  agrees  with  the  state- 
ment that  Christ  first  prepared  the  place  of  blessedness,  to 
which  His  person  and  work  belong.^  Further,  what  was  said 
above  respecting  the  Descent  into  Hades^  applies  here,  implying 
that  a  salvation  through  knowledge  of  the  gospel  is  possible 
also  to  the  departed.  Christian  grace  is  designed  for  human 
beings,  not  for  inhabitants  of  earth.^  It  is  not  said :  He  that 
hears  not  shall  be  damned  ;  but :  He  that  believes  not.^  Jesus 
seeks  the  lost ;  lost  are  to  be  sought  also  in  the  kingdom  of 
the  dead.  The  opposite  view  leads  to  an  absolute  decree  of 
rejection  in  reference  to  all  who  have  died  and  die  as  heathen, 
whereas  Christian  grace  is  universal.  A  proof  that,  according 
to  the  K  T.,  the  time  of  grace  does  not  expire  with  death  by 
a  universal  law,  is  found  in  Christ's  raisings  of  the  dead,  e.g. 
the   youth  at  Nain   received   through   resurrection  from  the 

1  To  suppose,  with  Delitzsch,  that  after  the  body  is  laid  aside,  the  sanctifying 
power  of  faith  will  spontaneously  burst  forth,  and  the  sight  of  the  reality  of 
what  is  believed  will  suddenly  wipe  out  all  sin,  is  to  reduce  the  matter  to  a  mere 
physical  process.  Philippi  sees  that  all  solutions  of  this  nature  proceed  on  the 
supposition  that  sin  has  not  its  seat  in  the  spirit,  and  therefore  requires  a  divine 
creative  act  in  behalf  of  eveiy  one  dying  in  faith.  But  he  cannot  quote  Holy 
Scripture  in  favour  of  such  a  view.  It  would  imply  an  abridging  of  the  ethical 
sphere  and  its  laws,  a  violation  of  the  fundamental  law  obtaining  in  the  relation 
between  divine  and  human  agency,  namely,  that  God's  action  is  initiatory  of 
action.  Hence  Kahnis  and  Martensen  rightly  hold  a  continuance  of  the  ethical 
process  in  the  next  world  (Martensen,  §  276  ;  Kahnis,  iii.  554.  576). 

2  See  p.  376.  Job  xxxviii.  17  ;  Gen.  xxxvii.  35,  xlii.  38,  xliv.  29,  31  ;  Num. 
xvi.  30-33  ;  Ps.  xvi.  9,  10,  xviii.  5,  xlix.  14  ff.,  Ixxxviii.  11,  Ixxxix.  48. 

»  John  xiv.  3.  ~*  §  124. 

'6  1  Tim.  ii.  4-6  ;  Luke  xix.  10  ;  1  John  ii.  2.  •  Mark  xvi.  16. 


410  ESCHATOLOGY. 

dead  a  prolongation  of  the  time  of  grace,  through  which 
Christ's  love  first  became  known  to  him.^  And  if  Tyre  and 
Sidon,  had  they  seen  what  the  Jews  saw,  would  have  repented 
in  sackcloth  and  ashes,"  they  would  have  been  saved,  which 
therefore  implies  that  if  the  time  of  grace  expired  for  them 
with  death,  they  would  be  damned  for  not  seeing  and  knowing 
Christ,  which  was  not  their  fault.  When,  further,  Christ  says 
of  a  sin,^  that  it  is  forgiven  neither  in  this  nor  in  the  next 
life,  whereas  other  sins  are  forgiven  in  this  world  without 
limitation,  this  contains  a  testimony  that  other  sins  save  the 
sin  against  the  Holy  Ghost  may  be  forgiven  in  the  next  world. 
How,  moreover,  can  the  i^lace  alone  decide  as  to  moral  worth 
or  capacity  of  redemption  ?  When  the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews 
says :  It  is  appointed  to  man  once  to  die,  and  after  this  the 
Kpiai<;,^  we  must  not,  with  the  old  Dogmatists,  take  this  to 
mean  that  the  eternal  salvation  or  woe  of  every  one  is  decided 
immediately  after  death.  As  to  the  time  of  the  final  judg- 
ment after  death,  the  passage  says  nothing.  Add  to  this,  that 
not  merely  is  the  last  judgment  a  crisis,^  but  death  also  brings 
one  in  its  own  way.  The  importance  of  the  bodily  life,  and  the 
account  to  be  given  of  it,  are  certainly  taught  in  the  N".  T.^ 
The  above-quoted  passages,  which  make  the  pious  enter  at 
once  a  better  place,  exclude  a  purgatory  as  a  state  of 
punishment  or  penance,  but  by  no  means  exclude  a 
growth  in  perfection  and  blessedness.  Even  the  departed 
righteous  are  not  quite  perfected  before  the  resurrection. 
Their  souls  must  still  long  for  the  dominion  of  Christ 
and  the  consummation  of  God's  kingdom.^  There  is  there- 
fore a  status  intermedius  even  for  believers,  not  an  instan- 
taneous passage  into  perfect  blessedness.  The  latter  would 
depreciate  the  resurrection,  which  only  occurs  at  Christ's 
Second  Advent. 

3.  But  in  what  form  is  this  middle  state  to  be  thought  of  ? 
All  departed  souls  before  the  resurrection  are  in  a  bodiless, 
unclothed   state,^   at   least  without  the    resurrection-body   as 


1  Luke  vii.  11-15.  *  Matt.  xi.  21-24. 

3  Matt.  xii.  32.  ■•  Heb.  ix.  27.     It  is  not  called  «  xplm. 

'  The  last  Judgment  usually  has  the  definite  article. 

6  E.g.  2  Cor.  v.  10.  '  Heb.  xii.  22-24  ;  Rer.  vi.  9-11. 

»  Cf.  2  Cor.  V.  2  ff. 


INTERMEDIATE  STATE.  411 

without  the  earthly.     lu  so  far  they  are  all  in  a  state  not 
completely  answering  to  the  idea  of  man,  to  which  corporeity 
also  belongs.    But  they  are  not  all  for  this  reason  in  the  same 
state  or  realm,  a  view  which  must  follow  from  a  sleep  of  the 
soul.     As  to  the  pious,  the  earthly  mixture  with  the  ungodly 
ceases  after  death ;  they  no  longer  suffer  through  them,  not 
even  temptation.^     The  connection  of  believers  with  Christ  is 
so  intimate  that  death  has  no  power  over  it.^     On  the  con- 
trary, death  brings  them  an  advance  in  freedoni  from  tempta- 
tions and  disturbances,  as  well  as  in  happiness.     For  believers 
there   is   no  longer   any  punishment,  but  growth,  a  further 
laying  aside  of  defects,  an  invigoration  through  the  greater 
nearness  of  the  Lord  which  they  experience,  and  through  the 
more  lively  hope  of  their  consummation.     But  those  not  as 
yet  believers,  so  far  as  they  are  not  incorrigible,  remain  at 
first  under  training  which  has  decision  for  Christ  as  its  aim.^ 
But  here  a  difficulty  arises.     The  necessity  of  the  resurrection 
is  grounded   in   a   relation   of  corporeity  to   the   person  not 
accidental  but  essential.     Without  body,  the  person  cannot  be 
thought  self-conscious  and  active  externally.     But  in  this  way 
a  corporeity  seems  necessarily  demanded  for  the  middle  state, 
if  the  souls  of  the  pious   are  not  to  be  placed  in  an  inferior 
state,  or  to  fall  a  prey  to  unconsciousness.     But,  on  the  other 
hand,  to  assume   a  spiritual  body  for  the  soul  directly  after 
death  seems  a  forestalling  of  the  resurrection.     And  no  less 
to  conceive  man  after  death  without  corporeity,  and  yet  in 
higher  blessedness,  would  leave  it  obscure  how  far  the  resur- 
rection is  a  necessity  to  him.     We  must  refrain  from  laying 
down  anything  definite  on  this  point.     At  most,  the  conjecture 
may  be  allowed,  that  with  at  all  events  a  relatively  bodiless 
state  a  still  life  begins,  a  sinking  of  the  soul  within  itself  and 
into  the  ground  of  its  life— what  Steffens  calls  Involution,  and 
Martensen  Self-brooding."     There  life  is  predominantly  a  life 
in  spirituality.     The  essential,  substantial  union  of  the  soul 
with  Christ  continues,  nay,  is  more  uninterrupted  and  con- 
stant.    They  are  able  through  God  to  know  about  the  world, 
and  learn  now  to  behold  everything  in  connection  with  Christ. 
In  this  life  the  sensuous  world-reality  is  the  object  of  sight, 

,  1  Luke  xvi.  26.  *  Rom.  viii.  35-39. 

3 1  Pet.  iv.  6.  *  Martensen,  §  275  f. 


412  ESCHATOLOGY. 

the  spiritual  world  is  the  object  of  faith.  Now  that  the 
physical  side  is  wanting  to  the  spirit,  these  poles  are  reversed.-^ 
To  departed  spirits  the  spiritual  world  both  in  good  and  evil 
will  appear  as  the  real,  as  that  which  rests  on  immediate 
evidence.^  Now,  in  such  living  of  the  soul  within  itself  its 
ground  lies  open  and  unveiled,  and  thus  the  withdrawal  into 
self  has  for  the  pious  a  purifying  and  educative  effect.  It 
serves  to  obliterate  all  stains,  to  harmonize  the  whole  inner 
being,  in  conformity  with  the  fundamental  good  tendency 
either  brought  from  a  former  state  or  acquired  later,  and  thus 
in  the  middle  state  there  will  not  be  for  the  pious  a  mere 
waiting  for  the  judgment,  but  a  progression  in  knowledge, 
blessedness,  and  holiness,  in  communion  with  Christ  and  the 
heavenly  Church. 

But,  as  relates  to  those  who  die  unbelievers  or  not  yet 
believers,  to  them  also  the  ground  of  their  souls  is  laid  bare, 
and  therefore  their  impurity,  their  discord  with  and  aliena- 
tion from  God.  This  must  become  conscious  discord  in  them- 
selves. If  they  were  subject  to  evil  inclinations  and  passions, 
they  will  busy  themselves  with  the  corresponding  objects,  and 
yet  find  no  appeasement  of  their  longing,  and  will  be  given 
over,  so  to  speak,  to  their  thoughts  and  desires  as  tormentors. 
If,  instead  of  repentance  and  conversion,  instead  of  growth  in 
knowledge  of  self  and  knowledge  of  a  holy  and  yet  gracious 
God  in  Christ,  they  prefer  to  remain  in  evil,  the  form  of  their 
sin  becomes  more  spiritual,  more  demonic  in  accordance  with 
their  state,  which  recedes  farther  and  farther  from  the  present 
life,  and  thus  ripens  for  judgment.  But  by  no  means  will 
the  divine  government  of  the  world  bear  the  fault  of  this 
result.  The  gospel  will  be  brought  decisively  home  to  all 
who  did  not  in  this  world  come  to  definitive  decision,  and  all 
who  do  not  shut  themselves  thereto  will  be  saved.  If,  there- 
fore, in  this  life  the  sensuous  only  was  the  object  of  sight, 
and  in  so  far  the  physical  life  preponderated ;  if  next  in  the 
middle  state  life  in  spirituality,  either  in  good  or  evil,  prepon- 

^  Cf.  Kern,  Tub.  Zeitschr.,  Die  christl.  Eschatologie,  1840. 

-  By  this  it  is  not  meant  that  all  the  departed  immediately  after  death  behold 
or  can  behold  everything  spiritual,  e.g.  God.  If  all  the  departed  had  perfect 
knowledge  or  intuition  at  once,  it  would  be  inconsistent  with  the  fact  that  even 
in  the  next  world  there  is  place  for  a  free  process  not  determined  a  priori  by 
perfect  knowledge. 


INTERMEDIATE  STATE.  413 

derated,  and  in  both  cases,  therefore,  the  equilibrium  and 
blessed  interpenetration  of  both  sides  was  wanting,  although  a 
progression  finds  place  in  the  intermediate  state  in  reference 
to  believers,  on  the  other  hand  the  resurrection  consummates 
the  personality  of  believers.  Even  their  manifestation  becomes 
spiritual,  pneumatic,  and  the  spiritual  becomes  manifested,  so 
that  it  is  no  longer  possible  to  say  which  of  the  two  is 
actual,  since  rather  both  sides  interpenetrate  perfectly  and 
indissolubly.^ 

Olservation. — Certainly  the  possibility  is  conceivable,  that 
in  the  middle  state  the  soul  has  the  power,  at  least  in 
reference  to  particular  acts,  to  appropriate  to  itself  elements 
out  of  nature  for  purposes  of  self-revelation,  but  the  forming 
of  a  permanent  new  body  and  its  indissoluble  union  with 
the  soul  are  reserved,  according  to  the  N.  T.,  for  the  resur- 
rection.* 

4.  The  character  of  the  physical  consummation,  or  of  the 
resurrection-body,  its  absolute  identity  in  matter  and  form 
with  the  earthly  frame,  is  not  included  in  the  idea  of  the 
restoration  of  the  entire  person  to  corporeity.  Even  the 
seed-corn,  which  dies,  does  not  all  rise  again  in  the  wheat. 
Certain  parts  are  lost  in  the  elements,  and  enter  new  com- 
binations, and  other  new  ones  are  assimilated.  Even  our 
body  changes  its  material  substance  during  its  life,  as  Origen 
early  perceived.  Without  prejudice  to  its  identity,  it  under- 
goes daily  changes  of  matter.  The  identity  will  rather  refer 
first  to  the  plastic  form,  which  in  reference  to  the  earthly 
form  had  its  formative  principle  in  the  soul.     That  principle 

'  Cf.  Kern,  ut  supra. 

*  The  passage  2  Cor.  v.  3,  t'iyi — oh  yvfivo)  tipiftiiri/ii^a,  says  :  We  long  to  be 
clothed  upon  with  the  heavenly  body  (vers.  1,  2),  although  after  putting  off  the 
earthly  body  (IxSuira^sva*)  we  shall  not  be  found  naked.  If  we  may  so  read 
and  understand  the  passage  (which  certainly  is  disputed),  then  some  sort  of  an 
intermediate  corporeity,  having  secondary  importance  in  comparison  with  the 
divinely-given  resurrection-body,  may  be  thought  of.  For,  with  Philippi 
(vi.  35)  after  Calvin,  to  refer  the  covering  of  the  nakedness  to  the  garment  of 
Christ's  righteousness  is  out  of  place,  because  the  context  requires,  not  a  moral, 
but  physical  covering.  For  the  rest,  Holy  Scripture  says  nothing  of  a  body, 
the  product  of  the  ethical  process  in  this  life  or  the  germ  of  tlie  resurrectiou- 
body.  This  theory  may  easily  lead  to  the  notion  that  only  the  regenerate  rise 
again.  Were  we  to  say,  with  Rothe,  that  even  the  abnormal  moral  process 
produces  such  a  body,  at  least  those  who  die  in  childhood',  in  whose  case  there 
can  be  no  question  of  a  moral  process,  have  not  acquired  such  a  body. 


414  ESCHATOLOGY. 

could  effect  nothing  permanent  in  the  middle  state,  but  with 
the  spiritual  consummation  of  the  soul  attains  the  full 
strength,  which  is  able  to  appropriate  to  itself  the  heavenly- 
body.  To  the  building  of  an  immortal  body  there  needs  a 
different  power  from  that  which  the  soul  has  immediately 
after  death,  and  also  a  different  constitution  of  the  elements 
from  the  earthly.  According  to  Holy  Scripture,  the  resurrec- 
tion takes  place  in  association  with  vast  cosmical  processes, 
with  a  transformation  of  the  world,^  which  will  be  God's 
work.  As  to  form,  the  resurrection-body  will  correspond  to 
the  fact  of  humanity  having  been  created  for  Christ,  and 
therefore  in  its  consummation  will  be  made  like  the  image  of 
Him  who  is  our  elder  brother,^  As  relates  secondly  to  matter, 
the  elements,  in  which  everything  of  earthly  corporeity  is 
again  dissolved,  are  an  essentially  uniform  mass,  like  an 
ocean,  of  which  it  is  indifferent  what  parts  are  assigned  to 
each  individual  man.  The  entire  world  of  matter,  which 
makes  the  constant  interchange  possible,  is  made  over  to 
humanity  as  a  common  good.  Thus,  it  may  be  said,  not 
indeed  of  the  individual,  but  of  humanity,  that  it  will 
appropriate  or  put  on  that  which  corresponds  to  its  resurrec- 
tion-life in  glorified  form  out  of  the  same  world  of  elements 
which  served  it  in  the  present  life,  because  the  perishable- 
ness  of  matter  will  be  abolished  by  its  glorification. 
Appropriated  by  the  spirit  that  has  attained  its  permanent 
state,  even  matter  shares  in  this  permanence. 

Observation. — The  passage,  John  v.  29,  speaks  not  merely 
of  a  resurrection  of  life  in  glorified  light -form,  but  also 
expressly  of  a  "  resurrection  of  condemnation."  Although 
then  an  equalizing  of  the  inward  and  outward  of  some  kind 
must  be  supposed  in  reference  to  the  wicked,  still  the  N.  T. 
gives  no  more  definite  information  on  this  point,  speaking 
almost  entirely  of  the  resurrection  of  the  just  (see  p.  405). 
The  other  is  not  so  much  a  matter  of  dogmatic  knowledge  as 
of  perverted  curiosity. 

1  Rom.  viii.  18  ff. ;  2  Pet.  iii.  10  ;  Rev.  xx.  11  f.     Then,  in  Rothe's  plirase- 
ology,  chemistry  will  through  God  celebrate  its  triumph. 

2  Phil.  iii.  21  ;  1  John  iii.  2  ;  cf.  p.  405. 


THE  LAST  JUDGMENT. 


415 


THIRD  POINT  :  THE  LAST  JUDGMENT,  AND  END  OF  THE  WORLD. 

§154. 

There    is    a   final   judgment    by    the    returning    Lord,    the 
negative   side    of  which   is  the  excision  of  everything 
evFl   from   the  kingdom   of  Christ  and   its  blessedness, 
^nd  the  positive   the    revelation   of  the  full  power  of 
redemption  by  consummation  of  individuals  and  of  the 
world. 
Literature  respecting  the  Doctrine  of  the  Judgment— Th. 
Schaff,  Die  Silnde  wider  den  H.  Geist  und  die  daraus  gezogenen 
dogmatisehen    und    ethischen    Folgerungen,    1841.       Alex,     ab 
Oettinf^en,  De  peecato  in  Spiritum  sanctum,  1856.      ^chulze, 
Die  Silnde  wider  den   heiligen  Geist,  Evang.  K  Z    I860    K 
78-83      Erbkam,  Die  Lehre  vom   Verdammniss,  Stud.  u.  Krit. 
1838,  ii.  (according  to  Erbkam,  the  damned  wiU  be  without 
eternal  misery  the  scars  on  the  body  of  Christ). 

Bespeeting  Apokatastasis.—Schmid,  Die  Fragevonder  Wied^r- 
hringung  alter  Dinge,   JahrK  f.  d.   Theol   xv.  102  ff-      After 
Origen  and  Gregory  of  Nyssa,  W.  Petersen  about  1700  has 
especially   defended   the    restoration    of    all    things.       Other 
friends  of  this  theory  are  :  Oetinger,  Th.  Burnet,  ut  supra,  V-  309 
ff     G    Steinheil,  Gott  Alles  in  Allem.  BriefwecUel  Uchcr  den 
Umfanq  der  Erlosung,  1860  (a  Baptist  defender  of  universal 
restoration).     Em.  Naville,   see   §  153.      Stroh,    Christus  der 
Erstlinq  derer,   die  da  schlafen,   1861.      Schumacher,  C.   ih.. 
Das  Beich  Gottes,  oder  wiefilhrt  Gott  die  Menschcn  zurSelig- 
keit  'i   1  wdhrend  des  Erdenlebens,   2  nach  dem.  Tode  Us  zum 
jungsten  Tage,  1862.     Under  the  same  head  comers  Sdileier- 
macher,  Abhandlung  uber  die  Erivahlungslehre,  1819.     Un  t  le 
other  hand,  the  Socinian  doctrine  of  an  annihilation  ot  the 
wicked,  and  of  an  immortality  limited  to  the  regenerate,  has 
recently  found  more  common  acceptance,  see  p.  379 ;  ct.  i^otlie, 
Theol.  Ethik,  ed.  2,  ii.  483,  §  458.      In  England  and  North 
America  the  question  of  the  continuance  of  hell-punishments 
has  been  much  ventilated  for  some  years.     The  most  prominent 
advocate   of  the  theory,  that  only  life  in  Christ  makes   im- 
mortal, is  Edw.  White,  Life  in  Christ,  ed.  3,  18/8      larrar 
also  denies  the  eternity  of  hell-punishments,  which,  on  the 
other  hand,  is  defended  by  Hodge,  Shedd,  Fusey,  and  Goul- 
*burn. 


416  ESCHATOLOGY. 

The  expositions  of  J.  P.  Lange  in  reference  to  heaven  and 
llessedness  {Positive Dogmatik,  p.  1281  ff.;  Das  Land  der  Herrlich- 
keit,  1838)  are  excellent,  and  directed  by  consecrated  imagina- 
tion. Martensen,  Dogmatics,  §§  278  and  283.  Mtzsch,  System, 
§  219.     On  Schoberlein  and  Hamberger,  see  p.  403. 

Symh.Apost.  Conf.Aug.  xvii,  A2ool  217.  96.  137.  Cat.  Maj. 
539.     Form.  Cone.  724.     John  v.  26  ff. ;  Matt,  xxiv.,  xxv.  31  f. 

1,  All  judgments  in  the  world's  history  and  by  its  means 
are  merely  partial,  ambiguous,  and  definitively  decisive  of 
nothing.  Were  the  final  issue  an  eternal  alternation  between 
the  triumph  and  defeat  of  good,  not  merely  would  the  sub- 
jective, sesthetic,  and  religious  sense  be  violated ;  even  the 
ultimate  aim  would  be  in  peril.  The  result  would  be  a 
Dualism  representing  good  and  evil  as  equal  in  power  and 
worth,  and  therefore  threatening  to  co-ordinate  the  two,  a  view 
inconsistent  with  the  teleological  character  of  Christianity  and 
the  decisive  significance  of  Christ's  person.  Christianity  cannot 
always  remain  merely  a  historic  principle  alongside  the 
absolutely  opposite  principle,  sharing  the  power  with  it,  as 
though  the  two  were  of  equal  authority.  The  kingdom  of 
God  must  survive  all,  must  show  everything  hostile  to  be 
absolutely  bad,  or  to  be  hollow,  untrue  and  impotent.  We  are 
impelled  to  demand  this  not  merely  by  an  aesthetic  interest, 
which  even  of  itself  requires  a  harmonious  conclusion  of  the 
world-drama,  but  by  a  religious  and  moral  interest  in  harmony 
with  the  connection  subsisting  between  the  moral  and  the 
physical,  or  power.  Christianity  lays  claim  to  being  the  reality 
of  realities,  which  alone  has  true  eternal  power.  But  what  it 
is  in  itself  or  internally,  it  must  also  manifest.  As  spiritual, 
it  cannot  remain  a  mere  quiescent  power.  It  is  the  inner- 
most ground-thought  of  the  world,  so  that  without  its  victory 
the  aim  of  the  world  also  would  remain  unaccomplished. 

2.  Hence  the  N.  T.  teaches  a  last  Judgment,  and  through 
it  a  crvvTeXeta  rod  aloivo^,  an  end  of  the  present  world- 
course,  which  is  not  an   annihilation   of  the  world,^  but   a 

1  The  older  theologians  from  Gerhard  to  Hollaz  would  find  an  aboUtio  sub' 
sfantice  et  formce  mundi  in  Matt.  xxiv.  35  ;  Heb.  i.  11  ;  Rev.  xx.  11.  But 
other  passages  oppose  this,  like  1  Cor.  vii.  31  (to  ffx^t^i^  ^o"  K'oir//.ou — -prafayu) ; 
Eom.  viii.  19-21.  Nor  does  it  agree  therewith,  that  the  substance  of  th^ 
world  is  good  and  plastic.     Cf.  Philippi,  vi.  143  -IflS. 


THE  LAST  JUDGMENT,  417 

reaching  of  its  final  goal.^     The  pictures  of  tlie  final  judg- 
ment include  figurative  elements.'^     But  this   is  simply  the 
form  of  the  thought,  that  at  the  end  of  the  present  world- 
course    the    point    emerges,  when    a    permanent  division    is 
effected  by  divine  intervention,  when  the  powers  hostile  to 
the  kingdom  of  God  are  stripped  of  their  imaginary  strength, 
revealed  in  their  falsehood  and  impotence  and  consigned  to 
the  past,  when  evil  is  utterly  cut  off,  given  over  to  its  nothing- 
ness, or  made  a  harmless  subordinate  element.      God  executes 
the   judgment    through     Christ.       The    absolute     revelation 
must  also  be  the  one  that  judges.     As  the  truth  of  humanity, 
the    Son  of  man   is   also    its   absolute    norm  and    standard, 
according  to  which  the  righteous  judgment  concerning  men 
takes  place.^     Whoever  remains  in  opposition  to  Him  is  self- 
condemned.*     According  to  the  N,  T.,  there  can  be  no  daubt 
that    every   one    whom   the  judgment   finds    unbelieving    is 
condemned    to   punishment  and  pain,  while  believers   enter 
into  eternal  life.      But  whether  in  relation  to  the  total  number 
of  men  many  or  few  will  be  transferred  to  perfect  blessedness 
by  this  judgment,  and  whether  many  or  few  will  fall  victims 
^^^0  punishment,  we  receive  no  certain  disclosure.     Accordingly, 
^^^when    Christ   is   questioned    on   this   point,^   He    treats    the 
^H  inquiry    as    one    which    we   ought    not    to    entertain.      We 
^H  should  ask  instead,  whether  we  have  done  our  part  that  we 
^B  may  enter  by  the  narrow   way.     It  is  thus  described   as  a 
f        premature    question  of  curiosity.     But  another  question    is, 
whether,  if  any   fall  under  a  condemnatory  judgment,  they 
m      Avill  be  damned  eternally.     In  this  respect  we  have  a  two- 
fold series  of  Scripture  passages. 

.  On  one  side  it  is  said,^  the  sin  against  the  Holy  Ghost  will 
not  be  forgiven  even  in  the  next  world,  which  seems  to  imply 
that  when  committed  by  any  one,  it  deprives  of  blessedness 
for  ever,  and  will  introduce  either  destruction  and  annihila- 
tion, or  eternal  damnation.  For  the  sin  against  the  Holy 
Ghost    is    definitive    unbelief,    which    absolutely    challenges 

^  Tlie  ffuiTiXiia.  aleovo;  is  Called  ^ipiiTfios.     Matt.  xiii.  39,  40  IF.,  49,  xxiv.  3. 
^E.j.  Matt.  XXV.  31  If,  '  John  v.  27. 

*  John  iii.  19.     In  the  same  sense  also  believers  are  to  be  co-judges  (1  Cor. 
vi.  2  ;  Luke  xxii.  30)  in  the  degree  in  which  they  are  like  the  Son  of  man. 
^  Luke  xiii.  23.  «  Malt.  xii.  32. 

DouNER. — CiiiiisT.  Doer.  IV.  2  D 


418  ESCHATOLOGY. 

punishment,  and  for  which  no  further  sacrifice  exists  and  no 
intercession  must  be  made/  The  unsaved  fall  a  prey  to 
inextinguishable  eternal  fire,  to  the  worm  which  dies  uot.^ 
According  to  the  Eevelation,  the  smoke  of  the  torment  of 
those  cast  into  the  burning  lake  ascends  from  seons  to  seons.^ 
But  tlie  strongest  passage  on  this  side  is  the  saying  respecting 
the  betrayer :  "  It  were  better  for  that  man  if  he  had  never 
been  born."  ^ 

On  the  other  hand,  there  is  unquestionably  much  that  is 
figurative  in  passages  of  this  kind,  and  thus  the  question 
arises,  how  far  the  interpretation  should  be  literal.  Again,  a 
destruction  of  death  and  Hades  is  spoken  of.^  Paul  calls 
death  the  last  foe  who  is  overcome,  therefore  sin  has  been 
overcome  before.  Since,  further,  with  him  death  denotes 
also  spiritual  death,  the  cause  of  which  is  sin,  it  seems  as  if 
the  destruction  of  death  implied  the  ceasing  of  sin,  either 
through  conversion  of  the  wicked  or  through  their  destruc- 
tion.  Eevelation  makes  death  and  Hades,  nay,  even  the 
devil,  to  be  cast  into  the  burning  lake,^  which  denotes  the 
second  death.  The  meaning  of  the  "  second  death  "  has  in 
any  case  something  mysterious  about  it.  If  the  first  death 
is  the  dissolution  of  the  body,  the  second  might  signify  a 
dissolution  of  the  soul,  or  at  least  the  hardening  and  dying 
of  the  soul  to  the  divine  through  entire  separation  from  the 
holy  God,  and  therefore  a  state  of  spiritual  ruin.  Further, 
the  passages  concerning  the  sin  against  the  Holy  Ghost  say 
nothing  of  definite  persons  who  have  committed  this  sin. 
Of  themselves,  therefore,  they  leave  the  question  unanswered, 
what  men,  and  whether  any  men,  reach  this  final  goal  of 
criminality,  which  is  set  before  the  eyes  as  a  warning.  Just 
so  the  Eevelation  of  John  does  not  say  who,  or  that  a  man 
will  be  cast  into  the  lake  of  fire ;  the  hypothetical  form  is 
rather  chosen  :  "  If  one  is  not  inscribed  in  the  book  of  life," 
"  if  one  worships  the  beast,^  he  shall  drink  the  cup  of  wrath," 

'  Heb.  vi.  4,  x.  26,  27  ;  1  John  v,  16  ;  John  xvii.  9. 

2  Mark  ix.  42-48  ;  Matt,  xviii.  8,  xxv.  41-46,  iii.  10,  vii.  19. 

*  Rev.  xix.  3,  xiv.  11,  xx.  10. 

*  Matt.  xxvi.  24.     The  supposition  of  an  annihilation  by  punishment  would 
be  more  compatible  with  this  passage  than  that  of  universal  restoration. 

*  Hos.  xiii.  14  ;  Isa.  xxv.  8  ;  1  Cor.  xv.  26,  cf.  vers.  54,  55  ;  Rev.  xx.  14.  ^ 
^  Rev.  XX.  14,  cf.  ver.  10.  '  Lev.  xx.  15,  xiv.  9,  u  Tii. 


THE  LAST  JUDGMENT.  410 

all  which  affirms  nothing  of  persons,  but  of  the  principle.  Add 
to  this,  that  in  the  strongest  passages  the  word  aldov,  amvto^ 
is  often  used,  which  signifies  in  the  nature  of  the  case  eternal 
duration  in  reference  to  the  blessedness  or  eternal  life  of 
believers,  but  by  no  means  denotes  everywhere  an  endless 
period,  for  an  end  of  the  seons  is  spoken  of.  ^ons  and 
ceons  of  feons  also  often  denote  the  world-period.^  Were 
this  meaning  to  be  assumed  in  reference  to  the  punishments, 
the  result  would  be  indeed  a  duration  of  immeasurable  length, 
but  not  an  eternity  of  duration, — a  view  which  may  also  be 
favoured  by  the  passage  which  makes  the  punishment  endure 
until  the  last  farthing  is  paid.^ 

To  this  add  several  passages  which  commend  the  univer- 
sality of  grace  and  its  all-comprehensive  power.^  Paul  looks 
on  to  a  time  when  everything  shall  be  subject  to  the  Son, 
that  God  may  be  all  in  all.^  According  to  him,  Christ 
reconciles  everything  to  Himself,  whether  on  earth  or  in 
heaven.  He  makes  all  things  to  be  gathered  together  in 
Christ,  both  what  is  in  heaven  and  on  earth.^  And  although, 
according  to  the  chief  passage  respecting  the  sin  against  the 
Holy  Ghost,  there  is  no  forgiveness  for  it,®  this  implies,  it  is 
true,  the  necessity  of  punishment  for  those  guilty  of  the 
sin,  but  does  not  preclude  deliverance  being  mediated  by  the 
punishment  and  its  just  execution.^ 

3.  On  the  ground  of  the  second  series  of  statements,  the 
doctrine  of  universal  restoration  (aTro/carao-Tao-i?  TrdvTcov)  has 
again  and  again  found  its  friends,  from  Origen  and  Gregory 
of  ISTyssa,   John    Scotus   Erigena,  down   to   Petersen    (about 

•  Heb.  ix.  26.  Cf.  Burnet,  ut  supra,  p.  318  ff.  Circumcision  is  to  be  au 
eternal  usage.  Gen.  xvii.  13  ;  Canaan  an  eternal  possession  of  Israel, 
Gen.  xiii.  15,  xlviii.  4.  The  Mosaic  laws  in  reference  to  the  Passover,  and 
many  commands  of  a  transient  nature,  are  called  an  ordinance  for  eternity 
(Dbiy^^)  e-!7-  Ex.  xii.  14,  xxvii.  21,  xxviii.  43  ;  Lev.  x.  15,  xvi.  34  ;  Num. 
xviii.  11.  The  temple  at  Jerusalem  is  to  be  God's  dwelling  for  ever,  2  Chron. 
vi.  2.  Just  so  the  kingdom  of  David  is  to  be  for  ever,  2  Sam.  vii.  13.  A 
slave,  who  spontaneously  binds  himself  by  a  symbolical  act  to  his  lord,  is  said, 
according  to  Ex.  xxi.  6,  to  serve  him  for  ever.     That  ccluv  corresponds  to  Qpiy 

is  shown  by  the  Septuagiut  and  the  N.T. 

*  JIatt.  V.  26.     Punitive  sufferings  may  be  requisite  to  deliverance. 
=>  Rom.  V.  18,  xi.  26,  32  ;  Eph.  i.  10  ;  Col.  i.  16,  20.      , 

,  *  1  Cor.  XV.  25-28.  *  Col.  i.  20  ;  Eph.  i.  10.     Cf.  John  x.  16. 

«  IIM.  xii.  31  if.  '  Matt.  v.  26. 


420  l:SCHATOLOGY. 

1700),  Micliael  Hahn,  Oetinger,  also  according  to  some  hints 
Bengel,  but  especially  Schleiermacher ;  whereas  others/  instead 
of  a  universal  conversion,  although  by  a  process  of  long-con- 
tinuing punishments,  suppose  the  annihilation  of  the  wicked, 
either  through  punishment,  or  by  assuming  that  only  the 
regenerate  are  immortal.  Certainly  in  the  above  passages 
Paul  presupposes  that  no  hostile  power,  therefore  neither 
death  nor  sin,  will  maintain  itself  against  Christ.  But  all 
that  is  certainly  affirmed  is  the  impotence  of  evil,  and  even 
the  saying  that  God  will  be  all  in  all,  which  must  not  be 
understood  pantheistically,  does  not  necessarily  assert  uni- 
versal salvation  and  glorification,  but  may  mean  that  God  will 
be  the  sole  governing  power  in  all  according  to  their  cha- 
racter, either  as  the  Just  One  in  opposition  to  the  wicked  who 
shall  have  lost  their  freedom,  or  as  the  Gracious  One.  In 
any  case,  they  can  all  merely  serve  the  kingdom  of  God,  not 
assert  a  power  against  it.  On  the  other  hand,  it  must  be 
conceded,  there  is  no  dogmatic  interest  demanding  that  these 
are  of  a  certainty  eternally  damned  and  lost ;  for  this  would 
imply,  not  merely  that  the  possibility  of  eternal  sin  is  in- 
cluded in  God's  ethical  idea  of  the  world,  but,  what  is  alto- 
gether objectionable,  that  a  real  eternal  Dualism  pertains  to 
the  Christian  goal  of  the  world.  But  the  friends  of  Apoka- 
tastasis  are  not  satisfied  with  this,  but  maintain  the  dogmatic 
necessity  of  their  view. 

4.    CllITICISM    OF    THE    DOGMATIC    PiEASONS   FOE   A   EeSTOEA- 

TiON  OF  ALL  THINGS. — III  tlu  first  place,  the  sameness  of  man's 
sin  and  need  of  redemption  may  be  alleged  in  favour  of  this 
doctrine.  "  If  all  men  by  nature  are  involved  in  essentially 
the  same  sinfulness,  from  which  only  redemption  can  deliver, 
if  it  were  not  overcome  in  all,  the  cause  would  lie  in  the 
i'act,  that  Christian  grace  did  not  operate  with  equal  effect  in 
all.  But  since  it  is  meant  to  apply  equally  to  all,  so  opposite 
an  effect  could  not  have  its  reason  in  God ;  and  consequently, 
if  all  are  not  redeemed,  sin  could  not  be  by  nature  an  equal 
power  in  all,  but  to  God  would  be  conquerable  in  some,  un- 
conquerable in  others,  which  is  against  the  hypothesis."  But 
this  reason  loses  its  force,  if  the  final  destiny  is  made,  as 
by  us,  dependent  not  on  natural  sinfulness,  but  on  the  use  o/ 
1  See  pp.  379,  415. 


THE  LAST  JUDGMENT.  421 

the  freedom  for  decision  for  or  against  Christ  restored  in  all. 
With  the  universal  outward  and  inward  call  is  given  the 
universal  possibility  of  faith ;  but  the  establishing  of  the 
impossibility  of  unbelief  by  God's  power  would  directly 
contradict  the  ethical  character  of  the  world-goal. 

"  The  divine  justice"  it  may  be  further  said,  "  is  not  satisfied 
by  a  number  of  human  beings  suffering  eternal  punishment 
involuntarily.  Its  full  triumph  is  only  secured,  when  the 
guilty  consciousness  of  the  sinner  himself  is  compelled  to 
acknowledge  the  justice  of  the  punishment,  which  itself  paves 
the  way  for  a  turning  to  the  truth  and  to  amendment." 
ISTevertheless  justice  is  not  made  more  just  by  the  fact  of 
its  acknowledgment,  and  non-acknowledgment  ought  not  to 
delay  its  manifestation,  but  makes  it  all  the  more  necessary. 
We  have  no  right  to  say  that  punishment  is  only  just  when 
it  is  a  means  of  amendment.  Justice,  taken  alone,  does  not 
need  the  salvation  or  amendment  of  all.^ 

Universal  salvation  might  rather  be  derived  from  the  divine 
love.  But  divine  love  maintains  its  sacred,  inviolable  character 
through  the  fact  of  its  being  guarded  by  justice  against  abuse. 
Love  must  not  throw  itself  away.  The  despisers  of  the  love  of 
Christ,  who  desecrate  His  sacrifice,  cannot  with  such  conduct  be 
objects  of  the  divine  love.  This  love  cannot  force  itself  on 
any  one,  and  undervalue  its  own  work.  Could  the  despisers 
of  Christ's  love  be  well-pleasing  to  God,  love  would  declare 
its  own  work  superfluous.  For  those  who  have  committed 
the  sin  against  the  Holy  Ghost  (and  only  such,  as  must  be 
conceded,  can  be  objects  of  eternal  damnation),  there  can  be 
no  love  in  God,  because  and  in  so  far  as  they  have  identified 
themselves  indissolubly  with  eviL 

But  are  not  the  redeeming  poicer  and  the  victory  of  Christ 
incomplete,  if  enemies  exist  for  ever  who  are  only  outwardly, 
not  also  inwardly,  vanquished,  i.e.  who  are  merely  impotent, 
but  still  evil  in  disposition  ?  "  Christ's  redemptive  purpose 
indisputably  embraces  all,  therefore  His  wish  would  be  un- 
fulfilled, unless  all  became  partakers  of  salvation."  Christ's 
intercession  cannot  imply  that  redemption  is  imparted  to 
those  who  are  unwilling  to  accejot  it  by  personal  free  de- 
r^ision.  The  gospel  can  only  vanquish  by  spiritual  means.  If 
1  Vol.  iii.  §  88,  p.  125. 


422  ESCILiTOLOGY. 

the  free  will  decides  to  reject  the  gospel,  Christ  cannot  hinder 
it,  or  desire  to  supersede  the  spiritual  process  by  mere 
power.-^ 

But  if,  starting  from  the  idea  of  the  Church,  we  say :  "  None 
can  be  wanting  to  it  in  the  consummation,  who  belong  to  its 
idea;  but  according  to  the  IST.  T.  everything  is  created  for 
Christ,  therefore  all  belong  to  the  divine  idea  of  the  Church, 
and  thus  a  universal  apokatastasis  is  required  from  its  stand- 
point; or,  supposing  that  any  one  had  never  belonged  to 
the  idea  of  the  Church,  he  would  be  thought  by  God  as  not 
belonging  to  our  class  of  beings,  but  to  another,  and  this 
would  be  Manichsean,"  the  answer  thereto  is  contained  in 
w^hat  precedes.  It  has  been  shown  there  that  the  idea  of 
the  Church  and  kingdom  of  God  will  not  remain  unrealized ; 
God's  unexhausted,  undiminished  creative  power  and  wisdom 
wUl  know  how  to  provide  for  this  end  in  the  progress  of 
generations,  either  by  means  of  new  individuals,  or  by  the 
talent  of  the  unfaithful  for  the  work  being  given  to  the 
faithful.  Power,  therefore,  is  not  conferred  on  sin  to  frustrate 
the  thought  of  the  consummation  of  the  kingdom.  That 
unbelievers  are  not  naturally  of  a  different  nature  from  be- 
lievers, that  they  did  not  belong  originally  to  another  class 
of  beings  having  no  reference  to  Christ,  is  evident  from  the 
fact  that  definitive  unbelief  is  only  possible  in  their  case 
through  an  abuse  of  freedom  of  which  they  need  not  have 
been  guilty.  The  gospel  had  a  positive  relation  to  them 
also,  but  by  their  abuse  of  freedom  they  reduced  their  rela- 
tion to  it  to  a  negative  one.  Believers  also  are  not  saved  by 
a  particular  predestination,  but  they  did  not  abuse  the  freedom 
which  the  others  also  had ;  not  that  this  is  a  merit  to  them, 
but  it  furnished  to  grace  the  possibility  of  influence  and 
self-communication.^ 

^  It  is  more  difficult  to  refute  the  objection,  how  it  consists  with  the  love  of 
the  God  who  eternally  foresees  also  free  actions  to  create  these,  of  whom  He 
knows  beforehand  that  they  are  created  for  eternal  damnation.  But  whether 
the  divine  foreknowledge  should  be  so  viewed  that  it  could  become  a  motive 
for  non-creation,  is  more  than  questionable.  The  foreknowledge  of  definitive 
unbelief  presupposes  the  creation  of  those  who  become  unbelieving.  Cf.  vol.  ii. 
p.  61,  and  M'Cabe,  The  ForeJcnowlechje  of  God,  1878.  But  the  question 
remains :  Is  conservation  for  eternal  torment  conceivable  ?  * 

2  §151,  p.  410. 


THE  LAST  JUDGMENT.  423 

Observation. — But  of  course  it  must  be  conceded  that  the 
human  race  is  a  genus  of  beings,  the  members  of  which 
are  able  through  their  freedom  to  separate  into  antitheses 
of  absolute  significance,  deeper  than  any  antithesis  possible 
among  the  different  genera  of  beings  in  nature.  But  such 
depth  of  separation  is  only  possible  on  the  basis  of  freedom 
and  original  equality.  Freedom  is  the  power  to  sunder 
spirits  into  the  ahsolute  antithesis  of  children  of  light  and 
cliildren  of  darkness,  and  to  convert  the  latter  into  a  class 
of  beings  absolutely  opposed  indeed  to  the  other.  But  God 
did  not  create  men  on  a  dualistic  basis. 

But  do  not  the  certitude  and  power  of  Baptism  suffer, 
unless  all  are  saved?  In  Baptism,  indeed,  God  assigns  to 
man  election  and  His  faithful  covenant,  which  does  not  apply 
merely  to  the  moment.  If,  then,  a  baptized  one  is  lost,  the 
certainty  of  the  election  testified  by  Baptism  is  gone. — But, 
certain  as  it  is  that  election  to  the  offer  of  grace  by  ontward 
and  inward  calling  is  universal  and  absolute,  still  the  election 
to  life  embraces  only  believers  and  the  regenerate,  and  withal 
has  regard  to  the  use  of  freedom. 

Most  of  all  it  may  seem  established,  that  the  happiness  of 
believers  must  necessarily  be  disturhed  by  the  misery  of  the 
one  class,  especially  since  the  former  have  the  consciousness 
of  not  being''  better  or  more  worthy,  but  on  the  contrary  of 
even  having  contributed  to  the  sin  of  others  by  joint  respon- 
sibility.    Thus  a  sting  seems  necessarily  left  in  the  happi- 
ness of  the  good,  unless  all  are  saved.     In  reply  to  this,  it 
might  indeed  be  said :  If  the  damnation  of  some  is  God's 
holy  and  righteous  will,  a  resignation  is  fitting,  in  which  no 
other  wish  is  felt  than  one  in  harmony  with  God's  will,  whose 
love  is  not  surpassed  forsooth  by  our  loving  sympathy.     But 
this  answer  is  insufficient,  because  mere  resignation  would 
not  comport  with  the  perfecting  of  personality.    On  the  other 
hand,  in  respect  to  the  sting  lying  in  the  consciousness  of 
joint-authorship  of  sin,  it  must  be  considered  that  the  sin 
which  leads  to  damnation  can  never  be  the  sin  resulting 
from  innate  sinfulness  alone,  or  to  speak  generally  from  the 
influence  of  the  race,  the  common  spirit,  example  or  tempta- 
tion by  error.      Bather  the   sin   rendering   the   individual 
absolutely  bad  can  only  be  the  personal  guilt  of  rejecting 
Christ,  in  which,  of  course,  rejection  of  good  itself  is  included, 
and  therefore  acquiescence  in  all  other  possible  sin.     And 
when  further  it  is  remembered,  that  only  blasphemy  against 
the  Holy  Ghost  can  be  the  final  ground  of  damnation,  and 
therefore  the  sin  that  tramples  under  foot  the  blood  of  the 
new  covenant  and  counts  it   unholy,  sympathy  with  such 


424  ESCHATOLCGY. 

sinners  must  be  essentially  different  from  natural  sympathy 
with  members  of  the  race ;  for  they  of  course  belong  to  an 
absolutely  different  class  of  beings,  for  whom  intercession 
can  no  longer  be  made,  because  it  is  ethically  as  well  as 
logically  impossible  to  desire  forgiveness  for  those  who 
despise  it.  Certainly  provision  must  be  made  somehow 
against  a  Dualism  being  perpetuated  for  ever  by  powers 
hostile  to  God,  instead  of  the  consummation  of  our  sphere  of 
creation. 

5.  Clear  as  is  the  deliverance  given  by  the  N.  T.  on  the 
2)rinciple  that  unbelief  damns,  as  little  clear  is  the  answer  it 
gives  in  reference  to  the  question  as  to  the  ])crsons  who  are 
judged  and  treated  in  accordance  with  that  principle.  That 
there  are  damned  beings,  preponderant  exegetical  reasons 
prove  (but  we  have  therewith  no  dogmatic  proposition,  be- 
cause the  latter  must  also  be  derived  from  the  principle  of 
faith) ;  nor  have  we  been  able  to  find  the  dogmatic  reasons 
for  Apokatastasis  decisive.  Hence  the  latter  also  cannot  be 
dogmatically  taught.  The  objective  reason,  why  no  categorical 
affirmation  can  be  made  on  dogmatic  grounds,  lies  in  human 
freedom.  It  does  not  admit  the  assertion  of  a  universal 
process  leading  necessarily  to  salvation,  because  such  process 
is  and  remains  conditioned  by  non-rejection  and  free  accept- 
ance. 

But  such  human  freedom,  so  long  as  it  lasts,  of  course 
excludes  also  a  categorical  dogmatic  affirmation,  that  there 
certainly  are  damned  beings;  for  so  long  as  freedom  of  any 
kind  exists,  so  long  the  possibility  of  conversion  is  not 
absolutely  excluded,  be  it  even  through  judgment  and  damna- 
tion to  deeper  and  longer  misery.  But  wherever  this  possi- 
bility issued  in  reality,  there  self-evidently  the  damnation 
could  no  longer  continue.  The  necessary,  eternal  duration 
of  the  rejection  and  damnation  of  the  one  class  could  only 
be  maintained  with  full  precision,  provided  also  the  complete 
loss  of  freedom  for  conversion — absolute  hardening  —  was 
taught,  as  is  usually  done  by  the  advocates  of  eternal  damna- 
tion, whereupon  the  new  question  arises,  whether  such  are 
still  men,  and  not  rather  persons  that  have  been  men,  but 
have  really  degenerated  into  a  lower  class  of  beings. 

6.  But  a  third  theory   seems   now  to  meet  with  growing 


THE  LAST  JUDGMENT.  425 

assent  in  opposition  both  to  the  Churcli-Joctrine  and  espe- 
cially to  the  doctrine  of  Apokatastasis,  the  hypothesis  of  the 
annihilation  of  the  wicked,  which  likewise  thinks  itself  able 
to  make  categorical  assertions  respecting  the  question  of 
persons.     "We  therefore  dwell  awhile  upon  it. 

If  regard  for  freedom  does  not  permit  the  affirmation  of 
the  doctrine,  tliat  a  harmonious  conclusion  of  history  and 
universal  restoration  are  secured  by  means  of  conversion 
being  certainly  universal  without  exception,  —  for  if  the 
ethical  process  turned  into  a  physical  one,  the  result  attained 
would  only  be  of  ethical  value  in  appearance, — this  har- 
monious conclusion  might  seem  to  be  better  secured  by  the 
supposition,  that,  because  the  power  of  immortal  life  resides 
only  in  Christ  and  living  communion  with  Him,  those  who 
obstinately  and  definitively  withdraw  from  such  communion 
perish  and  are  annihilated.  This  theory  may  even  pay  regard 
to  human  freedom  and  the  divine  justice  by  leaving  room  for 
a  punishment  of  the  wicked,  and  making  the  very  annihilation 
itself  to  be  effected  by  the  consuming  divine  penalties,  which 
begin  from  the  final  judgment.^  In  favour  of  the  supposition 
of  the  final  annihilation  of  the  wicked,  it  is  alleged^  that 
numerous  expressions  are  used  in  reference  to  those  falling 
under  sentence  of  condemnation  which  suggest  annihilation.^ 
The  word  "  death  "  indeed  has,  it  is  said,  various  meanings, 
but  it  always  denotes  the  dissolution  of  a  living  power. 
"  Thus  physical  death  so  called,"  it  is  said,  "  is  a  dissolution 
of  the  living  unity,  which  embraces  the  body  and  the  soul. 
Further,  the  sinful  state  of  the  soul  is  called  a  spiritual 
death,  because  through  it  the  bond  between  the  soul  and 
God  is  dissolved.  When,  then,  a  '  second  death '  is  spoken  of, 
this  may  signify  merely  the  dissolving  of  the  soul  itself  into 

^  The  latter  is  taught  by  the  Socinians  aiul  Eothe,  whereas  according  to 
AVeisse  {Stud.  u.  Krit.  1835  :  Ueber  die  philos.  Bedeutung  der  chr.  Eschatologie, 
Philos.  Dogmatik,  §  965)  annihilation  enters  as  matter  of  course  for  all,  who 
are  not  rendered  immortal  by  regeneration.  White,  on  the  other  hand,  makes 
indeed  a  retributive  punishment  and  pain  fall  on  the  godless  before  tlieir 
annihilation,  while  seeming  to  regard  this  as  the  act  of  God  Himself,  p.  499  ff. 

*  E.g.  by  White,  p.  359  ff. 

'  E.g.  a'TTuXiia.,  oXiSpH,  Matt.  vii.  13  ;  Rom.  ix.  22  ;  1  Thess.  v.  3  ;  2  Thess. 
1.  9  ;  1  Tim.  vi.  9  :  a^oXXt/'va/,  a'roX\v(r6x,,  Matt.  X.  23  ;  Luke  xvii.  33  ;  John 
ui.  16,  xii.  25  ;  1  Cor.  i.  18. 


426  ESCHATOLOGY. 

nothing/  Tins  view  may  well  be  reconciled  with  the  Scrip- 
ture passages,  which  teach  an  eternal  duration  of  hell-punish- 
ments, if  ai(t)vio<i  can  denote  an  immeasurable,  indefinitely 
long  duration  of  punishment." — "  Although,"  it  is  continued, 
"  the  notion  may  less  commend  itself,  that  God  Himself 
directly  destroys  the  souls  of  the  ungodly,  we  may  still  re- 
member that  an  ontological  significance  belongs  also  to  the 
ethical,  whence  it  would  follow,  that  just  as  the  appropriation 
of  the  Holy  Spirit  and  the  divine  life  has  a  significance  in 
relation  to  the  enhancement  and  invigoration  of  the  entire 
human  life,  so,  conversely,  estrangement  from  God  separates 
from  the  source  of  life,  and  the  growing  dominion  of  sin  is 
by  no  means  a  matter  of  indifference  to  the  stability  of  the 
spiritual  faculties.  Sin,  moreover,  has  ontological  significance, 
namely  of  a  negative  kind.  This  also  seems  to  be  held  by 
all  the  Church  teachers,  who,  in  order  to  maintain  the  eternity 
of  hell-punishments,  and  to  cut  off  the  continuance  of  a 
possibility  of  conversion,  assert  the  complete  loss  of  freedom 
in  the  case  of  the  lost  to  be  a  natural  consequence  and 
punishment  of  sin,  which  again  would  involve,  in  virtue  of 
the  connection  between  volition  and  knowledge,  a  complete 
darkening  of  the  spirit,  an  extinction  of  all  remnant  of  higher 
light  and  knowledge  of  God.  But  again,  however  it  may  be 
open  to  dispute  whether  a  being  so  disorganized,  in  whom 
that  which  makes  man  man — reason  and  freedom — is  ex- 
tinguished, ought  to  be  called  a  man,  so  much  seems  clear, 
that  the  Church  teachers  mentioned  acquiesce  as  to  the  chief 
matter  in  the  annihilation  of  the  ungodly.  The  latter  are 
then  to  be  viewed  essentially  in  the  light  of  people  who  have 
become  insane,  perhaps  raging  in  impotent  fury  for  ever,  which 
would  be  a  sort  of  annihilation  of  their  human  character." 

It  cannot  in  fact  be  denied  that  both  views — that  of  those 
Church  teachers,  who  make  freedom  and  reason,  and  especially 
consciousness  of  God,  to  be  extinguished  for  ever  in  the 
damned,  and  that  of  the  advocates  of  the  annihilation  of  the 
ungodly — approach  very  near  to  each  other,  save  that  the 
latter  have  in  their  favour,  that  they  at  least  do  away  with 
the  crying  dissonance  that  would  be  left  for  the  unity  of  the 
world,  if  alongside  the  world  of  the  perfected  and  saved, 
1  Cf.  Nitzsch,  p.  413  If. 


THE  LAST  JUDGMENT.  427 

that  other  world  of  insanity  and  blind  enmity  to  God  con- 
tinued eternally.  But  it  does  not  follow  from  this,  that  we 
can  set  up  the  annihilation  of  the  wicked  as  a  dogmatic  pro- 
position, but  only  that,  if  we  hold  fast  to  the  immortality  of 
the  wicked,  the  entire  extinction  of  freedom  and  reason  as 
the  effect  of  sin  must  not  be  supposed.  The  doctrine  of  the 
annihilation  of  the  ungodly  on  its  part  is  likewise  mere 
hypothesis,  for  to  assert  at  present  dogmatically  that  there 
are  certainly  those  doomed  to  annihilation  would  be  incom- 
patible with  freedom.  But  exegetically  this  hypothesis  has 
against  it,  that  Holy  Scripture  treats  as  possible  a  deliverance 
from  imprisonment,  although  through  heavy  punishment.^ 
Again,  it  tells  against  it,  that,  whereas  Holy  Scripture  teaches 
differences  of  degree  in  guilt  and  punishment  even  after  the 
judgment,  and  therefore  not  an  infinite  guilt  in  all  whom 
the  judgment  condemns,  this  hypothesis,  on  the  contrary, 
assumes  one  and  the  same  highest  degree  of  punishment  for 
all  sinners,  namely  annihilation  (so  far,  namely,  as  the  fact 
is  left  out  of  sight,  that  annihilation  is  also  an  end  of  all 
punishment).^  Although,  further,  this  hypothesis  seems  ex- 
ceedingly favourable  to  the  unity  and  harmonious  consumma- 
tion of  the  world,  it  still  includes  the  disturbing  element, 
that  such  glorious  capacities  of  a  godlike  kind,  having  an 
essential  relation  to  infinite  excellence,  and  thus  themselves 
having  a  share,  although  small,  in  the  infinite,  are  supposed 
to  perish,  and  be  annihilated  after  the  fashion  of  mere  finite 
natural  faculties.^  Accordingly,  this  hypothesis  also  cannot 
lay  claim  to  unreserved  acknowledgment  and  dogmatic 
authority,  and  we  must  be  content  with  saying,  that  the 
ultimate  fate  of  individuals  remains  veiled  in  mystery,  as 
well  as  whether  all  will  attain  the  blessed  goal  or  not. 
Enough  that  we  have  the  certainty  of  eternal  life  and  of 
the  perfecting  of  God's  kingdom,  however  this  may  be  brought 

'  Matt.  V.  26.  (Cf.  xii.  31  f.,  since  punishment  is  not  forgiveness.) 
^  With  annihilation,  indeed,  all  punishment  is  at  an  end.  But  if  the  ungodly- 
are  not  annihilated  by  God,  but  consumed  by  the  punishments,  such  a  view 
ddfes  not  exhibit  a  just  distribution  of  the  degrees  of  punishment ;  for  the  siu 
of  the  worst  transgressors  must  do  its  consuming  work  most  rapidly,  and  thus 
the  punishment  for  them  would  be  most  quickly  ended,  whereas  it  would 
pontinue  so  much  the  longer,  the  less  the  power  of  evil  in  the  sinner. 

*  Evil  is  never  the  substance  of  the  soul ;  this  remains  metaphysically  good. 


428  ESCHATOLOGY. 

about.  But  although  knowledge  on  many  matters  in  them- 
selves worthy  to  be  known  is  denied  to  us  as  regards 
Eschatology  generally,  and  especially  as  regards  the  present 
point, — knowledge  which  is  impossible  to  us  because  of 
human  freedom, — it  yet  remains  for  us  to  lay  down  the 
following  dogmatic  propositions  : — 

(1.)  There  is  a  judgment,  which  maintains  the  divine 
justice,  and  also,  by  excluding  everything  hostile,  subserves 
the  consummation  of  the  kingdom  of  God. 

(2.)  There  is  no  predestination  to  damnation ;  only  con- 
tinued impenitence  can  be  the  cause  of  that ;  hence  no  one  who 
has  or  can  have  the  will  to  be  converted  is  damned  for  ever. 

(3.)  The  process  of  grace  can  never  fall  into  the  physical 
sphere.  Therefore,  rejection  of  grace  remains  possible,  and 
every  hope  of  Apokatastasis  that  passes  into  the  physical 
sphere  is  to  be  rejected,  as  well  as  the  hope  of  universal 
salvation  apart  from  Christ. 

(4.)  There  may  be  those  eternally  damned,  so  far  as  the 
abuse  of  freedom  continues  eternally ;  but  without  the  possi- 
bility of  the  restoration  of  freedom,  man  has  passed  into 
another  class  of  beings,  and — regarded  from  the  standpoint 
of  the  idea  of  man — is  a  mere  ruin. 

(5.)  Blessedness  can  only  exist  where  holiness  exists.  As 
there  is  no  condemned  penitence,^  so  th'?re  is  no  unholy 
blessedness, 

§  155. — The  Consummation  of  the  World  and  Eternal 
Blessedness. 

There  is  an  eternal  blessedness  through  the  transfiguring 
consummation  of  Nature,  of  Individuals,  and  of  the 
Kingdom  of  God. 

1.  The  N.  T.  foretells,  like  the  Old,^  a  Consummation 
[avvTeXeta,^  airoKarda-Tao L<i^) ,  when  Christ  shall  have  accom- 

^  Nitzsch  :  the  thought  of  an  eternal  damnation  and  punishment  is  necessary, 
inasmuch  as  there  can  be  no  enforced  holiness  of  a  personal  being,  and  no  saved 
unholiness  in  eternity,  System,  ed.  6,  §  219,  p.  411, 

-  Isa.  Ixvi.  »  Matt.  xiii.  39,  40,  49,  xxiy.  3,  xxviii.  20.       , 

*  Acts  iii,  21 ;  1  Cor.  xv.  24-28  ;  Rev,  xxi.  1, 


FINAL  CONSUMMATION.  429 

plished  His  mediatorial  work  and  led  all  God's  children  to 
the  Father,  that  God  may  be  all  in  all,  i.e.  that  His  glory 
may  be  revealed,  and  the  authority  of  His  will  universal, 
—  not  merely  the  will  of  His  love,  but  also  of  His 
power  and  justice.  As  to  details,  the  Consummation  of 
Nature,  of  Individuals,  and  of  the  Kingdom  of  God  is  to  be 
considered. 

2.  The  Consummation  of  the  natural  world  presupposes 
an  end  ^  of  the  present  world-period  and  order,  which,  how- 
ever, must  not  be  conceived  as  an  annihilation  of  the  world, 
although  it  is  described  as  a  conflagration  of  the  world.^ 
Matter  is  not  evil.  Thus  the  destruction  can  only  refer  to 
the  form  of  the  world.^  The  conflagration  may  precede  as  a 
means  for  transfiguring  the  world  into  heightened  beauty, 
into  a  new  heaven  and  new  earth.*  The  material  of  the 
world  may  be  ennobled  thereby.  This  transfiguring  of  nature 
includes  not  merely  the  erasing  of  all  traces  of  sin  in  the 
form  and  material  of  the  world,  but  also  so  intimate  a  union 
of  nature  with  spirit,  that  no  place  will  any  longer  exist 
for  decay .^  Without  loss  of  substantiality,  matter  will  have 
exchanged  its  darkness,  hardness,  heaviness,  immobility, 
and  impenetrableness  for  clearness,  radiance,  elasticity,  and 
transparency.^  Although  with  the  consummation  of  the 
earthly  creation  its  task  will  be  discharged,  from  this  con- 
summated circle  of  creation  as  a  basis,  an  altogether  new 
stadium  may  again  begin,  an  advance  to  new  creations  with 
the  co-operation  of  perfected  humanity,  in  which  God  will 
have  His  being,  and  through  which  He  will  continue  His 
work. 

.  3.  As  concerns  the  Consummation  of  Individuals,  the 
promise  is  that  the  righteous  shall  shine  as  the  sun  in  the 
kingdom  of  the  Father.^  As  our  earthly  body  bore  the  image 
of  the  earthly  Adam,  so  our  pneumatic  spiritual  body  shall 

1  1  John  ii.  17.  ^2  Pet.  iii.  7-10. 

3  1  Cor.  vii.  31.     See  p.  382.  *  Rev.  xxi.  1  ;  Ps.  cii.  26  ;  Isa.  Ixvi. 

^  According  to  Rotlie's  Theol.  Ethik,  liability  to  decay  is  only  possible  tlirough 
the  dissolution  of  the  ideal  and  real  through  the  expiring  of  the  fomier. 

«  Rothe,  EtJiik,  ed.  2,  ii.  481  ff.     Schoberlein,  Jahrb.f.  d.  Theol.  1861,  vi.  1  ; 
Ueber   das    Wesen  der  c/eistiyen   Natur  und    Lcihlichkcit.      lianiberger,    Die 
himrnllsche  Leiblichkeit,  ibid.  1SC2,  1.     Laiige,  ut  su-j/ni. 
'7  Matt.  xiii.  43. 


430  ESCHATOLOGY. 

bear  Christ's  image.-^  We  shall  stand  in  a  state  of  unfettered 
vitality.  The  somatic-psychical  organism  will  be  the  absolutely 
adequate  means  for  the  action  of  the  spirit,  all  mortality  and 
passivity  of  the  body  will  have  vanished.  Space  and  time, 
although  life  will  still  run  in  these  forms,  will  no  longer  form 
restrictive  limits.  The  perfected,  through  the  eternal  life  in 
them,  have,  like  God,  a  fount  of  life  in  themselves.^  "  Union 
with  all  world- spheres,  and  especially  the  persons  in  them, 
stands  open  to  the  perfected,  and  therefore  fellowship  with 
them.  From  their  inner  nature  a  light  will  stream  forth, 
forming  an  atmosphere  around  them,  and  binding  together 
the  perfected."  When  we  are  entirely  sanctified  in  body, 
soul,  and  spirit,  the  earthly  distinction  of  sex  also  will  exist 
no  longer,^  nor  the  earthly  distinction  of  ages,  each  of  which 
has  its  imperfection ;  rather  the  power  of  eternal  life  in- 
cludes both  eternal  youth  and  the  vigour  of  maturity.  The 
new  spiritual  body  also  is  raised  into  the  fulness  of  spiritual 
energy.  It  will  share  in  superiority  to  space,  and  be  able 
to  emulate  the  fleetness  of  thought.  Since  it  will  no  longer 
form  an  independent  centre  of  life  outside  the  spirit  and  its 
sphere  of  energy,  but  the  spirit  will  have  become  the  sole, 
all-ruling  centre  of  personality,  with  the  passivity  and  mor- 
tality of  the  body  all  liability  of  the  spirit  to  be  tempted  by 
it  has  disappeared.  As  relates  to  the  spiritual  side,  it  will 
be  remote  from  the  possibility  of  sin,  not  through  loss  of 
freedom,  but  through  the  indestructible  energy  of  love  spring- 
ing from  union  with  God,  from  the  presence  of  God  and 
Christ,  and  from  habitual  delight  in  and  through  them. 
Consequently  the  consummated  spirit  will,  in  conformity  with 
God  and  Christ,  possess  true  freedom  in  the  fact  that  it  can 
no  longer  become  unfree.  On  the  side  of  knowledge  and 
volition,  the  soul  will  enjoy  blessed  contentment.  Then  will 
Christ  keep  the  supper  anew  with  us,  and  the  highest 
solemnities  of  the  present  are  but  a  weak  foretaste  of  the 
powers  of  the  world  to  come.*  Then  fragmentariness  in 
knowledge  will  cease,  for  we  shall  see  face  to  face.^  To 
those  who  love  Him,  God  will  give  what  no  eye  has  seen  oi 

1  1  Cor.  XV.  49.     Cf.  1  John  iii.  2 ;  Phil.  iii.  21  ;  2  Cor.  iii.  18. 

2  John  iv.  14.  ^  i  xhess.  v.  23  ;  Luke  xx.  34-36.  *  Heb.  vi.  4,  5j 
*  1  Cor.  xiii.  10-12  ;  1  John  iii.  2  ;  John  xvii.  24  ;  Kev.  xxii.  4. 


FINAL  CONSUMMATION".  431 

ear  heard  or  heart  conceived.^  The  pure  in  heart  shall  see 
God/  i.e.  not  merely  possess  Him  by  faith,  or  possess  know- 
ledge through  inferences  from  His  works,  but  they  shall 
know  Him  as  He  is.  They  will  have  the  power  to  love 
Him  perfectly,  for,  as  Baxter  says,  we  shall  only  then  rightly 
know  His  loveliness  and  beauty  when  "  the  heavenly  faculty 
of  perception  is  winged,  sharpened,  the  highest  clearness  of 
vision."  Since  the  heavenly  body  has  then  become  a  perfect 
organ  of  knowledge,  God  will  be  beheld  by  the  beatified  in  His 
cosmical  being,  and  the  world  will  be  beheld  as  filled  with  God, 
and  they  will  be  grasped  in  their  immediate  presence.  The 
individual  will  be  known  in  the  light  of  great  intuitions  of 
the  whole,  and  in  accordance  with  the  mutual  connection 
between  it  and  the  whole.  So  far  as  the  universe  is  in 
eternal  progression,  and  new  circles  of  creation  are  ever 
arising,  knowledge  is  never  concluded  and  yet  never  a  frag- 
ment; but  it  can  survey  the  whole  existing  at  the  time, 
and  the  new  treasures  of  divine  wisdom  and  love  ever 
pouring  forth  therein.  But  this  whole  itself  is  like  a  circle 
extending  itself  farther  and  farther,  yet  always  a  whole,  a 
harmonious  organism.  The  beatified  also  stand  to  each  other 
in  the  relation  of  mutual  understanding.  Not  merely  will 
there  be  a  reunion  and  mutual  recognition,^  but  we  shall 
behold  (in  which  even  a  Socrates  rejoiced)  all  the  great 
spirits  in  the  history  of  humanity,  a  Paul,  John,  the  Pro- 
phets, and  have  the  noblest  enjoyment  in  infinitely  diversified 
fellowship  and  love.  But  the  centre  of  the  blessed  enjoy- 
ment will  be  God  Himself  and  Christ.  The  highest  activity 
of  the  will  will  lie  in  perfected  worship,*  consisting  in  adora- 
tion, thanks,  and  praise,  and  also  in  joyous  obedience  which 
makes  itself  in  godlike  love  an  organ  for  God's  continuous 
activity.  This  suggests  the  relation  of  blessedness  to  rest 
and  enjoyment  on  one  hand,  and  to  aetion  on  the  other.  The 
poetic  figures,  which  depict  the  enjoyment  of  the  heavenly 
harmony,  are  especially  borrowed  from  the  sphere  of  art. 
Art — the  beautiful — receives  here  at  last  its  special  place,  for 
the  nature  of  art  is  to  delight  in  visible  presentation  {Darstell- 
un(j),  to  achieve  the  classical  and  perfect  with  unfettered  play 

1  1  Cor.  ii.  9.  -    ^  Matt.  v.  8. 

'  Matt.  viii.  11,  xvii.  3  ;  Luke  xiii.  23.  *  Kcv.  vii.  12,  xxil  3. 


432  ESCHATOLOGY. 

of  its  powers.^  Every  one,  morally  perfect,  will  thus  wed  the 
good  to  the  beautiful.  It  follows  herefrom,  that  in  the  rest 
pictured  as  the  goal,  as  an  eternal  Sabbath,^  there  will  be  no 
inactivity,  and  also  no  unrest  in  the  activity.  Labour  and 
effort  have  fallen  away,  because  the  organ  serves  the  spirit  with 
absolute  willingness  while  godlike  work  continues.^  There 
remains  nothing  to  do  indeed  in  reference  to  personal  sin,  but 
for  this  reason  presentative  activity  still  remains,  nay,  even 
production  and  the  contemplating  of  what  is  produced,  both 
with  undisturbed  sense  of  blessedness.  The  talents  of  indi- 
viduals will  not  be  lost,  nay,  will  be  raised  to  higher  potency, 
and  spring  from  out  the  fount  of  eternal  life  without  hin- 
drance.'* The  aspect  of  activity  in  blessedness  is  emphasized 
in  the  figure  of  the  faithful  being  set  over  many  things,  the 
commission  to  rule  cities  and  the  sitting  and  judging,  i.e. 
ruling  the  tribes  of  Israel.^  Further,  the  creations  of  God 
will  still  advance,  and  since,  according  to  the  analogy  of  the 
relation  of  angels  to  the  growth  of  God's  kingdom  upon 
earth,  the  law  prevails  that  the  perfected  at  the  time  forms 
the  fixed  starting-point  for  further  productions,  the  blessed 
will  never  want  an  arena  of  satisfying  activity.  Since  nature 
has  acquired  perfect  plasticity  for  the  spirit,  it  will  be  no 
longer  a  mere  place  or  abode  of  the  spirit,  but  its  property, 
nay,  enabled  to  become  the  pure  mirror  of  the  spirit,  and  the 
willing  adequate  organ  for  its  formations  and  visible  presenta- 
tions. If  inquiry  is  made  as  to  the  contents  of  this  working 
and  presenting,  they  are  the  exhaustless  contents  of  eternal  life 
streaming  into  every  individual  life,  the  Triune  God  Himself. 
The  Deity,  infinitely  rich  and  glorious,  is  apprehended  and 
reflected  back  by  each  individuality  in  peculiar  fashion, — a 
thought  expressed  in  the  gleaming  jewels  of  many  colours 
in  the  building  of  the  city  of  God,^  Every  individuality, 
therefore,  exhibits  the  divine  in  a  way  no  other  can  do,  but 
is  also  receptive  to  each  of  the  rest,  and  their  presentations. 
Thus,  each  one  in  loving  contemplation  moulds  the  others 
and  their  presentations  in  the  past  and  present  after  or 
into    itself,   and   the  saying   becomes  truth,   "  All  is  yours." 

1  Rev.  V.  8-14,  xxi.  ^  Heb.  iv.  11  ;  Rev.  vii.  16,  17,  xxi.  4. 

=*  Schleiermacher,  Christ,  Glauhe,  ii.  500.  *  I^uke  xix.  13. 

"  Luke  XIX.  13-17  ;  Matt.  xxv.  15  ff.,  xix.  23.  «  Rev.  xxi.  11-23. 


FINAL  CONSUMMATION.  433 

A  difference  of  degree  finds  place  in  reference  to  blessedness 
and  glory,  but  without  envy  and  disorder ;  for  every  one  has 
"  the  measure,  which  he  is  able  to  receive,"  and  every  one  in 
his  own  way  shares  in  that  which  is  another's,  through  the 
absolute  communion  in  love  binding  together  the  perfected. 
This  enhances  the  sense  of  life  and  the  force  of  individuality. 
But  all — the  entire,  duly  organized  circle  of  countless  blessed 
spirits — grow,  without  growth  implying  any  defect  in  blessed- 
ness ;  for  their  ground  of  life  is  the  unsullied,  faultless 
blessedness,  nay,  the  eternal  life,  which  is  God  Himself — 
Triune  as  Father,  Son,  and  Holy  Spirit, 

4.  But  the  city  of  God  in  the  glorified  universe,  the 
temple  therein  which  is  the  medium  of  God's  presence  to 
all,  is  the  Chukch  of  God,  If  the  universe  has  become  the 
holy  place,  it  does  not  lack  its  Holiest  of  all.  The  Church 
is  certainly  a  narrower  idea  than  that  of  the  kingdom  of 
God ;  its  consummation  alone  would  not  be  the  consummation 
of  the  latter.  But  the  Church  is  not  merely  humanity 
united  with  God,  it  embraces  also  the  higher  spirit-world 
having  the  same  Head  with  it — Christ,  Again,  the  Church 
is  the  animating,  hallowing,  glorifying  centre  of  all  moral  com- 
munities, which  embrace  also  nature  in  its  fashion,  and  whicli 
only  found  imperfect  typical  manifestations  of  their  reality 
or  idea  upon  earth.  The  valuable,  true  elements  of  all  com- 
munities are  not  merely  preserved,  but  visibly  exhibited  in 
harmonious  interpenetation  without  losing  their  distinctions. 
Thus  is  the  TroXuTrot/ctXo?  Oeov  ao^la}  the  wealth  of  God's 
creative  power,  revealed  through  the  Church  of  God  and  to  it, 
for  the  Church  is  the  innermost  power  of  consummation  to  all 
spheres  through  the  eternal  life  having  its  seat  in  it.  The 
deepest  ground  thereof  lies  in  the  Incarnation  or  Godman- 
hood  of  Christ  which  took  place  primarily  for  it ;  for  in  the 
Incarnation  not  merely  are  God  and  man  united,  but  the 
beginning  of  the  consummation  of  nature  is  typically  given 
in  His  resurrection.  The  power  of  His  resurrection  continues 
in  the  consummated  new  Creation  of  His  Church,  and  effects 
also  the  transfisurin"  of  tlie  world.'^  As  in  this  Consumma- 
tion  all  false  interblending  of  evil  and  good,  of  mortal  and 
eternal,  must  become  separated,  so  also  must  the  mutual 
1  Eph,  iii.  10.  «  Phil.  iii.  10. 

DoKNEii.— Christ.  Uoct.  iv.  2E 


434  ESCHATOLOGY. 

externality  of  spirit  and  nature,  which  is  the  cause  of  mor- 
tality and  liability  to  temptation,  of  fickleness  and  instability, 
yield  to  the  powers  proceeding  from  the  Kisen  One,  in  whom 
spirit  and  nature  are  absolutely  blended.  Thus  Paul  repre- 
sents the  matter.^  As  a  unity  the  Church  is  called  the 
Bride  of  Christ,^  but  it  is  a  unity  in  variety  and  multiplicity ; 
it  is  the  city  of  God,  the  new  Jerusalem.^  God  Himself  is 
its  light  and  sun  and  everlasting  day ;  but  the  divine  light 
is  also  reflected  back  in  varied  forms  from  the  well-ordered, 
firm,  and  glorious  structure  of  the  city.  The  multitude  of 
the  beatified,  adoring,  perfected  righteous,  is  also  united  by 
the  Holy  Spirit  with  the  Bridegroom,*  as  well  as  united  with 
each  other  by  love  and  mutual  helpfuhiess.  After  the  con- 
flicts and  tribulations,  especially  of  the  last  age  before  Christ's 
Second  Advent,  will  come  the  marriage-feast  of  the  Lamb ; 
the  Bridegroom  will  bring  home  the  Bride  at  the  new  Supper,^ 
at  that  blessed  and  indissoluble  union  of  the  members  with 
their  Head,  by  which  the  dearest  and  holiest  relations  of 
earthly  communions  all  attain  their  reality. 

1  Eom.  viii.  11-19  ;  Col.  i.  18  ff.  ;  Eph.  i.  10. 

2  Eev.  xxii.  17.     Cf.  Matt.   ix.  15,  xxv.  1  ;  Luke  v.  34  ;  Mark  iL  19  ;  Eph. 
V.  24-32. 

*  Heb.  xii.  22  ;  Eev.  iii.  12,  xxi.  2,  10.  •*  Eev.  xxii.  17  ;  Eph.  iv.  13,  16. 

«  Rev.  xix.  7,  9  ;  Matt.  xxii.  2  ff. 


INDEX    TO    THE    FOUR   VOLUMES. 


Abelard,  i.  392,  ii.  343,  iv,  19,  71. 
Absolute,  primary  possibility  of  thought, 

etc.,  i.  228,  442  ;  the  ground  of  our 

thiukiiig  the,  230 ;  universal  ground 

of  possibility,  232,  441,  ii.  108. 
Absolute  religion,  ii.   215,   221,   232. 

234. 
Absoluteness  of  God,  i.  190,  204,  209, 

283 ;    relation   to   personality,    339, 

341,  438,  442,  ii.  36,  238,  252, 
Absolution,  iv.  326,  336,  338. 
Acosmism,  i.  237  f.,  332,  340  f.,  ii.  45; 

ethical,  73,  248,  253. 
Activity  of  the  spirit  in  cognition,  i. 

62  ;   of  God  in  knowledge,    326  f., 

of.    464,  ii.   112,  116,  121,  136;   in 

inspiration,  185,  187  f.,  201, 
Actus  eliciti,  iv.  169,  cf.  290. 
Actus  forensis,  iv.  210,  214,  218,  222, 

224,  228,  233,  cf.  196,  201  f.,  208. 
Adam,  ii.   43,  78,  213,    331,  339,  345, 

350,  354. 
Adoptianism,  iii.  213,  221. 
Advent,  second,  iv.  142,  159,  311,  373, 

383  ff.,  399. 
Aepin,  iv.  128. 
Alcuin,  iii.  221. 
Althaus,  iv.  402. 
Ambrosius,  ii.  340,  iv.  8,  13, 
Anabaptists,  iii.  267,  iv.  204,  267,  275, 
.     280,  356,  391,  393,  398. 
Anamartesia  of  Christ,   iii,   343,   351, 

360,  366, 
Angels,  ii.  196,  200,  iii.  325. 
Anger  of  God,  iii.  121,  127,  128,  iv.  10, 

30,  43,  73,  80,  84,  99,  104,  114,  116, 

122,  166,  209,  212,  230. 
Anselm,  ii.  339,  iv.  9,  14,  21,  34,  57, 

76,  103,  109. 
Anthropocentric  Christology,  iii,  258, 

308,  311,  313,  318,  326. 
Anthropomorphism,    i,    198,    461,    ii. 

248. 
Antichrist,  iv.  374,  383,  888,  390,  392, 

397  f. 
Antuiomianism,  i.   418,  446,  iii.  389, 

iv.  26,  77,  207,  216,  233. 


435 


Antiocheians,  iv.  168,  315, 

Apokatastasis,  iv,  173,  419,  428. 

Apollinaris,  i.  404,  iii.  206,  211,  215, 
219,  264,  267,  308,  313. 

Apologetics,  i,  177  f.,  338. 

A  priori,  i.  63,  309,  311  ;  no  a  priori 
given  ideas,  67  ;  a  priori  right,  288. 

Aquinas,  Th.,  i.  196,  231,  330,  382, 
430,  ii.  27,  99,  153,  178,  339,  iii.  29, 
221,  iv.  18,  293. 

Aristotle,  i.  69,  289,  385,  449,  iii.  368, 
iv.  73,  155, 

Arius,  Arians,  i.  211,  258,  350,  367, 
371,  421. 

Arminians,  i.  398,  411,  430,  ii.  352, 
iii.  52,  iv.  38,  82,  206. 

Arnobius,  i.  207,  241,  iv,  379. 

Ascension  of  Christ,  iv.  136,  138. 

Aseity,  i.  203,  205,  256,  258,  398,  409 ; 
trinitarian,  411,  420,  426,  442,  444, 
452,  458,  ii,  363. 

Athanasius,  i.  258.  374,  382,  452,  ii. 
336,  340,  iii.  209,  214,  220,  iv.  8, 
10,  168. 

Atheism,  i.  39,  89,  122  f.,  ii.  107,  119. 

Atonement,  i.  140  f.,  146,  462,  ii.  202, 
219,  261,  264,  iii.  70,  121,  385;  and 
law,  403  ;  and  justiiication,  iv.  193, 
202,  222,  377  ;  possible  theories  of, 
6,  75,  119  ;  God's  purpose  of,  81, 
86,  98,  116,  150,  183,  218,  cf,  280, 
291  ;  and  Baptism,  286,  291. 

Attributa  absoluta,  etc.,  i.  204. 

Attributes  of  God,  i.  187,  192 ;  nature, 
194  ;  divisions,  192,  203  ;  objective 
or  subjective,  197  ;  derivation,  202, 
324,  453  f. ;  and  Trinity,  361  f.,  380, 
393,  412,  447,  453 ;  share  of  the 
world  in,  ii.  27,  252,  410. 

Augustine,  i.  195,  241,  246,  270,  330, 
381,  387,  391  f.,  452,  ii,  29,  42,  94, 
152,  156,  178,  337,  340,  iii.  30,  45, 
298,  iv.  8,  10,  24,  76,  168  f.,  198, 
271,  314,  348,  390,  406, 

Authority  of  the  community,   i.   77 
ccchisiastical,  80,  429  ;  proof  of,  85  ; 
of  Scripture,  94;  external,  108,  111, 


436 


INDEX. 


113  ;  scepticism  and,  129  ;  freedom 
and,  418,  428  f.,  ii.  127,  139,  185, 
225,  230,  262,  iv.  91,  251,  254,  256, 
261,  304. 

Baader,  Fr.,  i.  188,  198. 

Bacon,  i.  429. 

Baier,  ii.  351,  iv.  203,  224,  352. 

Baldwin,  iii.  64. 

Baltzer,  ii.  102,  iv.  352. 

Baptism,  of  Jesus,  iii.  375,  377  ;  of 
John,  412,  iv.  246,  277,  290,  292; 
sins  before,  25  ;  Christian,  153,  173, 
203,  238,  244, 272,  276,  285;  necessity 
of,  293  ;  stages  in,  310  ;  and  Lord's 
Supper,  322,  324,  333  ;  and  Church, 
366,  399  ;  trustworthiness  of,  423. 

Baptist  doctrine,  iv.  283,  297. 

Bartels,  iii.  150,  175. 

Barth,  iii.  150,  175. 

Basil,  i.  383,  452. 

Basilides,  i.  365. 

Baudissin,  iii.  405. 

Baumgarten,  i.  196,  201. 

Baumgarten-Crusius,  iv.  15. 

Baur,  ii.  209,  219,  iii.  30,  175,  188, 
iv.  49,  256. 

Bautin,  i.  87. 

Baxter,  iv.  431. 

Bayle,  i.  282. 

Beauty,  i.  264,  267,  271,  275,  339, 
422,  458  ;  perfected  by  the  ethical, 
463,  cf.  284,  308,  ii.  66,  169,  200, 
243  ;  in  God,  360  ;  and  evil,  365, 
iii.  30  ;  of  Christ,  351  ;  in  the  con- 
summation, iv.  431. 

Beck,  i.  41,  164,  168,  263,  ii.  192,  195, 
iii.  52,  383. 

Being,  is  God?  i.  248,  cf.  189,  250, 
253 ;  is  God  all  ?  440 ;  God  thinks 
His,  324,  422,  439  ;  ethical,  312, 
316,  339  f.,  427,  431  ;  category  of, 
ii.  62,  118,  201. 

Bekker,  iii.  93. 

Bellarmine,  ii.  345,  iii.  18,  iv.  211,  226. 

Benecke,  iii.  47. 

Bengel,  ii.  351,  iv.  389. 

Bennet,  iv.  307. 

Berkeley,  i.  63. 

Beryll,  iii.  205,  209,  257. 

Besser,  iii.  266. 

Beyschlaj?,  i.  404,  iii.  176,  192,  207, 
255,  258  ff.,  2S9,  iv.  342. 

Beza,  iii.  33. 

Biblical  theology,  i.  23,  170,  ii.  196. 

Biedermann,  i.  41,  200,  225,  ii.  144, 
368,  iii.  95,  270,  276,  iv.  49,  75. 

Billroth,  i.  188,  405. 

Binder,  iii.  92. 

Birt,  iv.  277. 

Blasche,  iii.  30. 

Blessedness,   of  God,    i.    448,    463  f., 


ii.   11  ;  of  men,  iii.   115,  120.  200, 

202  ;    of  Christ,   iii.    330,    377,    iv. 

125,  131,  138  ;  of  believers,  ii.  372, 

iv.    230,    234,    238,    378,   382,  391, 

399,  423,  428,  431. 
Boehme,  i.  261. 
Boethius,  i.  381. 
Bonnet,  ii.  155. 

Brahminism,  i.  259,  281,  ii.  248,  256. 
Brentz,    ii.    351,    iii.    229,    306,    381, 

iv.  320. 
Briggs,  iv.  385,  387. 
Bromel,  iii.  266. 
Bruch,  i.  204. 
Budde,  i.  395,  ii.  153. 
Buddhism,  i.  249,  ii.  32,  242,  248,  251, 

256,  361,  iv.  375. 
Bunsen,  iii.  256. 
Burk,  iv.  209,  211,  219. 
Burnet,  iv.  415,  419. 
Bushnell,  iii.  254,  263,  iv.  59. 
Buxtorf,  ii.  187. 

C^SARius,  ii.  342. 

Calixtus,  i.  345,  ii.  188,  iii.  64,  iv.  203, 
367. 

Calling,  iv.  183,  189  f.,  203,  222,  235, 
274  f. 

Calov,  ii.  187,  iii.  64,  226,  382,  iv.  203, 
352. 

Calvin,  i.  262,  ii.  187,  355,  396,  iii.  33, 
37,  79,  112,  239,  381,  iv,  21,  170, 
192,  283,  317,  321,  326,  342,  345, 
349. 

Campanella,  i.  399. 

Canon,  ii.  230,  iv.  247,  253,  263. 

Canz,  i.  100. 

Capito,  iii.  34. 

Cajirice,  in  faith  in  authority,  i.  112  ; 
God  not,  294  f.,  299,  315,  418,  427, 
429,  435,  445,  447  ;  not  reason  of 
the  world,  ii.  10,  55,  57,  249. 

Cardan,  ii.  156. 

Carpocrates,  iii.  202. 
I  Cassian,  ii.  342. 

Catechesis,  iv.  302,  304,  341. 

Catholicism,  iv.  25,  140, 148, 198,  206, 
230,  232,  270,  275,  281,  284,  290, 
292,  315,  326,  332,  336,  348,  364, 
396. 

Causality,  i.  209,  242 ;  divine,  in 
relation  to  space,  248 ;  objective 
validity  of,  254  ;  in  relation  to  God, 
256 ;  merges  in  reciprocal  action, 
258,  421  ;  self-origination  of  God, 
267,  421  ;  God  causality  in  Athan- 
asius,  375,  in  Arius,  372,  in 
Schleiermacher,  401  ;  not  neces- 
sarily temporal,  ii.  28 ;  God's,  in 
creation,  35  ;  the  divine  originates 
secondary,  45,  49,  54 ;  determined 
and  self-determining,    51  ;    law   of, 


INDEX. 


437 


91,  124  ;  secondary,  154,  161  f.,  187, 
201,  222  f.,  iii.  42,  55,  iv.  252  ;  pro- 
ductive and  mediate,  49. 

Celtic  religion,  i.  282,  ii.  253. 

Cerintlms,  iii.  48,  213,  302,  331,  355, 
376. 

Certainty,  of  faith  and  laws  of  certainty, 
i.  34 ;  formal,  60,  62 ;  nature  of, 
67  f.  ;  immediate,  70  ;  religious  and 
scientific,  72,  85,  109,  159,  ii.  232, 
293 ;  Christian,  i.  152  ;  personal, 
115  ;  generic,  75,  79,  90  ;  extent  of, 
74  ;  of  inspiration,  96  f.,  ii.  121,  137, 
193,  200  ;  of  salvation,  iv.  53,  71, 
122,  180,  184,  193,  199,  214,  223, 
227,  231,  235,  274,  286,  336. 

Chalcedon  creed,  iii.  216,  225,  238. 

Chaldean  religion,  i.  279,  ii.  239. 

Chalybseus,  i.  262,  ii.  92. 

Chemnitz,  iii,  230,  239  f.,  335,  iv. 
203. 

Chiliasm,  iv.  365,  391,  393,  398. 

Chinese  religion,  i.  264,  270,  ii.  238, 
253. 

Christ,  the  essential  contents  of  faith,  i. 
48,  178  ;  historic,  115,  146  f.,  415, 
ii.  280-294  ;  His  image  uninventible, 
287  f.;  centre  of  Scripture,  i.  149. 
and  of  history  of  religion,  ii.  236, 
291  ;  a  new  phenomenon  to  God,  i. 
331,  463  ;  Christian  world-principle, 
i.  378,  458,  ii.  16  f.  ;  principle  of 
conservation,  46,  57,  64  ;  image  of 
God,  78,  85,  87  ;  security  for  im- 
mortality, 88  ;  relation  to  the  law, 
287,  to  angels,  96,  99,  101,  to 
miracles,  147,  150,  159,  289  ;  faith 
in,  leads  to  Trinity,  i.  415  ;  omni- 
presence of,  iv.  140  f.;  personal  law, 
ii.  370  ;  excepted  from  evil,  iii.  20, 
24,  45,  48  ;  the  world  preserved  for, 
58,  133,  294  ;  Judge,  iv.  147,  180, 
377,  417  ;  necessarj'^,  iii.  141  ;  ideal 
and  historic,  270  f. ;  centre  of  world, 
324,  348  ;  head  of  humanity,  321, 
.  iv.  93,  98,  109,  115,  117,  142,  241, 
311,  321,  399  ;  and  the  Holy  Spirit, 
160,  163,  183,  311,  321,  399  ;  and 
His  Word,  249  ;  and  Church,  371  ; 
relation  of  eschatology  to,  378,  399  ; 
the  all-glorifying  Head,  433. 

Christianity,  absoluteness  of,  iii.  74, 
319,  iv.  132,  296. 

Christlieb,  iii.  287. 

Christology,  in  relation  to  Trinity,  i. 
363  f.,  iii.  285,  iv.  139;  and  atone- 
ment, iii.  48,  iv.  5,  21,  26,  32,  75  ; 
and  Lord'.s  Supper,  321. 

Chrysippus,  ii.  131. 

Chrysostom,  ii.  178,  187,  iv.  168,  315. 

>  Church  discipline,  iv.  334,  340,  342, 
348,  350,  352,  363,  368. 


Church  government,  iv.  334,  342,  344. 

Church,  preaching,  i.  80,  144  ;  edu- 
cating, 81  ;  infallibility  of,  88 ; 
authority,  112,  429,  ii.  103,  128,  iii. 
396,  iv.  89,  136,  145,  149  f.,  154  ff., 
162,  204,  241,  243,  257,  267,  269, 
275,  284,  366 ;  and  baptism,  286, 
295  f.,  298  f.,  366;  and  Lord's 
Supper,  328,  331  ;  and  absolution, 
337  ;  invisible  church,  345,  350, 
357,  359  ;  militant,  367  ;  consum- 
mation of,  373,  378,  380,  396, 
433. 

Clarke,  iii.  245. 

Clemens,  iii.  222. 

Clemens,  Alex.,  i.  366,  ii.  237,  336, 
iii.  351. 

Clemens,  Rom.,  iv.  10. 

Clericus,  iii.  245. 

Cocceius,  iii.  409. 

Cognition,  moral,  i.  61  f.,  65  f.,  129,  ii, 
75,  81  ;  criterion  of  religion,  109, 
111,  114,  117,  119,  121,  192,  195, 
200,  228. 

Cognizableness,  of  God,  i.  206,  211  ; 
imperfect,  212  ;  of  miracles,  ii.  179, 
181  f. 

Collenbusch,  iii.  360, 

Communicatio  idiomatum,  iii.  231, 
238,  iv.  32,  34. 

Communion,  religious,  i,  144  f.,  ii,  76, 
121  ;  with  God,  115,  125,  199,  222, 
225. 

Concord,  Form  of,  on  Christology,  iii. 
233  ;  on  freedom  and  grace,  iv.  171, 
179  ;  on  atonement,  26,  34 ;  on 
Lord's  Supper,  320. 

Concupiscentia,  ii.  339,  343,  347,  352, 
354. 

Concursus,  ii.  44,  49,  94,  153. 

Conscience,  i.  105,  156.  171,  311,  436, 
446  ;  of  the  world,  318  ;  the  church 
the,  of  the  individual,  429  ;  in  gene- 
ral, ii.  50,  57,  74,  115,  117, 139, 141, 
170,  200,  228,  237,  241,  262,  310, 
369,  392,  iii.  39  f.,  126,  295,  316, 
402,  iv.  73,  84,  119,  174,  182,  184, 
230,  336,  374. 

Conservation,  of  world,  ii.  18,  40,  44, 
45  f.,  62,  91,  95,  135,  141,  145,  153, 
161,  174,  182,  187,  190,  201,  218  ff., 
222  f.,  229,  234,  2.59  ;  of  the  genus, 
301,  340,  342  ;  of  capacity  of  re- 
demption,  iv.  180  ;  and  Incarnation, 
iii.  300  ;  of  the  soul,  iv.  379. 

Consummation,  of  humanity,  iii.  141, 
307,  iv.  165  ;  of  Christ,  119,  135, 
138,  143,  415  ;  of  believers,  186, 
242,  378,  396,  399,  432;  of  the 
Church,  154,  373,  378,  380,  396, 
400,  433  ;  of  the  body,  413 ;  of 
nature  and  the  world,  429. 


438 


INDEX. 


Continuation  of  Christ's  offices,  iv. 
142,  243,  247,  271,  276,  286,  295, 
305,  323,  331,  340,  370. 

Continued  working  of  Clmst,  iv.  143, 
149,  243,  291,  301,  327,  329,  377, 
386. 

Continuity  of  revelation,  ii.  135  f. 

Conversion,  iv.  202,  206,  213  f.,  228, 
237,  284. 

Co-ordination,  of  divine  attributes,  i. 
202,  293 f.,  322,  448,  457;  of  the 
Triune  Persons,  351,  353,  436. 

Cosmogonies,  ii.  255. 

Cosmological  argument,  i.  248,  254, 
265,  307. 

Creation,  ii.  21  if.,  234,  255,  259  ;  first 
and  second,  i.  162, 167,  338,  343,  416; 
not  consummation,  ii.  18f. ;  out  of 
nothing,  23,  35  ;  implies  conserva- 
tion, 49,  53,  64,  79  ;  acts  of,  41  f., 
89,  90,  93,  95,  102  ;  creative  mo- 
ments in  religion,  114,  135,  140, 
201  ;  and  miracles,  153  ;  idea  of, 
363,  372,  iii.  298,  iv.  249,  381,  422  ; 
and  genus,  iii.  55  ;  second  creation, 
301,  304,  307,  iv.  73,  164,  178,  239, 
288,  362,  400  ;  and  Incarnation,  iii. 
283,  300,  340,  342;  futui-e,  iv.  429  f., 
432. 

Creationism,  ii.  88,  93  f.,  341,  343,  353, 
iii.  18,  51,  56,  301,  341. 

Crellius,  iv.  38. 

Crisp,  iv,  213. 

Criticism,  i.  95,  120,  146,  148,  ii.  230. 

CjT)rian,  ii.  340. 

Cyrill,  Alex.,  iii.  210,  215,  220,  iv.  8, 
13. 

CjTill,  Jer.,  iv.  168,  315. 

Damnation,  ii.  356,  iii.  131,  iv.  28  f., 
103,  229,  417,  427  f. 

Dannhauer,  iii.  64. 

Darwin,  ii.  43,  90,  92. 

Daub,  ii.  98,  iii.  94,  98,  261. 

Dawson,  ii.  89. 

Death,  i.  301,  ii.  66,  70,  82,  177,  262, 
336  f.,  339,  343,  354,  365,  iii.  12,  15, 
30,  114,  126,  354,  iv.  79,  84,  168, 
407,  425  ;  and  Christ's  kingly  office, 
iii.  388,  iv.  132,  135  ;  Christ's,  iii. 
412  f.,  418,  424,  iv.  10,  13,  20,  28, 

42,  50,  53,  70,  76,  119,  130,  322, 
374,  376,  382  ;  second,  418,  425. 

Degrees  of  inspiration,  ii.  199,  266  f. 

Deism,  i.  48,  83  f.,  93  f.,  98,  125,  197, 
200,  233,  235,  238,  241,  244  f.,  334, 
336,  340,  366,  369,  373,  377,  389, 
398,  400,   412,  444,   446,  460  f.,   ii. 

43,  45,  112,  154,  158,  161,  266.  338, 
iii.  79,  105,  200  f.,  304,  389,  iv.  46. 
80,  180,  223,  260,  291. 

Delitzsch,  ii.  353,  iii.  263,  304,  406. 


Dependence,  absolute,  i.  235,  ii.  110, 
112,  114,  116,  124,  162,  201,  237  f., 
248,  263. 
Descartes,  i.  218  ;  ontological  argu- 
ment, 429,  431. 
Determination  in  God  not  limitation, 
i.  198,  201,  237,  324,  441,  458. 

Determinism,  ii.  54,  158,  349,  iii.  18- 
39,  83,  104,  121. 

Development  (Becoming),  i.  252  f.,  318, 
329,  ii.  33,  35,  54,  70,  72,  74,  76, 
102,  128,  175,  202  ;  of  the  absolute 
religion,  i.  232,  236,  243  ;  and  evil, 
ii.  364,  381,  iii.  20,  28,  37,  59  ;  in 
Satan,  101  ;  evil  hostile  to,  107  ;  of 
the  God-man,  328,  367,  iv.  125, 
138  ;  of  state  of  grace,  178,  223;  of 
Church  from  faith,  155,  162,  358  ; 
in  the  consummation,  382,  410, 
412. 

De  Wette,  iii.  405,  iv,  46. 

Dieckhoti;  iv.  330. 

Dieringer,  i.  87,  ii.  154. 

Diodorus,  ii.  336,  iii.  211,  iv.  168. 

Dionysius,  the  Areopagite,  i.  194,  249. 

Dioscurus,  iii.  211. 

Docetism.  i.  48,  415,  ii.  196,  219,  266, 
iii.  204,  219,  222,  237,  302,  341,  351, 
iv.  5,  33,  59,  63,  139,  327,  395. 

Dodwell,  iv.  379. 

Doederlein,  ii.  352,  iii.  245,  iv.  41. 

Donatism,  iv.  342,  353,  364,  366. 

Dorner,  A.,  i.  187,  ii.  147,  152,  iv.  18, 
47. 

Doubt,  i.  88  f.,  108;  practical,  130, 
133,  136,  178. 

Drey,  V.,  i.  87. 

Dualism,  i.  126,  200,  208,  245,  277, 
281,  313,  335,  341,  366,  369,  461, 
ii.  10,  29,  36,  38,  119,  261  ;  Kant, 
i.  222 ;  precluded  by  ontological 
argument,  234,  318,  334,  361,  364, 
378,  iii.  18,  21,  25,  35,  38,  251,  iv. 
12,  67,  74,  78,  249,  416,  420,  423. 

Dualistic  religions,  i.  281  f.,  295,  ii. 
237,  253,  255,  261,  iv.  374. 

Duns  Scotus,  i.  196,  201,  394,  428, 
431,  ii.  80,  iii.  214,  221,  iv.  18,  39, 
82 

Dyad,  i.  364,  376,  420. 

Dyothelitism,  iii.  219,  359. 

Eberhard,  iv.  41. 

Ebionitism,  i.  48,  148,  371,  398,  415, 

iii.  183,  205,  207,  213,  214,  245,  255, 

258,  285  f.,   301,  307,   311,  331,  iv. 

5,  52,  279,  326,  348,  395  ;  its  forms, 

iii.  201. 
Ebrard,  i.  178,  iii.  254,  263. 
Edwards,  iv.  214. 
Egyi^tian  religion,  i.  275,  281,  ii.  236,* 

242,  254,  256  f.,  iv.  375. 


INDEX. 


439 


Elirenfeuchtor,  i.  76,  178. 

Eitzen,  v.,  i.  25. 

Elwert,  i.  203,  ii.  106. 

Emanationism,  i.  23-3,  309,  365,  456, 
ii.  10,  24,  39,  98,  261,  iii.  201,  203, 
205. 

Empiricism,  i.  62,  121,  124,  iii.  355. 

Encyclopaedia  tlieol. ,  i.  30. 

End,  in  itself,  i.  271,  278,  304  ;  the 
ethical  the  absohite,  308,  456  ;  of 
the  world,  ii.  18,  26,  41,  53,  54,  56, 
64,  68,  86,  119  ;  of  miracles,  179  f., 
219,  i.  266,  268  ;  absolute,  282,  287, 
292  ;  highest,  310,  339,  458. 

Epiphanes,  iii.  202. 

Episcopius,  iii.  352,  iv.  259. 

Erbkam,  iv.  415. 

Erhardt,  iii.  94. 

Ernesti,  iii.  383. 

Eschatology,  iii.  77,  iv.  143,  373,  381, 
396. 

Eschenmayer,  iii.  94.  98. 

Essence  of  God,  i.  187,  191  f.,  202  ; 
God  absolute,  229,  234,  454  ;  relation 
of  divine  essence  to  matter,  ii.  37. 

Essenes,  ii.  98. 

Eternal  truths,  i.  62,  116,  163,  284, 
289,  325,  428  f.,  433,  445,  452,  ii, 
144,  196. 

Eternity,  of  God,  i.  239,  243,  337  ; 
of  creation,  ii.  21,  29  ;  of  the  spiilt, 
87,  253. 

Ethical  conception,  of  generic  con- 
tinuity, ii.  327  f.,  iii.  65,  iv.  95;  of 
Omnipotence,  iii.  104,  122,  iv.  82  ; 
of  the  Unio  in  Christ,  iii.  255  f., 
359  ;  of  power  in  Christ,  iv.  145  ; 
of  Christ's  activity  now,  146  f.;  of 
Church,  158,  358  ;  of  grace,  177  f. ; 
consummation  by  ethical  means, 
382  f.,  393,  397;  ethical  progi-ess 
after  death,  408,  411. 

Ethical,  ethical  good,  i.  167,  303,  308, 
339,  343  ;  perfectly  ethical  trini- 
tarian,   412,    427  f.,   432,   436,  444, 

-  454,  ii.  62,  72,  74  ;  in  religion,  117, 
124,  126,  180,  248,  252,  254,  260. 

Ethics  and  Dogmatics,  i.  24-30,  33, 
cf.  132. 

Eudaemonism,  iv.  38,  40  f.,  62,  393. 

Eunomius,  i.  212,  250. 
Eusebius,  iii.  381,  iv.  8,  13,  168. 
Eutyches,  iii.  211,  215. 
Evil,  nature   and  origin,   ii.   299,  iii. 
11  f.  ;   in   Hebraism,    402  ;    nature, 
ii.    383  ;    different    conceptions    of, 
359,  386  ;  theories  of  origin,  iii.  18  ; 
a  finite  power,  iv.   380  ;   possibility 
of,  ii.  14,  56,  64,  66,  71,  73  ;  idea  of, 
in  heathenism,  256. 
Evils,  ii.   65,  84,  262,  336,  354,  365, 
iii.  62,  65,  114,  126,  iv.  5,  24,  30, 


48,  54,  63,  69,  76,  79,  83  f.,  106, 

112  f.,  124,  230. 
Evolution,  ii.  90. 
Ewald,  iii.  154,  256,  iv.  133. 
Experience,  i.    28  ;    sensuous,  62,  68, 

72  ;  of  God,  73,  93  ;  of  divinity  of 

Scripture,   96  ;    stimulates  a  priori 

knowledge,  163. 
Expiation,  ii.  241,  257,  264,  iii.   403, 

406,  423,  iv.  23,  54,  57,  68,  72,  80, 

85,  89,  99,  106,  212. 

Fabri,  iv.  342. 

Faith,  necessary  to  verify,  i.  19,  20  ; 
relation  to  dogma,  29  f.,  35,  168, 
171  ;  idea,  32  ;  basis  of  knowledge, 
75,  159  ;  in  Church,  82  :  in  Scrip- 
ture, 94  ;  in  authority,  109  ;  and 
philosophy,  123  ;  and  doubt,  128  ; 
and  certainty,  152,  156  ;  and  three- 
fold cause  of  salvation,  364  ;  sets 
problems  to  science,  395,  413,  415  f. ; 
universal  tendency,  161,  378  ;  and 
verification,  308,  ii.  122,  222,  230  ; 
and  historic  research,  232 ;  false 
forms  of,  372  ;  and  knowledge,  iii. 
282,  iv.  195  ;  and  atonement,  20, 
27,  35,  52,  94,  118,  123,  136,  147, 
150,  154 ;  and  communion,  157 ; 
and  justification,  1G5,  173,  186,  188, 
193,  197,  210,  212,  218  f.,  226,  235  ; 
and  criticism,  254  ;  and  sanctifica- 
tion,  236  ;  propagated  through 
Scripture,  250 ;  through  preaching, 
265  ;  and  sacraments,  270,  275, 
280  f. ;  and  baptism,  281,  288,  290, 
292,  295,  299,  301  ;  and  confirma- 
tion, 305  ;  and  Lord's  Supper,  313, 
323  f.,  328,  330 ;  in  the  Eomish 
sense,  348  f. ;  and  the  Church,  164, 
242,  276,  349  f.,  358,  360,  361,  365, 
367,  372  ;  and  love,  372 ;  and  final 
goal,  377,  395. 

Farrar,  ii.  197,  iv.  415. 

Fatalism,  ii.  336,  349,  iv.  168,  187. 

Fate,  i.  279,  299,  315,  320,  342,  432, 
434,  445,  ii.  52. 

Faustus  V.  lihegium,  ii.  342. 

Federal  theology,  ii.  351. 

Feeling,  ii.  72  ;  not  religion,  108,  112 ; 
religious,  114,  117,  119,  200,  202, 
246. 

Fetishism,  ii.  237,  244  f.,  248. 

Feuerbach,  i.  134. 

Feuerborn,  iii.  237. 

Fichte,  J.  G.,  i.  64,  66,  75,  107,  224, 
438,  ii.  110,  iii.  246,  iv.  38. 

Fichte,  Junr.,  i.  76,  239,  402. 

Fides  Mstorica,  i.  93,  158,  175  ;  divina, 
93,  103  f.,  154,  176,  ii.  197. 

Final  cause,  i.  277,  309-311. 

Finitude,  and  divine  communication, 


440 


INDEX. 


ii.    16  ;    and  religion,  ii.    112  ;  and 
evil,  256. 

Fischer,  K.,  i.  402  f. 

Flacius,  ii.  349,  iv.  129. 

Flatt,  iii.  245,  iv.  42. 

Fletcher,  iv.  206,  213. 

Flbrcke,  iv.  389. 

Foreknowledge,  of  the  free,  i.  332,  ii. 
58,  cf.  265  f. ;  of  sin,  iii.  17,  37  f. ; 
of  faith,  iv.  175,  185,  187,  381,  422. 

Forgiveness,  in  the  0.  T. ,  iii.  408 ; 
free,  iv.  82  ;  complete  in  the  N.  T., 
229  ;  and  the  liOrd's  Supper,  322  ; 
and  membership  in  the  Church, 
335,  338. 

Form  and  matter,  ii.  23,  35. 

Form-principle,  i.  271. 

Formal  principle,  i.  157,  418,  ii.  225, 
233. 

Forster,  iv.  168. 

Freedom,  i.  301,  326,  332,  ii.  311  f., 
327,  336,  342,  344,  352  ;  and  autho- 
rity, 418  ;  in  God,  432,  435,  445, 
447  ;  willed  by  God,  ii.  19,  33,  51, 
55,  58,  73,  79,  81,  112,  115,  116  ; 
absolute,  118 ;  positive,  given  by 
God,  120  f.,  139,  cf.  163,  177,  200, 
247,  250,  260 ;  and  original  sin, 
357,  366  ;  and  law,  368  ;  false,  388, 
390,  393,  399  ;  and  evil,  374,  381, 
402,  404  f.,  iii.  16  f.,  22  ;  necessary, 
39,  41  ;  and  the  genus,  45,  51  f., 
55,  57,  65,  69  f.,  75,  83,  102,  iv. 
91,  93,  216  ;  in  Christ,  iii.  295,  327, 
356,  359,  366  f.  ;  and  dependence, 
iv.  64  ;  and  the  Spirit,  161,  165  ; 
and  grace,  168,  173,  179  f.,  182, 
191,  210,  222,  225,  227  ff.,  235, 
285  ;  real  and  formal,  186  ;  to  decide 
for  Christianity  restored,  180  f.,  184, 
204,  283,  300,  421,  424  ;  in  develop- 
ment of  Church,  152,  397  f.  ;  in 
future,  412,  427  ;  perfected,  430. 
Fries,  iii.  274,  iv.  46. 
Frohschanimer,  ii.  352. 
Fulgentius,  ii.  342. 

Gaunilo,  i.  217. 

Gaupp,  iii.  263. 

Generic  consciousness  in  relation  to 
certainty,  i.  75  f.,  ii.  75,  94,  121, 
126,  201. 

Gennadius,  ii.  342. 

Genus,  ii.  95,  126,  134,  201,  219; 
generic  sin,  324,  344,  347,  349,  358, 
405,  iii.  42,  46  f.,  50,  54,  57,  67, 
7.5,  iv.  26  f.,  95,  105,  423;  generic 
pi;nishment,  iii.  114,  119,  130,  iv. 
95,  112  ;  and  Christ's  development, 
iii.  341  ;  and  personality  in  Christ, 
376  ;  and  substitution,  iv.  89,  98  ; 
and  guilt,  95  ;  and  freedom,  91,  93  ; 


makes  satisfaction  in  Christ,  117  ; 
and  personality,  215  f.,  241  ;  and 
faith,  162  ;  perfecting  of,  381. 
Gerhard,  J.,  i.  94,  196,  330,  382,  388, 
ii.  59,  153,  178,  iii.  381,  iv.  31,  109, 
173,  203,  206,  208,  211,  220,  226, 
235,  267,  293,  352,  392,  406,  416. 
German    religion,   ii.    238,    242,    251, 

254,  iv.  375. 
Gess,  iii.   151,  167,  172  f.,  194,  254, 

260,  263,  iv.  28,  56,  379. 
Gnesio-Lutherans,  iv.  171. 
Gnosis,    i.    163,  166  ;   Christian,    338, 

413. 
Gnostics,  i.  249,  365,  ii.  24,  335,  iii. 
205. 

God-consciousness,  ground  of  all  cer- 
tainty, i.  75,  cf.  159  ;  new,  155  ; 
not  the  verification  of  God,  184,  cf. 
229,  ii.  67,  75,  79,  83,  94,  101,  112, 
154,  169,  181,  198,  246,  259.  _ 

God,  idea  of,  whether  innate,  i.  214  ; 
the  Christian  idea  true  and  neces- 
sary, 170,  173,  338,  343,  416,  ii. 
109  ;  God's  act,  116  ;  fundamental 
to  religion,  235,  240 ;  determines 
conception  of  evil,  ii.  360,  383,  iii. 
42,  78  ;  and  various  Christologies, 
252  ;  and  theories  of  atonement,  iv. 
6,  26  f.,  32,  75,  80  ;  and  grace,  177  ; 
and  immortality,  378  ;  and  Christ's 
threefold  office,  iii.  389. 

God-likeness,  i.  197,  417,  422,  437, 
444,  456  f.;  in  the  world,  ii.  15,  25, 
111,  146. 

God-man,  ii.  220,  230;  idea  in 
heathenism,  260. 

Godmanhood,  natural,  iii.  340 ; 
essential,  349  ;  ethical,  359  ;  official, 
374,  381. 

Godet,  ii.  197,  iii.  254,  263. 

Goeschel,  iii.  271,  iv.  56,  59. 

Goltz,  V.  d.,  i.  146. 

Goode,  iv.  307. 

Goodness,  physical,  i.  267,  272,  275, 
277,  293,  309,  365,  ii.  124  ;  ethical, 
i.  339,  377,  430,  456  ;  of  the  world, 
ii.  65,  67,  74,  76  ;  of  natural  law, 
162  ;  of  God,  261. 

Goodwin,  iii.  245,  289.  __ 

Government  of  world,  ii.  19,  53,  154, 
172,  253,  259. 

Governmental  theorv,  iv.  39,  103. 

Grace,  i.  19,  32,  431,  ii.  80  f.,  202, 
337,  342,  358,  401,  iii.  75,  iv.  75, 
190,  206,  210,  214,  225,  228,  230, 
289,  296,  299  ;  and  justice,  iii.  139, 
401,  404,  iv.  65  ;  and  freedom,  165, 
169,  175  ;  its  kinds,  178. 

Grace,  means  of,  i.  143,  iv.  153,  173^ 
189,  204,  230,  238,  249,  258,  340, 
360. 


INDEX. 


441 


Greek  relio;ion,  i.  264,  270  f.,  279, 
289,  ii.  '239,  241  f.,  246,  251,  255, 
257. 

Gregory  the  Great,  ii.  153,  iv.  12,  170, 
406. 

Gregory  Naz.,  i,  376,  453,  iv.  10,  13. 

Gregory  Nyssa,  i.  381,  391,  452,  ii. 
840,  iv.  11  f.,  415,  419. 

Grotins,  i.  395,  ii.  188,  iv.  38,  82. 

Gruner,  iii.  245. 

Grynaeus,  iii.  239. 

Gilder,  iv.  127,  402. 

Guilt,  ii.  335,  338,  340,  343,  347,  350, 
353,  355,  358,  366,  369,  386,  398, 
402,  404,  iii.  43  f.,  47  f.,  51,  54,  60, 
76,  96,  109,  128,  iv.  173,  292  ;  con- 
sciousness of,  i.  141,  ii.  202,  241, 
256  if.,  262;  and  Christ's  high- 
priestly  office,  iii.  388,  iv.  6,  10,  20, 
22  f.,  25,  44,  47,  49,  65,  73,  80,  84, 
100  f.,  102,  115,  148;  transferable- 
ness  of,  33,  40,  94  ;  and  repentance, 
188;  and  justification,  201  f.,  209, 
212,  216  f.,  228,  229  f.  ;  and  law, 
iii.  403  ;  and  sacrifice,  405. 

Giinther,  i.  405,  ii.  352,  iii,  214,  222. 

Hades,  iv.  376,  404,  409. 

Hafenrefler,  iv.  203. 

Haferung,  iii.  245. 

Hahn,  iii.  49,  237  ;  Junr.,  263  ;  Mich.. 

iv.  420. 
Hamann,  iii.  339. 
Haniberger,  i.  188,  261,  iv.  429. 
Hamilton,  i.  208  f.,  430. 
Hanna,  iv.  116. 
Hanne,  iv.  133. 
Haring,  iv.  72. 
Harless,  iv.  34,  176,  273. 
Harmony,  i.  267,  271,  284,  339,  422, 

458  ;  perfected  by  love,  463,  ii.  66, 

169. 
Harms,  Fr.,  i.  263,  ii.  40,  iv.  260. 
Harnack,  iv.  22,  55,  366. 
Hartmann,  v.,  i.   121,   126,  231,  268, 
-  276,  400,  ii.  36,  iii.  27,  iv.  47. 
Hase,  ii.  118,  iii.  407. 
Hasse,  iii.  263. 
Hebrew  religion,  i.   215,   237,   272  f., 

305,   311,  320  f.,   339,   343,   ii.  22, 

140,  254,  259  f. 
Hegel,  i.  115,  198,  206,  225,  242,  250, 

272,  281,  314,  400,  438,  ii.  12,  367, 

iii.  23,  27,  251,  270,  iv.  48. 
Heilmann,  iii.  244. 
Heinrici,  ii.  320. 
Held,  iv.  22. 
Hell,  iv.  128  f. 
Hengstenberg,  iii.  298,  iv.   202,   230, 

232,  384. 
Herbiirt,  i.  122,  458. 
Hering,  iii.  183. 


Herrlinger,  iii.  226,  iv.  171,  356. 

Herrmann,  iii.  269. 

High-priesthood  of  Christ,  iii,  337, 
360,  382,  388,  397,  399,  401,  411, 
iv.  1  f.,  52,  72,  98,  101,  112,  115, 
124,  146,  151,  217  f.,  224,  244,  268, 
396  ;  and  baptism,  276,  279  ;  re- 
flection of,  303. 

Hilary,  i.  376,  382,  452,  ii.  340,  iv.  8, 
10,  13. 

Hilgenfeld,  iii.  176. 

Hinduism,  ii.  238,  241  f. ,  248,  254. 

Hippolytus,  i.  366,  iii.  208,  256. 

Hirtzel,  ii.  172. 

History,  i.  278  ;  the  Son  the  principle 
of,  434  ;  God's  relation  to,  460,  462, 
ii.  32,  70,  79,  93,  98,  102,  124,  131, 
136,  142,  163,  cf.  198,  222 ;  essential 
part  of  contents  of  faith,  i.  47  If.,  ii. 
223,  225,  232,  237,  249,  260,  264  f. 

Hofling,  iv.  282,  288,  293,  296,  299, 
325. 

Hofmann,  v.,  i.  233,  356,  387,  403,  ii. 
59,  97,  192,  352,  iii.  49,  92,  96,  257, 
263,  287,  382,  392,  405,  iv.  22,  51, 
54,  128,  135,  176,  384,  389. 

Holiness,  i.  292,  300,  305,  321,  339, 
433,  448,  456,  ii.  101,  117,  200,  254, 

354,  358  ;  the  gods  not  holy,  256  f., 
258,  260,  262  ;  and  original  sin,  iii. 
58;  and  law,  403;  in  the  0.  T., 
405  ;  of  the  Church,   iv.    346,   348, 

355,  359,  366  f.;  and  blessedness, 
382 

HoUaz,  ii.   351,  iii.   382,  iv.  203,  224, 

317,  352,  416. 
Holsten,  ii.  317,  iii.  175,  350,  360,  iv. 

50,  133. 
Homogeneity,  of  the  subject  and  object, 

i.    67  f.,   130  ;    of  the  subject  with 

Christianity,   141  ;  of  objective  and 
i      subjective  dogmas,  445. 
Homousia,  i.  375,  ii.  219. 
Honoring,  iii.  216. 
Hopfner,  ii.  153,  iv.  205. 
Hugo,  V.  St.  Victor,  i.  393. 
Humanity    of    Christ,     necessary    to 

atonement,    iv.    32,    60,    118,    126  ; 

perfect  organ  of  Logos,  138,  140  ff. 
Humboldt,  Alex,  v.,  ii.  92. 
Hume,  D.,  i.  191,  255. 
Humility,  false,  i.  106,  151;  true,  141, 

151  ;  in  God,  447  ;  in  man,  ii.  114, 

117,  201  f.,  261  f. 
Huss,  iv.  348. 
Hiitter,  iii.  381,  iv.  203,  352. 

Idealism,   i.    64,    115  f.,    121,    124 ; 

leads  to  Egoism,  91,  ii.  38  f.,  264, 

iii.  246,  "251,  iv.  46,  48. 
Identity,    i.    208,  236,  248,  250,  258, 

422  ;  ethical,  461,  ii.  47,  137. 


442 


INDEX. 


Icrnatius,  i.  368,  iii.  220,  iv.  153,  314. 

Ignorance  and  sin,  ii.  305,  309,  312, 
367,  iii.  68  f.,  73,  76,  115,  iv.  66. 

Image  of  God,  ii.  77  ;  the  world  an,  20, 
27,  45,  54,  180. 

Immanence,  i.  242,  343,  347,  363,  365, 
377,  386,  412,  414,  444,  450,  ii.  18, 
145,  162,  iii.  279,  iv.  150,  238. 

Immateriality  of  God,  i.  238,  cf.  ii. 
35  ff. 

Immortality,  ii.  72,  82,  84,  87,  100. 

Immutability,  i.  143,  236,  244,  316, 
329,  365,  460,  ii.  42,  160,  iii.  122, 
285,  288,  298,  328,  iv.  14,  33,  80,  223. 

Imperfection  of  the  world,  ii.  28,  70, 
202,  248,  cf.  66,  71  ;  of  inspired 
men,  195. 

Imputatio  mediata  et  immediafa,  ii. 
350. 

Incarnation,  i.  115,  ii.  220,  232,  234, 
254  ;  its  necessity,  205-209,  218. 

Indifference,  i.  249  ;  God  not,  294,  429, 
447,  cf.  ii.  80,  iii.  27,  41,  iv.  83. 

Individual  in  relation  to  person  and 
subject,  i.  444,  ii.  76,  93. 

Individuality,  ii.  26,  39,  75, 128.  193  f., 
198,  223,  229,  252,  iii.  348,  352,  iv. 
93,  162,  240,  330,  369  f.  j  perfecting 
of,  432. 

Inductive  proof  imperfect,  i.  39  f.  ;  for 
God,  213  J  for  design,  266  ;  for  right, 
288 

Infallibility,  ii.  185,  192,  195,  iv.  152, 
252,  268  f.,  336,  348. 

Infant-baptism,  iv.  192,  203,  205,  238, 
277,  280,  285,  293,  304  f.,  363. 

Infinity,  i.  237  ;  agrees  with  determina- 
tion, 143,  198,  324,  440,  458,  ii.  17; 
nature  and,  67  ;  of  man,  86  f.,  125, 
247,  252. 

Inspiration,  i.  95,  103,  147,  175,  181, 
ii.  141,  183  ;  theory  of  assistance, 
187  ;  dogmatic  exposition,  189-225, 
iv.  252. 

Intel]  ectualism  in  relation  to  evil,  ii. 
367,  387,  iii.  31  f.  ;  in  relation  to 
atonement,  382,  389. 

Intelligence,  God,  i.  267,  284,  303,  305, 
309,  323  ;  and  personality,  337  ;  and 
Trinity,  403,  cf.  439,  458  ;  its  co- 
operation in  creation,  ii.  25,  cf.  13, 
34,  37. 

Intercession  of  Christ,  iv.  114,  117, 
144,  147,  149,  224,  234,  292,  302, 
421 ;  of  Church  at  baptism  of  infants, 
282,  295,  300,  305. 

Intermediate  state,  iv.  382,  387,  391, 
401,  408. 

Intuition,  i.  70 ;  intellectual,  71  ; 
Christian,  164,  173  f.  ;  God's  self- 
intuition,  325,  ii.  58,  61 ;  intuition 
of  God,  117,  120,  194. 


Invisibility  and  visibility  of  Church, 

iv.  359,  372. 
Irenffius,  i.  366,  ii.  340,  iii.  141,  210, 

220,  335,  iv.  8,  9,  11. 
Irving,  Ed.,  iii.  350,  360,  iv.  50,  339. 

Jacobi,  F,  H.,  i.  19,  75,  115,  119,  207, 
440,  iii.  246,  251,  268,  iv.  38,  47. 

James,  doctrine  of  evil,  ii.  305,  315  ; 
Christology,  iii.  158  ;  Justification, 
iv.  195. 

Jehovah,  i.  215,  235,  274,  280,  296, 
321,  346  f. 

Jerome,  iv.  406. 

Jesuits,  iv.  85. 

John  of  Damascus,  i.  194,  241,  380, 
381,  387,  392,  iii.  218,  289,  iv.  8,  10. 

John  on  sin,  iv.  305,  321  ff.,  331; 
Christology,  iii.  187  f. ;  atonement, 
422. 

Jolly,  iv,  307. 

Jovinian,  iv.  348. 

Judgment,  iii.  71,  114,  118,  iv.  106, 
113,  118,  126,  142,  144,  165,  184, 
229,  320,  330,  343,  348,  363,  374, 
376,  382,  387,  391,  401,  405,  408, 
410,  415. 

Juridical  argument  for  existence  of  God, 
i.  286  ;  for  immortality,  ii,  86, 

Juridical  conception  of  evil,  ii.  326, 
342,  369,  389,  401  ;  jur.  Unio  in 
Christ,  iii.  263;  doctrine  of  atonement, 
iv.  14,  19,  76,  90,  102  f.,  123,  216. 

Justice,  i.  191,  273,  277,  283,  286  f., 
290  ;  God  essentially  just,  293  f.  ;  in 
the  world,  297,  299  ;  an  end  in  itself, 
304  ;  its  nature,  339,  365,  430,  455, 
460,  ii.  18,  57,  59,  66  ;  innate  justice 
of  man,  81 ;  of  God,  117,  241,  255  ;  in 
heathenism,  255,  261  ;  in  the  0.  T., 
303,  iii.  401,  404  ;  and  holiness,  i. 
321,  ii.  354,  358  ;  and  sin,  327,  351, 
354,  398,  402,  iii.  33,  58,  81  ;  and 
Satan,  89,  99,  102,  105  ;  and  punish- 
ment, 116,  119,  125  f.,  127  f.,  130  f., 
iv.  9,  13,  18,  23,  27,  29,  37,  48,  55, 
60  f.,  123  f.,  425 ;  retributive,  63,  72, 
79,  82,  84,  212  ;  not  vengeance,  103  ; 
in  Christ,  126  ;  and  Christ's  resur- 
rection, 134  ;  and  love,  ii.  372,  iii. 
133,  135  f.,  243,  277,  406,  iv.  4,  7, 
87,  98  f.,  107,  115,  117,  124,  126, 
180  f.,  190. 

Justification,  i.  55,  462,  ii.  346,  372, 
iii.  429,  iv.  20,  26,  37,  118,  146, 
165,  178,  193,  195,  199,  290  ;  and 
atonement,  209,  238  ;  and  faith,  216, 
218,  223,  235 ;  perfect,  229  ;  and 
consummation,  391,  399. 

Justin  Martyr,  ii.  237,  iv.  9,  168,  314, 
315,  406.  « 

Justitia  originalis,  ii.  343,  345  ;  corri' 


INDEX. 


W. 


mutativa,  iv.  90 ;  clvilis,  ii.  349,  396, 
iii.  66,  iv.  178  ff. 

Kabbala,  ii.  98. 

Kahle,  iv.  376. 

Kahler,  ii.  303,  311. 

Kahnis,  i.  387,  iii.  96,  260,  263,  268, 
iv.  28,  409. 

Kant,  i.  60,  108,  115,  121,  218,  221, 
255,  265,  286.  306,  313,  ii.  371,  iii. 
94,  120,  246,  251,  269  f.,  277,  iv.  38, 
42,  73,  76,  100,  173,  207. 

Karg,  iv.  24. 

Keckermann,  i.  395,  iii.  382. 

Keerl,  iii.  150,  175,  183,  190,  206,  255, 
260,  268. 

Keil,  iv.  384. 

Keim,  iii.  189,  345,  412,  iv.  133. 

Kenotists,  iii.  207,  237,  240,  254,  257, 
259,  263,  311,  330,  333,  338,  393  f. 

Kern,  iv.  412. 

Keys,  power  of,  iv.  244,  333. 

Kingdom  of  God,  ii.  25,  58,  87,  97, 
126,  172,  210,  292,  iii.  Ill,  383,  389, 
396,  iv.  60,  70,  74,  142,  154,  158, 
241,  422  ;  the  end  of  justification, 
236,  325,  340,  380  ;  on  earth,  383, 
395,  397,  400 ;  and  church,  433  ; 
perfecting  of,  428. 

Kingly  office  of  Christ,  iii.  382,  387, 
399,  418  f.,  iv.  53,  101,  114,  125, 144, 
151,  244,  305,  323,  333,338,387,  396. 

Kinkel,  iv.  135. 

Kirk,  iv.  232. 

Klee,  ii.  352. 

KUefoth,  iv.  175,  266,  299,  402. 

Knowledge,  i.  206,  228,  278,  285  ; 
God's,  323,  328,  339,  ii.  75  ;  different 
from  volition,  61,  72  ;  trinitarian,  i. 
412,  422,  438,  441  ;  not  an  absolute 
end,  339,  457  ;  and  working,  459, 
of.  309,  ii.  58  ;  religion  not,  108  ff.  ; 
religious,  113  ;  absolute,  118  ;  prior 
to  power,  iii.  35,  332  ;  of  Christ,  315, 
327,  335,  363,  397,  iv.  108,  115; 
natural,  iii.  356 ;  atonement  through, 
iv.  76,  80,  120  ;  perfecting  of,  430. 

Konig,  iv.  203. 

Kostlin,  i.  46,  57,  59, 164,  ii.  161, 166f., 
192,  195,  iii.  183,  iv.  22. 

Krauss,  iii.  381,  386. 

Kreibig,  iv.  Ill,  202,  230. 

Kryptists,  iii,  237,  iv.  32. 

Lactantiits,  iii.  32. 

Landerer,  iv.  18,  168. 

Lanfranc,  iv.  315. 

Lang,  iii.  274. 

Lange,  A.,  i.  40,  63,  iii.  269. 

Lange,  J.  P.,  i.  28,  455,  ii.  195,  197, 

)iii.   96,  260,  299,  349,  355,  383,  iv. 

403,  416,  429. 


Lasco,  a.,  iv.  170. 

Law,  what  ought  to  be,  i.  305,  311,  ii. 
303,  306,  367,  369,  339,  397,  iii.  24, 
37  ;  God  not  mere,  i.  316,  339,  431, 
446.  462 ;  the  Father  gives,  433  ; 
legalitj',  112,  418,  430,  436;  is 
Christianity?  82,  cf.  ii.  57,  115,  139, 
201,  287  ;  law  of  religious  history, 
234,  241,  249 ;  impersonal,  254 ;  legal 
stage  and  Christianity,  iii.  65,  400, 

402,  iv.  119,  190,  261  f.,  289;  and 
atonement,  iii.  403,  iv.  21  f.,  26,  35, 
38,  55,  123  ;  use  of,  240. 

Leibnitz,  i.  63,  395,  431,  ii.  27,  40,  362, 
iii.  30,  iv.  39. 

Leo  the  Great,  iii.  216,  iv.  8. 

Lessing,  ii.  108,  115,  395,  235,  iv. 
402. 

Leydecker,  iii.  389. 

Liebermann,  iii.  309. 

Liebner,  i.  174,  206,  393,  408,  410,  452, 
455,  iii.  207,  260,  263,  iv.  142. 

Life,  i.  253,  258,  267,  271,  308,  339, 
397,  400  ;  trinitarian,  411,  420,  452  ; 
and  light,  49  ;  and  spirit,  459,  ii. 
40,  54,  64  ;  of  nature,  65  ;  of  the 
soul,  87,  90  ;  religion,  community  of 
life,  115  f.,  250  ;  in  the  world,  45. 

Limborch,  iii.  52. 

Lipsius,  i.  39,  200,  440,  ii.  118  ;  logi- 
cal prius,iii.  91,  95,  204,269,274, 
276,  iv.  74. 

Loffler,  iv.  41. 

Logic,  i.  171  ;  immanent  in  world,  268, 
430  ;  in  God,  284,  289,  291  ;  in  the 
Trinity,  392,  422,  435  ;  of  love,  458, 
ii.  25,  29  f. 

Logos,  i.  162,  170  ;  in  Philo,  349  ;  in 
John,  356,  358  ;  in  Sabellius,  368  ; 
principle  of  revelation,  433  ;  prin- 
ciple of  the  world,  ii.  40,  64,  95, 141, 
219,  234  ;  ff^iffiariKos,  iii.  296  ;  and 
the  Spirit,  iv.  159. 

Lombard,  Pet.,  i.  381,  392  f.,  ii.  343, 
iii.  221,  iv.  12,  18. 

Loscher,  ii.  153. 

Lotze,  i.  241,  439,  458,  ii.  156,  166. 

Love,  i.  191,  310,  316,  322,  365,  393, 

403,  ii.  360,  372  ;  self-love  in  God, 
i.  409,  442  ;  triune,  411,  426,  431, 
437  ;  universal,  443  ;  and  the  divine 
attributes,  448,  454-465  ;  the  world 
loved  by  God,  ii.  19  ;  ground  of  tlie 
world,  11,  14,  25,  53,  57,  59  ;  and 
generic  consciousness,  75  ;  ground  of 
immortality,  86,  cf.  101  ;  God  love, 
106,  117,  200,  202,  221  ;  God's  love 
and  omnipotence,  iii.  29,  34  ;  and 
sin,  34  f.,  81  ;  in  the  Incarnation, 
325  f.,  33«  ;  and  justice,  133,  138, 
243,  277,  406,  424,  iv.  4,  14,  19,  56, 
60,  73,  77,  80  f.,  87,  99,  107,  115, 


444 


INDEX. 


117,  126,  421  ;  substitutionary,  93, 
303  ;  Christ's  love,  iii.  397,  iv.  109, 
116,  124,  147,  150,  190  ;  and  faith, 
157,  237,  371  ;  and  communion,  157, 
162,241,361  ;  prevenient,  118, 181  f., 
194,  207,  210,  212,  214,  222,  225, 
228,  cf.  288,  295,  299  f.,  313  ;  Lord's 
Supper  sacrament  of  love,  325  ;  in 
church  discipline,  343,  368  ;  and 
Church,  361,  365,  369,  381  ;  perfect- 
ing of,  431. 

Liicke,  i.  403,  405,  ii.  192,  iii.  96. 

Luthardt,  iii.  96,  263,  iv.  128,  169,176, 
384. 

Luther,  i.  92,  98,  111,  144,  156,  391, 
396,  ii.  187,  197,  346,  356,  396,  iii. 
35,  64, 112,  183,  iv.  343,  406  ;  Christ- 
ology,  iii.  224,  308,  313,  360 ;  theory 
of  atonement,  iv.  22,  32,  126,  170, 
199,  223,  235,  255  ;  baptism,  282, 
288,  292,  301  ;  Lord's  Supper,  317, 
321,  326,  330,  332  f. ;  Church,  355. 

MACEDONirs,  i.  377. 

Magic,  i.  431  ff.,  ii.   84  f.,  136,  175, 

222,    349.    358,    iii.    307,   390,   iv. 

52,  54,  77,  89,  111,  182,  189,  217, 

219,  272,  282,   285,   288,  299,  315, 

328  f.,  366. 
JIalan,  ii.  172. 
JIalebranche,  i.  63. 
Man,  and  nature,  ii.   66,  68,  92,  95  ; 

and  angels,  101  ;  nature  of  man,  107, 

219,   221 ;   man  active   in  religion, 

116  ;  in  miracles,  172. 
JIan,  Son  of,  iii.  168  f. 
Manicha'isni,  i.  48,  137,  ii.  24,  74, 193, 

308,  318,  335,  339,  345,  402,  iii.  34, 

49,  137,  362,  iv.  12,  165,  168,  178, 

183,  190. 
Mansel,  i.  208,  430,  liL  269. 
Marcellus,  i.  369,  ii.  18,  iii.  205. 
Marcion,  i.  365,  368,  iv.  77. 
Maresius,  iv.  24. 
Marheinecke,  i.  196,  iii.  261,  271,  383, 

iv.  49. 
Martensen,  i.  113,  174,  201,  335,  452, 

ii.  60, 109,  iii.  96,  105,  107,  110,  112, 

260,  352,  355,  383,  iv.  81,  84,  108, 

131,  137,  140,  409,  41L 
Mass,  iv.  148,  314. 
Materialism,  i.   39,  61,  89,   122,   125, 

210  ;  precluded,    235,   262,   265,   ii. 

35,  92,  94. 
Material  principle,  i.  156,  418,  ii.  230, 

233. 
Mathematical  truths,  i.  62,  163,  268, 

284,  289,  291. 
JIathy,  iii.  245. 
Matter,  i.  235,  262,  271,  ii.  23,  36,  100, 

102,   164,  255;  and  evil,  ii.  317  f., 

334  f.,   352,   364  f.,  375,  iii.  25  f., 


30  f. ;  and  the  resurrection,  iv.  133, 

407  ;  and  consummation,  414,  429. 
Maximus,  iii.  216. 
Means  and  end,  i.  266,  278,  281,  297, 

ii.  41,  56,  59,  67,  219,  456. 
Measure,   i.   264,   267,   271,  273,  -277, 

284  ;  and  justice,   290,  296,  ii.  66, 

169,  200,  242. 
Melanchthon,  i.  22,  390,  394  ff.,  ii.  346, 

351,  396,  iii.  224,  335,  iv.  21,  170, 

174,  203,  210,  349. 
Mendelssohn,  i.  220. 
Menken,  iii.  350,  360,  iv.  50. 
Menzer,  iii.  64,  120,  237. 
Merit  of  Christ,  iv.  17,  26,  30,  34,  105, 

210,  212,  226  f. 
Messianic  idea,  ii.  85,  267-280,  iii.  145. 
Metaphysics,  of  divine  self-conscious- 
ness, i.  444,  cf.  405  f. ;  of  love,  437, 

444,  cf.  426  ;  argument  for  immor- 
tality, ii.  86. 
Method,    dogmatic,    i.    168,    172  ;    in 

proofs  for  God,  247  ;  historic,  ii  233. 
Methodism,  iv.  191,  206,  212. 
Meyer,  iii.  263. 

Mill,  J.  S.,  i.  62,  282,  iii.  269. 
Millennium,  iv.  383,  389  f. ;  truth  in, 

398. 
Ministry  of  word,  iv.  244,  256,  263. 
Miracles,  i.   181,  213  ;  moral,  430,  ii. 

41  f.,  92,  136,  141,    146  ;    theories, 

152  ;     dogmatic     exposition,     161  ; 

teleology,    179,    iii.    348,    iv.    23  ; 

Christ's   111. 
Missions,  'iv.  290,  294,  303,  341,  391  f. ; 

home,  303,  392. 
Modalism,  i.  383,  399. 
Mohammedanism,  i.  280,  342,  ii.  54, 

275,  iv.  383,  390. 
Mohler,  iv.  353. 
Moloch,  i.  277,  280. 
Monarchiaus,  i.  350,  362,  367,  389,  iii. 

208   290 
Monism,  i.'l21   .,  126,  133,  157,  365, 

ii.  91,  119. 
Monophj'sitism,  iii.  211,  215,  222,  242, 

307,  359. 
Monotheism,  i.  231,  363,  366  f.,  377, 

448,  ii.  238,  244,  246,  259. 
Monothelitism,  iii.  216,  359. 
Montanism,  ii.  187. 
Moral  argument,  i.  305. 
Morality  and  religion,  i.  132,  320,  446, 

ii.  75,  91,  241,  259,  372,  395,  400, 

iv.  177. 
IMornseus,  i.  395 

Mortality  of  Christ,  iii.  350,  353  f.,  iv. 
125  ;  of  man,  ii.  337,  iii.  49,  iv.  168, 
379,  400  ;  and  liability  to  tempta- 
tion, 430. 
Miiller,  Jul.,  i.  25,  38,  173,  408,  430, 
ii.  161,  165,  181,  330,  375,  380,  iii 


INDEX. 


445 


46  f.,  72,  96,  207,  260,  iv.  174,  259, 

277,  319,  342. 
Miiller,  Max,  ii.  238. 
Miinchmeyer,  iv.  277,  284,  358,  366. 

Musseus,  iv.  206.  

Mysticism,  i.  62,  195,  200,  231,  250, 

261,   ii.   372  f.,   iii.    223,   iv.   204  ; 

theory  of  atonement,    3,   9,   20,  50, 

134  ;  Lord's  Supper,  314. 

NXgklsbach,  iv.  277. 

National  Church,  i.  81  f. 

Natural  religion,  ii.  115,  cf.  136,  138. 

"Natural  science  and  religion,  i.  74  ;  and 

design,  277,  ii.  39,  90,  102,  175. 
Nature,  in  God,  i.  261  f.,  271,  309  ;  not 
passively  in  God,  263,  285  ;  not  God, 
268.  315,  342  ;  in  God  not  creative, 
ii.  25,  cf.  14  ;  of  God  in  relation  to 
the  world,  37  f . ;  and  spirit,  285, 
292  f.,  297,  ii.  40  ff.,  62,  65,  70,  84, 
91,  iv.  324,  327  f.,  330,  382,  395, 
400,  407  f.,  413  ;  and  angels,  ii.  97, 
102 ;  and  religion,  117,  143,  162, 
168,  175,  224,  237,  247  ff. ;  spiritual, 
evil,  399,  402,  iii.  50  f.,  55,  iv.  74  f. ; 
in  Christ,  iii.  217,  224  f.,  308  f.,  313, 
S36  ;  and  Christ's  offices,  386  ;  and 
morality,  121,  iv.  63,  83  ;  and  grace, 
177  f. ;  and  the  sacraments,  275  f. ; 
and  baptism,  276,  280. 
Nature,  system  of,  ii.  41,  50,  145,  153, 

158,  161  f.,  165. 
Neander,  iii.  255. 

Necessary,  the,  in  fact,  i.  308  ;  m 
itself,  308,  312  ;  in  God,  458  ;  ethi- 
cally, 428,  434,  446,  456,  ii.  20,  57, 
80,  82  ;  logically,  i.  227,  269,  287  f., 
311  ;  free  choice  necessary,  iL  56. 
Neo-Kantians,  iii.  269,  274. 
Neo-Platonism,  i.  194,  249,  275,  ii.  43, 

252. 
Nestorianism,  iii.  210,  219,  242,  311, 

362. 
Nevin,  iv.  307. 
Newton,  i.  241. 
Nicolas  v.  Methone,  iv.  17. 
Nicolaus  V.  Cusa,  ii.  11. 
Nirvana,  ii.  251. 

Nitzsch,  C.  J.,  i.  24,  36  f.,  173,  192, 
204,  416,  ii.  192,  iii.  96,  260,  376,  iv. 
54,  342,  379,  426. 
Nitzsch,  C.  L.,  i.  108,  ii.  142,  iii.  247. 
Nitzsch,  Fr.,  ii.  147,  iii.  219,  iv.  8, 13. 
Noesgen,  iii.  268. 
Noetus,  i.  368,  iii.  205. 

Obedience  of  Christ,  i.  435  f.,  iv.  16, 
22,  32,  34  f.,  40  f.,  52,  109,  216  ;  of 
value  to  God,  1]8. 

Occidental  thought,  ii.  248,  251. 

Ochlocracy,  iv.  151. 


Oehler,  iii.  263,  406,  iv.  376. 

Ocrtel,  iv.  402. 

Oetinger,  i.  261,  263,  ii.  11,  iv.  401, 

415,  420. 
Oettingen,  v.,  i.  82. 
Office,  teaching,  iv.  263,  265,  344. 
t)ffices  of  Christ,  ii.  203,  iii.  381-392  ; 
kingly,  392  ;  prophetic,  397  ;  high- 
priestly,  401 ;  office  and  person,  280, 
379,  iv.  124  ;  in  heaven,  132,  136  f., 
142,  154,  243. 
Oischinger,  ii.  352. 
Olevianus,  iii.  239. 
Olshausen,  iii.  299. 

Omnipotence,  i.  261,  281,  285,  295, 
298  f.,  337,  430,  432,  458,  ii.  15,  25, 
35,42,45,57,74,112,114,117,154, 
169,  200,  245,  254,  259,  iii.  307,  iv. 
64  ;  and  sin,  iii.  18,  29,  34,  38  ;  and 
justice,  102,  iv.  82  ;  Christ's,  in.  327, 
iv.  145. 
Omnipresence,  i.  144,  240,  245,  337,  cf. 

ii.  224,  254. 
Omniscience,  i.  329,  332,  ii.  254. 
Ontological  argument,  i.  214,  226,  229, 

cf.  191,  247,  323,  454. 
Opus  operatam,  iv.  271,  276,  280,  366. 
Order,   God  the   principle  of,  i.   269, 
277,  284,  308,  ii.  200  ;  higher  and 
lower,  164,  176,  243. 
Organism,    i.    267,    271,    275  ;    God 
absolute,  412,  421,  450  ;  the  world 
an,  ii.  21,  26,  48,  54,  57,  75,  95, 
127,  131,  163,  167 ;  of  God's  king- 
dom, iv.  381,  431. 
Organization  of  Church,  iv.  265,  268  f., 

326,  333,  338,  340,  350,  370. 
Oriental  thought,  ii.  247,  250. 
Origen,  i.  324,  440,  ii.  27  f.,  32,  40, 
187,  336,  iii.  46,  49,  207,  220,  iv. 
9,  11,  13,  314,  406,  415,  419. 
Original  guilt,   ii.    340,    343,   348  ff., 
353  f.,  iii.  59,  67,  iv.  10,  13,  20,  216. 
Original   sin,  ii.  302,   338,   341,   347, 
354,  iii.  11  f.,  14  f,  17,  42,  51,  55, 
74,    iv.    25,    29,    96  f.,    406  ;    not 
damnable,   423  ;    and    freedom,    ii. 
357,  iii.  59,  iv.  97. 
Osiander,  iv.  26,  206. 
Otto,  iv.  342. 

Paedagogy,  Christian,  iv.  289  ;  of  the 
Church,  299,  304,  338,  341. 

Paion,  iv.  259. 

Pancosmism,  i.  122  f.,  340.  ii.  253. 

Pantheism,  i.  48,  123,  200,  204,  231, 
234,  241,  339  f.,  365,  369,  374,  377, 
390,  399,  412,  447,  460,  ii.  37, 109  ff., 
118,  162,  247,  249,  252,  261;  its 
forms,  i.  254  ;  dynamic,  255 ;  of 
life  26J  ;  of  the  world-order,  305, 
307 ;  ethical,  317,  328,  334,  iii.  104, 


446 


INDEX. 


108,   121,   200,  215,  255,  288,  307, 

321,  iv.  48,  140,  259,  379. 
Paracelsus,  ii.  156. 
Paret,  iii.  173. 
Parousia,  iv.  376,  387,  395. 
Paschasius  Radbertus,  iv.  315. 
Passover,  iv.  305. 

Patripassianism,  i.  367,  iii.  205,  207. 
Paul  of  Samosata,  iii.  202,  205. 
Paul,    on   sin,  ii.   305,  307-310,   312, 

316-320  ;   Cliristology,  iii.  172-183  ; 

on    high-priestly    office    of    Christ, 

172  ;  on  justification,  iv.  195  f. 
Paulus,  Dr.,  i.  108. 
Peip,  i.  408. 
Pelagianism,  i.  48,  107,  137,  373,  431, 

ii.   80,   125,   188,   335,    337  f.,   343, 

iii.  44,  53,  60,  105,   137,   245,  344, 

362,  iv.  165,  168,  173,  177  f.,  183, 

190,  299, 
Pelt,  i.  25. 
Penal  desert,  iii.  119,   125,   128,   135, 

iv.    10,  20,   65,  73,  81,   85  f.,  101, 

106,  115,  148,  188,  233. 
Persian    religion,    i.    281  f.,    ii.     98, 

239  ff.,  253  f.,  261,  iii.  26,  92,  iv. 

375. 
Person,  in  Trinitarian  sense,   i.   379, 

448  f.,  451. 
Person  in  Christ,  iii.  293,  308,  310. 
Personality,  ii.  397  f.,  iii.  31  f.,  324  ; 

of  God,  i.  260,  319,  337,  339  f.,  343, 

412,  437  f.,  ii.  107,  111,  262  f.;  and 
attributes,  i.  447,  453  f. ;  and  per- 
sons, 448  f.  ;  in  distinction  from 
subject,  444;  Christian,  153  f.,  160, 
162,  418,  431,  ii.  20,  76,  86,  94, 
124,  136,  187,  198,  221,  243  ;  of  the 
gods,  250,  252  f. ;  and  original  sin,  iii. 
51,  55  ;  and  the  race,  54,  iv.  89,  92, 
94  f.  ;  and  sin,  ii.  377,  iii.  70 ;  and 
punishment,  119;  and  Christ's  office, 
280,  iv.  143  ;  free,  and  Holy  Spirit, 
161,  193,  225,  239  f.,  336;  and 
sacraments,  276,  325 ;  and  educa- 
tion, 304  ;  perfecting  of,  401. 

Pessimism,  i.  125  f.,  128,  138,  ii.  65. 

Peter,  doctrine  of,  sin,  ii.  305,  316  ; 
Christology,  iii.  159-161  ;  high- 
priesthood  of  Christ,  417. 

Peter  Martyr,  iii.  239. 

Petersen,  iv.  415,  419. 

Pevrerius,  ii.  89. 

Pfiff,  iii.  244. 

Pfleiderer,  0.,  i.  200,  206,  225,  438  f., 
441,  ii.  239,  iii.  175,  274. 

Philippi,  i.  191,  200,  210,  241,  ii.  81, 
192,  353,  iii.  49,  94,  96,  188,  224, 
237,  254,  271,  290,  311,  iv.  28,  34, 
37,  51,  55  f.,  177,  384,  406,    409, 

413.  i 
Philo,  i.  309,  349,  ii.  186,  iii.  193.         i 


Philoponus,  i.  385. 

Phoenician  religion,  i.  284,  ii.  254  ff. 

Photinus,  iii.  202,  205. 

Phrygian  religion,  i.  281. 

Physical,  and  spiritual,  i.  276,  294, 
298,  314,  339,  342,  ii.  44;  and 
ethical,  i.  427,  434,  458  f.;  deriva- 
tions of  world,  ii.  9  f.,  64,  91,  250, 
252  ;  conception  of  evil,  ii.  325,  335, 
361,  372,  374  f.,  386,  iii.  31,  39, 
51  ;  Unio  in  Christ,  261  ;  redemp- 
tion, 427,  iv.  3,  50,  62,  76  f.,  83, 
119,   272  f. ;    and  ethical  in  Christ, 

135,  145,  416  ;  conception  of  grace, 
428  ;  of  sanctification,  409. 

Physico-teleological  argument,  i.  264, 

268,  323. 
Pietism,  iv.  71,  205,  284. 
Piscator,  iv.  24. 
Pisteology,  i.  31. 
Plato,  i.  290,  293,  320,  362,  372,   427, 

ii.  238,  242,  251,  318,  328.  334,  363, 

iv.  375. 
Plitt,  H.,  i.  408,  iii.  254,  263. 
Plotinus,  iii.  30. 
Polytheism,    i.    215,    231,    237.     272, 

274  f.,  319,  328,  343,  345,  363,  365, 

ii.  235  f.,  239  f.,  245,  248. 
Ponerology,    division,    ii.    299  ;    and 

atonement,  iv.  1,  4,  20,  22,   27,   75, 

177. 
Potency,  i.  258,  260  ;  in  God,  ii.   13, 

37  ;    in    nature,    43,    50,    90,    137, 

387. 
Power,    in   Christ's   kingly   office,   iii. 

389,  392,  396  ;  in  His  atoning  work, 

iv.    13,    18,    35,   39,    41  ;    Christ's, 

perfectly  revealed,  401. 
Praxeas,  i.  368,  iii.  204. 
Prayer,  ii.  121,  238. 
Predestination,  i.  299,   333,  336,   430, 

462,  ii.  332,  341,  356,  iii.   16  f.,  37, 

52,  60,  iv.   25  f.,   33,   39,    65,   149, 

167,  170,  183,  184  f.,  224,  260,  285, 

287,  348,  409,  422,  428. 
Pre-existence,  of  Christianity  in  God, 

i.  182  f. ;  of  the  idea  of  right,  289  ; 

in  Adam,  ii.  44  ;  of  Christ,  i.    355, 

iii.   171,   174,   185,  239,   257,    283, 

290  f.,  294. 
Pre-existence  theory,    ii.    88,    93 ;    of 

individuals,  337,  339,  350,  380,  iii. 

46,  53. 
Preparation  for  Christianity,  ii.  234  ; 

even  by  heathenism,  235  f. 
Pressense  de,  ii.  197,  iii.  263. 
Priesthood,  iv.  148  f.,  188,  264,  267, 

335,  396. 
Principium  essendi  of  Christianity,  i. 

169  ;  cognoscendi,  169. 
Progress,  ii.  54,  70,  74,  99,  121,  12J» 

136,  139. 


INDEX. 


447 


Proof,  psychological,  for  God,  i.  214. 

Prophecy,  ii.  61,  140,  176  f.,  202,  240, 
259,  264,  270  ;  and  Christ,  iii.  400, 
iv.  152,  262. 

Prophetic  office  of  Christ,  iii.  382,  388, 
397,  iv.  52,  55,  101,  121,  128  f.,  240, 
244,  247,  261.  267,  272. 

Providence,  i.  334,  of.  462,  ii.  44,  52, 
62,  157,  168,  225,  237,  iii.  78  f. 

Providentia  universalis,  etc.,  ii.  62. 

Psychological  derivation  of  religion,  i. 
39,  179,  ii.  107. 

Punishment,  i.  298  f.,  430,  457,  462, 
ii.  57,  65,  337,  341,  348,  353  f., 
366,  369,  393,  398,  402,  iii.  49, 
62  f.,  69,  71,  76,  95,  102,  114,  120, 
126,  134,  iv.  417,  421;  and  sacri- 
fice, iii.  406  ;  and  atonement,  iv.  6, 
10  f.,  21  f.,  28,  30,  36,  40  f.,  50,  54, 
62,  69,  73,  79,  82,  96,  99,  103,  112, 
173,  233,  292  ;  none  for  believers, 
83,  119,  202,  229  f.,  407,  410; 
Church  discipline  not,  342. 

Purgatory,  iv.  130,  198,  230,  396,  406, 
410. 

Pusey,  Dr.,  iv.  232,  284,  307,  415. 

Quakers,  iv.  267,  275,  308. 

Quatrefages,  ii.  92. 

Quenstedt,  i.  196,  201,  241,  325,  328, 

330,  ii.  29,  187,  iv.  27,  36,  173,  203, 

211,  293,  392. 
Quietism,  iii.  389. 

Rathmann,  iv.  259. 

Rational  idea  of  the  absolute,  i.  227  ; 
of  design,  269,  271  ;  of  justice, 
287  f.,  297,  303  ;  of  the  ethical, 
311,  316,  415,  434. 

Rationalism,  i.  20,  108,  116,  146,  350, 
374,  391,  398,  ii.  86,  135,  155,  186, 
188,  iii.  383,  389,  iv.  41,  54,  131, 
152,  173,  230,  232,  259. 

Raymund  v.  Sabunde,  ii.  99. 

Reason  and  authority,  i.  80 ;  and 
faith,    99,    106  ;    and  history,    117, 

-  120  ;  grounded  in  the  absolute, 
228  f. ;  and  Christianity,  170  f., 
181  f.,  338,  416  ;  and  miracles,  ii. 
42,  81,  91  ;  and  religion,  108, 136  f., 
141,  232,  244,  252  f. 

Receptivity,  in  cognition,  i.  66,  69, 
72  f. ;  for  God,  326,  464,  ii.  19  ;  of 
lower  for  higher,  44,  50,  53,  67,  72, 
75,  79,  87,  92,  95,  106,  111,  121, 
123,  129,  134,  136,  145,  154,  158, 
167,  175,  189,  193,  198,  227,  237, 
260 ;  for  Christ,  iii.  284,  342,  348  f. ; 
for  substitution,  iv.  89,  93,  97,  117  ; 
for  grace,  165  f.,  179,  188,  216,  228, 
234  ;     of    human     nature    for    the  I 

'  divine,  iii.  226,  230,   235,  239  ;  in  j 


baptism,  iv.  279,  286,  290,  299 ;  in 

the  Lord's  Supper,  310,  324  f. 
Redemption,  capacity  for,  ii.  335,  339, 

iii.  34,  46  f.,  59,  69,  70,  136,  iv.  86, 

96,  177  f.,  180,  184,  234,  363. 
Redemption,  need  of,  ii.   332,  336  f., 

339,  343,  389,  397,  iii.   34,   43,  46, 

53,  59,  67,  136,  396,  iv.  86  f.,  96  f., 

177,    181  f.,    184,    190,    234,    358, 

420. 
Redepenning,  iii.  256. 
Reflection  of  Christ's  offices,  iv.   243, 

267  ff.,  302,  326,  331,  333,  338,  340, 

370. 
Reformation    idea  of  faith,   i.    90  f.  ; 

doctrine   of  Trinity,   395  f.  ;    more 

anthropological    and    soteriological, 

395  f.,  414  f.;  unites  authority  and 

freedom,    428,     cf.     414,     436,    ii. 

187. 
Regeneration,  iv.   164,  178,  186,  192, 

196,    229  f.,    232,    238,    381  ;    and 

justification,  203  ;  and  baptism,  278, 

281,  288,  292,  295,  301 ;  and  Church, 

299. 
Reiff',  i.  41,  iii.  383. 
Reimarus,  iii.  245. 
Reinhardt,  i.  201,  iii.  49,  52,  244,  iv. 

41. 
Religion,  i.  119,  122  f.,  131  f.,  133  f., 

144,  153  f.,  162,  181,  183,  229,  307, 

331,  341,  447. 
Religion,  history  of,  ii.  233,  245  ;  of 

heathenism,  233. 
Religions,  i.  249  ;  their  ideas  of  God, 

250,  259,  264,  275,  280  tf.,  305,  ii. 

48,  54,  62,  76,  91,  101,  106  f.,  114  f., 

133,  139,  194,  237,  245. 
Renan,  ii.  181,  iv.  133. 
Repentance,     ii.     304 ;      Christ     the 

principle  of,  iv.  101,  122,  190,  289  ; 

doctrine  of,  187,  206,  228. 
Resurrection,  ii.   84  f.,   170,    337;    of 

Christ,  iv.  132,  147,  309,  317,  330  ; 

of  the  dead,  374,  378,  382,  389,  392, 

401,  405  fi-.,  410,  413,  433. 
Reusch,  i.  399. 
Reuss,  iii.  189. 
Eeuter,  iv.  19. 
Revelation,  i.  92,   100,   107,   179,  182, 

229,    237,    342;    in    O.    T.,    346; 

triuitarian,    350,    356  f.,    358,    370, 

451,  453,  ii.   69,  116,   133  f.  ;  notes 

of,  135  f.  ;  form  of,  ]  40  ;   contents, 

199  ;  in  relation  to  sin,  202  f. 
Rhossis,  iv.  316. 
Hibbeck,  iv.  277. 
Richard  v.  St.  Victor,  i.  393. 
Riehm,  iii.  263,  404,  406. 
Right,  i.  276,  287  f.,  ii.  200,  243,  257  f.  ; 

a  priori,  i.  288,  292,  303,  310. 
Rinck,  iv.  402,  406. 


448 


INDEX. 


Eitschl,  i.  189,  ii.  142,  234,  243,  305, 
868,  iii.  45,  72,  121,  124,  126,  270  ; 
liis  Christology,  274  f.,  344;  opposed 
to  doctrine  of  offices,  383,  386  ;  on 
atonement,  405,  425,  iv.  60  ff.,  74, 
215  ;  on  the  Church,  353. 

Eitter,  i.  71,  130,  188,  227,  363,  ii.  50, 
iii.  201. 

Rochollj  iv.  140. 

Eoehr,  iii.  245. 

Roman  religion,  i.  264,  270,  272,  ii. 
251,  255,  257. 

Eomang,  i.  205,  iii.  96. 

Eothe,  i.  24,  75,  174,  193  f.,  201,  261, 
327,  335,  407,  463,  ii.  14,  18,  29, 
46,  53,  60  f.,  103,  107,  141,  144, 
152,  158,  161,  163,  165,  178,  181, 
192,  352,  366,  375,  iii.  13,  21,  32, 
84,  96,  104,  255,  263,  321,  349,  355, 
373,  iv.  108,  133,  136,  153,  353,  379, 
413,  425,  429. 

Eougemont,  ii.  199,  iii.  331. 

Riickert,  iv.  308. 

Sabeanism,  ii.  98. 

Sahellianism,  i.  258,  351  f.,  358,  367  f., 

379,    388,    398,    421,   iii.   205,   208, 

245,  255,  257,  285  f.,  289. 
Sack,  K.,  i.  180,  ii.  195,  197,  iii.  349. 
Sacrament,  iv.  151,  153,  156,  244,  270; 

and  Word,  272 ;  and  faith,  275,  281 ; 

and  Christ,  274  ;  and  Church,  346, 

350  f.,  355,    360,    364,  368,  370  f.  ; 

offer  of  grace  in,  286,  291,  300,  312, 

329   337    423. 
Sacrifice,  i'i.  241,   257,    288,   30-3,   iii. 

402,   414  f.,  421  f.,  iv.    9,   13,  107, 

146. 
Sadeel,  iii.  239. 
Samson,  iv.  79. 
Sanctification,  iv.  24,  37,  55,  72  f.,  77, 

94,  100,  119,  121  f.,  193,  197 f.,  201, 

206,  209,  212  f.,  214,  225,  230,  232, 

234,  238,  325,  380,  408. 
Sartorius,  i.  25,  408,  455,  iii.  260,  iv. 

56,  59,  140,  175,  330. 
Satan,  ii.  322,  330,  337,  340,  354,  iii.  14, 

27,  420,  iv.  8f.,   14,  16,  20,  51,  54, 

76,  120,  128  ;  Biblical  doctrine,  iii. 

85  f.  ;  ecclesiastical  doctrine,  91  f.  ; 

dogmatic  doctrine,  97  f. 
Satisfaction,  iv.  13,  17,  21  f.,  29  f.,  40, 

68,  83  f.,  85  f.,  98, 107,  115,  193,  224. 
Scepticism,  i.  61,  110,  112,  122,  124, 

128,  223,  255  f.,  ii.  252,  258,  iv.  67. 
Schelling,  i.  115,  131,  198,  224,  231, 

233,   249,  252,   309,  314,  400,  406, 

ii.  12,  38,  40,  69,  89,  99  f.,  229,  246, 

249,   iii.   27,   46,    94,   98,  251,  260, 

270,  iv.  48,  403. 
Schenkel,  ii.  74,  iii.  89,  95,  108,  123, 

224,  228,  256,  258,  263,  iv.  24. 


Sclierzer,  iii.  64 
Schiller,  ii.  367. 
Schism,  iv.  367,  369  f. 
Schleierniacher,    i.    20,    34,    37,    130, 

172  f.,  182,  199,  205,  208,  227,  242, 
245,  313,  333,  401,  ii.  29,  59,  61, 
74,  97  f.,  107  f.,  113,  116,  118,  125, 
137, 144, 152, 158, 192, 194  ;  doctrine 
of  evil,  iii.  21,  34  ;  of  Satan,  89,  94, 
112  ;  of  punishment,  126  ;  Christ- 
ology, 251,  255,  268,  308,  311,  342, 
345,  360 ;  of  Trinity,  286 ;  of  Christ's 
offices,  383,  387 ;  of  atonement, 
iv.  37,  51,  87 ;  of  Christ's  con- 
tinuous working,  143,  150;  of  grace, 

173  ;  of  the  Church,  245,  303  ;  of 
Scripture,  253,  256  ;  of  baptism, 
289  ;  of  the  Lord's  Supper,  326  ;  of 
Christ's  Second  Coming,  382,  386  ; 
of  the  Apokatastasis,  415,  420. 

Schmid,  C.  F.,  i.  168,  ii.  192. 

,,        0.,  iii.  345. 

K.,  ii.  43,  90,  155. 
H.,  iv.  46. 
„        R.,  iii.  298,  iv.  318. 
Schmidt- Warneck,  iv.  219. 
Schmieder,  iii.  263. 
Schneckenburger,  iii.  204,  238,  iv.  24, 

203. 
Schoberlein,  i.  261,   394,  426,  ii.   94, 

iii.  357,  iv.  56,  277,  429. 
Schopenhauer,  i.  121,  126  f.,  276,  400, 

ii.  361,  iii.  27,  iv.  47. 
Schultz,  iii.  274,  360,  iv.  376,  379. 
Schultze,  iii.  192. 
Schwarz,  iii.  321. 
Schweizer,  i.  38,  ii.  106,  147,  iii.  382, 

iv.  24,  65. 
Science,  independence  of  historical  re- 
search, ii.  233  ;  among  the  heathen, 

258  ;  its  abuse,  ii.  395. 
Sckntia  Dei  libera,  etc.,  1.  325,  327, 

336,  ii.  13,  351,  iii.  50,  53,  64. 
Scotus  Erigena,  iii.  30,  iv.  419. 
Scripture,  i.  36,  42  f.,  91,  95  f.,  101, 

146  f.,   157,  168,  172,  175,  213,  ii. 

186,  188,  230,  iv.  248,  251,  253  f., 

261  f.,  327. 
Self-affirmation  or  self-preservation,  i. 

295,   310,  322,  327,  339,  365,  373, 

435  f.,  443,  447,  455,  460,  ii.  12  f., 

255,  iii.  122,  139,  243,  iv.  56,  S3  f., 

87  f. 
Self-attestation  of  the  truth,  i.  89  f., 

156,  159,  162,  170  f.,  181,  ii.   186, 

230  ;  of  Christianity,  i.    172,    178, 

183  ;  of  God,  259,  420,  ii.  36. 
Self-communication,  i.   311,  365,  370, 

376,  443,  447,  456,  460,  ii.  12,  16  f., 

19,  39,  106,  120,  124,  146. 
Self-consciousness,  i.  60  f.,  67  f.,  ii.  67, 

72,  83,  94, 120, 184,  198,  245  f.,  247," 


INDEX. 


449 


251,  265 ;  dqiciulent  on  God-con- 
sciousness, i.  75,  ii.  118,  iii.  23  ; 
Christian,  i.  155,  167  ;  triune,  422, 
438  f.,  451,  ii.  13  ;  God's,  i.  337, 
iii.  31  ;  of  Christ,  309,  364,  377  ; 
I        new,  iv.  161. 

Self-constitution,  ii.  47,  49  ;  original 
in  man,  95,  110,  124. 

Self-determination,  i.  319,  438,  ii.  121. 

Self-distinction  in  God,  i.  258,  412, 
422  ;  of  God  from  world,  ii.  20. 

Self-existence.     See  Aseity. 

Self-redemption,  iii.  136,  iv.  86,  178, 
218. 

Self-reproduction,  ii.  45,  50,  62. 

Semi-Arians,  iii.  203. 

Serai-Pelagians,  ii.  342,  iv.  165,  169, 
173,  179,  183. 

Semisch,  iv.  9. 

Semites,  ii.  238  f.,  245. 

Semler,  iii.  93. 

Sengler,  ii.  262,  315,  405. 

Sensuousness  and  sin,  ii.  366-374  f., 
379,  382,  385,  390,  400,  iii.  35. 

Separatism,  iii.  390,  iv.  242,  357,  364  f, 

Servetus,  i.  399. 

Severus,  iii.  216, 

Sieffert,  iv.  134. 

Simon,  iv.  58  f. 

Simplicity  of  God,  i.  196,  198,  202, 
235,  236,  294,  376,  ii.  58,  61. 

Sin,  its  relation  to  Incarnation,  i.  177, 
ii.  103,  124,  128,  191  f.,  201,  202  f., 
225,  227,  247,  262,  264;  universality 
of,  ii.  304  f.,  iii.  11,  43,  133  ;  in  dis- 
tinction from  evil,  ii.  371  ;  against 
the  Holy  Ghost,  iii.  72,  iv.  94,  287, 
417,  421  ;  in  distinction  from  guilt, 
48  f.,  65,  67  f.,  72  f.,  80  f.  ;  in  the 
regenerate,  240 ;  and  error,  369  ; 
abolition  of,  384. 

Slavic  religion,  i.  282,  ii.  253. 

Socinians,  i.  200,  241,  334,  350,  391, 
398,  430,  iii.  202,  245,  331,  382, 
iv.  33,  38,  40,  60,  65,  82,  316,  333, 
.379,  415,  425. 

Socrates,  ii.  238,  368,  iv.  174,  431. 

Solity  of  God,  i.  197,  233,  280,  282, 
296,  342,  365,  443  f.,  458;  of  the 
God-man,  ii.  207,  209  ;  of  inspired 
men,  191,  246,  257. 

Son,  i.  350,  383,  425,  434,  ii.  40  ;  of 
God,  iii.  151,  167,  171. 

Sophocles,  ii.  238. 

Soul  of  Christ,  iii.  332,  336,  341,  iv.  31, 
127,  130  ;  and  body,  413  f.  ;  its 
substance  good,  427. 

Soul,  sleep  of,  iv.  403,  411 ;  transmigra- 
tion of,  iv.  374,  401. 

Souls,  care  of,  iv.  244,  268,  304,  342. 
Ipace,  i.  238,  460,  ii.  30,  224. 

Species  of  men,  ii.  89,  92. 

Doit-NER. — Cueist.  Doct  iv. 


Spencer,  iii.  2G9. 

Spener,  iv.  392. 

Spinoza,  i.  198,  218  (T.,  251,  256,  277, 
400,  431,  439. 

Spirit,  and  nature,  i.  284  f.,  293,  ii.  41, 
62,  66,  71,  163,  168,  175  ;  relation 
of  justice  to  spirit,  i.  299,  304;  God, 
277,  282  f.,  337,  439  ;  the  Spirit  in 
the  0.  T.,  346  ;  triune,  350,  359, 
416,  421,  423,  437,  ii.  221,  227,  230; 
man  as  spirit,  72,  84,  87,  102. 

Spirit,  Holy,  iii.  343  f.,  iv.  143,  146, 
154,  156,  193,  197,  231,  2.35,  240  f.  ; 
and  the  Word,  249,  268  ;  and  the 
Scripture,  253,  257,  259  ;  and  com- 
munion, 162  ;  and  baptism,  278  ; 
and  the  Church,  345  f.,  350,  366, 
371 ;  and  Christ,  399. 

Spirituality,  i.  244,  276,  283,  285,  294, 
323,  437,  451,  ii.  62. 

Splittgerber,  iv.  406. 

Stages  of  evil,  ii.  325,  384  f.,  391  ;  of 
guilt,  iii.  60,  76  ;  of  death,  118  ;  of 
punishment,  130,  iv.  427  f.  ;  of 
receptiveness,  91,  93  ;  of  the  sense 
of  justification,  231. 

Stahl,  iv.  56,  353,  358. 

Stancarus,  iv.  26. 

State,  ii.  241  f.,  255,  257,  263,  293, 
iii.  121,  127,  iv.  60,  82,  89,  95,  151, 
303,  339,  343,  388,  390  f. 

States  of  Christ,  iii.  225,  228,  232, 
235  f.,  242,  252,  254,  337  ;  and 
offices,  382,  385  f.,  390  f.,  iv.  32. 

Staudenmaier,  ii.  352. 

Staudlin,  iv.  47. 

Steffens,  iv.  411. 

Steinbart,  iv.  41. 

Steinheil,  iv.  415. 

Steinmeyer,  iii.  173,  263. 

Steinwender,  iii.  298. 

Steitz,  iv.  316. 

Steudel,  iii.  52,  iv.  402. 

Stier,  iv.  50. 

Stoa,  i.  307,  320,  362,  368,  ii.  242,  396, 
iv.  375. 

Storr,  i.  103. 

Strauss,  i.  318,  ii.  154,  284,  iii.  188 
261,  309,  321,  iv.  131,  133. 

Stroh,  iv.  50. 

Subjectivism,  moral,  ii.  370  f.,  389, 
iv.  89  ;  in  Christology,  iii.  246  ;  iu 
doctrine  of  atonement,  iv.  38,  77, 
148,  152  ;  in  the  Church,  156. 

Subordination,  i.  348,  350,  367,  383, 
385,  390,  398,  409,  436,  452,  iii.  266, 
289. 

Substance,  i.  251,  253,  258,  ii.  47, 
247  tf.,  253  ;  in  Arius,  i.  372. 

Substitution,  ii.  213,  iii.  407  f.,  414, 
420,  423,  427,  42!)^  iv.  8,  34,  40,  44, 
52,  55,  86  f.,  89,  107,  116,  147,  201  ; 

2¥ 


450 


INDEX. 


magical  and  prodnctive,  92,  118  f., 
151,  161,  193,  216,  234  ;  and  bap- 
tism, 279,  290,  292,  295,  325. 

Suffering  of  Christ,  iv.  27  f.,  30,  36,  39, 
57,  104,  109  ;  necessary,  111 ;  sym- 
bolic theory,  121. 

Supererogatory  works,  iv.  16,  35,  85. 

Supper,  Holy,  iv.  244,  272,  293,  305, 
324  f.,  333  ;  partaking  of  unbelievers, 
318  f.,  329  f.;  exclusion  from,  368; 
and  Christ,  399. 

Supralapsarianisni,  iii.  33,  iv.  170. 

Supranaturalism,  i.  20,  37,  99  f.,  103, 
107,  116,  147,  179,  244,  397  f.,  ii. 
136  f.,  162,  171,  186,  190,  230,  iv. 
54,  259. 

Suso,  H.,  i.  143. 

Siisskind,  iv.  43. 

Swedenborg,  i.  399,  ii.  97,  187,  iii.  97, 
245. 

Svmpathv  of  Christ,  iv.  52,  56,  106, 
'll4,  148. 

.Synergism,  iv.  169,  171,  173,  179,  181. 

Syrian  religion,  i.  275,  279,  281,  ii. 
254  f.,  257,  iv.  375. 

Tatiax,  iv.  379. 

Teleolog}',  i.   264,  274,  277,  305,  309. 

454,  456,  ii.  25  f.,  32,  36,  52,  67,  71, 

84,  90 f.,   120,   144,   157,   169,  179, 

224,  iv.  374  ;  Christian,  416. 
Terminus  gratlce,  ii.  356,  iv.  3S2,  412. 
TertuUian,  i.  81,  164,  366,  ii.  103,  219, 

340,  350,  iii.  208,  257,  294,  298,  iv. 

314,  406. 
Testaments,  0.   and  X.,  iv.   131,  221, 

261. 
Testimonium  Spiritus  S.,  i.  92,  95,  97, 

172,  iv.  71,  160  f.,   197,    199,    201, 

231,  235. 
Theodore   of  Mopsuestia,   ii.   69,  319, 

336,  iii.  49,  54,  211,  213,  iv.  168. 
Theodoret,  iv.  11. 
Theodotus,  iii.  202. 
Theologia  naturalis,    i   44,    100,  189, 

265. 
Theopaschitism,  iii.  257. 
Theophilus  of  Antioch,  i.  240. 
Theosophists,  i.  261. 
Thetic  theology,  i.  22,  170. 
Thiersch,  iv.  353. 
Tholuck,  i  97,  188,  ii.  188,  192,  195, 

iii  183. 
Thomasius,  i.  193,  200,  386,  411,  413, 

415,  452,  455,  iii.  96,  195,  207,  237, 

260,  264,  298,  333,  382,  391,  iv.  22, 

55,  176,  275. 
Thought,  discursive,  i.  71,  73  ;  on  the 

way  to  knowledge,   226,  307,    311  ; 

not  absolute  per  se,  305,   310  ;  and 

mental  representation,  441. 
Thumm,  iii.  226,  237. 


Tichonius,  iv.  348. 

Tieftrank,  iv.  43,  47. 

Time,  in  relation  to  God,  i.  238  f.,  329, 
460,  ii  29  f.,  87,  102,  145,  224. 

Tijllner,  iii.  245,  i v.  24,  41. 

Tradition,  ii.  224,  iv.  152,  255. 

Tradncianism,  ii.  88,  93,  340,  350,  352, 
iii.  298,  301. 

Transcendence  of  God,  i.  119,  197, 
242  f.,  274,  336,  340,  346,  363,  366, 
377,  412,  414,  443,  447,  460,  ii  17  f., 
146,  162,  iv.  150,  238. 

Tran  substantiation,  iv.  311,  315. 

Trendelenburg,  i  68,  252,  427,  ii  12. 

Tridentine  creed,  ii.  344,  iv.  170,  202, 
316. 

Trinitv,  i.  349-465,  311,  316  ;  in  the 
0.  T.,  345  f.;  in  the  N.  T.,  349  ;  in 
the  Apostles,  352;  history  of  docti'ine, 
361  ;  attempts  at  synthesis,  390  ; 
positive  exposition,  412  ;  immanent, 
logical,  422  ;  physical,  420  ;  ethical, 
419,  426,  456  ;  economic  implies 
immanent,  350  f.,  363  f.,  370,417; 
connection  with  divine  attributes, 
365,  370,  380,  448  ;  economic,  ii.  17, 
20  ;  world-forming,  27  f.,  54,  65, 
145  f.,  iii  286,  291,  iv.  139,  158; 
and  baptism,  280. 

Tritheism,  i.  381,  383,  409,  426,  448, 
452,  iii  219,  289,  312. 

Twesten,  i  37,  191,  205,  404  f.,  iL 
192,  iii  96,  260. 

Typolog)^  ii.  267-270. 

Ubiquity,  iv.  139. 

Ullmann,  iv.  17. 

Union  of  natures  in  Christ,  forais  of, 
iii  210,  217  ;  answers  to  idea  of 
God,  252,  261  ;  union  and  develop- 
ment, 330  ;  and  atonement,  iv.  5, 
25  f.,  125  f.;  sacramental  in  Lord's 
Supper,  326. 

Uniqueness  of  Christ,  iii.  347  ;  neces- 
sary to  atonement,  iv.  107  f.,  117. 

Unity  of  God,  i  231,  282,  377,  ii  238, 
252,  254  f. ;  in  Hegel,  i  400  ;  as 
organism,  449,  451  ;  of  the  world- 
idea,  ii.  26  f.;  of  the  world,  41,  43, 
48,  91,  101,  145,  160,  162, 167, 176  ; 
of  mankind,  92  ;  of  consciousness, 
ii.  118  ;  of  nature  and  spirit,  180  ; 
of  divine  and  human  in  history  of 
religion,  198,  235,  242;  of  God  and 
man,  iii  307,  iv.  160,  193,  208,  217, 
223  ;  of  Christianity,  271  ;  of  grace, 
272,  324  ;  of  Church,  151,  339,  341, 
346,  348  f.,  366,  370,  433;  of  doc- 
trine, 364. 

Universal  religion,  ii  125,  131,  135, 
200.  t 

Universality  of  Christianity,  ii.  233  f. ; 


INDEX. 


451 


of  grace,  358,  iv.  167,  199,  211,  223, 
225,  236  f.,  287,  405,  409,  419,  4221".; 
of  atonement,  25  f.,  131. 

Urlsperger,  i.  399,  iii.  245. 

Ursiniis,  iii,  239. 

Valentin,  i.  365,  ii.  12,  iii.  206,  215. 

Venturini,  iii.  245. 

Vianeyationis,  etc.,  i.  202,  268. 

Vigilautius,  iv.  348. 

Vincentius,  ii.  342. 

Voigt,  iii.  260. 

Vorstius,  i.  241. 

Wagner,  R.,  ii.  94. 

Walch,  i.  201,  iii.  245. 

AVegscheider,  i.  350,  398,  ii.  188. 

AVeiss,  ii.  318,  iii.  167,  176,  183,  263, 
287,  iv.  128. 

AVeisse,  i.  130,  239,  261,  402  f,  ii.  30, 
99, 157,  iii.  256,  iv.  22,  133,  379,  425. 

AVeiszacker,  iii.  189,  iv.  72,  84. 

AVerenfels,  i.  97. 

AVestcott,  iv.  137. 

AVhately,  iv.  307. 

AVhite,  iv.  379,  415,  425. 

AVill,  i.  305,  309,  315,  330,  337,  339, 
441,  ii.  40  ;  divinewill  as  Providence, 
54,  61,  72  f.,  81,  201;  reli<,dou  not, 
108,  110  ;  religious,  114,  117,  119, 
121,  144,  156,  200  ;  and  knowledge, 
307  f.,  309,  336  f.,  368,  381,  iii.  332  ; 
Ego  the  product  of,  312  f.  ;  of  Christ, 
315,  335,  355,  359,  363,  iv.  107  ; 
and  faith,  299  ;  perfecting  of,  431  f. 

AVisdom  of  God,  i.  191,  273,  277,  296, 
303,  311,  322,  323 f.,  339  ;  (in  the 
0.  T.  iii.  346,  348),  424,  448,  458, 
ii.  15,  53,  57,  101,  154  f.,  157,  200, 
202,  224,  263,  368,  371  ;  and  evil, 
381,  iii.  32,  80  ;  of  Christ,  397,  400, 
iv.  152  ;  in  tlie  doctrine  of  atone- 
ment, 14,  19,  86. 


AVolf,  i.  98,  399,  ii.  65,  86,  110. 

AV<.llcb,  iv.  24. 

Word,  in  the  0.  T.,  iii.  147  ;  of  Christ, 
iv.  143,  146,  153,  156,  189  ;  of  God, 
244,  247  ;  in  stricter  and  broader 
sense,  249  ;  as  means  of  grace,  258  ; 
ministry  of,  263  ;  and  the  Spirit, 
259  ;  and  sacraments,  270,  272,  324  ; 
and  Church,  346,  350  f.,  355,  360, 
364,  368,  371;  and  Christ,  250, 
272  f.,  386. 

AS^orks,  good,  ii.  338,  iv.  169  f.,  188, 
233f. ;  faith  and  repentance  not  good 
works,  212  if. ;  and  the  atonement, 
41,  45. 

AVorld-consciousness,  ii.  100  f.,  154, 
180 f.,  185,  198,  245,  248,  251,  259  ; 
and  God-consciousness,  75 ;  new, 
155,  166  ;  and  self-consciousness, 
439  ;  medium  of  religious  con- 
sciousness, ii.  22,  67,  75,  83. 

AVorld,  government  of,  i.  299,  305, 
430,  ii.  110,  249;  and  evil,  327, 
351,  353,  365  f.,  388,  393,  397,  iii. 
78,  82,  114,  121  ;  and  Satan,  102, 
108  ;  and  atonement,  iv.  56,  63,  82  f. 

AVorld-idea,  i.  293,  ii.  16  (of.  13,  20, 
31  f.),  49,  53,  87,  95,  137  f,  145, 
159,  168. 

AVorld,  origin  from  God,  ii.  9f.,  13  ;  a 
religious  question,  21. 

A\^orld,  perfection  prepared  for,  ii.  27, 
cf.  64,  68,  70,  74,  76  ;  of  man,  78, 
82,  99,  177. 

AVorner,  iii.  254,  263. 

AVycliffe,  iv.  348. 

Zanchius,  iii.  239. 
Zeller,  ii.  162,  iii.  188,  201, 
Zezschwitz,  iii.  268,  iv.  128,  215. 
Zockler,  ii.  89,  91. 

Swingle,  ii.  347,  iii.  49,  238,  iv.  311, 
316  f.,  322.  326,  333,  345,  353. 


END  OF  VOLUME  IV. 


MORRISON  AND  OIBB,  EDINBUROn, 
PRINTERS  TO  HKR  MAJESTY'S  STATIONERY  OFFICF. 


T.  and  T.  Claries  Publications. 


In  Four  Volumes,  8vo,  price  £2,  2,s\, 

A    SYSTEM    OF    CHRISTIAN    DOCTRINE. 

By    Dr.    I.    A.    DOENER, 

PROFESSOR  OF  THEOLOGY,  BERLIN. 

'In  all  investigations  the  author  is  fair,  clear,  and  moderate  ;  ...  he  has  shown  that 
his  work  is  one  to  be  valued,  for  its  real  ability,  as  an  important  contribution  to  the  litera- 
ture of  theology.' — Scotsman. 

'  Had  it  been  the  work  of  an  entire  lifetime,  it  would  have  been  a  monument  of 
marvellous  industry  and  rare  scholarship.  It  is  a  tribute  alike  to  the  genius,  the  learn- 
ing, and  the  untiring  perseverance  of  its  author.' — Baptist  Magazine. 

'  The  work  has  many  and  great  excellences,  and  is  really  indispensable  to  all  who 
would  obtain  a  thorough  acquaintance  with  the  great  problems  of  theology.  It  is  a 
great  benefit  to  English  students  that  it  should  be  made  accessible  to  them  in  their  own 
language,  and  in  a  form  so  elegant  and  convenient.' — Literai-y  Churchman. 


BY  THE  SAME  AUTHOR. 
In  Five  Volumes,  8i'o,  price  £2,  12s.  6d., 

HISTORY  OF  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE 
DOCTRINE  OF  THE  PERSON  OF  CHRIST. 

'  So  great  a  mass  of  learning  and  thought  so  ably  set  forth  has  never  before  been 
presented  to  English  readers,  at  least  on  this  subject.' — Journal  of  Sawed  Literature. 

In  crown  8vo,  price  4s., 

OUTLINES   OF   BIBLICAL   PSYCHOLOGY. 

By  Professor  J.  T.  BECK,  D.D. 

'  A  useful,  handy  volume,  which  compresses  into  small  space  the  results  of  scholarly 
and  elaborate  investigations.' — Baptist  Magazine. 

In  demy  8vo,  price  9s., 

THE   OLD  CATHOLIC   CHURCH. 

By  Professok  W.  D.  KILLEN,  D.D.,  Beltast. 

'An  extraordinary  amount  of  information.' — Record. 
In  Two  Volumes,  8uo,  jwice  7s.  %d.  each, 

HANDBOOK    OF    CHURCH    HISTORY. 

By  Eev.  Professor  KUKTZ. 
vol.  i.— to  the  reformation.   vol.  il.-from  the  reformation. 

'  A  work  executed  with  great  diligence  and  care,  exhibiting  an  accurate  collection  of 
facts,  and  a  succinct  though  full  account  of  the  history  and  progro.ss  of  the  Church,  both 
e'xternal  and  internal.  .  .  .  The  work  is  distinguished  for  the  moderation  and  charity  of 
its  expressions,  and  for  a  spirit  which  is  truly  Ghristi«n.' — English  Churchman. 


T.  and  T.  Clark's  Publications. 


Just  published,  in  One  Volume,  8vo,  6iO  pp.,  price  15s., 

HISTORY  OF   THE   SACRED   SCRIPTURES 
OF  THE   NEW  TESTAMENT. 

By  Professor  E.  REUSS,  D.D. 

translated  from  the  fifth  revised  and  enlarged  edition. 

CONTENTS.— Introduction.  Book  First  :— History  of  the  Origin  of  the  New 
Testament  Writings — History  of  the  Literature.  Book  Second  : — History 
of  the  Collection  of  the  New  Testament  Writings — History  of  the  Canon. 
Book  Third  : — History  of  the  Preservation  of  the  New  Testament  Writings 
— History  of  the  Text.  Book  Fourth: — History  of  the  Circulation  of 
the  New  Testament  Writings — History  of  the  Versions.  Book  Fifth  : — 
History  of  the  Theological  Use  of  the  New  Testament  Writings — History 
of  Exegesis. 

'  Professor  Eeuss  is  a  man  of  prodigious  learning,  as  well  versed  in  patristic  as  in 
modern  literature,  and  in  his  own  line  unrivalled.  His  acquaintance  with  the  most 
recondite  and  obscure,  not  less  than  with  the  most  prominent  writers  ;  his  wonderful 
patience  and  persistency  of  research ;  his  ability  to  seize  on  everything  which  is 
pertinent  to  his  inquiry,  and  to  show  the  bearing  of  apparently  insignificant  facte;  his 
mastery  of  opposing  principles,  and  the  resolute  fairness  with  which  he  holds  the  balance 
between  them ;  his  power  of  terse,  compact,  and  graphic  expression,  and  of  presenting 
the  main  features  of  a  theory,  an  interpretation,  a  controversy,  or  an  epoch,  in  a  few 
luminous  words, — these  are  the  qualities  which  give  to  his  work  a  position  occupied  by 
no  other.  .  .  .  It  is  a  perfect  thesaurus,  and  ought  to  be  in  the  possession  of  all  who  wish 
to  be  thoroughly  acquainted  with  the  origin  and  history  of  the  New  Testament 
writings.' — Baptist  Magazine. 

'  One  of  the  most  valuable  volumes  of  Messrs.  Clark's  valuable  series.  ...  Its  useful- 
ness is  attested  by  undiminished  vitality.  .  .  .  His  method  is  admirable,  and  he  unites 
German  eshaustiveness  with  French  lucidity  and  brilliancy  of  expression.  .  .  .  The 
sketch  of  the  great  exegetic  epochs,  their  chief  characteristics,  and  the  critical  estimates 
of  the  most  eminent  writers,  is  given  by  the  author  with  a  compression  and  a  mastery 
that  have  never  been  surpassed.' — Archdeacon  Fakrak. 

'  I  think  the  work  of  Eeuss  exceedingly  valuable.' — Professor  C.  A.  Briggs,  D.D. 

'  I  know  of  no  work  on  the  same  topic  more  scholarly  and  at  the  same  time  readable, 
and  I  regard  the  work  as  one  of  real  value  to  scholars.' — President  Alvah  Hovky, 
Newton  Theological  Institute. 

'  A  work  of  rare  and  long-tested  merit.  ...  I  am  sure  that  every  theological  teacher 
will  be  glad  to  be  able  to  refer  his  students  to  it' — Professor  P.  H.  Seknstka, 
Cambridge,  Mass. 

Just  published,  in  crown  8vo,  price'bs.  6d., 

CREATION; 

OR,  THE  BIBLICAL  COSMOGONY  IN  THE  LIGHT  OF  MODERN  SCIENCE. 
WITH  ILLUSTRATIONS. 

By  Professor  ARNOLD  GUYOT,  LL.D. 

'  Written  with  much  knowledge  and  tact,  .  .  .  suggestive  and  stimulating.' — British 
Quarterly  Review. 

'  The  issue  of  this  book  is  a  fitting  conclusion  to  a  beautiful  career.  .  .  .  This,  his  last 
book,  coming  from  the  author's  deathbed,  will  serve  two  causes  ;  it  will  aid  science  by 
showing  that  it  is  a  friend  of  the  faith,  and  it  will  aid  Christianity  by  showing  that't 
need  not  fear  the  test  of  the  latest  scientific  research.' — Presbyterian  Review. 


T.  and  T.  Clark's  Publications. 


Just  published,  in  crown  8yo,  price  6s., 

OLD    AND    NEW    THEOLOGY: 

A  CONSTRUCTIVE  CRITIQUE. 
By  Eev.  J.  B.  HEARD,  M.A. 

'  We  can  promise  all  real  students  of  Holy  Scripture  who  have  found  their  way  out 
of  some  of  the  worst  of  the  scholastic  byelanea  and  ruts,  and  are  striving  to  reach  the 
broad  and  firm  high  road  that  leads  to  the  Eternal  City,  a  real  treat  from  the  perusal  of 
these  pages.  Progressive  theologians,  who  desire  tn  find  "  the  old  in  the  new,  and  the 
new  in  the  old,"  will  be  deeply  grateful  to  Mr.  Heard  for  this  courageous  and  able 
work.' — Christian  World. 

BY  THE  SAME  AUTHOR. 
Fifth  Edition,  in  crown  9>vo,  price  6s., 

THE    TRIPARTITE     NATURE    OF    MAN: 

SPIEIT,  SOUL,  AND  BODY. 

Applied  to  illustrate  and  Explain  the  Doctrines  of  Original  Sin,  the  New 
Birth,  the  Disembodied  State,  and  the  Spiritual  Body. 

'  The  author  has  got  a  striking  and  consistent  theory.  Whether  agreeing  or  disagree- 
ing with  that  theory,  it  is  a  book  which  any  student  of  the  Bible  may  read  with  pleasure.' 
— Guardian. 

'  An  elaborate,  ingenious,  and  very  able  book.' — London  Quarterly  Review. 

'  The  subject  is  discussed  with  much  ability  and  learning,  and  the  style  is  sprightly 
and  readable.  It  is  candid  in  its  tone,  and  original  both  in  thought  and  illustration.' — 
Wesleyan  Methodist  Magazine. 

Just  published,  in  demy  ^vo,  price  9s., 

THE    DOCTRINE    OF    THE    HOLY    SPIRIT. 

(NINTH  SERIES  OF  THE  CUNNINGHAM  LECTURES.) 
By  Rev.  GEO.  SMEATON,  D.D., 

Professor  of  Exegetical  Theology,  New  College,  Edinburgh. 

'A  valuable  monograph.  .  .  .  The  masterly  exposition  of  doctrine  given  in  these 
lectures  has  been  augmented  in  value  by  the  wise  references  to  current  needs  aud 
common  misconceptions.' — British  and  Foreign  Evangelical  Review. 


BY  THE  SAME  AUTHOR. 
Second  Edition,  in  demy  8vo,  price  10s.  6d., 

THE    DOCTRINE    OF    THE    ATONEMENT 

AS    TAUGHT    BY    CHRIST    HIMSELF; 

Or,  The  Sayings  of  Jesus  Exegetically  Expounded  and  Classified. 

'  We  attach  very  great  value  to  this  seasonable  and  scholarly  production.  The  idea 
of  the  work  is  most  happy,  aud  the  execution  of  it  worthy  of  the  idea.  On  a  scheme 
of  truly  Baconian  exegetical  induction,  he  presents  us  witli  a  complete  view  of  the 
various  positions  or  propositions  whicii  a  full  and  sound  doctrine  of  the  atonement 
embraces.' — British  and  Foreign  Evangelical  Review. 

'  The  plan  of  the  book  is  admirable.  A  monograpb  and  exegesis  of  our  Lord's  own 
sayings  on  this  greatest  of  subjects  concerning  Himself,  must  needs  be  valualile  to  .'ill 
tlreologians.  And  the  execution  i.s  thorough  and  painstaking — exhaustive  as  far  as  the 
completeness  of  range  over  these  sayings  is  concerned.' — Contemporary  Review. 


T,  and  T.  ClarJ^s  Publications. 


PROFESSOR    GODET'S    WORKS. 


In  Three  Volwmes,  Svo,  price  31s.  6d., 
A      COMMENTARY      ON 

THE    GOSPEL    OF    ST.    JOHN. 

By  F.  GODET,  D.D., 

PROFESSOR  OF  THEOLOGY,  NEUCHATEL. 

'  This  work  forms  one  of  the  battle-fields  of  modern  inquiry,  and  is  itself  so  rich  in 
spiritual  truth  that  it  is  impossible  to  examine  it  too  closely  ;  and  we  welcome  this  treatise 
from  the  pen  of  Dr.  Godet.  We  have  no  more  competent  exegete,  and  this  new  volume 
shows  all  the  learning  and  vivacity  for  which  the  Author  is  distinguished.' — Freeman. 


In  Two  Volumes,  8uo,  price  21s., 

THE     GOSPEL    OF    ST.    LUKE. 

translates  from  tijc  SstzaxCa  Jtencfj  CEiiition. 

'  Marked  by  clearness  and  good  sense,  it  will  be  found  to  possess  value  and  interest  as 
one  of  the  most  recent  and  copious  works  specially  designed  to  illustrate  this  Gospel.'— 
Guardian. 


In  Tioo  Volumes,  Svo,  price  21s., 

ST.  PAUL'S   EPISTLE   TO   THE   ROMANS. 

'We  have  looked  through  it  with  great  care,  and  have  been  charmed  not  less  by  the 
clearness  and  fervour  of  its  evangelical  principles  than  by  the  carefulness  of  its  exegesis, 
its  fine  touches  of  spiritual  intuition,  and  its  appositeness  of  historical  illustration.' — 
Baptist  Magazine. 

In  crown  8ro,  Secojid  Edition,  price  6s., 

DEFENCE    OF   THE    CHRISTIAN    FAITH. 

TRANSLATED   BY  THE 

Hon.  and  Eev.  Canon  LYTTELTON,  M.A., 

RECTOR  OF  HAGLEY. 

'  This  volume  is  not  unworthy  of  the  great  reputation  which  Professor  Godet  enjoys. 
It  shows  the  same  breadth  of  reading  and  extent  of  learning  as  his  previous  works,  and 
the  same  power  of  eloquent  utterance.' — Church  Bells. 

'  Professor  Godet  is  at  once  so  devoutly  evangelical  in  his  spirit,  and  so  profoundly 
intelligent  in  his  apprehension  of  truth,  that  we  shall  all  welcome  these  contributions  to 
the  study  of  much-debated  subjects  with  the  utmost  satisfaction.' — Christian  World. 

In  demy  Svo,  Fourth  Edition,  price  10s.  &d., 

MODERN  DOUBT  AND  CHRISTIAN  BELIEF. 

A  Series  of  Apologetic  Lectures  addressed  to  Earnest 
Seekers  after  Truth. 

By  THEODORE  CHRISTLTEB,  D.D., 

UNIVERSITY    PREACHER    AND    PROFESSOR    OF   THEOLOGY    AT    BOIfN. 

Translated,  with  the  Author's  sanction,  chiefly  by  the  Rev.  H.  U.  Weitbrecht, 
Ph.D.,  and  Edited  by  the  Rev.  T.  L.  Kingsbury,  M.A. 

'  We  recommend  the  volume  as  one  of  the  most  valuable  and  important  among  recent 
contributions  to  our  apologetic  literature.  .  .  .  We  are  heartily  thankful  both  to  the 
learned  Author  and  to  his  translators.' — Guardian. 

'We  express  our  unfeigned  admiration  of  the  ability  displayed  in  this  work,  and  of 
the  spirit  of  deep  piety  which  pervades  it;  and  whilst  we  commend  it  to  the  careful 
perusal  of  our  readers,  we  heartily  rejoice  that  in  these  days  of  reproach  and  blaspheuy 
so  able  a  champion  has  come  forward  to  contend  earnestly  for  the  faith  which  was  once 
delivered  to  the  saints.' — Christian  Observer. 


PUBLICATIONS    OF 

T.    AND    T.     CLARK, 

38   GEORGE   STREET,    EDINBURGH. 

LONDON:  HAMILTON,  ADAMS,  &  CO. 


Adam  (J.,  D.D.) — An  Exposition  of  the  Epistle  of  James.    8vo,  9s. 
Alexander  (Dr.  J.  A.) — Commentary  on  the  Prophecies  of  Isaiah. 

New  and  Revised  Edition.     Two  vols.  8vo,  17s. 

Ante-Nicene  Christian  Library — A  Collection  of  all  the  Works 

OF  THE  Fathers  of  the  Christian  Church  prior  to  the  Council  of 
NiCJEA.     Twenty-four  vols.  8vo,  Subscription  price,  £6,  6s. 

Auberlen  (C.  A.) — The  Divine  Revelation.     8vo,  10s.  6d. 
Augustine's  Works — Edited  by  Marcus  Dods,  D.D.      Fifteen  vols. 

8vo,  Subscription  price,  £3,  19s. 

Bannerman  (Professor) — The  Church  of  Christ  :  A  Treatise  on  the 

Nature,  Powers,  etc.     Two  vols.  Svo,  21s. 

Baumgarten  (Professor) — Apostolic  History  ;  Being  an  Account  of 

the  Development  of  the  Early  Church.     Three  vols.  Svo,  27s. 

Beck  (Dr.) — Outlines  of  Biblical  Psychology.     Crown  Svo,  4s. 

Pastoral  Theology.     Shortly. 

Cengel — Gnomon  of  th^  New  Testament.     With  Original  Notes, 

Explanatory  and  Illustrative.     Five  vols.  Svo,  Subscription  price,  31s.   6d. 
Cheaper  Edition,  the  jive  volumes  bound  in  three,  24s. 

Besser's  Christ  the  Life  of  the  World.     Price  6s. 

Bible-Class  Handbooks.     Crown  8vo. 

BiNNiE  (Prof.)— The  Church,  Is.  6d. 

Brown  (Principal) — The  Epistle  to  the  Romans,  2s. 

Candlish  (Prof.) — The  Christian  Sacraments,  Is.  6d. 

Davidson  (Prof.) — The  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews,  2s.  6d. 

DoDS  (Marcus,  D.D.) — The  Post-Exilian  Prophets,  2s. 

The  Book  of  Genesis,  2s. 

Douglas  (Principal) — The  Book  of  Joshua,  Is.  Gd. 

The  Book  of  Judges,  Is.  3d. 

Henderson  (Archibald,  M.A.) — A  Geography  of  Palestine,  witli  Maps. 
The  maps  are  by  Captain  Conder,  R.E.,  of  the  Palestine  Kxjiloration 
Fund.  hi  the  Press. 

Lindsay  (Prof.) — The  Gospel  of  St.  Mark,  2s.  6d. 

The  Reformation,  2s. 

The  Acts  of  the  Apostles,  Part  I.,  Ch.  I.-XII.,  Is.  Cd. 

MacGregor  (Prof.) — The  Epistle  to  the  Galatians,  Is.  6d. 

Macpherson  (John,  M.A.) — Presbyterianism,  Is.  6d. 

The  TVestniinsier  Confession  of  Faith,  2s. 

Murphy  (Prof.) — The  Books  of  Chronicles,  Is.  6d. 

SCRYMGEOUR  (Wm.) — Lessons  on  the  Life  of  Christ,  2s.  Cd. 

Stalker  (James,  M.A.) — The  Life  of  Christ,  Is.  6d. 

The  Life  of  St.  Paul,  Is.  Cd. 

Smith  (Geop.ge,  LL.D.) — A  Short  History  of  Missions,  2s.  6il. 

Walker  (Norman  L.,  MA.) — Scottish  Cliurclrllistury,  Is.  Gd. 
'  AVhyte  (Alexander,  D.D.)— The  Sluirter  Catediism,  2,s.  Cxi. 


T.  and  T.  Clark's  PiLblications. 


Bible-Class  Primers.     Paper  covers,  6d.  each ;  free  by  post,  7d.     In 
cloth.  Sd.  each :  free  by  post,  9d. 

Croskery  (Frof.) — Joshua  and  the  Conquest. 

Gi\EX  (Prof.)— The  Kings  of  Judah. 

GloaCx,  (Paton  J.,  D.D.)— Life  of  Paul. 

IvERACH  (James,  M.A.) — Life  of  Moses. 

Salmond  (Prof. ) — Life  of  Peter. 

Sjiith  (H.  "\Y.,  D.D.) — Outlines  of  Early  Church  History. 

Thomson  (Peter,  M.A.) — Life  of  David. 

Walker  (W.,  M.A.)— The  Kings  of  Israel. 
\        WiNTERBOTHAii  (Ratner,  M.A.) — Life  and  Eeign  of  Solomon. 

WiTHEROW  (Prof.) — The  History  of  the  Eeformation. 
Bleek's  Introduction  to  the  Kew  Testaj\ient.    Two  vols.  8vo,  21s. 
Bowman  (T.,  M.A.) — Easy  and  Complete  Hebrew  Course.     8vo. 

Part  L,  7s.  6d.  ;  Part  11.,  10s.  6d. 

Briggs    (Prof.) — Biblical    Study  :     Its    Principles,    Methods,    and 

History.     Preface  by  Rev.  Prof.  Bruce,  D.D.,  Glasgow.     Post  8vo,  7s.  6d. 

Brown  (David,  D.D.)— Christ's   Second   (Doming  :    Will  it  be  Pre- 

Millennial  {     Seventh  Edition,  crown  8vo,  7s.  6d. 

Bruce  (A.  B.,  D.D.) — The  Training  of  the  Twelve  ;  or,  Exposition 

of  Passages  in  the  Gospels  exhibiting  the  Twelve  Disciples  of  Jesus  under 
Discipline  for  the  Apostleship.     Third  Edition,  8vo,  10s.  6d. 

The  Humiliation  of  Christ,  in  its  Physical,  Ethical,  and 

Official  Aspects.     Second  Edition,  8vo,  10s.  6d. 

Buchanan  (Professor) — The  Doctrine  of  Justification.  8vo,  10s.  6d. 

On  Comfort  in  Affliction.     Crown  8vo,  2s.  6d. 

On  Improvement  of  Affliction.     Crown  8vo,  2s.  6d. 

Bungener  (Felix) — Rome  and  the  Council  in  the  Nineteenth 

Century.     Crown  8vo,  5s. 

Calvin's  Institutes  of  the  Christian  Religion.     Translated  by 

Henry  Beveridge.     Two  vols.  8vo,  14s. 
Calvini    Institutio    Christianse    Keligionis.      Curavit    A.    Tholuck. 

Two  vols.  8vo,  Subscription  price,  14s. 

Candlish  (Prof.  J.  S.,  D.D.) — The  Kingdom  of  God,  Biblically  and 

Historically  Coxsibered.     8vo,  IDs.  6d. 

Caspari  (C.  E.) — A  Chronological  and  Geographical  Introduc- 
tion TO  THE  Life  of  Christ.     8vo,  9s. 
Caspers  (A.) — The  Footsteps  of  Christ.     CroAvn  8vo,  7s.  6d. 
Cave  (Prof.) — The  Scriptural  Doctrine  of  Sacrifice.     8vo,  12s. 
Christlieb  (Dr.) — Modern  Doubt  and  Christian  Belief.    Apologetic 

Lectures  addressed  to  Earnest  Seekers  after  Truth.     8vo,  lOs.  6d. 
Cotterill  —  Peregrinus    Proteus  :     Investigation    into    De    Morte 
Peregrini,  the  Two  Epistles  of  Clement  to  the  Corinthians,  etc.     8vo,  12s. 
odern  Criticism  :  Clement's  Epistles  to  Virgins,  etc 


Modern  Criticism  :  Clement's  Epistles  to  Virgins,  etc.    8vo,  os. 
Cremer  (Professor)— Biblico-Theological  Lexicon  of  New^  Testa- 
ment Gr.EEK.     Third  Edition,  demy  4to,  25s. 

Crippen  (Rev.  T.   G.)— A  Popular  Introduction  to  the  History 

OF  Christian  Doctrine.     8vo,  9s. 
Cunningham  (Principal) — Historical  Theology.    A  Review  of  the 

Principal  Doctrinal  Discussions  in  the  Christian  Church  since  the  Apostolic 
Age.     Second  Edition,  Two  vols.  8vo,  21s. 

Discussions  on  Church  Principles.     8vo,  10s.  6d. 

Cui'tiss  (Dr.  S.  I.) — The  Levitical  Priests.     A  Contribution  to  the 
Criticism  of  the  Pentateuch.     Crown  8vo,  5s.  i 


Dabney    (R.   L.,    D.D.)— The    Sensualistic    Philosophy    of    the 

Nineteenth  Century  Considered.     Crown  8vo,  6s. 

Lectures  on  Systematic  and  Polemic  Theology.    8vo,  16s. 

Davidson  (Professor) — An  Introductory  Hebrew  Grammar.     With 

Progressive  Exercises  in  Reading  and  Writing.     Sixth  Edition,  8vo,  7s,  6d. 

Delitzsch  (Prof.)— A  System  of  Biblical  Psychology.     8vo,  12s. 

Commentary  on  Job.     Two  vols.  8vo,  21s. 

Commentary  on  Psalms.     Three  vols.  8vo,  31s.  6d. 

On  the  Proverbs  of  Solomon.    Two  vols.  8vo,  21s. 

On  the  Song  of  Solomon  and  Ecclesiastes.     8vo,  10s.  6d. 

Old  Testament  History  of  Redemption.    Cr.  8vo,  4s.  Gd. 

Commentary  on  Isaiah.    Two  vols.  8vo,  21s. 

On  the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews.     Two  vols.  8vo,  21s. 

Doedes  (Dr.  J.) — Manual  of  Hermeneutics  for  the  New  Testa- 
ment.    Crown  8vo,  3s. 

Ddllinger  (Dr.)— Hippolytus  and  Callistus  ;  or,  The  Roman  Church 

in  the  First  Half  of  the  Third  Century.     8vo,  9s. 

Domer  (Professor) — History  of  the  Development  of  the  Doctrine 

OF  THE  Person  of  Christ.     Five  vols.  8vo,  £2,  12s.  6d. 

System  of  Christian  Doctrine.     Four  vols.  8vo,  £2,  2s. 

Eadie  (Professor) — Commentaries  on  St.  Paul's  Epistles  to  the 

Galatians,  Ei'Hesians,  Philifpians,  Colossians.     New  and  Revised  Edi- 
tions, Edited  by  Rev.  William  Youno,  M.A.     Four  vols.  8vo,  10s.  6d.  each. 

Ebrard  (Dr.  J.  H.  A.) — The  Gospel  History:    A  Compendium  of 

Critical  Investigations  in  support  of  the  Four  Gospels.     8vo,  10s.  6d. 

Commentary  on  the  Epistles  of  St.  John.     8vo,  10s.  6d. 

Elliott — On  the  Inspiration  of  the  Holy  Scriptures.    8vo,  6s. 
Emesti— Biblical  Interpretation  of  the  New  Testament.    Two 

vols.     8s. 

Ewald  (Heinrich)— Syntax  of  the  Hebrew  Language  of  the  Old 

Testament.     8vo,  8s.  6d. 

Revelation:   Its  Nature  and  Record.      Translated   by- 
Prof.  T.  GOADBY.     Svo,  lOs.  6d. 

Fairbaim  (Principal) — Typology  of  Scripture,  viewed  in  connection 

with  the  series  of  Divine  Dispensations.     Sixth  Edition,  Two  vols.  Svo,  21s. 

The  Revelation  of  Law  in  Scripture,  8vo,  10s.  Gd. 

EzEKiEL  and  THE  Book  OF  his  Prophecy.  4thEd.,8vo,  10s.  6d. 

Prophecy  Viewed  in  its  Distinctive  Nature,  its  Special 

Functions,  and  Proper  Interpretations.     Second  Edition,  8vo,  10s.  6d. 

New  Testament  Hermeneutical  Manual.     Svo,  10s.  6d. 

The  Pastoral  Epistles.     The  Greek  Text  and  Translation. 

With  Introduction,  Expository  Notes,  and  Dissertations.     8vo,  7s.  6d.  ^ 

Pastoral  Theology  :  A  Treatise  on  the  Office  and  Duties  of 


the  Christian  Pastor.     With  a  Memoir  of  the  Author.     Crown  Svo,  6s. 

Forbes  (Prof.)— Symmetrical  Structure  of  Scripture.   -Svo,  8s.  6d. 

Analytical  Commentary  on  the  Romans.     8vo,  10s.  6d. 

Gabhardt  (H.)— The  Doctrine  of  the  Apocalypse,  and  its  Relation 

to  the  Doctrine  of  the  Gospel  and  Epistles  of  John.     8vo,  10s.  6d. 
Gerlach— CoMiMENTARY  on  the  Pentateuch.     8vo,  10s.  6d. 
Gieseler  (Dr.  J.  C.  L.)— A  Compendium  of  Ecclesiastical  History. 

Four  vols.  8vo,  £2,  2s. 

^ifford  (Canon)— Voices  of  the  Prophets.     Crown  8vo,  5s. 


T.  and  T.  Clar'Jz  s  Publications. 


Given  (Rev.  Prof.  J.  J.) — The  TRUiii.s  of  Scripture  in  connection 

WITH  Revelation,  Inspikatiox,  and  the  Canon.     8vo,  9s. 
Glasgow  (Prof.) — Apocalypse  Translated  and  Expounded.  8vo,  lis. 
Gloag  (Paton  J.,  D.D.) — A  Critical  and  Exegetical  Cojimentary 

ON  THE  Acts  of  the  Apostles.     Two  vols.  8vo,  21s. 

The  Messianic  Prophecies.     Crowu  8vo,  price  7s.  6d. 

Introduction  to  the  Pauline  Epistles.     8vo,  12s. 

Exegetical  Studies.     Crown  8vo,  5s. 

Godet  (Prof) — Commentary  on  St.  Luke's  Gospel.  Two  vols.  8vo,  21s. 

Commentary  on  St.  John's  Gospel.    Three  vols.  8vo,  31s.  6d. 

Commentary  on  St.  Paul's  Epistle  to  the  Romans.    Two 

vols.  8vo,  21s. 

Lectures  in  Defence  of  the  Christian  Faith.     Cr.  8vo,  6s. 


Goebel  (Siegfried) — The  Parables  of  Jesus.     8vo,  10s.  6d. 
Gotthold's  Emblems ;  or,  Invisible  Things  Understood  by  Things 

that  are  Made.     Crown  8vo,  5s. 
Guyot  (Arnold,  LL.D.) — Creation;  or,  The  Biblical  Cosmogony  in  the 

Light  of  Modern  Science.     With  Illustrations.     Crown  8vo,  5s.  6d. 

Hagenbach  (Dr.  K.  E.) — History  of  Doctrines.    Edited,  with  large 

additions  from  various  sources.     Three  vols.  8vo,  31s.  6d. 

History  of  the  Reformation  in  Germany  and  Switzer- 
land chiefly.     Two  vols.  8vo,  21s. 

Hall  (Rev.   Newman,    LL.B.) — The   Lord's   Prayer  :    A   Practical 

Meditation.     8vo,  10s.  6d. 

Earless  (Dr.  C.  A.) — System  of  Christian  Ethics.    8vo,  10s.  6d. 
Harris (Eev.  S.,  D.D.) — The  Philosophical  Basis  of  Theism.   8vo,12s. 
Haupt  (Erich) — The  First  Epistle  of  St.  John.     8vo,  10s.  6d. 
Havemick  (H.  A.  Ch.) — Introduction  to  Old  Testament.     10s.  6d. 
Heard  (Rev.  J.  B.,  M.A.) — The  Tripartite  Nature  of  Man — Spirit, 

Soul,  and  Body — applied  to  Illustrate  and  Explain  the  Doctrine  of  Original 
Sin,  the  New  Birth,  the  Disembodied  State,  and  the  Spiritual  Body.  With 
an  Appendix  on  the  Fatherhood  of  God.     Fifth  Edition,  crown  8vo,  6s. 

The  Old  and  New  Theology.  In  the  Press. 

Hefele  (Bishop) — A  History  of  the  Councils  of  the  Church. 

Vol.  I.,  to  a.d.  325  ;  Vol.  II.,  a.d.  326  to  429.  Vol.  III.,  a.d.  431  to  the 
close  of  the  Council  of  Chalcedon,  451.     8vo,  12s.  each. 

Hengstenberg  (Professor) — Commentary  on  Psalms.    3  vols.  8vo,  33s. 

Commentary  on  the  Book  of  Ecclesiastes.     Treatises  on 

the  Song  of  Solomon,  Job,  and  on  Isaiah,  etc.     8vo,  9s. 

The  Prophecies  of  Ezekiel  Elucidated.    8vo,  10s.  6d. 

Dissertations  on  the  Genuineness  of  Daniel,  and  the 

Integrity  of  Zechariah.     8vo,  12s. 

History  of  the  Kingdom  of  God  under  the  Old  Testa- 
ment.    Two  vols.  8vo,  21s. 

Christology  of  the  Old  Testament.    Four  vols.  8vo,  £2, 2s. 

On  the  Gospel  of  St.  John,    Two  vols.  8vo,  2 Is. 


Hermes  Trismegistus — Theological  and  Philosophical  Works. 

Translated  from  the  original  Greek  by  J.  D.  Chambers,  M.A.     8vo,  6s. 

Herzog — Encyclopaedia  or  Dictionary  of  Biblical,  Historical, 

Doctrinal,  and  Practical  Theology.  Based  on  the  Real-Encykhpddie 
of  Herzog,  Plitt,  and  Ilauck.  Edited  by  Professor  Schaff,  D.D.  In  Three 
vols.,  price  24s.  each. 

Hutchison  (John,  D.D.) — Commentary  on  Thessalonians.     8vo,  9% 


T.  and  T.  Clark's  Publications. 


Janet  (Paul) — Final  Causes.  'HBy  Paul  Janet,  Member  of  the  In- 
stitute.    Translated  from  the  French.     Second  Edition,  demy  8vo,  12s. 

The  Theory  of  Morals.     Translated  from  the  latest  French 

Edition.     Demy  8vo,  10s.  6d. 

Jouffroy — Philosophical  Essays.     Fcap.  8vo,  5s. 

Junii  (Francisci) — Opuscula  Theologica  Selecta.     4to,  vellum,  16s. 

Kant — The  Metaphysic  of  Ethics.     Crown  8vo,  6s. 

Keil  (Prof.)— Commentary  on  the  Pentateuch.     3  vols.  8vo,  31s.  Gd. 

Commentary  on  the  Books  of  Joshua,  Judges,  and  Ruth. 

8vo,  10s.  6d. 

Commentary  on  the  Books  of  Samuel,     8vo,  10s.  6d. 

Commentary  on  the  Books  of  Kings.     8vo,  10s.  6d. 

Commentary  on  the  Books  of  Chronicles.     8vo,  10s.  6d. 

Commentary  on  Ezra,  Nehemiah,  Esther.     8vo,  10s.  6d. 

Commentary  on  Jeremiah.     Two  vols.  8vo,  2 Is. 

Commentary  on  Ezekiel.    Two  vols.  8vo,  2 Is. 

Commentary  on  Daniel.     8vo,  lOs.  6d. 

On  the  Books  of  the  Minor  Prophets.     Two  vols.  8vo,  21s. 

Manual  of   Historico  -  Critical    Introduction    to    the 


Canonical  Scriptures  of  thk  Old  Testament.     Two  vols.  Svo,  21s. 

Kejnner  (Eev.  N.,  M.A.) — Notes  on  Genesis.     Crown  Svo,  Is.  6d. 

KiUen  (Prof.)— The  Old  Catholic  Church  ;  or,  The  History,  Doc- 
trine, Worship,  and  Polity  of  the  Christians,  traced  to  a.d.  755.     Svo,  9s. 

Konig   (Dr.   F.   E.) — The'  Chief  Principles  of  Ancient   Israel's 

Eeligiox  (against  the  Kuenen  School).  In  the  Press. 

Krummacher  (Dr.  F.  W.) — The  Suffering  Saviour  ;  or,  Meditations 

on  the  Last  Days  of  the  Sufferings  of  Christ.     Eighth  Edit.,  crown  Svo,  7s.  6d. 

David,  the  King  of  Israel  :  A  Portrait  drawn  from  Bible 

History  and  the  Book  of  Psalms.     Second  Edition,  crown  Svo,  7s.  6d. 

Autobiography.     Crown  8vo,  6s. 


Kurtz  (Prof.) — Handbook  of  Church  History.    Two  vols.  8vo,  15s. 

History  of  the  Old  Covenant.     Three  vols.  8vo,  31s.  6d. 

Ladd    (Prof.    G.    T.)— The  Doctrine  of  Sacred    Scripture  :    A 

Critical,  Historical,  and  Dogmatic  Inquiry  into  the  Origin  and  Nature  of  the 
Old  and  New  Testaments.     Two  vols.  Svo,  1600  pp.,  28s. 

Laidlaw  (Prof.) — The  Bible  Doctrine  of  Man.     Svo,  10s.  6d. 
Lange  (J.  P.,  D.D.) — The  Life  of  Our  Lord  Jesus  Christ.     Edited, 

with  additional  Notes,  by  Marcus  Dods,  D.D.     Second  Edition,  in  Four 
vols.  Svo,  Subscription  price  28s. 

— ' Commentaries  on  the  Old  and  New  Testaments.    Edited 

by  Philip  Sch.a.ff,  D.D.     Old  Testament,  14  vols.  ;  New  Testament,  10 
vols.  ;  Apocrypha,  1  vol.     Subscription  price,  nett,  15s.  each. 

On  the  Gospels  of  St.  Matthew  and  St.  Mark.     Three 

vols.  Svo,  31s.  6d. 

On  THE  Gospel  of  St.  Luke.     Two  vols.  8vo,  18s. 

On  the  Gospel  of  St.  John.    Two  vols.  8vo,  2 Is. 

On  the  Acts  of  the  Apostles.     Two  vols.  Svo,  21s. 


Lehmann  (Pastor) — Scenes  from  the  Life  of  Jesus.       In  the  Press. 
Lewis  (Tayler,  LL.D.) — The  Six  Days  of  Creation.    Cr,  Svo,  7s.  Cd. 
Lisco  (F.  G.)— Parables  of  Jesus  Explained.    Fcap.  Svo,  5s. 
Lbtze  (Professor) — Microcosmos.     In  preparation. 
L'jthardt,  Kahnis,  and  Briickner — The  Chur(;ti.     Crown  Svo,  5s. 


T.  and  T.  Clark's  Publications. 


Luthardt  (Prof.) — St.  John  the  Author  of  the  Fourth  Gospel.    9s. 

St.  John's  Gospel  Described  and  Explained  according 

TO  ITS  Peculiar  Character.     Three  vols.  8vo,  31s.  6d. 

Apologetic     Lectures     on     the     Fundamental     {Sixth 

Edition),  Saving  {Fourth  Edition),  Moral  Truths  of  C'HRiSTiAyiTT  (Third 
Edition).     Three  vols,  crown  8vo,  6s.  each. 

M'Cosh  (Dr.  Jas.)— Philosophic  Series.  Part  I.  (Diclactic).  No.  I. 
CaiTKRiA  OF  Diverse  Kind.s  of  Truth.  {The  other  Nurahers  vAll  follow 
shortly.      Price  2s.  each.) 

Macdonald  (Kev.  D.) — Introduction  to  the  Pentateuch.    Two  vols. 

8vo,  21s. 

The  Creation  and  Fall.     8vo,  12s. 

ri'Lauchlan  (T,,  D.D.,  LL.D.)— The  Early  Scottish  Church.     To 

the  Middle  of  the  Twelfth  Centurj'.     8vo,  10s.  6d. 

Hair  (A.,  D.D. ) — Studies  in  the  Christian  Evidences.     Cr.  8vo,  6s. 
Iilartensen  (Bishop) — Christian  Dogmatics  :  A  Compendium  of  the 

Doctrines  of  Christianity.     8vo,  10s.  6d. 

Christian  Ethics.     (General  Ethics.)     8vo,  10s.  6d. 

Christian  Ethics.    (Indr^idual  Ethics.)     Bvo,  ICs.  6d. 

Christian  Ethics.     (Social  Ethics.)     Svo,  10s.  6d. 

Matheson  (Geo.,  D.D.) — GR0^\^"H  or  the  Spirit  of  Christianity,  from 

the  First  Century  to  the  Dawn  of  the  Lutheran  Era.     Two  vols.  8vo,  21s. 

Aids  TO  THE  Study  or  German  Theology.    3rd  Edition,  4s.  6d. 

Meyer  (Dr.)  —  Critical  and    Exegetical    Commentary    on    St. 

Matthew's  Gospel.     Two  vols.  Svo,  21s. 

On  Mark  and  Luke.     Two  vols.  Svo,  21s. 

On  St.  John's  Gospel.     Two  vols.  Svo,  21s. 

On  Acts  of  the  Apostles.     Two  vols.  Svo,  21s. 

On  the  Epistle  to  the  Eomans.     Two  vols.  Svo,  21s. 

On  Corinthians.     Two  vols.  Svo,  21s. 

On  Galatians.     Svo,  10s.  6d. 

On  Ephesians  and  Philemon.    One  vol.  Svo,  10s.  6d. 

On  Philippians  and  Colossians.     One  vol.  Svo,  lOs.  6d. 

On  Thessalonians.     {Dr.  Liinernann.)     One  vol.  Svo,  lOs.  6d. 

The  Pastoral  Epistles.     {Dr.  Iluther.)    Svo,  10s.  6d. 

The  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews.    {Dr.  Liinernann.)   Svo,  10s.  6d. 

St.  James'  and  St.  John's  Epistles.    {Euther.)    Svo,  10s.  6d. 

Peter  and  Jude.     {Dr.  Euther.)     One  vol.  Svo,  10s.  6d. 

Michie   (Charles,  M.A.) — Bible  Words  and  Phrases,  Explained 

AND  Illustrated.     ISmo,  Is. 
Monrad  (Dr.  D.  G. ) — The  World  of  Prayer  ;  or,  Prayer  in  relation 

to  Personal  Eeligion.     Crown  8vo,  4s.  6d. 

Morgan  (J.,  D.D.) — Scripture  Testimony  to  the  Holy  Spirit.    9s. 

Exposition  of  the  First  Epistle  of  John.     Svo,  9s. 

Miiller  (Dr.  Julius) — The  Christian  Doctrine  of  Sin.     An  entirely 

New  Translation  from  the  Fifth  German  Edition.     Two  vols.  Svo,  21s. 

Murphy  (Professor) — Commentary  on  the  Psalms.     Svo,  12s. 

A  Critical  and  Exegetical  CoMiiENTARY  on  Exodus.    9s. 

Naville  (Ernest) — The  Problem  of  Evil.     Crown  Svo,  4s.  6d. 

The  Christ.   Translated  by  Rev.  T.  J.  Despres.   Cr.  Svo,  4s.  6d. 

Naville  (Ernest j — Modern   Physics:    Studies  Historical  and  Philo- 

sopliiral.     Translated  by  Rev.  Henry  Downtox,  M.A.     Crown  Svo,  5s.    » 


T.  and  T.  Clark's  Pudlications. 


Nicoll  (W.  R.,  M.A.) — The  Incarnate  Saviour:    A  Life  of  Jesus 

Clirist.     Crown  8vo,  6s. 

Neander  (Dr.)— General  History  of  the  Christian  Religion  and 

Chukcii.     Nine  vols.  8vo,  £3,  7s.  6d. 

Oeliler  (Prof.) — Theology  of  the  Old  Testament.     2  vols.  8vo,  21s. 
Oosterzee  (Dr.  Van) — The  Year  of  Salvation.      Words  of  Life  for 

Every  Day.     A  Book  of  Household  Devotion.     Two  vols.  8yo,  7s.  6d.  each. 

Moses  :  A  Biblical  Study.     Crown  8vo,  6s. 

Olsliausen  (Dr.  H.)— Biblical  Commentary  on  the  Gospels  and 

Acts.     Four  vols.  8vo,  £2,  2s.     Cheaper  Edition,  four  vols,  erown  8vo,  24s. 

Romans.     One  vol.  8vo,  10s.  6d. 

Corinthians.     One  vol.  8vo,  9s. 

Philippians,  Titus,  and  First  Timothy.  Onevol.8vo,  10s.6d. 

Owen  (Dr.  Jolin) — Works.     Best  and  only  Complete  Edition.     Edited 
by  Rev.  Dr.  Goold.     Twenty-four  vols.  8vo,  Subscription  price,  £4,  4s. 
The  '  Hehreius''  may  be  had  separately,  in  Seven  vols.,  £2,  2s.  nett. 

Philippi  (F.  A. ) — Commentary  on  the  Epistle  to  the  Romans.    From 

the  Third  Improved  Edition,  by  Rev.  Professor  Banks.     Two  vols.  8vo,  21s. 

Piper  (Dr.  Ferdinand) — Lives  of  the  Leaders  of  the  Church 

Universal.     Two  vols.  8vo,  21s. 
Popular  Conunentary  on  the  New   Testament.     Edited  by  Philip 

ScHAFF,  D.D.     With  Illustrations  and  Maps.     Vol.   I.— The  Synoptical 

Gospels.     Vol.  XL — St.  John's  Gospel,  and  the  Acts  of  the  Apostles. 

Vol.  III.— Romans  to  Philemon.    Vol.  IV.— Hebrews  to  Kevelation. 

In  Four  vols,  imperial  8vo,  18s.  each, 
Pressense  (Edward  de) — The  Redeemer  :  Discourses.    Crown  8vo,  r.s. 
Rabiger  (Prof.)— Encyclopaedia  of  Theology.     Vol.  L,  8vo,  10s.  6il. 
Rainy    (Principal)  —  Delivery   and    Development   of   Christian 

Doctrine.     {The  Fifth  Series  of  the  Cunninijham  Lectures.)     8vo,  10s.  6d. 
Reusch  (Professor) — Bible  and  Nature.     In  preparation. 
Reuss  (Professor)— History  of  the  Sacred  Scriptures  of  the  New 

Testament.     640  pp.  8vo,  15s. 
Riehm  (Dr.  E.) — Messianic  Prophecy  :  Its  Origin,  Historical  Charac- 
ter, and  Relation  to  New  Testament  Fulfilment.     Crown  8vo,  5s. 

Ritter  (Carl)— The  Comparative  Geography  of  Palestine  and  the 

SiNAiTic  Peninsula.     Four  vols.  8vo,  S2s. 

Robinson  (Rev.  S.,  D.D.) — Discourses  on  Redemption.     8vo,  7s.  6d. 
Robinson  (Edward,  D.D.)— Greek  and  English  Lexicon  of  the 

New  Testament.     8vo,  9s. 

Rothe  (Professor) — Sermons  for  the  Christian  Year.     Cr.  8vo,  6s. 
'  Saisset — Manual  of  Modern  Pantheism.     Two  vols.  8vo,  10s.  6d. 
Sartorius  (Dr.  E.) — Doctrine  of  Divine  Love.     8vo,  10s.  Gd. 
Schaff   (Professor)— History  of   the   Christian  Church.     (New 

Edition,  thoroughly  Revised  and  Enlarged. ) 

Apostolic   Christianity,   a.d.    1-100.     In   Two   Divisions. 

Ex.  8vo,  21s. 

. Ante-Nicene  Christianity,  a.d.  100-325.    l\\  Two  Divisions. 

Ex.  8vo,  21s. 

■  Post-Nicene  Christianity,  a.d.  325-GOO.     In  Two  Divisions. 


Ex.  8vo,  21s. 

Sclnnid's  Biblical  Theology  of  the  New  Testament.     8vo,  lOs.  Gd. 
Scott  (Jas.,  M.A.,  D.D.) — Principles  of  New  Testament  Quotation 

„       Established  and  Applied  to  BrnLicAL'CRnicisM.     Cr.  8vo,  2ud  Edit.,  4s. 


Shedd  (W.,  D.D.)— History  of  Christian  Doctrine.     Two  vols. 

8vo,  21s. 

Sermons  to  the  Natural  Man.    8vo,  7s.  6d. 

.  Sermons  to  the  Spiritual  Man.     8vo,  7s.  6d. 

Smeaton  (Professor)— The  Doctrine  of  the  Atonement  as  Taught 

BY  Christ  Himself.     Second  Edition,  8vo,  10s.  6d. 

On  the  Doctrine  of  the  Holy  Spirit.      {Ninth  Series  of 

Cunningham  Lectures.)     8vo,  9s. 

Smith  (Professor  Thos.,  D.D.)— Medieval  Missions.    Cr.  8vo,  4s.  6d. 
Steinmeyer  (Dr.  F.  L.) — The  Miracles  of  Our  Lord  :  Examined  in 

their  relation  to  Modern  Criticism.     8vo,  7s.  6d, 

The  History  of  the  Passion  and  Resurrection  of  our 

Lord,  considered  in  the  Light  of  Modern  Criticism.     8vo,  10s.  6d. 

Stevenson  (Mrs.) — The  Symbolic  Parables  :  The  Predictions  of  the 

AjTOcalypse  viewed  in  relation  to  the  General  Truths  of  Scripture.   Crown  8vo,  5s. 

Steward  (Rev.  G.)— Mediatorial  Sovereignty  :  The  Mystery  of  Christ 

and  the  Revelation  of  the  Old  and  New  Testaments.     Two  vols.  8vo,  21s. 

The  Argument  of   the  Epistle   to   the    Hebrews.     A 

Posthumous  Work.     8vo,  10s.  6d. 

Stier  (Dr.  Rudolph)— On  the  Words  of  the  Lord  Jesus.     Eight 

vols.  8vo,  £4,  4s.     Separate  volumes  may  be  had,  price  10s.  6d. 
In  order  to  bring  this  valuable  Work  more  ivithin  the  reach  of  all  Classes,  both 
Clergy  and  Laity,  Messrs.  Clark  continue  to  supply  the  Eight-volume  Edition 
bound  in  Four  at  the  Original  Subscription  price  of  £2,  2s. 

The  Words  of  the  Risen  Saviour,  and  Commentary  on 

THE  Epistle  of  St.  James.     8vo,  10s.  6d. 

The  Words  of  the  Apostles  Expounded.     8vo,  10s.  6d. 


Tholuck  (Professor) — Commentary  on  Gospel  of  St.  John.    8vo,  9s. 

The  Epistle  to  the  Romans.    Two  vols.  fcap.  8vo,  8s. 

Light  from  the  Cross.     Third  Edition,  crown  8vo,  5s. 

.  Commentary  on  the  Sermon  on  the  Mount.     8vo,  10s.  6d. 

Tophel  (Pastor  G.)— The  Work  of  the  Holy  Spirit.     Cr.  8vo,  2s.  6d. 
Uhlhorn(G.)— Christian Charityin the AncientChurch.  Cr.8vo,6s. 
TJllmann  (Dr.  Carl) — Reformers  before  the  Reformation,  princi- 
pally in  Germany  and  the  Netherlands.     Two  vols.  8vo,  21s. 
The  Sinlessness  of  Jesus  :   An  Evidence  for  Christianity. 

Fourth  Edition,  crown  8vo,  6s. 

Urwick  (W.,   M.A.) — The  Servant  of  Jehovah  :   A  Commentary 

upon  Isaiah  lii.  13-liii.  12;  with  Dissertations  upon  Isaiah  xl.-lxvi.     8vo,  6s. 

Vinet  (Professor) — Studies  on  Blaise  Pascal.     Crown  8vo,  5s. 

Pastoral  Theology.     Second  Edition,  post  8vo,  3s.  6d. 

Watts  (Professor)— The  Newer  Criticism  and  the  Analogy  of 

THE  Faith.     Third  Edition,  crown  8vo,  5s. 

Weiss(Prof.) — Biblical  Theology  of  New  Testament.  2yols.  8vo,  21s. 

Life  of  Christ.     Three  vols.  8vo,  31s.  6d. 

White  (Rev.  M.) — Symbolical  Numbers  of  Scripture.    Cr.  8vo,  4s. 
Williams  (W.  H.,  M.A.)— A  Select  Vocabulary  of  Latin  Etymology. 

For  the  use  of  Schools.     Fcap.  Svo,  Is.  6d. 

Winer  (Dr.  G.  B.)— A  Treatise  on  the  Grammar  of  New  Testa- 
ment Greek,  regarded  as  the  Basis  of  New  Testament  Exegesis.  Third 
Edition,  edited  by  W.  F.  Moultojs,  D.D.     Ninth  English  Edition,  Svo,  15s. 

, A  Comparative  View  of  the  Doctrines  and  Confession^ 

OF  the  Various  Communities  of  Christendom.     8vo,  10s.  6d. 
Wuttke  (Professor)— Christian  Ethics.    Two  vols.  8vo,  12s.  6d.     ♦ 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY 


H&SS 
A 

3111 
V.4 


■  ■  J'    m 
„TV;'"'""-1I 


J 


..:;l'.li 


I 

J 


I  !